Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 20, 2012
Registration No. 333-174246
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Amendment No. 2
to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE HOLDINGS INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
         
Delaware
  6162   45-2156869
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)   (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
350 Highland Drive
Lewisville, Texas 75067
(469) 549-2000
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)
 
 
Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc.
350 Highland Drive
Lewisville, Texas, 75067
(469) 549-2000
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
 
 
(Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service)
 
     
Duane McLaughlin, Esq.
Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP
One Liberty Plaza
New York, New York 10006
(212) 225-2000
  Richard B. Aftanas, Esq.
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
4 Times Square
New York, New York 10036
(212) 735-3000
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
 
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:   o
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer  o Accelerated filer  o Non-accelerated filer  þ Smaller reporting company  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
Subject to Completion
Preliminary Prospectus dated January 20, 2012
 
PROSPECTUS
 
Shares
 
(NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE HOLDINGS LOGO)
 
Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc.
Common Stock
 
 
 
 
This is an initial public offering of common stock of Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc. We are selling           shares of our common stock, and the Initial Stockholder identified in this prospectus is selling an additional           shares of our common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of our common stock by the Initial Stockholder. After this offering, the Initial Stockholder, an entity owned primarily by certain private equity funds managed by an affiliate of Fortress Investment Group LLC, will own approximately     % of our common stock or          % if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is fully exercised.
 
The estimated initial public offering price is between $      and $      per share. Our common stock has been authorized for listing on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “          ”, subject to official notice of issuance.
 
Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15.
 
 
 
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
                 
   
Per Share
 
Total
 
Public offering price
           
Underwriting discount
           
Proceeds to us (before expenses)
           
Proceeds to the Initial Stockholder (before expenses)
           
 
We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to           additional shares of common stock, and the Initial Stockholder has granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to           additional shares of common stock, in each case at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions, for the purpose of covering over-allotments.
 
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to investors on or about     , 2012.
 
 
 
 
BofA Merrill Lynch
 
 
 
 
The date of this prospectus is          , 2012.


 

 
We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus and in any related free-writing prospectus we may prepare or authorize to be delivered to you. We have not authorized anyone to give you any other information, and we take no responsibility for any other information that others may give you. We are not, and the Initial Stockholder and underwriters are not, making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus.
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    1  
    15  
    39  
    42  
    43  
    44  
    45  
    47  
    52  
    102  
    105  
    109  
    117  
    141  
    145  
    158  
    162  
    165  
    170  
    172  
    174  
    180  
    180  
    181  
    182  
    F-1  
  EX-3.3
  EX-3.4
  EX-10.27
  EX-10.28
  EX-10.29
  EX-10.30
  EX-10.31
  EX-10.32
  EX-10.33
  EX-10.34
  EX-10.35
  EX-10.36
  EX-10.37
  EX-10.38
  EX-23.1
 
 


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. It may not contain all the information that may be important to you. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision to purchase shares of our common stock.
 
Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc. is a newly formed Delaware corporation that has not, to date, conducted any activities other than those incident to its formation and the preparation of this registration statement. Unless the context suggests otherwise, references in this prospectus to “Nationstar,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Nationstar Mortgage LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to the consummation of the Restructuring (as defined below), and to Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries after the consummation of the Restructuring. References in this prospectus to “Fortress” refer to Fortress Investment Group LLC. For certain industry and other terms, investors are referred to the section entitled “Glossary of Industry and Other Terms” beginning on page 105. All amounts in this prospectus are expressed in U.S. dollars and the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”).
 
Company Overview
 
We are a leading high touch non-bank residential mortgage servicer with a broad array of servicing capabilities across the residential mortgage product spectrum. We have been the fastest growing mortgage servicer since 2007 as measured by growth in aggregate unpaid principal balance (“UPB”), having grown 75% annually on a compounded basis. As of September 30, 2011, we serviced over 612,000 residential mortgage loans with an aggregate UPB of $102.7 billion, making us the second largest high touch non-bank servicer in the United States. Our clients include national and regional banks, government organizations, securitization trusts, private investment funds and other owners of residential mortgage loans and securities.
 
We attribute our growth to our strong servicer performance and high touch servicing model, which emphasizes borrower interaction to improve loan performance and minimize loan defaults and foreclosures. We believe our exceptional track record as a servicer, coupled with our ability to scale our operations without compromising servicer quality, have enabled us to add new mortgage servicing portfolios with relatively low capital investment. We are a preferred partner of many large financial organizations, including government-sponsored enterprises (“GSEs”) and other regulated institutions that value our strong performance and also place a premium on our entirely U.S.-based servicing operations. We employ over 2,500 people in the United States and are a licensed servicer in all 50 states.
 
In addition to our core servicing business, we are one of only a few non-bank servicers with a fully integrated loan originations platform and suite of adjacent businesses designed to meet the changing needs of the mortgage industry. Our originations platform complements and enhances our servicing business by allowing us to replenish our servicing portfolio as loans pay off over time, while our adjacent businesses broaden our product offerings by providing mortgage-related services spanning the life cycle of a mortgage loan. We believe our integrated approach, together with the strength and diversity of our servicing operations and our strategies for growing substantial portions of our business with minimal capital outlays (which we refer to as our “capital light” approach), position us to take advantage of the major structural changes currently occurring across the mortgage industry.
 
Servicing Industry Dynamics
 
Mortgage servicers provide day-to-day administration and servicing for loans on behalf of mortgage owners and earn revenues based primarily on the UPB of loans serviced. Servicers collect and remit monthly loan principal and interest payments and provide related services in exchange for contractual servicing fees.

1


Table of Contents

Servicers also provide special services such as overseeing the resolution of troubled loans. As the mortgage industry continues to struggle with elevated borrower delinquencies, this special servicing function has become a particularly important component of a mortgage servicer’s role and, we believe, a key differentiator among mortgage servicers.
 
According to Inside Mortgage Finance, there were approximately $10.3 trillion of U.S. residential mortgage loans outstanding as of September 30, 2011. In the aftermath of the U.S. financial crisis, the residential mortgage servicing industry is undergoing major structural changes that affect the way residential loans are originated, owned and serviced. These changes have benefited and should continue to significantly benefit non-bank mortgage servicers. Banks currently dominate the residential mortgage servicing industry, servicing over 95% of all residential mortgage loans. Over 50% of all residential mortgage loan servicing is concentrated among just four banks. However, banks are currently under tremendous pressure to exit or reduce their exposure to the servicing business as a result of increased regulatory scrutiny and capital requirements, headline risk associated with sizeable legal settlements, as well as potentially significant earnings volatility. Furthermore, banks’ servicing operations, which have historically been oriented towards payment processing, are often ill-equipped to maximize loan performance through high touch servicing.
 
As a result of these factors and the overall increased demands on servicers by mortgage owners, mortgage servicing is shifting from banks to non-bank servicers. Already, over the last 18 months, banks have completed or announced servicing transfers on over $350 billion of loans. We believe this represents a fundamental change in the mortgage servicing industry and expect the trend to continue at an accelerated rate in the future. Because the mortgage servicing industry is characterized by high barriers to entry, including the need for specialized servicing expertise and sophisticated systems and infrastructure, compliance with GSE and client requirements, compliance with state-by-state licensing requirements and the ability to adapt to regulatory changes at the state and federal levels, we believe we are one of the few mortgage servicers competitively positioned to benefit from the shift.
 
Our Business
 
 
Residential Mortgage Servicing
 
Our leading residential mortgage servicing business serves a diverse set of clients encompassing a broad range of mortgage loans, including prime and non-prime loans, traditional and reverse mortgage loans, GSE and government agency-insured loans, as well as private-label loans issued by non-government affiliated institutions. We have grown our residential mortgage servicing portfolio from an aggregate UPB of $12.7 billion as of December 31, 2007 to $102.7 billion as of September 30, 2011. Over the last 36 months,


2


Table of Contents

we have added over $104 billion in UPB to our servicing platform through over 290 separate transfers from 31 different counterparties. This growth has been funded primarily through internally generated cash flows and proceeds from debt financings.
 
Our performance record stands out when compared to other mortgage servicers:
 
  •     As of December 2011, a GSE ranked us in the top 5 out of over 1,000 approved servicers in foreclosure prevention workouts.
 
  •     In 2011, we were in the top tier of rankings for Federal Housing Administration-(“FHA”) and Housing and Urban Development-approved servicers, with a Tier 1 ranking (out of four possible tiers).
 
  •     As of November 30, 2011, our delinquency and default rates on non-prime mortgages we service on behalf of third party investors in asset-backed securities (“ABS”) were each 40% lower than the peer group average.
 
Our high touch, active servicing approach emphasizes increased borrower contact in an effort to improve loan performance and reduce loan defaults and foreclosures, thereby minimizing credit losses and maximizing cash flows for our clients. Where appropriate, we perform loan modifications, often facilitated by government programs such as the Home Affordable Modification Program (“HAMP”), which serve as an effective alternative to foreclosure by keeping borrowers in their homes and bringing them current on their loans. We believe our proven servicing approach and relative outperformance have led large financial institutions, GSEs and governmental organizations to award major servicing and subservicing contracts to us, often on a repeat basis.
 
Our systems and infrastructure play a key role in our servicing success. Through careful monitoring and frequent direct communication with borrowers, we are able to quickly identify potential payment problems and work with borrowers to address issues efficiently. To this end, we leverage our proprietary processing, loss mitigation and caller routing systems to implement a single point of contact model for troubled loans that ensures smooth and prompt communication with borrowers, consistent with standards imposed on the largest bank servicers by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”), the Federal Reserve and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). Our core systems are scalable to multiples of our current size.
 
We service loans as the owner of mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”), which we refer to as “primary servicing,” and we provide servicing on behalf of other MSR or mortgage owners, which we refer to as “subservicing.” As of September 30, 2011, our primary servicing and subservicing portfolios represented 45% and 55%, respectively, of our total servicing portfolio.
 
Primary Servicing
 
Primary servicers act as servicers on behalf of mortgage owners and directly own the MSRs, which represent the contractual right to a stream of cash flows (expressed as a percentage of UPB) in exchange for performing specified mortgage servicing functions and temporarily advancing funds to cover payments on delinquent and defaulted mortgages.
 
We have grown our primary servicing portfolio to $46.7 billion in UPB as of September 30, 2011 from $12.7 billion in UPB as of December 31, 2007, representing a compound annual growth rate of 41.5%. We plan to continue growing our primary servicing portfolio principally by acquiring MSRs from banks and other financial institutions under pressure to exit or reduce their exposure to the mortgage servicing business. As the servicing industry paradigm continues to shift from bank to non-bank servicers at an increasing pace, we believe there will be a significant opportunity for us to increase our market share of the servicing business.


3


Table of Contents

 
We acquire MSRs on a standalone basis and have also developed an innovative model for investing on a capital light basis by co-investing with financial partners in “excess MSRs.” Excess MSRs are the servicing fee cash flows (“excess fees”) on a portfolio of mortgage loans after payment of a basic servicing fee. In these transactions, we provide all servicing functions in exchange for the basic servicing fee, then share the excess fee with our co-investment partner on a pro rata basis. Through December 31, 2011, we have added $10 billion of loan servicing through excess MSRs and expect to continue to deploy this co-investment structure in the future.
 
Subservicing
 
Subservicers act on behalf of MSR or mortgage owners that choose to outsource the loan servicing function. In our subservicing portfolio, we earn a contractual fee per loan we service. The loans we subservice often include pools of underperforming mortgage loans requiring high touch servicing capabilities. Many of our recent subservicing transfers have been facilitated by GSEs and other large mortgage owners that are seeking to improve loan performance through servicer upgrades. Subservicing represents another capital light means of growing our servicing business, as subservicing contracts are typically awarded on a no-cost basis and do not require substantial capital.
 
We have grown our subservicing portfolio to $56.0 billion in UPB as of September 30, 2011 by completing 288 transfers with 25 counterparties since we entered the subservicing business in August 2008. We expect to enter into additional subservicing arrangements as mortgage owners seek to transfer credit stressed loans to high touch subservicers with proven track records and the infrastructure and expertise to improve loan performance.
 
Adjacent Businesses
 
We operate or have investments in several adjacent businesses which provide mortgage-related services that are complementary to our servicing and originations businesses. These businesses offer an array of ancillary services, including providing services for delinquent loans, managing loans in the foreclosure/real estate owned (“REO”) process and providing title insurance agency, loan settlement and valuation services on newly originated and re-originated loans. We offer these adjacent services in connection with loans we currently service, as well as on a third party basis in exchange for base and/or incentive fees. In addition to enhancing our core businesses, these adjacent services present an opportunity to increase future earnings with minimal capital investment, including by expanding the services we provide to large banks and other financial institutions seeking to outsource these functions to a third party.
 
Originations
 
We are one of only a few non-bank servicers with a fully integrated loan originations platform to complement and enhance our servicing business. Through September 30, 2011, we originated approximately $2.3 billion of loans, up from $2.0 billion for the comparable period in 2010. We originate primarily conventional agency (GSE) and government-insured residential mortgage loans and, to mitigate risk, typically sell these loans within 30 days while retaining the associated servicing rights.
 
A key determinant of the profitability of our primary servicing portfolio is the longevity of the servicing cash flows before a loan is repaid or liquidates. Our originations efforts are primarily focused on “re-origination,” which involves actively working with existing borrowers to refinance their mortgage loans. By re-originating loans for existing borrowers, we retain the servicing rights, thereby extending the longevity of the servicing cash flows, which we refer to as “recapture.” We recaptured 30% and 37% of the loans we service that were refinanced or repaid by the borrower during the nine months and three months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, and our goal for 2012 is to achieve a recapture rate of over 55%. Because the refinanced loans typically have lower interest rates or lower monthly payments, and, in general, subsequently refinance


4


Table of Contents

more slowly and default less frequently, these refinancings also typically improve the overall quality of our primary servicing portfolio.
 
With our in-house originations capabilities, we believe we are better protected against declining servicing cash flows as we replace servicing run-off through new loan originations or retain our servicing portfolios through re-origination. In addition, our re-origination strategy allows us to generate additional loan servicing more cost-effectively than MSRs can otherwise be acquired in the open market.
 
Strengths
 
We believe our servicing platform, coupled with our originations and adjacent businesses, position us well for a variety of market environments. The following competitive strengths contribute to our leading market position and differentiate us from our competitors:
 
Top Performing Preferred Servicing Partner
 
Through careful monitoring and frequent direct communication with borrowers, our high touch, high-quality servicing model allows us to improve loan performance and reduce loan defaults and foreclosures, thereby minimizing credit losses and maximizing cash flows for our clients. In recognition of our performance, as of December 2011, a GSE ranked us in the top 5 out of over 1,000 approved servicers in foreclosure prevention workouts. Our demonstrated ability to achieve strong results and relative outperformance, as well as our entirely U.S.-based servicing operations, have made us a preferred partner of large financial institutions, GSEs and governmental organizations, which have awarded major servicing and subservicing contracts to us, often on a repeat basis.
 
Scalable Technology and Infrastructure
 
Our highly scalable technology and infrastructure have enabled us to manage rapid growth over the past several years while maintaining our high servicing standards and enhancing loan performance. We have made significant investments in loan administration, customer service, compliance and loss mitigation, as well as in employee training and retention. Our staffing, training and performance tracking programs, centralized in the Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas area, have allowed us to expand the size of our servicing team while maintaining high quality standards. With our core systems scalable to multiples of our current size, we believe our infrastructure positions us well to take advantage of structural changes in the mortgage industry. Because the mortgage servicing industry is characterized by high barriers to entry, we also believe we are one of the few mortgage servicers competitively positioned to benefit from existing and future market opportunities.
 
Track Record of Efficient Capital Deployment
 
We have an established track record of deploying capital to grow our business. For example, over the last 36 months, we have effectively used capital from internally generated cash flows and proceeds from debt financings to add over $104 billion in UPB to our servicing platform. In addition, we employ capital light strategies, including our innovative structure for co-investment in excess MSRs with financial partners as well as subservicing arrangements, to add new mortgage servicing portfolios with relatively low capital investment. Through December 31, 2011, we have added $10 billion of loan servicing through excess MSRs and expect to continue to deploy this co-investment structure in the future, while also evaluating subservicing arrangements as mortgage owners seek to transfer credit stressed loans to high touch subservicers in order to improve loan performance. We believe that our experience of efficiently deploying capital for growth puts us in a strong position to manage future growth opportunities.


5


Table of Contents

 
Attractive Business Model with Strong Recurring Revenues
 
Banks are under tremendous pressure to exit or reduce their exposure to the mortgage servicing business, and GSEs are looking for strong mortgage servicers as the mortgage industry continues to struggle with elevated borrower delinquencies. As the shift from bank to non-bank servicers accelerates, we believe there will be a significant opportunity for us to achieve growth on attractive terms. Our senior management team has already demonstrated its ability to identify, evaluate and execute servicing portfolio acquisitions. We have developed an attractive business model to grow our business and generate strong, recurring, contractual fee-based revenue with minimal credit risk. These revenue streams provide us with significant capital to grow our business organically.
 
Integrated Originations Capabilities
 
As one of only a few non-bank servicers with a fully integrated loan originations platform, we are often able to extend the longevity of our servicing cash flows through loan refinancings. We recaptured 30% and 37% of the loans we service that were refinanced or repaid by the borrower during the nine months and three months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, and our goal for 2012 is to achieve a recapture rate of over 55%. Because, in general, refinanced loans subsequently refinance more slowly and default less frequently than many currently outstanding loans, these refinancings also typically improve the overall quality of our primary servicing portfolio. We believe our in-house originations capabilities allow us to generate additional loan servicing more cost-effectively than MSRs can otherwise be acquired in the open market.
 
Strong and Seasoned Management Team
 
Our senior management team is comprised of experienced mortgage industry executives with a track record of generating financial and operational improvements. Our CEO has been with us for more than a decade and has managed the company through the most recent economic downturn and through multiple economic cycles. Several members of our management team have held senior positions at other residential mortgage companies. Our senior management team has demonstrated its ability to adapt to changing market conditions and has developed a proven ability to identify, evaluate and execute successful portfolio and platform acquisitions. We believe that the experience of our senior management team and its management philosophy are significant contributors to our operating performance.
 
Growth Strategies
 
We expect to drive future growth in the following ways:
 
Grow Residential Mortgage Servicing
 
We expect to grow our business primarily by adding to our residential mortgage servicing portfolios through MSR acquisitions and subservicing transfers. Over the last 18 months, banks and other financial institutions have completed or announced a significant number of MSR sales and subservicing transfers, and we expect an even greater number over the next 18 months. We are continuously reviewing, evaluating and, when attractive, pursuing MSR sales and subservicing transfers, and we believe we are well-positioned to compete effectively for these opportunities. We believe our success in this area has been, and will continue to be, driven by our strong servicer performance, as well as by the systems and infrastructure we have implemented to meet specific client requirements.
 
Pursue Capital Light Servicing Opportunities
 
We intend to pursue capital light strategies that will allow us to grow substantial portions of our business with minimal capital outlays. Since August 2008, we have been involved in the subservicing business and have grown our subservicing portfolio by $56.0 billion since that date on a no-cost basis and with


6


Table of Contents

relatively minimal commitment of capital. Many of our recent subservicing transfers have been facilitated by GSEs and other large mortgage owners and we expect to leverage our relationships to complete additional subservicing transfers as mortgage owners seek to transfer credit stressed loans to high touch servicers through subservicing arrangements. In addition, we have developed an innovative structure for co-investing on a capital light basis in excess MSRs with financial partners. Through December 31, 2011, we have added $10 billion of loan servicing through excess MSRs and expect to continue to deploy this co-investment structure in the future. We anticipate that these capital light strategies will allow us to significantly expand our mortgage servicing portfolio with reduced capital investment.
 
Expand Originations to Complement Servicing
 
We also expect our originations platform to play an important role in driving our growth and, in particular, enhancing the profitability of our servicing business. As one of only a few non-bank servicers with a fully integrated loan originations platform, we originate new GSE-eligible and FHA-insured loans for sale into the securitization market and retain the servicing rights associated with those loans. More importantly, we re-originate loans from existing borrowers seeking to take advantage of improved loan terms, thereby extending the longevity of the related servicing cash flows, which increases the profitability of that servicing pool and the credit quality of the servicing portfolio. Through our originations platform, we generate additional loan servicing more cost-effectively than MSRs can otherwise be acquired in the open market. Finally, we facilitate borrower access to government programs designed to encourage refinancings of troubled or stressed loans, improving overall loan performance. We believe this full range of abilities makes us a more attractive counterparty to entities seeking to transfer servicing to us, and we expect it to contribute to the growth of our servicing portfolio.
 
Expand to Meet Changing Needs of the Residential Mortgage Industry
 
We expect to drive growth across all of our businesses by being a solution provider to a wide range of financial organizations as they navigate the structural changes taking place across the mortgage industry. With banks under pressure to reduce their exposure to the mortgage market, with GSE and government loans already accounting for approximately 88% of all mortgage loans originated during the nine months ended September 30, 2011 according to Inside Mortgage Finance, and with weak housing and employment markets contributing to elevated loan delinquencies and defaults, we expect there to be numerous compelling situations requiring our expertise. We believe the greatest opportunities will be available to servicers with the proven track record, scalable infrastructure and range of services that can be applied flexibly to address different organizations’ needs. To position ourselves for these opportunities, since 2010 we have expanded our business development team and hired a dedicated senior executive whose primary role is to identify, evaluate, and enhance acquisition and partnership opportunities across the mortgage industry, including with national and regional banks, mortgage and bond insurers, private investment funds and various governmental agencies. We have also expanded and enhanced our loan transfer, collections and loss mitigation infrastructure in order to be able to accommodate substantial additional growth. We expect these efforts to position us to be a key participant in the long term restructuring and recovery of the mortgage sector.
 
Corporate and Other Information
 
Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc. was recently incorporated for the purpose of effecting this offering and currently holds no material assets and does not engage in any operations. Prior to the completion of this offering, all of the equity interests in Nationstar Mortgage LLC will be transferred from FIF HE Holdings LLC (our “Initial Stockholder”) to two direct, wholly-owned subsidiaries of Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc. (the “Restructuring”). Additionally, as part of the Restructuring, certain parent entities of our Initial Stockholder that do not have any material assets or material liabilities other than their direct or indirect ownership of our Initial Stockholder, or any operations, will be merged with and into Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc., and the former shareholders of those parent entities will receive equity interests in our Initial


7


Table of Contents

Stockholder. Upon the completion of the Restructuring, we will conduct our business through Nationstar Mortgage LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries.
 
Our executive offices are located at 350 Highland Drive, Lewisville, Texas 75067 and our telephone number is (469) 549-2000. Our Internet website address is www.nationstarmtg.com . Information on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus.
 
Nationstar Mortgage LLC was formed in 1994 in Denver, Colorado as Nova Credit Corporation, a Nevada corporation. In 1997, it moved its executive offices and primary operations to Dallas, Texas and changed its name to Centex Credit Corporation. In 2001, Centex Credit Corporation was merged into Centex Home Equity Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“CHEC”). In 2006, our Initial Stockholder acquired all of its outstanding membership interests (the “Acquisition”), and CHEC changed its name to Nationstar Mortgage LLC.
 
Our Principal Stockholder
 
Following the completion of this offering, our Initial Stockholder, an entity owned primarily by certain private equity funds managed by an affiliate of Fortress, a leading global investment manager that offers alternative and traditional investment products, will own approximately     % of our outstanding common stock or     % if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is fully exercised. After this offering, the Initial Stockholder will own shares sufficient for the majority vote over fundamental and significant corporate matters and transactions. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Organization and Structure.”
 
Ownership Structure
 
Set forth below is the ownership structure of Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc. and its subsidiaries upon consummation of the Restructuring and this offering.
 
(FLOW CHART)


8


Table of Contents

 
The Offering
 
Common stock we are offering            shares
 
Common stock offered by the Initial Stockholder            shares
 
Common stock to be issued and outstanding after this offering            shares
 
Use of proceeds by us We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares in this offering, after deducting offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $      million, assuming the shares are offered at $      per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including servicing acquisitions, which may include acquisitions from one or more affiliates of the underwriters in this offering. See “Use of Proceeds.” We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of our common stock by the Initial Stockholder, including any proceeds the Initial Stockholder may receive from the exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.
 
Dividend policy We do not expect to pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future will be used for the operation and growth of our business.
 
Any future determination to pay dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial position, results of operations, liquidity, legal requirements and restrictions that may be imposed by the indenture governing our 10.875% senior notes due 2015 (the “senior notes”). See “Dividend Policy.”
 
Risk factors Please read the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15 for a discussion of some of the factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.
 
Proposed NYSE symbol
 
The number of shares of common stock to be issued and outstanding after the completion of this offering is based on           shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of          , 2012, and excludes an additional           shares reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plan, all of which remain available for grant.
 
Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:
 
  •     assumes an initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;


9


Table of Contents

 
  •     assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase an additional           shares of common stock from us and an additional           shares of common stock from the Initial Stockholder to cover over-allotments; and
 
  •     assumes           shares will be issued to certain of our directors after          , 2012 but prior to completion of this offering.


10


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following tables summarize consolidated financial information of Nationstar Mortgage LLC, our predecessor company, as well as pro forma information that reflects the impact of our conversion to a taxable entity from a disregarded entity for tax purposes. We were formed on May 9, 2011 and have not, to date, conducted any activities other than those incident to our formation and the preparation of this registration statement. We were formed solely for the purpose of reorganizing the organizational structure of the Initial Stockholder and Nationstar Mortgage LLC, so that the issuer is a corporation rather than a limited liability company and our existing investors will own common stock rather than equity interests in a limited liability company. You should read these tables along with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 have been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008 has been derived from our audited financial statements that are not included in this prospectus.
 
The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2011 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2011 have been derived from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and, in the opinion of our management, include all material adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the information set forth herein. Operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2011 or for any future period.
 
                                         
          Nine Months Ended
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
   
September 30,
 
   
2008
   
2009
   
2010
   
2010
   
2011
 
                      (unaudited)  
    (in thousands, except per share data)  
Statement of Operations Data—Consolidated
                                       
Revenues:
                                       
Total fee income
    $74,007       $100,218       $184,084       $122,770       $184,754  
Gain/(loss) on mortgage loans held for sale
    (86,663 )     (21,349 )     77,344       51,754       73,560  
                                         
Total revenues
    (12,656 )     78,869       261,428       174,524       258,314  
Total expenses and impairments
    147,777       142,367       220,976       145,622       219,717  
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest income
    92,060       52,518       98,895       82,019       51,246  
Interest expense
    (65,548 )     (69,883 )     (116,163 )     (89,298 )     (76,929 )
Loss on interest rate swaps and caps
    (23,689 )     (14 )     (9,801 )     (9,917 )      
Fair value changes in ABS securitizations
                (23,297 )     (19,115 )     (6,919 )
                                         
Total other income (expense)
    2,823       (17,379 )     (50,366 )     (36,311 )     (32,602 )
                                         
Net (loss) income
    $(157,610 )     $(80,877 )     $(9,914 )     $(7,409 )     $5,995  
                                         
Pro Forma Information (unaudited)
                                       
Historical net income (loss) before taxes
                    $(9,914 )             $5,995  
Pro forma adjustment for taxes (1)
                                   
                                         
Pro forma net income (loss)
                    $(9,914 )             $5,995  
                                         
                                         
Net income (loss) per share:
                                       
Basic
                                       
Diluted
                                       
                                         
Number of shares outstanding (2) :
                                       
Basic
                                       
Diluted
                                       


11


Table of Contents

 
(1) Our pro forma effective tax rate for 2010 is 0%. The pro forma tax provision (benefit), before valuation allowance, is ($3,612) on pre-tax loss of ($9,914). We have determined that recognizing a tax benefit and corresponding deferred tax asset is not appropriate as management believes it is more likely than not the deferred tax asset will not be realized. We will also assume certain tax attributes of certain parent entities of our Initial Stockholder as a result of the Restructuring, including approximately $200 million of net operating loss carry forwards as of December 31, 2010. We expect to record a full valuation allowance against any resulting deferred tax asset. The utilization of these tax attributes will be limited pursuant to Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
(2) Represents the number of shares issued and outstanding after giving effect to our sale of common stock in this offering and does not include common stock that may be issued and sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.
 
                                 
   
December 31,
 
September 30,
   
2008
 
2009
 
2010
 
2011
    (in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data—Consolidated
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
    $9,357       $41,645       $21,223       $24,005  
Mortgage servicing rights
    110,808       114,605       145,062       246,916  
Total assets
    1,122,001       1,280,185       1,947,181       2,004,325  
Notes payable (1)
    810,041       771,857       709,758       738,783  
Unsecured senior notes (2)
                244,061       245,109  
Legacy assets securitized debt (3)
          177,675       138,662       116,200  
ABS nonrecourse debt (at fair value)
                496,692       434,326  
Total liabilities
    866,079       1,016,362       1,690,809       1,739,537  
Total members’ equity
    255,922       263,823       256,372       264,788  
 
(1) A summary of notes payable as of September 30, 2011 follows:
 
         
Notes Payable
 
September 30, 2011
    (in thousands)
Servicing
       
2009-ABS Advance Financing Facility
    $203,596  
MBS Advance Financing Facility
    175,733  
MSR Note
    11,568  
Originations
       
$300 Million Warehouse Facility
    259,593  
$100 Million Warehouse Facility
    22,328  
$175 Million Warehouse Facility
    41,801  
$50 Million Warehouse Facility
    10,587  
ASAP+ Short-Term Financing Facility
    13,577  
         
      $738,783  
         
 
(2) On December 19, 2011, Nationstar Mortgage LLC and Nationstar Capital Corporation, as co-issuers, completed a further issuance of $35.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.875% senior notes due 2015 on terms identical to those of the existing senior notes, other than the issue date and offering price. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Contractual Obligations—Description of Certain Indebtedness—Senior Notes.”
 
(3) In November 2009, we completed the securitization of our legacy assets, which is a non-recourse term financing. See “Note 10 to Consolidated Financial Statements—Indebtedness.”


12


Table of Contents

 
The following tables summarize consolidated financial information for our Operating Segments. Management analyzes our performance in two separate segments, the Servicing Segment and the Originations Segment, which together constitute our Operating Segments. In addition, we have a legacy asset portfolio, which primarily consists of non-prime and non-conforming mortgage loans, most of which were originated from April to July 2007. The Servicing Segment provides loan servicing on our servicing portfolio and the Originations Segment involves the origination, packaging and sale of GSE mortgage loans into the secondary markets via whole loan sales or securitizations.
 
                                         
        Nine Months Ended
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
September 30,
   
2008
 
2009
 
2010
 
2010
 
2011
    (in thousands)
Statement of Operations Data—Operating Segments Information
                                       
Revenues:
                                       
Total fee income
    $75,190       $101,289       $189,884       $125,346       $186,224  
Gain on mortgage loans held for sale
    21,985       54,437       77,498       51,887       73,832  
                                         
Total revenues
    97,175       155,726       267,382       177,233       260,056  
Total expenses and impairments
    85,832       118,429       194,203       134,099       199,581  
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest income
    12,792       8,404       12,111       8,684       11,089  
Interest expense
    (17,007 )     (29,315 )     (60,597 )     (44,767 )     (48,589 )
Loss on interest rate swaps and caps
                (9,801 )     (9,917 )      
                                         
Total other income (expense)
    (4,215 )     (20,911 )     (58,287 )     (46,000 )     (37,500 )
                                         
Net income (loss)
    $7,128       $16,386       $14,892       $(2,866 )     $22,975  
                                         
 
                                         
          Nine Months Ended
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
   
September 30,
 
   
2008
   
2009
   
2010
   
2010
   
2011
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Net Income (loss) from Operating Segments to Adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation:
                                       
Net income (loss) from Operating Segments
    $7,128       $16,386       $14,892       $(2,866 )     $22,975  
Adjust for:
                                       
Interest expense from unsecured senior notes
                24,628       17,084       22,622  
Depreciation and amortization
    1,172       1,542       1,873       1,291       2,187  
Change in fair value of MSRs
    11,701       27,915       6,043       11,499       30,757  
Share-based compensation
    1,633       579       8,999       5,222       12,152  
Fair value changes on interest rate swaps (1)
                9,801       9,917        
Ineffective portion of cash flow hedge
                (930 )           (2,032 )
                                         
Adjusted EBITDA (2)
    $21,634       $46,422       $65,306       $42,147       $88,661  
                                         
 
(1) Relates to an interest rate swap agreement which was treated as an economic hedge under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 815, Derivatives and Hedging,  since trade execution to September 30, 2010.
 
(2) Adjusted EBITDA is a key performance measure used by management in evaluating the performance of our segments. Adjusted EBITDA represents our Operating Segments’ income (loss), and excludes income and expenses that relate to the financing of the senior notes, depreciable (or amortizable) asset base of the business, income taxes (if any), exit costs from our restructuring and certain non-cash items. Adjusted EBITDA also excludes results from our legacy asset portfolio and certain securitization trusts that were consolidated upon adoption of the new accounting guidance eliminating the concept of a qualifying special purpose entity (“QSPE”).


13


Table of Contents

 
Adjusted EBITDA provides us with a key measure of our Operating Segments’ performance as it assists us in comparing our Operating Segments’ performance on a consistent basis. Management believes Adjusted EBITDA is useful in assessing the profitability of our core business and uses Adjusted EBITDA in evaluating our operating performance as follows:
 
  •     Financing arrangements for our Operating Segments are secured by assets that are allocated to these segments. Interest expense that relates to the financing of the senior notes is not considered in evaluating our operating performance because this obligation is serviced by the excess earnings from our Operating Segments after the debt obligations that are secured by their assets.
 
  •     To monitor operating costs of each Operating Segment excluding the impact from depreciation, amortization and fair value change of the asset base, exit costs from our restructuring and non-cash operating expense, such as share-based compensation. Operating costs are analyzed to manage costs per our operating plan and to assess staffing levels, implementation of technology-based solutions, rent and other general and administrative costs.
 
Management does not assess the growth prospects and the profitability of our legacy asset portfolio and certain securitization trusts that were consolidated upon adoption of the new accounting guidance, except to the extent necessary to assess whether cash flows from the assets in the legacy asset portfolio are sufficient to service its debt obligations.
 
We also use Adjusted EBITDA (with additional adjustments) to measure our compliance with covenants such as leverage coverage ratios for our senior notes.
 
Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
 
  •     Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;
 
  •     Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
 
  •     Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the cash requirements necessary to service principal payments related to the financing of the business;
 
  •     Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our corporate debt;
 
  •     although depreciation and amortization and changes in fair value of MSRs are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and
 
  •     other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.
 
Because of these and other limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. Adjusted EBITDA is presented to provide additional information about our operations. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure and should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for or superior to, operating income, net income, operating cash flow and other measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with GAAP. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using Adjusted EBITDA only supplementally.


14


Table of Contents

 
RISK FACTORS
 
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as other information contained in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow, in which case, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.
 
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
 
Our foreclosure proceedings in certain states have been delayed due to inquiries by certain state Attorneys General, court administrators and state and federal governmental agencies, the outcome of which could have a negative effect on our operations, earnings or liquidity.
 
Allegations of irregularities in foreclosure processes, including so-called “robo-signing” by mortgage loan servicers, have gained the attention of the Department of Justice, regulatory agencies, state Attorneys General and the media, among other parties. On December 1, 2011, the Massachusetts Attorney General filed a lawsuit against five large mortgage providers alleging unfair and deceptive business practices, including the use of so-called “robo-signers.” In response, one of the mortgage providers has halted most lending in Massachusetts. Certain state Attorneys General, court administrators and governmental agencies, as well as representatives of the federal government, have issued letters of inquiry to mortgage servicers, including us, requesting written responses to questions regarding policies and procedures, especially with respect to notarization and affidavit procedures. These requests or any subsequent administrative, judicial or legislative actions taken by these regulators, court administrators or other governmental entities may subject us to fines and other sanctions, including a foreclosure moratorium or suspension. Additionally, because we do business in all fifty states, our operations may be affected by regulatory actions or court decisions that are taken at the individual state level.
 
In addition to these inquiries, several state Attorneys General have requested that certain mortgage servicers, including us, suspend foreclosure proceedings pending internal review to ensure compliance with applicable law, and we have received requests from four such state Attorneys General. Pursuant to these requests and in light of industry-wide press coverage regarding mortgage foreclosure documentation practices, we, as a precaution, had already delayed foreclosure proceedings in 23 states, so that we may evaluate our foreclosure practices and underlying documentation. Upon completion of our internal review and after responding to such inquiries, we resumed these previously delayed proceedings. Such inquiries, however, as well as continued court backlog and emerging court processes may cause an extended delay in the foreclosure process in certain states.
 
Even in states where we have not suspended foreclosure proceedings or where we have lifted or will soon lift any such delayed foreclosures, we have faced, and may continue to face, increased delays and costs in the foreclosure process. For example, we have incurred, and may continue to incur, additional costs related to the re-execution and re-filing of certain documents. We may also be required to take other action in our capacity as a mortgage servicer in connection with pending foreclosures. In addition, the current legislative and regulatory climate could lead borrowers to contest foreclosures that they would not otherwise have contested under ordinary circumstances, and we may incur increased litigation costs if the validity of a foreclosure action is challenged by a borrower. Delays in foreclosure proceedings could also require us to make additional servicing advances by drawing on our servicing advance facilities, or delay the recovery of advances, all or any of which could materially affect our earnings and liquidity and increase our need for capital.


15


Table of Contents

 
The Dodd-Frank Act could increase our regulatory compliance burden and associated costs, limit our future capital raising strategies, and place restrictions on certain originations and servicing operations all of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) into law. The Dodd-Frank Act represents a comprehensive overhaul of the financial services industry in the United States. The Dodd-Frank Act includes, among other things: (i) the creation of a Financial Stability Oversight Council to identify emerging systemic risks posed by financial firms, activities and practices, and to improve cooperation among federal agencies; (ii) the creation of a Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (“CFPB”) authorized to promulgate and enforce consumer protection regulations relating to financial products; (iii) the establishment of strengthened capital and prudential standards for banks and bank holding companies; (iv) enhanced regulation of financial markets, including the derivatives and securitization markets; and (v) amendments to the Truth in Lending Act aimed at improving consumer protections with respect to mortgage originations, including originator compensation, minimum repayment standards and prepayment considerations. On July 21, 2011, the CFPB obtained enforcement authority pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act and began official operations. On October 13, 2011, the CFPB issued guidelines governing how it supervises mortgage transactions, which involves sending examiners to banks and other institutions that service mortgages to assess whether consumers’ interests are protected. On January 11, 2012, the CFPB issued guidelines governing examination procedures for bank and non-bank mortgage originators. The exact scope and applicability of many of these requirements to us are currently unknown as the regulations to implement the Dodd-Frank Act generally have not yet been finalized. These provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and actions by the CFPB could increase our regulatory compliance burden and associated costs and place restrictions on certain originations and servicing operations, all of which could in turn adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
The enforcement consent orders by, and agreements with, certain federal and state agencies against the largest mortgage servicers related to foreclosure practices could impose additional compliance costs on our servicing business, which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
 
On April 13, 2011, the federal agencies overseeing certain aspects of the mortgage market, the OCC, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC, entered into enforcement consent orders with 14 of the largest mortgage servicers in the United States regarding foreclosure practices. The enforcement consent orders require the servicers, among other things to: (i) promptly correct deficiencies in residential mortgage loan servicing and foreclosure practices; (ii) make significant modifications in practices for residential mortgage loan servicing and foreclosure processing, including communications with borrowers and limitations on dual-tracking, which occurs when servicers continue to pursue foreclosure during the loan modification process; (iii) ensure that foreclosures are not pursued once a mortgage has been approved for modification and establish a single point of contact for borrowers throughout the loan modification and foreclosure processes; and (iv) establish robust oversight and controls pertaining to their third party vendors, including outside legal counsel, that provide default management or foreclosure services. While these enforcement consent orders are considered not to be preemptive of the state actions, it is currently unclear how state actions and proceedings will be affected by the federal consents.
 
Although we are not a party to the above enforcement consent orders, we could become subject to the terms of the consent orders if (i) we subservice loans for the mortgage servicers that are parties to the enforcement consent orders; (ii) the agencies begin to enforce the consent orders by looking downstream to our arrangement with certain mortgage servicers; (iii) the mortgage servicers for which we subservice loans request that we comply with certain aspects of the consent orders, or (iv) we otherwise find it prudent to comply with certain aspects of the consent orders. In addition, the practices set forth in such consent orders may be adopted by the industry as a whole, forcing us to comply with them in order to follow standard industry practices, or may become required by our servicing agreements. While we have made and continue to make changes to our operating policies and procedures in light of the consent orders, further changes could be required and changes to our servicing practices will increase compliance costs for our servicing business, which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.


16


Table of Contents

 
On September 1, 2011 and November 10, 2011, the New York Department of Financial Services entered into agreements regarding mortgage servicing practices with seven financial institutions. The additional requirements provided for in these agreements will increase operational complexity and the cost of servicing loans in New York. Other servicers, including us, could be required to enter into similar agreements. In addition, other states may also require mortgage servicers to enter into similar agreements. These additional costs could also materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Legal proceedings, state or federal governmental examinations or enforcement actions and related costs could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, financial position and results of operations.
 
We are routinely and currently involved in legal proceedings concerning matters that arise in the ordinary course of our business. These legal proceedings range from actions involving a single plaintiff to class action lawsuits with potentially tens of thousands of class members. An adverse result in governmental investigations or examinations or private lawsuits, including purported class action lawsuits, may adversely affect our financial results. In addition, a number of participants in our industry, including us, have been the subject of purported class action lawsuits and regulatory actions by state regulators, and other industry participants have been the subject of actions by state Attorneys General. Although we believe we have meritorious legal and factual defenses to the lawsuits in which we are currently involved, the ultimate outcomes with respect to these matters remain uncertain. Litigation and other proceedings may require that we pay settlement costs, legal fees, damages, penalties or other charges, any or all of which could adversely affect our financial results. In particular, ongoing and other legal proceedings brought under state consumer protection statutes may result in a separate fine for each violation of the statute, which, particularly in the case of class action lawsuits, could result in damages substantially in excess of the amounts we earned from the underlying activities and that could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, financial position and results of operations.
 
Governmental investigations, both state and federal, can be either formal or informal. The costs of responding to the investigations can be substantial. In addition, government-mandated changes to servicing practices could lead to higher costs and additional administrative burdens, in particular regarding record retention and informational obligations.
 
The continued deterioration of the residential mortgage market may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Since mid-2007, adverse economic conditions, including high unemployment, have impacted the residential mortgage market, resulting in unprecedented delinquency, default and foreclosure rates, all of which have led to increased loss severities on all types of residential mortgage loans due to sharp declines in residential real estate values. Falling home prices have resulted in higher loan-to-value ratios (“LTVs”), lower recoveries in foreclosure and an increase in loss severities above those that would have been realized had property values remained the same or continued to increase. As LTVs increase, borrowers are left with equity in their homes that is not sufficient to permit them to refinance their existing loans. This may also provide borrowers an incentive to default on their mortgage loan even if they have the ability to make principal and interest payments, which we refer to as strategic defaults. Increased mortgage defaults negatively impact our Servicing Segment because they reduce the number of mortgages we service.
 
Adverse economic conditions may also impact our Originations Segment. Declining home prices and increasing LTVs may preclude many potential borrowers, including borrowers whose existing loans we service, from refinancing their existing loans. An increase in prevailing interest rates could decrease our originations volume through our Consumer Direct Retail originations channel, our largest originations channel by volume from December 31, 2006 to September 30, 2011, because this channel focuses predominantly on refinancing existing mortgage loans.


17


Table of Contents

 
A continued deterioration or a delay in any recovery in the residential mortgage market may reduce the number of mortgages we service or new mortgages that we originate, reduce the profitability of mortgages currently serviced by us, adversely affect our ability to sell mortgage loans originated by us or increase delinquency rates. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We may experience serious financial difficulties as some mortgage servicers and originators have experienced, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Since late 2006, a number of mortgage servicers and originators of residential mortgage loans have experienced serious financial difficulties and, in some cases, have gone out of business. These difficulties have resulted, in part, from declining markets for their mortgage loans as well as from claims for repurchases of mortgage loans previously sold under provisions requiring repurchase in the event of early payment defaults or breaches of representations and warranties regarding loan quality and certain other loan characteristics. Higher delinquencies and defaults may contribute to these difficulties by reducing the value of mortgage loan portfolios and requiring originators to sell their portfolios at greater discounts to par. In addition, the cost of servicing an increasingly delinquent mortgage loan portfolio may rise without a corresponding increase in servicing compensation. The value of many residual interests retained by sellers of mortgage loans in the securitization market has also been declining. Overall originations volumes are down significantly in the current economic environment. According to Inside Mortgage Finance, total U.S. residential mortgage originations volume decreased from $3.0 trillion in 2006 to $1.3 trillion for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We service reverse mortgages, which subjects us to additional risks and could have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.
 
In December 2011, we signed an agreement to purchase the servicing rights to certain reverse mortgages (the “Reverse Mortgage Acquisition”) from Bank of America, N.A. (“BANA”), an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, one of the underwriters of this offering. The reverse mortgage business is subject to substantial risks, including market, credit, interest rate, liquidity, operational and legal risks. A reverse mortgage is a loan available to seniors aged 62 or older that allows homeowners to borrow money against the value of their home. No repayment of the mortgage is required until the borrower dies or the home is sold. A deterioration of the market for reverse mortgages may reduce the number of reverse mortgages we service, reduce the profitability of reverse mortgages currently serviced by us and adversely affect our ability to sell reverse mortgages in the market. Although foreclosures involving reverse mortgages generally occur less frequently than forward mortgages, loan defaults on reverse mortgages leading to foreclosures may occur if borrowers fail to meet maintenance obligations, such as payment of taxes or home insurance premiums. An increase in foreclosure rates may increase our cost of servicing. As a reverse mortgage servicer, we will also be responsible for funding any payments due to borrowers in a timely manner, remitting to investors interest accrued, and paying for interest shortfalls. Advances on reverse mortgages are typically greater than advances on forward residential mortgages. They are typically recovered upon weekly or monthly reimbursement. In the event we receive requests for advances in excess of amounts we are able to fund, we may not be able to fund these advance requests, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity. Finally, we are subject to negative headline risk in the event that loan defaults on reverse mortgages lead to foreclosures or even evictions of elderly homeowners. All of the above factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans are especially exposed to increases in monthly payments and they may not be able to refinance their loans, which could cause delinquency, default and foreclosure and therefore adversely affect our business.
 
Borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans are exposed to increased monthly payments when the related mortgage loan’s interest rate adjusts upward from an initial fixed rate or a low introductory rate, as


18


Table of Contents

applicable, to the rate computed in accordance with the applicable index and margin. Borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans seeking to refinance their mortgage loans to avoid increased monthly payments as a result of an upwards adjustment of the mortgage loan’s interest rate may no longer be able to find available replacement loans at comparably low interest rates. This increase in borrowers’ monthly payments, together with any increase in prevailing market interest rates, may result in significantly increased monthly payments for borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans, which may cause delinquency, default and foreclosure. Increased mortgage defaults and foreclosures may adversely affect our business as they reduce the number of mortgages we service.
 
We principally service higher risk loans, which exposes us to a number of different risks.
 
A significant percentage of the mortgage loans we service are higher risk loans, meaning that the loans are to less creditworthy borrowers or for properties the value of which has decreased. These loans are more expensive to service because they require more frequent interaction with customers and greater monitoring and oversight. As a result, these loans tend to have higher delinquency and default rates, which can have a significant impact on our revenues, expenses and the valuation of our MSRs. It may also be more difficult for us to recover advances we are required to make with respect to higher risk loans. In connection with the ongoing mortgage market reform and regulatory developments, servicers of higher risk loans may be subject to increased scrutiny by state and federal regulators or may experience higher compliance costs, which could result in higher servicing costs. We may not be able to pass along any incremental costs we incur to our servicing clients. All of the foregoing factors could therefore adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
A significant change in delinquencies for the loans we service could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Delinquency rates have a significant impact on our revenues, our expenses and on the valuation of our MSRs as follows:
 
  •     Revenue.   An increase in delinquencies will result in lower revenue for loans we service for GSEs because we only collect servicing fees from GSEs for performing loans. Additionally, while increased delinquencies generate higher ancillary fees, including late fees, these fees are not likely to be recoverable in the event that the related loan is liquidated. In addition, an increase in delinquencies lowers the interest income we receive on cash held in collection and other accounts.
 
  •     Expenses.   An increase in delinquencies will result in a higher cost to service due to the increased time and effort required to collect payments from delinquent borrowers. It may also result in an increase in interest expense as a result of an increase in our advancing obligations.
 
  •     Liquidity.   An increase in delinquencies could also negatively impact our liquidity because of an increase in borrowing under our advance facilities.
 
  •     Valuation of MSRs.   We base the price we pay for MSRs on, among other things, our projections of the cash flows from the related pool of mortgage loans. Our expectation of delinquencies is a significant assumption underlying those cash flow projections. If delinquencies were significantly greater than expected, the estimated fair value of our MSRs could be diminished. If the estimated fair value of MSRs is reduced, we could suffer a loss, which has a negative impact on our financial results.
 
A further increase in delinquency rates could therefore adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.


19


Table of Contents

 
Decreasing property values have caused an increase in LTVs, resulting in borrowers having little or negative equity in their property, which may reduce new loan originations and provide incentive to borrowers to strategically default on their loans.
 
According to CoreLogic, from December 2006 to September 2011, the percentage of borrowers who owe more on a related mortgage loan than the property is worth, or have negative equity in their property, increased from 7% to 22%. We believe that borrowers with negative equity in their properties are more likely to strategically default on mortgage loans, which could materially affect our business. Also, with the exception of loans modified under the Making Home Affordable plan (“MHA”), we are unable to refinance loans with high LTVs. Increased LTVs could reduce our ability to originate loans for borrowers with low or negative equity and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
The industry in which we operate is highly competitive and our inability to compete successfully could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We operate in a highly competitive industry that could become even more competitive as a result of economic, legislative, regulatory and technological changes. In the servicing industry, we face competition in areas such as fees and performance in reducing delinquencies and entering successful modifications. Competition to service mortgage loans comes primarily from large commercial banks and savings institutions. These financial institutions generally have significantly greater resources and access to capital than we do, which gives them the benefit of a lower cost of funds. Additionally, our servicing competitors may decide to modify their servicing model to compete more directly with our servicing model, or our servicing model may generate lower margins as a result of competition or as overall economic conditions improve.
 
In the mortgage loan originations industry, we face competition in such areas as mortgage loan offerings, rates, fees and customer service. Competition to originate mortgage loans comes primarily from large commercial banks and savings institutions. These financial institutions generally have significantly greater resources and access to capital than we do, which gives them the benefit of a lower cost of funds.
 
In addition, technological advances and heightened e-commerce activities have increased consumers’ accessibility to products and services. This has intensified competition among banks and non-banks in offering mortgage loans and loan servicing.
 
We may be unable to compete successfully in our industries and this could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We may not be able to maintain or grow our business if we cannot identify and acquire MSRs or enter into additional subservicing agreements on favorable terms.
 
Our servicing portfolio is subject to “run off,” meaning that mortgage loans serviced by us may be repaid at maturity, prepaid prior to maturity, refinanced with a mortgage not serviced by us or liquidated through foreclosure, deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or other liquidation process or repaid through standard amortization of principal. As a result, our ability to maintain the size of our servicing portfolio depends on our ability to originate additional mortgages and to acquire the right to service additional pools of residential mortgages. We may not be able to acquire MSRs or enter into additional subservicing agreements on terms favorable to us or at all, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In determining the purchase price for MSRs and subservicing agreements, management makes certain assumptions, many of which are beyond our control, including, among other things:
 
  •     the rates of prepayment and repayment within the underlying pools of mortgage loans;
 
  •     projected rates of delinquencies, defaults and liquidations;


20


Table of Contents

 
  •     future interest rates;
 
  •     our cost to service the loans;
 
  •     ancillary fee income; and
 
  •     amounts of future servicing advances.
 
We may not be able to recover our significant investments in personnel and our technology platform if we cannot identify and acquire MSRs or enter into additional subservicing agreements on favorable terms, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We have made, and expect to continue to make, significant investments in personnel and our technology platform to allow us to service additional loans. In particular, prior to acquiring a large portfolio of MSRs or entering into a large subservicing contract, we invest significant resources in recruiting, training, technology and systems. We may not realize the expected benefits of these investments to the extent we are unable to increase the pool of residential mortgages serviced, we are delayed in obtaining the right to service such loans or we do not appropriately value the MSRs that we do purchase or the subservicing agreements we enter into. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We may not realize all of the anticipated benefits of potential future acquisitions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of potential future acquisitions of servicing portfolios, originations platforms or companies will depend, in part, on our ability to scale-up to appropriately service any such assets, and integrate the businesses of such acquired companies with our business. The process of acquiring assets or companies may disrupt our business and may not result in the full benefits expected. The risks associated with acquisitions include, among others:
 
  •     uncoordinated market functions;
 
  •     unanticipated issues in integrating information, communications and other systems;
 
  •     unanticipated incompatibility of purchasing, logistics, marketing and administration methods;
 
  •     not retaining key employees; and
 
  •     the diversion of management’s attention from ongoing business concerns.
 
Moreover, the success of any acquisition will depend upon our ability to effectively integrate the acquired servicing portfolios, originations platforms or businesses. The acquired servicing portfolios, originations platforms or businesses may not contribute to our revenues or earnings to any material extent, and cost savings and synergies we expect at the time of an acquisition may not be realized once the acquisition has been completed. If we inappropriately value the assets we acquire or the value of the assets we acquire declines after we acquire them, the resulting charges may negatively affect the carrying value of the assets on our balance sheet and our earnings. See “—We use financial models and estimates in determining the fair value of certain assets, such as MSRs and investments in debt securities. If our estimates or assumptions prove to be incorrect, we may be required to record impairment charges, which could adversely affect our earnings.” Furthermore, if we incur additional indebtedness to finance an acquisition, the acquired business may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow to service that additional indebtedness. Unsuitable or unsuccessful acquisitions could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.


21


Table of Contents

 
We may be unable to obtain sufficient capital to meet the financing requirements of our business.
 
Our financing strategy includes the use of significant leverage. Accordingly, our ability to finance our operations and repay maturing obligations rests in large part on our ability to borrow money. We are generally required to renew our financing arrangements each year, which exposes us to refinancing and interest rate risks. In addition, a large portion of our outstanding debt matures prior to March 31, 2012. See “Note 10 to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—Indebtedness.” Our ability to refinance existing debt and borrow additional funds is affected by a variety of factors including:
 
  •     limitations imposed on us under the indenture governing our senior notes and other financing agreements that contain restrictive covenants and borrowing conditions that may limit our ability to raise additional debt;
 
  •     the decrease in liquidity in the credit markets;
 
  •     prevailing interest rates;
 
  •     the strength of the lenders from which we borrow;
 
  •     limitations on borrowings on advance facilities imposed by the amount of eligible collateral pledged, which may be less than the borrowing capacity of the advance facility; and
 
  •     accounting changes that may impact calculations of covenants in our debt agreements.
 
In the ordinary course of our business, we periodically borrow money or sell newly-originated loans to fund our servicing and originations operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.” Our ability to fund current operations and meet our service advance obligations depends on our ability to secure these types of financings on acceptable terms and to renew or replace existing financings as they expire. Such financings may not be available with the GSEs or other counterparties on acceptable terms or at all.
 
An event of default, a negative ratings action by a rating agency, an adverse action by a regulatory authority or a general deterioration in the economy that constricts the availability of credit—similar to the market conditions that we have experienced during the last three years—may increase our cost of funds and make it difficult for us to renew existing credit facilities or obtain new lines of credit. We intend to continue to pursue opportunities to acquire loan servicing portfolios, originations platforms and businesses that engage in loan servicing and loan originations. Our liquidity and capital resources may be diminished by any such transactions. Additionally, we believe that a significant acquisition may require us to raise additional capital to facilitate such a transaction, which may not be available on acceptable terms or at all.
 
In June 2011, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision of the Bank of International Settlements announced the final framework for strengthening capital requirements, known as Basel III, which if implemented by U.S. bank regulatory agencies, will increase the cost of funding on banking institutions that we rely on for financing. Such Basel III requirements on banking institutions could reduce our sources of funding and increase the costs of originating and servicing mortgage loans. If we are unable to obtain sufficient capital on acceptable terms for any of the foregoing reasons, this could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
We may not be able to continue to grow our loan originations volume, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our loan originations business consists primarily of refinancing existing loans. While we intend to use sales lead aggregators and Internet marketing to reach new borrowers, our Consumer Direct Retail


22


Table of Contents

originations platform may not succeed because of the referral-driven nature of our industry. Further, our largest customer base consists of borrowers whose existing loans we service. Because we primarily service credit-sensitive loans, many of our existing servicing customers may not be able to qualify for conventional mortgage loans with us or may pose a higher credit risk than other consumers. Furthermore, our Consumer Direct Retail originations platform focuses predominantly on refinancing existing mortgage loans. This type of originations activity is sensitive to increases in interest rates.
 
Our loan originations business also consists of providing purchase money loans to homebuyers. The origination of purchase money mortgage loans is greatly influenced by traditional business clients in the home buying process such as realtors and builders. As a result, our ability to secure relationships with such traditional business clients will influence our ability to grow our purchase money mortgage loan volume and, thus, our loan originations business.
 
Our wholesale originations business operates largely through third party mortgage brokers who are not contractually obligated to do business with us. Further, our competitors also have relationships with our brokers and actively compete with us in our efforts to expand our broker networks. Accordingly, we may not be successful in maintaining our existing relationships or expanding our broker networks.
 
If we are unable to continue to grow our loan originations business, this could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our counterparties may terminate our servicing rights and subservicing contracts, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
The owners of the loans we service and the primary servicers of the loans we subservice, may, under certain circumstances, terminate our MSRs or subservicing contracts, respectively.
 
As is standard in the industry, under the terms of our master servicing agreement with GSEs, GSEs have the right to terminate us as servicer of the loans we service on their behalf at any time and also have the right to cause us to sell the MSRs to a third party. In addition, some GSEs may also have the right to require us to assign the MSRs to a subsidiary and sell our equity interest in the subsidiary to a third party. Under our subservicing contracts, the primary servicers for which we conduct subservicing activities have the right to terminate our subservicing rights with or without cause, with little notice and little to no compensation. In November and December 2010, through our relationship with the same GSE, we boarded subservicing rights totaling approximately $25 billion in UPB. We expect to continue to acquire subservicing rights, which could exacerbate these risks.
 
If we were to have our servicing or subservicing rights terminated on a material portion of our servicing portfolio, this could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Federal, state and local laws and regulations could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Federal, state and local governments have recently proposed or enacted numerous laws, regulations and rules related to mortgage loans generally and foreclosure actions in particular. These laws, regulations and rules may result in delays in the foreclosure process, reduced payments by borrowers, modification of the original terms of mortgage loans, permanent forgiveness of debt and increased servicing advances. In some cases, local governments have ordered moratoriums on foreclosure activity, which prevent a servicer or trustee, as applicable, from exercising any remedies they might have in respect of liquidating a severely delinquent mortgage loan. Several courts also have taken unprecedented steps to slow the foreclosure process or prevent foreclosure altogether.


23


Table of Contents

 
In addition, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (the “FHFA”) recently proposed changes to mortgage servicing compensation structures, including cutting servicing fees and channeling funds toward reserve accounts for delinquent loans.
 
Due to the highly regulated nature of the residential mortgage industry, we are required to comply with a wide array of federal, state and local laws and regulations that regulate, among other things, the manner in which we conduct our servicing and originations business and the fees we may charge. These regulations directly impact our business and require constant compliance, monitoring and internal and external audits. A material failure to comply with any of these laws or regulations could subject us to lawsuits or governmental action, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
In addition, there continue to be changes in legislation and licensing in an effort to simplify the consumer mortgage experience, which require technology changes and additional implementation costs for loan originators. We expect legislative changes will continue in the foreseeable future, which may increase our operating expenses.
 
Any of these changes in the law could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Unlike competitors that are banks, we are subject to state licensing and operational requirements that result in substantial compliance costs.
 
Because we are not a depository institution, we do not benefit from a federal exemption to state mortgage banking, loan servicing or debt collection licensing and regulatory requirements. We must comply with state licensing requirements and varying compliance requirements in all fifty states and the District of Columbia, and we are sensitive to regulatory changes that may increase our costs through stricter licensing laws, disclosure laws or increased fees or that may impose conditions to licensing that we or our personnel are unable to meet. In addition, we are subject to periodic examinations by state regulators, which can result in refunds to borrowers of certain fees earned by us, and we may be required to pay substantial penalties imposed by state regulators due to compliance errors. Future state legislation and changes in existing regulation may significantly increase our compliance costs or reduce the amount of ancillary fees, including late fees, that we may charge to borrowers. This could make our business cost-prohibitive in the affected state or states and could materially affect our business.
 
Federal and state legislative and agency initiatives in mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) and securitization may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
 
There are federal and state legislative and agency initiatives that could, once fully implemented, adversely affect our business. For instance, the risk retention requirement under the Dodd-Frank Act requires securitizers to retain a minimum beneficial interest in MBS they sell through a securitization, absent certain qualified residential mortgage (“QRM”) exemptions. Once implemented, the risk retention requirement may result in higher costs of certain originations operations and impose on us additional compliance requirements to meet servicing and originations criteria for QRMs. Additionally, the amendments to Regulation AB relating to the registration statement required to be filed by ABS issuers recently adopted by the SEC pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act would increase compliance costs for ABS issuers, which could in turn increase our cost of funding and operations. Lastly, certain proposed federal legislation would permit borrowers in bankruptcy to restructure mortgage loans secured by primary residences. Bankruptcy courts could, if this legislation is enacted, reduce the principal balance of a mortgage loan that is secured by a lien on mortgaged property, reduce the mortgage interest rate, extend the term to maturity or otherwise modify the terms of a bankrupt borrower’s mortgage loan. Any of the foregoing could materially affect our financial condition and results of operations.


24


Table of Contents

 
Our business would be adversely affected if we lose our licenses.
 
Our operations are subject to regulation, supervision and licensing under various federal, state and local statutes, ordinances and regulations. In most states in which we operate, a regulatory agency regulates and enforces laws relating to mortgage servicing companies and mortgage originations companies such as us. These rules and regulations generally provide for licensing as a mortgage servicing company, mortgage originations company or third party debt default specialist, requirements as to the form and content of contracts and other documentation, licensing of our employees and employee hiring background checks, licensing of independent contractors with which we contract, restrictions on collection practices, disclosure and record-keeping requirements and enforcement of borrowers’ rights. In certain states, we are subject to periodic examination by state regulatory authorities. Some states in which we operate require special licensing or provide extensive regulation of our business.
 
We believe that we maintain all material licenses and permits required for our current operations and are in substantial compliance with all applicable federal, state and local regulations. We may not be able to maintain all requisite licenses and permits, and the failure to satisfy those and other regulatory requirements could result in a default under our servicing agreements and have a material adverse effect on our operations. The states that currently do not provide extensive regulation of our business may later choose to do so, and if such states so act, we may not be able to obtain or maintain all requisite licenses and permits. The failure to satisfy those and other regulatory requirements could result in a default under our servicing agreements and have a material adverse effect on our operations. Furthermore, the adoption of additional, or the revision of existing, rules and regulations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We may be required to indemnify or repurchase loans we originated, or will originate, if our loans fail to meet certain criteria or characteristics or under other circumstances.
 
The indentures governing our securitized pools of loans and our contracts with purchasers of our whole loans contain provisions that require us to indemnify or repurchase the related loans under certain circumstances. While our contracts vary, they contain provisions that require us to repurchase loans if:
 
  •     our representations and warranties concerning loan quality and loan circumstances are inaccurate, including representations concerning the licensing of a mortgage broker;
 
  •     we fail to secure adequate mortgage insurance within a certain period after closing;
 
  •     a mortgage insurance provider denies coverage; or
 
  •     we fail to comply, at the individual loan level or otherwise, with regulatory requirements in the current dynamic regulatory environment.
 
We believe that, as a result of the current market environment, many purchasers of residential mortgage loans are particularly aware of the conditions under which originators must indemnify or repurchase loans and would benefit from enforcing any repurchase remedies they may have. We believe that our exposure to repurchases under our representations and warranties includes the current unpaid balance of all loans we have sold. In the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and three years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010, we sold an aggregate of $6.4 billion of loans. To recognize the potential loan repurchase or indemnification losses, we have recorded a reserve of $7.4 million as of September 30, 2011. Such reserve, however, may not be adequate to cover actual losses. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Analysis of Items on Consolidated Balance Sheet—As of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010—Liabilities and Members’ Equity.” If we are required to indemnify or repurchase loans that we originate and sell or securitize that result in losses that exceed our reserve, this could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.


25


Table of Contents

 
We may incur increased litigation costs and related losses if a borrower challenges the validity of a foreclosure action or if a court overturns a foreclosure, which could adversely affect our liquidity, business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We may incur costs if we are required to, or if we elect to, execute or re-file documents or take other action in our capacity as a servicer in connection with pending or completed foreclosures. We may incur litigation costs if the validity of a foreclosure action is challenged by a borrower. If a court overturns a foreclosure because of errors or deficiencies in the foreclosure process, we may have liability to a title insurer or the purchaser of the property sold in foreclosure. These costs and liabilities may not be legally or otherwise reimbursable to us, particularly to the extent they relate to securitized mortgage loans. In addition, if certain documents required for a foreclosure action are missing or defective, we could be obligated to cure the defect or repurchase the loan. A significant increase in litigation costs could adversely affect our liquidity, and our inability to be reimbursed for an advance could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Because we are required to follow the guidelines of the GSEs with which we do business and are not able to negotiate our fees with these entities for the purchase of our loans, our competitors may be able to sell their loans to GSEs on more favorable terms.
 
Even though we currently originate conventional agency and government conforming loans, because we previously originated non-prime mortgage loans, we believe we are required to pay a higher fee to access the secondary market for selling our loans to GSEs. We believe that because many of our competitors have always originated conventional loans, they are able to sell newly originated loans on more favorable terms than us. As a result, these competitors are able to earn higher margins than we earn on originated loans, which could materially impact our business.
 
In our transactions with the GSEs, we are required to follow specific guidelines that impact the way we service and originate mortgage loans including:
 
  •     our staffing levels and other servicing practices;
 
  •     the servicing and ancillary fees that we may charge;
 
  •     our modification standards and procedures; and
 
  •     the amount of non-reimbursable advances.
 
In particular, the FHFA has directed GSEs to align their guidelines for servicing delinquent mortgages they own or guarantee, which can result in monetary incentives for servicers that perform well and penalties for those that do not. In addition, FHFA has directed Fannie Mae to assess compensatory fees against servicers in connection with delinquent loans, foreclosure delays, and other breaches of servicing obligations.
 
We cannot negotiate these terms with the GSEs and they are subject to change at any time. A significant change in these guidelines that has the effect of decreasing our fees or requires us to expend additional resources in providing mortgage services could decrease our revenues or increase our costs, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We are required to make servicing advances that can be subject to delays in recovery or may not be recoverable in certain circumstances, which could adversely affect our liquidity, business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
During any period in which a borrower is not making payments, we are required under most of our servicing agreements to advance our own funds to meet contractual principal and interest remittance


26


Table of Contents

requirements for investors, pay property taxes and insurance premiums, legal expenses and other protective advances. We also advance funds to maintain, repair and market real estate properties on behalf of investors. As home values change, we may have to reconsider certain of the assumptions underlying our decisions to make advances and, in certain situations, our contractual obligations may require us to make certain advances for which we may not be reimbursed. In addition, in the event a mortgage loan serviced by us defaults or becomes delinquent, the repayment to us of the advance may be delayed until the mortgage loan is repaid or refinanced or a liquidation occurs. A delay in our ability to collect an advance may adversely affect our liquidity, and our inability to be reimbursed for an advance could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Changes to government mortgage modification programs could adversely affect future incremental revenues.
 
Under HAMP and similar government programs, a participating servicer may be entitled to receive financial incentives in connection with any modification plans it enters into with eligible borrowers and subsequent success fees to the extent that a borrower remains current in any agreed upon loan modification. While we participate in and dedicate numerous resources to HAMP, we may not continue to participate in or realize future revenues from HAMP or any other government mortgage modification program. Changes in legislation or regulation regarding HAMP that result in the modification of outstanding mortgage loans and changes in the requirements necessary to qualify for refinancing mortgage loans may impact the extent to which we participate in and receive financial benefits from such programs, or may increase the expense of our participation in such programs. Changes in governmental loan modification programs could also result in an increase to our costs.
 
HAMP is currently scheduled to expire on December 31, 2012. If HAMP is not extended, this could decrease our revenues, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Under the MHA, a participating servicer may receive a financial incentive to modify qualifying loans, in accordance with the plan’s guidelines and requirements. The MHA also allows us to refinance loans with a high LTV of up to 125%. This allows us to refinance loans to existing borrowers who have little or negative equity in their homes. Changes in legislation or regulations regarding the MHA could reduce our volume of refinancing originations to borrowers with little or negative equity in their homes. Changes to HAMP, the MHA and other similar programs could adversely affect future incremental revenues.
 
We are highly dependent upon programs administered by GSEs such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to generate revenues through mortgage loan sales to institutional investors. Any changes in existing U.S. government-sponsored mortgage programs could materially and adversely affect our business, liquidity, financial position and results of operations.
 
In February 2011, the Obama Administration delivered a report to Congress regarding a proposal to reform the housing finance markets in the United States. The report, among other things, outlined various potential proposals to wind down the GSEs and reduce or eliminate over time the role of the GSEs in guaranteeing mortgages and providing funding for mortgage loans, as well as proposals to implement reforms relating to borrowers, lenders and investors in the mortgage market, including reducing the maximum size of loans that the GSEs can guarantee, phasing in a minimum down payment requirement for borrowers, improving underwriting standards and increasing accountability and transparency in the securitization process.
 
Our ability to generate revenues through mortgage loan sales to institutional investors depends to a significant degree on programs administered by the GSEs, such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, a government agency, Ginnie Mae, and others that facilitate the issuance of MBS in the secondary market. These GSEs play a critical role in the residential mortgage industry and we have significant business relationships with many of them. Almost all of the conforming loans we originate qualify under existing standards for inclusion in guaranteed mortgage securities backed by GSEs. We also derive other material financial benefits from these relationships, including the assumption of credit risk by these GSEs on loans


27


Table of Contents

included in such mortgage securities in exchange for our payment of guarantee fees and the ability to avoid certain loan inventory finance costs through streamlined loan funding and sale procedures.
 
Any discontinuation of, or significant reduction in, the operation of these GSEs or any significant adverse change in the level of activity in the secondary mortgage market or the underwriting criteria of these GSEs could materially and adversely affect our business, liquidity, financial position and results of operations.
 
The conservatorship of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and related efforts, along with any changes in laws and regulations affecting the relationship between Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and the U.S. federal government, could adversely affect our business and prospects.
 
Due to increased market concerns about the ability of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to withstand future credit losses associated with securities held in their investment portfolios, and on which they provide guarantees without the direct support of the U.S. federal government, on July 30, 2008, the U.S. government passed the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008. On September 7, 2008, the FHFA, placed Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac into conservatorship and, together with the U.S. Treasury, established a program designed to boost investor confidence in their respective debt and MBS. As the conservator of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, the FHFA controls and directs the operations of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and may (i) take over the assets and operations of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac with all the powers of the shareholders, the directors and the officers of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and conduct all business of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac; (ii) collect all obligations and money due to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac; (iii) perform all functions of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac which are consistent with the conservator’s appointment; (iv) preserve and conserve the assets and property of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac; and (v) contract for assistance in fulfilling any function, activity, action or duty of the conservator.
 
In addition to the FHFA becoming the conservator of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, the U.S. Treasury and the FHFA have entered into preferred stock purchase agreements among the U.S. Treasury, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac pursuant to which the U.S. Treasury will ensure that each of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac maintains a positive net worth.
 
Although the U.S. Treasury has committed capital to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, these actions may not be adequate for their needs. If these actions are inadequate, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac could continue to suffer losses and could fail to honor their guarantees and other obligations. The future roles of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac could be significantly reduced and the nature of their guarantees could be considerably limited relative to historical measurements. Any changes to the nature of the guarantees provided by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac could redefine what constitute agency and government conforming MBS and could have broad adverse market implications. Such market implications could adversely affect our business and prospects.
 
The geographic concentration of our servicing portfolio may result in a higher rate of delinquencies, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
As of September 30, 2011, approximately 19%, 12% and 5% of the aggregate outstanding loan balance in our servicing portfolio was secured by properties located in California, Florida and Texas, respectively. Some of these states have experienced severe declines in property values and are experiencing a disproportionately high rate of delinquencies and foreclosures relative to other states. To the extent these states continue to experience weaker economic conditions or greater rates of decline in real estate values than the United States generally, the concentration of loans we service in those regions may increase the effect of the risks listed in this “Risk Factors” section. The impact of property value declines may increase in magnitude and it may continue for a long period of time. Additionally, if states in which we have greater concentrations of business were to change their licensing or other regulatory requirements to make our business cost-prohibitive, we may be required to stop doing business in those states or may be subject to higher cost of


28


Table of Contents

doing business in those states, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We use financial models and estimates in determining the fair value of certain assets, such as MSRs and investments in debt securities. If our estimates or assumptions prove to be incorrect, we may be required to record impairment charges, which could adversely affect our earnings.
 
We use internal financial models that utilize, wherever possible, market participant data to value certain of our assets, including our MSRs, newly originated loans held for sale and investments in debt securities for purposes of financial reporting. These models are complex and use asset-specific collateral data and market inputs for interest and discount rates. In addition, the modeling requirements of MSRs are complex because of the high number of variables that drive cash flows associated with MSRs. Even if the general accuracy of our valuation models is validated, valuations are highly dependent upon the reasonableness of our assumptions and the predictability of the relationships that drive the results of the models. If loan loss levels are higher than anticipated, due to an increase in delinquencies or prepayment speeds, or financial market illiquidity continues beyond our estimate, the value of certain of our assets may decrease. We may be required to record impairment charges, which could impact our ability to satisfy minimum net worth covenants of $175.0 million and borrowing conditions in our debt agreements and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Errors in our financial models or changes in assumptions could adversely affect our earnings. See “—We may not realize all of the anticipated benefits of potential future acquisitions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.”
 
Our earnings may decrease because of changes in prevailing interest rates.
 
Our profitability is directly affected by changes in prevailing interest rates. The following are the material risks we face related to changes in prevailing interest rates:
 
  •     an increase in prevailing interest rates could generate an increase in delinquency, default and foreclosure rates resulting in an increase in both operating expenses and interest expense and could cause a reduction in the value of our assets;
 
  •     a substantial and sustained increase in prevailing interest rates could adversely affect our loan originations volume because refinancing an existing loan would be less attractive for homeowners and qualifying for a loan may be more difficult for consumers;
 
  •     an increase in prevailing interest rates would increase the cost of servicing our outstanding debt, including our ability to finance servicing advances and loan originations;
 
  •     a decrease in prevailing interest rates may require us to record a decrease in the value of our MSRs; and
 
  •     a change in prevailing interest rates could impact our earnings from our custodial deposit accounts.
 
Our hedging strategies may not be successful in mitigating our risks associated with interest rates.
 
From time to time, we have used various derivative financial instruments to provide a level of protection against interest rate risks, but no hedging strategy can protect us completely. The derivative financial instruments that we select may not have the effect of reducing our interest rate risks. In addition, the nature and timing of hedging transactions may influence the effectiveness of these strategies. Poorly designed strategies, improperly executed and documented transactions or inaccurate assumptions could actually increase our risks and losses. In addition, hedging strategies involve transaction and other costs. Our hedging strategies and the derivatives that we use may not be able to adequately offset the risks of interest rate volatility and our


29


Table of Contents

hedging transactions may result in or magnify losses. Furthermore, interest rate derivatives may not be available on favorable terms or at all, particularly during economic downturns. Any of the foregoing risks could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
A downgrade in our servicer ratings could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
Standard & Poor’s and Fitch rate us as a residential loan servicer. Our current favorable ratings from the rating agencies are important to the conduct of our loan servicing business. These ratings may be downgraded in the future. Any such downgrade could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about borrowers and counterparties and any misrepresented information could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
In deciding whether to extend credit or to enter into other transactions with borrowers and counterparties, we may rely on information furnished to us by or on behalf of borrowers and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. We also may rely on representations of borrowers and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors. We additionally rely on representations from public officials concerning the licensing and good standing of the third party mortgage brokers through which we do business. While we have a practice of independently verifying the borrower information that we use in deciding whether to extend credit or to agree to a loan modification, including employment, assets, income and credit score, if any of this information is intentionally or negligently misrepresented and such misrepresentation is not detected prior to loan funding, the value of the loan may be significantly lower than expected. Whether a misrepresentation is made by the loan applicant, the mortgage broker, another third party or one of our employees, we generally bear the risk of loss associated with the misrepresentation. We have controls and processes designed to help us identify misrepresented information in our loan originations operations. We, however, may not have detected or may not detect all misrepresented information in our loan originations or from our business clients. Any such misrepresented information could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Technology failures could damage our business operations and increase our costs, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
The financial services industry as a whole is characterized by rapidly changing technologies, and system disruptions and failures caused by fire, power loss, telecommunications failures, unauthorized intrusion, computer viruses and disabling devices, natural disasters and other similar events may interrupt or delay our ability to provide services to our borrowers. Security breaches, acts of vandalism and developments in computer capabilities could result in a compromise or breach of the technology that we use to protect our borrowers’ personal information and transaction data. Systems failures could cause us to incur significant costs and this could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
The success and growth of our business will depend upon our ability to adapt to and implement technological changes.
 
Our mortgage loan originations business is currently dependent upon our ability to effectively interface with our brokers, borrowers and other third parties and to efficiently process loan applications and closings. The originations process is becoming more dependent upon technological advancement, such as our continued ability to process applications over the Internet, accept electronic signatures, provide process status updates instantly and other borrower-expected conveniences. Maintaining and improving this new technology and becoming proficient with it may also require significant capital expenditures. As these requirements


30


Table of Contents

increase in the future, we will have to fully develop these technological capabilities to remain competitive and any failure to do so could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Any failure of our internal security measures or breach of our privacy protections could cause harm to our reputation and subject us to liability, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
In the ordinary course of our business, we receive and store certain confidential information concerning borrowers. Additionally, we enter into third party relationships to assist with various aspects of our business, some of which require the exchange of confidential borrower information. If a third party were to compromise or breach our security measures or those of the vendors, through electronic, physical or other means, and misappropriate such information, it could cause interruptions in our operations and expose us to significant liabilities, reporting obligations, remediation costs and damage to our reputation. Any of the foregoing risks could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our vendor relationships subject us to a variety of risks.
 
We have significant vendors that, among other things, provide us with financial, technology and other services to support our servicing and originations businesses. With respect to vendors engaged to perform activities required by servicing criteria, we have elected to take responsibility for assessing compliance with the applicable servicing criteria for the applicable vendor and are required to have procedures in place to provide reasonable assurance that the vendor’s activities comply in all material respects with servicing criteria applicable to the vendor. In the event that a vendor’s activities do not comply with the servicing criteria, it could negatively impact our servicing agreements. In addition, if our current vendors were to stop providing services to us on acceptable terms, including as a result of one or more vendor bankruptcies due to poor economic conditions, we may be unable to procure alternatives from other vendors in a timely and efficient manner and on acceptable terms, or at all. Further, we may incur significant costs to resolve any such disruptions in service and this could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
The loss of the services of our senior managers could adversely affect our business.
 
The experience of our senior managers is a valuable asset to us. Our management team has significant experience in the residential mortgage originations and servicing industry. We do not maintain key life insurance policies relating to our senior managers. The loss of the services of our senior managers could adversely affect our business.
 
Our business could suffer if we fail to attract and retain a highly skilled workforce.
 
Our future success will depend on our ability to identify, hire, develop, motivate and retain highly qualified personnel for all areas of our organization, in particular skilled managers, loan servicers, debt default specialists, loan officers and underwriters. Trained and experienced personnel are in high demand and may be in short supply in some areas. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced employees have greater resources than we have and may be able to offer more attractive terms of employment. In addition, we invest significant time and expense in training our employees, which increases their value to competitors who may seek to recruit them. We may not be able to attract, develop and maintain an adequate skilled workforce necessary to operate our businesses and labor expenses may increase as a result of a shortage in the supply of qualified personnel. If we are unable to attract and retain such personnel, we may not be able to take advantage of acquisitions and other growth opportunities that may be presented to us and this could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.


31


Table of Contents

 
Negative public opinion could damage our reputation and adversely affect our earnings.
 
Reputation risk, or the risk to our business, earnings and capital from negative public opinion, is inherent in our business. Negative public opinion can result from our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending and debt collection practices, corporate governance, and actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative public opinion can also result from media coverage, whether accurate or not. Negative public opinion can adversely affect our ability to attract and retain customers, trading counterparties and employees and can expose us to litigation and regulatory action. Although we take steps to minimize reputation risk in dealing with our customers and communities, this risk will always be present in our organization.
 
Risks Related to Our Organization and Structure
 
If the ownership of our common stock continues to be highly concentrated, it may prevent you and other minority stockholders from influencing significant corporate decisions and may result in conflicts of interest.
 
Following the completion of this offering, the Initial Stockholder, which is primarily owned by certain private equity funds managed by an affiliate of Fortress, will own approximately     % of our outstanding common stock or     % if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is fully exercised. As a result, the Initial Stockholder will own shares sufficient for the majority vote over all matters requiring a stockholder vote, including: the election of directors; mergers, consolidations and acquisitions; the sale of all or substantially all of our assets and other decisions affecting our capital structure; the amendment of our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws; and our winding up and dissolution. This concentration of ownership may delay, deter or prevent acts that would be favored by our other stockholders. The interests of the Initial Stockholder may not always coincide with our interests or the interests of our other stockholders. This concentration of ownership may also have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control of us. Also, the Initial Stockholder may seek to cause us to take courses of action that, in its judgment, could enhance its investment in us, but which might involve risks to our other stockholders or adversely affect us or our other stockholders, including investors in this offering. As a result, the market price of our common stock could decline or stockholders might not receive a premium over the then-current market price of our common stock upon a change in control. In addition, this concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock because investors may perceive disadvantages in owning shares in a company with significant stockholders. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders” and “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law, Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws.”
 
We are a holding company with no operations and will rely on our operating subsidiaries to provide us with funds necessary to meet our financial obligations and to pay dividends.
 
We are a holding company with no material direct operations. Our principal assets are the equity interests we directly or indirectly hold in our operating subsidiaries, which own our operating assets. As a result, we will be dependent on loans, dividends and other payments from our subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations and to pay dividends on our common stock. Our subsidiaries are legally distinct from us and may be prohibited or restricted from paying dividends or otherwise making funds available to us under certain conditions. If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to, or our board may exercise its discretion not to, pay dividends.
 
We do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.
 
We do not expect to declare or pay any cash or other dividends in the foreseeable future on our common stock because we intend to use cash flow generated by operations to grow our business. The indenture governing our senior notes restricts our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock. We may


32


Table of Contents

also enter into credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements in the future that restrict or limit our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock. See “Dividend Policy.”
 
Certain provisions of the Stockholders Agreement, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws could hinder, delay or prevent a change in control of us, which could adversely affect the price of our common stock.
 
Certain provisions of our Stockholders Agreement with our Initial Stockholder (the “Stockholders Agreement”), our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us without the consent of our board of directors or the Initial Stockholder. These provisions provide for:
 
  •     a classified board of directors with staggered three-year terms;
 
  •     removal of directors only for cause and only with the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the voting interest of stockholders entitled to vote (provided, however, that for so long as the Initial Stockholder and certain other affiliates of Fortress and permitted transferees (collectively, the “Fortress Stockholders”) beneficially own at least 40% of our issued and outstanding common stock, directors may be removed with or without cause with the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting interest of stockholders entitled to vote);
 
  •     provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will prevent stockholders from calling special meetings of our stockholders (provided, however, that for so long as the Fortress Stockholders beneficially own at least 25% of our issued and outstanding common stock, any stockholders that collectively beneficially own at least 25% of our issued and outstanding common stock may call special meetings of our stockholders);
 
  •     advance notice requirements by stockholders with respect to director nominations and actions to be taken at annual meetings;
 
  •     certain rights to the Fortress Stockholders with respect to the designation of directors for nomination and election to our board of directors, including the ability to appoint a majority of the members of our board of directors for so long as the Fortress Stockholders continue to beneficially own at least 40% of our issued and outstanding common stock. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement”;
 
  •     no provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws for cumulative voting in the election of directors, which means that the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock can elect all the directors standing for election;
 
  •     our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will only permit action by our stockholders outside a meeting by unanimous written consent, provided, however, that for so long as the Fortress Stockholders beneficially own at least 25% of our issued and outstanding common stock, our stockholders may act without a meeting by written consent of a majority of our stockholders; and
 
  •     under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors has authority to cause the issuance of preferred stock from time to time in one or more series and to establish the terms, preferences and rights of any such series of preferred stock, all without approval of our stockholders. Nothing in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation precludes


33


Table of Contents

  future issuances without stockholder approval of the authorized but unissued shares of our common stock.
 
In addition, these provisions may make it difficult and expensive for a third party to pursue a tender offer, change in control or takeover attempt that is opposed by our Initial Stockholder, our management or our board of directors. Public stockholders who might desire to participate in these types of transactions may not have an opportunity to do so, even if the transaction is favorable to stockholders. These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of public stockholders to benefit from a change in control or change our management and board of directors and, as a result, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and your ability to realize any potential change of control premium. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law, Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws.”
 
Certain of our stockholders have the right to engage or invest in the same or similar businesses as us.
 
The Fortress Stockholders have other investments and business activities in addition to their ownership of us. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the Fortress Stockholders have the right, and have no duty to abstain from exercising such right, to engage or invest in the same or similar businesses as us, do business with any of our clients, customers or vendors or employ or otherwise engage any of our officers, directors or employees. If the Fortress Stockholders or any of their officers, directors or employees acquire knowledge of a potential transaction that could be a corporate opportunity, they have no duty, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to offer such corporate opportunity to us, our stockholders or our affiliates.
 
In the event that any of our directors and officers who is also a director, officer or employee of any of the Fortress Stockholders acquires knowledge of a corporate opportunity or is offered a corporate opportunity, provided that this knowledge was not acquired solely in such person’s capacity as our director or officer and such person acts in good faith, then to the fullest extent permitted by law such person is deemed to have fully satisfied such person’s fiduciary duties owed to us and is not liable to us, if the Fortress Stockholder pursues or acquires the corporate opportunity or if the Fortress Stockholder does not present the corporate opportunity to us. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement.”
 
Risks Related to this Offering
 
An active trading market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained.
 
Although we have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the NYSE, an active trading market for our common stock may not develop on that exchange or elsewhere or, if developed, that market may not be sustained. Accordingly, if an active trading market for our common stock does not develop or is not maintained, the liquidity of our common stock, your ability to sell your shares of common stock when desired and the prices that you may obtain for your shares of common stock will be adversely affected.
 
The market price and trading volume of our common stock may be volatile, which could result in rapid and substantial losses for our stockholders.
 
Even if an active trading market develops, the market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. In addition, the trading volume in our common stock may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. The initial public offering price of our common stock will be determined by negotiation between us, the Initial Stockholder and the representatives of the underwriters based on a number of factors and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following completion of this offering. If the market price of our common stock declines significantly, you may be unable to resell your shares at or above your purchase price, if at all. The market price of our


34


Table of Contents

common stock may fluctuate or decline significantly in the future. Some of the factors that could negatively affect our share price or result in fluctuations in the price or trading volume of our common stock include:
 
  •     variations in our quarterly or annual operating results;
 
  •     changes in our earnings estimates (if provided) or differences between our actual financial and operating results and those expected by investors and analysts;
 
  •     the contents of published research reports about us or our industry or the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock after this offering;
 
  •     additions or departures of key management personnel;
 
  •     any increased indebtedness we may incur in the future;
 
  •     announcements by us or others and developments affecting us;
 
  •     actions by institutional stockholders;
 
  •     litigation and governmental investigations;
 
  •     changes in market valuations of similar companies;
 
  •     speculation or reports by the press or investment community with respect to us or our industry in general;
 
  •     increases in market interest rates that may lead purchasers of our shares to demand a higher yield;
 
  •     announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions, strategic relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments; and
 
  •     general market, political and economic conditions, including any such conditions and local conditions in the markets in which our customers are located.
 
These broad market and industry factors may decrease the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. The stock market in general has from time to time experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations, including in recent months. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.
 
Future offerings of debt or equity securities by us may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
 
In the future, we may attempt to obtain financing or to further increase our capital resources by issuing additional shares of our common stock or offering debt or other equity securities, including commercial paper, medium-term notes, senior or subordinated notes, debt securities convertible into equity or shares of preferred stock. Issuing additional shares of our common stock or other equity securities or securities convertible into equity may dilute the economic and voting rights of our existing stockholders or reduce the market price of our common stock or both. Upon liquidation, holders of such debt securities and preferred shares, if issued, and lenders with respect to other borrowings would receive a distribution of our available assets prior to the holders of our common stock. Debt securities convertible into equity could be subject to adjustments in the conversion ratio pursuant to which certain events may increase the number of equity


35


Table of Contents

securities issuable upon conversion. Preferred shares, if issued, could have a preference with respect to liquidating distributions or a preference with respect to dividend payments that could limit our ability to pay dividends to the holders of our common stock. Our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, which may adversely affect the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, holders of our common stock bear the risk that our future offerings may reduce the market price of our common stock and dilute their stockholdings in us. See “Description of Capital Stock.”
 
The market price of our common stock could be negatively affected by sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public markets.
 
After this offering, there will be           shares of common stock outstanding or           shares outstanding if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. Of our issued and outstanding shares, all the common stock sold in this offering will be freely transferable, except for any shares held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Following completion of the offering, approximately     % of our outstanding common stock (or     % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) will be held by the Initial Stockholder and members of our management and employees and can be resold into the public markets in the future in accordance with the requirements of Rule 144. See “Shares Eligible For Future Sale.”
 
We and our executive officers, directors and the Initial Stockholder (who will hold in the aggregate approximately     % of our outstanding common stock immediately after the completion of this offering or     % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) have agreed with the underwriters that, subject to limited exceptions, for a period of           days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not directly or indirectly offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase or otherwise dispose of any common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, or in any manner transfer all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of common stock, or cause a registration statement covering any common stock to be filed, without the prior written consent of the designated representatives. The designated representatives may waive these restrictions at their discretion. Shares of common stock held by our employees, other than our officers who are subject to the lockup provisions referred to above, representing     % of our issued and outstanding common stock immediately after the completion of this offering or     % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, are not subject to these restrictions and may be sold without restriction at any time.
 
Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, the Initial Stockholder and certain of its affiliates and permitted third party transferees will have the right, in certain circumstances, to require us to register their approximately           shares of our common stock under the Securities Act for sale into the public markets. Upon the effectiveness of such a registration statement, all shares covered by the registration statement will be freely transferable. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement.”
 
The market price of our common stock may decline significantly when the restrictions on resale by our existing stockholders lapse. A decline in the price of our common stock might impede our ability to raise capital through the issuance of additional common stock or other equity securities.
 
The future issuance of additional common stock in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions or otherwise will dilute all other stockholdings.
 
After this offering, assuming the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we will have an aggregate of           shares of common stock authorized but unissued and not reserved for issuance under our incentive plans. We may issue all of these shares of common stock without any action or approval by our stockholders, subject to certain exceptions. We also intend to continue to evaluate acquisition opportunities and may issue common stock in connection with these acquisitions. Any common stock issued in


36


Table of Contents

connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions, the exercise of outstanding stock options or otherwise would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase common stock in this offering.
 
Investors in this offering will suffer immediate and substantial dilution.
 
The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the as adjusted net tangible book value per share issued and outstanding immediately after this offering. Our net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2011 was approximately $      and represents the amount of book value of our total tangible assets minus the book value of our total liabilities, excluding deferred gains, divided by the number of our shares of common stock then issued and outstanding. Investors who purchase common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the net tangible book value per share of common stock. If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $      in the net tangible book value per share, based upon the initial public offering price of $      per share (the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus). Investors that purchase common stock in this offering will have purchased     % of the shares issued and outstanding immediately after the offering, but will have paid     % of the total consideration for those shares.
 
Conflicts of interest may exist with respect to certain underwriters of this offering.
 
BANA, an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, one of the underwriters of this offering, is the lender under our $175 Million Warehouse Facility and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated was an initial purchaser in connection with the offering in March 2010 of our senior notes. In addition, in December 2011, we entered into the Reverse Mortgage Acquisition with BANA. BANA is obligated among other things, under certain circumstances and subject to various terms and conditions, to repurchase certain of the loans associated with the servicing rights that were sold to us and, for a limited time, to make certain advances, including principal advances, with respect to the underlying mortgage loans to the borrower, and we are obligated to reimburse BANA monthly for these advances for one year. Also, in September 2011, we purchased certain MSRs relating to residential mortgage loans with an aggregate UPB of approximately $10 billion as of December 31, 2011 from BANA for approximately $69.6 million. Additionally, we intend to make further purchases of servicing rights from third parties in the future, which could include our underwriters or their affiliates, and it is possible that we may use a portion of the proceeds of this offering to fund such future acquisitions. Therefore, conflicts of interest could exist because underwriters or their affiliates could receive proceeds from this offering in addition to the underwriting discounts and commissions described in this prospectus. See “Underwriting—Other Relationships.”
 
We will have broad discretion in the use of a significant part of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.
 
Our management currently intends to use the net proceeds from this offering in the manner described in “Use of Proceeds” and will have broad discretion in the application of a significant part of the net proceeds from this offering. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could affect our ability to operate and grow our business.
 
As a public company, we will incur additional costs and face increased demands on our management.
 
As a public company with shares listed on a U.S. exchange, we will need to comply with an extensive body of regulations that did not apply to us previously, including provisions of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), regulations of the SEC and requirements of the NYSE. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, as a result of becoming a public company, we intend to add independent directors, create additional board committees and adopt certain policies regarding internal controls


37


Table of Contents

and disclosure controls and procedures. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements and maintaining directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules, which may impose additional costs on us and materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We will be required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act to evaluate the effectiveness of our internal controls by the end of our fiscal year ending December 31, 2013, and the outcome of that effort may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
As a U.S.-listed public company, we will be required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act by December 31, 2013. Section 404 will require that we evaluate our internal control over financial reporting to enable management to report on, and our independent auditors to audit as of the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, the effectiveness of those controls. While we have begun the lengthy process of evaluating our internal controls, we are in the early phases of our review and will not complete our review until well after this offering is completed. The outcome of our review may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. During the course of our review, we may identify control deficiencies of varying degrees of severity, and we may incur significant costs to remediate those deficiencies or otherwise improve our internal controls. As a public company, we will be required to report control deficiencies that constitute a “material weakness” in our internal control over financial reporting. We would also be required to obtain an audit report from our independent auditors regarding the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. If we fail to implement the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, we may be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, including the SEC or the NYSE. Furthermore, if we discover a material weakness or our auditor does not provide an unqualified audit report, our share price could decline and our ability to raise capital could be impaired.
 
Risks Related to Taxation
 
Our ability to use net operating loss and tax credit carryovers and certain built-in losses to reduce future tax payments is limited by provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, and may be subject to further limitation as a result of the transactions contemplated by this offering.
 
Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code contain rules that limit the ability of a company that undergoes an ownership change, which is generally any change in ownership of more than 50% of its stock over a three-year period, to utilize its net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards and certain built-in losses recognized in years after the ownership change. These rules generally operate by focusing on ownership changes involving stockholders owning directly or indirectly 5% or more of the stock of a company and any change in ownership arising from a new issuance of stock by the company. Generally, if an ownership change occurs, the yearly taxable income limitation on the use of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards and certain built-in losses is equal to the product of the applicable long-term tax exempt rate and the value of the company’s stock immediately before the ownership change. As a result of the Restructuring, we will assume the net operating losses, tax credit carryovers and built-in losses of certain parent entities of our Initial Stockholder. However, our use of the $      million of federal net operating losses, the $      million of tax credits and certain built-in losses that we will assume in the Restructuring will be subject to annual taxable income limitations. As a result, we may be unable to offset our taxable income with losses, or our tax liability with credits, before such losses and credits expire and therefore would incur larger federal income tax liability.
 
In addition, it is possible that the transactions described in this offering, either on a standalone basis or when combined with future transactions (including issuances of new shares of our common stock and sales of shares of our common stock), will cause us to undergo one or more ownership changes. In that event, we generally would not be able to use our pre-change loss or credit carryovers or certain built-in losses prior to such ownership change to offset future taxable income in excess of the annual limitations imposed by Sections 382 and 383 and those attributes already subject to limitations (as a result of prior ownership changes) may be subject to more stringent limitations.


38


Table of Contents

 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
Some of the statements under “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Industry,” “Business” and elsewhere in this prospectus may contain forward-looking statements that reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, future events and financial performance. You can identify these forward-looking statements by the use of forward-looking words such as “outlook,” “believes,” “expects,” “potential,” “continues,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “predicts,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates” or the negative version of those words or other comparable words. Any forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based upon our historical performance and on our current plans, estimates and expectations in light of information currently available to us. The inclusion of this forward-looking information should not be regarded as a representation by us, Fortress, the Initial Stockholder, the underwriters or any other person that the future plans, estimates or expectations contemplated by us will be achieved. Such forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties and assumptions relating to our operations, financial results, financial condition, business, prospects, growth strategy and liquidity. Accordingly, there are or will be important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated in these statements. We believe that these factors include, but are not limited to:
 
  •     the delay in our foreclosure proceedings due to inquiries by certain state Attorneys General, court administrators and state and federal governmental agencies;
 
  •     the impact of the ongoing implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act on our business activities and practices, costs of operations and overall results of operations;
 
  •     the impact on our servicing practices of enforcement consent orders and agreements entered into by certain federal and state agencies against the largest mortgage servicers;
 
  •     increased legal proceedings and related costs;
 
  •     the continued deterioration of the residential mortgage market, increase in monthly payments on adjustable rate mortgage loans, adverse economic conditions, decrease in property values and increase in delinquencies and defaults;
 
  •     the deterioration of the market for reverse mortgages and increase in foreclosure rates for reverse mortgages;
 
  •     our ability to efficiently service higher risk loans;
 
  •     our ability to mitigate the increased risks related to servicing reverse mortgages;
 
  •     our ability to compete successfully in the mortgage loan servicing and mortgage loan originations industries;
 
  •     our ability to maintain or grow the size of our servicing portfolio and realize our significant investments in personnel and our technology platform by successfully identifying attractive acquisition opportunities, including MSRs, subservicing contracts, servicing platforms and originations platforms;
 
  •     our ability to scale-up appropriately and integrate our acquisitions to realize the anticipated benefits of any such potential future acquisitions;
 
  •     our ability to obtain sufficient capital to meet our financing requirements;


39


Table of Contents

 
  •     our ability to grow our loan originations volume;
 
  •     the termination of our servicing rights and subservicing contracts;
 
  •     changes to federal, state and local laws and regulations concerning loan servicing, loan origination, loan modification or the licensing of entities that engage in these activities;
 
  •     loss of our licenses;
 
  •     our ability to meet certain criteria or characteristics under the indentures governing our securitized pools of loans;
 
  •     our ability to follow the specific guidelines of GSEs or a significant change in such guidelines;
 
  •     delays in our ability to collect or be reimbursed for servicing advances;
 
  •     changes to HAMP, HARP, MHA or other similar government programs;
 
  •     changes in our business relationships with Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae and others that facilitate the issuance of MBS;
 
  •     changes to the nature of the guarantees of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and the market implications of such changes;
 
  •     errors in our financial models or changes in assumptions;
 
  •     requirements to write down the value of certain assets;
 
  •     changes in prevailing interest rates;
 
  •     our ability to successfully mitigate our risks through hedging strategies;
 
  •     changes to our servicer ratings;
 
  •     the accuracy and completeness of information about borrowers and counterparties;
 
  •     our ability to maintain our technology systems and our ability to adapt such systems for future operating environments;
 
  •     failure of our internal security measures or breach of our privacy protections;
 
  •     failure of our vendors to comply with servicing criteria;
 
  •     the loss of the services of our senior managers;
 
  •     changes to our income tax status;
 
  •     failure to attract and retain a highly skilled work force;
 
  •     changes in public opinion concerning mortgage originators or debt collectors;
 
  •     changes in accounting standards;


40


Table of Contents

 
  •     conflicts of interest with certain underwriters in this offering;
 
  •     conflicts of interest with Fortress and our Initial Stockholder; and
 
  •     other risks described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus beginning on page 15.
 
These factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this prospectus. The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement except as required by law, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.
 
If one or more of these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, our actual results may vary materially from what we may have expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. We caution that you should not place undue reliance on any of our forward-looking statements. You should specifically consider the factors identified in this prospectus that could cause actual results to differ before making an investment decision to purchase our common stock. Furthermore, new risks and uncertainties arise from time to time, and it is impossible for us to predict those events or how they may affect us.


41


Table of Contents

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
The net proceeds to us from the sale of the           shares of common stock offered hereby are estimated to be approximately $     , assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share (the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting the offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of our common stock by the Initial Stockholder, including any shares sold by the Initial Stockholder pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including servicing acquisitions, which may include acquisitions from one or more affiliates of the underwriters in this offering.
 
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share (the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $      million, assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.


42


Table of Contents

 
DIVIDEND POLICY
 
We do not expect to pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future will be used for the operation and growth of our business. Our ability to pay dividends to holders of our common stock is limited as a practical matter by the terms of some of our debt, including the indenture governing the senior notes and other indebtedness. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Description of Certain Indebtedness.”
 
Any future determination to pay dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial position, results of operations, liquidity, legal requirements, restrictions that may be imposed by the terms in current and future financing instruments and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.


43


Table of Contents

 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2011:
 
  •     on an actual basis; and
 
  •     on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the Restructuring and sale of           shares of common stock by us in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
You should read this table in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Consolidated Historical Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                 
   
September 30, 2011
 
   
Actual
   
As Adjusted
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 24,005     $            
                 
Debt:
               
Unsecured senior notes (1)
  $ 245,109     $    
Notes payable:
               
Servicing:
               
2009-ABS Advance Financing Facility
    203,596          
MBS Advance Financing Facility
    175,733          
MSR Note
    11,568          
Originations:
               
$300 Million Warehouse Facility
    259,593          
$100 Million Warehouse Facility
    22,328          
$175 Million Warehouse Facility
    41,801          
$50 Million Warehouse Facility
    10,587          
ASAP+ Short-Term Financing Facility
    13,577          
                 
Total notes payable
    738,783          
                 
Non-recourse debt—Legacy Assets
    116,200          
ABS non-recourse debt (at fair value)
    434,326          
                 
Total debt
    1,534,418          
Stockholders’ and members’ equity:
               
Members’ equity
    264,788          
Common stock, par value $     per share;          shares authorized and          shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis
             
Additional paid-in capital
             
                 
Total stockholders’ and members’ equity
    264,788          
                 
Total capitalization
  $ 1,799,206     $  
                 
 
(1) On December 19, 2011, Nationstar Mortgage LLC and Nationstar Capital Corporation, as co-issuers, completed a further issuance of $35.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.875% senior notes due 2015 on terms identical to those of the existing senior notes, other than the issue date and offering price. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Contractual Obligations—Description of Certain Indebtedness—Senior Notes.”


44


Table of Contents

 
DILUTION
 
If you invest in our common stock, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price in this offering per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock upon consummation of this offering. Net tangible book value per share represents the book value of our total tangible assets less the book value of our total liabilities divided by the number of shares of common stock then issued and outstanding.
 
Our net tangible book value as of September 30, 2011 was approximately $264.8 million, or approximately $      per share based on the           shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of such date. After giving effect to our sale of common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $      per share (the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of           would have been $      million, or $      per share (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option). This represents an immediate and substantial dilution of $      per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering. Sales of shares by the Initial Stockholder in this offering do not affect our net tangible book value. The following table illustrates this dilution per share:
 
                 
Assumed initial public offering price per share
          $        
Net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2011
  $                
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering
                   
                 
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering
               
                 
Dilution per share to new investors in this offering
          $        
                 
 
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share (the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) our net tangible book value by $      million, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $      per share and the dilution to new investors in this offering by $      per share, assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of September 30, 2011, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total price and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by the new investors in this offering, before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share (the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).
 
                                         
                    Average
   
Shares Purchased
 
Total Consideration
  Price per
   
Number
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Share
    (in thousands)   (in thousands)    
 
Existing Stockholders
                                       
New investors
                     %     $                  %     $        
                                         
Total
            100%               100%          
                                         
 
The sale of           shares of our common shares to be sold by the Initial Stockholder in this offering will reduce the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders to           shares,


45


Table of Contents

or     % of the total shares outstanding, and will increase the number of shares of common stock held by new investors to           shares, or     % of the total common shares outstanding.
 
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial offering price would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors and average price per share paid by new investors by $      million and $      per share, respectively. An increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors and average price per share paid by new investors by $      million and $      per share, respectively.
 
If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is fully exercised, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering as of September 30, 2011 would be approximately $      per share and the dilution to new investors per share after this offering would be $      per share. Furthermore, the percentage of our shares held by existing equity owners after the sale of shares by the Initial Stockholder would decrease to approximately     % and the percentage of our shares held by new investors would increase to approximately     %, based on           shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2011.


46


Table of Contents

 
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following tables present selected consolidated financial information of Nationstar Mortgage LLC, our predecessor company, as well as pro forma information that reflects the impact of our conversion to a taxable entity from a disregarded entity for tax purposes. We were formed on May 9, 2011 and have not, to date, conducted any activities other than those incident to our formation and the preparation of this registration statement. We were formed solely for the purpose of reorganizing the organizational structure of the Initial Stockholder and Nationstar Mortgage LLC, so that the issuer is a corporation rather than a limited liability company and our existing investors will own common stock rather than equity interests in a limited liability company.
 
This prospectus does not include financial statements of Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc., as it has only been recently incorporated for the purpose of effecting this offering and currently holds no material assets and does not engage in any operations. Prior to the completion of this offering, all of the equity interests in Nationstar Mortgage LLC will be transferred from our Initial Stockholder to two direct, wholly-owned subsidiaries of Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc., pursuant to the Restructuring. We anticipate this transaction will be accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control. Accordingly, there will be no change in the basis of the underlying assets and liabilities.
 
You should read these tables along with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
We have not presented selected consolidated statement of operations and balance sheet data for periods prior to the Acquisition. The entity that we acquired, CHEC, was a consolidated subsidiary of Centex Financial Services (“CFS”), and we did not receive separate audited or unaudited financial statements of CHEC in connection with the Acquisition. We only received consolidated financial statements of CFS. In 2009, CFS was subsequently acquired by a third party. We do not have, nor do we have the right to obtain, financial statements for CHEC prior to the date of the Acquisition. Therefore, because the information is not available to us, it cannot be created without unreasonable effort and expense. We also believe that financial information for the period from April 1, 2006 to July 10, 2006 does not contribute to an investor’s understanding of our historical financial performance and financial condition because, before the Acquisition, CHEC had historically operated as a subprime mortgage lender. After the Acquisition, in the third fiscal quarter of 2007, we transformed the business from a subprime mortgage lender to a mortgage servicer and conforming loan originator. As a result, financial information with respect to the business conducted before the Acquisition would not provide useful information to investors about trends in our financial condition and results of operation.
 
The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 have been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2007 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008 have been derived from our audited financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the period from July 11, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006 and 2007 have been derived from our unaudited financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus.
 
The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2011 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2011 have been derived from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and, in the opinion of our management, include all material adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the information set forth herein. Operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2011 or for any future period.


47


Table of Contents

                                                         
    July 11, 2006 to
                            Nine Months Ended
 
    December 31,
   
Year Ended December 31,
   
September 30,
 
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2009
   
2010
   
2010
   
2011
 
                                  (unaudited)  
    (in thousands, except per share data)  
Statement of Operations Data—Consolidated
                                                       
Revenues:
                                                       
Total fee income
    $14,161       $46,301       $74,007       $100,218       $184,084       $122,770       $184,754  
Gain/(loss) on mortgage loans held for sale
    4,476       (94,673 )     (86,663 )     (21,349 )     77,344       51,754       73,560  
                                                         
Total revenues
    18,637       (48,372 )     (12,656 )     78,869       261,428       174,524       258,314  
Total expenses and impairments
    98,837       259,222       147,777       142,367       220,976       145,622       219,717  
Other income (expense):
                                                       
Interest income
    75,114       163,022       92,060       52,518       98,895       82,019       51,246  
Interest expense
    (55,172 )     (118,553 )     (65,548 )     (69,883 )     (116,163 )     (89,298 )     (76,929 )
Loss on interest rate swaps and caps
          (21,353 )     (23,689 )     (14 )     (9,801 )     (9,917 )      
Fair value changes in ABS securitizations
                            (23,297 )     (19,115 )     (6,919 )
                                                         
Total other income (expense)
    19,942       23,116       2,823       (17,379 )     (50,366 )     (36,311 )     (32,602 )
                                                         
Net (loss) income
    $(60,258 )     $(284,478 )     $(157,610 )     $(80,877 )     $(9,914 )     $(7,409 )     $5,995  
                                                         
                                                         
Pro Forma Information (unaudited):
                                                       
Historical net income (loss) before taxes
                                    $(9,914 )             $5,995  
Pro forma adjustment for taxes (1)
                                                   
                                                         
                                                         
Pro forma net income (loss)
                                    $(9,914 )             $5,995  
                                                         
                                                         
Net income (loss) per share:
                                                       
Basic
                                                       
Diluted
                                                       
                                                         
Number of shares outstanding (2) :
                                                       
Basic
                                                       
Diluted
                                                       
 
(1) Our pro forma effective tax rate for 2010 is 0%. The pro forma tax provision (benefit), before valuation allowance, is ($3,612) on pre-tax loss of ($9,914). We have determined that recognizing a tax benefit and corresponding deferred tax asset is not appropriate as management believes it is more likely than not the deferred tax asset will not be realized. We will also assume certain tax attributes of certain parent entities of our Initial Stockholder as a result of the Restructuring, including approximately $200 million of net operating loss carry forwards as of December 31, 2010. We expect to record a full valuation allowance against any resulting deferred tax asset. The utilization of these tax attributes will be limited pursuant to Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
(2) Represents the number of shares issued and outstanding after giving effect to our sale of common stock in this offering and does not include common stock that may be issued and sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.
 


48


Table of Contents

                                                 
   
December 31,
 
September 30,
   
2006
 
2007
 
2008
 
2009
 
2010
 
2011
    (in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data—Consolidated
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
    $10,335       $41,251       $9,357       $41,645       $21,223       $24,005  
Mortgage servicing rights
    49,783       82,634       110,808       114,605       145,062       246,916  
Total assets
    2,145,007       1,303,221       1,122,001       1,280,185       1,947,181       2,004,325  
Notes payable (1)
    1,966,368       967,307       810,041       771,857       709,758       738,783  
Unsecured senior notes (2)
                            244,061       245,109  
Legacy assets securitized debt (3)
                      177,675       138,662       116,200  
ABS nonrecourse debt (at fair value)
                            496,692       434,326  
Total liabilities
    2,005,213       1,041,525       866,079       1,016,362       1,690,809       1,739,537  
Total members’ equity
    139,794       261,696       255,922       263,823       256,372       264,788  
 
(1) A summary of notes payable as of September 30, 2011 follows:
 
         
Notes Payable
 
September 30, 2011
    (in thousands)
Servicing
       
2009-ABS Advance Financing Facility
  $ 203,596  
MBS Advance Financing Facility
    175,733  
MSR Note
    11,568  
Originations
       
$300 Million Warehouse Facility
    259,593  
$100 Million Warehouse Facility
    22,328  
$175 Million Warehouse Facility
    41,801  
$50 Million Warehouse Facility
    10,587  
ASAP+ Short-Term Financing Facility
    13,577  
         
    $ 738,783  
         
 
(2) On December 19, 2011, Nationstar Mortgage LLC and Nationstar Capital Corporation, as co-issuers, completed a further issuance of $35.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.875% senior notes due 2015 on terms identical to those of the existing senior notes, other than the issue date and offering price. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Contractual Obligations—Description of Certain Indebtedness—Senior Notes.”
 
(3) In November 2009, we completed the securitization of our legacy assets, which is a non-recourse term financing. See “Note 10 to Consolidated Financial Statements—Indebtedness.”
 
The following tables summarize consolidated financial information for our Operating Segments. Management analyzes our performance in two separate segments, the Servicing Segment and the Originations Segment, which together constitute our Operating Segments. In addition, we have a legacy asset portfolio, which primarily consists of non-prime and non-conforming mortgage loans, most of which were originated from April to July 2007. The Servicing Segment provides loan servicing on our servicing portfolio and the

49


Table of Contents

Originations Segment involves the origination, packaging and sale of GSE mortgage loans into the secondary markets via whole loan sales or securitizations.
 
                                                 
        Nine Months Ended
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
September 30,
   
2007
 
2008
 
2009
 
2010
 
2010
 
2011
    (in thousands)
Statement of Operations Data—Operating Segments Information
                                               
Revenues:
                                               
Total fee income
    $50,123       $75,190       $101,289       $189,884       $125,346       $186,224  
Gain on mortgage loans held for sale
    88,489       21,985       54,437       77,498       51,887       73,832  
                                                 
Total revenues
    138,612       97,175       155,726       267,382       177,233       260,056  
Total expenses and impairments
    196,995       85,832       118,429       194,203       134,099       199,581  
Other income (expense):
                                               
Interest income
    52,097       12,792       8,404       12,111       8,684       11,089  
Interest expense
    (51,955 )     (17,007 )     (29,315 )     (60,597 )     (44,767 )     (48,589 )
Loss on interest rate swaps and caps
                      (9,801 )     (9,917 )      
                                                 
Total other income (expense)
    142       (4,215 )     (20,911 )     (58,287 )     (46,000 )     (37,500 )
                                                 
Net income (loss)
    $(58,241 )     $7,128       $16,386       $14,892       $(2,866 )     $22,975  
                                                 
 
                                                 
          Nine Months Ended
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
   
September 30,
 
   
2007
   
2008
   
2009
   
2010
   
2010
   
2011
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Net Income (loss) from Operating Segments to Adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation:
                                               
Net income (loss) from Operating Segments
    $(58,241 )     $7,128       $16,386       $14,892       $(2,866 )     $22,975  
Adjust for:
                                               
Interest expense from unsecured senior notes
                      24,628       17,084       22,622  
Depreciation and amortization
    3,348       1,172       1,542       1,873       1,291       2,187  
Change in fair value of MSRs
    16,015       11,701       27,915       6,043       11,499       30,757  
Share-based compensation
    1,633       1,633       579       8,999       5,222       12,152  
Goodwill impairment
    12,000                                
Fair value changes on interest rate swaps (1)
                      9,801       9,917        
Ineffective portion of cash flow hedge
                      (930 )           (2,032 )
                                                 
Adjusted EBITDA (2)
    $(25,245 )     $21,634       $46,422       $65,306       $42,147       $88,661  
                                                 
 
(1) Relates to an interest rate swap agreement which was treated as an economic hedge under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, since trade execution to September 30, 2010.
 
(2) Adjusted EBITDA is a key performance measure used by management in evaluating the performance of our segments. Adjusted EBITDA represents our Operating Segments’ income (loss) and excludes income and expenses that relate to the financing of the senior notes, depreciable (or amortizable) asset base of the business, income taxes (if any), exit costs from our restructuring and certain non-cash items. Adjusted EBITDA also excludes results from our legacy asset portfolio and certain securitization trusts that were consolidated upon adoption of the new accounting guidance eliminating the concept of a QSPE.
 
Adjusted EBITDA provides us with a key measure of our Operating Segments’ performance as it assists us in comparing our Operating Segments’ performance on a consistent basis. Management believes Adjusted EBITDA is useful in assessing the profitability of our core business and uses Adjusted EBITDA in evaluating our operating performance as follows:
 
•    Financing arrangements for our Operating Segments are secured by assets that are allocated to these segments. Interest expense that relates to the financing of our senior notes is not considered in


50


Table of Contents

evaluating our operating performance because this obligation is serviced by the excess earnings from our Operating Segments after the debt obligations that are secured by their assets.
 
•    To monitor operating costs of each Operating Segment excluding the impact from depreciation, amortization and fair value change of the asset base, exit costs from our restructuring and non-cash operating expense, such as share-based compensation. Operating costs are analyzed to manage costs per our operating plan and to assess staffing levels, implementation of technology-based solutions, rent and other general and administrative costs.
 
Management does not assess the growth prospects and the profitability of our legacy asset portfolio and certain securitization trusts that were consolidated upon adoption of the new accounting guidance, except to the extent necessary to assess whether cash flows from the assets in the legacy asset portfolio are sufficient to service its debt obligations.
 
We also use Adjusted EBITDA (with additional adjustments) to measure our compliance with covenants such as leverage coverage ratios for our senior notes.
 
Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
 
•    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;
 
•    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
 
•    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the cash requirements necessary to service principal payments related to the financing of the business;
 
•    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our corporate debt;
 
•    although depreciation and amortization and changes in fair value of MSRs are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and
 
•    other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.
 
Because of these and other limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. Adjusted EBITDA is presented to provide additional information about our operations. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure and should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for or superior to, operating income, net income, operating cash flow and other measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with GAAP. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using Adjusted EBITDA only supplementally.


51


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc. is a newly formed Delaware corporation that has not, to date, conducted any activities other than those incident to its formation and the preparation of this registration statement. Upon the completion of the Restructuring, we will conduct our business through Nationstar Mortgage LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries. The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our financial statements and related notes and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risk, uncertainties and assumptions. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Except where the context otherwise requires, the terms “we,” “us,” or “our” refer to the business of Nationstar Mortgage LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries.
 
General
 
Our Business
 
We are a leading high touch non-bank residential mortgage servicer with a broad array of servicing capabilities across the residential mortgage product spectrum. We have been the fastest growing mortgage servicer since 2007 as measured by annual percentage growth in UPB, having grown 75% annually on a compounded basis. As of September 30, 2011, we serviced over 612,000 residential mortgage loans with an aggregate UPB of $102.7 billion, making us the second largest high touch non-bank servicer in the United States.
 
We service loans as the owner of the MSRs, which we refer to as “primary servicing,” and we also provide servicing on behalf of other MSR or mortgage owners, which we refer to as “subservicing.” We acquire MSRs on a standalone basis and have also developed an innovative model for investing on a capital light basis by co-investing with financial partners in “excess MSRs.” Subservicing represents another capital light means of growing our servicing business, as subservicing contracts are typically awarded on a no-cost basis and do not require substantial capital. As of September 30, 2011, our primary servicing and subservicing portfolios represented 45% and 55%, respectively, of our total servicing portfolio. In addition, we operate or have investments in a suite of adjacent businesses designed to meet the changing needs of the mortgage industry. These businesses provide an array of adjacent services, including providing services for delinquent loans, managing loans in the foreclosure/REO process and providing title insurance agency, loan settlement and valuation services on newly originated and re-originated loans.
 
We are one of only a few non-bank servicers with a fully integrated loan originations platform to complement and enhance our servicing business. We originate primarily conventional agency (GSE) and government-insured residential mortgage loans and, to mitigate risk, typically sell these loans within 30 days while retaining the associated servicing rights. Our originations efforts are primarily focused on “re-origination,” which involves actively working with existing borrowers to refinance their mortgage loans. By re-originating loans for existing borrowers, we retain the servicing rights, thereby extending the longevity of the servicing cash flows, which we refer to as “recapture.”
 
We also have a legacy asset portfolio, which consists primarily of non-prime and nonconforming residential mortgage loans, most of which we originated from April to July 2007. In November 2009, we engaged in a transaction through which we term-financed our legacy assets with a non-recourse loan that requires no additional capital or equity contributions. Additionally, we consolidated certain securitization trusts where it was determined that we had both the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the variable interest entities’ (“VIE”) economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to


52


Table of Contents

receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE pursuant to new consolidation accounting guidance related to VIEs adopted on January 1, 2010.
 
The analysis of our financial condition and results of operations as discussed herein is primarily focused on the combined results of our two Operating Segments: the Servicing Segment and the Originations Segment.
 
Managing Business Performance
 
Management is focused on several key initiatives to manage our Operating Segments: (i) effective management of our servicing portfolio; (ii) growing our servicing portfolio through the acquisition of MSRs or entering into subservicing contracts; (iii) originating and selling primarily conventional agency (GSE) and government-insured residential mortgage loans while retaining the MSRs; (iv) extending the longevity of the servicing cash flows before loans are repaid or liquidate by increasing our recapture rate; and (v) growing our adjacent businesses. We also focus on access to diverse and multiple liquidity sources to finance the acquisition of MSRs and subservicing rights, our obligations to pay advances as required by our servicing agreements, and our loan originations.
 
Servicing Segment
 
As part of our primary servicing portfolio, we act as servicers on behalf of mortgage owners by purchasing MSRs from existing servicers, or from owners of mortgage loans or pools of mortgage loans, or by retaining the MSRs related to the loans that we originate and sell. We acquire MSRs on a standalone and a capital light basis. Additionally, we enter into subservicing contracts with MSR or mortgage owners that choose to outsource the servicing function, pursuant to which we earn a contractual fee per loan we service.
 
Servicing fee income is primarily based on the aggregate UPB of loans serviced and varies by loan type. Other factors that impact servicing fee income include delinquency rates, prepayment speeds and loss mitigation activity. Delinquency rates on the loans we service impact the contractual servicing and ancillary fees we receive and the costs to service. Delinquent loans cost more to service than performing loans due to the additional resources and required servicing advances. We monitor our delinquency levels through our staffing models, our business plans and macroeconomic analysis.
 
The largest cost in our Servicing Segment is staffing cost, which is primarily impacted by delinquency levels and the size of our portfolio. Other operating costs in our Servicing Segment include technology, occupancy and general and administrative costs. The cost of financing our servicing advances is another expense. Management continually monitors these costs to improve efficiency by streamlining workflows and implementing technology-based solutions.
 
We also provide an array of adjacent services, including providing services for delinquent loans, managing loans in the foreclosure/REO process and providing title insurance agency, loan settlement and valuation services on newly originated and re-originated loans.
 
Originations Segment
 
In addition to our core servicing business, we are one of only a few non-bank servicers with a fully integrated loan originations platform. Because a key determinant of the profitability of our primary servicing portfolio is the longevity of the servicing cash flows before a loan is repaid or liquidates, our originations efforts are primarily focused on “re-origination,” which involves actively working with existing borrowers to refinance their mortgage loans. By re-originating loans for existing borrowers, we retain the servicing rights, thereby extending the longevity of the servicing cash flows, which we refer to as “recapture.”


53


Table of Contents

 
Our originations platform complements and enhances our servicing business by allowing us to replenish our servicing portfolio as loans pay off over time. Because the refinanced loans typically have lower interest rates or lower monthly payments, and, in general, subsequently refinance more slowly and default less frequently, these refinancings also typically improve the overall quality of our primary servicing portfolio. In addition, our re-originations strategy allows us to generate additional loan servicing more cost-effectively than MSRs can otherwise be acquired in the open market. Finally, with our in-house originations capabilities, we believe we are better protected against declining servicing cash flows as we replace servicing run-off through new loan originations or retain our servicing portfolios through re-originations.
 
Prevailing interest rates and housing market trends, with a strong housing market leading to higher loan refinancings and a weak housing market leading to lower loan refinancings, are the key factors impacting the volume of re-originations and our Originations Segment. Management continually evaluates interest rate movements and trends to assess the impact on volume of refinancings, as well as their corresponding impact on revenue and costs.
 
In evaluating revenue per loan originated, management focuses on various revenue sources, including loan origination points and fees and overall gain or loss on the sale or securitization of the loan. These components are compared to established revenue targets and operating plans.
 
In addition to the cost of financing our originations, our Originations Segment operating costs include staffing costs, sales commissions, technology, rent and other general and administrative costs. Management continually monitors costs through comparisons to operating plans.
 
Market Considerations
 
Revenues from our Operating Segments primarily consist of (i) servicing fee income based generally on the aggregate UPB of loans serviced and (ii) gain on mortgage loans held for sale based generally on our originations volume. Maintaining and growing our revenues depends on our ability to acquire additional MSRs, enter into additional subservicing contracts and opportunistically increase our originations volume and our recapture rate.
 
Servicing Segment
 
Current trends in the mortgage servicing industry include elevated borrower delinquencies, a significant increase in loan modifications and the need for high touch servicing expertise, which emphasizes borrower interaction to improve loan performance and reduce loan defaults and foreclosures.
 
In the aftermath of the U.S. financial crisis, the residential mortgage servicing industry is undergoing major structural changes that affect the way residential loans are originated, owned and serviced. These changes have benefited and should continue to benefit non-bank mortgage servicers. Banks currently dominate the residential mortgage servicing industry, servicing over 95% of all residential mortgage loans. Over 50% of all residential mortgage loan servicing is concentrated among just four banks. However, banks are currently under tremendous pressure to exit or reduce their exposure to the servicing business as a result of increased regulatory scrutiny and capital requirements, headline risk associated with sizeable legal settlements, as well as potentially significant earnings volatility.
 
In addition, as the mortgage industry continues to struggle with elevated borrower delinquencies, the special servicing function has become a particularly important component of a mortgage servicer’s role and, we believe, a key differentiator among mortgage servicers, as GSEs and other mortgage owners are focused on home ownership preservation and superior credit performance. However, banks’ servicing operations, which are primarily oriented towards payment processing, are often ill-equipped to maximize loan performance through high touch servicing. This trend has led to increased demand for experienced high touch servicers and


54


Table of Contents

provides us opportunities to acquire additional MSRs, including co-investing with financial partners in excess MSRs, and to enter into additional subservicing contracts.
 
As a result of these factors and the overall increased demands on servicers by mortgage owners, mortgage servicing is shifting from banks to non-bank servicers. Already, over the last 18 months, banks have completed or announced servicing transfers on over $350 billion of loans. We believe this represents a fundamental change in the mortgage servicing industry and expect the trend to continue at an accelerated rate in the future. Because the mortgage servicing industry is characterized by high barriers to entry, including the need for specialized servicing expertise and sophisticated systems and infrastructure, compliance with GSE and client requirements, compliance with state-by-state licensing requirements and the ability to adapt to regulatory changes at the state and federal levels, we believe we are one of the few mortgage servicers competitively positioned to benefit from the shift.
 
However, we cannot predict how many, if any, MSRs or subservicing opportunities will be available in the future; if we will be able to acquire MSRs from third parties, on a standalone basis or by co-investing with financial partners in excess MSRs, if at all; if we will be able to enter into additional subservicing contracts, including any transactions facilitated by GSEs; or whether these MSRs will be available at acceptable prices or on acceptable terms. See “Risk Factors.”
 
Originations Segment
 
Today’s U.S. residential loan originations sector primarily offers conventional agency and government conforming mortgage loans. Non-prime and alternative lending programs and products represent only a small fraction of total originations. This has led to a consolidation among mortgage lenders in both the retail and wholesale channels and has resulted in less competition. In addition to such consolidation, some mortgage originators have exited the market entirely.
 
Originations volume is impacted by changes in interest rates and the housing market. Depressed home prices and increased LTVs may preclude many potential borrowers, including borrowers whose existing loans we service, from refinancing their existing loans. An increase in prevailing interest rates could decrease the originations volume through our Consumer Direct Retail originations channel, our largest originations channel by volume, because this channel focuses predominantly on refinancing existing mortgage loans.
 
In addition, there continue to be changes in legislation and licensing in an effort to simplify the consumer mortgage experience, which require technology changes and additional implementation costs for loan originators. We expect legislative changes will continue in the foreseeable future, which may increase our operating expenses. See “Business—Regulation.”
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
Various elements of our accounting policies, by their nature, are inherently subject to estimation techniques, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. In particular, we have identified two policies that, due to the judgment, estimates and assumptions inherent in those policies, are critical to an understanding of our consolidated financial statements. These policies relate to: (a) fair value measurements and (b) sale of mortgage loans. We believe that the judgment, estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements are appropriate given the factual circumstances at the time. However, given the sensitivity of our consolidated financial statements to these critical accounting policies, the use of other judgments, estimates and assumptions could result in material differences in our results of operations or financial condition. Management currently views its fair value measurements, which include (i) the valuation of mortgage loans held for sale, (ii) the valuation of mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt, (iii) the valuation of investment in debt securities available for sale, (iv) the valuation of MSRs, (v) the valuation of derivative instruments, (vi) the valuation of ABS nonrecourse debt and (vii) sale of mortgage loans to be our critical accounting policies.


55


Table of Contents

 
Fair Value Measurements
 
Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
 
Through September 30, 2009, we recorded mortgage loans held for sale at the lower of amortized cost or fair value on an aggregate basis grouped by delinquency status. Effective October 1, 2009, we elected to measure newly originated conventional residential mortgage loans held for sale at fair value, as permitted under current accounting guidance. We estimate fair value by evaluating a variety of market indicators including recent trades and outstanding commitments, calculated on an aggregate basis.
 
Mortgage Loans Held for Investment, Subject to ABS Nonrecourse Debt
 
We determine the fair value on loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt using internally developed valuation models. These valuation models estimate the exit price we expect to receive in the loan’s principal market. Although we utilize and give priority to observable market inputs, such as interest rates and market spreads within these models, we typically are required to utilize internal inputs, such as prepayment speeds, credit losses and discount rates. These internal inputs require the use of our judgment and can have a significant impact on the determination of the loan’s fair value.
 
Investment in Debt Securities
 
Investment in debt securities consists of beneficial interests we retain in securitization transactions accounted for as a sale under current accounting guidance. These securities are classified as available-for-sale securities and are therefore carried at their market value with the net unrealized gains or losses reported in the comprehensive income (loss) component of members’ equity. We base our valuation of debt securities on observable market prices when available; however, due to illiquidity in the markets, observable market prices were not available on these debt securities at December 31, 2010 and 2009. When observable market prices are not available, we base valuations on internally developed discounted cash flow models that use a market-based discount rate. The valuation considers recent market transactions, experience with similar securities, current business conditions and analysis of the underlying collateral, as available. In order to estimate cash flows, we utilize a variety of assumptions, including assumptions for prepayments, cumulative losses and other variables.
 
We evaluate investment in debt securities for impairment each quarter, and investment in debt securities is considered to be impaired when the fair value of the investment is less than its cost. The impairment is separated into impairments related to credit losses, which are recorded in current period operations, and impairments related to all other factors, which are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss). Since January 1, 2010, we have held no investment in debt securities.
 
MSRs
 
We recognize MSRs related to all existing forward residential mortgage loans transferred to a third party in a transfer that meets the requirements for sale accounting. Additionally, we may acquire the rights to service forward residential mortgage loans through the purchase of these rights from third parties. We apply fair value accounting to this class of MSRs, with all changes in fair value recorded as a charge or credit to servicing fee income in the consolidated statement of operations. We estimate the fair value of these MSRs using a process that combines the use of a discounted cash flow model and analysis of current market data to arrive at an estimate of fair value. The cash flow assumptions and prepayment assumptions used in the model are based on various factors, with the key assumptions being mortgage prepayment speeds, discount rates and credit losses.
 
We use internal financial models that use, wherever possible, market participant data to value these MSRs. These models are complex and use asset-specific collateral data and market inputs for interest and


56


Table of Contents

discount rates. In addition, the modeling requirements of MSRs are complex because of the high number of variables that drive cash flows associated with MSRs. Even if the general accuracy of our valuation models is validated, valuations are highly dependent upon the reasonableness of our assumptions and the predictability of the relationships that drive the results of the models. On a periodic basis, a large portion of these MSRs are reviewed by an outside valuation expert. At September 30, 2011, we had only one class of MSRs.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments
 
We utilize certain derivative instruments in the ordinary course of our business to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates. These derivative instruments include forward sales of MBS, forward loan sale commitments and interest rate swaps and caps. We also issue interest rate lock commitments (“IRLCs”) to borrowers in connection with single family mortgage loan originations. We recognize all derivative instruments on our consolidated statement of financial position at fair value. The estimated fair values of forward sales of MBS, forward sale commitments and interest rate swaps and caps are based on quoted market values and are recorded as other assets or derivative financial instruments liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. The initial and subsequent changes in value on forward sales of MBS are a component of gain/(loss) on mortgage loans held for sale in the consolidated statement of operations. The estimated fair values of IRLCs are based on quoted market values, as adjusted for expected execution of outstanding loan commitments, and are recorded in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet. The initial and subsequent changes in value of IRLCs are a component of gain on mortgage loans held for sale in the consolidated statement of operations.
 
ABS Nonrecourse Debt
 
Effective January 1, 2010, new accounting guidance related to VIEs eliminated the concept of a QSPE, and all existing special purpose entities (“SPEs”) are now subject to the new consolidation guidance. Upon adoption of this new accounting guidance, we identified certain securitization trusts where we, through our affiliates, continued to hold beneficial interests in these trusts. These retained beneficial interests obligate us to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant. In addition, as master servicer on the related mortgage loans, we retain the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE. When it is determined that we have both the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE, the assets and liabilities of these VIEs are included in our consolidated financial statements. Upon consolidation of these VIEs, we derecognized all previously recognized beneficial interests obtained as part of the securitization, including any retained investment in debt securities, and any remaining residual interests. In addition, we recognized the securitized mortgage loans as mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt, and the related asset-backed certificates acquired by third parties as ABS nonrecourse debt on our consolidated balance sheet.
 
We estimate the fair value of ABS nonrecourse debt based on the present value of future expected discounted cash flows with the discount rate approximating current market value for similar financial instruments.
 
Sale of Mortgage Loans
 
Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered by us. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from us, (2) the transferee has the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) we do not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through either (a) an agreement that entitles and obligates us to repurchase or redeem them before their maturity or (b) the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets. Loan securitizations structured as sales as well as whole loan sales are accounted for as sales of mortgage loans and the resulting gains or losses on such sales, net of any accrual for standard representations and warranties, are


57


Table of Contents

reported in operating results as a component of gain/(loss) on mortgage loans held for sale in the consolidated statement of operations during the period in which the securitization closes or the sale occurs.
 
Recent Developments
 
Updated Loan Agreements
 
We amended our 2010-ABS Advance Financing Facility in October 2011. This amendment increased our borrowing capacity from $200 million to $300 million and extended the maturity date to May 2014. In conjunction with this amendment, we paid off the 2009-ABS Advance Financing Facility and transferred the related collateral to the amended 2010-ABS Advance Financing Facility.
 
We executed the 2011-Agency Advance Financing Facility in October 2011. This facility has the capacity to purchase up to $75 million of advance receivables. The interest rate of this facility is the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 2.50%, and it matures in October 2012. This debt is nonrecourse to us.
 
In January 2012, we extended the maturity date of our $75 million warehouse facility with BANA, an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, an underwriter in this offering, to January 2013 and increased the committed amount under this warehouse facility to $175 million. We herein refer to this facility as our $175 Million Warehouse Facility.
 
We increased the total borrowing on our As Soon As Pooled Plus, or “ASAP+,” Short-Term Financing Facility in November 2011. The total commitment under this facility is now $200 million.
 
We extended our MBS Advance Facility in December 2011. Under the terms of this extension, this facility is now set to expire in December 2012.
 
We extended our $100 Million Warehouse Facility in December 2011. This agreement is now set to expire in February 2012.
 
For a description of our facilities, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Contractual Obligations—Description of Certain Indebtedness.”
 
Lease Agreement
 
In October 2011, we entered into an operating sublease agreement for approximately 53,000 square feet of office space in Houston, Texas. This sublease began in November 2011 and expires in November 2014. Our total obligation related to this agreement will be approximately $4.0 million over the life of the sublease.
 
Refocus Originations Strategy
 
In November 2011, we made the decision to refocus our strategy with respect to our originations platform. As part of this activity, we will eliminate a substantial portion of our distributed retail branch network in non-strategic locations in favor of a more centralized retail originations structure. To effect this change in structure, we will record a fourth fiscal quarter 2011 charge of approximately $2.0 million to $2.5 million for estimated severance costs, lease termination and other related costs.
 
MSR Financing Arrangement
 
In December 2011, we entered into a sale and assignment agreement (the “Sale Agreement”) with an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Newcastle Investment Corp. (“Newcastle”). We are an affiliate of Newcastle’s manager, which is an affiliate of Fortress. We acquired MSRs on a pool of agency residential mortgage loans in September 2011 (the “Portfolio”). Pursuant to the Sale Agreement, we sold to Newcastle


58


Table of Contents

the right to receive 65% of the excess cash flow generated from the MSRs of the Portfolio after receipt of a fixed basic servicing fee per loan. The sale price was $43.7 million. We will retain all ancillary income associated with servicing the Portfolio and 35% of the excess cash flow after receipt of the fixed basic servicing fee. We will continue to be the servicer of the loans and provide all servicing and advancing functions for the Portfolio. Newcastle will not have prior or ongoing obligations associated with the Portfolio.
 
Also in December 2011, we entered into a refinanced loan agreement with Newcastle. If we refinance any loan in the Portfolio, subject to certain limitations, we will be required to transfer the new loan or a replacement loan into the Portfolio. The new or replacement loan will be governed by the same terms set forth in the Sale Agreement. This Sale Agreement will be accounted for as a financing arrangement by us.
 
MSR Purchase
 
In December 2011, we entered into a servicing rights sale and issuer transfer agreement (the “Servicing Rights Sale and Issuer Transfer Agreement”) with BANA, an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, an underwriter in this offering. Under the Servicing Rights Sale and Issuer Transfer Agreement, we agreed to purchase certain servicing rights relating to reverse mortgage loans with an aggregate UPB as of December 31, 2011 of approximately $18 billion and assume certain liabilities associated with such MSRs. On December 22, 2011, we acquired the MSRs relating to reverse mortgage loans with an aggregate UPB as of December 31, 2011 of approximately $7.8 billion for cash of $4.3 million and assumption of a servicing liability of $10.5 million. In addition, we acquired the related advances to the MSRs for approximately $24.1 million, subject to adjustment based on actual balances at January 1, 2012. Our acquisition of MSRs related to an additional $9.5 billion of UPB as of December 31, 2011 is expected to close during 2012 upon receipt of certain specified third party approvals. On December 23, 2011, we paid a deposit of $9.0 million related to such servicing. Additionally, we expect to subservice on behalf of the bank certain reverse mortgage loans with a UPB as of December 31, 2011 of approximately $1.4 billion beginning in the later portion of 2012. These reverse mortgage loan servicing rights represent a new class of servicing rights for us and will be accounted for under the amortization method.
 
Issuance of Senior Notes
 
On December 19, 2011, Nationstar Mortgage LLC and Nationstar Capital Corporation, as co-issuers, completed a further issuance of $35.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.875% senior notes due 2015 on terms identical to those of the existing senior notes, other than the issue date and offering price. By means of a separate prospectus, Nationstar Mortgage LLC and Nationstar Capital Corporation intend to offer to exchange up to $35.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.875% senior notes due 2015, or the “registered follow-on notes,” for an equal principal amount of the existing notes in an offering that will have been registered under the Securities Act. The registered follow-on notes will be fungible with the registered existing senior notes upon issuance. This prospectus shall not be deemed to be an offer to exchange such notes. The aggregate principal amount of outstanding senior notes under this series is $285.0 million.
 
Derecognition of VIE
 
On December 23, 2011, we sold our remaining variable interest in a securitization trust that had been a consolidated VIE since January 1, 2010. In accordance with ASC 810, Consolidation, we have evaluated this securitization trust and determined that we no longer have both the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE and this securitization trust was derecognized as of December 23, 2011. Upon derecognition of this VIE, we derecognized the securitized mortgage loans held for investment, subject to the related ABS nonrecourse debt, as well as certain other assets and liabilities of the securitization trust, and recognized any MSRs on the consolidated balance sheet. Any impact of this derecognition on our consolidated statement of operations will be recognized in the fourth quarter of 2011.


59


Table of Contents

 
Results of Operations
 
The following table summarizes our consolidated operating results for the periods indicated.
 
                                         
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
    (unaudited)                    
    (in thousands)  
 
Revenues:
                                       
Servicing fee income
    $165,636       $110,919       $167,126       $90,195       $68,052  
Other fee income
    19,118       11,851       16,958       10,023       5,955  
                                         
Total fee income
    184,754       122,770       184,084       100,218       74,007  
Gain on mortgage loans held for sale
    73,560       51,754       77,344       (21,349 )     (86,663 )
                                         
Total revenues
    258,314       174,524       261,428       78,869       (12,656 )
Expenses and impairments:
                                       
Salaries, wages and benefits
    146,199       104,689       149,115       90,689       61,783  
General and administrative
    56,707       34,931       58,913       30,494       22,194  
Provision for loan losses
    2,005                          
Loss on sale of foreclosed real estate
    6,904             3,503       7,512       2,567  
Occupancy
    7,902       6,002       9,445       6,863       6,021  
Loss on available-for-sale securities—other than temporary
                      6,809       55,212  
                                         
Total expenses and impairments
    219,717       145,622       220,976       142,367       147,777  
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest income
    51,246       82,019       98,895       52,518       92,060  
Interest expense
    (76,929 )     (89,298 )     (116,163 )     (69,883 )     (65,548 )
Gain/(loss) on interest rate swaps and caps
          (9,917 )     (9,801 )     (14 )     (23,689 )
Fair value changes in ABS securitizations
    (6,919 )     (19,115 )     (23,297 )            
                                         
Total other income (expense)
    (32,602 )     (36,311 )     (50,366 )     (17,379 )     2,823  
                                         
Net income/(loss)
    $5,995       $(7,409 )     $(9,914 )     $(80,877 )     $(157,610 )
                                         
 
We provide further discussion of our results of operations for each of our reportable segments under “—Segment Results” below. Certain income and expenses not allocated to our reportable segments are presented under “—Legacy Portfolio and Other” below and discussed in “Note 22 to Consolidated Financial Statements—Business Segment Reporting.”
 
Comparison of Consolidated Results for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011 and 2010
 
Revenues increased $83.8 million from $174.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to $258.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, due to increases in both our total fee income and our gain on mortgage loans held for sale offset by MSR fair value adjustments. The increase in our total fee income was primarily the result of (1) our higher average servicing portfolio balance of $78.4 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, compared to $34.4 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, and (2) an increase in modification fees earned from HAMP and other non-HAMP modifications. The increase in the gain on loans held for sale was a result of the $325.5 million, or 16.6%, increase in the amount of loans originated during the 2011 period compared to the 2010 period and higher margins earned on the sale of residential mortgage loans during the period.
 
Expenses and impairments increased $74.1 million from $145.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to $219.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, primarily due to the increase in compensation expenses related to increased staffing levels in order to accommodate our larger servicing portfolio and originations volumes as well as other related increases in general and administrative expenses. Our 2011 expenses and impairments included an increase of $4.7 million over the comparable 2010


60


Table of Contents

period due to revised compensation arrangements executed with certain members of our executive team during the third quarter of 2010.
 
Other expense decreased $3.7 million from $36.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to $32.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, primarily due to the effects of the derecognition of a previously consolidated VIE and the losses on our outstanding interest rate swap positions during the 2010 period.
 
Comparison of Consolidated Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009
 
Revenues increased $182.5 million from $78.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $261.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily due to the significant increase in our total fee income and an increase in our gain on mortgage loans held for sale. The increase in our total fee income was primarily a result of (1) our higher average servicing portfolio balance of $38.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $25.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2009, and (2) an increase in portfolio level performance-based fees and fees earned for loss mitigation activities. The increase in the gain on loans held for sale was a result of the $1.3 billion, or 88.7%, increase in the amount of loans originated during 2010 as well as the elimination of lower of cost or market adjustments related to our legacy asset portfolio.
 
Expenses and impairments increased $78.6 million from $142.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $221.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily due to the increase in compensation expenses related to increased staffing levels in order to accommodate our larger servicing portfolio and originations as well as other related increases in general and administrative expenses. Our 2010 operating results include an additional $12.1 million in share-based compensation expense from revised compensation arrangements executed with certain members of our executive team. Additionally, expenses and impairments increased from the consolidation of certain VIEs from January 1, 2010, and from expenses associated with the settlement of certain claims.
 
Other expense increased $33.0 million from $17.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $50.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily due to the effects of the consolidation of certain VIEs and the losses on our outstanding interest rate swap positions during 2010.
 
Comparison of Consolidated Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008
 
Revenues increased $91.6 million from $(12.7) million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $78.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily due to (1) the increase in fee income as a result of the 57.7% increase in our servicing portfolio year over year and (2) the reduction in the loss on mortgage loans held for sale. The decrease in loss was caused by the increase in our loans originated during 2009 compared to 2008 and the reduction in the lower of cost or market adjustments recorded in 2009 compared to 2008.
 
Expenses and impairments decreased $5.4 million from $147.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $142.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily due to the reduction in the other-than-temporary impairments recognized on available for sale securities during 2009, partially offset by the increase in all other expense categories due to the increases in our loan originations and loan servicing portfolio.
 
Other income (expense) increased $20.2 million from $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $(17.4) million for the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily due to a decrease in interest income and an increase in interest expense as a result of larger advance balances caused by our increased servicing portfolio, offset by a reduction in loss on interest rate swaps and caps.


61


Table of Contents

 
Segment Results
 
Our primary business strategy is to generate recurring, stable income from managing and growing our servicing portfolio. We operate through two business segments: the Servicing Segment and the Originations Segment, which we refer to collectively as our Operating Segments. We report the activity not related to either operating segment in Legacy Portfolio and Other. Legacy Portfolio and Other includes primarily all subprime mortgage loans (i) originated in the latter portion of 2006 and during 2007 or (ii) acquired from CHEC, and VIEs which were consolidated pursuant to the January 1, 2010 adoption of new consolidation guidance related to VIEs.
 
The accounting policies of each reportable segment are the same as those of the consolidated financial statements except for (i) expenses for consolidated back-office operations and general overhead expenses such as executive administration and accounting and (ii) revenues generated on inter-segment services performed. Expenses are allocated to individual segments based on the estimated value of the services performed, including estimated utilization of square footage and corporate personnel, as well as the equity invested in each segment. Revenues generated or inter-segment services performed are valued based on similar services provided to external parties.
 
Servicing Segment
 
The Servicing Segment provides loan servicing on our primary and subservicing portfolios, including the collection of principal and interest payments and the generation of ancillary fees related to the servicing of mortgage loans.
 
The following table summarizes our operating results from our Servicing Segment for the periods indicated.
 
                                         
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
    (unaudited)                    
    (in thousands)  
 
Revenues:
                                       
Servicing fee income
    $168,990       $115,343       $175,569       $91,266       $69,235  
Other fee income
    6,251       5,512       7,273       8,867       5,366  
                                         
Total fee income
    175,241       120,855       182,842       100,133       74,601  
Gain on mortgage loans held for sale
                             
                                         
Total revenues
    175,241       120,855       182,842       100,133       74,601  
Expenses and impairments:
                                       
Salaries, wages and benefits
    90,301       55,796       78,269       56,726       41,755  
General and administrative
    33,905       12,982       24,664       10,669       9,878  
Occupancy
    3,971       3,185       4,350       3,502       3,404  
                                         
Total expenses and impairments
    128,177       71,963       107,283       70,897       55,037  
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest income
    2,529       357       263       4,143       10,872  
Interest expense
    (41,109 )     (38,723 )     (51,791 )     (25,877 )     (15,718 )
Gain/(loss) on interest rate swaps and caps
          (9,917 )     (9,801 )            
                                         
Total other income (expense)
    (38,580 )     (48,283 )     (61,329 )     (21,734 )     (4,846 )
                                         
Net income/(loss)
    $8,484       $609       $14,230       $7,502       $14,718  
                                         
 
Increase in aggregate UPB of our servicing portfolio primarily governs the increase in revenues, expenses and other income (expense) of our Servicing Segment.


62


Table of Contents

 
The table below provides detail of the characteristics of our servicing portfolio as of the periods indicated.
 
                                         
   
September 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
    (in millions)  
 
Servicing Portfolio
                                       
Unpaid principal balance (by investor):
                                       
Special servicing
    $10,621       $4,060       $4,893       $1,554       $1,218  
GSEs
    62,085       23,845       52,194       24,235       10,709  
Non-agency securitizations
    19,821       7,277       7,089       7,875       9,415  
                                         
Total boarded unpaid principal balance
    92,527       35,182       64,176       33,664       21,342  
Servicing under contract
    10,189       2,204                    
                                         
Total servicing portfolio unpaid principal balance
    $102,716       $37,386       $64,176       $33,664       $21,342  
                                         
 
The table below provides detail of the characteristics and key performance metrics of our servicing portfolio as of and for the periods indicated.
 
                                         
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2011 (2)
   
2010 (2)
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
    (in millions, except for average loan amount and loan count)  
 
Loan count—servicing
    550,283       237,846       389,172       230,615       159,336  
Ending unpaid principal balance
    $92,527       $35,182       $64,176       $33,664       $21,342  
Average unpaid principal balance
    $78,351       $34,423       $38,653       $25,799       $12,775  
Average loan amount
    $168,144       $147,921       $164,904       $145,977       $133,943  
Average coupon
    5.46 %     6.04 %     5.74 %     6.76 %     7.49 %
Average FICO credit score
    667       628       631       644       588  
60+ delinquent (% of loans) (1)
    14.7 %     15.9 %     17.0 %     19.9 %     13.1 %
Total prepayment speed (12 month constant pre-payment rate (“CPR”))
    12.5 %     13.4 %     13.3 %     16.3 %     16.2 %
 
(1) Loan delinquency is based on the current contractual due date of the loan. In the case of a completed loan modification, delinquency is based on the modified due date of the loan.
 
(2) For September 30, 2011 and 2010, our ending UPB excludes our third quarter servicing portfolio acquisitions of mortgage loans with a UPB of $10.2 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively, for which servicing rights were acquired in the third quarter but for an interim period continued to be subserviced by the predecessor servicer.


63


Table of Contents

 
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011 and 2010
 
Servicing fee income consists of the following for the periods indicated.
 
                 
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Servicing fee income
    $145,444       $77,791  
Loss mitigation and performance-based incentive fees
    10,178       15,376  
Modification fees
    22,303       14,410  
Late fees and other ancillary charges
    17,958       17,795  
Other servicing fee related revenues
    3,864       1,470  
                 
Total servicing fee income before MSR fair value adjustments
    199,747       126,842  
MSR fair value adjustments
    (30,757 )     (11,499 )
                 
Total servicing fee income
    $168,990       $115,343  
                 
 
The following tables provide servicing fee income by primary servicing, subservicing and adjacent businesses and UPB by primary servicing and subservicing for and as of the periods indicated.
 
                 
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Servicing fee income
                                 
Primary servicing
    $111,880       $120,003  
Subservicing
    83,688       6,839  
Adjacent businesses (1)
    4,179        
                 
Total servicing fee income before MSR fair value adjustments
    $199,747       $126,842  
                 
 
(1) Represents loss recovery fees and fees for disposition of REO properties for a GSE.
 
                 
   
September 30,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
    (in millions)  
 
UPB
               
Primary servicing (1)
    $36,510       $31,286  
Subservicing
    56,017       3,896  
                 
Total unpaid principal balance
    $92,527       $35,182  
                 
 
(1) Excludes $10.2 billion of servicing under contract whose servicing rights were acquired on September 30, 2011 but for an interim period continued to be subserviced by the predecessor servicer.
 
Servicing fee income was $169.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $115.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, an increase of $53.7 million, or 46.6%, primarily due to the net effect of the following:
 
  •     Increase of $67.6 million due to higher average UPB of $78.4 billion in the 2011 period compared to $34.4 billion in the comparable 2010 period. The increase in our servicing portfolio


64


Table of Contents

  was primarily driven by an increase in average UPB for loans serviced for GSEs and other subservicing contracts for third party investors of $57.1 billion in the 2011 period compared to $24.0 billion in the comparable 2010 period. In addition, we also experienced an increase in average UPB for our private asset-backed securitizations portfolio, which increased to $13.5 billion in the nine month period ended September 30, 2011 compared to $7.6 billion in the comparable 2010 period.
 
  •     Increase of $7.9 million due to higher modification fees earned from HAMP and non-HAMP modifications.
 
  •     Decrease of $5.2 million due to decreased loss mitigation and performance-based incentive fees earned from a GSE.
 
  •     Decrease of $19.3 million from change in fair value on MSRs which was recognized in servicing fee income. The fair value of our MSRs is based upon the present value of the expected future cash flows related to servicing these loans. The revenue components of the cash flows are servicing fees, interest earned on custodial accounts, and other ancillary income. The expense components include operating costs related to servicing the loans (including delinquency and foreclosure costs) and interest expenses on servicing advances. The expected future cash flows are primarily impacted by prepayment estimates, delinquencies, and market discount rates. Generally, the value of MSRs increases when interest rates increase and decreases when interest rates decline due to the effect those changes in interest rates have on prepayment estimates. Other factors affecting the MSR value includes the estimated effects of loan modifications on expected cash flows. Such modifications tend to positively impact cash flows by extending the expected life of the affected MSR and potentially producing additional revenue opportunities depending on the type of modification. In valuing the MSRs, we believe our assumptions are consistent with the assumptions other major market participants use. These assumptions include a level of future modification activity that we believe major market participants would use in their valuation of MSRs. Internally, we have modification goals that exceed the assumptions utilized in our valuation model. Nevertheless, were we to apply an assumption of a level of future modifications consistent with our internal goals to our MSR valuation, we do not believe the resulting increase in value would be material. Additionally, several state Attorneys General have requested that certain mortgage servicers, including us, suspend foreclosure proceedings pending internal review to ensure compliance with applicable law, and we received requests from four such state Attorneys General. Although we have resumed those previously delayed proceedings, changes in the foreclosure process that may be required by government or regulatory bodies could increase the cost of servicing and diminish the value of our MSRs. We utilize assumptions of servicing costs that include delinquency and foreclosure costs that we believe major market participants would use to value their MSRs. We periodically compare our internal MSR valuation to third party valuation of our MSRs to help substantiate our market assumptions. We have considered the costs related to the delayed proceedings in our assumptions and we do not believe that any resulting decrease in the MSR was material given the expected short-term nature of the issue.
 
Other fee income was $6.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $5.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, an increase of $0.8 million, or 14.5%, due to higher commissions earned on lender placed insurance and higher REO sales commissions. This increase was partially offset by a $1.0 million charge to other income from losses from ANC Acquisition LLC (“ANC”), an ancillary real estate services and vendor management company acquired in March 2011. We currently own a 22% interest in ANC. We apply the equity method of accounting to investments when the entity is not a VIE and we are able to exercise significant influence, but not control, over the policies and procedures of the entity but own less than 50% of the voting interests. ANC is the parent company of National Real Estate Information Services LLP (“NREIS”), a real estate services company which offers comprehensive settlement and property


65


Table of Contents

valuation services for both originations and default management channels. Direct or indirect product offerings include title insurance agency, tax searches, flood certification, default valuations, full appraisals and broker price opinions.
 
The following table provides other fee income by primary servicing, subservicing and adjacent businesses for the periods indicated.
 
                 
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Other fee income
               
Primary servicing
    $3,265       $5,224  
Subservicing
    1,849       288  
Adjacent businesses
    1,137        
                 
Total other fee income
    $6,251       $5,512  
                 
 
Expenses and impairments were $128.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $72.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, an increase of $56.2 million, or 78.1%, primarily due to the increase of $34.5 million in salaries, wages and benefits expense resulting primarily from an increase in average headcount from 959 in 2010 to 1,441 in 2011 and an increase of $21.7 million in general and administrative and occupancy-related expenses associated with increased headcount and growth in the servicing portfolio. Our 2011 operating results include a $7.9 million increase in share-based compensation expense from revised compensation arrangements executed with certain members of our executive team during the third quarter of 2010.
 
The following table provides primary servicing, subservicing, adjacent businesses and other Servicing Segment expenses for the periods indicated.
 
                 
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Expenses and impairments
               
Primary servicing
    $51,149       $62,506  
Subservicing
    58,620       5,720  
Adjacent businesses
    6,217        
Other Servicing Segment expenses
    12,191       3,737  
                 
Total expenses and impairments
    $128,177       $71,963  
                 
 
Other Servicing Segment expenses primarily include share-based compensation expenses.
 
Total other income (expense) was $(38.6) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $(48.3) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, a decrease in expense, net of income, of $9.7 million, or 20.1%, primarily due to the net effect of the following:
 
  •     Interest income was $2.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $0.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, an increase of $2.1 million, or 525.0%, due to higher average outstanding custodial cash deposit balances on custodial cash accounts.


66


Table of Contents

 
  •     Interest expense was $41.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $38.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, an increase of $2.4 million, or 6.2%, primarily due to higher average outstanding debt of $618.2 million in the nine month period ended September 30, 2011 compared to $608.1 million in the comparable 2010 period. The impact of the higher debt balances is partially offset by lower interest rates due to declines in the base LIBOR and decreases in the overall index margin on outstanding servicer advance facilities. Interest expense from the unsecured senior notes was $22.5 million and $15.1 million, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010.
 
  •     Loss on interest rate swaps and caps was $9.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, with no corresponding gain or loss recognized for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Effective October 1, 2010, we designated an existing interest rate swap as a cash flow hedge against outstanding floating rate financing associated with one of our outstanding servicer advance facilities. This interest rate swap is recorded at fair value, with any changes in fair value related to the effective portion of the hedge being recorded as an adjustment to other comprehensive income. Prior to this designation, any changes in fair value were recorded as a loss on interest rate swaps and caps on our statement of operations.
 
For the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009
 
Servicing fee income consists of the following for the periods indicated.
 
                 
    Year Ended
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Servicing fee income
    $118,443       $83,659  
Loss mitigation and performance-based incentive fees
    16,621       7,658  
Modification fees
    21,792       3,868  
Late fees and other ancillary charges
    22,828       21,901  
Other servicing fee related revenues
    1,928       2,095  
                 
Total servicing fee income before MSR fair value adjustments
    181,612       119,181  
MSR fair value adjustments
    (6,043 )     (27,915 )
                 
Total servicing fee income
    $175,569       $91,266  
                 
 
The following tables provide servicing fee income and UPB by primary servicing and subservicing for and as of the periods indicated.
 
                 
    Year Ended
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Servicing fee income
               
Primary servicing
    $161,312       $116,966  
Subservicing
    20,300       2,215  
                 
Total servicing fee income before MSR fair value adjustments
    $181,612       $119,181  
                 
 


67


Table of Contents

                 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
    (in millions)  
 
UPB
               
Primary servicing
    $34,404       $32,871  
Subservicing
    29,772       793  
                 
Total unpaid principal balance
    $64,176       $33,664  
                 
 
Servicing fee income was $175.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $91.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $84.3 million, or 92.3%, primarily due to the net effect of the following:
 
  •     Increase of $34.8 million due to higher average UPB of $38.7 billion in 2010 compared to $25.8 billion in 2009. The increase in our servicing portfolio was primarily driven by an increase in average UPB for loans serviced for GSEs and other subservicing contracts for third party investors of $31.2 billion in 2010 compared to $17.2 billion in 2009. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in average UPB for our asset-backed securitizations portfolio, which decreased to $7.4 billion in 2010 compared to $8.6 billion in 2009.
 
  •     Increase of $8.9 million due to increased loss mitigation and performance-based incentive fees earned from a GSE.
 
  •     Increase of $17.9 million due to higher fees earned from HAMP and from modification fees earned on non-HAMP modifications. As a high touch servicer, we use modifications as a key loss mitigation tool. Under HAMP, subject to a program participation cap, we, as a servicer, will receive an initial incentive payment of up to $1,500 for each loan modified in accordance with HAMP subject to the condition that the borrower successfully completes a trial modification period. With this program, the servicer must forego any late fees and may not charge any other fees. In addition, provided that a HAMP modification does not become 90 days or more delinquent, we will receive an additional incentive fee of up to $1,000. Initial redefault rates have been favorable, averaging 10% to 20%. The HAMP program has an expiration date of December 31, 2012 and is only applicable to first lien mortgages that were originated on or before January 1, 2009. For non-HAMP modifications, we generally do not waive late fees, and we charge a modification fee. These amounts are collected at the time of the modification.
 
  •     Increase of $21.9 million from change in fair value on MSRs which was recognized in servicing fee income. The fair value of our MSRs is based upon the present value of the expected future cash flows related to servicing these loans. The revenue components of the cash flows are servicing fees, interest earned on custodial accounts, and other ancillary income. The expense components include operating costs related to servicing the loans (including delinquency and foreclosure costs) and interest expenses on servicing advances. The expected future cash flows are primarily impacted by prepayment estimates, delinquencies, and market discount rates. Generally, the value of MSRs increases when interest rates increase and decreases when interest rates decline due to the effect those changes in interest rates have on prepayment estimates. Other factors affecting the MSR value includes the estimated effects of loan modifications on expected cash flows. Such modifications tend to positively impact cash flows by extending the expected life of the affected MSR and potentially producing additional revenue opportunities depending on the type of modification. In valuing the MSRs, we believe our assumptions are consistent with the assumptions other major market participants use. These assumptions include a level of future modification activity that we believe major market participants would use in their valuation of MSRs. Internally, we have modification goals that exceed the assumptions utilized in our valuation model. Nevertheless, were we to utilize an assumption of a level of

68


Table of Contents

  future modifications consistent with our internal goals to our MSR valuation, we do not believe the resulting increase in value would be material.
 
  •     Increase of $0.9 million due to an increase in ancillary and late fees arising from growth in the servicing portfolio. Late fees are recognized as revenue at collection.
 
Other fee income was $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $8.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, a decrease of $1.6 million, or 18.0%, due to lower lender-placed insurance commissions and lower REO sales commissions resulting from a decline in REO sales managed by our internal REO sales group.
 
The following table provides other fee income by primary servicing and subservicing for the periods indicated.
 
                 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Other fee income
               
Primary servicing
    $6,865       $8,867  
Subservicing
    408        
                 
Total other fee income
    $7,273       $8,867  
                 
 
Expenses and impairments were $107.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $70.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $36.4 million, or 51.3%, primarily due to an increase of $21.6 million in salaries, wages and benefits expense resulting from an increase in headcount from 910 in 2009 to 1,178 in 2010 and $4.9 million in additional share-based compensation from revised compensation arrangements with certain of our executives. Additionally, we recognized an increase of $14.8 million in general and administrative and occupancy expenses associated with increased headcount, growth in the servicing portfolio and increases in reserves for non-recoverable advances.
 
The following table provides key primary servicing, subservicing and other Servicing Segment expenses for the periods indicated.
 
                 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Expenses and impairments
               
Primary servicing
    $82,772       $67,330  
Subservicing
    18,276       2,232  
Other Servicing Segment expenses
    6,235       1,335  
                 
Total expenses and impairments
    $107,283       $70,897  
                 
 
Other Servicing Segment expenses primarily include share-based compensation expenses.


69


Table of Contents

 
Total other income (expense) was $(61.3) million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $(21.7) million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase in expense, net of income, of $39.6 million, or 182.5%, primarily due to the net effect of the following:
 
  •     Interest income decreased $3.8 million due to lower average index rates received on custodial cash deposits associated with mortgage loans serviced combined with lower average outstanding custodial cash deposit balances.
 
  •     Interest expense increased $25.9 million primarily due to higher average outstanding debt of $638.6 million in 2010 compared to $313.3 million in 2009, offset by lower interest rates due to declines in the base LIBOR and decreases in the overall index margin on outstanding servicer advance facilities. Additionally, in 2010, we have included the balances related to our outstanding corporate note and senior unsecured debt balances, and the related interest expense thereon, as a component of our Servicing Segment. As a result of the weakening housing market, we continued to carry approximately $530.9 million in residential mortgage loans that we were unable to securitize as mortgage loans held for sale on our balance sheet throughout most of 2009. During this time period, we allocated a portion of our outstanding corporate note balance to Legacy Portfolio and Other to account for the increased capacity and financing costs we incurred while these loans were retained on our balance sheet. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we recorded $22.1 million in interest expense related to our outstanding corporate and senior notes.
 
  •     Loss on interest rate swaps and caps was $9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, with no corresponding gain or loss recognized for the year ended December 31, 2009. The loss for the period was a result of a decline in fair value recognized during the period on outstanding interest rate swaps designed to economically hedge the interest rate risk associated with our 2009-ADV1 Servicer Advance Facility. This facility was not executed until the end of the fourth quarter of 2009, so we did not recognize any corresponding fair value adjustments during the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008
 
Servicing fee income consists of the following for the periods indicated.
 
                 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Servicing fee income
    $83,659       $62,825  
Loss mitigation and performance-based incentive fees
    7,658        
Modification fees
    3,868       584  
Late fees and other ancillary charges
    21,901       14,859  
Other servicing fee related revenues
    2,095       2,668  
                 
Total servicing fee income before MSR fair value adjustments
    119,181       80,936  
MSR fair value adjustments
    (27,915 )     (11,701 )
                 
Total servicing fee income
    $91,266       $69,235  
                 


70


Table of Contents

 
The following tables provide servicing fee income and UPB by primary servicing and subservicing for and as of the periods indicated.
 
                 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Servicing fee income
               
Primary servicing
    $116,966       $80,936  
Subservicing
    2,215        
                 
Total servicing fee income before MSR fair value adjustments
    $119,181       $80,936  
                 
 
                 
   
December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
    (in millions)  
 
UPB
               
Primary servicing
    $32,871       $21,342  
Subservicing
    793        
                 
Total unpaid principal balance
    $33,664       $21,342  
                 
 
Servicing fee income was $91.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $69.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $22.1 million, or 31.9%, primarily due to the net effect of the following:
 
  •     Increase of $20.8 million due to higher average UPB of $25.8 billion in 2009 compared to $12.8 billion in 2008. The increase in our servicing portfolio was primarily driven by an increase in average UPB for loans serviced for GSEs and other subservicing contracts for third party investors in 2009 compared to 2008. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in average UPB for our asset-backed securitizations portfolio, which decreased in 2009 compared to 2008.
 
  •     Increase of $7.7 million due to increased loss mitigation and performance-based incentive fees earned from a GSE.
 
  •     Increase of $3.3 million due to higher modification fees earned from HAMP and from modification fees earned on non-HAMP modifications.
 
  •     Increase of $7.0 million due to increased collection of late fees, primarily due to higher average UPB of our servicing portfolio. Late fees are recognized as revenue at collection.
 
  •     Decrease of $16.2 million from change in fair value on MSRs which was recognized in servicing fee income.
 
Other fee income was $8.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $3.5 million, or 64.8%, due to higher lender-placed insurance commissions, which is primarily due to higher delinquency rates in 2009 compared to 2008.
 
Expenses and impairments were $70.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $55.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $15.9 million, or 28.9%, primarily due to the increase of $14.9 million in salaries, wages and benefits expense resulting from an increase in headcount from 570 in 2008 to 910 in 2009.


71


Table of Contents

 
The following table provides key primary servicing, subservicing and other Servicing Segment expenses for the periods indicated.
 
                 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Expenses and impairments
               
Primary servicing
    $67,330       $53,315  
Subservicing
    2,232        
Other Servicing Segment expenses
    1,335       1,722  
                 
Total expenses and impairments
    $70,897       $55,037  
                 
 
Other Servicing Segment expenses primarily include share-based compensation expenses.
 
Total other income (expense), which for the most part consisted of interest expense, was $(21.7) million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $(4.8) million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase in expense, net of income, of $16.9 million, or 352.1%, primarily due to the net effect of the following:
 
  •     Increase of $7.7 million from additional amortization of deferred financing costs resulting from refinancing or renewal of our advance financing facilities.
 
  •     Increase of $6.8 million from decline in interest income earned on custodial cash deposits associated with mortgage loans serviced primarily due to lower average deposits and index rates.
 
  •     Increase of $1.4 million from compensating interest due to increased average UPB.
 
  •     Increase of $1.1 million from higher average outstanding debt of $313.3 million in 2009 compared to $259.1 million in 2008, offset by lower interest rates due to declines in the base LIBOR.
 
Originations Segment
 
The Originations Segment involves the origination, packaging, and sale of GSE mortgage loans into the secondary markets via whole loan sales or securitizations.


72


Table of Contents

 
The following table summarizes our operating results from our Originations Segment for the periods indicated.
 
                                         
    Nine Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
    (unaudited)                    
    (in thousands)  
 
Revenues:
                                       
Servicing fee income
    $—       $—       $—       $—       $—  
Other fee income
    10,983       4,491       7,042       1,156       589  
                                         
Total fee income
    10,983       4,491       7,042       1,156       589  
Gain on mortgage loans held for sale
    73,832       51,887       77,498       54,437       21,985  
                                         
Total revenues
    84,815       56,378       84,540       55,593       22,574  
Expenses and impairments:
                                       
Salaries, wages and benefits
    51,148       40,063       57,852       31,497       18,357  
General and administrative
    18,174       20,442       26,761       14,586       10,864  
Occupancy
    2,082       1,631       2,307       1,449       1,574  
                                         
Total expenses and impairments
    71,404       62,136       86,920       47,532       30,795  
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest income
    8,560       8,327       11,848       4,261       1,920  
Interest expense
    (7,480 )     (6,044 )     (8,806 )     (3,438 )     (1,289 )
                                         
Total other income (expense)
    1,080       2,283       3,042       823       631  
                                         
Net income/(loss)
    $14,491       $(3,475 )     $662       $8,884       $(7,590 )
                                         
 
Increase in originations volume primarily governs the increase in revenues, expenses and other income (expense) of our Originations Segment. The table below provides detail of the loan characteristics of loans originated for the periods indicated.
 
                                         
    Nine Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
    (in millions)  
 
Originations Volume:
                                       
Retail
    $1,506       $1,128       $1,608       $1,093       $538  
Wholesale
    780       832       1,184       386       4  
                                         
Total Originations Volume
    $2,286       $1,960       $2,792       $1,479       $542  
                                         
 
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011 and 2010
 
Total revenues were $84.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $56.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, an increase of $28.4 million, or 50.4%, primarily due to the net effect of the following:
 
  •     Other fee income was $11.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $4.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, an increase of $6.5 million, or 144.4%, primarily due to higher points and fees collected as a result of the $325.5 million increase in loan originations volume, combined with a decrease in fees paid to third party mortgage brokers.


73


Table of Contents

 
Gain on mortgage loans held for sale consists of the following for the periods indicated.
 
                 
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Gain on sale
    $42,260       $31,248  
Provision for repurchases
    (2,978 )     (2,553 )
Capitalized servicing rights
    25,748       16,761  
Fair value mark-to-market adjustments
    9,292       7,728  
Mark-to-market on derivatives/hedges
    (490 )     (1,297 )
                 
Total gain on mortgage loans held for sale
    $73,832       $51,887  
                 
 
  •     Gain on mortgage loans held for sale was $73.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, compared to $51.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, an increase of $21.9 million, or 42.2%, primarily due to the net effect of the following:
 
  (a)  Increase of $10.6 million from larger volume of originations, which increased from $1,960.1 million in 2010 to $2,285.6 million in 2011, and higher margins earned on the sale of residential mortgage loans during the period.
 
  (b)  Increase of $8.9 million from capitalized MSRs due to the larger volume of originations and subsequent retention of MSRs.
 
  (c)  Increase of $1.6 million resulting from the change in fair value on newly-originated loans.
 
  (d)  Increase of $0.8 million from change in unrealized gains/losses on derivative financial instruments. These include IRLC and forward sales of MBS.
 
Expenses and impairments were $71.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $62.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, an increase of $9.3 million, or 15.0%, primarily due to the net effect of the following:
 
  •     Increase of $11.0 million in salaries, wages and benefits expense from increase in average headcount of 537 in 2010 to 751 in 2011 and increases in performance-based compensation due to increases in originations volume.
 
  •     Decrease of $1.8 million in general and administrative and occupancy expense primarily due to a settlement agreement and consent order with the North Carolina Office of the Commissioner of Banks resulting in an administrative penalty and refund of fees to borrowers of $4.4 million during the period ended September 30, 2010. These expenses were partially offset by an increase in our overhead expenses from the higher originations volume in the 2011 period.
 
Total other income (expense) was $1.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $2.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, a decrease in income, net of expense, of $1.2 million, or 52.2%, primarily due to the net effect of the following:
 
  •     Interest income was $8.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $8.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, an increase of $0.3 million, or 3.6%, representing interest earned from originated loans prior to sale or securitization. The increase is primarily due to the increase in the volume of originations. Loans are typically sold within 30 days of origination.


74


Table of Contents

 
  •     Interest expense was $7.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $6.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, an increase of $1.5 million, or 25.0%, primarily due to an increase in originations volume in 2011 and associated financing required to originate these loans, combined with a slight increase in outstanding average days in warehouse on newly originated loans.
 
For the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009
 
Total revenues were $84.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $55.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $28.9 million, or 52.0%, primarily due to the net effect of the following:
 
  •     Other fee income was $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $5.8 million or 483.3%, primarily due to our election to measure newly originated conventional residential mortgage loans held for sale at fair value, effective October 1, 2009. Subsequent to this election, any collected points and fees related to originated mortgage loans held for sale are included in other fee income. Prior to this election, points and fees were recorded as deferred originations income and recognized over the life of the mortgage loan as an adjustment to our interest income yield or, when the related loan was sold to a third party purchaser, included as a component of gain on mortgage loans held for sale.
 
  •     Gain on mortgage loans held for sale was $77.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $54.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $23.1 million, or 42.5%, primarily due to the net effect of the following:
 
  (a)  Increase of $22.4 million from improved margins and larger volume of originations, which increased from $1.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $2.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
  (b)  Increase of $17.9 million from capitalized MSRs due to the larger volume of originations and subsequent retention of servicing rights.
 
  (c)  Decrease of $0.7 million from change in unrealized gains/(losses) on derivative financial instruments. These include IRLCs and forward sales of MBS.
 
  (d)  Decrease of $20.2 million from recognition of points and fees earned on mortgage loans held for sale for the year ended December 31, 2009. Effective October 1, 2009, all points and fees are recognized at origination upon the election to apply fair value accounting to newly-originated loans and are recognized as a component of other fee income.
 
Expenses and impairments were $86.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $47.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $39.4 million, or 82.9%, primarily due to the net effect of the following:
 
  •     Increase of $26.4 million in salaries, wages and benefits expense from increase in headcount of 452 in 2009 to 688 in 2010 and increases in performance-based compensation. Additionally, we recognized $3.6 million in share-based compensation expense from revised compensation arrangements with certain of our executives.
 
  •     Increase of $13.1 million in general and administrative and occupancy expense primarily due to increase in overhead expenses from the larger volume of originations in 2010 and expenses associated with certain claims.


75


Table of Contents

 
Total other income (expense) was $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase in income, net of expense, of $2.2 million, or 275.0%, primarily due to the net effect of the following:
 
  •     Interest income increased $7.5 million from interest earned from originated loans prior to sale or securitization. The increase is primarily due to the increase in the volume of originations. Loans are typically sold within 30 days of origination.
 
  •     Interest expense increased $5.4 million primarily due to an increase in originations volume in 2010 and associated financing required to originate these loans combined with a slight increase in outstanding average days in warehouse on newly originated loans.
 
For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008
 
Total revenues were $55.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $22.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $33.0 million, or 146.0%, primarily due to the net effect of the following:
 
  •     Gain on mortgage loans held for sale was $54.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $22.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $32.4 million, or 147.3%, primarily due to the net effect of the following:
 
  (a)  Increase of $24.8 million from larger volume of originations, which increased from $0.5 billion in 2008 to $1.5 billion in 2009.
 
  (b)  Increase of $3.8 million from capitalized MSRs due to larger volume of originations and subsequent retention of MSRs.
 
  (c)  Increase of $3.8 million from change in unrealized gains/(losses) on derivative financial instruments. These include IRLCs and forward sales of MBS.
 
Expenses and impairments were $47.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $30.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $16.7 million, or 54.2%, primarily due to the net effect of the following:
 
  •     Increase of $13.1 million in salaries, wages and benefits expense from increase in headcount of 311 in 2008 to 452 in 2009 and increases in performance based compensation.
 
  •     Increase of $3.7 million in general and administrative expense primarily due to increase in overhead expenses from larger volume of originations in 2009.


76


Table of Contents

 
Total other income (expense) was $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase in income, net of expense, of $0.2 million, or 33.3%, primarily due to the net effect of the following:
 
  •     Interest income increased $2.4 million primarily due to interest earned from originated loans prior to sale or securitization. Loans are typically sold within 30 days of origination.
 
  •     Interest expense increased $2.1 million primarily due to interest expense from warehouse facilities that finance the originations of loans.
 
Legacy Portfolio and Other
 
Through December 2009, our Legacy Portfolio and Other consisted primarily of non-prime and non-conforming residential mortgage loans that we primarily originated from April to July 2007. Revenues and expenses are primarily a result of mortgage loans transferred to securitization trusts that were structured as secured borrowings, resulting in carrying the securitized loans as mortgage loans on our consolidated balance sheets and recognizing the asset-backed certificates as nonrecourse debt. Prior to September 2009, these residential mortgage loans were classified as mortgage loans held for sale on our consolidated balance sheet and carried at the lower of cost or fair value and financed through a combination of our existing warehouse facilities and our corporate note. These loans were transferred on October 1, 2009, from mortgage loans held for sale to a held-for-investment classification at fair value on the transfer date. Subsequent to the transfer date, we completed the securitization of the mortgage loans, which was structured as a secured borrowing. This structure resulted in carrying the securitized loans as mortgages on our consolidated balance sheet and recognizing the asset-backed certificates acquired by third parties as nonrecourse debt.
 
Effective January 1, 2010, new accounting guidance eliminated the concept of a QSPE. Consequently, all existing securitization trusts are considered VIEs and are now subject to the new consolidation guidance. Upon consolidation of certain of these VIEs, we recognized the securitized mortgage loans related to these securitization trusts as mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt. See “Note 3 to Consolidated Financial Statements — Variable Interest Entities and Securitizations.” Additionally, we elected the fair value option provided for by ASC 825-10, Financial Instruments-Overall . Assets and liabilities related to these VIEs are included in Legacy Assets and Other in our segmented results.


77


Table of Contents

 
The following table summarizes our operating results from Legacy Portfolio and Other for the periods indicated.
 
                                         
    Nine Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
    (unaudited)                    
    (in thousands)  
 
Revenues:
                                       
Servicing fee income
    $1,952       $1,118       $820       $—       $—  
Other fee income
    1,884       1,848       2,643              
                                         
Total fee income
    3,836       2,966       3,463              
Gain on mortgage loans held for sale
                      (75,786 )     (108,648 )
                                         
Total revenues
    3,836       2,966       3,463       (75,786 )     (108,648 )
Expenses and impairments:
                                       
Salaries, wages and benefits
    5,022       8,963       13,148       3,537       2,854  
General and administrative
    4,628       1,507       7,488       5,239       1,452  
Provision for loan losses
    2,005             3,298              
Loss on sale of foreclosed real estate
    6,904             205       7,512       2,567  
Occupancy
    1,849       1,186       2,788       1,912       1,043  
Loss on available-for-sale securities—other-than-temporary
                      6,809       55,212  
                                         
Total expenses and impairments
    20,408       11,656       26,927       25,009       63,128  
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest income
    34,851       67,793       77,521       44,114       79,268  
Interest expense
    (28,340 )     (44,531 )     (55,566 )     (40,568 )     (48,541 )
Loss on interest rate swaps and caps
                      (14 )     (23,689 )
Fair value changes in ABS securitizations
    (6,919 )     (19,115 )     (23,297 )            
                                         
Total other income (expense)
    (408 )     4,147       (1,342 )     3,532       7,038  
                                         
Net loss
    $(16,980 )     $(4,543 )     $(24,806 )     $(97,263 )     $(164,738 )
                                         
 
The table below provides detail of the characteristics of our securitization trusts included in Legacy Portfolio and Other for the periods indicated.
 
                                         
   
September 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2011 (1)
   
2010 (1)
   
2010 (1)
   
2009
   
2008
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Legacy Portfolio and Other:
                                       
Performing—UPB
    $969,541       $1,072,377       $1,037,201       $345,516       $627,368  
Nonperforming (90+ Delinquency)—UPB
    302,866       348,061       337,779       141,602       100,452  
Real Estate Owned—Estimated Fair Value
    15,411       29,384       27,337       10,262       21,822  
                                         
Total Legacy Portfolio and Other—UPB
    $1,287,818       $1,449,822       $1,402,317       $497,380       $749,642  
                                         
 
(1) Amounts include one previously off-balance sheet securitization which was consolidated upon adoption of ASC 810, Consolidation , related to consolidation of certain VIEs.


78


Table of Contents

 
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011 and 2010
 
Expenses and impairments were $20.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $11.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, an increase of $8.7 million, or 74.4%, primarily a result of higher provision for losses on residential mortgage loans and losses on liquidated REO and higher overhead expenses.
 
Interest income, net of interest expense, decreased to $6.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to $23.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. The decrease in net interest income was primarily due to the effects of the derecognition of previously consolidated VIEs.
 
Fair value changes in ABS securitizations were $6.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to a $19.1 million decrease for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. Fair value changes in ABS securitizations is the net result of the reductions in the fair value of the assets (mortgage loans held for investment and REO) and the reductions in the fair value of the liabilities (ABS nonrecourse debt).
 
For the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009
 
Total revenues were $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $(75.8) million for the year ended December 31, 2009. This increase was primarily a result of a change in classification on mortgage loans held for sale discussed above, with no gain on mortgage loans held for sale recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to a loss of $75.8 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
Expenses and impairments were $26.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $25.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $1.9 million, or 7.6%, primarily due to an increase in headcount and allocated expenses for corporate support functions and executive oversight. Additionally, we recognized $3.6 million in additional share-based compensation expense from revised compensation arrangements with certain of our executives, as well as a $3.3 million provision for loan losses. These expense increases were offset by the net impact of the adoption of new accounting guidance on the consolidation of certain securitization trusts which resulted in a $7.3 million reduction in charges from losses realized on foreclosed real estate and a decrease of $6.8 million in other-than-temporary impairments recognized on our investment in debt securities available-for-sale.
 
Total other income (expense) was $(1.3) million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, a decrease of $4.8 million, or 137.1%. The decrease was primarily due to an increase in our net interest income, offset by fair value changes in our ABS securitizations. Interest income, net of interest expense, increased to $21.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in interest income, net was due to the consolidation of certain securitization trusts upon the adoption of new accounting guidance related to VIEs. Fair value changes in ABS securitizations included a loss of $23.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, with no corresponding amount for the year ended December 31, 2009, due to the election of the fair value option on consolidated VIEs.
 
For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008
 
Total revenues were $(75.8) million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $(108.6) million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $32.8 million, or 30.2%. This increase was a result of lower mark-to-market adjustments on our outstanding legacy portfolio. We accounted for the excess of cost over fair value of these loans as a valuation allowance with changes in the valuation allowance included in loss on mortgage loans held for sale. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the change in the


79


Table of Contents

outstanding valuation allowance resulted in net income of $8.8 million, compared to a net loss of $42.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. These amounts were partially offset by higher realized losses on existing portfolio rewrites and liquidations on our existing legacy portfolio and REO of $80.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to a loss of $56.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
Expenses and impairments were $25.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $63.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, a decrease of $38.1 million, or 60.4%, primarily due to a decrease of $48.4 million in other-than-temporary impairments recognized on our investment in debt securities available-for-sale attributable to lower overall outstanding carrying balances on outstanding debt securities, offset by an increase in unallocated corporate expenses and an increase in losses realized on loans held for investment and foreclosed real estate.
 
The deterioration of the housing market and related illiquidity in the capital markets resulted in an overall decrease in the credit quality of the residential mortgage loans that collateralize our retained investment in debt securities. As a result of these weakening conditions, in 2008 we determined that we would not be able to fully recover all of our recorded investment in these related debt securities, and recorded an other-than-temporary impairment of $55.2 million, compared to $6.8 million in impairments for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease in our recognized impairments was primarily a result of our lower overall total outstanding investment in these debt securities.
 
During late 2008 and 2009, increased foreclosure activities resulted in an increase in REO, coupled with the continuing deterioration of the housing market, our REO losses increased. Our increased loss severities were also impacted by management initiatives enacted in 2009 to liquidate existing foreclosed real estate in advance of continued deterioration in certain housing markets.
 
We estimate the fair value of the REO owned at the time that a loan is transferred to the REO classification. REO is recorded at estimated fair value less costs to sell at the date of foreclosure. Fair value is estimated using the most recently obtained appraised value or broker price opinion, as applicable, adjusted as necessary to reflect expected price concessions based on historical experience. Upon foreclosure, we obtain a third party appraisal and a third party broker price opinion. Subsequently, we obtain updated broker price opinions every 90 days for our REO. We review recent REO sales activity on a quarterly basis to ensure that the resulting overall net sales proceeds received are consistent with our estimated fair value. Any subsequent declines in fair value are credited to a valuation allowance and charged to operations as incurred.
 
Total other income was $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, a decrease of $3.5 million, or 50.0%. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in net interest income year over year of approximately $27.3 million, offset by a decrease in loss on interest rate swaps and caps. The decrease in interest income, net was attributable to an overall decrease in our total outstanding performing legacy portfolio assets to $345.5 million as of December 31, 2009, compared to $627.4 million as of December 31, 2008. In addition, our weighted average interest rates on our outstanding legacy portfolio assets decreased to 7.58% for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to 9.11% for the year ended December 31, 2008. Loss on interest rate swaps and caps decreased to $0.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to $23.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Prior to 2009, we entered into interest rate swap agreements to economically hedge the interest payments on the warehouse debt and securitization of our mortgage loans held for sale. The $23.7 million decrease in loss on interest rate swaps and caps was due to our unwinding of outstanding interest rate swap positions during 2008.


80


Table of Contents

 
Analysis of Items on Consolidated Balance Sheet
 
The following table presents our consolidated balance sheets for the periods indicated.
 
                         
    September 30,
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
    (unaudited)              
    (in thousands)  
 
Assets
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
    $24,005       $21,223       $41,645  
Restricted cash
    72,813       91,125       52,795  
Accounts receivable, net
    471,474       441,275       513,939  
Mortgage loans held for sale
    377,932       369,617       201,429  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt—Legacy Assets
    246,159       266,320       301,802  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
    477,748       538,440        
Investment in debt securities—available-for-sale
                2,486  
Receivables from affiliates
    6,082       8,993       12,574  
Mortgage servicing rights
    246,916       145,062       114,605  
Property and equipment, net
    20,990       8,394       6,575  
Real estate owned, net (includes $11,169 and $17,509, respectively, of real estate owned, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt)
    15,411       27,337       10,262  
Other assets
    44,795       29,395       22,073  
                         
Total assets
    $2,004,325       $1,947,181       $1,280,185  
                         
Liabilities and members’ equity
                       
Notes payable
    $738,783       $709,758       $771,857  
Unsecured senior notes
    245,109       244,061        
Payables and accrued liabilities
    177,452       75,054       66,830  
Derivative financial instruments
    15,778       7,801        
Derivative financial instruments, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
    11,889       18,781        
Nonrecourse debt—Legacy Assets
    116,200       138,662       177,675  
ABS nonrecourse debt
    434,326       496,692        
                         
Total liabilities
    1,739,537       1,690,809       1,016,362  
Total members’ equity
    264,788       256,372       263,823  
                         
Total liabilities and members’ equity
    $2,004,325       $1,947,181       $1,280,185  
                         
 
As of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010
 
Assets
 
Restricted cash consists of custodial accounts related to collections on certain mortgage loans and mortgage loan advances that have been pledged to debt counterparties under various master repurchase agreements (“MRAs”). Restricted cash was $72.8 million as of September 30, 2011, a decrease of $18.3 million from December 31, 2010, primarily a result of decreased servicer advance reimbursement amounts.
 
Accounts receivable consists primarily of accrued interest receivable on mortgage loans and securitizations, collateral deposits on surety bonds, and advances made to nonconsolidated securitization trusts, as required under various servicing agreements related to delinquent loans, which are ultimately paid back to


81


Table of Contents

us from the securitization trusts. Accounts receivable increased $30.2 million to $471.5 million as of September 30, 2011, primarily due to our larger outstanding servicing portfolio, which resulted in a $33.3 million increase in Corporate and Escrow advances and an $8.7 million increase in outstanding delinquency advances.
 
Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at fair value under ASC 825, Financial Instruments . We estimate fair value by evaluating a variety of market indicators including recent trades and outstanding commitments. Mortgage loans held for sale were $377.9 million as of September 30, 2011, an increase of $8.3 million from December 31, 2010, as $2,287.4 million in mortgage loan sales was partially offset by $2,285.6 million in loan originations during the nine month period ended September 30, 2011.
 
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt—legacy assets consist of nonconforming or subprime mortgage loans securitized which serve as collateral for the nonrecourse debt. Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt—legacy assets was $246.2 million as of September 30, 2011, a decrease of $20.1 million from December 31, 2010, as $15.3 million UPB was transferred to REO during the nine month period ended September 30, 2011.
 
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt consist of mortgage loans that were recognized upon the adoption of new accounting guidance related to VIEs effective January 1, 2010. To more accurately represent the future economic performance of the securitization collateral and related debt balances, we elected the fair value option provided for by ASC 825-10, Financial Instruments-Overall . Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt was $477.7 million as of September 30, 2011, a decrease of $60.7 million from December 31, 2010, as $75.5 million was transferred to REO, combined with $36.4 million in principal collections for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.
 
Receivables from affiliates consist of periodic transactions with Nationstar Regular Holdings, Ltd., a subsidiary of the Initial Stockholder. These transactions typically involve the monthly payment of principal and interest advances that are required to be remitted to securitization trusts as required under various Pooling and Servicing Agreements. These amounts are later repaid to us when principal and interest advances are recovered from the respective borrowers. Receivables from affiliates were $6.1 million as of September 30, 2011, a decrease of $2.9 million from December 31, 2010, as a result of increased recoveries on outstanding principal and interest advances.
 
MSRs consist of servicing assets related to all existing residential mortgage loans transferred to a third party in a transfer that meets the requirements for sale accounting, or through the acquisition of the right to service residential mortgage loans that do not relate to our assets. MSRs were $246.9 million as of September 30, 2011, an increase of $101.8 million from December 31, 2010, primarily as a result of the purchase of two significant servicing portfolios for $106.9 million combined with capitalization of $25.7 million newly created MSRs, partially offset by $30.8 million decrease in the fair value of our MSRs.
 
Property and equipment, net is comprised of land, furniture, fixtures, leasehold improvements, computer software, and computer hardware. These assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Property and equipment, net increased $12.6 million as we invested in information technology systems to support volume growth in both our Servicing Segment and Originations Segment.
 
Real estate owned, net represents property we acquired as a result of foreclosures on delinquent mortgage loans. Real estate owned, net is recorded at estimated fair value, less costs to sell, at the date of foreclosure. Any subsequent operating activity and declines in value are charged to earnings. Real estate owned, net was $15.4 million as of September 30, 2011, a decrease of $11.9 million from December 31, 2010. This decrease was primarily a result of sales of real estate, partially offset by transfers from mortgage loans held for investment.


82


Table of Contents

 
Other assets include deferred financing costs, derivative financial instruments, prepaid expenses, and other equity method investments. Other assets increased $15.4 million from December 31, 2010, primarily due to a 22% investment in ANC for $6.6 million. See “Note 8 to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—Other Assets.”
 
Liabilities and Members’ Equity
 
As of September 30, 2011, total liabilities were $1,739.5 million, a $48.7 million increase from December 31, 2010. The increase in total liabilities was primarily a result of a $102.4 million increase in our payables and accrued liabilities due primarily to our September 2011 servicing portfolio acquisition offset by $73.3 million principal payments on our outstanding non-recourse debt. Final payments related to this acquisition are not scheduled to be settled until the fourth quarter of 2011.
 
Included in our payables and accrued liabilities caption on our balance sheet is our reserve for repurchases and indemnifications of $7.4 million and $7.3 million as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. This liability represents our (i) estimate of losses to be incurred on the repurchase of certain loans that we previously sold and (ii) an estimate of losses to be incurred for indemnification of losses incurred by purchasers or insurers with respect to loans that we sold. Certain sale contracts include provisions requiring us to repurchase a loan or indemnify the purchaser or insurer for losses if a borrower fails to make certain initial loan payments due to the acquirer or if the accompanying mortgage loan fails to meet certain customary representations and warranties. These representations and warranties are made to the loan purchasers or insurers about various characteristics of the loans, such as the manner of origination, the nature and extent of underwriting standards applied and the types of documentation being provided and typically are in place for the life of the loan. Although the representations and warranties are in place for the life of the loan, we believe that most repurchase requests occur within the first five years of the loan. In the event of a breach of the representations and warranties, we may be required to either repurchase the loan or indemnify the purchaser for losses it sustains on the loan. In addition, an investor may request that we refund a portion of the premium paid on the sale of mortgage loans if a loan is prepaid within a certain amount of time from the date of sale. We record a provision for estimated repurchases, loss indemnification and premium recapture on loans sold, which is charged to gain (loss) on mortgage loans held for sale.
 
The activity of our outstanding repurchase reserves were as follows for the periods indicated:
 
                 
    Nine Months Ended
    Year Ended
 
   
September 30, 2011
   
December 31, 2010
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Repurchase reserves, beginning of period
    $7,321       $3,648  
Additions
    2,978       4,649  
Charge-offs
    (2,939 )     (976 )
                 
Repurchase reserves, end of period
    $7,360       $7,321  
                 
 
The following table summarizes the changes in UPB related to unresolved repurchase and indemnification requests for the periods indicated:
 
                 
    Nine Months Ended
    Year Ended
 
   
September 30, 2011
   
December 31, 2010
 
    (in millions)  
 
Beginning balance
    $4.3       $1.3  
Repurchases & indemnifications
    (5.5 )     (1.9 )
Claims initiated
    21.6       10.8  
Rescinded
    (12.6 )     (5.9 )
                 
Ending balance
    $7.8       $4.3  
                 


83


Table of Contents

 
The following table details our loan sales for the periods indicated:
 
                                 
    Nine Months Ended
    Year Ended
 
   
September 30, 2011
   
December 31, 2010
 
   
Count
   
$
   
Count
   
$
 
    (in billions)  
 
Loan sales
    11,677       $2.3       13,090       $2.6  
 
We increase the reserve by applying an estimated loss factor to the principal balance of loan sales. Secondarily, the reserve may be increased based on outstanding claims received. We have observed an increase in repurchase requests in each of the last two years and into 2011. We believe that because of the increase in our originations during 2009, 2010 and the first nine months of 2011, we expect that repurchase requests are likely to increase. Should home values continue to decrease, our realized losses from loan repurchases and indemnifications may increase as well. As such, our reserve for repurchases may be required to increase beyond our current expectations. While the ultimate amount of repurchases and premium recapture is an estimate, we consider the liability to be adequate at each balance sheet date.
 
As of September 30, 2011, outstanding members’ equity was $264.8 million, an $8.4 million increase from December 31, 2010, which is primarily attributable to our net income of $6.0 million in the first nine months of 2011, $12.2 million share-based compensation, partially offset by a $3.9 million distribution to parent and a $4.8 million redemption of units by our existing partners.
 
As of December 31, 2010 and 2009
 
Assets
 
Restricted cash consists of custodial accounts related to collections on certain mortgage loans and mortgage loan advances that have been pledged to debt counterparties under various MRAs. Restricted cash was $91.1 million as of December 31, 2010, an increase of $38.3 million from December 31, 2009, primarily as a result of the increase in custodial deposits from mortgage loan advances. These custodial deposits are held in trust until they are remitted to the bond investors to pay down the asset-backed certificates.
 
Accounts receivable consists primarily of accrued interest receivable on mortgage loans and securitizations, collateral deposits on surety bonds, and advances made to nonconsolidated securitization trusts, as required under various servicing agreements related to delinquent loans, which are ultimately paid back to us from the securitization trusts. Accounts receivable was $441.3 million as of December 31, 2010, a decrease of $72.6 million from December 31, 2009. The decrease in accounts receivable was primarily a result of decreases in outstanding delinquency and corporate and escrow advances of $57.6 million and $41.6 million, respectively. During the period, the GSEs began to repurchase loans from securitization trusts that we service for them that are 120 days or more past due. In conjunction with these repurchases, principal and interest advances that we had made as servicer for these loans were repaid. As such, our accounts receivable balance decreased significantly during the period as well as our corresponding borrowings under our MBS Advance Funding facility that we utilize to fund such advances.
 
Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at fair value, as permitted under ASC 825, Financial Instruments . We estimate fair value by evaluating a variety of market indicators including recent trades and outstanding commitments. Mortgage loans held for sale was $369.6 million at December 31, 2010, an increase of $168.2 million from December 31, 2009, a result of higher originations volume during the 2010 period.
 
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt—legacy assets consist of nonconforming or subprime mortgage loans securitized which serve as collateral for the nonrecourse debt. These loans were transferred on October 1, 2009, from mortgage loans held for sale at fair value on the transfer date, as determined by the present value of expected future cash flows, with no valuation allowance recorded. Any decreases in expected cash flows subsequent to the transfer are recognized as a valuation


84


Table of Contents

allowance. Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt—legacy assets was $266.3 million as of December 31, 2010, a decrease of $35.5 million from December 31, 2009 as a result of principal collections and liquidations on the outstanding mortgage loans.
 
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt consist of mortgage loans that were recognized upon the adoption of new accounting guidance related to VIEs effective January 1, 2010. To more accurately represent the future economic performance of the securitization collateral and related debt balances, we elected the fair value option provided for by ASC 825-10, Financial Instruments-Overall . This option was applied to all eligible items within the VIE, including mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt, and the related ABS nonrecourse debt.
 
Investment in debt securities—available-for-sale consists of beneficial interests we retain in securitization transactions accounted for as a sale under the guidance of ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing . Effective January 1, 2010, new accounting guidance for VIEs eliminated the concept of a QSPE and all existing securitization trusts are considered VIEs and are now subject to the new consolidation guidance. Upon consolidation of these VIEs, we derecognized all previously recognized beneficial interests, including retained investment in debt securities, obtained as part of the securitization. See “Note 3 to Consolidated Financial Statements—Variable Interest Entities and Securitizations.”
 
Receivables from affiliates consist of periodic transactions with Nationstar Regular Holdings, Ltd., a subsidiary of the Initial Stockholder. These transactions typically involve the monthly payment of principal and interest advances that are required to be remitted to securitization trusts as required under various Pooling and Servicing Agreements. These amounts are later repaid to us when principal and interest advances are recovered from the respective borrowers. Receivables from affiliates were $9.0 million as of December 31, 2010, a decrease of $3.6 million from December 31, 2009, as a result of increased recoveries on outstanding principal and interest advances.
 
MSRs consist of servicing assets related to all existing residential mortgage loans transferred to a third party in a transfer that meets the requirements for sale accounting, or through the acquisition of the right to service residential mortgage loans that do not relate to our assets. MSRs were $145.1 million as of December 31, 2010, an increase of $30.5 million over December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily a result of the capitalization of newly created MSRs of $26.3 million, combined with the purchase of $17.8 million in MSRs, offset by the de-recognition of previously recognized MSRs on the consolidation of certain securitization trusts for the adoption of new accounting guidance related to VIEs of $7.6 million, and the change in fair value of MSRs.
 
Property and equipment, net increased by approximately $1.8 million, primarily as a result of expenditures related to newly opened retail branches and increased hardware acquisitions to support servicing expansion.
 
Real estate owned, net represents property we acquired as a result of foreclosures on delinquent mortgage loans. Real estate owned, net is recorded at estimated fair value, less costs to sell, at the date of foreclosure. Any subsequent operating activity and declines in value are charged to earnings. Real estate owned, net was $27.3 million as of December 31, 2010, an increase of $17.0 million from December 31, 2009. This increase was primarily a result of the adoption of the new accounting guidance related to VIEs, resulting in the recognition of $17.5 million in REO properties from a consolidated VIE.
 
Other assets consist principally of deferred financing costs, derivative financial instruments, and prepaid expenses. Other assets were $29.4 million as of December 31, 2010, an increase of $7.3 million from December 31, 2009. This increase was primarily a result of an increase in deferred financing costs from our March 2010 offering and other higher prepaid expenses.


85


Table of Contents

 
Liabilities and Members’ Equity
 
As of December 31, 2010, total liabilities were $1.7 billion, a $0.7 billion increase from December 31, 2009. The increase in total liabilities was primarily a result of the adoption of new accounting guidance related to VIEs, resulting in the recognition of $0.5 billion in asset-backed certificates from a consolidated VIE combined with the March 2010 offering of senior notes of $243 million.
 
Included in our payables and accrued liabilities caption on our balance sheet is our reserve for repurchases and indemnifications of $7.3 million and $3.6 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. This liability represents our (i) estimate of losses to be incurred on the repurchase of certain loans that we previously sold and (ii) an estimate of losses to be incurred for indemnification of losses incurred by purchasers or insurers with respect to loans that we sold.
 
The activity of our outstanding repurchase reserves were as follows for the periods indicated.
 
                 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
    (in thousands)  
Repurchase reserves, beginning of period
    $3,648       $3,965  
Additions
    4,649       820  
Charge-offs
    (976 )     (1,137 )
                 
Repurchase reserves, end of period
    $7,321       $3,648  
                 
 
The following table summarizes the changes in UPB related to unresolved repurchase and indemnification requests for the periods indicated.
 
                 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
    (in millions)  
Beginning balance
    $1.3       $0.3  
Repurchases & indemnifications
    (1.9 )     (2.7 )
Claims initiated
    10.8       4.6  
Rescinded
    (5.9 )     (0.9 )
                 
Ending balance
    $4.3       $1.3  
                 
 
The following table details our loan sales for the periods indicated.
 
                                 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
Count
   
$
   
Count
   
$
 
    (in billions)  
Loan sales
    13,090       $2.6       5,344       $1.0  
 
During 2010, the reserve for repurchases and indemnifications increased by approximately $3.7 million. This increase was principally due to the significant increase in loan sales during 2010 over the 2009 period. We increase the reserve by applying an estimated loss factor to the principal balance of loan sales. Secondarily, the reserve was increased based on outstanding claims received, and 2010 represented the first year that we have received make whole requests that we considered to be probable and estimable. We have observed an increase in repurchase requests in each of the last two years. We believe that because of the increase in our originations during 2009 and 2010, we expect that repurchase requests are likely to increase. Should home values continue to decrease, our realized losses from loan repurchases and indemnifications may increase as well. As such, our reserve for repurchases may be required to increase beyond our current


86


Table of Contents

expectations. While the ultimate amount of repurchases and premium recapture is an estimate, we consider the liability to be adequate at each balance sheet date.
 
As of December 31, 2010, outstanding members’ equity was $256.4 million, a $7.4 million decrease from December 31, 2009. The decrease in members’ equity was primarily driven by an $9.9 million net loss for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, a cumulative effect adjustment from the adoption of new accounting guidance related to VIEs resulting in a cumulative effect decrease in our beginning members’ units of $8.1 million, offset by $9.5 million in share-based compensation (net of taxes) during the period and $1.1 million in the change in value of a cash flow hedge.
 
Recent Accounting Developments
 
Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-02, A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring (Update No. 2011-02). Update No. 2011-02 is intended to reduce the diversity in identifying troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”), primarily by clarifying certain factors around concessions and financial difficulty. In evaluating whether a restructuring constitutes a TDR, a creditor must separately conclude that: (1) the restructuring constitutes a concession; and (2) the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. The clarifications will generally result in more restructurings being considered troubled. The amendments in this update became effective for interim and annual periods beginning June 15, 2011. The adoption of Update No. 2011-02 did not have a material impact on our financial condition, liquidity or results of operations.
 
Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-03, Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements (Update No. 2011-03). Update No. 2011-03 is intended to improve the accounting and reporting of repurchase agreements and other agreements that both entitle and obligate a transferor to repurchase or redeem financial assets before their maturity. This amendment removes the criterion pertaining to an exchange of collateral such that it should not be a determining factor in assessing effective control, including (1) the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee, and (2) the collateral maintenance implementation guidance related to that criterion. Other criteria applicable to the assessment of effective control are not changed by the amendments in the update. The amendments in this update will be effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of Update No. 2011-03 is not expected to have a material impact on our financial condition, liquidity or results of operations.
 
Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-04, Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS (Update No. 2011-04). Update No. 2011-04 is intended to provide common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements in GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The changes required in this update include changing the wording used to describe many of the requirements in GAAP for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. The amendments in this update are to be applied prospectively and are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of Update No. 2011-04 is not expected to have a material impact on our financial condition, liquidity or results of operations.
 
Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income (Update No. 2011-05). Update No. 2011-05 is intended to improve the comparability, consistency, and transparency of financial reporting and to increase the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income. Update No. 2011-05 eliminates the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity and now requires that all non-owner changes in stockholders’ equity be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. This update does not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income.


87


Table of Contents

The amendments in this update are to be applied retrospectively and are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of Update No. 2011-05 is not expected to have a material impact on our financial condition, liquidity or results of operations.
 
Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-12, Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No 2011-05 (Update No. 2011-12). Update 2011-12 is intended to temporarily defer the effective date of the requirement to present separate line items on the income statement for reclassification adjustments of items out of accumulated other comprehensive income into net income as required by Update No. 2011-05. All other requirements in Update 2011-05 are not affected by this update. This update does not change the requirement to present reclassifications adjustments within other comprehensive income either on the face of the statement that reports other comprehensive income or in the notes to the financial statements (Update 2011-05). The amendments in this update are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of Update No. 2011-12 is not expected to have a material impact on our financial condition liquidity or results of operations.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Liquidity measures our ability to meet potential cash requirements, including the funding of servicing advances, the payment of operating expenses, the originations of loans and the repayment of borrowings. Our cash balance increased from $21.2 million as of December 31, 2010 to $24.0 million as of September 30, 2011, primarily due to cash inflows in our operating activities, partially offset by cash outflows from investing and financing activities. Our cash balance decreased from $41.6 million as of December 31, 2009 to $21.2 million as of December 31, 2010, primarily due to greater cash outflows from our financing activities to repay our outstanding debt facilities.
 
We grew our servicing portfolio from $33.7 billion in UPB as of December 31, 2009 to $102.7 billion in UPB as of September 30, 2011. We shifted our strategy after 2007 to leverage our industry-leading servicing capabilities and capitalize on the opportunities to grow our originations platform which has led to the strengthening of our liquidity position. As a part of our shift in strategy, we ceased originating non-prime loans in 2007, and new originations have been focused on loans that are eligible to be sold to GSEs. Since 2008, substantially all originated loans have either been sold or are pending sale.
 
As part of the normal course of our business, we borrow money periodically to fund servicing advances and loan originations. The loans we originate are financed through several warehouse lines on a short-term basis. We typically hold the loans for approximately 30 days and then sell the loans or place them in government securitizations and repay the borrowings under the warehouse lines. We rely upon several counterparties to provide us with financing facilities to fund a portion of our servicing advances and to fund our loan originations on a short-term basis. Our ability to fund current operations depends upon our ability to secure these types of short-term financings on acceptable terms and to renew or replace the financings as they expire.
 
At this time, we see no material negative trends that we believe would affect our access to long-term borrowings, short-term borrowings or bank credit lines sufficient to maintain our current operations, or would likely cause us to cease to be in compliance with any applicable covenants in our indebtedness or that would inhibit our ability to fund operations and capital commitments for the next 12 months.
 
Our primary sources of funds for liquidity include: (i) lines of credit, other secured borrowings and the senior notes; (ii) servicing fees and ancillary fees; (iii) payments received from sale or securitization of loans; and (iv) payments received from mortgage loans held for sale.


88


Table of Contents

 
Our primary uses of funds for liquidity include: (i) funding of servicing advances; (ii) originations of loans; (iii) payment of interest expenses; (iv) payment of operating expenses; (v) repayment of borrowings; and (vi) payments for acquisitions of MSRs.
 
Our servicing agreements impose on us various rights and obligations that affect our liquidity. Among the most significant of these obligations is the requirement that we advance our own funds to meet contractual principal and interest payments for certain investors and to pay taxes, insurance, foreclosure costs and various other items that are required to preserve the assets being serviced. Delinquency rates and prepayment speed affect the size of servicing advance balances. As a result of the agreement we entered into to purchase the servicing rights to certain reverse mortgages from BANA, we will be required to fund payments due to borrowers, which advances are typically greater than advances on forward residential mortgages. These advances are typically recovered upon weekly or monthly reimbursement.
 
We intend to continue to seek opportunities to acquire loan servicing portfolios and/or businesses that engage in loan servicing and/or loan originations. We cannot predict the extent to which our liquidity and capital resources will be diminished by any such transactions. Additionally, we believe that a significant acquisition may require us to raise additional capital to facilitate such a transaction. We would likely finance acquisitions through a combination of corporate debt issuances, asset-backed acquisition financing and/or cash from operations.
 
Operating Activities
 
Our operating activities provided $49.9 million cash flow for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $24.5 million of cash flow for the same period in the prior year. The increase of $25.4 million during the 2011 period was primarily due to higher volume sales of residential mortgage loans offset by higher cash outflows for working capital. The improvement was primarily due to the net effect of the following:
 
  •     $455.7 million improvement in proceeds received from sale of originated loans, which provided $2,287.4 million and $1,831.7 million for the nine month periods ending September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively, partially offset by $325.5 million increase in cash used to originate loans. Mortgage loans originated and purchased, net of fees, used $2,285.6 million and $1,960.1 million in the nine month period ending September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
 
  •     $139.4 million decrease in cash outflows provided by working capital, which provided $3.5 million cash for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and provided $142.9 million during the same period in the prior year.
 
Our operating activities used ($101.7) million and ($83.6) million of cash flow for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The decrease of $18.1 million was primarily due to the net effect of the following:
 
  •     Increase of $1,613.9 million attributable to increased proceeds received from sale of loans, offset by decrease in cash attributable to $1,311.1 million increase in originations volume.
 
  •     Decrease in principal payments/prepayments received and other changes in mortgages loans held for sale of $439.2 million.
 
  •     Increase of $136.2 million primarily due to decreased delinquency advances to investors to cover scheduled payments of principal and interest that are required to be remitted to securitization trusts.


89


Table of Contents

 
  •     Increase of $71.0 million attributable to a decrease in net loss period over period, primarily as a result of increased revenues from our higher servicing portfolio and increased volume in loan originations.
 
Our operating activities provided (used) $(83.6) million and $40.2 million of cash flow for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The decrease in operating cash flow from 2008 to 2009 was primarily due to $934.6 million higher volume of originations in 2009, offset by $493.5 million increase from proceeds received from sale of loans and $270.7 million increase in principal payments received from loans.
 
Investing Activities
 
Our investing activities used $9.8 million and provided $85.9 million of cash flow for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The $95.7 million decrease in cash flows from investing activities from the 2010 period to the 2011 period was primarily a result of a $35.6 million decrease in cash proceeds from sales of REO and $34.4 million increase in purchases of MSRs. Also, in March 2011, we acquired a 22% interest in ANC for $6.6 million. ANC is the parent company of NREIS, a real estate services company.
 
Our investing activities provided (used) $101.2 million, $30.0 million and $(34.6) million of cash flow for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The increase in cash flows from investing activities from 2009 to 2010 was primarily a result of an increase in cash proceeds from sales of REO and principal payments received and other changes on mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt. The increase in cash flow from investing activities from 2008 to 2009 was primarily due to the absence of interest rate swap settlements in 2009 compared to $51.6 million of settlements in 2008 and a $17.8 million decrease in cash used for the purchase of MSRs, net of liabilities, offset by no principal payments received from debt securities in 2009 compared to $8.4 million in 2008.
 
Financing Activities
 
Our financing activities used $37.4 million cash flow during the nine month period ending September 30, 2011 and used $124.5 million of cash flow for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. During the nine month period ended September 30, 2011, we used $9.2 million less cash for debt financing costs and $49.3 million less cash to repay ABS and legacy nonrecourse debt compared with the 2010 period. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, we used $47.2 million to repay ABS nonrecourse debt, used $2.7 million for debt financing costs, and provided $29.0 million to repay the outstanding notes payable. The primary source of financing cash flow during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 was $243.0 million proceeds from offering the senior notes. During the nine months ended September 30, 2010, we used $85.4 million to repay ABS nonrecourse debt, used $11.9 million for debt financing costs, and used $239.6 million to repay the outstanding notes payable.
 
Our financing activities provided (used) $(20.0) million, $85.9 million and $(37.5) million of cash flow for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The increase in cash outflow from financing activities from 2009 to 2010 was primarily a result of repayment of ABS and Legacy Asset nonrecourse debt. We also did not receive any capital contributions from our existing members in 2010, compared to $20.7 million in capital contributions received in 2009. In 2009, we issued non-recourse debt, which provided $191.3 million in cash. The increase in cash flow from financing activities from 2008 to 2009 was primarily due to the non-recourse debt, net issued in 2009 related to the secured financing of our legacy assets.


90


Table of Contents

 
Contractual Obligations
 
The table below sets forth our contractual obligations, excluding our legacy asset securitized debt and ABS nonrecourse debt, as of December 31, 2010:
 
                                         
          2012
    2014
    After
       
   
2011
   
to 2013
   
to 2015
   
2015
   
Total
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Senior Unsecured Notes (1)
    $—       $—       $250,000       $—       $250,000  
Interest expense from Senior Unsecured Notes
    27,188       54,375       33,985             115,548  
MBS Advance Financing Facility
    114,562                         114,562  
2009-ABS Advance Financing Facility
    236,808                         236,808  
MSR Note
    5,552       10,181                   15,733  
$300 Million Warehouse Facility
    209,477                         209,477  
$100 Million Warehouse Facility
    39,014                         39,014  
$175 Million Warehouse Facility
    43,059                         43,059  
ASAP+ Short-Term Financing Facility
    51,105                         51,105  
Operating leases (2)
    7,015       13,299       7,972       1,243       29,529  
                                         
      $733,780       $77,855       $291,957       $1,243       $1,104,835  
                                         
 
 
(1) On December 19, 2011, Nationstar Mortgage LLC and Nationstar Capital Corporation, as co-issuers, completed a further issuance of $35.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.875% senior notes due 2015 on terms identical to those of the existing senior notes, other than the issue date and offering price. See “—Description of Certain Indebtedness—Senior Notes.”
 
(2) In July 2011, we entered into an amendment to a lease agreement for approximately 80,000 square feet in a building that we previously leased in October 2010. The lease term with respect to the additional space is sixty eight months with monthly base rent payments averaging approximately $101,000. In addition, the term on the original space was extended for a year to correspond to the term of the additional space. This agreement increased the total square footage leased by us at this site to approximately 163,000, and extended the expiration date of the lease through March 2017. Our total obligation related to this new agreement will be approximately $7.0 million over the life of the lease. In October 2011, we entered into an operating sublease agreement for approximately 53,000 square feet of office space in Houston, Texas. This sublease begins in November 2011 and expires November 2014. Our total obligation related to this agreement will be approximately $4.0 million over the life of the sublease.
 
In addition to the above contractual obligations, we have also been involved with several securitizations of ABS, which were structured as secured borrowings. These structures resulted in us carrying the securitized loans as mortgages on our consolidated balance sheet and recognizing the asset-backed certificates acquired by third parties as nonrecourse debt. The timing of the principal payments on this nonrecourse debt is dependent on the payments received on the underlying mortgage loans and liquidation of REO. The outstanding principal balance on our Nonrecourse Debt—Legacy Assets and ABS nonrecourse debt was $161.2 million and $1,037.9 million respectively, as of December 31, 2010.
 
Description of Certain Indebtedness
 
Senior Unsecured Notes
 
On March 26, 2010, Nationstar Mortgage LLC and Nationstar Capital Corporation, as co-issuers, completed a private offering of $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.875% senior notes due 2015, or the “existing notes.” By means of a separate prospectus, Nationstar Mortgage LLC and Nationstar Capital Corporation completed an exchange of $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.875% senior notes due 2015, or the “registered notes,” for an equal principal amount of the existing notes in an offering that was


91


Table of Contents

registered under the Securities Act. On December 19, 2011, Nationstar Mortgage LLC and Nationstar Capital Corporation, as co-issuers, completed a further issuance of $35.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.875% senior notes due 2015 on terms identical to those of the existing senior notes, other than the issue date and offering price. By means of a separate prospectus, Nationstar Mortgage LLC and Nationstar Capital Corporation intend to offer to exchange up to $35.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.875% senior notes due 2015, or the “registered follow on notes,” for an equal principal amount of the existing senior notes in an offering that will have been registered under the Securities Act. The registered follow-on notes will be fungible with the registered notes upon issuance. This prospectus shall not be deemed to be an offer to exchange such notes. The existing notes, the registered notes, the follow-on notes, and the registered follow-on notes are referred to herein as the senior notes. The aggregate principal amount of outstanding senior notes under this series is $285.0 million.
 
Interest is payable on the senior notes semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1, starting on October 1, 2010, with interest accruing from March 26, 2010.
 
We may redeem some or all of the senior notes at any time before April 1, 2013 at a price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date and a make-whole premium. The make-whole premium is the greater of (i) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of the note or (ii) the sum of (a)(i) the redemption price of the note at April 1, 2013 (such redemption price being set forth in the table below) and (ii) all required interest payments due on the note through April 1, 2013 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to such redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the applicable treasury rate plus 50 basis points over (b) the then outstanding principal amount of the note. On or after April 1, 2013, we may also redeem the senior notes, in whole or in part, at the following redemption prices set forth below (expressed as percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on April 1 of the years set forth below:
 
         
Year
 
Percentage
 
 
2013
    105.438 %
2014 and thereafter
    100.00 %
 
In addition, on or prior to April 1, 2013, we may use the net cash proceeds of one or more equity offerings to redeem up to 35.0% of the principal amount of all senior notes issued at a redemption price equal to 110.875% of the principal amount of the senior notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest.
 
Upon a “change of control” (as defined in the indenture), we (or a third party) must offer to redeem all of the senior notes for a payment equal to 101% of the senior notes’ principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon. This offering will not result in a change of control.
 
The senior notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior basis by all of our current and future wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries other than securitization entities and subsidiaries designated as unrestricted subsidiaries. The senior notes are our and the guarantors’ general unsecured obligation and are pari passu in right of payment with all existing and any future senior indebtedness; effectively junior in right of payment to all existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness to the extent of the assets securing such indebtedness; and senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated indebtedness.
 
The indenture governing the senior notes contains certain limitations and restrictions on us and our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:
 
  •     incur additional indebtedness;
 
  •     issue preferred and disqualified stock;


92


Table of Contents

 
  •     purchase or redeem capital stock;
 
  •     make certain investments;
 
  •     pay dividends or make other payments or loans or transfer property;
 
  •     sell assets;
 
  •     enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates involving consideration in excess of $5.0 million; and
 
  •     sell all or substantially all of the our or a guarantor’s assets or merge with or into another company.
 
The covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications described below.
 
We and our restricted subsidiaries are prohibited from incurring or issuing additional indebtedness and disqualified stock and its restricted subsidiaries are prohibited from issuing preferred stock unless our corporate indebtedness to tangible net worth ratio for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters would be less than 1.10 to 1.00 on a pro forma basis and the consolidated leverage ratio for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters would be less than 4.50 to 1.00. In addition, we may, among other things, incur certain working capital credit facilities debt not to exceed $35 million; indebtedness of foreign subsidiaries not to exceed 5% of total assets of foreign subsidiaries; acquired debt so long as we would be permitted to incur at least an additional $1 of indebtedness under the debt ratios; and a general debt basket not to exceed $12.5 million.
 
Furthermore, we and our restricted subsidiaries are prohibited from purchasing or redeeming capital stock; making certain investments, paying dividends or making other payments or loans or transfers of property, unless we could incur an additional dollar of indebtedness under our debt ratios and such payment is less than 50% of our consolidated net income minus 100% of any loss plus certain other items that increase the size of the payment basket. In addition, we may, among other things, make any payment from the proceeds of a capital contribution or concurrent offering of our equity interests; make stock buy-backs from current and former employees/directors in an amount to not exceed $2.5 million per year, subject to carryover of unused amounts into subsequent years and subject to increase for cash proceeds from certain equity issuances to employees/directors and cash proceeds from key man life insurance; make investments in joint ventures in an amount not to exceed (i) $5 million and (ii) 1.00% of total assets; pay dividends following a public offering up to 6% per annum of the net proceeds received by us; make any other restricted payments up to $17.5 million. Moreover, we may make investments in an amount not to exceed the greater of (i) $30 million and (ii) 1.00% of total assets.
 
The indenture contains certain events of default, including (subject, in some cases, to customary cure periods and materiality thresholds) defaults based on (i) the failure to make payments under the indenture when due, (ii) breach of covenants, (iii) cross-defaults to certain other indebtedness, (iv) certain bankruptcy or insolvency events, (v) material judgments and (vi) invalidity of material guarantees.
 
Consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the indenture governing the senior notes, is the key financial covenant measure that monitors our ability to undertake investing and financing functions, such as making investments/acquisitions, paying dividends, and incurring additional indebtedness.
 
The ratios included in the indenture for the senior notes are incurrence based compared to the customary ratio covenants that are often found in credit agreements that require a company to maintain a certain ratio.


93


Table of Contents

 
The consolidated leverage ratio as defined in the indenture is equal to Corporate Indebtedness, as defined in the indenture, divided by Consolidated EBITDA, and limits our activities as discussed above, if the ratio is equal to or greater than 4.5.
 
Consolidated EBITDA is computed as follows:
 
         
    Twelve Months Ended
 
   
September 30, 2011
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Net income
    $3,490  
Adjust for:
       
Impact from consolidation of securitization trusts (1)
    1,395  
Interest expense from unsecured senior notes
    30,167  
Depreciation and amortization
    3,218  
Change in fair value of MSRs (2)
    25,390  
Exit costs
    2,500  
Share-based compensation
    17,599  
Fair value changes on interest rate swap
    (116 )
Ineffective portion of cash flow hedge
    (2,962 )
(Gain) loss from asset sales and other than temporary impairment of assets
    12,755  
Amortization/write-off of deferred financing cost for debt obligations in existence prior to issuance of senior notes
    6,139  
Servicing resulting from transfers of financial assets
    (35,240 )
Other
    263  
         
Consolidated EBITDA
    $64,598  
         
 
(1) Represents impact to net income from the consolidation of certain securitization trusts. Net income, as defined in the Indenture, is based on GAAP in effect as of December 31, 2009, and does not include the impact of the consolidation of identified VIEs where we have both the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
 
(2) Represents change in fair value of MSRs after deconsolidation of the securitization trusts as discussed in note (1) above.
 
Servicing
 
Our Servicing Segment’s debt consists of senior unsecured notes, advance financing facilities, and our MSR Note and Facility.
 
Advance Financing Facilities
 
Our advance financing facilities are used to finance our obligations to pay advances as required by our servicing agreements. These servicing agreements may require us to advance certain payments to the owners of the mortgage loans we service, including P&I advances, T&I advances, or legal fees, maintenance and preservation costs, or corporate advances. We draw on one or more of our advance financing facilities periodically throughout the month, as necessary, and we repay any facilities on which we have drawn when advances are recovered through liquidations, prepayments and reimbursement of advances from modifications.


94


Table of Contents

 
MBS Advance Financing Facility
 
In September 2009, we entered into our MBS Advance Financing Facility. This facility is maintained with a GSE and currently has a total size of $275.0 million. The interest rate on this facility is based on LIBOR plus a margin of 2.50%, and its stated maturity date is December 2012.
 
Our MBS Advance Facility is secured by certain servicing advance receivables and is subject to margin calls in the event that the value of our collateral decreases. The facility requires us to comply with various customary operating covenants and performance tests on the underlying receivables related to payment rates and minimum balance. As of September 30, 2011, we were in compliance with all covenants and performance tests under this facility and had an aggregate principal amount of $175.7 million outstanding.
 
2009-ABS Advance Financing Facility
 
In November 2007, we entered into our 2009-ABS Advance Financing Facility. This facility was maintained with a financial services company and, before repayment, had a total size of $350.0 million, comprised of $174.0 million in term notes the balance of which stayed constant and $176.0 million in variable funding notes the balance of which fluctuated with our financing needs. The interest rate on this facility was based on LIBOR, subject to an interest rate swap, and had a weighted average cost of 4.82% during the year ended December 31, 2010. The stated maturity date of this facility was December 2013, twenty-four months after the stated repayment date of December 2011.
 
Our 2009-ABS Advance Financing Facility was secured by certain servicing advance receivables and was a nonrecourse obligation. The facility required us to comply with various customary operating covenants and performance tests on the underlying receivables related to payment rates and minimum balance. As of September 30, 2011, we were in compliance with all covenants and performance tests under this facility and had an aggregate principal amount of $203.6 million outstanding. This facility was repaid in October 2011.
 
2010-ABS Advance Financing Facility
 
In December 2010, we entered into our 2010-ABS Advance Financing Facility. This facility is maintained with a financial institution and currently has a total size of $300 million. The interest rate on this facility is based on LIBOR plus a margin of 3.00%, and its stated maturity date is May 2014.
 
Our 2010-ABS Advance Financing Facility is secured by certain servicing advance receivables and is a nonrecourse obligation. In October 2011, upon repayment of our 2009-ABS Financing Facility, we transferred the collateral on the 2009-ABS Financing Facility to the 2010-ABS Advance Financing Facility.
 
2011-Agency Advance Financing Facility
 
In October 2011, we entered into our 2011-Agency Advance Financing Facility. This facility is maintained with a financial institution and currently has a total size of $75 million. The interest rate on this facility is based on LIBOR plus 2.50%, and its stated maturity date is October 2012.
 
Our 2011-Agency Advance Financing Facility is secured by certain servicing advance receivables and is a nonrecourse obligation.
 
MSR Note
 
In October 2009, we entered into our MSR Note. This note is maintained with a GSE and had an original aggregate principal amount of $22.2 million. The interest rate on this note is based on LIBOR plus a margin of 2.50%, and its stated maturity date is October 2013.


95


Table of Contents

 
Our MSR Note was used to finance our acquisition of certain MSRs and is secured by all of our rights, title and interest in the acquired MSRs. The MSR Note requires us to comply with various customary operating covenants, specific covenants, including maintaining a disaster recovery plan and maintaining priority of the lender’s lien, and certain covenants related to the collateral and limitations on the creation of liens on the collateral or assigned servicing compensation. As of September 30, 2011, we were in compliance with all covenants and had an aggregate principal amount of $11.6 million outstanding under the MSR Note.
 
MSR Facility
 
In September 2011, we also entered into an MSR Facility. This facility was maintained with a financial institution in conjunction with the acquisition financed with our MSR Note and had a total size of $37.5 million. The interest rate on this facility was based on LIBOR plus a spread of 3.50%, and its stated maturity date was September 2016. This facility was secured by all of our rights, title, and interest in the acquired MSRs, and was a nonrecourse obligation. Subsequent to September 30, 2011, we terminated this facility without drawing upon it.
 
Originations
 
Our Originations Segment’s debt consists of warehouse facilities and our ASAP+ Short-Term Financing Facility.
 
Warehouse Facilities
 
Our warehouse facilities are used to finance our loan originations on a short-term basis. In the ordinary course, we originate mortgage loans on a near-daily basis, and we use a combination of our four warehouse facilities and cash to fund the loans. We agree to transfer to our counterparty certain mortgage loans against the transfer of funds by the counterparty, with a simultaneous agreement by the counterparty to transfer the loans back to us at a date certain, or on demand by us, against the transfer of funds from us. We typically renegotiate our warehouse facilities on an annual basis. See “Industry—Industry Overview.” We sell our newly originated mortgage loans to our counterparty to finance the originations of our mortgage loans and typically repurchase the loans within 30 days of origination when we sell the loans to a GSE or into a government securitization.
 
$300 Million Warehouse Facility
 
In July 2006, we entered into our $300 Million Warehouse Facility, which is maintained with a financial services company. The interest rate on this facility is based on LIBOR plus a margin of 3.25%, and its stated maturity date is February 2012.
 
Our $300 Million Warehouse Facility requires us to comply with various customary operating covenants and specific covenants, including maintaining a minimum tangible net worth of $175.0 million, limitations on transactions with affiliates, maintenance of liquidity of $20 million and the maintenance of additional funding through warehouse loans. As of September 30, 2011, we were in compliance with all covenants and performance tests under this facility and had an aggregate principal amount of $259.6 million outstanding.
 
$175 Million Warehouse Facility
 
In February 2010, we entered into a $75 million warehouse facility and in January 2012, we extended the maturity date of this warehouse facility to January 2013 and increased the committed amount under this warehouse facility to $175 million. We herein refer to this facility as our $175 Million Warehouse Facility. This facility is maintained with BANA, an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, an


96


Table of Contents

underwriter in this offering. The interest rate on this facility is based on LIBOR plus a spread ranging from 1.75% to 2.50%.
 
Our $175 Million Warehouse Facility requires us to comply with various customary operating covenants and specific covenants, including financial covenants regarding our liquidity ratio of liabilities and warehouse credit to net worth, maintenance of a minimum tangible net worth of $175.0 million, maintenance of additional warehouse facilities and limitations on entering into warehouse facilities with more favorable terms (with respect to the lender) than this facility without also applying those more favorable terms to this facility. As of September 30, 2011, we were in compliance with all covenants and performance tests under this facility and had an aggregate principal amount of $41.8 million outstanding.
 
$100 Million Warehouse Facility
 
In October 2009, we entered into our $100 Million Warehouse Facility, which is maintained with a financial services company. The interest rate on this facility is based on LIBOR plus a margin of 3.50%, and its stated maturity date is February 2012.
 
Our $100 Million Warehouse Facility requires us to comply with various customary operating covenants and specific covenants, including maintaining additional warehouse facilities, restrictions on the assignment of purchased loans, limits on transactions with affiliates and certain financial covenants, including maintaining a minimum tangible net worth of $150.0 million. As of September 30, 2011, we were in compliance with all covenants and performance tests under this facility and had an aggregate principal amount of $22.3 million outstanding.
 
$50 Million Warehouse Facility
 
In March 2011, we entered into our $50 Million Warehouse Facility, which is maintained with a financial institution. The interest rate on this facility is based on LIBOR plus a spread of 1.45% to 3.95%, which varies based on the underlying transferred collateral, and its stated maturity date is March 2012. As of September 30, 2011, we were in compliance with all covenants and performance tests under this facility.
 
ASAP+ Short-Term Financing Facility
 
In March 2009, we entered into our ASAP+ Short-Term Financing Facility. This facility is maintained with a GSE and currently has a total facility size of $200 million. The interest rate on this facility is based on LIBOR plus a margin of 1.50%, and the agreements executed pursuant to this facility typically have a maturity of up to 45 days.
 
Our ASAP+ Short-Term Financing Facility is used to finance our loan originations on a short-term basis. Pursuant to these agreements, we agree to transfer to the GSE certain mortgage loans against the transfer of funds by the GSE, with a simultaneous agreement by the counterparty to transfer the loans back to us at a date certain, or on demand by us, against the transfer of funds from us. As of September 30, 2011, we had an aggregate principal amount of $13.6 million outstanding.
 
Legacy Assets and Other
 
Legacy Asset Term-Funded Notes
 
In November 2009, we completed the securitization of mortgage assets and issued approximately $222.4 million of our Legacy Asset Term-Funded Notes. The interest rate is 7.50%, subject to an available funds cap. In conjunction with the securitization, we reclassified our legacy assets as “held for investment” on our consolidated balance sheet and recognize the Legacy Asset Term-Funded Notes as non-recourse debt. We pay the principal and interest on these notes using the cash flows from the underlying legacy assets, which


97


Table of Contents

serve as collateral for the debt. As of September 30, 2011, the aggregate UPB of the legacy assets that secure our Legacy Asset Term-Funded Notes was $380.2 million. Monthly cash flows generated from the legacy assets are used to service the debt, which has a final legal maturity of October 2039. As of September 30, 2011, our Legacy Asset Term-Funded Notes had a par amount and carrying value, net of financing costs and unamortized discount of $135.1 million and $116.2 million, respectively.
 
ABS Nonrecourse Debt
 
Effective January 1, 2010, new accounting guidance eliminated the concept of a QSPE, and all existing securitization trusts are considered VIEs and are now subject to new consolidation guidance provided in ASC 810 , Consolidation . Upon consolidation of these VIEs, we derecognized all previously recognized beneficial interests obtained as part of the securitization. In addition, we recognized the securitized mortgage loans as mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt, and the related asset-backed certificates acquired by third parties as ABS nonrecourse debt on our consolidated balance sheet. Additionally, we elected the fair value option provided for by ASC 825-10 , Financial Instruments-Overall . The principal and interest on these notes are paid using the cash flows from the underlying mortgage loans, which serve as collateral for the debt. The interest rate paid on the outstanding securities is based on LIBOR plus a spread ranging from 0.13% to 2.00%, which is subject to an interest rate cap. The total outstanding principal balance on the underlying mortgage loans serving as collateral for the debt was approximately $937.7 million as of September 30, 2011. The timing of the principal payments on this ABS nonrecourse debt is dependent on the payments received on the underlying mortgage loans. The outstanding principal balance on the outstanding notes related to these consolidated securitization trusts was $945.1 million as of September 30, 2011.
 
Variable Interest Entities
 
We have been the transferor in connection with a number of securitizations or asset-backed financing arrangements, from which we have continuing involvement with the underlying transferred financial assets. We aggregate these securitizations or asset-backed financing arrangements into two groups: (1) securitizations of residential mortgage loans and (2) transfers accounted for as secured borrowings.
 
On securitizations of residential mortgage loans, our continuing involvement typically includes acting as servicer for the mortgage loans held by the trust and holding beneficial interests in the trust. Our responsibilities as servicer include, among other things, collecting monthly payments, maintaining escrow accounts, providing periodic reports and managing insurance in exchange for a contractually specified servicing fee. The beneficial interests held consist of both subordinate and residual securities that were retained at the time of the securitization. Prior to January 1, 2010, each of these securitization trusts was considered a QSPE, and these trusts were excluded from our consolidated financial statements.
 
We also maintain various agreements with SPEs, under which we transfer mortgage loans and/or advances on residential mortgage loans in exchange for cash. These SPEs issue debt supported by collections on the transferred mortgage loans and/or advances. These transfers do not qualify for sale treatment because we continue to retain control over the transferred assets. As a result, we account for these transfers as financings and continue to carry the transferred assets and recognize the related liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. Collections on the mortgage loans and/or advances pledged to the SPEs are used to repay principal and interest and to pay the expenses of the entity. The holders of these beneficial interests issued by these SPEs do not have recourse to us and can only look to the assets of the SPEs themselves for satisfaction of the debt.
 
Prior to January 1, 2010, we evaluated each SPE for classification as a QSPE. QSPEs were not consolidated in our consolidated financial statements. When a SPE was determined to not be a QSPE, we further evaluated it for classification as a VIE. When a SPE met the definition of a VIE, and when it was determined that we were the primary beneficiary, we included the SPE in our consolidated financial statements.


98


Table of Contents

 
A VIE is an entity that has either a total equity investment that is insufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or whose equity investors lack the characteristics of a controlling financial interest. A VIE is consolidated by its primary beneficiary, which is the entity that, through its variable interests has both the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIEs economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
 
Effective January 1, 2010, new accounting guidance eliminated the concept of a QSPE and all existing SPEs are now subject to new consolidation guidance. Upon adoption of this new accounting guidance, we identified certain securitization trusts where we, through our affiliates, continued to hold beneficial interests in these trusts. These retained beneficial interests obligate us to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant. In addition, we as master servicer on the related mortgage loans, retain the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE. When it is determined that we have both the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE, the assets and liabilities of these VIEs are included in our consolidated financial statements. Upon consolidation of these VIEs, we derecognized all previously recognized beneficial interests obtained as part of the securitization, including any retained investment in debt securities, MSRs, and any remaining residual interests. In addition, we recognized the securitized mortgage loans as mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt, and the related asset-backed certificates (ABS nonrecourse debt) acquired by third parties as ABS nonrecourse debt on our consolidated balance sheet. The net effect of the accounting change on January 1, 2010 members’ equity was an $8.1 million charge to members’ equity.
 
As a result of market conditions and deteriorating credit performance on these consolidated VIEs, we expect minimal to no future cash flows on the economic residual. Under GAAP, we would be required to provide for additional allowances for loan losses on the securitization collateral as credit performance deteriorated, with no offsetting reduction in the securitization’s debt balances, even though any nonperformance of the assets will ultimately pass through as a reduction of amounts owed to the debt holders, once they are extinguished. Therefore, we would be required to record accounting losses beyond our economic exposure.
 
To more accurately represent the future economic performance of the securitization collateral and related debt balances, we elected the fair value option provided for by ASC 825-10, Financial Instruments—Overall . This option was applied to all eligible items within the VIE, including mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt, and the related ABS nonrecourse debt.
 
Subsequent to this fair value election, we no longer record an allowance for loan loss on mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt. We continue to record interest income in our consolidated statement of operations on these fair value elected loans until they are placed on a nonaccrual status when they are 90 days or more past due. The fair value adjustment recorded for the mortgage loans held for investment is classified within fair value changes of ABS securitizations in our consolidated statement of operations.
 
Subsequent to the fair value election for ABS nonrecourse debt, we continue to record interest expense in our consolidated statement of operations on the fair value elected ABS nonrecourse debt. The fair value adjustment recorded for the ABS nonrecourse debt is classified within fair value changes of ABS securitizations in our consolidated statement of operations.
 
Under the existing pooling and servicing agreements of these securitization trusts, the principal and interest cash flows on the underlying securitized loans are used to service the asset-backed certificates.


99


Table of Contents

Accordingly, the timing of the principal payments on this nonrecourse debt is dependent on the payments received on the underlying mortgage loans and liquidation of REO.
 
We consolidate the SPEs created for the purpose of issuing debt supported by collections on loans and advances that have been transferred to it as VIEs, and we are the primary beneficiary of these VIEs. We consolidate the assets and liabilities of the VIEs onto our consolidated financial statements.
 
A summary of the assets and liabilities of our transactions with VIEs included in our consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2011 is presented in the following table:
                         
          Transfers
       
          Accounted for
       
    Securitization
    as Secured
       
September 30, 2011
 
Trusts
   
Borrowings
   
Total
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Assets
Restricted cash
    $69       $20,134       $20,203  
Accounts receivable
    2,431       251,615       254,046  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt
          240,256       240,256  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
    477,748             477,748  
Real estate owned
    11,169       4,184       15,353  
                         
Total Assets
    $491,417       $516,189       $1,007,606  
                         
 
Liabilities
Notes payable
    $—       $203,596       $203,596  
Payables and accrued liabilities
    75       988       1,063  
Outstanding servicer advances(1)
    32,961             32,961  
Derivative financial instruments, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
    11,889             11,889  
Nonrecourse debt—Legacy Assets
          116,200       116,200  
ABS nonrecourse debt
    434,326             434,326  
                         
Total Liabilities
    $479,251       $320,784       $800,035  
                         
 
(1) Outstanding servicer advances consists of principal and interest advances paid by us to cover scheduled payments and interest that have not been timely paid by borrowers, which excludes outstanding pool level advances of approximately $3.3 million. These outstanding servicer advances are eliminated upon the consolidation of the securitization trusts.
 
On December 23, 2011, we sold our remaining variable interest in a securitization trust that has been a consolidated VIE since January 1, 2010. In accordance with ASC 810, Consolidation, we have evaluated this securitization trust and determined that we no longer have both the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE and this securitization trust was derecognized as of December 23, 2011. Upon derecognition of this VIE, we derecognized the securitized mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt, the related ABS nonrecourse debt, as well as certain other assets and liabilities of the securitization trust, and recognized any MSRs on the consolidated balance sheet. Any impact of this derecognition on our consolidated statement of operations will be recognized in the fourth quarter of 2011.


100


Table of Contents

 
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
A summary of the outstanding collateral and certificate balances for securitization trusts, including any retained beneficial interests and MSRs, that were not consolidated by us for the periods indicated are presented in the following table.
 
                         
    September 30,
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
   
2011 (1)
   
2010
   
2009 (2)
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Total collateral balance
    $3,751,789       $4,038,978       $3,240,879  
Total certificate balance
    3,738,836       4,026,844       3,262,995  
Total MSRs at fair value
    24,227       26,419       20,505  
 
 
(1) Unconsolidated securitization trusts consist of VIE’s where we have neither the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance or the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
 
(2) Unconsolidated securitization trusts as of December 31, 2009 consists of those qualifying for sale treatment under ASC 860 , Transferring and Servicing.
 
Derivatives
 
We record all derivative transactions at fair value on our consolidated balance sheets. We use these derivatives primarily to manage our interest rate risk and price risk associated with IRLCs. We actively manage the risk profiles of our IRLCs and mortgage loans held for sale on a daily basis. To manage the price risk associated with IRLCs, we enter into forward sales of MBS in an amount equal to the portion of the IRLC we expected to close, assuming no change in interest rates.
 
In addition, to manage the interest rate risk associated with mortgage loans held for sale, we enter into forward sales of MBS to deliver mortgage loan inventory to investors.
 
We also entered into interest rate cap agreements to hedge the interest payments on our 2009-ABS Advance Financing Facility and our MBS Advance Financing Facility. These interest rate cap agreements generally require an upfront payment and receive cash flow only when a variable rate based on LIBOR exceeds a defined interest rate. As of September 30, 2011, these interest rate cap agreements were out of the money and, unless there is a significant change to LIBOR, we do not anticipate a material effect to our consolidated financial statements.
 
To hedge the aggregate risk of interest rate fluctuations with respect to our outstanding borrowings, we have entered into swap agreements whereby we receive floating rate payments in exchange for fixed rate payments, effectively converting our outstanding borrowings to fixed rate debt.
 
As part of our January 1, 2010 adoption of new accounting guidance related to VIEs, we were required to consolidate certain VIEs related to previous asset-backed securitizations that were treated as sales under GAAP. Accordingly, we recognized all assets and liabilities held by these securitization trusts in our consolidated balance sheet. As a form of credit enhancement to the senior note holders, these securitization trusts contained embedded interest rate swap agreements to hedge the required interest payments on the underlying asset-backed certificates. These interest rate swap agreements generally require the securitization trust to pay a variable interest rate and receive a fixed interest rate based on LIBOR.


101


Table of Contents

 
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
We are exposed to a variety of market risks which include interest rate risk, consumer credit risk and counterparty credit risk.
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
Changes in interest rates affect our operations primarily as follows:
 
Servicing Segment
 
  •     an increase in interest rates would increase our costs of servicing our outstanding debt, including our ability to finance servicing advances;
 
  •     a decrease (increase) in interest rates would generally increase (decrease) prepayment rates and may require us to report a decrease (increase) in the value of our MSRs;
 
  •     a change in prevailing interest rates could impact our earnings from our custodial deposit accounts; and
 
  •     an increase in interest rates could generate an increase in delinquency, default and foreclosure rates resulting in an increase in both operating expenses and interest expense and could cause a reduction in the value of our assets.
 
Originations Segment
 
  •     a substantial and sustained increase in prevailing interest rates could adversely affect our loan originations volume because refinancing an existing loan would be less attractive and qualifying for a loan may be more difficult; and
 
  •     an increase in interest rates would increase our costs of servicing our outstanding debt, including our ability to finance loan originations;
 
We actively manage the risk profiles of IRLCs and mortgage loans held for sale on a daily basis and enter into forward sales of MBS in an amount equal to the portion of the IRLC expected to close, assuming no change in mortgage interest rates. In addition, to manage the interest rate risk associated with mortgage loans held for sale, we enter into forward sales of MBS to deliver mortgage loan inventory to investors.
 
Consumer Credit Risk
 
We sell our loans on a non-recourse basis. We also provide representations and warranties to purchasers and insurers of the loans sold that typically are in place for the life of the loan. In the event of a breach of these representations and warranties, we may be required to repurchase a mortgage loan or indemnify the purchaser, and any subsequent loss on the mortgage loan may be borne by us. If there is no breach of a representation and warranty provision, we have no obligation to repurchase the loan or indemnify the investor against loss. The outstanding UPB of loans sold by us represents the maximum potential exposure related to representation and warranty provisions.
 
We maintain a reserve for losses on loans repurchased or indemnified as a result of breaches of representations and warranties on our sold loans. Our estimate is based on our most recent data regarding loan repurchases and indemnity payments, actual credit losses on repurchased loans, recovery history, among other factors. Our assumptions are affected by factors both internal and external in nature. Internal factors include, among other things, level of loan sales, as well as to whom the loans are sold, the expectation of credit loss on


102


Table of Contents

repurchases and indemnifications, our success rate at appealing repurchase demands and our ability to recover any losses from third parties. External factors that may affect our estimate includes, among other things, the overall economic condition in the housing market, the economic condition of borrowers, the political environment at investor agencies and the overall U.S. and world economy. Many of the factors are beyond our control and may lead to judgments that are susceptible to change.
 
Counterparty Credit Risk
 
We are exposed to counterparty credit risk in the event of non-performance by counterparties to various agreements. We monitor the credit ratings of our counterparties and do not anticipate losses due to counterparty non-performance.
 
Sensitivity Analysis
 
We assess our market risk based on changes in interest rates utilizing a sensitivity analysis. The sensitivity analysis measures the potential impact on fair values based on hypothetical changes (increases and decreases) in interest rates.
 
We use a duration-based model in determining the impact of interest rate shifts on our loan portfolio, certain other interest-bearing liabilities measured at fair value and interest rate derivatives portfolios. The primary assumption used in these models is that an increase or decrease in the benchmark interest rate produces a parallel shift in the yield curve across all maturities.
 
We utilize a discounted cash flow analysis to determine the fair value of MSRs and the impact of parallel interest rate shifts on MSRs. The primary assumptions in this model are prepayment speeds, market discount rates and cost to service. However, this analysis ignores the impact of interest rate changes on certain material variables, such as the benefit or detriment on the value of future loan originations, non-parallel shifts in the spread relationships between MBS, swaps and U.S. Treasury rates and changes in primary and secondary mortgage market spreads. For mortgage loans, IRLCs and forward delivery commitments on MBS, we rely on a model in determining the impact of interest rate shifts. In addition, for IRLCs, the borrower’s propensity to close their mortgage loans under the commitment is used as a primary assumption.
 
Our total market risk is influenced by a wide variety of factors including market volatility and the liquidity of the markets. There are certain limitations inherent in the sensitivity analysis presented, including the necessity to conduct the analysis based on a single point in time and the inability to include the complex market reactions that normally would arise from the market shifts modeled.
 
We used September 30, 2011 market rates on our instruments to perform the sensitivity analysis. The estimates are based on the market risk sensitive portfolios described in the preceding paragraphs and assume instantaneous, parallel shifts in interest rate yield curves. These sensitivities are hypothetical and presented for illustrative purposes only. Changes in fair value based on variations in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in fair value may not be linear.


103


Table of Contents

 
The following table summarizes the estimated change in the fair value of our assets and liabilities sensitive to interest rates as of September 30, 2011 given hypothetical instantaneous parallel shifts in the yield curve:
 
                 
   
Change in Fair Value
 
    Down
    Up
 
   
25 bps
   
25 bps
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Increase (decrease) in assets
               
Mortgage loans held for sale
    $3,031       $(3,617)  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
    (1,738)       1,806  
Mortgage servicing rights
    (5,811)       6,990  
Other assets (derivatives)
               
IRLCs
    2,814       (4,455)  
                 
Total change in assets
    (1,704)       724  
Increase (decrease) in liabilities
               
Derivative financial instruments
               
Interest rate swaps and caps
    1,263       (1,241)  
Forward MBS trades
    6,728       (8,032)  
Derivative financial instruments, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
    (599)       598  
ABS nonrecourse debt
    (1,239)       1,314  
                 
Total change in liabilities
    6,153       (7,361)  
                 
Total, net change
    $(7,857)       $8,085  
                 


104


Table of Contents

 
GLOSSARY OF INDUSTRY AND OTHER TERMS
 
Adjustable Rate Mortgage.   A mortgage loan where the interest rate on the loan adjusts periodically based on a specified index and margin agreed to at the time the loan is originated.
 
Agency and Government Conforming Loan.   A mortgage loan that meets all requirements (loan type, maximum amount, LTV ratio and credit quality) for purchase by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or FHA (as defined below).
 
Basic Servicing Fee.   The servicing fee paid in an excess MSR arrangement to a servicer in exchange for the provision of servicing functions on a portfolio of mortgage loans, after which the servicer and the co-investment partner share the excess fees on a pro rata basis.
 
Compensating Interest.   Money paid to the owner of a mortgage loan or pool of mortgage loans on a monthly basis (typically by the servicer from its own funds) to compensate the owner of the mortgage loan for interest shortfalls caused by intra-month prepayments.
 
Consumer Direct Retail Originations.   A type of mortgage loan origination pursuant to which a lender markets refinancing and purchase money mortgage loans directly to selected consumers through telephone call centers or the Internet.
 
Conventional Mortgage Loans.   A mortgage loan that is not guaranteed or insured by the FHA, the VA (as defined below) or any other government agency. Although a conventional loan is not insured or guaranteed by the government, it can still follow the guidelines of GSEs (as defined below).
 
Corporate Advance.   A servicing advance to pay costs and expenses incurred in foreclosing upon, preserving and selling REO, including attorneys’ and other professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with foreclosure and liquidation or other legal proceedings arising in the course of servicing the mortgage loans.
 
Credit-Sensitive Loan.   A mortgage loan with certain characteristics such as low borrower credit quality, relaxed original underwriting standards and high LTV, which we believe indicates that the mortgage loan presents an elevated credit risk.
 
Delinquent Loan.   A mortgage loan that is 30 or more days past due from its scheduled due date.
 
Department of Veterans Affairs (“VA”).   The VA is a cabinet-level department of the U.S. federal government, which guarantees certain home loans for qualified borrowers.
 
Distributed Retail Originations.   A type of mortgage loan origination pursuant to which a lender markets primarily purchase money mortgage loans directly to consumers from local branches.
 
Excess Fees.   In an excess MSR arrangement, the servicing fee cash flows on a portfolio of mortgage loans after payment of the basic servicing fee.
 
Excess MSRs.   MSRs with a co-investment partner pursuant to which the servicer receives a basic servicing fee and the servicer and co-investment partner share the excess fees. This co-investment structure reduces the required upfront capital from the servicer.
 
Fannie Mae.   The Federal National Mortgage Association, a federally chartered association that buys mortgage loans from lenders and resells them as securities in the secondary mortgage market.


105


Table of Contents

 
Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”).   The FHA is a U.S. federal government agency within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. It provides mortgage insurance on loans made by FHA-approved lenders in compliance with FHA guidelines throughout the United States.
 
Float Income.   Interest income earned by a servicer on (i) funds collected from borrowers during the period of time between receipt of the funds and the remittance of the funds to investors and (ii) funds collected from borrowers for the payment of taxes and insurance, where applicable.
 
Freddie Mac.   The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a federally chartered corporation that buys mortgage loans from lenders and resells them as securities in the secondary mortgage market.
 
Ginnie Mae.   The Government National Mortgage Association, a wholly-owned U.S. federal government corporation that is an agency of the Department of Housing and Urban Development. The main focus of Ginnie Mae is to ensure liquidity for U.S. federal government-insured mortgages including those insured by the FHA. Ginnie Mae guarantees to investors who purchase MBS the timely payment of principal and interest. Ginnie Mae securities are the only MBS to carry the full faith and credit guarantee of the U.S. federal government.
 
Government-Sponsored Enterprise (“GSE”).   Financing corporations established by the U.S. Congress, including Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the Federal Home Loan Banks.
 
High Touch Servicing.   A servicing model that is designed to increase borrower repayment performance with a view towards home ownership preservation and to decrease borrower delinquencies and defaults on mortgage portfolios. This model emphasizes a focus on loss mitigation and frequent interactions with borrowers—via telephone, mail, electronic communications and other personal contact methods.
 
Home Affordable Modification Program (“HAMP”).   A U.S. federal government program designed to help eligible homeowners avoid foreclosure through mortgage loan modifications. Participating servicers may be entitled to receive financial incentives in connection with loan modifications they enter into with eligible borrowers and subsequent success fees to the extent that a borrower remains current in any agreed upon loan modification.
 
Home Affordable Refinance Program (“HARP”).   A U.S. federal government program designed to help eligible homeowners refinance their existing mortgage loans. The mortgage must be owned or guaranteed by a GSE, and applicants must be up-to-date on their mortgage payments but unable to obtain refinancing because the value of their homes has declined.
 
Independent Loan Servicer.   A loan servicer that is not affiliated with a depository institution.
 
Loan Modification.   Temporary or permanent modifications, including re-modifications, to the terms and conditions of a borrower’s original mortgage loan. Loan modifications are usually made to loans that are in default, or in imminent danger of defaulting.
 
Loan-to-Value Ratio (“LTV”).   The UPB of a mortgage loan as a percentage of the total appraised value of the property that secures the loan. LTV is one of the key risk factors that originators assess when qualifying borrowers for a mortgage loan. A loan with a low LTV is seen as less of a credit risk than a loan with a high LTV. An LTV over 100% indicates that the UPB of the mortgage loan exceeds the value of the property.
 
Loss Mitigation.   The range of servicing activities designed by a servicer to minimize the losses suffered by the owner of a mortgage loan in connection with a borrower default. Loss mitigation techniques include short-sales, deed-in-lieu of foreclosures and loan modifications, among other options.


106


Table of Contents

 
Making Home Affordable Plan (“MHA”).   Also known as the President of the United States’ Homeowner Affordability and Stability Plan. A U.S. federal government program designed to help eligible homeowners avoid foreclosure and keep their homes by refinancing their existing mortgages. MHA loans are available to eligible homeowners with LTVs ratios of up to 125%.
 
Mortgage Servicing Right (“MSR”).   The right to service a loan or pool of loans and to receive a servicing fee. MSRs may be bought and sold, resulting in the transfer of loan servicing obligations.
 
Non-Conforming Mortgage Loan.   A mortgage loan that does not meet the standards of eligibility for purchase or securitization by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae.
 
Non-Recoverable Advance.   A servicing advance made by a servicer, which will not ultimately be recoverable by the servicer from funds received upon liquidation of the underlying property of the mortgage loan.
 
Originations.   The process through which a lender provides a mortgage loan to a borrower.
 
P&I Advance.   A servicing advance to cover scheduled payments of principal and interest that have not been timely paid by borrowers. P&I Advances serve to ensure the cash flows paid to holders of securities issued by the residential MBS trust.
 
Prepayment Speed.   The rate at which mortgage prepayments occur or are projected to occur. The statistic is calculated on an annualized basis and expressed as a percentage of the outstanding principal balance.
 
Primary Servicer.   The servicer that owns the right to service a mortgage loan or pool of mortgage loans. This differs from a subservicer, which has a contractual right with the primary servicer to service a mortgage loan or pool of mortgage loans in exchange for a subservicing fee.
 
Prime Mortgage Loan.   Generally, a high-quality mortgage loan that meets the underwriting standards set by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae and is eligible for purchase or securitization in the secondary mortgage market. Conventional mortgage loans generally have lower default risk and are made to borrowers with good credit records and a monthly income at least three to four times greater than their monthly housing expenses (mortgage payments plus taxes and other debt payments). Mortgages not classified as conventional mortgages are generally called either jumbo prime, non-prime or Alt-A.
 
Real Estate Owned (“REO”).   Property acquired by the servicer on behalf of the owner of a mortgage loan or pool of mortgage loans, usually through foreclosure or a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure on a defaulted loan. The servicer or a third party real estate management firm is responsible for selling the REO. Net proceeds of the sale are returned to the owner of the related loan or loans. In most cases, the sale of REO does not generate enough to pay off the balance of the loan underlying the REO, causing a loss to the owner of the related mortgage loan.
 
Recapture Rate.   For refinance eligible portfolios, the ratio of the UPB of loans re-originated to the UPB of the loans voluntarily paid off by the borrowers over a defined measurement period. The present calculation of the denominator includes borrowers who may have paid off their mortgage by any means including selling their house.
 
Re-origination.   The process of actively working with existing borrowers to refinance their mortgage loans. By re-originating loans for existing borrowers, we retain the servicing rights, thereby extending the longevity of the servicing cash flows.
 
Residential Mortgage-Backed Security.   A fixed income security backed by pools of residential mortgages.


107


Table of Contents

Servicing.   The performance of contractually specified administrative functions with respect to a mortgage loan or pool of mortgage loans. Duties of a servicer typically include, among other things, collecting monthly payments, maintaining escrow accounts, providing periodic reports and managing insurance. A servicer is generally compensated with a specific fee outlined in the contract established prior to the commencement of the servicing activities.
 
Servicing Advance.   In the course of servicing loans, servicers are required to make servicing advances that are reimbursable from collections on the related mortgage loan. There are typically three types of servicing advances: P&I Advances, T&I Advances and Corporate Advances. Servicing advances are reimbursed to the servicer if and when the borrower makes a payment on the underlying mortgage loan or upon liquidation of the underlying mortgage loan. The types of servicing advances that a servicer must make are set forth in its servicing agreement with the owner of the mortgage loan or pool of mortgage loans.
 
Servicing Advance Facility.   A secured financing facility backed by a pool of mortgage servicing advance receivables made by a servicer to the owner of a mortgage loan or pool of mortgage loans.
 
Special Servicers.   Special servicers are responsible for enhancing recoveries on delinquent loans and REO assets. Loans are transferred to a special servicer based on predetermined delinquency or other performance measures.
 
Subservicing.   Subservicing is the process of outsourcing the duties of the primary servicer to a third party servicer. The third party servicer performs the servicing responsibilities for a fee and is typically not responsible for making servicing advances.
 
T&I Advance.   A servicing advance to pay specified expenses associated with the preservation of a mortgaged property or the liquidation of defaulted mortgage loans, including but not limited to property taxes, insurance premiums or other property-related expenses that have not been timely paid by borrowers in order for the lien holder to maintain their interest in the property.
 
Unpaid Principal Balance (“UPB”).   The amount of principal outstanding on a mortgage loan or a pool of mortgage loans. UPB is used as a means of estimating the future revenue stream for a servicer.
 
Warehouse Facility.   A type of facility used to finance mortgage loan originations. Pursuant to a warehouse facility, a loan originator typically agrees to transfer to a counterparty certain mortgage loans against the transfer of funds by the counterparty, with a simultaneous agreement by the counterparty to transfer the loans back to the originator at a date certain, or on demand, against the transfer of funds from the originator.
 
Wholesale Originations.   A type of mortgage loan origination pursuant to which a lender acquires refinancing and purchase money mortgage loans from third party mortgage brokers or correspondent lenders.


108


Table of Contents

 
INDUSTRY
 
We conduct our business in the residential mortgage industry in the United States. We participate in two distinct, but related, sectors of the mortgage industry: residential mortgage loan servicing, which includes primary servicing and subservicing, and residential mortgage loan originations.
 
Servicing Industry Overview
 
According to Inside Mortgage Finance, there were approximately $10.3 trillion in residential mortgage loans outstanding in the United States as of September 30, 2011. Each mortgage loan must be serviced by a loan servicer. Primary servicers, which are loan servicers that own the MSRs they service, generally earn a contractual per loan fee of 25 to 50 basis points per annum on the UPB of loans serviced, as well as incentive fees and associated ancillary fees, such as late fees. Subservicers, which are loan servicers that service loans on behalf of other MSR or mortgage owners, generally receive a contractual per loan fee the equivalent of between 5 to 45 basis points per annum on the UPB of loans serviced. Consequently, a loan servicer can create value for both itself and the mortgage owner and, in the case of a subservicing arrangement, for the owner of the MSRs, by increasing the number of borrowers that remain current in their repayment obligations. Owners may include a lender, third party investor or, in the case of a securitized pool of mortgages, a residential MBS trust.
 
Loan servicing, including primary servicing and subservicing, predominantly involves the calculation, collection and remittance of principal and interest payments, the administration of mortgage escrow accounts, the collection of insurance claims, the administration of foreclosure procedures, the management of REO and the disbursement of required advances.
 
In a weak economic and credit environment with elevated delinquencies and defaults, servicing is operationally more challenging and more capital intensive as servicers need to add and train staff to manage the increase in delinquent borrowers. In addition, servicers are generally required to make advances on delinquent mortgage loans for principal and interest payments, taxes, insurance, legal fees and property maintenance fees, all of which are typically recovered upon foreclosure or liquidation. According to Calculated Risk, completed foreclosures have increased from 514,000 in 2007 to 1,070,000 in 2010. Furthermore, Fannie Mae estimates that as of December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2011, it had $764 billion and $724 billion of assets, respectively, within its own portfolio with characteristics that we believe make them credit-sensitive.
 
Mortgage Servicing Functions
 
Loan servicers play a key role in the residential mortgage market by providing loan servicing functions on behalf of MSR or mortgage owners, including collecting and remitting monthly loan principal and interest payments, taxes and insurance, performing customer service functions and taking active steps to minimize any potential losses associated with borrower delinquencies and defaults.
 
Primary Servicing
 
Typically, a primary servicer is contractually obligated to service a mortgage loan in accordance with accepted servicing industry practices as well as applicable regulations and statutes. A primary servicer’s rights and obligations are governed by the pooling and servicing agreement for the underlying loans.
 
To the extent a borrower does not make a payment, primary servicers are generally required to make advances of principal and interest, taxes, insurance and legal fees until such time as the underlying property is liquidated or the servicer determines that additional advances will not be recoverable from future payments, proceeds or other collections on the mortgage loan. In the event of a foreclosure, primary servicers are entitled


109


Table of Contents

to reimbursement of advances from the sale proceeds of the related property, and, if these advances are non-recoverable, from collections on other mortgage loans in the related mortgage pool.
 
Collection efforts attempt to maximize early contact with late or newly delinquent borrowers, with more focused attention on borrowers of lower credit quality. In addition, primary servicers are responsible for closely managing their collection calls and letter campaigns which are tailored to specific loan products.
 
Subservicing
 
A subservicer’s rights and obligations are governed by the subservicing agreement with the third party that owns the related MSRs.
 
As a result of more timely reimbursement of advances, subservicing is distinct from, and generally requires much less capital than, primary servicing. Subservicers typically are only required to make advances on an intra-month basis. Like primary servicers, in the event of a foreclosure, subservicers are entitled to reimbursement of monthly advances from the sale proceeds of the related property or, if these advances are non-recoverable, from collections on co-pooled mortgage loans. Additionally, subservicers are typically entitled to direct monthly reimbursement from the owner of the MSRs of any shortfall between the aggregate amount advanced by the subservicer and the aggregate amount of reimbursement from the sale proceeds of related property or from the collections on co-pooled mortgage loans.
 
As with primary servicers, subservicers attempt to maximize early contact with late or newly delinquent borrowers and must closely manage their product-tailored collection calls and letter campaigns.
 
Loan Servicing Landscape
 
The Traditional Bank Servicing Model
 
The majority of loan servicing in the United States is performed by the nation’s money center banks such as Bank of America, Wells Fargo, JPMorgan Chase and Citigroup, which together serviced over 50% of all outstanding mortgage loans on one-to-four-family residences as of September 30, 2011. These traditional bank servicers primarily service conventional, performing mortgages and are most effective at routine account management of portfolios with low delinquencies that require limited interaction with the borrowers, or so-called front-end activities.
 
The traditional bank servicer model, which was developed to process simple payments and to minimize costs, functioned well in environments characterized by low delinquencies and defaults, and is best described as “traditional servicing.” In the current environment of elevated delinquencies, foreclosures, liquidation proceedings and REO activity, however, traditional servicers are experiencing higher operating costs, and their performance metrics are declining. According to Calculated Risk, from 2007 through 2010, approximately 3.4 million homes were lost to foreclosure and, based on information from the Mortgage Bankers Association, as of December 31, 2010, approximately 3.7 million mortgages either were in foreclosure or were 90 or more days delinquent.
 
At the same time, banks are currently under tremendous pressure to exit or reduce their exposure to the servicing business as a result of increased regulatory scrutiny and capital requirements, headline risk associated with sizeable legal settlements and potentially significant earnings volatility.
 
The High Touch Servicing Model
 
In contrast to the traditional bank servicer model, the high touch servicer model emphasizes increased borrower contact in an effort to improve loan performance and reduce loan defaults and foreclosures, thereby minimizing credit losses and maximizing cash flows, or so-called back-end activities. In addition to more


110


Table of Contents

normalized environments, the high touch servicing model functions well in environments characterized by elevated delinquencies, foreclosures, liquidation proceedings and REO activity. We believe there is a very limited number of servicers such as us that are able to operate both front- and back-end activities effectively in a variety of market environments. Finally, we believe current market opportunities favor and are greatest for servicers of this nature, as compared to traditional, bank-owned servicers.
 
Servicer Compensation
 
Loan servicers earn servicing fees through their MSRs and subservicing contracts, as the case may be, and these fees represent the largest source of revenue from loan servicing operations.
 
Primary Servicer Compensation
 
By purchasing MSRs, primary servicers generally receive a contractual per loan servicing fee of 25 to 50 basis points per annum on the UPB of the loans serviced. The servicing fees are typically supplemented by incentive fees and ancillary fees. Incentive fees include modification initiation and success fees from the HAMP program and modification or collateral workout related incentives from various pool owners and GSEs. Ancillary fees include late fees, non-sufficient funds fees, convenience fees and interest income earned on loan payments that have been collected but have not yet been remitted to the owner of the mortgage loan.
 
Primary servicers have additional opportunities to provide value-added services to the owners of the loans they service. These value-added adjacent services include providing services for delinquent loans, managing loans in the foreclosure/REO process and providing title insurance agency, loan settlement and valuation services on newly originated and re-originated loans.
 
Subservicer Compensation
 
Under subservicing arrangements, where loan servicers do not pay to acquire MSRs and only have intra-month advancing obligations, the subservicers generally receive a contractual per loan servicing fee the equivalent of between 5 to 45 basis points per annum on the UPB of the loans serviced. As with primary servicers, subservicers typically supplement their subservicing fees through incentive and ancillary fees as well as the provision of adjacent services.
 
Advances
 
In the course of servicing delinquent loans, servicers are required to make advances that are reimbursable from collections on the related mortgage loan, or in the event of a non-recoverable advance, from collections on other mortgage loans in the related mortgage pool.
 
There are generally three types of advances: P&I Advances, T&I Advances and Corporate Advances.
 
P&I Advances:   Advances to cover scheduled payments of principal and interest that have not been timely paid by borrowers. P&I Advances serve to smooth the cash flows paid to holders of securities issued by the residential MBS trust.
 
T&I Advances:   Advances to pay specified expenses associated with the preservation of a mortgaged property or the liquidation of defaulted mortgage loans, including, but not limited to, property taxes, insurance premiums or other property-related expenses that have not been timely paid by borrowers.
 
Corporate Advances:   Advances to pay costs and expenses incurred in foreclosing upon, preserving and selling REO, including attorneys’ and other professional fees and expenses incurred in


111


Table of Contents

connection with foreclosure and liquidation or other legal proceedings arising in the course of servicing mortgage loans.
 
A servicer may decide to stop making P&I Advances prior to liquidation of the mortgage loan if the servicer deems future P&I Advances to be non-recoverable. In this circumstance, T&I Advances and Corporate Advances will likely continue in order to preserve existing value of the mortgage loan and complete the foreclosure and REO sale process.
 
Servicers of GSE securities are reimbursed by the GSE for their advances upon completion of the foreclosure sale at which point the mortgage loan is repurchased out of the MBS by the GSE. Servicers of GSE securities are not responsible for managing REO. Conversely, servicers of non-agency MBS are obligated under the servicing agreement to make advances through liquidation of the related REO.
 
Advances are non-interest bearing assets. Non-bank servicers typically utilize securitizations or match funded liabilities to finance their advances. The securitizations are generally non-recourse to the servicer, and the advances are financed at a discount to par accounting for the non-interest bearing nature of the asset. Advance rates for securitizations generally range between 70% to 85% depending upon the rating and structure.
 
Industry Dynamics
 
We believe a number of factors associated with the dislocation in the mortgage industry have led to a supply and demand imbalance in the residential mortgage servicing market, creating a market opportunity for high touch servicers. These factors include:
 
Elevated delinquencies, defaults, foreclosures and REO
 
According to Calculated Risk, completed foreclosures have increased from 514,000 in 2007 to 1,070,000 in 2010. The Mortgage Bankers Association forecasts that delinquent loans and loans in foreclosure peaked in early 2010 and will stay elevated for quite some time. Moody’s Analytics projects that home prices will not begin to recover until 2013. In a period of elevated mortgage delinquencies and defaults, servicing becomes operationally more challenging as servicers need to dedicate more resources to manage the higher volume of delinquent borrowers. In the current environment of elevated delinquencies, foreclosures, liquidation proceedings and REO activity, we believe traditional bank servicers will continue to recognize the importance of high touch servicing characterized by a strong emphasis on superior asset performance and loss mitigation expertise, and seek to partner with servicers that they believe can be more effective at minimizing credit losses and maximizing loan performance.
 


112


Table of Contents

BAR CHART
 
Source: Mortgage Bankers Association, HOPE NOW, CoreLogic, Calculated Risk
 
Regulatory and legislative factors
 
We believe banks are under significant pressure to exit or reduce their exposure to the servicing business as a result of increased regulatory scrutiny and capital requirements, headline risk associated with sizeable legal settlements and potentially significant earnings volatility. As a result of the severe dislocation in the U.S. housing market and the related fallout, regulatory and legislative attention on the mortgage industry has increased. Numerous legislative and regulatory actions have been proposed, and we believe the following factors will continue to increase compliance costs for the largest servicers and cause many of them to exit or reduce their exposure to the mortgage servicing business.
 
           
Increased Capital Requirements
      Pending Basel III standards impose material capital charges for banks holding mortgage servicing assets
           
         
Earnings Volatility
      QRM provision in the Dodd-Frank Act requires banks to retain risk on balance sheet
        Mark-to-market exposure creates earnings volatility
        Difficult to hedge variability
           
         
“Demonization” of Banking System
      Signed consent orders with the OCC, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC
        Negotiations with state Attorneys General
           
         
           
Regulatory Scrutiny & Headline Risk
      Mortgage settlements with RMBS holders
        “Robo-signing” headlines
        Robust loan put-back from GSEs
        Servicing requirements regarding delinquent mortgages

113


Table of Contents

           
        Modification of servicing compensation related to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac loans
        New regulations from the recently formed CFPB
        Additional litigation brought by Attorneys General of non-participating states
 
Additionally, we believe there is a limited number of non-bank servicers such as us who are positioned to capitalize upon these opportunities and provide a high level of service. We believe these factors will continue to drive a separation within the servicing market between front-end and back-end servicing compensation.
 
Reform of GSEs
 
On September 7, 2008, FHFA placed Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac into conservatorship and, together with the U.S. Treasury, established a program designed to boost investor confidence in their respective debt and MBS. The U.S. government has expressed interest in reforming and significantly reducing the participation of the GSEs in the residential mortgage market. As a result of their conservatorship and the anticipation of their eventual reduced participation in the residential mortgage market, we believe the GSEs will continue to facilitate servicing transfers to strong, proven servicers with a track record of improving asset performance and mitigating credit losses. We expect these transfers to accelerate as market forces continue to erode portfolio performance. Due to our history of strong asset performance and our long-standing relationships with the GSEs, we believe we are among a very limited number of servicers positioned to acquire additional GSE-controlled servicing.
 
In addition to the market opportunities that we have identified and we believe will continue to present themselves, numerous government programs and initiatives continue to provide advantages for servicers with loss mitigation expertise. We expect servicers that are flexible and adept at implementing government hardship assistance programs will be rewarded with higher incentive fees and more servicing transfers from the GSEs. In contrast, we expect that, as a part of a recent FHFA initiative, servicers not meeting certain performance benchmarks will be penalized with compensatory fees and potential servicing revocations. We believe these trends favor servicers such as us that have a track record of improving asset performance on the loans they service.
 
Opportunities under HAMP
 
In response to the rising level of foreclosures, in February 2009, the U.S. Treasury announced the implementation of HAMP designed to keep borrowers in their homes. HAMP provides financial incentives to loan servicers and borrowers to successfully modify qualifying residential mortgages. Under the program, servicers receive an up-front fee of $1,000 for each completed modification and an additional $500 if the loan is current, but are at risk of imminent default while the borrower is in the HAMP trial period, typically a three-month period in which no foreclosure sales can occur and the borrower’s ability to meet the modified loan’s terms and conditions is gauged. Servicers also receive success fees of as much as $1,000 each year for up to three years, which accrue monthly and are paid annually on the anniversary of the month in which the trial period plan was executed. The annual incentives are predicated on the borrower remaining in good standing, meaning that the borrower must not be more than two months delinquent at any time during the year.
 
Originations Industry Overview
 
According to Inside Mortgage Finance, total residential mortgage originations in the United States were $1.0 trillion for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, a decrease of 16.7% compared to the same period in 2010. Of the 2011 originations, approximately 88% were conforming mortgages guaranteed by GSEs, including Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, or government agencies such as the FHA and the VA. From

114


Table of Contents

2006 to September 30, 2011, the annual aggregate principal balance of newly originated mortgage loans that were either insured or guaranteed by government agencies or sold to GSEs or into government securitizations remained relatively flat, decreasing to $1.0 trillion on an annual run-rate basis.
 
The U.S. residential mortgage market consists of a primary mortgage market that links borrowers and lenders and a secondary mortgage market that links lenders and investors. In the primary mortgage market, residential mortgage lenders such as mortgage banking companies, commercial banks, savings institutions, credit unions and other financial institutions originate or provide mortgages to borrowers. Lenders obtain liquidity for originations in a variety of ways, including by selling mortgages or mortgage-related securities into the secondary mortgage market. Banks that originate mortgage loans also have access to customer deposits to fund their originations business. The secondary mortgage market consists of institutions engaged in buying and selling mortgages in the form of whole loans, which represent mortgages that have not been securitized, and mortgage-related securities. The GSEs and a government agency, Ginnie Mae, participate in the secondary mortgage market by purchasing mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities for investment and by issuing guaranteed mortgage-related securities.
 
Loan Originations Process
 
Residential mortgage loans are generally originated through either a direct retail lending channel or a wholesale mortgage brokerage network.
 
A direct retail lending channel consists of a centralized retail platform and/or distributed retail branches. A centralized retail platform is a telephone based platform with multiple loan officers in one location. Typical loan originations channels for a direct retail lending network include realtors, homebuilders, credit unions, banks, the Internet and refinances from existing servicing portfolios. In a direct lending retail network, the lender controls all loan originations processes, including sourcing the borrower, taking the application and setting the interest rate, ordering the appraisal and underwriting, processing, closing and funding the loan.
 
Loans sourced by mortgage brokers are funded by the lender and generally closed in the lender’s name. When originating loans through mortgage brokers, the mortgage broker’s role is to identify the applicant, assist in completing the loan application, gather necessary information and documents and serve as the liaison to the borrower through the lending process. The lender reviews and underwrites the application submitted by the mortgage broker, approves or denies the application, sets the interest rate and other terms of the loan and, upon acceptance by the borrower and satisfaction of all conditions required by the lender, funds the loan. Because mortgage brokers conduct their own marketing, employ their own personnel to complete the loan applications and maintain contact with the borrowers, mortgage brokers represent an efficient loan originations channel.
 
The length of time from the origination or purchase of a mortgage loan to its sale or securitization generally ranges from 10 to 60 days, depending on a variety of factors including loan volume, product type, interest rates and capital market conditions. An important source of capital for the residential mortgage industry is warehouse lending. These facilities provide funding to mortgage loan originators until the loans are sold to investors in the secondary mortgage loan market.
 
Types of Mortgage Loans
 
Mortgage loans generally fall into one of the following five categories: prime conforming mortgage loans, prime non-conforming mortgage loans, government mortgage loans, non-prime mortgage loans and prime second-lien mortgage loans.
 
Prime Conforming Mortgage Loans:   These are prime credit quality first-lien mortgage loans (i.e. mortgage loans that, in the event of default, have priority over all other liens or claims) secured by single-


115


Table of Contents

family residences that meet or “conform” to the underwriting standards established by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac for inclusion in their guaranteed mortgage securities programs.
 
Prime Non-Conforming Mortgage Loans:   These are prime credit quality first-lien mortgage loans secured by single-family residences that either (i) do not conform to the underwriting standards established by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, because they have original principal amounts exceeding Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac limits, which are commonly referred to as jumbo mortgage loans, or (ii) have alternative documentation requirements and property or credit-related features (e.g., higher LTV or debt-to-income ratios) but are otherwise considered prime credit quality due to other compensating factors.
 
Government Mortgage Loans:   These are first-lien mortgage loans secured by single-family residences that are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA and securitized into Ginnie Mae securities.
 
Non-prime Mortgage Loans:   These are first-lien and certain junior lien mortgage loans secured by single-family residences, made to individuals with credit profiles that do not qualify for a prime loan, have credit-related features that fall outside the parameters of traditional prime mortgage loans or have performance characteristics that otherwise expose us to comparatively higher risk of loss.
 
Prime Second-Lien Mortgage Loans:   These are open- and closed-end mortgage loans (i.e. mortgage loans that do, in the case of an open-end loan, or do not, in the case of a closed-end loan, allow the borrower to increase the amount of the mortgage at a later time) secured by a second or more junior lien on single-family residences, which include home equity mortgage loans.
 
Due to the significant stress in the residential mortgage industry experienced over the last few years, underwriting standards have improved. Some of these improvements include the elimination or significant reduction of mortgage affordability products such as no income verification loans, limited or no documentation loans, option adjustable rate mortgage loans and non-owner occupied loans. Also, underwriting standards now include higher minimum credit scores and lower maximum LTVs than were acceptable under past lending practices. These improvements in underwriting standards should lead to improved performance.


116


Table of Contents

 
BUSINESS
 
Company Overview
 
We are a leading high touch non-bank residential mortgage servicer with a broad array of servicing capabilities across the residential mortgage product spectrum. We have been the fastest growing mortgage servicer since 2007 as measured by growth in aggregate unpaid principal balance (“UPB”), having grown 75% annually on a compounded basis. As of September 30, 2011, we serviced over 612,000 residential mortgage loans with an aggregate UPB of $102.7 billion, making us the second largest high touch non-bank servicer in the United States. Our clients include national and regional banks, government organizations, securitization trusts, private investment funds and other owners of residential mortgage loans and securities.
 
We attribute our growth to our strong servicer performance and high touch servicing model, which emphasizes borrower interaction to improve loan performance and minimize loan defaults and foreclosures. We believe our exceptional track record as a servicer, coupled with our ability to scale our operations without compromising servicer quality, have enabled us to add new mortgage servicing portfolios with relatively low capital investment. We are a preferred partner of many large financial organizations, including government-sponsored enterprises (“GSEs”) and other regulated institutions that value our strong performance and also place a premium on our entirely U.S.-based servicing operations. We employ over 2,500 people in the United States and are a licensed servicer in all 50 states.
 
In addition to our core servicing business, we are one of only a few non-bank servicers with a fully integrated loan originations platform and suite of adjacent businesses designed to meet the changing needs of the mortgage industry. Our originations platform complements and enhances our servicing business by allowing us to replenish our servicing portfolio as loans pay off over time, while our adjacent businesses broaden our product offerings by providing mortgage-related services spanning the life cycle of a mortgage loan. We believe our integrated approach, together with the strength and diversity of our servicing operations and our strategies for growing substantial portions of our business with minimal capital outlays (which we refer to as our “capital light” approach), position us to take advantage of the major structural changes currently occurring across the mortgage industry.
 
Servicing Industry Dynamics
 
Mortgage servicers provide day-to-day administration and servicing for loans on behalf of mortgage owners and earn revenues based primarily on the UPB of loans serviced. Servicers collect and remit monthly loan principal and interest payments and provide related services in exchange for contractual servicing fees. Servicers also provide special services such as overseeing the resolution of troubled loans. As the mortgage industry continues to struggle with elevated borrower delinquencies, this special servicing function has become a particularly important component of a mortgage servicer’s role and, we believe, a key differentiator among mortgage servicers.
 
According to Inside Mortgage Finance, there were approximately $10.3 trillion of U.S. residential mortgage loans outstanding as of September 30, 2011. In the aftermath of the U.S. financial crisis, the residential mortgage servicing industry is undergoing major structural changes that affect the way residential loans are originated, owned and serviced. These changes have benefited and should continue to significantly benefit non-bank mortgage servicers. Banks currently dominate the residential mortgage servicing industry, servicing over 95% of all residential mortgage loans. Over 50% of all residential mortgage loan servicing is concentrated among just four banks. However, banks are currently under tremendous pressure to exit or reduce their exposure to the servicing business as a result of increased regulatory scrutiny and capital requirements, headline risk associated with sizeable legal settlements, as well as potentially significant earnings volatility.


117


Table of Contents

Furthermore, banks’ servicing operations, which have historically been oriented towards payment processing, are often ill-equipped to maximize loan performance through high touch servicing.
 
As a result of these factors and the overall increased demands on servicers by mortgage owners, mortgage servicing is shifting from banks to non-bank servicers. Already, over the last 18 months, banks have completed or announced servicing transfers on over $350 billion of loans. We believe this represents a fundamental change in the mortgage servicing industry and expect the trend to continue at an accelerated rate in the future. Because the mortgage servicing industry is characterized by high barriers to entry, including the need for specialized servicing expertise and sophisticated systems and infrastructure, compliance with GSE and client requirements, compliance with state-by-state licensing requirements and the ability to adapt to regulatory changes at the state and federal levels, we believe we are one of the few mortgage servicers competitively positioned to benefit from the shift.
 
Our Business
 
(NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE CHART)
 
Residential Mortgage Servicing
 
Our leading residential mortgage servicing business serves a diverse set of clients encompassing a broad range of mortgage loans, including prime and non-prime loans, traditional and reverse mortgage loans, GSE and government agency-insured loans, as well as private-label loans issued by non-government affiliated institutions. We have grown our residential mortgage servicing portfolio from an aggregate UPB of $12.7 billion as of December 31, 2007 to $102.7 billion as of September 30, 2011. Over the last 36 months, we have added over $104 billion in UPB to our servicing platform through over 290 separate transfers from 31 different counterparties. This growth has been funded primarily through internally generated cash flows and proceeds from debt financings.
 
Our performance record stands out when compared to other mortgage servicers:
 
  •     As of December 2011, a GSE ranked us in the top 5 out of over 1,000 approved servicers in foreclosure prevention workouts.
 
  •     In 2011, we were in the top tier of rankings for Federal Housing Administration-(“FHA”) and Housing and Urban Development-approved servicers, with a Tier 1 ranking (out of four possible tiers).


118


Table of Contents

 
  •     As of November 30, 2011, our delinquency and default rates on non-prime mortgages we service on behalf of third party investors in asset-backed securities (“ABS”) were each 40% lower than the peer group average.
 
Our high touch, active servicing approach emphasizes increased borrower contact in an effort to improve loan performance and reduce loan defaults and foreclosures, thereby minimizing credit losses and maximizing cash flows for our clients. Where appropriate, we perform loan modifications, often facilitated by government programs such as the Home Affordable Modification Program (“HAMP”), which serve as an effective alternative to foreclosure by keeping borrowers in their homes and bringing them current on their loans. We believe our proven servicing approach and relative outperformance have led large financial institutions, GSEs and governmental organizations to award major servicing and subservicing contracts to us, often on a repeat basis.
 
Our systems and infrastructure play a key role in our servicing success. Through careful monitoring and frequent direct communication with borrowers, we are able to quickly identify potential payment problems and work with borrowers to address issues efficiently. To this end, we leverage our proprietary processing, loss mitigation and caller routing systems to implement a single point of contact model for troubled loans that ensures smooth and prompt communication with borrowers, consistent with standards imposed on the largest bank servicers by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”), the Federal Reserve and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). Our core systems are scalable to multiples of our current size.
 
We service loans as the owner of mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”), which we refer to as “primary servicing,” and we provide servicing on behalf of other MSR or mortgage owners, which we refer to as “subservicing.” As of September 30, 2011, our primary servicing and subservicing portfolios represented 45% and 55%, respectively, of our total servicing portfolio.
 
Primary Servicing
 
Primary servicers act as servicers on behalf of mortgage owners and directly own the MSRs, which represent the contractual right to a stream of cash flows (expressed as a percentage of UPB) in exchange for performing specified mortgage servicing functions and temporarily advancing funds to cover payments on delinquent and defaulted mortgages.
 
We have grown our primary servicing portfolio to $46.7 billion in UPB as of September 30, 2011 from $12.7 billion in UPB as of December 31, 2007, representing a compound annual growth rate of 41.5%. We plan to continue growing our primary servicing portfolio principally by acquiring MSRs from banks and other financial institutions under pressure to exit or reduce their exposure to the mortgage servicing business. As the servicing industry paradigm continues to shift from bank to non-bank servicers at an increasing pace, we believe there will be a significant opportunity for us to increase our market share of the servicing business.
 
We acquire MSRs on a standalone basis and have also developed an innovative model for investing on a capital light basis by co-investing with financial partners in “excess MSRs.” Excess MSRs are the servicing fee cash flows (“excess fees”) on a portfolio of mortgage loans after payment of a basic servicing fee. In these transactions, we provide all servicing functions in exchange for the basic servicing fee, then share the excess fee with our co-investment partner on a pro rata basis. Through December 31, 2011, we have added $10 billion of loan servicing through excess MSRs and expect to continue to deploy this co-investment structure in the future.


119


Table of Contents

 
Subservicing
 
Subservicers act on behalf of MSR or mortgage owners that choose to outsource the loan servicing function. In our subservicing portfolio, we earn a contractual fee per loan we service. The loans we subservice often include pools of underperforming mortgage loans requiring high touch servicing capabilities. Many of our recent subservicing transfers have been facilitated by GSEs and other large mortgage owners that are seeking to improve loan performance through servicer upgrades. Subservicing represents another capital light means of growing our servicing business, as subservicing contracts are typically awarded on a no-cost basis and do not require substantial capital.
 
We have grown our subservicing portfolio to $56.0 billion in UPB as of September 30, 2011 by completing 288 transfers with 25 counterparties since we entered the subservicing business in August 2008. We expect to enter into additional subservicing arrangements as mortgage owners seek to transfer highly credit stressed loans to high touch subservicers with proven track records and the infrastructure and expertise to improve loan performance.
 
Adjacent Businesses
 
We operate or have investments in several adjacent businesses which provide mortgage-related services that are complementary to our servicing and originations businesses. These businesses offer an array of ancillary services, including providing services for delinquent loans, managing loans in the foreclosure/real estate owned (“REO”) process and providing title insurance agency, loan settlement and valuation services on newly originated and re-originated loans. We offer these adjacent services in connection with loans we currently service, as well as on a third party basis in exchange for base and/or incentive fees. In addition to enhancing our core businesses, these adjacent services present an opportunity to increase future earnings with minimal capital investment, including by expanding the services we provide to large banks and other financial institutions seeking to outsource these functions to a third party.
 
Originations
 
We are one of only a few non-bank servicers with a fully integrated loan originations platform to complement and enhance our servicing business. Through September 30, 2011, we originated approximately $2.3 billion of loans, up from $2.0 billion for the comparable period in 2010. We originate primarily conventional agency (GSE) and government-insured residential mortgage loans and, to mitigate risk, typically sell these loans within 30 days while retaining the associated servicing rights.
 
A key determinant of the profitability of our primary servicing portfolio is the longevity of the servicing cash flows before a loan is repaid or liquidates. Our originations efforts are primarily focused on “re-origination,” which involves actively working with existing borrowers to refinance their mortgage loans. By re-originating loans for existing borrowers, we retain the servicing rights, thereby extending the longevity of the servicing cash flows, which we refer to as “recapture.” We recaptured 30% and 37% of the loans we service that were refinanced or repaid by the borrower during the nine months and three months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, and our goal for 2012 is to achieve a recapture rate of over 55%. Because the refinanced loans typically have lower interest rates or lower monthly payments, and, in general, subsequently refinance more slowly and default less frequently, these refinancings also typically improve the overall quality of our primary servicing portfolio.
 
With our in-house originations capabilities, we believe we are better protected against declining servicing cash flows as we replace servicing run-off through new loan originations or retain our servicing portfolios through re-origination. In addition, our re-origination strategy allows us to generate additional loan servicing more cost-effectively than MSRs can otherwise be acquired in the open market.


120


Table of Contents

 
Strengths
 
We believe our servicing platform, coupled with our originations and adjacent businesses, position us well for a variety of market environments. The following competitive strengths contribute to our leading market position and differentiate us from our competitors:
 
Top Performing Preferred Servicing Partner
 
Through careful monitoring and frequent direct communication with borrowers, our high touch, high-quality servicing model allows us to improve loan performance and reduce loan defaults and foreclosures, thereby minimizing credit losses and maximizing cash flows for our clients. In recognition of our performance, as of December 2011, a GSE ranked us in the top 5 out of over 1,000 approved servicers in foreclosure prevention workouts. Our demonstrated ability to achieve strong results and relative outperformance, as well as our entirely U.S.-based servicing operations, have made us a preferred partner of large financial institutions, GSEs and governmental organizations, which have awarded major servicing and subservicing contracts to us, often on a repeat basis.
 
Scalable Technology and Infrastructure
 
Our highly scalable technology and infrastructure have enabled us to manage rapid growth over the past several years while maintaining our high servicing standards and enhancing loan performance. We have made significant investments in loan administration, customer service, compliance and loss mitigation, as well as in employee training and retention. Our staffing, training and performance tracking programs, centralized in the Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas area, have allowed us to expand the size of our servicing team while maintaining high quality standards. With our core systems scalable to multiples of our current size, we believe our infrastructure positions us well to take advantage of structural changes in the mortgage industry. Because the mortgage servicing industry is characterized by high barriers to entry, we also believe we are one of the few mortgage servicers competitively positioned to benefit from existing and future market opportunities.
 
Track Record of Efficient Capital Deployment
 
We have an established track record of deploying capital to grow our business. For example, over the last 36 months, we have effectively used capital from internally generated cash flows and proceeds from debt financings to add over $104 billion in UPB to our servicing platform. In addition, we employ capital light strategies, including our innovative structure for co-investment in excess MSRs with financial partners as well as subservicing arrangements, to add new mortgage servicing portfolios with relatively low capital investment. Through December 31, 2011, we have added $10 billion of loan servicing through excess MSRs and expect to continue to deploy this co-investment structure in the future, while also evaluating subservicing arrangements as mortgage owners seek to transfer credit stressed loans to high touch subservicers in order to improve loan performance. We believe that our experience of efficiently deploying capital for growth puts us in a strong position to manage future growth opportunities.
 
Attractive Business Model with Strong Recurring Revenues
 
Banks are under tremendous pressure to exit or reduce their exposure to the mortgage servicing business, and GSEs are looking for strong mortgage servicers as the mortgage industry continues to struggle with elevated borrower delinquencies. As the shift from bank to non-bank servicers accelerates, we believe there will be a significant opportunity for us to achieve growth on attractive terms. Our senior management team has already demonstrated its ability to identify, evaluate and execute servicing portfolio acquisitions. We have developed an attractive business model to grow our business and generate strong, recurring, contractual fee-based revenue with minimal credit risk. These revenue streams provide us with significant capital to grow our business organically.


121


Table of Contents

 
Integrated Originations Capabilities
 
As one of only a few non-bank servicers with a fully integrated loan originations platform, we are often able to extend the longevity of our servicing cash flows through loan refinancings. We recaptured 30% and 37% of the loans we service that were refinanced or repaid by the borrower during the nine months and three months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, and our goal for 2012 is to achieve a recapture rate of over 55%. Because, in general, refinanced loans subsequently refinance more slowly and default less frequently than many currently outstanding loans, these refinancings also typically improve the overall quality of our primary servicing portfolio. We believe our in-house originations capabilities allow us to generate additional loan servicing more cost-effectively than MSRs can otherwise be acquired in the open market.
 
Strong and Seasoned Management Team
 
Our senior management team is comprised of experienced mortgage industry executives with a track record of generating financial and operational improvements. Our CEO has been with us for more than a decade and has managed the company through the most recent economic downturn and through multiple economic cycles. Several members of our management team have held senior positions at other residential mortgage companies. Our senior management team has demonstrated its ability to adapt to changing market conditions and has developed a proven ability to identify, evaluate and execute successful portfolio and platform acquisitions. We believe that the experience of our senior management team and its management philosophy are significant contributors to our operating performance.
 
Growth Strategies
 
We expect to drive future growth in the following ways:
 
Grow Residential Mortgage Servicing
 
We expect to grow our business primarily by adding to our residential mortgage servicing portfolios through MSR acquisitions and subservicing transfers. Over the last 18 months, banks and other financial institutions have completed or announced a significant number of MSR sales and subservicing transfers, and we expect an even greater number over the next 18 months. We are continuously reviewing, evaluating and, when attractive, pursuing MSR sales and subservicing transfers, and we believe we are well-positioned to compete effectively for these opportunities. We believe our success in this area has been, and will continue to be, driven by our strong servicer performance, as well as by the systems and infrastructure we have implemented to meet specific client requirements.
 
Pursue Capital Light Servicing Opportunities
 
We intend to pursue capital light strategies that will allow us to grow substantial portions of our business with minimal capital outlays. Since August 2008, we have been involved in the subservicing business and have grown our subservicing portfolio by $56.0 billion since that date on a no-cost basis and with relatively minimal commitment of capital. Many of our recent subservicing transfers have been facilitated by GSEs and other large mortgage owners and we expect to leverage our relationships to complete additional subservicing transfers as mortgage owners seek to transfer credit stressed loans to high touch servicers through subservicing arrangements. In addition, we have developed an innovative structure for co-investing on a capital light basis in excess MSRs with financial partners. Through December 31, 2011, we have added $10 billion of loan servicing through excess MSRs and expect to continue to deploy this co-investment structure in the future. We anticipate that these capital light strategies will allow us to significantly expand our mortgage servicing portfolio with reduced capital investment.


122


Table of Contents

 
Expand Originations to Complement Servicing
 
We also expect our originations platform to play an important role in driving our growth and, in particular, enhancing the profitability of our servicing business. As one of only a few non-bank servicers with a fully integrated loan originations platform, we originate new GSE-eligible and FHA-insured loans for sale into the securitization market and retain the servicing rights associated with those loans. More importantly, we re-originate loans from existing borrowers seeking to take advantage of improved loan terms, thereby extending the longevity of the related servicing cash flows, which increases the profitability of that servicing pool and the credit quality of the servicing portfolio. Through our originations platform, we generate additional loan servicing more cost-effectively than MSRs can otherwise be acquired in the open market. Finally, we facilitate borrower access to government programs designed to encourage refinancings of troubled or stressed loans, improving overall loan performance. We believe this full range of abilities makes us a more attractive counterparty to entities seeking to transfer servicing to us, and we expect it to contribute to the growth of our servicing portfolio.
 
Expand to Meet Changing Needs of the Residential Mortgage Industry
 
We expect to drive growth across all of our businesses by being a solution provider to a wide range of financial organizations as they navigate the structural changes taking place across the mortgage industry. With banks under pressure to reduce their exposure to the mortgage market, with GSE and government loans already accounting for approximately 88% of all mortgage loans originated during the nine months ended September 30, 2011 according to Inside Mortgage Finance, and with weak housing and employment markets contributing to elevated loan delinquencies and defaults, we expect there to be numerous compelling situations requiring our expertise. We believe the greatest opportunities will be available to servicers with the proven track record, scalable infrastructure and range of services that can be applied flexibly to address different organizations’ needs. To position ourselves for these opportunities, since 2010 we have expanded our business development team and hired a dedicated senior executive whose primary role is to identify, evaluate, and enhance acquisition and partnership opportunities across the mortgage industry, including with national and regional banks, mortgage and bond insurers, private investment funds and various governmental agencies. We have also expanded and enhanced our loan transfer, collections and loss mitigation infrastructure in order to be able to accommodate substantial additional growth. We expect these efforts to position us to be a key participant in the long term restructuring and recovery of the mortgage sector.
 
Our Operations
 
Residential Mortgage Servicing
 
We are a leading high touch non-bank residential mortgage servicer with a broad array of servicing capabilities across the residential mortgage product spectrum. We service loans as the owner of MSRs, which we refer to as “primary servicing,” and we provide servicing on behalf of other MSR or mortgage owners, which we refer to as “subservicing.” The servicing portfolio consists of acquired MSRs, subservicing transferred from various third parties and loans originated by our integrated originations platform.
 
We service these loans using a high touch servicing model designed to increase borrower repayment performance and home ownership preservation and decrease borrower delinquencies and defaults. Certain of the loans underlying the MSRs that we own are credit sensitive in nature and the value of these MSRs is more likely to be affected by changes in credit losses than by interest rate movement. The remaining loans underlying our MSRs are prime agency and government conforming residential mortgage loans for which the value of these MSRs is more likely to be affected by interest rate movement than changes in credit losses.
 
As of September 30, 2011, we serviced over 612,000 residential mortgage loans with an aggregate UPB of $102.7 billion. As of September 30, 2011, our primary servicing and subservicing portfolios


123


Table of Contents

represented 45% and 55%, respectively, of our total servicing portfolio. The table below indicates the portion of our servicing portfolio that is primary servicing and subserviced for others, as well as the portion of our primary servicing portfolio that is credit sensitive and interest rate sensitive as of and for the periods indicated. Our subservicing portfolio is assumed to be credit sensitive in nature.
 
                                 
   
December 31,
   
September 30,
 
   
2008
   
2009
   
2010
   
2011
 
                (unaudited)  
          (in millions)        
 
Servicing Portfolio
                               
Primary Portfolio
                               
Unpaid principal balance (by investor):
                               
Credit Sensitive Loans
                               
GSE/FHA
    $10,227       $22,897       $19,675       $17,595  
RMBS
    9,415       8,390       7,519       6,972  
                                 
Total Credit Sensitive Loans
    19,642       31,287       27,194       24,567  
Interest Sensitive Loans-GSE/FHA
    1,700       1,584       7,210       11,943  
                                 
Total Primary Portfolio
    21,342       32,871       34,404       36,510  
Subservicing Portfolio
                               
Unpaid principal balance (by investor):
                               
Special Servicing
          793       4,078       9,730  
GSE/FHA
                25,674       33,023  
RMBS
                      13,264  
                                 
Total Subservicing Portfolio
          793       29,772       56,017  
Servicing under contract
                      10,189  
                                 
Total Servicing Portfolio
    $21,342       $33,664       $64,176       $102,716  
                                 
                     
            (in thousands)        
Summary Financial Data:
                               
Total revenue
    $74,601       $100,133       $182,842       $175,241  
Net income
    14,718       7,502       14,230       8,484  
 
The table below provides detail of the characteristics and key performance metrics of our servicing portfolio as of or for the periods indicated.
 
                                 
   
December 31,
   
September 30,
 
   
2008
   
2009
   
2010
   
2011 (2)
 
    (in millions, except for average loan amount and loan count)  
 
Loan count—servicing
    159,336       230,615       389,172       550,283  
Ending unpaid principal balance
    $21,342       $33,664       $64,176       $92,527  
Average unpaid principal balance
    $12,775       $25,799       $38,653       $78,351  
Average loan amount
    $133,943       $145,977       $164,904       $168,144  
Average coupon
    7.49 %     6.76 %     5.74 %     5.46 %
Average FICO credit score
    588       644       631       667  
60+ delinquent (% of loans) (1)
    13.1 %     19.9 %     17.0 %     14.7 %
Total prepayment speed (12 month constant pre-payment rate)
    16.2 %     16.3 %     13.3 %     12.5 %
 
(1) Loan delinquency is based on the current contractual due date of the loan. In the case of a completed loan modification, delinquency is based on the modified due date of the loan.
 
(2) For September 30, 2011, our ending UPB excludes our September 30, 2011 servicing portfolio acquisition consisting of approximately 62,000 residential mortgage loans with a UPB of $10.2 billion whose servicing rights were acquired on September 30, 2011 but for an interim period continued to be subserviced by the predecessor servicer.


124


Table of Contents

 
      Our Servicing Model
 
Our servicing business produces strong recurring, contractual fee-based revenue with minimal credit risk. Servicing fees are primarily based on the aggregate UPB of the loans serviced and the payment structure varies by loan source and type. For loans that we do not originate, the services we provide and the fees we receive vary depending on our agreement with the owner of the mortgage loan or the owner of the MSR, as the case may be. These include differences in rate of servicing fees as a percentage of UPB and in the structure of advances. For a more detailed description of advances, see “Industry—Servicing Industry Overview.”
 
Our high touch servicing model emphasizes individual default specialist accountability for asset performance, which we refer to as “credit loss ownership,” and loss mitigation practices to improve asset performance and reduce loan defaults and foreclosures. We seek to ensure that each loan that we service is paid in accordance with its terms. In circumstances where the borrower is, or is at risk of becoming, delinquent or in default, we employ both industry standard and proprietary strategies to work proactively with borrowers in an effort to avoid foreclosure by keeping borrowers in their homes and bringing them current on their loans. We refer to this frequent interaction with borrowers—via phone, Internet, mailings, and personal contact methods—as high touch loan servicing. Our high touch servicing model and operating culture have proven especially valuable in the current environment characterized by elevated borrower delinquencies.
 
To ensure a customer-centric focus, we have separate account resolution and foreclosure prevention groups for each type of mortgage owner for which we service loans. We maintain centralized loan administration and default management groups, which provide services to all customers.
 
We are dedicated to a culture of customer service and credit ownership for our servicing employees. We hire recent college graduates and train them in the mortgage servicing business by systematically rotating them through a variety of our business teams. Our new employees initially work on performing loans and loans that are less than 30 days past due. After gaining experience in this environment, we train our employees in the more challenging 60 and 90 day delinquent categories, where we particularly emphasize a culture of ownership and accountability.
 
To select the best resolution option for a delinquent loan, we perform a structured analysis of all options using information provided by the borrower as well as external data. We use recent broker price opinions, automated valuation models and other methods to value the property. We then determine the option with the best expected outcome for the owner of the mortgage loan. Where appropriate, we perform modifications, often facilitated by government programs such as HAMP. In the current environment, such loan modifications often provide a better outcome for owners of mortgage loans than foreclosure. We believe that our high touch servicing model is more effective in keeping borrowers in their homes and bringing them current on their loans. This is a win-win situation for the owners of mortgage loans or MSRs, as the case may be, as well as for the borrowers that we serve. We conducted over 21,000 loan modifications in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to over 41,000 in 2010. The majority of loans modified were delinquent, although we modified some performing loans proactively under the American Securitization Forum guidelines. Although the most common term modified is the interest rate, some modifications also involve the forbearance or rescheduling of delinquent principal and interest. Of the loans we modified in the nine months ended September 30, 2011, over 8,000 were modified pursuant to the Making Home Affordable plan (“MHA”). Under the MHA, we receive an annual financial incentive for up to four years, provided certain conditions are met. At the same time, we forego uncollected late fees incurred in the year of modification for each qualifying loan modification.


125


Table of Contents

 
The GSEs act as a source of liquidity for the secondary mortgage market and contract with various independent servicers to service their mortgage loan portfolio. In transactions with the GSEs, we are required to follow specific guidelines that impact the way we service and originate mortgage loans including:
 
  •     our staffing levels and other servicing practices;
 
  •     the servicing and ancillary fees that we may charge;
 
  •     our modification standards and procedures; and
 
  •     the amount of advances that are reimbursable.
 
In December 2009, we entered into a strategic relationship with a GSE, which contemplates, among other things, significant MSRs and subservicing transfers to us upon terms to be determined. Under this arrangement, if certain delivery thresholds have been met, the GSE may require us to establish an operating division or newly created subsidiary with separate, dedicated employees within a specified timeline to service the loans underlying the MSRs or subservice the MSRs underlying the subservicing transfers. After a specified time period, the GSE may purchase the subsidiary at an agreed upon price.
 
Our Servicing Portfolio
 
Our servicing portfolio consists of MSRs we retain from loans that we originate; MSRs we acquire from third party investors, including in transactions facilitated by GSEs, such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac; and MSRs we manage through subservicing contracts with third party investors. Our loan servicing operations are located in Lewisville, Texas. In October 2011, we entered into an operating sublease agreement for approximately 53,000 square feet of office space in Houston, Texas, which we plan to use as we continue to grow our servicing business.
 
The loans we service have typically been securitized—meaning that the originator of the loan has pooled the loan together with multiple other loans and then sold securities to third party investors that are secured by loans in the securitization pool. We typically service loans that have been securitized pursuant to one of two arrangements: as a primary servicer or as a subservicer.
 
Primary Servicing
 
As a primary servicer, we service loans by purchasing the MSRs from the owner of the loans or retaining the MSRs related to the loans we originate. Pursuant to our servicing arrangements, we generally receive a contractual per loan fee between 25 to 50 basis points annually on the UPB, with a weighted average across our servicing portfolio of approximately 33 basis points.
 
The servicing fees are typically supplemented by incentive fees and ancillary fees. Incentive fees include modification initiation and success fees from HAMP and modification or collateral workout related incentives from various pool owners and GSEs. Ancillary fees include late fees, non-sufficient funds fees, convenience fees and interest income earned on loan payments that have been collected but have not yet been remitted to the owner of the mortgage loan, or “float”.
 
In addition to acquiring MSRs on a standalone basis, we have also developed an innovative model for investing on a capital light basis by co-investing with financial partners in excess MSRs. In these transactions, we provide all servicing functions in exchange for the basic servicing fee, then share the excess fee with our co-investment partner on a pro rata basis.
 
A key determinant of the profitability of our primary servicing portfolio is the longevity of the servicing cash flows before a loan is repaid or liquidates. As one of only a few non-bank servicers with an integrated originations platform, we are often able to extend the longevity of the servicing cash flows through loan refinancings by retaining the servicing rights of the loans we re-originate. Because the refinanced loans


126


Table of Contents

typically have lower interest rates or lower monthly payments, and, in general, subsequently refinance more slowly and default less frequently, these refinancings also typically improve the overall quality of our primary servicing portfolio.
 
As a primary servicer, we have additional opportunities to provide an array of adjacent services, including providing services for delinquent loans, managing loans in the foreclosure/REO process and providing title insurance agency, loan settlement and valuation services on newly originated and re-originated loans for a base or incentive fee. See “—Adjacent Businesses.”
 
As of September 30, 2011, our primary servicing portfolio consisted of loans with an aggregate UPB of $46.7 billion, representing 45% of our total servicing portfolio. We have grown our primary servicing portfolio to $46.7 billion in UPB as of September 30, 2011 from $12.7 billion in UPB in 2007, representing a compound annual growth rate of 41.5%.
 
The charts below illustrate the composition of our primary servicing portfolio by type and product as of September 30, 2011.
 
         
(PIE CHART)     (PIE CHART)  
 
As set forth in the chart below, our primary servicing portfolio is diversified with respect to geography. As of September 30, 2011, 56.8% of the aggregate UPB of the loans we service were secured by properties located in the ten largest states by population. Therefore, we are not as susceptible to local and regional real estate price fluctuations as primary servicers whose portfolios are more concentrated in a single state or region.
 
(PIE CHART)


127


Table of Contents

 
Subservicing
 
Alternatively, we may enter into a subservicing agreement with MSR or mortgage owners pursuant to which we agree to service the loans on behalf of such MSR or mortgage owners. Under such subservicing arrangements, where we do not pay to acquire the MSRs and only have intra-month advance obligations, we generally receive a contractual per loan fee the equivalent of between 5 to 45 basis points annually on the UPB.
 
As with our primary servicing arrangements, we typically supplement our subservicing fees through incentive and ancillary fees as well as the provision of adjacent services. See “—Adjacent Businesses.”
 
As of September 30, 2011, our subservicing portfolio consisted of loans with an aggregate UPB of $56.0 billion, representing 55% of our total servicing portfolio. Since we entered the subservicing business in August 2008, we have grown our subservicing portfolio to $56.0 billion as of September 30, 2011.
 
The charts below illustrate the composition of our subservicing portfolio by type and product as of September 30, 2011.
 
         
(PIE CHART)     (PIE CHART)  
 
As set forth in the chart below, our subservicing portfolio is diversified with respect to geography. As of September 30, 2011, 59.4% of the aggregate UPB of the loans we subservice were secured by properties located in the ten largest states by population. Therefore, we are not as susceptible to local and regional real estate price fluctuations as subservicers whose portfolios are more concentrated in a single state or region.


128


Table of Contents

(PIE CHART)
 
Adjacent Businesses
 
We operate or have investments in several adjacent businesses which provide mortgage-related services that are complementary to our servicing and originations businesses. These businesses offer an array of ancillary services, including providing services for delinquent loans, managing loans in the foreclosure/REO process and providing title insurance agency, loan settlement and valuation services on newly originated and re-originated loans. We offer these adjacent services in connection with loans we currently service, as well as on a third party basis in exchange for base and/or incentive fees. In addition to enhancing our core businesses, these adjacent services present an opportunity to increase future earnings with minimal capital investment, including by expanding the services we provide to large banks and other financial institutions seeking to outsource these functions to a third party.
 
Key Drivers of Profitability
 
The following key factors drive the amount of profit we generate from our servicing operations.
 
Aggregate UPB:   Servicing fees are usually earned as a percentage of UPB or a per loan amount and growth in the UPB of a portfolio means growth in servicing fees. Additionally, a larger servicing portfolio generates increased ancillary fees and leads to larger custodial balances that generate greater float income. A larger servicing portfolio also drives increases in expenses, including additional interest expense to finance the servicing advances as the size of our portfolio increases.
 
In addition, servicers of GSE-insured loans collect servicing fees only on performing loans while servicers of non-GSE residential mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) are entitled to servicing fees on both performing loans and delinquent loans. The servicing fee relating to delinquent loans is accrued and paid from liquidation proceeds ahead of the reimbursement of advances. The aggregate UPB from which we earn fees thus depends partly on the relative number of non-performing GSEs we have in our portfolio. Because our high touch servicer model places more emphasis on borrower contact and interaction, we believe we can effectively minimize the percentage of such non-performing assets and therefore maximize the UPB from which we earn servicing fees.
 
Stability and longevity of servicing cash flows:   We are able to generate servicing fees by extending the longevity of our serving cash flows. Prepayment speed, which is the measurement of how quickly UPB is reduced, thus significantly affects our profitability. Items reducing UPB include normal monthly principal


129


Table of Contents

payments, refinancings, voluntary property sales and involuntary property sales such as foreclosures or short sales. Prepayment speed impacts future servicing fees, amortization of servicing rights, float income, interest expense on advances and compensating interest expense. When prepayment speed increases, our servicing fees decrease faster than projected due to the shortened life of a portfolio. The converse is true when prepayment speed decreases.
 
Prepayment speed affects our float income as well. Decreased prepayment speed typically leads to our holding lower float balances before remitting payoff collections to the investor and lower float income due to a lower invested balance. Lower prepayments have been associated with higher delinquency rates, higher advance balances and interest expense.
 
In addition, as one of only a few non-bank servicers with an integrated originations platform, we are often able to extend the longevity of the servicing cash flows through loan refinancings by retaining the servicing rights of the loans we re-originate. Because the refinanced loans typically have lower interest rates or lower monthly payments, and in general, subsequently refinance more slowly and default less frequently, these refinancings also typically improve the overall quality of our primary servicing portfolio.
 
Ability to add new servicing business:   We seek to increase the size of our servicing portfolio in several ways. We increase our primary servicing portfolio by acquiring MSRs, either on a standalone basis or by co-investing with financial partners in “excess MSRs”. We also grow our subservicing portfolio by entering into additional subservicing arrangements with MSR or mortgage owners.
 
In addition, we have highly scalable technology and infrastructure, which have enabled us to manage rapid growth over the past several years while maintaining our high servicing standards and enhancing loan performance. We have made significant investments in loan administration, customer service, compliance and loss mitigation, as well as in employee training and retention. In addition, our staffing, training and performance tracking programs, centralized in the Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas area, have allowed us to expand the size of our servicing team while maintaining high quality standards.
 
Cost of servicing:   Our profitability is inversely proportional to our cost of servicing. As a result, we actively manage our servicing costs in order to maximize profitability. However, several factors affect our servicing costs.
 
Delinquent loans are more expensive to service than performing loans because our cost of servicing is higher and, although credit losses are generally not a concern for our financial results, our advances to investors increase, which results in higher financing costs. Performing loans include those loans that are current or have been delinquent for less than 30 days in accordance with their original terms and those loans on which borrowers are making scheduled payments under loan modifications, forbearance plans or bankruptcy plans. We consider all other loans to be delinquent.
 
When borrowers are delinquent, the amount of funds that we are required to advance to the owners of the loans on behalf of the borrowers increases. While the collectability of advances is generally not an issue, we do incur significant costs to finance those advances. We intend to utilize both securitization and revolving credit facilities to finance our advances. As a result, increased delinquencies result in increased interest expense.
 
The cost of servicing delinquent loans is higher than the cost of servicing performing loans primarily because the loss mitigation techniques that we employ to keep borrowers in their homes are more costly than the techniques used in handling a performing loan. When loans are performing, we have limited interaction with the borrowers, and relatively low-cost customer service personnel conduct most of the interaction. Once a loan becomes delinquent, however, we must employ our loss mitigation capabilities to work with the borrower to return the loan to performing status. These procedures involve increased contact with the borrower and the development of forbearance plans, loan modifications or other techniques by highly skilled consultants with


130


Table of Contents

higher compensation. On those occasions when loans go into foreclosure, we incur additional costs related to both coordinating the work of local attorneys to represent us in the foreclosure process and employing specialists to service the real estate and manage the sale of those foreclosed properties on behalf of our investors. A significant increase in delinquencies would cause us to increase our activities in these areas resulting in increased operating expenses.
 
Our high touch servicer model, which seeks to improve asset performance and reduce loan defaults and foreclosures, allows us to minimize the additional costs associated with such defaults and foreclosures.
 
Capital efficiency:   Our ability to use our capital efficiently in managing growth is also a significant driver of our profitability. We employ capital light strategies, including our innovative structure for co-investment in excess MSRs with financial partners as well as subservicing arrangements, to add new mortgage servicing portfolios with relatively low capital investment. Through December 31, 2011, we have added $10 billion of loan servicing through excess MSRs and expect to continue to deploy this co-investment structure in the future, while also evaluating subservicing arrangements as mortgage owners seek to transfer credit stressed loans to high touch servicers to improve loan performance.
 
Servicing Organization
 
The servicing organization is comprised of four primary functional areas as detailed below.
 
Loan Administration:   The loan administration area includes the customer service, payment processing, loan accounting, escrow, taxes and insurance and document administration groups. The customer service group is primarily responsible for handling borrower inquiries including date of last payment, date of next payment due, arranging for a payment, refinance assistance and standard escrow and balance questions. In November 2011, the customer service group managed over 123,000 calls and service inquiries. The payment processing group is responsible for posting borrower payments and managing any payment-related issues. The majority of the borrower payments are posted electronically via our lock-box operation, Western Union, Automated Clearing House or web-based payments. The loan accounting group manages the payoff of loans. The escrow, taxes and insurance group manage all escrow balances and the external vendors we utilize for property insurance and tax tracking. The document administration group manages the lien release process upon the payoff of a loan and the tracking of loan documents for new originations.
 
Account Resolution:   The account resolution group is responsible for early stage collections (borrowers who are 1 to 59 days delinquent). For accounts where payments are past due but not yet delinquent (less than 30 days past due), we use a behavioral scoring methodology to prioritize our borrower calling efforts. The key drivers of behavioral score are payment pattern behavior (i.e., if the borrower historically has made their payment on the 5th of each month and that pattern changes more attention will be paid to the borrower) and updated credit scores. For accounts 31 to 59 days delinquent, default specialists are assigned individual accounts and are charged with making contact with the delinquent borrower to understand the reason for delinquency and attempt to collect a payment or work on an alternative solution. In the account resolution group, we use a combination of predictive dialer technology and account level assignments to contact the borrowers. The primary objective of this group is to reduce delinquency levels.
 
Foreclosure Prevention:   The foreclosure prevention group, commonly referred to in the industry as loss mitigation, is responsible for late stage collections (borrowers who are 60 or more days delinquent). The primary focus of this group is reducing delinquency levels. All accounts in this group are assigned to individual default specialists loss mitigators. The primary role of the default specialist loss mitigator is to contact the borrower and understand the reasons for the borrower’s delinquency and the borrower’s desire and ability to stay in their house. The foreclosure prevention group performs most of our government and other loan modifications.


131


Table of Contents

 
Default Management:   The default management area includes the foreclosure, bankruptcy, REO and claims processing groups. The foreclosure group manages accounts involved in the foreclosure process. In the late stage delinquency status, we will initiate foreclosure proceedings in accordance with state foreclosure timelines. Accounts in the foreclosure group are assigned to foreclosure specialists based on a state-specific assignment. The primary focus of the foreclosure group is to perform the foreclosure process in accordance with the state timelines. Any account which has filed for bankruptcy is assigned to a bankruptcy specialist who will administer the bankruptcy plan proceedings in accordance with applicable law and in conjunction with an outsourcing firm. The REO group manages properties within the servicing portfolio that have completed the foreclosure process. We use both internal and external resources to manage the disposition of the REO properties. The primary goal of the REO team is to dispose of the property within an acceptable timeframe at the lowest possible loss.
 
Originations
 
We are one of only a few non-bank servicers with a fully integrated loan originations platform. We are licensed to originate residential mortgage loans in all the 48 contiguous states plus Alaska and the District of Columbia and have obtained all required federal approvals to originate FHA, Department of Veterans Affairs (“VA”) and conventional loans. We originate primarily conventional agency and government conforming residential mortgage loans, which we either sell to other secondary market participants, referred to as conduits, or securitize through the issuance of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae bonds. As such, we minimize any credit or interest rate risk by not retaining loans on our balance sheet for more than approximately 30 days beyond funding. As set forth in the table below, originations volumes have increased significantly as we have expanded our conventional market footprint.
 
                                 
          Nine Months
 
          Ended
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
   
September 30,
 
   
2008
   
2009
   
2010
   
2011
 
          (unaudited)  
    (in millions)        
 
Originations Volume:
                               
Retail
    $538       $1,093       $1,608       $1,506  
Wholesale
    4       386       1,184       780  
                                 
                                 
Total Originations
    $542       $1,479       $2,792       $2,286  
                                 
             
            (in thousands)
Summary Financial Data:
                               
Total revenue
    $22,574       $55,593       $84,540       $84,815  
Net income (loss)
    (7,590 )     8,884       662       14,491  
 
We view our originations platform as an important tool to complement and enhance our servicing business. A key determinant of the profitability of our primary servicing portfolio is the longevity of the servicing cash flows before a loan is repaid or liquidates. Our originations efforts are primarily focused on ‘‘re-origination,” which involves actively working with existing borrowers to refinance their mortgage loans. Because the refinanced loans typically have lower interest rates or lower monthly payments, and, in general, subsequently refinance more slowly and default less frequently, these refinancings also typically improve the overall quality of our primary servicing portfolio. In addition, our re-origination strategy allows us to generate additional loan servicing more cost-effectively than the MSRs can otherwise be acquired in the open market. Finally, with our in-house originations capabilities, we believe we are better protected against declining servicing cash flows as we replace servicing run-off through new loan originations or retain our servicing portfolios through re-origination. While our originations business is profitable on a standalone basis, we believe its primary value is to stabilize and enhance our loan servicing cash flows.


132


Table of Contents

 
Our Originations Platform
 
We originate loans through our Consumer Direct Retail channel and our Wholesale channel. Our largest channel is our Consumer Direct Retail channel, which operates as a centralized call center. Our second largest channel, the Wholesale channel, involves brokers sourcing borrowers for us. In 2011, we reduced the footprint of our traditional retail branch network by closing offices in non-strategic locations (Alabama, Tennessee, Vermont and Massachusetts). Our remaining retail branches in Texas and the Midwest are focused on building our core relationships with builders and realtors. Our strategy enables us to diversify and grow our originations in all interest rate cycles without becoming overly reliant on any single segment of the mortgage loan market.
 
We originate purchase money loans and refinance existing loans, including those that we service. Our strategy is to mitigate the credit, market and interest rate risk from loan originations by either selling newly originated loans or placing them in GSEs or government securitizations. We typically sell new loans within 30 days of origination, and we do not expect to hold any of the loans that we currently originate on our balance sheet on a long-term basis. At the time of sale, we have the option to retain the MSRs on loans we originate.
 
Our originations capability differentiates us from other non-bank, high touch loan servicers without an integrated originations platform by:
 
  •     providing us with an organic source of new loans to service as existing loans are repaid or otherwise liquidated—originated loans serviced by us generate higher returns than comparable MSRs that we would acquire from a third party;
 
  •     providing an attractive complement to servicing by allowing us to modify and refinance mortgage loans, including loans that we service;
 
  •     creating a diversified source of revenue that we believe will remain stable in a variety of interest rate environments; and
 
  •     building brand recognition.
 
Originations Organization
 
Each of our loan originations channels has dedicated operations, support and fulfillment functions, including processing, underwriting, closing and shipping, which are primarily performed at our offices in Lewisville, Texas. As part of our efforts to manage credit risk and enhance operating efficiencies, the underwriting, closing, funding and shipping for all of our originations channels are managed centrally. Centralizing these functions enables us to control loan quality, loan processing times, cost and, ultimately, borrower satisfaction. Our two mortgage loan originations channels are discussed in more detail below:
 
Consumer Direct Retail Originations
 
In the nine months ended September 30, 2011, our largest originations channel was our Consumer Direct Retail channel. We employ a single centralized call center strategy leveraging multiple potential borrower lead sources. In our Consumer Direct Retail channel, each sales team typically consists of between 10 and 12 mortgage professionals managed by a sales leader. Three to four sales leaders report to a senior vice president responsible for the specific lead source.
 
Our primary divisions within our Consumer Direct Retail channel are Renewal, New Customer Acquisition, and Partner Plus. Each division specializes in meeting the needs of their specific target borrowers.


133


Table of Contents

This strategy provides a flexible organizational structure capable of shifting to new opportunities quickly. The three divisions of our Consumer Direct Retail channel are as follows:
 
Renewal:   Focuses on retaining current borrowers in our servicing portfolio and utilizes an integrated approach with our Servicing Segment to capture borrowers who either qualify to refinance their current mortgage or who take action indicating they may be paying off their loan. The Renewal teams receive leads for borrowers from telemarketing, live transfers and scheduled callbacks from Customer Service and website programs.
 
New Customer Acquisition:   Focuses on generating new mortgage business from prospective borrowers. We use credit bureau modeling to identify borrowers who are likely to be in the market for and likely to qualify to refinance their existing mortgage loan. Marketing channels include telemarketing, direct marketing, Internet lead aggregators, credit bureau triggers such as mortgage inquiries and website programs.
 
Partner Plus:   Focuses on serving the needs of strategic and joint marketing clients who, in many cases, do not have the originations capabilities to provide refinancing for their own portfolios. Currently, we are providing origination services to several servicers without originations capability. In many instances, these alliances involve providing certain incentives for the borrower to refinance, such as the payment of closing fees. These programs typically begin with a direct mail announcement of the relationship followed by direct marketing campaigns to increase borrower responses. This channel also offers REO financing for us and our partners through a centralized platform in Lewisville, Texas.
 
Wholesale Originations
 
The primary business strategy of the Wholesale channel is to acquire high-quality servicing at a reduced price through a network of non-exclusive relationships with various approved mortgage companies and mortgage brokers. The Wholesale channel is comprised of five sales regions throughout the United States, each staffed with a regional sales manager, and three centralized sales regions that operate out of our offices in Lewisville, Texas. Each region generally has 8 to 12 account executives whose primary responsibility is to source and service mortgage brokers. We provide a variety of conforming conventional mortgage loans to our brokers to allow them to better service their borrowers.
 
Mortgage brokers identify applicants, help them complete a loan application, gather required information and documents, and act as our liaison with the borrower during the lending process. We review and underwrite an application submitted by a broker, accept or reject the application, determine the range of interest rates and other loan terms, and fund the loan upon acceptance by the borrower and satisfaction of all conditions to the loan. By relying on brokers to market our products and assist the borrower throughout the loan application process, we can increase loan volume through our Wholesale channel with proportionately lower increases in overhead costs compared with the costs of increasing loan volume in loan originations through our retail channels.
 
New brokers are sourced through our account executives, industry trade shows forums and our website. The broker approval process is critical to maintaining a high quality network of brokers. Brokers must meet various requirements and must complete the broker application package, provide evidence of appropriate state licenses, articles of incorporation, financial statements, resumes of key personnel and other information as needed. The Wholesale operations team reviews all submitted materials to determine whether the broker should be approved. The broker application is reviewed and investigated by our quality control and risk management department before final approval is provided. The process is designed to ensure that borrowers we acquire through our Wholesale channel are working with reputable and legitimate mortgage brokers.


134


Table of Contents

 
Our ongoing investment in technology has allowed us to provide our broker network with the ability to obtain instantaneous online loan decisions, product options and corresponding pricing. We believe that the utility and convenience of online loan decisions and product options are a value-added service that has and will continue to solidify our business relationships. In addition, our website provides our brokers with loan status reports, product guidelines, loan pricing, interest rate locks and other added features. We expect to continue to adapt web-based technologies to enhance our one-on-one relationships with our brokers.
 
Technology
 
In the vast majority of cases, our key, critical systems are hosted, managed and maintained by our in-house Information Technology team. Our key systems consist of a combination of vendor developed applications as well as internally developed proprietary systems. On our most critical vendor developed applications (OPUS, XpressQual, TMO, LSAMS, FORTRACS, and Equator) we maintain license rights to the source code to enable in-house customization of these systems to meet our business needs in a time effective manner.
 
Servicing
 
For our Servicing Segment, our system of record is LSAMS, which we use for all loan accounting functions, claims functions and supports our Customer Service functions. Our early stage account collection efforts are focused and prioritized through the use of ESP, our proprietary early delinquency score model, used to identify higher risk accounts. Our collections and loss mitigation efforts are supported by Remedy, a proprietary default management system which, along with our proprietary Net Present Value engine and our proprietary Property Valuation Management system, enables our loan resolution personnel to guide our borrowers to the optimal economic workout alternative based on the unique factors of each borrower’s situation. For our foreclosure and bankruptcy processes, we use the FORTRACS system, which integrates with the Lendstar system to enable online communications and case tracking with our attorney network. For properties whereby we complete foreclosure and take them into REO status, we utilize the web-based REO management system REOTrans to manage the marketing and disposition of our owned real estate. To support our Investor Reporting functions, we use a combination of systems that include LSAMS and Lewtan ABS, a vendor hosted system. We also have a website, www.NationstarMtg.com, that is a fully automated system to apply and process mortgage loan applications and that our existing borrowers can access to receive information on their account. Information on, or accessible through, our website is not a part of this prospectus.
 
Originations
 
The critical systems that support our loan originations activities include:
 
  •     MLS (Marketing Lead System), our proprietary marketing lead system which routes, tracks and delivers leads to our loan officers, who we refer to as our mortgage professionals;
 
  •     OPUS, a web-based point-of-sale system that provides product eligibility and pricing to our retail sales force;
 
  •     TMO, our loan originations system used for loan processing, underwriting and closing;
 
  •     XpressQual, a web-based point-of-sale system that provides product eligibility and pricing to our wholesale brokers and allows them to submit loans to us online;
 
  •     www.NationstarBroker com, our website for wholesale brokers to receive information on our products and services;


135


Table of Contents

 
  •     CLASS, our proprietary system used to manage our sales relationships and licensing of our wholesale brokers;
 
  •     ODE, a rules-based pricing and eligibility engine that is integrated with OPUS, XpressQual and TMO;
 
  •     High Cost Fee Engine, our proprietary compliance fee engine that enforces both federal and local high cost and fee limits throughout the loan originations process; and
 
  •     CLT (Compliance License Tracker), our proprietary system that maintains and tracks all mortgage professionals’ locational licensing to ensure that leads and applications are only processed by properly licensed mortgage professionals.
 
For our Consumer Direct Retail channel, the loan originations process starts when a lead is imported (or accepted) into our Marketing Lead System (MLS), a propriety system that our mortgage professionals use to manage the initial borrower contact process. Once a mortgage professional has made contact with a potential borrower, the mortgage professional moves the lead into OPUS, our web-based point-of-sale system. Here, our mortgage professionals capture the necessary loan application information, obtain credit reports to determine full product eligibility and establish pricing to facilitate the sales process. Once our mortgage professionals have helped our borrowers determine the program and pricing that meets their needs, the loan application is transferred into TMO, our loan originations system where we complete the loan process, underwrite the loan, prepare the closing documents and complete the loan process.
 
For our Wholesale originations channel, we provide our brokers a web-based point of sale system, XpressQual, to use to access product eligibility and pricing and to submit loans online. We also use TMO in this channel for the processing, underwriting and closing functions. Through XpressQual, our brokers have access to a web-based portal where they can upload their loan applications to determine product eligibility and loan pricing. Once they select a program and price, the broker is able to submit the file to us for processing as well as lock the rate using XpressQual. As in our retail originations channels, once submitted for processing, the file is transferred into TMO to verify the application information, clear conditions, underwrite and close the loan. Supporting OPUS, XpressQual and TMO, we also utilize a vendor developed rules-based pricing and eligibility engine called ODE as well as a proprietary compliance fee engine that enforces high cost and fee limits throughout the entire originations process. There is also a Compliance License Tracker system that maintains and tracks all mortgage professional and location level licensing. All systems are fully integrated and share information to ensure complete, up-to-date and accurate information for reporting purposes. To protect our business in the event of disaster, we have implemented a disaster recovery data facility in a co-location in Irving, Texas where we maintain near real-time replication of all critical servicing systems and data.
 
Employees
 
As of September 30, 2011, we had a total of 2,584 employees, all of whom are based in the United States. None of our employees are members of any labor union or subject to any collective bargaining agreement and we have never experienced any business interruption as a result of any labor dispute. Our employees are allocated among our business functions as follows:
 
  •     59% are in our Servicing Segment;
 
  •     28% are in our Originations Segment; and
 
  •     13% are in support functions, including Human Resources, Accounting and other corporate functions.


136


Table of Contents

 
In our Servicing Segment, we hire recent college graduates and teach them our high touch servicing model. Our loan servicers and debt default specialists follow a training program in which they first service performing loans and slightly delinquent loans. As they gain experience, they service more delinquent loans and assume increased personal responsibility for servicing a certain set of loans and contacting certain borrowers.
 
In our Originations Segment, we hire experienced conventional mortgage originators and provide them with training to acclimate them to us, as well as compliance and regulatory training.
 
Regulation
 
Our business is subject to extensive federal, state and local regulation. Our loan originations, loan servicing and debt collection operations are primarily regulated at the state level by state licensing authorities and administrative agencies. Because we do business in all fifty states and the District of Columbia, we, along with certain of our employees who engage in regulated activities, must apply for licensing as a mortgage banker or lender, loan servicer and/or debt default specialist, pursuant to applicable state law. These state licensing requirements typically require an application process, processing fees, background checks and administrative review. Our servicing operations center in Lewisville, Texas is licensed (or maintains an appropriate statutory exemption) to service mortgage loans in all fifty states and the District of Columbia. Our retail loan originations channel is licensed to originate loans in at least the states in which it operates, and our direct originations channel is licensed to originate loans in the 48 contiguous states plus Alaska and the District of Columbia. From time to time, we receive requests from states and other agencies for records, documents and information regarding our policies, procedures and practices regarding our loan originations, loan servicing and debt collection business activities, and undergo periodic examinations by state regulatory agencies. We incur significant ongoing costs to comply with these licensing requirements.
 
While the U.S. federal government does not primarily regulate loan originations, the federal Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008, the (“SAFE Act”), requires all states to enact laws that require all U.S. sales representatives to be individually licensed or registered if they intend to offer mortgage loan products. These licensing requirements include enrollment in the Nationwide Mortgage Licensing System, application to state regulators for individual licenses, a minimum of 20 hours of pre-licensing education, an annual minimum of eight hours of continuing education and the successful completion of both national and state exams.
 
In addition to licensing requirements, we must comply with a number of federal consumer protection laws, including, among others:
 
  •     the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which requires us to maintain privacy with respect to certain consumer data in our possession and to periodically communicate with consumers on privacy matters;
 
  •     the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, which regulates the timing and content of debt collection communications;
 
  •     the Truth in Lending Act and Regulation Z thereunder, which require certain disclosures to the mortgagors regarding the terms of the mortgage loans;
 
  •     the Fair Credit Reporting Act, which regulates the use and reporting of information related to the credit history of consumers;
 
  •     the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B thereunder, which prohibit discrimination on the basis of age, race and certain other characteristics, in the extension of credit;


137


Table of Contents

 
  •     the Homeowners Protection Act, which requires the cancellation of mortgage insurance once certain equity levels are reached;
 
  •     the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act and Regulation C thereunder, which require financial institutions to report certain public loan data;
 
  •     the Fair Housing Act, which prohibits discrimination in housing on the basis of race, sex, national origin, and certain other characteristics; and
 
  •     Regulation AB under the Securities Act, which requires certain registration, disclosure and reporting for MBS.
 
We must also comply with applicable state and local consumer protection laws, which may impose more comprehensive and costly restrictions than the regulations listed above. In a response to the decline in the housing market and the increase in foreclosures, many local governments have extended the time period necessary prior to initiating foreclosure proceedings, which prevent a servicer or trustee, as applicable, from exercising any remedies they might have in respect of liquidating a severely delinquent mortgage loan in a timely manner.
 
On May 28, 2009, we voluntarily entered into an agreement to actively participate as a loan servicer in HAMP, which enables eligible borrowers to avoid foreclosure through a more affordable and sustainable loan modification made in accordance with HAMP guidelines, procedures, directives and requirements. Loan modifications pursuant to HAMP may include a rescheduling of payments or a reduction in the applicable interest rates and, in some cases, a reduction in the principal amount due. Under HAMP, subject to a program participation cap, we, as a servicer, will receive an initial incentive payment of up to $1,500 for each loan modified in accordance with HAMP subject to the condition that the borrower successfully completes a trial modification period. In addition, provided that a HAMP modification does not become 90 days or more delinquent, we will receive an incentive of up to $1,000. As of November 30, 2011, 23,771 loans with a UPB of $5.2 billion after modification had been modified through HAMP.
 
On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed the Dodd-Frank Act into law. The Dodd-Frank Act represents a comprehensive overhaul of the financial services industry in the United States. The Dodd-Frank Act includes, among other things: (1) the creation of a Financial Stability Oversight Council to identify emerging systemic risks posed by financial firms, activities and practices, and to improve cooperation among federal agencies; (2) the creation of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (“CFPB”) authorized to promulgate and enforce consumer protection regulations relating to financial products; (3) the establishment of strengthened capital and prudential standards for banks and bank holding companies; (4) enhanced regulation of financial markets, including derivatives and securitization markets; (5) amendments to the Truth in Lending Act aimed at improving consumer protections with respect to mortgage originations, including originator compensation, minimum repayment standards, and prepayment considerations. On July 21, 2011, the CFPB obtained enforcement authority pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act and began official operations. On October 13, 2011, the CFPB issued guidelines governing how the agency supervises mortgage transactions, which involves sending examiners to banks and other institutions that service mortgages to assess whether consumers’ interests are protected. On January 11, 2012, the CFPB issued guidelines governing examination procedures for bank and non-bank mortgage originators. The exact scope of and applicability of many of these requirements to us are currently unknown, as the regulations to implement the Dodd-Frank Act generally have not yet been finalized. These provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and actions by the CFPB could increase our regulatory compliance burden and associated costs and place restrictions on certain originations and servicing operations, all of which could in turn adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
On April 13, 2011, the federal agencies overseeing certain aspects of the mortgage market, the OCC, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC, entered into enforcement consent orders with 14 of the largest mortgage


138


Table of Contents

servicers in the United States regarding foreclosure practices. The enforcement consent orders require the servicers, among other things, to: (1) promptly correct deficiencies in residential mortgage loan servicing and foreclosure practices; (2) make significant modifications in practices for residential mortgage loan servicing and foreclosure processing, including communications with borrowers and limitations on dual-tracking, which occurs when servicers continue to pursue foreclosure during the loan modification process; (3) ensure that foreclosures are not pursued once a mortgage has been approved for modification and establish a single point of contact for borrowers throughout the loan modification and foreclosure processes; and (4) establish robust oversight and controls pertaining to their third party vendors, including outside legal counsel, that provide default management or foreclosure services. While these enforcement consent orders are considered not to be preemptive of the state actions, it is currently unclear how state actions and proceedings will be affected by the federal consents.
 
On September 1, 2011 and November 10, 2011, the New York Department of Financial Services entered into agreements regarding mortgage servicing practices with seven financial institutions. The additional requirements provided for in these agreements will increase operational complexity and the cost of servicing loans in New York. Other servicers, including us, could be required to enter into similar agreements. In addition, other states may also require mortgage servicers to enter into similar agreements.
 
On December 1, 2011, the Massachusetts Attorney General filed a lawsuit against five large mortgage providers alleging unfair and deceptive business practices, including the use of so-called “robo-signers.” In response, one of the mortgage providers has halted most lending in Massachusetts.
 
Although we are not a party to the above enforcement consent orders, we could become subject to the terms of the consent orders if (1) we subservice loans for the servicers that are parties to the enforcement consent orders; (2) the agencies begin to enforce the consent orders by looking downstream to our arrangement with certain mortgage servicers; (3) the mortgage servicers for which we subservice loans request that we comply with certain aspects of the consent orders; or (4) we otherwise find it prudent to comply with certain aspects of the consent orders. In addition, the practices set forth in such consent orders may be adopted by the industry as a whole, forcing us to comply with them in order to follow standard industry practices, or may become required by our servicing agreements. While we have made and continue to make changes to our operating policies and procedures in light of the consent orders, further changes could be required, and changes to our servicing practices will increase compliance costs for our servicing business, which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.
 
Competition
 
In our Servicing Segment, we compete with large financial institutions and with other independent servicers. Our ability to differentiate ourselves from other loan servicers through our high touch servicing model and culture of credit largely determines our competitive position within the mortgage loan servicing industry.
 
In our Originations Segment, we compete with large financial institutions and local and regional mortgage bankers and lenders. Our ability to differentiate the value of our financial products primarily through our mortgage loan offerings, rates, fees and customer service determines our competitive position within the mortgage loan originations industry.
 
Seasonality
 
Our Originations Segment is subject to seasonal fluctuations, and activity tends to diminish somewhat in the winter months of December, January and February, when home sales volume and loan originations volume are at their lowest. This typically causes seasonal fluctuations in our Originations Segment’s revenue. Our Servicing Segment is not subject to seasonality.


139


Table of Contents

 
Intellectual Property
 
We use a variety of methods, such as trademarks, patents, copyrights and trade secrets, to protect our intellectual property. We also place appropriate restrictions on our proprietary information to control access and prevent unauthorized disclosures.
 
Properties
 
Our principal executive headquarters is located in Lewisville, Texas. At our main campus in Lewisville, Texas, we lease two buildings containing an aggregate of approximately 201,000 square feet of general office space, pursuant to two leases, both of which are currently due to expire in the first half of 2014. In addition to serving as our principal executive headquarters, our main Lewisville campus houses a portion of our servicing operations and all of our Consumer Direct Retail originations platform. We also own a parcel of undeveloped land at our campus location which can be used for future expansion.
 
We lease an additional approximately 40,000 square feet of space in Lewisville, Texas, which is currently due to expire in August 2013. This building houses our wholesale loan originations platform and some administrative support functions. We also maintain two separate leases of approximately 83,000 and 80,000 square feet at another location in Lewisville, Texas, which are currently due to expire in March 2017. In October 2011, we entered into an operating sublease agreement for approximately 53,000 square feet of office space in Houston, Texas, which will expire in November 2014, which we plan to use to tap into the ample human capital resources available in the market while we continue to grow our servicing business.
 
As of November 30 2011, we had seven Distributed Retail branch leases. Our typical Distributed Retail branch office is between 1,200 and 3,000 square feet with lease terms of five years or less.
 
We have one lease of approximately 80,000 square feet on property located in Parsippany, New Jersey which we no longer utilize and which is being actively marketed for disposal. Additionally, we have leases on 21 locations that we no longer utilize. These leases are for square footage ranging from approximately 150 square feet to 4,100 square feet and expire at various dates through June 2014.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
We are routinely and currently involved in legal proceedings concerning matters that arise in the ordinary course of our business. These legal proceedings range from actions involving a single plaintiff to class action lawsuits with potentially tens of thousands of class members. An adverse result in governmental investigations or examinations, or private lawsuits, including purported class action lawsuits, could have a material adverse effect on our financial results. In addition, a number of participants in our industry, including us, have been the subject of purported class action lawsuits and regulatory actions by state regulators, and other industry participants have been the subject of actions by states’ Attorneys General. Although we believe that we have meritorious legal and factual defenses to the lawsuits in which we are currently involved, the ultimate outcomes with respect to these matters remain uncertain. Litigation and other proceedings may require that we pay settlement costs, legal fees, damages, penalties or other charges, which could adversely affect our financial results. In particular, ongoing and other legal proceedings brought under state consumer protection statutes may result in a separate fine for each violation of the statute, which, particularly in the case of class action lawsuits, could result in damages substantially in excess of the amounts we earned from the underlying activities and that could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and financial position.
 
Governmental investigations, both state and federal, can be either formal or informal. The costs of responding to the investigations can be substantial. In addition, government-mandated changes to servicing practices could lead to higher costs and additional administrative burdens, in particular, those regarding record retention and informational obligations.


140


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT
 
Directors and Executive Officers
 
The following table sets forth the name, age and position of individuals who currently serve as directors and executive officers of Nationstar Mortgage LLC. Except as otherwise noted below, each of the individuals listed below served as a manager or officer of Nationstar Mortgage LLC and has been named to the corresponding position at Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc. in connection with our initial public offering. The following also includes certain information regarding our directors’ individual experience qualifications, attributes and skills that led us to conclude that they should serve as directors.
 
             
Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
Anthony H. Barone
    54    
Chairman and Director
Peter M. Smith
    44    
Director
Jay Bray
    45    
President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Director
Robert Appel
    49    
Executive Vice President of Servicing
Amar Patel
    40    
Executive Vice President of Portfolio Investments
Lisa Rogers
    48    
Executive Vice President of Retail Production
Douglas Krueger
    43    
Executive Vice President of Capital Markets
 
Anthony H. Barone is the Chairman of the Board of Managers of Nationstar Mortgage LLC and has served as a Manager since 2006. Mr. Barone also served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Nationstar Mortgage LLC from 1997 to 2011. Mr. Barone has over 30 years of experience in the mortgage industry. From 1980 to 1986, Mr. Barone held management positions in loan servicing, originations, secondary marketing and credit administration at General Electric Capital Corporation. From 1987 to 1989, Mr. Barone held management positions in loan servicing, originations, secondary marketing and credit administration at Meritor Credit Corporation. From 1990 to 1997, Mr. Barone served as Executive Vice President of Ford Consumer Finance, a former mortgage lending and servicing subsidiary of Ford Motor Credit Corporation. Mr. Barone holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of Connecticut. As a result of his service as Nationstar Mortgage LLC’s President and Chief Executive Officer for over 14 years and Nationstar Mortgage LLC’s Manager for over five years, as well as his over 30 years of experience in the mortgage industry, we believe Mr. Barone brings a deep understanding of our business and the mortgage industry, and therefore should serve on the board.
 
Peter M. Smith has served as a Manager of Nationstar Mortgage LLC since 2007 (but he is not a director of Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc.). Mr. Smith is a managing director in the Private Equity business at Fortress Investment Group LLC and is also a member of the firm’s Management Committee. In addition Mr. Smith is a member of the board of directors of Springleaf Finance, Inc., Springleaf Finance Corporation, ANC Acquisition Sub Manager LLC and Eurocastle Investment Limited. Mr. Smith joined Fortress in May 1998, prior to which he worked at UBS and, before that, at BlackRock Financial Management Inc. from 1996 to 1998. Mr. Smith worked at CRIIMI MAE Inc. from 1991 to 1996. Mr. Smith received a BBA in Finance from Radford University and a MBA in Finance from George Washington University.
 
Jay Bray is the President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Nationstar Mortgage LLC. Mr. Bray has served as the President of Nationstar Mortgage LLC since July 2011, as the Chief Executive Officer of Nationstar Mortgage LLC since October 2011 and as the Chief Financial Officer since he joined Nationstar Mortgage LLC in May 2000. Mr. Bray has served as a Manager of Nationstar Mortgage LLC since October 2011 and also as a Director of Nationstar Capital Corporation since March 2010. Mr. Bray has over 22 years of experience in the mortgage servicing and originations industry. From 1988 to 1994, Mr. Bray worked with Arthur Andersen in Atlanta, Georgia, where he served as an audit manager from 1992 to 1994. From 1994 to 2000, Mr. Bray held a variety of leadership roles at Bank of


141


Table of Contents

America and predecessor entities, where he managed the Asset Backed Securitization process for mortgage-related products, developed and implemented a secondary execution strategy and profitability plan and managed investment banking relationships, secondary marketing operations and investor relations. Additionally, Mr. Bray led the portfolio acquisition, pricing and modeling group. Mr. Bray holds a B.A.A. in Accounting from Auburn University and is a Certified Public Accountant in the State of Georgia. As a result of his service as Nationstar Mortgage LLC’s Chief Financial Officer for over 11 years, as well as his over 22 years of experience in the mortgage industry, we believe Mr. Bray brings a deep understanding of our business and the mortgage industry and therefore should serve on the board.
 
Robert Appel is the Executive Vice President of Servicing of Nationstar Mortgage LLC and has served in this capacity since joining us in February 2008. Mr. Appel has over 21 years of experience in the mortgage industry and five years of public accounting experience. From 1985 to 1990, he served as an audit manager with Ernst and Young LLP. From 1990 to 1992, he held a position as Vice President of Control for Tyler Cabot Mortgage Securities Fund, a NYSE listed bond fund. From 1992 to 1999, Mr. Appel held a position at Capstead Mortgage where he started a master servicing organization and later became Senior Vice President of Default Management for Capstead’s primary servicer. From 1999 to 2003, he was Managing Director of GMAC’s Master Servicing operation. From 2003 to 2005, Mr. Appel was Chief Executive Officer of GMAC’s United Kingdom mortgage lending business. From 2005 to 2008, he served as Servicing Manager of GMAC’s $100 billion non-prime residential servicing platform. Mr. Appel holds a B.S., cum laude, in Business Control Systems from the University of North Texas and was formerly a Certified Public Accountant, Certified Financial Planner and a former member of the Freddie Mac Default Advisory Group.
 
Amar Patel is the Executive Vice President of Portfolio Investments of Nationstar Mortgage LLC and has served in this capacity since joining us in June 2006. Mr. Patel has over 19 years of experience in the mortgage industry. From 1993 to 2006, Mr. Patel held various management roles at Capstead Mortgage Corporation, last serving as Senior Vice President of Asset and Liability Management. Mr. Patel holds a B.B.A. in Finance and Mathematics from Baylor University and an M.B.A. from Southern Methodist University.
 
Lisa A. Rogers is the Executive Vice President, National Production Manager of Nationstar Mortgage LLC. Ms. Rogers has over 18 years of leadership experience in the mortgage industry. Prior to joining us in September 2011, Ms. Rogers was Senior Vice President, National Wholesale Operations and Support Manager for Wells Fargo Home Mortgage. Ms. Rogers had been with Wells Fargo since 1993 in a variety of roles including production risk management and strategic development. Ms. Rogers is a Master Certified Mortgage Banker and a graduate of both the School of Mortgage Banking and the Mortgage Bankers Association Future Leaders Program. Ms. Rogers is a past instructor of the School of Mortgage Banking.
 
Douglas Krueger is the Executive Vice President of Capital Markets and has served in this capacity since joining Nationstar in February 2009. Mr. Krueger has over 20 years of experience in the mortgage industry. For five years, Mr. Krueger held various senior leadership roles with CitiMortgage managing the secondary marketing and master servicing areas. Mr. Krueger also served as Senior Vice President with Principal Residential Mortgage for 13 years. Mr. Krueger holds a B.B.A. from the University of Iowa and has earned the Chartered Financial Analyst designation.
 
Board of Directors
 
In connection with the Restructuring, we will adopt a new certificate of incorporation and new bylaws. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that our board shall consist of not less than     and not more than      directors as the board of directors may from time to time determine. Our board of directors is divided into three classes that are, as nearly as possible, of equal size. Each class of directors is elected for a three-year term of office, but the terms are staggered so that the term of only one class of directors expires at each annual general meeting. The initial terms of the Class I, Class II and Class III directors will expire in 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Messrs.          ,           and           will each serve as a Class I


142


Table of Contents

director, Messrs.           and           will each serve as a Class II director and Messrs.           and           will each serve as a Class III director. All officers serve at the discretion of the board of directors. Under our stockholders agreement, or the “Stockholders Agreement,” with our Initial Stockholder, which we and the Initial Stockholder will execute prior to the completion of this offering, we are required to take all reasonable actions within our control (including nominating as directors the individuals designated by our Initial Stockholder that otherwise meet our reasonable standards for board nominations), subject to applicable regulatory and listing requirements (including the director independence requirements of the NYSE), so that up to a majority (depending upon the level of ownership of the Initial Stockholder and certain other affiliates of Fortress and permitted transferees (referred to in this prospectus, collectively, as the “Fortress Stockholders”) of the members of our board of directors are individuals designated by our Initial Stockholder. Upon completion of this offering, and in accordance with our Stockholders Agreement, our board of directors will consist of           directors,           of whom will be “independent,” as defined under the rules of the NYSE. Our board of directors has determined that Messrs.          ,          ,           and           will be our independent directors.
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors, which means that the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock can elect all of the directors standing for election, and the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any directors, subject to our obligations under our Stockholders Agreement discussed in the previous paragraph.
 
Committees of the Board of Directors
 
Upon completion of this offering, we will establish the following committees of our board of directors.
 
Audit Committee
 
The audit committee:
 
  •     reviews the audit plans and findings of our independent registered public accounting firm and our internal audit and risk review staff, as well as the results of regulatory examinations, and tracks management’s corrective action plans where necessary;
 
  •     reviews our financial statements, including any significant financial items and/or changes in accounting policies, with our senior management and independent registered public accounting firm;
 
  •     reviews our financial risk and control procedures, compliance programs and significant tax, legal and regulatory matters; and
 
  •     has the sole discretion to appoint annually our independent registered public accounting firm, evaluate its independence and performance and set clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent registered public accounting firm.
 
The members of the committee have not yet been appointed. We will be required to have one director on our audit committee beginning on the date of effectiveness of the registration statement filed with the Commission in connection with this offering and of which this prospectus is a part. After such 90-day period and until one year from the date of effectiveness of the registration statement, we are required to have a majority of independent directors on our audit committee. Thereafter, our audit committee is required to be


143


Table of Contents

comprised entirely of independent directors. By effectiveness of the registration statement, we will have appointed at least one member to this committee who is an “independent” director as defined under the rules of the NYSE and Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “Exchange Act”). Each director appointed to the audit committee will be determined to be financially literate by our board, and one is expected to be our audit committee financial expert.
 
Nominating, Corporate Governance and Conflicts Committee
 
The nominating, corporate governance and conflicts committee:
 
  •     reviews the performance of our board of directors and makes recommendations to the board regarding the selection of candidates, qualification and competency requirements for service on the board and the suitability of proposed nominees as directors;
 
  •     advises the board with respect to the corporate governance principles applicable to us;
 
  •     oversees the evaluation of the board and management;
 
  •     reviews and approves in advance any related party transaction, other than those that are pre-approved pursuant to pre-approval guidelines or rules established by the committee; and
 
  •     established guidelines or rules to cover specific categories of transactions.
 
The members of the committee have not yet been appointed. We expect to have      independent nominating, corporate governance and conflicts committee member, as defined under the rules of the NYSE, upon the listing of our common stock on the NYSE, a majority of independent directors within 90 days of such listing and all independent directors within one year of such listing.
 
Compensation Committee
 
The compensation committee:
 
  •     reviews and recommends to the board the salaries, benefits and equity incentive grants for all employees, consultants, officers, directors and other individuals we compensate;
 
  •     reviews and approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to Chief Executive Officer compensation, evaluates the Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of those goals and objectives, and determines the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation based on that evaluation; and
 
  •     oversees our compensation and employee benefit plans.
 
The members of the compensation committee have not yet been appointed. We expect to have      independent compensation committee member, as defined under the rules of the NYSE, upon the listing of our common stock on the NYSE, a majority of independent directors within 90 days of such listing and all independent directors within one year of such listing. Any “independent” directors, as defined under the rules of the NYSE, appointed to the compensation committee will also be “non-employee” directors as defined in Rule 16b-3(b)(3) under the Exchange Act and “outside” directors within the meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(c)(i) of the Code.


144


Table of Contents

 
COMPENSATION DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS
 
This Compensation Discussion and Analysis is designed to provide an understanding of the compensation program for our CEO and CFO, Jay Bray, our Executive Vice President, Servicing, Robert L. Appel, our Executive Vice President, Portfolio Investments, Amar Patel, our Executive Vice President, Capital Markets, Douglas Krueger and, our Chairman and former CEO, Anthony H. Barone, (collectively, our named executive officers or “NEOs”), with respect to our 2011 fiscal year. Effective October 7, 2011, Mr. Bray became our CEO and Mr. Barone became the Chairman of the Board of Managers of Nationstar Mortgage LLC. Our executive officers receive no direct compensation from us. The executives who run our Company are compensated by Nationstar Mortgage LLC, and therefore, the disclosure in this section relates to the compensation arrangements of Nationstar Mortgage LLC. References to “our” compensation policies in this section refer to the joint policies and practices of us and Nationstar Mortgage LLC.
 
Compensation Philosophy and Objectives
 
Our primary executive compensation goals are to attract, motivate and retain the most talented and dedicated executives and to align annual and long-term incentives while enhancing unitholder value. To achieve these goals we maintain compensation plans that:
 
  •     Deliver a mix of fixed and at-risk compensation, including through the grants of restricted units and restricted preferred units.
 
  •     Through dividend equivalents on grants of restricted units and restricted preferred units, tie a portion of the overall compensation of executive officers to the dividends we pay to our unitholders.
 
  •     Encourage the achievement of our short- and long-term goals on both the individual and company levels.
 
Process for Setting Executive Officer Compensation
 
Peter Smith, the designated manager (the “Manager”) of our Initial Stockholder, the sole member of the Company (our “Parent”), and its unitholders evaluate our performance, including the achievement of key investment and capital raising goals, and the individual performance of each NEO, with a goal of setting overall compensation at levels that our Parent and its unitholders believe are appropriate.
 
Participation of Management.   Our NEOs are not directly responsible for determining our CEO’s compensation, although they regularly provide information to our Parent and its unitholders that is relevant to its evaluation of the NEOs’ compensation (for instance, in terms of our performance against established compensation goals and otherwise). By contrast, the CEO plays a more active role in determining the compensation of the other NEOs, who are his subordinates. He regularly advises our Parent and its unitholders of his own evaluation of their job performance and offers for consideration his own recommendations for their compensation levels. Final compensation decisions are executed by the Manager.
 
Compensation Consultant.   We have not retained a compensation consultant to review our policies and procedures with respect to executive compensation, although the Company or Parent may elect in the future to retain a compensation consultant if they determine that doing so would assist it in implementing and maintaining compensation plans.
 
Risk Considerations.   In developing and reviewing the executive incentive programs, our Parent and unitholders consider the business risks inherent in program designs to ensure they do not induce executives to take unacceptable levels of business risk for the purpose of increasing their incentive plan awards. Our Parent and unitholders believe that the mix of compensation components used in the determination of our NEOs’


145


Table of Contents

compensation reflects the performance of our Company and the performance of the individual employee and does not encourage our NEOs to take unreasonable risks relating to the business. Our NEOs’ ownership interest in the Company aligns our NEOs’ interests with our long-term performance and discourages excessive risk taking.
 
Elements of Compensation
 
Our executive compensation consists of the elements set forth below. Determinations regarding any one element of compensation affect determinations regarding each other element of compensation, because the goal of our Parent and unitholders is to set overall compensation at an appropriate level. Our Parent and unitholders take into account in this regard the extent to which different compensation elements are at-risk. Accordingly, for example, the amount of salary paid to an NEO is considered by our Parent and unitholders in determining the amount of any cash bonus or restricted unit or restricted preferred unit award, but the relationship among the elements is not formulaic because of the need to balance the likelihood that the at-risk components of compensation will actually be paid at any particular level. We further base overall compensation packages of our executive officers on their experience, current market conditions, business trends, and overall Company performance. As a result, the total compensation of our NEOs in 2011 consisted of the following elements: (1) base salary, (2) non-equity incentive plan awards, (3) equity awards, and (4) participation in employee benefit plans.
 
Base Salary
 
We utilize base salary as the foundation of our compensation program. Base salaries for our NEOs are established based upon the scope of their responsibilities and what is necessary to recruit and retain skilled executives. We believe that our executives’ base salaries are comparable with salaries paid to executives at companies of a similar size and with a similar performance to us. Base salaries are reviewed annually in accordance with the NEO’s annual performance evaluation and increased from time to time in view of each NEO’s individual responsibilities, individual and company performance, and experience.
 
Messrs. Bray, Patel, Krueger and Barone had entered into employment agreements with the Company that set a minimum salary upon execution of the agreement; however, their employment agreements expired in 2011 and they are currently employees at will. Mr. Appel has entered into a employment agreement with the Company that set a minimum salary upon execution of the agreement. These base salaries are intended to complement the at-risk components of the Company’s compensation program by assuring that our NEOs will receive an appropriate minimum level of compensation.
 
Annual Bonus Plans
 
Annual bonus incentives keyed to short-term objectives form an important part of our compensation program. Our annual bonus plans are designed to provide incentives to achieve certain financial goals of the Company, as well as personal objectives.
 
The Incentive Plan for Messrs. Barone, Bray, Appel and Patel.   Messrs. Barone, Bray, Appel, and Patel participate in our Annual Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Incentive Plan”). The Incentive Plan provides for payment of annual cash incentive bonuses from a pool equal to 5% of the Company’s Operating Cash Flow. Operating Cash Flow is generally equal to Adjusted EBITDA from the Operating Segments less servicing resulting from transfers of financial assets. In calculating Operating Cash Flow, non-cash components affecting Adjusted EBITDA both positively and negatively, if any, are excluded. This measure of Operating Cash Flow is intended to represent the Company’s cash revenues less all fully allocated cash and accrued expenses. Tying bonus payments to Operating Cash Flow puts a significant portion of these executives’ salary at risk and ties their compensation to our operational and financial results. The Incentive Plan is maintained by Nationstar Mortgage LLC and is administered by our Parent. Our Parent chose the


146


Table of Contents

Company’s Operating Cash Flow as an incentive metric believing that it reflects the efficiency with which our management team manages the Company on a short- and long-term basis.
 
Our Parent may not decrease the amount of the bonus pool. Each fiscal year, our Parent determines each applicable NEO’s allocable portion of the bonus pool for that fiscal year, provided, however, that our Parent may not reduce any executive’s allocable percentage to less than 75% of the executive’s percentage for the prior fiscal year. To receive the actual award, the NEO must be employed by the Company (and not have given notice of intent to resign) on the last day of the fiscal year to which the bonus relates.
 
The following are our NEO’s target bonus percentages for 2011:
 
         
    Allocable
 
    Percentage of the
 
Name
 
Bonus Pool
 
 
Jay Bray
    31.7%  
Robert L. Appel
    17.2%  
Amar Patel
    15.5%  
Anthony H. Barone
    35.6%  
 
Annual Incentive Program for Mr. Krueger.   Mr. Krueger participates in our annual cash incentive program, which includes Company and individual performance measures. Mr. Krueger’s key objectives for 2011 were Operating Cash Flow (20% weight factor in final payout), secondary marketing profit/loss (30% weight) and other deliverables (50% weight). In 2011, Mr. Krueger’s other responsibilities were associated with managing hedging risks, execution of loan sales, GSE and investor relations and frequency of repurchase requests. Under the annual incentive program, Company and individual performance measures are established at the beginning of the fiscal year by the Company’s Board of Managers. At year end, the Board of Managers rates the results for each key objective on a scale of one to five. The rating is multiplied by the weight of each key objective to result in a weighted score, with five being the highest possible score. The weighted score is converted into a percentage and multiplied by Mr. Krueger’s bonus opportunity to result in the annual cash incentive awarded. The annual cash incentive is generally paid in a single installment in the first quarter following completion of the plan year. Mr. Krueger must be employed by the Company on December 31 of the award year and not have given notice of termination by the time that the award is paid to receive the bonus. As a condition of participation in the annual incentive plan, Mr. Krueger is subject to a non-solicitation covenant. Following our public offering, we anticipate Mr. Krueger will continue to receive annual incentive awards but the Compensation Committee has made no definitive decisions regarding future awards.
 
Long-Term Incentive Plans
 
Equity Incentive Plan.   We have provided long-term incentives in the form of grants of Series 1 and Series 2 Class A units (“Units”) and restricted preferred units relating to Series 1 Class C and Class D preferred units (“RSUs”) of the Initial Stockholder to our NEOs to promote sustained high performance. Units and RSUs are granted pursuant to the limited liability company agreement of the Initial Stockholder and individual award agreements. No Units or RSUs were granted to NEOs in 2011. In 2010, substantial one-time grants of Units and RSUs, subject to three-year vesting, were granted to each of Messrs. Bray, Appel, Patel and Barone based on a review of our existing compensation arrangements with our most highly valued executives and the business environment. Specifically, the grants were intended to both serve as a long-term incentive device, a retention device and to further align the interests of Messrs. Bray, Appel, Patel and Barone with the Company in the future.
 
The Units and RSUs vest over a three year period. Each RSU represents the right to receive one Series 1 Class C preferred unit or one Series 1 Class D preferred unit, as applicable, upon vesting and settlement of the RSU. If the Company pays a dividend to Class C or Class D unitholders (other than with


147


Table of Contents

respect to any pre-2010 preferred yield), the executive will be entitled to receive a proportionate payment based on the number of RSUs he holds, whether or not they have vested.
 
Our equity arrangements provide for accelerated vesting of the number of Units and RSUs scheduled to vest on the next scheduled vesting date, if any, where the employment of an applicable NEO is terminated without “cause” (other than within six months after a “change in control”), by such NEO for “good reason” or upon death or disability, subject to the NEO executing a general release of claims in favor of the Company. If the employment of an applicable NEO is terminated without cause within six months following a change in control, subject to the NEO executing a general release of claims in favor of the Company, all unvested Units and RSUs will vest. We believe that such a provision benefits the Company and its unitholders by giving our NEOs some protection so they may make decisions about the Company and any potential transaction free from concerns about the impact to their unvested equity awards. On any other termination of employment, all unvested Units and RSUs will be forfeited.
 
Following termination of employment, the applicable series will have certain repurchase rights with respect to the Series 1 and Series 2 Class A units and the Series 1 Class C and Class D preferred units. The applicable series, and if the series elects not to exercise its right, the Fortress Funds, which own the Initial Stockholder, may repurchase the applicable units for 30 days following the executive’s termination of employment. The repurchase price per unit is calculated as set forth in the limited liability company agreement of the Initial Stockholder and the applicable award agreements. Thus, the repurchase price differs based on the unit’s series, as well as the reason for termination. Class A units granted to Messrs. Bray, Appel, Patel and Barone, may be repurchased (a) following a termination for cause at the lesser of fair market value on the date of (i) termination or (ii) grant, and (b) following a termination for any other reason, for fair market value on the date of termination. Class C and D units may be repurchased for an amount equal to the sum of (i) the purchase price of the units plus any additional capital contributions less any distribution paid with respect to the units and (ii) any accrued and preferred yield less any accrued unpaid pre-2010 preferred yield.
 
Equity Plan Adopted in Connection with our Initial Public Offering.   Prior to the completion of the offering, we intend to adopt, subject to stockholder approval the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which will enable us to offer certain key employees, consultants and non-employee directors equity-based awards. The purpose of the Plan is to enhance our profitability and value for the benefit of stockholders by enabling us to offer equity-based incentives in order to attract, retain and reward such individuals, while strengthening the mutuality of interests between those individuals and our stockholders. Up to           shares of our common stock may be issued under the plan with annual increases of           shares of common stock per year (subject to adjustment to reflect certain transactions and events specified in the Plan, as described below). The maximum aggregate awards that may be granted during any fiscal year will be           shares. We intend to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares issuable under the Plan.
 
The following is a summary of the material terms and provisions of the Plan and certain tax effects of participation in the Plan. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the Plan, which is attached hereto as Exhibit       and incorporated herein. To the extent that there is a conflict between this summary and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms that are used but not defined in this summary have the meanings given to them in the Plan.
 
Description of the Plan
 
Plan Administration.   The Plan will be administered by the compensation committee (the “Committee”), which will have discretion and authority to interpret the Plan, prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations regarding the Plan, select Participants to receive Awards, determine the form, terms and conditions of Awards, and take other actions it deems necessary or advisable for the proper operation or administration of the Plan.


148


Table of Contents

 
Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.   All Stock Options granted under the Plan are intended to be non-qualified share options and are not intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code. Stock Appreciation Rights may be awarded either alone or in tandem with Nonqualified Stock Options. Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights will have maximum terms of ten years. Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights will be subject to the following terms and conditions:
 
  •     The Exercise Price for each Share subject to a Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be not less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.
 
Restricted Units, Restricted Stock, Deferred Shares and Performance Shares.   Restricted Units, Restricted Stock, Deferred Shares and Performance Shares are subject to the following terms and conditions:
 
  •     The Committee will determine the purchase price, the vesting schedule and performance objectives, if any, with respect to the grant of Restricted Shares, Restricted Units, Deferred Shares and Performance Shares.
 
Other Stock-Based Awards.   The Committee may, from time to time, grant Awards other than those referred to above that consist of, are denominated in, or are otherwise related to Shares. These Awards may include, among other things, stock units or phantom or hypothetical shares. The Committee has broad discretion to determine any terms and conditions that will apply to Other Stock-Based Awards under the Plan.
 
Cash-Based Awards.   The Committee may grant Cash-Based Awards that may be settled in cash or other property, including shares of Common Stock. The Committee has broad discretion to determine any terms and conditions that will apply to Cash-Based Awards under the Plan.
 
Transfer.   Awards may not be transferred by a Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, except that Restricted Stock may be freely transferred after the restrictions lapse or are satisfied and the Shares are delivered.
 
Adjustments.   The maximum number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan, the individual and aggregate limits described above, the number of Shares underlying outstanding Awards and the Exercise Price applicable to outstanding Awards shall be equitably adjusted upon certain events effecting the capitalization of Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc. such as a recapitalization or stock split. Upon the occurrence of certain extraordinary corporate transactions, such as a dissolution, sale, or merger of Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc., the Committee has discretion to cancel each Award in exchange for an amount in cash or to provide for the exchange of each Award for an Award with respect to some or all of the property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Award would have received in the transaction.
 
Change in Control.   The Committee has discretion to provide for acceleration of vesting and/or payment of Awards upon a Change in Control, as defined in the Plan.
 
Amendment and Termination.   The Committee has authority at any time to amend or terminate the Plan, provided that such amendment may not be prejudicial to any Participant. No material revision to the Plan may become effective without stockholder approval. For this purpose, a revision will be deemed to be material based on the rules adopted by the NYSE from time to time or if it materially increases the number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan (other than as a result of an adjustment described above or automatic increases). NYSE rules currently provide that material revisions which require stockholder approval include a material increase in the number of shares available under the Plan, a material expansion of the types of awards available under the plan, a material expansion of the class of employees, directors, or other service providers eligible under the Plan, a material extension of the term of the Plan, a material change in the method of determining the strike price of options under the Plan and an amendment to permit option repricing. The Plan


149


Table of Contents

will terminate, if not sooner as a result of Committee action, on the 10th anniversary of the date the Plan is adopted.
 
Summary of Federal Income Tax Consequences of Awards
 
The following is a brief summary of the principal U.S. federal income tax consequences of Awards and transactions under the Plan. This summary is not intended to be exhaustive and, among other things, does not describe state, local or foreign tax consequences.
 
Nonqualified Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.   A Participant will not recognize any income at the time a Nonqualified Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right is granted, nor will we be entitled to a deduction at that time. When a Nonqualified Stock Option is exercised, the Participant will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Shares received as of the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. When a Stock Appreciation Right is exercised, the Participant will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the cash received or, if the Stock Appreciation Right is paid in Shares, the Fair Market Value of the Shares received as of the date of exercise. Payroll taxes are required to be withheld from the Participant on the amount of ordinary income recognized by the Participant. We will be entitled to a tax deduction with respect to a Nonqualified Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right in the same amount as the Participant recognizes income.
 
Restricted Units, Restricted Stock and Performance Awards.   A Participant will not recognize any income at the time a Restricted Unit, Share of Restricted Stock or Performance Award is granted, nor will we be entitled to a deduction at that time. When a Restricted Unit is redeemed, the Participant will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Shares received or, if the Restricted Unit is paid in cash, the amount payable. In the year in which Shares of Restricted Stock or the Performance Award are no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture ( i.e. , in the year that the Shares vest), the Participant will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of vesting over the amount, if any, the Participant paid for the Shares. A Participant may, however, elect within 30 days after receiving Restricted Stock to recognize ordinary income in the year of receipt instead of the year of vesting. If an election is made, the amount of income recognized by the Participant will be equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of receipt over the amount, if any, the Participant paid for the Shares. Payroll taxes are required to be withheld from the Participant on the amount of ordinary income recognized by the Participant. We will be entitled to a tax deduction in the same amount as the Participant recognizes income.
 
Deferred Shares.   In general, the grant of Deferred Shares will not result in income for the Participant or in a tax deduction for us. Upon the settlement of such an award, the Participant will recognize ordinary income equal to the aggregate value of the payment received, and we generally will be entitled to a tax deduction in the same amount.
 
Cash-Based Awards.   A Participant will not recognize any income at the time of the grant to the Participant of a Cash-Based Award. The Participant will recognize income at the time that cash is paid to the participant pursuant to a Cash-Based Award, in the amount paid. Payroll taxes will be required to be withheld at that time. We will be entitled to a tax deduction in the same amount as the amount the Participant recognizes income.
 
Long-Term Incentive Plan.   Mr. Krueger participates in a long-term incentive plan which is designed to reward company and individual performance and serve as a retention device. Awards are determined at the conclusion of the plan year (calendar) based upon the Company’s overall financial performance and Mr. Krueger’s contribution to those results. The Company made no long-term incentive awards to NEOs in 2011. However, Messrs. Bray, Patel and Barone received awards in 2008 that vested in 2011 in the amounts of $200,000, $150,000 and $300,000, respectively. Following our public offering, we anticipate Mr. Krueger will continue to receive long-term incentive awards. However, the Compensation Committee has made no


150


Table of Contents

definitive decisions regarding future awards. Awards are approved by our Board of Managers with an award date of December 31 of the year just concluded. The award is generally subject to a three year cliff vesting requirement from the date of the award, which provides an important retention incentive as the executive must remain employed by the Company to receive the award. The award ordinarily is paid in a single installment in the first quarter of the third year following grant. Mr. Krueger must be employed by the Company on the date of payout to receive the award.
 
Severance Benefits
 
As noted above, we have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Appel and we had entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Bray, Patel, Krueger and Barone that expired in 2011. While the employment agreements are in effect, the agreements provide severance benefits to such officers in the circumstances described in greater detail below in the section entitled “Employment Agreements.”
 
Other Compensation Components
 
All of our executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including medical, dental, life insurance and 401(k) plans. These plans are available to all employees and do not discriminate in favor of our NEOs. In addition, we reimburse Mr. Barone and Mr. Bray for the cost of life insurance premiums pursuant to our Executive Life Program. We do not view perquisites as a significant element of our comprehensive compensation structure; however, we believe some perquisites are necessary for the Company to attract and retain superior management talent for the benefit of all unitholders. The value of these benefits to the NEOs is set forth in the Summary Compensation Table under the column “All Other Compensation” and details about each benefit is set forth in a table following the Summary Compensation Table.
 
Summary Compensation Table
 
The following table sets forth the annual compensation for the NEOs serving at the end of fiscal year 2011.
 
                                                         
                            Non-Stock
             
                      Stock
    Incentive Plan
    All Other
       
          Salary
    Bonus
    Awards
    Compensation
    Compensation
    Total
 
Name
 
Year
   
($)
   
($)
   
($)(1)
   
($)
   
($)
   
($)
 
 
Jay Bray
    2011       320,000                   1,633,459 (2)     11,048 (6)     1,964,507  
      2010       320,000             9,918,148       809,434 (3)     11,048 (6)     11,058,630  
      2009       289,800                   630,235 (5)     11,069 (7)     931,104  
Robert L. Appel
    2011       275,000                   886,495 (2)     6,875 (8)     1,168,370  
      2010       275,000             6,467,985       439,288 (3)     5,500 (8)     7,187,773  
      2009       275,000                   342,035 (5)     5,500 (8)     622,535  
Amar Patel
    2011       255,000                   797,958 (2)     6,231 (8)     1,059,189  
      2010       255,000             4,147,863       395,415 (3)     6,231 (8)     4,804,509  
      2009       255,000                   307,875 (5)     6,231 (8)     569,106  
Douglas Krueger
    2011       257,500                   350,000 (2)     7,725 (8)     615,225  
      2010       250,000                   425,000 (9)     3,125 (8)     678,125  
      2009       215,064       50,000 (10)           350,000 (11)     41,239 (12)     656,303  
Anthony H. Barone
    2011       424,350                   1,832,088 (2)     17,036 (13)     2,273,474  
      2010       424,350             9,584,458       907,862 (3)     16,116 (4)     10,932,786  
      2009       424,350                   706,872 (5)     16,116 (4)     1,147,338  
 
(1) Represents the aggregate grant date fair value, as computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation excluding the effect of estimated forfeitures during the applicable vesting periods, of units


151


Table of Contents

and RSUs granted to the NEOs. Information with respect to vesting of these awards is disclosed in the Grant of Plan Based Awards table and the accompanying notes.
 
(2) These amounts will be paid in the first quarter of fiscal year 2012 but represent awards with respect to the Company’s and individual performance in fiscal year 2011.
 
(3) These amounts were paid in the first quarter of fiscal year 2011 but represent awards with respect to the Company’s and individual performance in fiscal year 2010.
 
(4) Represents payment of a life insurance premium equal to $9,216 and a $6,900 contribution to Mr. Barone’s 401(k) account.
 
(5) These amounts were paid in the first quarter of fiscal 2010 but represent awards with respect to the Company’s and individual performance in fiscal year 2009.
 
(6) Represents payment of a life insurance premium equal to $5,998 and a $5,050 contribution to Mr. Bray’s 401(k) account.
 
(7) Represents payment of a life insurance premium equal to $5,998 and a $5,071 contribution to Mr. Bray’s 401(k) account.
 
(8) Represents a contribution to the NEO’s 401(k) account.
 
(9) Of this amount, $300,000 was paid in the first quarter of fiscal year 2011, although it represents an award with respect to the Company’s and Mr. Krueger’s individual performance in fiscal year 2010. The remaining $125,000 is pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan, described above, and is subject to three-year time-based cliff vesting; this amount will become vested on December 31, 2013 as long as Mr. Krueger remains employed with the Company.
 
(10) Represents a sign-on bonus Mr. Krueger received pursuant to his employment agreement when he joined the Company.
 
(11) Of this amount, $225,000 was paid in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010, although it represents an award with respect to the Company’s and Mr. Krueger’s individual performance in fiscal year 2009, as described in Annual Incentive Program for Mr. Krueger . The remaining $125,000 is pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan, described above, and is subject to three-year time-based cliff vesting; this amount will become vested on December 31, 2012 as long as Mr. Krueger remains employed with the Company.
 
(12) Represents payment of a relocation expenses equal to $39,469 and a $1,770 contribution to Mr. Krueger’s 401(k) account.
 
(13) Represents payment of a life insurance premium equal to $9,216 and a $7,820 contribution to Mr. Barone’s 401(k) account.
 
Grants of Plan-Based Awards
 
The following table sets forth, for each of the Executive Officers, the grants of awards under any plan during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.
 
         
    Estimated
 
    Future
 
    Payouts
 
    Under
 
    Non-Equity
 
    Incentive Plan
 
    Awards
 
Name
 
Target ($)
 
 
Jay Bray
    1,633,459 (1 )
Robert L. Appel
    886,495 (1 )
Amar Patel
    797,958 (1 )
Douglas Krueger
    350,000 (2 )
Anthony H. Barone
    1,832,088 (1 )


152


Table of Contents

 
(1) Represents amounts granted under the Incentive Plan as described in Incentive Plan for Messrs. Barone, Bray, Appel and Patel .
 
(2) Represents the amount granted under the Annual Incentive Program for Mr. Krueger, as described above.
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End
 
The following table sets forth, for each of the NEOs the outstanding equity awards as of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, as described in greater detail in Long-Term Incentive Plan .
 
                                                 
   
Stock Awards
 
    Number of Units That Have
    Market Value of Units That Have
 
   
Not Vested (#)
   
Not Vested ($)
 
Name
 
1A
   
2A
   
C&D
   
1A
   
2A
   
C&D
 
 
Jay Bray (1)
    56,880       10,633       692,917       4,492,347       7,908       961,338  
Robert L. Appel (2)
    34,128       6,379       415,750       2,695,408       4,744       576,803  
Amar Patel (3)
    22,752       4,254       277,167       1,796,939       3,164       384,535  
Douglas Krueger
                                   
Anthony H. Barone (4)
    68,256       12,758       831,500       5,390,816       9,488       1,153,606  
 
(1) This award is subject to vesting. With respect to the Series 1 Class A, the award will vest with respect to 56,880 Series 1 Class A units on June 30, 2012. With respect to the Series 2 Class A, the award will vest with respect to 10,633 Series 2 Class A units on June 30, 2012. With respect to the Series 1 Class C and D preferred units, the award will vest with respect to 692,917 units on June 30, 2012.
 
(2) This award is subject to vesting. With respect to the Series 1 Class A, the award will vest with respect to 34,128 units on June 30, 2012. With respect to the Series 2 Class A, the award will vest with respect to 6,379 units on June 30, 2012. With respect to the Series 1 Class C and D preferred units, the award will vest with respect to 415,750 units on June 30, 2012.
 
(3) This award is subject to vesting. With respect to the Series 1 Class A, the award will vest with respect to 22,752 Series 1 Class A units on June 30, 2012. With respect to the Series 2 Class A, the award will vest with respect to 4,254 Series 2 Class A units on June 30, 2012. With respect to the Series 1 Class C and D preferred units, the award will vest with respect to 277,167 units on June 30, 2012.
 
(4) This award is subject to vesting. With respect to the Series 1 Class A, the award will vest with respect to 68,256 Series 1 Class A units on June 30, 2012. With respect to the Series 2 Class A, the award will vest with respect to 12,758 on June 30, 2012. With respect to the Series 1 Class C and D preferred units, the award will vest with respect to 831,500 units on June 30, 2012.
 
Stock Vested
 
The following table sets forth, for each of the NEOs, information with respect to the vesting of equity-based awards during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.
 
                                                 
   
Stock Awards
 
    Number of Shares
       
   
Acquired on Vesting (#)
   
Value Realized on Vesting ($)
 
Name
 
1A
   
2A
   
C&D
   
1A
   
2A
   
C&D
 
 
Jay Bray
    56,880       10,631       692,917       3,651,920       8,079       888,060  
Robert L. Appel
    34,128       6,379       415,750       2,191,152       4,847       532,836  
Amar Patel
    22,752       4,252       277,167       1,460,768       3,231       355,223  
Douglas Krueger
                                   
Anthony H. Barone
    68,256       12,758       831,500       4,382,303       9,695       1,065,672  


153


Table of Contents

 
Employment Agreements
 
The Company has entered into employment agreements with all of our named executive officers.
 
Employment Agreements of Messrs. Barone and Bray
 
Mr. Barone and the Company entered into an amended and restated employment agreement pursuant to which Mr. Barone agreed to serve as our Chief Executive Officer on September 17, 2010. Mr. Bray and the Company entered into an amended and restated employment agreement pursuant to which Mr. Bray agreed to serve as our Chief Financial Officer on September 17, 2010. Pursuant to their terms, the agreements expired on September 17, 2011 and July 10, 2011, respectively. Pursuant to the employment agreements, upon a termination for any reason or no reason, Messrs. Barone and Bray are bound by one-year post-termination non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality and non-disparagement covenants. These covenants survive the termination or expiration of Messrs. Barone’s and Bray’s employment agreements.
 
Prior to expiration, the employment agreements provided, among other things, for payments to the executive following certain terminations of employment. If prior to the expiration, Mr. Barone’s employment or Mr. Bray’s employment had been terminated by the Company without “cause” or had been terminated by him for “good reason,” subject to his execution of a release of claims, he would have been entitled to (1) 18 months of continued base salary, (2) an amount equal to 150% of the average of his annual cash bonus for the three most recently completed fiscal years and (3) continued coverage under the Company’s medical plan until the earlier of (a) the time he becomes eligible for coverage from a new employer and (b) 12 months following the date of termination. If Mr. Barone’s or Mr. Bray’s employment would have terminated due to his resignation, subject to his execution of a release of claims, he would have been entitled to (1) six months of continued base salary and (2) 50% of the average of his annual cash bonus for the three most recently completed fiscal years. Following the expiration of the term, Mr. Barone and Mr. Bray continued as employees at-will and are not entitled to any severance payments under their respective employment agreements upon any subsequent termination.
 
Employment Agreement of Mr. Appel
 
Mr. Appel and the Company entered into an amended employment agreement pursuant to which Mr. Appel agreed to serve as our Executive Vice President, Servicing on September 17, 2010. The initial term of the employment agreement ends on February 3, 2011 and will be automatically renewed for two additional periods of one year commencing on each of February 4, 2011 and February 4, 2012 unless either party gives the other notice of intent not to renew by no later than January 4, 2011 and January 4, 2012, respectively. Failure by the Company to renew Mr. Appel’s term of employment on February 4, 2011 and February 4, 2012, would entitle Mr. Appel to terminate his employment for “good reason” and receive the severance payments described below. Pursuant to the employment agreement, upon a termination for any reason or no reason, Mr. Appel is bound by one-year post-termination non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality and non-disparagement covenants. These covenants survive the termination or expiration of Mr. Appel’s employment agreement.
 
The employment agreement provides for a one-time cash retention bonus of $400,000 if Mr. Appel is employed by the Company on February 4, 2013 (and has not given notice of his intent to resign). If Mr. Appel’s employment is terminated by the Company without “cause” or is terminated by Mr. Appel for “good reason,” subject to his execution of a release of claims, he would be entitled to (1) an amount equal to (a) 12 months of base salary plus (b) a lump sum severance payment of $175,000, (2) a prorated portion of the annual cash incentive bonus for the year of termination, (3) if such termination occurs prior to February 4, 2013, the retention bonus, and (4) continued coverage under the Company’s medical plan until the earlier of (a) the time Mr. Appel becomes eligible for coverage from a new employer and (b) 12 months following the date of termination. Following February 3, 2013, absent an earlier termination of his employment agreement,


154


Table of Contents

Mr. Appel will continue as an employee at-will and will not be entitled to any severance payments under his employment agreement upon any subsequent termination.
 
Employment Agreement of Mr. Patel
 
Mr. Patel and the Company entered into an amended and restated employment agreement pursuant to which Mr. Patel agreed to serve as our Executive Vice President on September 17, 2010. Pursuant to its terms, the agreement expired on June 1, 2011. Pursuant to the employment agreement, upon a termination for any reason or no reason, Mr. Patel is bound by one-year post-termination non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality and non-disparagement covenants. These covenants survive the termination or expiration of Mr. Patel’s employment agreement.
 
Prior to the expiration of the agreement, if Mr. Patel’s employment had been terminated by the Company without “cause” or had been terminated by Mr. Patel for “good reason,” subject to Mr. Patel’s execution of a release of claims, he would have been entitled to (1) six months of continued base salary, (2) an amount equal to 50% of his annual cash bonus paid to him for the most recently completed fiscal year and (3) continued coverage under the Company’s medical plan until the earlier of (a) the time he became eligible for coverage from a new employer and (b) six months following the date of termination. Following June 1, 2011, Mr. Patel continued as an employee at-will and will not be entitled to any severance payments under his employment agreement upon any subsequent termination.
 
Employment Agreement of Mr. Krueger
 
Mr. Krueger and the Company entered into an employment agreement pursuant to which Mr. Krueger agreed to serve as our Executive Vice President, Capital Markets on February 19, 2009. Pursuant to its terms, the agreement expired on February 18, 2011. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Krueger is bound by a six-month post-termination non-competition, a one-year post-termination non-solicitation, confidentiality and non-disparagement covenants. These covenants survive the termination or expiration of Mr. Krueger’s employment agreement.
 
Prior to the expiration of the agreement, if Mr. Krueger’s employment had been terminated by the Company without “cause” or had been terminated by Mr. Krueger for “good reason,” subject to Mr. Krueger’s execution of a release of claims, he would have been entitled to (1) accrued benefits, (2) an amount equal to Mr. Krueger’s unpaid base salary and guaranteed bonus through February 18, 2011 and (3) continued coverage under the Company’s medical plan until the earlier of (a) the time he becomes eligible for coverage from a new employer and (b) six months following the date of termination. Following February 18, 2011, Mr. Krueger continued as an employee at-will and will not be entitled to any severance payments under his employment agreement upon any subsequent termination.


155


Table of Contents

 
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control
 
The following table sets forth the value of benefits that would have been payable to the NEOs assuming a termination of employment or change of control on December 31, 2011.
 
                                         
                            After
 
                      Termination without
    Change in
 
                      Cause Other than
    Control,
 
                      After A Change in
    Termination
 
                Voluntary
    Control or for Good
    without
 
    Death
    Disability
    Termination
    Reason
    Cause
 
   
($)
   
($)
   
($)
   
($)
   
($)
 
 
Jay Bray
    5,461,593 (1)     5,461,593 (1)     0       5,461,593 (1)     5,461,593 (2)
Robert L. Appel
    3,276,955 (1)     3,276,955 (1)     0       5,027,275 (2)(3)     5,027,275 (2)(3)
Amar Patel
    2,184,638 (1)     2,184,638 (1)     0       2,184,638 (1)     2,184,638 (2)
Douglas Krueger
    125,000 (4)     125,000 (4)     0       0       0  
Anthony H. Barone
    6,553,910 (1)     6,553,910 (1)     0       6,553,910 (1)     6,553,910 (2)
 
(1) Pursuant to the award agreements granting each of Messrs. Barone, Bray, Appel and Patel units and RSUs, in the event the NEO’s employment terminates as a result of the NEO’s death, disability or voluntary resignation for good reason or as a result of the Company terminating the NEO’s employment without cause other than in connection with a change in control, an additional tranche of any outstanding and unvested equity awards will become vested.
 
(2) Pursuant to the award agreements granting each of Messrs. Barone, Bray, Appel and Patel units and RSUs, in the event the NEO’s employment terminates as a result the Company terminating the NEO’s employment without cause within 6 months following a change in control, all of the NEO’s outstanding and unvested equity awards will become vested.
 
(3) Pursuant to his employment agreement upon a termination without cause, Mr. Appel will receive a severance payment of $1,750,320 ($275,000 of salary continuation, $400,000 retention bonus, $175,000 lump sum, $886,495 pro rated bonus (full year as of December 31, 2011) and $13,825 medical benefits). The remaining amount of $3,276,955 is pursuant to the unit and RSU award agreements described in Note (2) above.
 
(4) Pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan, in the event of termination due to death or disability Mr. Krueger will receive a pro rata payout of his outstanding awards.
 
Director Compensation
 
Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc. has not yet paid any compensation to our directors. Following completion of this offering, we will pay an annual fee to each independent director equal to $          , payable in semi-annual installments. In addition, an annual fee of $           will be paid to each member of the audit committee of the board of directors, and an annual fee of $          will be paid to each member of the nominating, corporate governance and conflicts committee and the compensation committee of the board of directors. The chairman of each committee will receive an additional annual fee of $          . Fees to independent directors may be made by issuance of common stock, based on the value of such common stock at the date of issuance, rather than in cash, provided that any such issuance does not prevent such director from being determined to be independent and such shares are granted pursuant to a stockholder approved plan or the issuance is otherwise exempt from NYSE listing requirements. Affiliated directors, however, will not be separately compensated by us. All members of the board of directors will be reimbursed for reasonable costs and expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors. Following the completion of this offering, each independent director will be eligible to receive awards of our common stock under the Plan described above.


156


Table of Contents

 
The Nationstar Mortgage LLC Board of Managers is comprised of managers elected by our unitholders. We currently have three members on the Board of Managers: Anthony Barone, Peter Smith and Jay Bray. Each of Messrs. Barone, Smith and Bray receives no payments in addition to what has been described as a result of his service on the Board of Managers (earned but unpaid salary, accrued but unpaid time off, reimbursable business expenses, vested benefits and benefit continuation pursuant to employee benefit plans).


157


Table of Contents

 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
Under SEC rules, a related person is an officer, director, nominee for director or beneficial holder of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities since the beginning of the last fiscal year or an immediate family member of any of the foregoing. Our board of directors is primarily responsible for developing and implementing processes and controls to obtain information from our directors, executive officers and significant stockholders regarding related-person transactions and then determining, based on the facts and circumstances, whether we or a related person has a direct or indirect material interest in these transactions. We currently do not have a standalone written policy for evaluating related party transactions. Our officers and directors use an established process to review, approve and ratify transactions with related parties. When considering potential transactions involving a related party that may require board approval, our officers notify our board of directors of the proposed transaction, provide a brief background of the transaction and schedule a meeting with the board of directors to review the matter. At such meetings, our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other members of management, as appropriate, provide information to the board of directors regarding the proposed transaction, after which the board of directors and management discuss the transaction and the implications of engaging a related party as opposed to an unrelated third party. If the board of directors (or specified directors as required by applicable legal requirements) determines that the transaction is in our best interests, it will vote to approve entering into the transaction with the applicable related party. Other than compensation agreements and other arrangements which are described under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” and the transactions described below, since January 1, 2010, there has not been, and there is not currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or will be a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
 
We currently serve as the loan servicer for two securitized loan portfolios managed by Newcastle Investment Corp. (“Newcastle”), which is managed by an affiliate of Fortress, for which we receive a monthly net servicing fee equal to 0.5% per annum on the UPB of the portfolios. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, we received servicing fees of $7.4 million, $6.3 million and $4.4 million, respectively. The outstanding UPB as of December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2011, was $1.2 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively.
 
In December 2011, we entered into a sale and assignment agreement (the “Sale Agreement”) with an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Newcastle Investment Corp. (“Newcastle”). We are an affiliate of Newcastle’s manager, which is an affiliate of Fortress. We acquired MSRs on a pool of agency residential mortgage loans in September 2011 (the “Portfolio”). Pursuant to the Sale Agreement, we sold to Newcastle the right to receive 65% of the excess cash flow generated from the MSRs of the Portfolio after receipt of a fixed basic servicing fee per loan. The sale price was $43.7 million. We will retain all ancillary income associated with servicing the Portfolio and 35% of the excess cash flow after receipt of the fixed basic servicing fee. We will continue to be the servicer of the loans and provide all servicing and advancing functions for the Portfolio. Newcastle will not have prior or ongoing obligations associated with the Portfolio. Also in December 2011, we entered into a refinanced loan agreement with Newcastle. Should we refinance any loan in the Portfolio, subject to certain limitations, we will be required to transfer the new loan or a replacement loan into the Portfolio. The new or replacement loan will be governed by the same terms set forth in the Sale Agreement described above. This Sale Agreement will be accounted for as a financing arrangement by us.
 
We currently serve as the loan subservicer for three loan portfolios managed by FCDB FF1 LLC, FCDB 8020 REO LLC, FCDB FF1 2008-1 Trust, FCDB UB 8020 Residential LLC and FCDB GMPL 2008-1 Trust, which is managed by an affiliate of Fortress, for which we receive a monthly per loan subservicing fee and other performance incentive fees subject to our agreement with them. For the years ended December 31, 2009, December 31, 2010, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, we received $1.0 million, $0.6 million and $0.2 million of subservicing fees, respectively. The outstanding UPB as of December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2011, was $121.1 million and $81.1 million, respectively.


158


Table of Contents

 
In September 2010, we entered into a marketing agreement with Springleaf Home Equity, Inc., Springleaf Financial Services of Arkansas, Inc. and MorEquity, Inc. (collectively, the “Entities”), each of which are indirectly owned by investment funds managed by affiliates of Fortress. Pursuant to this agreement, we market our mortgage origination products to customers of the Entities, and are compensated by the origination fees of loans that we refinance. For the year ended December 31, 2010, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 we recognized revenue of $0.4 million and $2.2 million, respectively. The marketing agreement is set to expire on December 31, 2012. Additionally, in January 2011, we entered into three agreements to act as the loan subservicer for the Entities for a whole loan portfolio and two securitized loan portfolios totaling $4.4 billion for which we receive a monthly per loan subservicing fee and other performance incentive fees subject to our agreement with the Entities. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, we recognized revenue of $7.4 million in additional servicing and other performance incentive fees related to these portfolios.
 
Stockholders Agreement
 
General
 
Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into the Stockholders Agreement with the Initial Stockholder.
 
As discussed further below, the Stockholders Agreement that we will enter into prior to completion of this offering provides certain rights to the Initial Stockholder with respect to the designation of directors for nomination and election to our board of directors, as well as registration rights for certain of our securities owned by the Fortress Stockholders.
 
Our Stockholders Agreement will provide that the parties thereto will use their respective reasonable efforts (including voting or causing to be voted all of our voting shares beneficially owned by each) so that no amendment is made to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws in effect as of the date of the Stockholders Agreement that would add restrictions to the transferability of our shares by the Initial Stockholder or its permitted transferees which are beyond those provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, the Stockholders Agreement or applicable securities laws, or that nullify the rights set out in the Stockholders Agreement of the Initial Stockholder or its permitted transferees unless such amendment is approved by the Initial Stockholder.
 
Designation and Election of Directors
 
Our Stockholders Agreement will provide that, for so long as the Stockholders Agreement is in effect, we and the Fortress Stockholders shall take all reasonable actions within our respective control (including voting or causing to be voted all of the securities entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors held of record or beneficially owned by the Fortress Stockholders, and, with respect to us, including in the slate of nominees recommended by the board those individuals designated by the Initial Stockholder) so as to elect to the board, and to cause to continue in office, not more than      directors (or such other number as the Initial Stockholder may agree in writing), of whom, at any given time:
 
  •     at least a majority of such directors shall be individuals designated by the Initial Stockholder, for so long as the Fortress Stockholders beneficially own at least 40% of our voting power;


159


Table of Contents

 
  •     at least      directors (      if the board consists of more than      directors) shall be individuals designated by the Initial Stockholder, for so long as the Fortress Stockholders beneficially own less than 40% but at least 20% of our voting power;
 
  •     at least      directors shall be individuals designated by the Initial Stockholder for so long as the Fortress Stockholders beneficially own less than 20% but at least 10% of our voting power; and
 
  •     at least      director shall be an individual designated by the Initial Stockholder for so long as the Fortress Stockholders has beneficially own less than 10% but at least 5% of our voting power.
 
In accordance with the Stockholders Agreement, the Initial Stockholder will designate          ,          , and           for election to our board of directors prior to the completion of this offering.
 
Registration Rights
 
Demand Rights.   Under our Stockholders Agreement, the Fortress Stockholders will have, for so long as the Fortress Stockholders beneficially own an amount of our common stock (whether owned at the time of this offering or subsequently acquired) equal to or greater than 1% of our shares of common stock issued and outstanding immediately after the consummation of this offering (a “Registrable Amount”), “demand” registration rights that allow the Fortress Stockholders, at any time after      days following the consummation of this offering, to request that we register under the Securities Act an amount equal to or greater than a Registrable Amount. The Fortress Stockholders will be entitled to unlimited demand registrations so long as such persons, together, beneficially own a Registrable Amount. We are also not required to effect any demand registration within three months of a “firm commitment” underwritten offering to which the requestor held “piggyback” rights, described below, and which included at least 50% of the shares of common stock requested by the requestor to be included. We are not obligated to grant a request for a demand registration within three months of any other demand registration.
 
Piggyback Rights.   For so long as the Fortress Stockholders beneficially own an amount of our common stock equal to or greater than 1% of our common stock issued and outstanding immediately after the consummation of this offering, such Fortress Stockholders will also have “piggyback” registration rights that allow them to include the common stock that they own in any public offering of equity securities initiated by us (other than those public offerings pursuant to registration statements on Forms S-4 or S-8) or by any of our other stockholders that have registration rights. The “piggyback” registration rights of the Fortress Stockholders are subject to proportional cutbacks based on the manner of the offering and the identity of the party initiating such offering.
 
Shelf Registration.   Under our Stockholders Agreement, we will grant to the Initial Stockholder or any of its respective permitted transferees, for so long as it beneficially owns a Registrable Amount, the right to request a shelf registration on Form S-3 providing for offerings of our common stock to be made on a continuous basis until all shares covered by such registration have been sold, subject to our right to suspend the use of the shelf registration prospectuses for a reasonable period of time (not exceeding 60 days in succession or 90 days in the aggregate in any 12 month period) if we determine that certain disclosures required by the shelf registration statements would be detrimental to us or our stockholders. In addition, the Initial Stockholder may elect to participate in such shelf registrations within ten days after notice of the registration is given.
 
Indemnification; Expenses; Lock-ups.   Under our Stockholders Agreement, we will agree to indemnify the applicable selling stockholder and its officers, directors, employees, managers, members partners, agents and controlling persons against any losses or damages resulting from any untrue statement or omission of material fact in any registration statement or prospectus pursuant to which it sells shares of our


160


Table of Contents

common stock, unless such liability arose from the applicable selling stockholder’s misstatement or omission, and the applicable selling stockholder has agreed to indemnify us against all losses caused by its misstatements or omissions. We will pay all registration expenses incidental to our performance under the Stockholders Agreement, and the applicable selling stockholder will pay its portion of all underwriting discounts, commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale of its shares of common stock under the Stockholders Agreement. We have agreed to enter into, and to cause our officers and directors to enter into, lock-up agreements in connection with any exercise of registration rights by the Fortress Stockholders.


161


Table of Contents

 
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
Prior to this offering, all of the shares of outstanding common stock of Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc. were owned by the Initial Stockholder, FIF HE Holdings LLC.
 
The following table sets forth information regarding the ownership of our common stock. Other than the Initial Stockholder and its direct and indirect equity holders, we are not aware of any person, or group of affiliated persons, who beneficially owns more than five percent of our outstanding common stock. The percentage of beneficial ownership is based on           shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the Restructuring, and           shares of common stock to be outstanding after the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.
 
                                         
    Number of Shares
          Number of Shares
 
    Beneficially Owned
    Number
    Beneficially Owned
 
   
Prior to the Offering
    of Shares
   
After the Offering
 
    Number
    Percentage
    Being
    Number
    Percentage
 
Name
 
of Shares
   
of Shares
   
Offered
   
of Shares
   
of Shares
 
 
Initial Stockholder (1)
            100 %                        
                                         
 
(1) FIF HE Holdings LLC. The address of the Initial Stockholder is c/o Fortress Investment Group LLC, 1345 Avenue of the Americas, 46th Floor, New York, New York 10105. The text below contains information with respect to the beneficial ownership the Initial Stockholder.
 
The following table sets forth information as of January 1, 2012 regarding the beneficial ownership of the Initial Stockholder’s issued and outstanding Series 1 units by:
 
  •     each person or group who is known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of the Initial Stockholder’s issued and outstanding Series 1 Class A units;
 
  •     each of our directors;
 
  •     each of our NEOs; and
 
  •     all of our directors and executive officers as a group.
 
Beneficial ownership for the purposes of the following table is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting of securities, or to dispose or direct the disposition of securities or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as disclosed in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that each beneficial owner identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all Series 1 units shown as beneficially owned by the beneficial owner. For purposes of the calculations in the table below, the number of Series 1 units deemed outstanding includes Series 1 units issuable upon exercise of options held by the respective person which may be exercised within 60 days after January 1, 2012. For purposes of calculating each person’s percentage ownership, Series 1 units issuable pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days after January 1, 2012 are included as outstanding and beneficially owned for that person or group, but are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated in the table or footnotes below, the address for each beneficial owner is c/o Nationstar Mortgage LLC, 350 Highland Drive, Lewisville, Texas 75067.
 
The Initial Stockholder has four types of issued and outstanding Series 1 units. Series 1 Class A units have voting rights. Series 1 Class B preferred units, Series 1 Class C preferred units and Series 1 Class D


162


Table of Contents

units do not have voting rights. The percentage of beneficial ownership of the Initial Stockholder’s Series 1 units is based on 13,210,932 Series 1 Class A units, 1,000 Series 1 Class B units, 81,938,773 Series 1 Class C preferred units and 83,028,948 Series 1 Class D preferred units issued and outstanding as of January 1, 2012. The table excludes the Series 1 Class B units as they are beneficially owned by the Initial Stockholder and an employee who is not an executive officer or director. The table assumes that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option.
 
                                                       
    Number of Shares Beneficially
   
    Owned    
    Number of
    Percentage of
   
    Series 1 Units (2)     Series 1 Units (2)    
    Series 1
    Series 1
    Series 1
    Series 1
      Series 1
      Series 1
   
Name of Beneficial Owner
 
Class A
    Class C     Class D     Class A       Class C       Class D    
 
Executive Officers and Directors
                                                     
Peter Smith
                      *         *         *    
Anthony H. Barone
    104,828       531,037       537,552       *         *         *    
Jay Bray
    77,473       442,530       447,959       *         *         *    
Robert Appel
    44,744       340,725       345,262       *         *         *    
Amar Patel
    31,116       227,149       230,175       *         *         *    
Douglas Krueger
                      *         *         *    
All executive officers, managers and directors as a group (6 persons)
    258,161       1,541,441       1,560,948       2.0   %     1.9   %     1.9   %
5% Interest holders
                                                     
Fortress Fund III Funds (1)
    6,434,408       40,198,666       20,147,999       48.7   %     49.1   %     24.3   %
Fortress Fund IV Funds (1)
    6,434,411       40,198,666       61,320,001       48.7   %     49.1   %     73.9   %
 
Less than 1%
 
(1) Fortress Fund III Funds represent Fortress Investment Fund III LP, Fortress Investment Fund III (Fund B) LP, Fortress Investment Fund III (Fund C) LP, Fortress Investment Fund III (Fund D) L.P., Fortress Investment Fund III (Fund E) L.P., FIF III B HE BLKR LLC, and FIF III C HE BLKR LLC. Fortress Fund IV Funds represent Fortress Investment Fund IV (Fund A) L.P., Fortress Investment Fund IV (Fund B) L.P., Fortress Investment Fund IV (Fund C) L.P., Fortress Investment Fund IV (Fund D) L.P., Fortress Investment Fund IV (Fund E) L.P., Fortress Investment Fund IV (Fund F) L.P. and Fortress Investment Fund IV (Fund G) L.P., FIF IV B HE BLKR LLC and FIF IV CFG HE BLKR LLC. Fortress Fund III GP LLC is the general partner of each of the Fortress Fund III Funds (excluding FIF III B HE BLKR LLC and FIF III C HE BLKR LLC, which are wholly owned by Fortress Investment Fund III (Fund B) L.P. and Fortress Investment Fund III (Fund C) L.P., respectively). The sole managing member of Fortress Fund III GP LLC is Fortress Investment Fund GP (Holdings) LLC. The sole managing member of Fortress Investment Fund III GP (Holdings) LLC is Fortress Operating Entity I LP (“FOE I”). FIG Corp. is the general partner of FOE I, and FIG Corp. is wholly owned by Fortress Investment Group LLC. Fortress Fund IV GP L.P. is the general partner of each of the Fortress Fund IV Funds (excluding FIF IV HE BLKR LLC and FIF IV CFG HE BLKR LLC, which are wholly owned by Fortress Investment Fund IV (Fund B) L.P., and Fortress Investment Fund IV (Fund C) L.P., Fortress Investment Fund IV (Fund F) L.P. and Fortress Investment Fund IV (Fund G) L.P., respectively). Fortress Fund IV GP Holdings Ltd. is the general partner of Fortress Fund IV GP L.P. Fortress Fund IV GP Holdings Ltd. is wholly owned by FOE I. FIG Corp. is the general partner of FOE I. FIG Corp. is wholly owned by Fortress Investment Group LLC (“Fortress”). As of January 1, 2012, Wesley R. Edens owned approximately 14.14% of Fortress. By virtue of his ownership interest in Fortress and certain of its affiliates, as well as his role in advising certain investment funds, Wesley R. Edens may be deemed to be the natural person that has sole or shared voting and investment control over the shares listed as beneficially owned by Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc. Mr. Edens disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his


163


Table of Contents

pecuniary interest therein. The address of all persons listed above is c/o Fortress Investment Group LLC, 1345 Avenue of the Americas, 46th Floor, New York, New York 10105.
 
(2) The Initial Stockholder issues its equity interests in two series, each of which relate to certain specified assets of the LLC: Series 1 units, which relate to all the issued and outstanding membership interests in Nationstar Mortgage LLC; and Series 2 units, which relate to equity interests in a separate entity, which is not a subsidiary of Nationstar Mortgage LLC. Certain executive compensation arrangements include equity grants of the Series 2 units of our Initial Stockholder. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis.”


164


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as will be in effect upon the consummation of this offering. These descriptions contain all information which we consider to be material, but may not contain all of the information that is important to you. To understand them fully, you should read our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which are filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
 
Please note that, with respect to any of our shares held in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company or any other share depositary, the depositary or its nominee will be the sole registered and legal owner of those shares, and references in this prospectus to any “stockholder” or “holder” of those shares means only the depositary or its nominee. Persons who hold beneficial interests in our shares through a depositary will not be registered or legal owners of those shares and will not be recognized as such for any purpose. For example, only the depositary or its nominee will be entitled to vote the shares held through it, and any dividends or other distributions to be paid, and any notices to be given, in respect of those shares will be paid or given only to the depositary or its nominee. Owners of beneficial interests in those shares will have to look solely to the depositary with respect to any benefits of share ownership, and any rights they may have with respect to those shares will be governed by the rules of the depositary, which are subject to change from time to time. We have no responsibility for those rules or their application to any interests held through the depositary.
 
Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock will consist of:
 
  •               shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share; and
 
  •               preferred shares, par value $0.01 per share.
 
Upon completion of this offering, there will be outstanding           shares of common stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option) and no outstanding shares of preferred stock.
 
The following is a description of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws. We refer you to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
 
Common Stock
 
Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Except as provided with respect to any other class or series of stock, the holders of our common stock will possess the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and for all other purposes. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors, which means that the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock can elect all of the directors standing for election, and the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any directors; provided, however, that pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement that we will enter into with the Initial Stockholder prior to the completion of this offering, we will be required to take all reasonable actions within our control (including nominating as directors the individuals designated by the Initial Stockholder) so that up to a majority (or other number, depending upon the level of ownership of the Initial Stockholder) of the members of our board of directors are individuals designated by the Initial Stockholder.
 
Subject to any preference rights of holders of any preferred stock that we may issue in the future, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, declared from time to time by our board


165


Table of Contents

of directors out of legally available funds. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after the payment of liabilities, subject to any rights of holders of our preferred stock prior to distribution.
 
Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. Any shares of common stock sold under this prospectus will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable upon issuance against full payment of the purchase price for such shares.
 
Preferred Stock
 
Our board of directors has the authority, without action by our stockholders, to issue preferred stock and to fix voting powers for each class or series of preferred stock, and to provide that any class or series may be subject to redemption, entitled to receive dividends, entitled to rights upon dissolution, or convertible or exchangeable for shares of any other class or classes of capital stock. The rights with respect to a series or class of preferred stock may be greater than the rights attached to our common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of our preferred stock on the rights of holders of our common stock until our board of directors determines the specific rights attached to that preferred stock. The effect of issuing preferred stock could include, among other things, one or more of the following:
 
  •     restricting dividends in respect of our common stock;
 
  •     diluting the voting power of our common stock or providing that holders of preferred stock have the right to vote on matters as a class;
 
  •     impairing the liquidation rights of our common stock; or
 
  •     delaying or preventing a change of control of us.
 
Stockholders Agreement
 
For a description of the Stockholders Agreement that we will enter into with the Initial Stockholder prior to the completion of this offering, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement.”
 
Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law, Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws
 
The following is a summary of certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by stockholders.
 
Authorized but Unissued Shares
 
The authorized but unissued shares of our common stock and our preferred stock will be available for future issuance without obtaining stockholder approval. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of our common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control over us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.


166


Table of Contents

Delaware Business Combination Statute
 
We are organized under Delaware law. Some provisions of Delaware law may delay or prevent a transaction that would cause a change in our control.
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended, an anti-takeover law, will not apply to us. In general, this statute prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date of the transaction by which that person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. For purposes of Section 203, a business combination includes a merger, asset sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder, and an interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior, did own, 15% or more of voting stock.
 
Other Provisions of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for a staggered board of directors consisting of three classes of directors. Directors of each class are chosen for three-year terms upon the expiration of their current terms and each year one class of our directors will be elected by our stockholders. The terms of the first, second and third classes will expire in 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively. We believe that classification of our board of directors will help to assure the continuity and stability of our business strategies and policies as determined by our board of directors. Additionally, there is no cumulative voting in the election of directors. This classified board provision could have the effect of making the replacement of incumbent directors more time consuming and difficult. At least two annual meetings of stockholders, instead of one, will generally be required to effect a change in a majority of our board of directors. Thus, the classified board provision could increase the likelihood that incumbent directors will retain their positions. The staggered terms of directors may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or an attempt to change control of us, even though a tender offer or change in control might be believed by our stockholders to be in their best interest. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that directors may be removed only for cause and only with the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the voting interest of stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that for so long as the Fortress Stockholders beneficially own at least 40% of our issued and outstanding common stock, directors may be removed with or without cause with the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting interest of stockholders entitled to vote.
 
Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, shares of our preferred stock may be issued from time to time, and the board of directors is authorized to determine and alter all rights, preferences, privileges, qualifications, limitations and restrictions without limitation. See “—Preferred Stock.”
 
Ability of our Stockholders to Act
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws do not permit our stockholders to call special stockholders meetings; provided, however, that for so long as the Fortress Stockholders beneficially own at least 25% of our issued and outstanding common stock, any stockholders that collectively beneficially own at least 25% of our issued and outstanding common stock may call special meetings of our stockholders. Written notice of any special meeting so called shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 or more than 60 days before the date of such meeting, unless otherwise required by law.
 
Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders may be taken without a meeting by written consent of a majority of our stockholders for so long as the Fortress Stockholders beneficially own at least 25% of our issued and outstanding common stock. After the Fortress Stockholders beneficially own less


167


Table of Contents

than 25% of our issued and outstanding stock, only action by unanimous written consent of our stockholders can be taken without a meeting.
 
Our amended and restated bylaws provide that nominations of persons for election to our board of directors may be made at any annual meeting of our stockholders, or at any special meeting of our stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, (a) by or at the direction of our board of directors or (b) by any of our stockholders. In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be properly brought by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to our Secretary of the Company. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at our principal executive offices (a) in the case of an annual meeting of stockholders, not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within 25 days before or after such anniversary date, notice by a stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever first occurs; and (b) in the case of a special meeting of our stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which notice of the date of the special meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made, whichever first occurs.
 
Our amended and restated bylaws provide that no business may be transacted at any annual meeting of our stockholders, other than business that is either (a) specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of our board of directors, (b) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of our board of directors, or (c) otherwise properly brought by any of our stockholders. In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to our Secretary. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within 25 days before or after such anniversary date, notice by a stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever first occurs.
 
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of a fiduciary duty as a director, except for the following (to the extent such exemption is not permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended from time to time):
 
  •     any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
 
  •     intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  •     liability under Delaware corporate law for an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption of stock; or
 
  •     any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law. We are also expressly authorized to advance certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements and court costs) to our directors and officers and carry directors’ and officers’ insurance providing indemnification for our directors and officers for some liabilities.


168


Table of Contents

We believe that these indemnification provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.
 
Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. Each indemnification agreement will provide, among other things, for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation against (i) any and all expenses and liabilities, including judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement of any claim with our approval and counsel fees and disbursements, (ii) any liability pursuant to a loan guarantee, or otherwise, for any of our indebtedness, and (iii) any liabilities incurred as a result of acting on our behalf (as a fiduciary or otherwise) in connection with an employee benefit plan. The indemnification agreements will provide for the advancement or payment of all expenses to the indemnitee and for reimbursement to us if it is found that such indemnitee is not entitled to such indemnification under applicable law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. These provisions and agreements may have the practical effect in some cases of eliminating our stockholders’ ability to collect monetary damages from our directors and executive officers.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
Corporate Opportunity
 
Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to the extent permitted by law:
 
  •     the Fortress Stockholders have the right to, and have no duty to abstain from, exercising such right to, engage or invest in the same or similar business as us, do business with any of our clients, customers or vendors or employ or otherwise engage any of our officers, directors or employees;
 
  •     if the Fortress Stockholders or any of their officers, directors or employees acquire knowledge of a potential transaction that could be a corporate opportunity, they have no duty to offer such corporate opportunity to us, our stockholders or affiliates;
 
  •     we have renounced any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, such corporate opportunities; and
 
  •     in the event that any of our directors and officers who is also a director, officer or employee of any of the Fortress Stockholders acquires knowledge of a corporate opportunity or is offered a corporate opportunity, provided that this knowledge was not acquired solely in such person’s capacity as our director or officer and such person acted in good faith, then such person is deemed to have fully satisfied such person’s fiduciary duty and is not liable to us if any of the Fortress Stockholders pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity or if such person did not present the corporate opportunity to us.
 
Transfer Agent
 
The registrar and transfer agent for our common stock is          .
 
Listing
 
Our common stock has been authorized for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “          ”, subject to official notice of issuance.


169


Table of Contents

 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that sales of shares or availability of any shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of common stock (including shares issued on the exercise of options, warrants or convertible securities, if any) or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to raise additional capital through a future sale of securities.
 
Upon completion of this offering, we will have           shares of common stock issued and outstanding (or a maximum of           shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full). All of the           shares of our common stock sold in this offering (or          shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act unless such shares are purchased by “affiliates” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Upon completion of this offering, approximately     % of our outstanding common stock will be held by the Initial Stockholder and members of our management and employees. These shares will be “restricted securities” as that phrase is defined in Rule 144. Subject to certain contractual restrictions, including the lock-up agreements described below, holders of restricted shares will be entitled to sell those shares in the public market if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or any other applicable exemption under the Securities Act. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, additional shares will be available for sale as set forth below.
 
Lock-Up Agreements
 
We and our executive officers, directors and the Initial Stockholder have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date   days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the designated representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing incentive programs.
 
The  -day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if (i) during the last 17 days of the  -day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (ii) prior to the expiration of the  -day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period following the last day of the  -day restricted period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event, unless the designated representatives provide a written waiver of such extension. The designated representatives have no present intent or arrangement to release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements. The release of any lock-up is considered on a case by case basis. Factors in deciding whether to release shares may include the length of time before the lock-up expires, the number of shares involved, the reason for the requested release, market conditions, the trading price of our common stock, historical trading volumes of our common stock and whether the person seeking the release is an officer, director or affiliate of the Company.
 
Rule 144
 
In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.


170


Table of Contents

A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then outstanding shares of our common stock or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock reported through the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.
 
Rule 701
 
In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, most of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchased shares from us in connection with a qualified compensatory stock plan or other written agreement are eligible to resell those shares 90 days after the date of this prospectus in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with the holding period or certain other restrictions contained in Rule 144.
 
Registration Rights
 
Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement that we will enter into prior to completion of this offering, the Initial Stockholder and certain of its affiliates and permitted third party transferees will have the right, in certain circumstances, to require us to register their shares of our common stock under the Securities Act for sale into the public markets at any time following the expiration of the  -day lock-up period described above. The Initial Stockholder and certain of its affiliates and permitted third party transferees will also be entitled to piggyback registration rights with respect to any future registration statement that we file for an underwritten public offering of our securities. Upon the effectiveness of such a registration statement, all shares covered by the registration statement will be freely transferable. If these rights are exercised and the Initial Stockholder sells a large number of shares of common stock, the market price of our common stock could decline. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement” for a more detailed description of these registration rights.


171


Table of Contents

 
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS
TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
 
The following discussion is a summary of certain U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations generally applicable to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock by Non-U.S. Holders. A “Non-U.S. Holder” means a person (other than a partnership) that is not a citizen or resident of the United States, a U.S. domestic corporation, or a person that would otherwise be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in respect of such common stock. This discussion deals only with our common stock held as capital assets by holders who purchase common stock in this offering. This discussion does not cover all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock by prospective investors in light of their particular circumstances. In particular, this discussion does not address all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to persons in special tax situations, including persons that will hold shares of our common stock in connection with a U.S. trade or business or a U.S. permanent establishment, hold more than 5% of our common stock, are a “controlled foreign corporation” or a “passive foreign investment company”, or are otherwise subject to special treatment under the Code. You should consult your own tax advisors about the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our common stock in light of your own particular circumstances, including the tax consequences under state, local, foreign and other tax laws and the possible effects of any changes in applicable tax laws.
 
Furthermore, this summary is based upon the provisions of the Code, the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof. Such authorities may be repealed, revoked, modified or subject to differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax or estate tax consequences different from those discussed below. This discussion does not address any other U.S. federal tax considerations (such as gift tax) or any state, local or non-U.S. tax considerations.
 
Dividends
 
As discussed under “Dividend Policy” above, we do not currently expect to pay dividends. In the event that we do make a distribution of cash or property with respect to our common stock, any such distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the Non-U.S. Holder’s investment, up to such holder’s tax basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in “Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock.”
 
Dividends paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty. Even if you are eligible for a lower treaty rate, we and other payors will generally be required to withhold at a 30% rate (rather than the lower treaty rate) on dividend payments to you, unless:
 
  •     you have furnished to us or such other payor a valid Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-8BEN or other documentary evidence establishing your entitlement to the lower treaty rate with respect to such payments, and
 
  •     in the case of actual or constructive dividends paid to a foreign entity after December 31, 2013, you or the foreign entity, if required, have provided the withholding agent with certain information with respect to your or the entity’s direct and indirect U.S. owners, and, if you hold the common stock through a foreign financial institution, such institution has entered into an agreement with the U.S. government to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities information about its accountholders (including certain investors in such institution or entity).


172


Table of Contents

If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty or otherwise, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of these withholding requirements on their investment in the common stock.
 
Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock
 
You generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain recognized on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock unless you are an individual present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition, and certain other requirements are met. If you are such an individual, you will generally be subject to a flat 30% tax on any gain derived from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition that may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States).
 
In the case of the sale or disposition of common stock after December 31, 2014, you may be subject to a 30% withholding tax on the gross proceeds of the sale or disposition unless the requirements described in the last bullet point above under “—Dividends” are satisfied. Investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of these withholding requirements on their investment in the common stock and the potential for a refund or credit in the case of any withholding tax.
 
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
 
We must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.
 
A Non-U.S. holder may be subject to backup withholding for dividends paid to such holder unless such holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a Non-U.S. holder or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
 
U.S. Federal Estate Tax
 
Shares of our common stock held (or deemed held) by an individual Non-U.S. Holder at the time of his or her death will be included in such Non-U.S. Holder’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.


173


Table of Contents

 
UNDERWRITING
 
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated is acting as representative of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us, the Initial Stockholder and the underwriters, we and the Initial Stockholder have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us and the Initial Stockholder, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.
 
         
    Number
 
Underwriter
 
of Shares
 
 
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
                  
            
                  
            
                  
         
Total
                  
         
 
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.
 
We and the Initial Stockholder have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.
 
The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.
 
Commissions and Discounts
 
The representative has advised us and the Initial Stockholder that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $      per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.
 
The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us and the Initial Stockholder. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.
 
                                 
   
Per Share
   
Without Option
   
With Option
       
 
Public offering price
    $       $       $          
Underwriting discount
    $       $       $          
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
    $       $       $          
Proceeds, before expenses, to the Initial Stockholder
    $       $       $          
 
The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $      and are payable by us and the Initial Stockholder.


174


Table of Contents

 
Option to Purchase Additional Shares
 
We and the Initial Stockholder have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to           additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.
 
No Sales of Similar Securities
 
We, the Initial Stockholder, our executive officers and directors have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for      days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly
 
  •     offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock,
 
  •     sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock,
 
  •     purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock,
 
  •     grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock,
 
  •     lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock,
 
  •     request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the common stock, or
 
  •     enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.
 
This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition. In the event that either (x) during the last 17 days of the lock-up period referred to above, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (y) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results or become aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.
 
NYSE Listing
 
We expect the shares to be approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “     .” In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of shares to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.
 
Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations among us, the Initial Stockholder and the representative. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:
 
  •     the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representative believes to be comparable to us,


175


Table of Contents

 
  •     our financial information,
 
  •     the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete,
 
  •     an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues,
 
  •     the present state of our development, and
 
  •     the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.
 
An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.
 
The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
 
Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids
 
Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representative may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.
 
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.
 
The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representative has repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.
 
Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
 
Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representative will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.


176


Table of Contents

 
Electronic Distribution
 
In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.
 
Other Relationships
 
Bank of America, N.A. (“BANA”), an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, one of the underwriters of this offering, is the lender under our $175 Million Warehouse Facility and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated was an initial purchaser in connection with the offering in March 2010 of our senior notes.
 
Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions. In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.
 
In December 2011, we signed an agreement to purchase the servicing rights to certain reverse mortgages (the “Reverse Mortgage Acquisition”) from BANA. Under the Reverse Mortgage Acquisition, we agreed to purchase certain servicing rights relating to reverse mortgage loans with an aggregate UPB as of December 31, 2011 of approximately $18 billion and assume certain liabilities associated with such MSRs. On December 22, 2011, we acquired the MSRs relating to reverse mortgage loans with an aggregate UPB as of December 31, 2011 of approximately $7.8 billion for cash of $4.3 million and assumption of a servicing liability of $10.5 million. In addition, we acquired the related advances to the MSRs for approximately $24.1 million, subject to adjustment based on actual balances at January 1, 2012. Our acquisition of MSRs related to an additional $9.5 billion of UPB as of December 31, 2011 is expected to close during 2012 upon receipt of certain specified third party approvals. On December 23, 2011, we paid a deposit of $9.0 million related to such servicing. Additionally, we expect to subservice on behalf of the bank certain reverse mortgage loans with a UPB as of December 31, 2011 of approximately $1.4 billion beginning in the later portion of 2012.
 
The purchase agreement for the Reverse Mortgage Acquisition provides for customary mutual representations and warranties and cross-indemnities. BANA is obligated among other things, under certain circumstances and subject to various terms and conditions, to repurchase certain of the loans associated with the servicing rights that were sold to us and, for a limited time, to make certain advances, including principal advances, with respect to the underlying mortgage loans to the borrower, and we are obligated to reimburse BANA monthly for these advances for one year.
 
Also, in September 2011, we purchased certain MSRs relating to residential mortgage loans with an aggregate UPB of approximately $10 billion as of December 31, 2011 from BANA for approximately $69.6 million. In connection with this transaction, we and BANA made customary representations and warranties to each other and agreed to customary cross-indemnities.
 
We intend to continue to actively seek additional servicing acquisitions from third parties, potentially including from the underwriters or their affiliates.


177


Table of Contents

 
In connection with the settlement agreement that BANA, certain affiliates of Bank of America and Countrywide Financial Corporation (“Countrywide”) entered into with The Bank of New York Mellon relating to certain legacy Countrywide residential mortgage-backed securitization repurchase exposures (the “Settlement”), BANA agreed to transfer the servicing related to certain high-risk loans to approved subservicers. The Company is an approved subservicer under the Settlement. While the Settlement has not received final court approval, BANA expects to transfer the servicing under the Settlement of certain loans to us in accordance with the terms of the Settlement for which we expect to be paid subservicing fees in accordance with the Settlement.
 
Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area
 
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), will effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”), no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:
 
  A.  to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;
 
  B.  to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representative; or
 
  C.  in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,
 
provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or the representative to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.
 
Each person in a Relevant Member State (other than a Relevant Member State where there is a Permitted Public Offer) who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that (A) it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive, and (B) in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, the shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representative has been given to the offer or resale. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representative has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.
 
The Company, the representative and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representation, acknowledgement and agreement.
 
This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the Company or any of the underwriters to publish a


178


Table of Contents

prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither the Company nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the Company or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.
 
For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.
 
Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom
 
In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.
 
Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland
 
The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX’’) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
 
Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.
 
Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre
 
This prospectus supplement relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus supplement is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus supplement. The shares to which this prospectus supplement relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus supplement you should consult an authorized financial advisor.


179


Table of Contents

 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for us and the Initial Stockholder by Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP, New York, New York. Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York will act as counsel to the underwriters.
 
EXPERTS
 
The consolidated financial statements of Nationstar Mortgage LLC at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


180


Table of Contents

 
MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA AND FORECASTS
 
Certain market and industry data included in this prospectus has been obtained from third party sources that we believe to be reliable. Market estimates are calculated by using independent industry publications, government publications and third party forecasts in conjunction with our assumptions about our markets. We have not independently verified such third party information. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any market, industry or similar data presented herein, such data involves risks and uncertainties and is subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the headings “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.


181


Table of Contents

 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
 
We have filed a registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, on Form S-1 with the SEC relating to this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and the exhibits included with the registration statement. References in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contracts, agreements or documents. You may read and copy the registration statement, the related exhibits and other material we file with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room in Washington, D.C. at 100 F Street, Room 1580, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can also request copies of those documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference rooms. The SEC also maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file with the SEC. The website address is http://www.sec.gov.
 
Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance with the Exchange Act, will file reports, proxy and information statements and other information with the SEC. Such annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy and information statements and other information can be inspected and copied at the locations set forth above. We intend to make this information available on the investors relations section of our website, www.nationstarmtg.com. Information on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus.


182


 

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONTENTS
 
 
         
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
       
    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-6  
    F-8  
Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
       
    F-60  
    F-61  
    F-62  
    F-63  
    F-65  


F-1


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
The Members
Nationstar Mortgage LLC
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Nationstar Mortgage LLC and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, members’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Nationstar Mortgage LLC and subsidiaries at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for transfers of financial assets and consolidation of variable interest entities, effective January 1, 2010.
 
/s/  Ernst & Young LLP
 
Dallas, Texas
March 28, 2011


F-2


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
    $21,223       $41,645  
Restricted cash (includes $1,472 and $0, respectively, of restricted cash, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt)
    91,125       52,795  
Accounts receivable, net (includes $2,392 and $0, respectively, of accrued interest, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt)
    441,275       513,939  
Mortgage loans held for sale
    369,617       201,429  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt—Legacy Assets, net of allowance for loan losses of $3,298 and $0, respectively
    266,320       301,802  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt (at fair value)
    538,440        
Investment in debt securities—available-for-sale
          2,486  
Receivables from affiliates
    8,993       12,574  
Mortgage servicing rights
    145,062       114,605  
Property and equipment, net
    8,394       6,575  
Real estate owned, net (includes $17,509 and $0, respectively, of real estate owned, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt)
    27,337       10,262  
Other assets
    29,395       22,073  
                 
Total assets
    $1,947,181       $1,280,185  
                 
Liabilities and members’ equity
               
Notes payable
    $709,758       $771,857  
Unsecured senior notes
    244,061        
Payables and accrued liabilities (includes $95 and $0, respectively, of accrued interest payable, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt)
    75,054       66,830  
Derivative financial instruments
    7,801        
Derivative financial instruments, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
    18,781        
Nonrecourse debt—Legacy Assets
    138,662       177,675  
ABS nonrecourse debt (at fair value)
    496,692        
                 
Total liabilities
    1,690,809       1,016,362  
Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)
               
Total members’ equity
    256,372       263,823  
                 
Total liabilities and members’ equity
    $1,947,181       $1,280,185  
                 
 
See accompanying notes.


F-3


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                         
   
Year Ended December 31
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Revenues:
                       
Servicing fee income
    $167,126       $90,195       $68,052  
Other fee income
    16,958       10,023       5,955  
                         
Total fee income
    184,084       100,218       74,007  
Gain/(loss) on mortgage loans held for sale
    77,344       (21,349 )     (86,663 )
                         
Total revenues
    261,428       78,869       (12,656 )
Expenses and impairments:
                       
Salaries, wages and benefits
    149,115       90,689       61,783  
General and administrative
    58,913       30,494       22,194  
Provision for loan losses
    3,298              
Loss on foreclosed real estate
    205       7,512       2,567  
Occupancy
    9,445       6,863       6,021  
Loss on available-for-sale securities—other-than-temporary
          6,809       55,212  
                         
Total expenses and impairments
    220,976       142,367       147,777  
Other income (expense):
                       
Interest income
    98,895       52,518       92,060  
Interest expense
    (116,163 )     (69,883 )     (65,548 )
Loss on interest rate swaps and caps
    (9,801 )     (14 )     (23,689 )
Fair value changes in ABS securitizations
    (23,297 )            
                         
Total other income (expense)
    (50,366 )     (17,379 )     2,823  
                         
Net loss
    $(9,914 )     $(80,877 )     $(157,610 )
                         
Unaudited pro forma information (Note 25):
                       
Historical net loss before taxes
    $(9,914 )                
Pro forma adjustment for taxes
                     
                         
Pro forma net loss
    $(9,914 )                
                         
 
See accompanying notes.


F-4


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF MEMBERS’ EQUITY
Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
                         
          Accumulated
       
          Other
    Total
 
    Member
    Comprehensive
    Members’
 
   
Units
   
Loss
   
Equity
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Balance at January 1, 2008
    $265,599       $(3,903 )     $261,696  
Capital contributions
    145,600             145,600  
Share-based compensation
    2,333             2,333  
Comprehensive loss:
                       
Net loss
    (157,610 )           (157,610 )
Reclassification of loss on investment in debt securities due to other-than-temporary impairments
          3,903       3,903  
                         
Total comprehensive loss
                    (153,707 )
                         
Balance at December 31, 2008
    255,922             255,922  
Capital contributions
    87,951             87,951  
Share-based compensation
    827             827  
Net loss and comprehensive loss
    (80,877 )           (80,877 )
                         
Balance at December 31, 2009
    263,823             263,823  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principles as of January 1, 2010 related to adoption of new accounting guidance on consolidation of variable interest entities
    (8,068 )           (8,068 )
Share-based compensation
    12,856             12,856  
Tax related share-based settlement of units by members
    (3,396 )           (3,396 )
Comprehensive loss:
                       
Net loss
    (9,914 )           (9,914 )
Change in value of cash flow hedge
          1,071       1,071  
                         
Total comprehensive loss
                    (8,843 )
                         
Balance at December 31, 2010
    $255,301       $1,071       $256,372  
                         
 
See accompanying notes.


F-5


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
   
Year Ended December 31
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Operating activities
                       
Net loss
    $(9,914 )     $(80,877 )     (157,610 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                       
Share-based compensation
    12,856       827       2,333  
Loss/(gain) on mortgage loans held for sale
    (77,344 )     21,349       86,663  
Provision for loan losses
    3,298              
Loss on foreclosed real estate
    205       7,512       2,567  
Depreciation and amortization
    2,117       1,767       1,309  
Accretion of discount on securities
                (4,422 )
Impairment of investments in debt securities
          6,809       55,212  
Fair value changes in ABS securitizations
    23,297              
Loss on interest rate swaps and caps
    8,872       14       23,689  
Unrealized gains/losses on derivative financial instruments
          (2,436 )     2,077  
Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights
    6,043       27,915       11,701  
Amortization of debt discount
    18,731       21,287       8,879  
Amortization of premiums/discounts
    (4,526 )     (1,394 )     (85 )
Mortgage loans originated and purchased, net of fees
    (2,791,639 )     (1,480,549 )     (545,860 )
Cost of loans sold, net of fees
    2,621,275       1,007,369       513,924  
Principal payments/prepayments received and other changes in mortgage loans originated as held for sale
    32,668       471,882       201,184  
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                       
Accounts receivable, net
    41,148       (157,964 )     (165,567 )
Receivables from affiliates
    3,958       66,940       2,452  
Other assets
    (861 )     (6,961 )     38,364  
Payables and accrued liabilities
    8,163       12,869       (36,598 )
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    (101,653 )     (83,641 )     40,212  
                         
 
Continued on following page


F-6


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (continued)
 
                         
   
Year Ended December 31
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Investing activities
                       
Principal payments received and other changes on mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
    $48,838       $—       $—  
Proceeds from sales of real estate owned
    74,107       34,181       29,276  
Purchase of mortgage servicing rights, net of liabilities incurred
    (17,812 )     (1,169 )     (19,013 )
Interest rate swap settlements
                (51,570 )
Property and equipment additions, net of disposals
    (3,936 )     (3,029 )     (1,772 )
Principal payments received on debt securities
                8,436  
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    101,197       29,983       (34,643 )
                         
Financing activities
                       
Transfers to restricted cash, net
    (33,731 )     (31,763 )     (9,871 )
Issuance of non-recourse debt, net
          191,272        
Issuance of unsecured notes, net of issue discount
    243,013              
Repayment of nonrecourse debt—Legacy assets
    (45,364 )     (15,809 )      
Repayment of ABS nonrecourse debt
    (103,466 )            
Decrease in notes payable, net
    (62,099 )     (60,395 )     (157,266 )
Debt financing costs
    (14,923 )     (18,059 )     (15,926 )
Tax related share-based settlement of units by members
    (3,396 )            
Capital contributions from members
          20,700       145,600  
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (19,966 )     85,946       (37,463 )
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (20,422 )     32,288       (31,894 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    41,645       9,357       41,251  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
    $21,223       $41,645       $9,357  
                         
Supplemental disclosures of noncash activities
                       
Transfer of mortgage loans held for sale to real estate owned
    $352       $36,164       $36,712  
Mortgage servicing rights resulting from sale or securitization of mortgage loans
    26,253       8,332       4,522  
Transfer of mortgage loans held for investment to real estate owned
    18,928       5,561        
Transfer of mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt, to real estate owned
    37,127              
Transfer of mortgage loans held for sale to mortgage loans held for investment
          319,183        
Contribution of intercompany payable from parent
          67,251        
Financing of acquisition of mortgage servicing rights
          22,211        
Change in value of cash flow hedge—accumulated other comprehensive income
    1,071              
 
See accompanying notes.


F-7


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.  Description of the Companies and Basis of Presentation
 
General
 
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Nationstar Mortgage LLC (Nationstar), formerly Centex Home Equity Company, LLC (CHEC), a Delaware limited liability company, and its wholly owned subsidiaries, after the elimination of intercompany balances and transactions. Nationstar is a subsidiary of FIF HE Holdings LLC (FIF), a subsidiary of Fortress Private Equity Funds III and IV (Fortress).
 
Nature of Business
 
Nationstar’s principal business is the servicing of residential mortgage loans for others and the origination and selling or securitization of single-family conforming mortgage loans to government-sponsored entities (GSE).
 
The sale or securitization of mortgage loans typically involves Nationstar retaining the right to service the mortgage loans that it sells. The servicing of mortgage loans includes the collection of principal and interest payments and the assessment of ancillary fees related to the servicing of mortgage loans. Additionally, Nationstar may occasionally obtain additional servicing rights through the acquisition of servicing portfolios from third parties.
 
2.  Significant Accounting Policies
 
Use of Estimates in Preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements were prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP). The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates due to factors such as adverse changes in the economy, increases in interest rates, declines in home prices or discrete events adversely affecting specific borrowers, and such differences could be material.
 
Nationstar evaluated subsequent events through the date these consolidated financial statements were issued.
 
Reclassification Adjustments
 
Certain prior-period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current-period presentation.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Cash and cash equivalents include unrestricted cash on hand and other highly liquid investments having an original maturity of less than three months.
 
Restricted Cash
 
Restricted cash consists of custodial accounts related to Nationstar’s portfolio securitizations or to collections on certain mortgage loans and mortgage loan advances that have been pledged to a financial services company under a Master Repurchase Agreement. Restricted cash also includes certain fees collected


F-8


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
2.  Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 
on mortgage loan payments that are required to be remitted to a GSE to settle outstanding guarantee fee requirements.
 
Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
 
Nationstar maintains a strategy of originating mortgage loan products primarily for the purpose of selling to GSEs or other third-party investors in the secondary market. Generally, all newly originated mortgage loans held for sale are delivered to third-party purchasers or securitized within three months after origination.
 
Through September 30, 2009, mortgage loans held for sale were carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value on an aggregate basis grouped by delinquency status. Nationstar estimates fair value by evaluating a variety of market indicators including recent trades and outstanding commitments, calculated on an aggregate basis. See “Note 16 to Consolidated Financial Statements—Fair Value Measurements.”
 
Effective October 1, 2009, Nationstar elected to measure newly originated prime residential mortgage loans held for sale at fair value, as permitted under Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 825, Financial Instruments .
 
In connection with Nationstar’s election to measure mortgage loans held for sale at fair value, Nationstar is no longer permitted to defer the loan origination fees, net of direct loan origination costs associated with these loans. Prior to October 1, 2009, Nationstar deferred all nonrefundable fees and costs as required under ASC 310, Receivables . In accordance with this guidance, loan origination fees, net of direct loan origination costs were capitalized and added as an adjustment to the basis of the individual loans originated. These fees are accreted into income as an adjustment to the loan yield over the life of the loan or recognized when the loan is sold to a third party purchaser.
 
Mortgage Loans Held for Investment, Net
 
Mortgage loans held for investment principally consist of nonconforming or subprime mortgage loans securitized which serve as collateral for the issued debt. These loans were transferred on October 1, 2009, from mortgage loans held for sale at fair value on the transfer date, as determined by the present value of expected future cash flows, with no valuation allowance recorded. The difference between the undiscounted cash flows expected and the investment in the loan is recognized as interest income on a level-yield method over the life of the loan. Contractually required payments for interest and principal that exceed the undiscounted cash flows expected at transfer are not recognized as a yield adjustment or as a loss accrual or a valuation allowance. Increases in expected cash flows subsequent to the transfer are recognized prospectively through adjustment of the yield on the loans over the remaining life. Decreases in expected cash flows subsequent to transfer are recognized as a valuation allowance.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses on Mortgage Loans Held for Investment
 
An allowance for loan losses is established by recording a provision for loan losses in the consolidated statement of operations when management believes a loss has occurred on a loan held for investment. When management determines that a loan held for investment is partially or fully uncollectible, the estimated loss is charged against the allowance for loan losses. Recoveries on losses previously charged to the allowance are credited to the allowance at the time the recovery is collected.


F-9


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
2.  Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 
Nationstar accounts for the loans that were transferred to held for investment from held for sale during October 2009 in a manner similar to ASC 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality . At the date of transfer, management evaluated such loans to determine whether there was evidence of deterioration of credit quality since acquisition and if it was probable that Nationstar would be unable to collect all amounts due according to the loan’s contractual terms. The transferred loans were aggregated into separate pools of loans based on common risk characteristics (loan delinquency). Nationstar considers expected prepayments, and estimates the amount and timing of undiscounted expected principal, interest, and other cash flows for each aggregated pool of loans. Nationstar determines the excess of the pool’s scheduled contractual principal and contractual interest payments over all cash flows expected as of the transfer date as an amount that should not be accreted (nonaccretable difference). The remaining amount is accreted into interest income over the remaining life of the pool of loans (accretable yield).
 
Over the life of the transferred loans, management continues to estimate cash flows expected to be collected. Nationstar evaluates at the balance sheet date whether the present value of the loans determined using the effective interest rates has decreased, and if so, records an allowance for loan loss. The present value of any subsequent increase in the transferred loans cash flows expected to be collected is used first to reverse any existing allowance for loan loss related to such loans. Any remaining increase in cash flows expected to be collected are used to adjust the amount of accretable yield recognized on a prospective basis over the remaining life of the loans.
 
Nationstar accounts for its allowance for loan losses for all other mortgage loans held for investment in accordance with ASC 450-20, Loss Contingencies. The allowance for loan losses represents management’s best estimate of probable losses inherent in the loans held for investment portfolio. Mortgage loans held for investment portfolio is comprised primarily of large groups of homogeneous residential mortgage loans. These loans are evaluated based on the loan’s present delinquency status. The estimate of probable losses on these loans considers the rate of default of the loans and the amount of loss in the event of default. The rate of default is based on historical experience related to the migration of these from each delinquency category to default over a twelve-month period. The entire allowance is available to absorb probable credit losses from the entire held for investment portfolio.
 
Substantially, all mortgage loans held for investment were transferred from mortgage loans held for sale at fair value in October 2009.
 
Investment in Debt Securities
 
Investment in debt securities consists of beneficial interests Nationstar retains in securitization transactions accounted for as a sale under the guidance of ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing . These securities are classified as available-for-sale securities, and are therefore carried at their market value with the net unrealized gains or losses reported in the comprehensive income (loss) component of members’ equity. Nationstar accounts for debt securities based on ASC 320, Investments—Debt and Equity Securities . Nationstar evaluates investment in debt securities for impairment each quarter, and investment in debt securities is considered to be impaired when the fair value of the investment is less than its cost. The impairment is separated into impairments related to credit losses, which are recorded in current-period operations, and impairments related to all other factors, which are recorded in other comprehensive income/(loss). Substantially all impairments related to Nationstar’s investment in debt securities were credit related.


F-10


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
2.  Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 
Receivables from Affiliates
 
Nationstar engages in periodic transactions with Nationstar Regular Holdings, Ltd., a subsidiary of FIF. These transactions typically involve the monthly payment of principal and interest advances that are required to be remitted to the securitization trusts as required under various Pooling and Servicing Agreements. These amounts are later repaid to Nationstar when principal and interest advances are recovered from the respective borrowers.
 
Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSRs)
 
Nationstar recognizes MSRs related to all existing forward residential mortgage loans transferred to a third party in a transfer that meets the requirements for sale accounting and for which the servicing rights are retained. Additionally, Nationstar may acquire the rights to service forward residential mortgage loans that do not relate to assets transferred by Nationstar through the purchase of these rights from third parties. Nationstar applies fair value accounting to this class of MSRs, with all changes in fair value recorded as charges or credits to servicing fee income. The Company currently has only one class of MSRs.
 
Property and Equipment, Net
 
Property and equipment, net is comprised of land, furniture, fixtures, leasehold improvements, computer software, and computer hardware. These assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is recorded using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, usually three to ten years. Cost and accumulated depreciation applicable to assets retired or sold are eliminated from the accounts, and any resulting gains or losses are recognized at such time through a charge or credit to general and administrative expenses.
 
Real Estate Owned, Net
 
Nationstar holds real estate owned as a result of foreclosures on delinquent mortgage loans. Real estate owned is recorded at estimated fair value less costs to sell at the date of foreclosure. Any subsequent declines in fair value are credited to a valuation allowance and charged to operations as incurred.
 
Variable Interest Entities
 
Nationstar has been the transferor in connection with a number of securitizations or asset-backed financing arrangements, from which Nationstar has continuing involvement with the underlying transferred financial assets. Nationstar aggregates these securitizations or asset-backed financing arrangements into two groups: 1) securitizations of residential mortgage loans that were accounted for as sales and 2) financings accounted for as secured borrowings.
 
On securitizations of residential mortgage loans, Nationstar’s continuing involvement typically includes acting as servicer for the mortgage loans held by the trust and holding beneficial interests in the trust. Nationstar’s responsibilities as servicer include, among other things, collecting monthly payments, maintaining escrow accounts, providing periodic reports and managing insurance in exchange for a contractually specified servicing fee. The beneficial interests held consist of both subordinate and residual securities that were retained at the time of the securitization. Prior to January 1, 2010, each of these securitization trusts were considered QSPEs, and these trusts were excluded from Nationstar’s consolidated financial statements.


F-11


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
2.  Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 
Nationstar also maintains various agreements with special purpose entities (SPEs), under which Nationstar transfers mortgage loans and/or advances on residential mortgage loans in exchange for cash. These SPEs issue debt supported by collections on the transferred mortgage loans and/or advances. These transfers do not qualify for sale treatment because Nationstar continues to retain control over the transferred assets. As a result, Nationstar accounts for these transfers as financings and continues to carry the transferred assets and recognizes the related liabilities on Nationstar’s consolidated balance sheets. Collections on the mortgage loans and/or advances pledged to the SPEs are used to repay principal and interest and to pay the expenses of the entity. The holders of these beneficial interests issued by these SPEs do not have recourse to Nationstar and can only look to the assets of the SPEs themselves for satisfaction of the debt.
 
Prior to January 1, 2010, Nationstar evaluated each special purpose entity (SPE) for classification as a QSPE. QSPEs were not consolidated in Nationstar’s consolidated financial statements. When an SPE was determined to not be a QSPE, Nationstar further evaluated it for classification as a VIE. When an SPE met the definition of a VIE, and when it was determined that Nationstar was the primary beneficiary, Nationstar included the SPE in its consolidated financial statements.
 
Nationstar considers the SPEs created for the purpose of issuing debt supported by collections on loans and/or advances that have been transferred to it as VIEs, and Nationstar is the primary beneficiary of these VIEs. Nationstar consolidates the assets and liabilities of the VIEs into its consolidated financial statements.
 
Effective January 1, 2010, new accounting guidance eliminated the concept of a QSPE and all existing SPEs are now subject to new consolidation guidance. Upon adoption of this new accounting guidance, Nationstar identified certain securitization trusts where Nationstar, or through its affiliates, continued to hold beneficial interests in these trusts. These retained beneficial interests obligate Nationstar to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant. In addition, Nationstar as Master Servicer on the related mortgage loans, retains the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE. When it is determined that Nationstar has both the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE, the assets and liabilities of these VIEs are included in Nationstar’s consolidated financial statements. Upon consolidation of these VIEs, Nationstar derecognized all previously recognized beneficial interests obtained as part of the securitization, including any retained investment in debt securities, MSRs and any remaining residual interests. In addition, Nationstar recognized the securitized mortgage loans as mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt, and the related asset-backed certificates (ABS nonrecourse debt) acquired by third parties as ABS nonrecourse debt on Nationstar’s consolidated balance sheet.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments
 
Nationstar enters into interest rate lock commitments (IRLCs) with prospective borrowers. These commitments are carried at fair value in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging . ASC 815 clarifies that the expected net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of a loan should be included in the measurement of all written loan commitments that are accounted for at fair value through earnings. The estimated fair values of IRLCs are based on quoted market values and are recorded in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. The initial and subsequent changes in the value of IRLCs are a component of gain (loss) on mortgage loans held for sale.


F-12


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
2.  Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 
Nationstar actively manages the risk profiles of its IRLCs and mortgage loans held for sale on a daily basis. To manage the price risk associated with IRLCs, Nationstar enters into forward sales of mortgage backed securities (MBS) in an amount equal to the portion of the IRLC expected to close, assuming no change in mortgage interest rates. In addition, to manage the interest rate risk associated with mortgage loans held for sale, Nationstar enters into forward sales of MBS to deliver mortgage loan inventory to investors. The estimated fair values of forward sales of MBS and forward sale commitments are based on quoted market values and are recorded as a component of mortgage loans held for sale in the consolidated balance sheets. The initial and subsequent changes in value on forward sales of MBS are a component of gain (loss) on mortgage loans held for sale.
 
Periodically, Nationstar has entered into interest rate swap agreements to hedge the interest payment on the warehouse debt and securitization of its mortgage loans held for sale. These interest rate swap agreements generally require Nationstar to pay a fixed interest rate and receive a variable interest rate based on LIBOR. Unless designated as an accounting hedge, Nationstar records losses on interest rate swaps as a component of loss on interest rate swaps and caps in Nationstar’s consolidated statements of operations. Unrealized losses on undesignated interest rate derivatives are separately disclosed under operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows. At December 31, 2009, Nationstar had no interest rate swap agreements designated as accounting hedges.
 
On October 1, 2010, the Company designated an existing interest rate swap as a cash flow hedge against outstanding floating rate financing associated with the Nationstar Mortgage Advance Receivables Trust 2009-ADV1 financing. Under the swap agreement, the Company receives interest equivalent to one month LIBOR and pays a fixed rate of 2.0425% based on an amortizing notional of $268 million as of December 31, 2010, with settlements occurring monthly until November 2013. This interest rate swap is a cash flow hedge under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and is recorded at fair value on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, with any changes in fair value being recorded as an adjustment to other comprehensive income. To qualify as a cash flow hedge, the hedge must be highly effective at reducing the risk associated with the exposure being hedged and must be formally designated at hedge inception. Nationstar considers a hedge to be highly effective if the change in fair value of the derivative hedging instrument is within 80% to 125% of the opposite change in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. Ineffective portions of the cash flow hedge are reflected in earnings as they occur as a component of interest expense.
 
During 2008, Nationstar entered into interest rate cap agreements to hedge the interest payment on the servicing advance facility. These interest rate cap agreements generally require an upfront payment and receive cash flow only when a variable rate based on LIBOR exceeds a defined interest rate. These interest rate cap agreements are not designated as hedging instruments, and unrealized gains and losses are recorded in loss on interest rate swaps and caps in Nationstar’s consolidated statements of operations.
 
Interest Income
 
Interest income is recognized using the interest method. Revenue accruals for individual loans are suspended and accrued amounts reversed when the mortgage loan becomes contractually delinquent for 90 days or more. Delinquency payment status is based on the most recently received payment from the borrower. The accrual is resumed when the individual mortgage loan becomes less than 90 days contractually delinquent. For individual loans that have been modified, a period of six timely payments is required before the loan is returned to an accrual basis. Interest income also includes (1) interest earned on custodial cash deposits associated with the mortgage loans serviced and (2) deferred origination income, net of deferred


F-13


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
2.  Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 
origination costs and other revenues derived from the origination of mortgage loans, which is deferred and recognized over the life of a mortgage loan or recognized when the related loan is sold to a third-party purchaser. Effective October 1, 2009, in connection with Nationstar’s election to measure mortgage loans held for sale at fair value, Nationstar is no longer permitted to defer the loan origination fees, net of direct loan origination costs for such loans originated subsequent to the election date.
 
Servicing Fee Income
 
Servicing fees include contractually specified servicing fees, late charges, prepayment penalties and other ancillary charges. Servicing encompasses, among other activities, the following processes: billing, collection of payments, movement of cash to the payment clearing bank accounts, investor reporting, customer service, recovery of delinquent payments, instituting foreclosure, and liquidation of the underlying collateral.
 
Nationstar recognizes servicing and ancillary fees as they are earned, which is generally upon collection of the payments from the borrower. In addition, Nationstar also receives various fees in the course of providing servicing on its various portfolios. These fees include modification fees for modifications performed outside of government programs, modification fees for modifications pursuant to various government programs, and incentive fees for servicing performance on specific GSE portfolios.
 
Fees recorded on modifications of mortgage loans held for investment performed outside of government programs are deferred and recognized as an adjustment to the loans held for investment. These fees are accreted into interest income as an adjustment to the loan yield over the life of the loan. Fees recorded on modifications of mortgage loans serviced by Nationstar for others are recognized on collection and are recorded as a component of service fee income. Fees recorded on modifications pursuant to various government programs are recognized when Nationstar has completed all necessary steps and the loans have performed for the minimum required time frame to establish eligibility for the fee. Revenue earned on modifications pursuant to various government programs are included as a component of service fee income. Incentive fees for servicing performance on specific GSE portfolios are recognized as various incentive standards are achieved and are recorded as a component of service fee income.
 
Sale of Mortgage Loans
 
Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from Nationstar, (2) the transferee has the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) Nationstar does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through either (a) an agreement that entitles and obligates Nationstar to repurchase or redeem them before their maturity or (b) the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets.
 
Loan securitizations structured as sales, as well as whole loan sales, are accounted for in accordance with ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing , and the resulting gains on such sales, net of any accrual for recourse obligations, are reported in operating results during the period in which the securitization closes or the sale occurs.


F-14


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
2.  Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 
Share-Based Compensation Expense
 
Share-based compensation is recognized in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation . This guidance requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized as an expense in the consolidated statements of operations, based on their fair values. The amount of compensation is measured at the fair value of the awards when granted and this cost is expensed over the required service period, which is normally the vesting period of the award.
 
Advertising Costs
 
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included as part of general and administrative expenses.
 
Income Taxes
 
For federal income tax purposes, Nationstar has elected to be a disregarded entity and is treated as a branch of its parent, FIF HE Holdings LLC. FIF HE Holdings LLC is taxed as a partnership, whereby all income is taxed at the member level. Certain states impose income taxes on LLC’s. However, Nationstar does not believe it is subject to material state or local income tax in any of the jurisdictions in which it does business.
 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows—Supplemental Disclosure
 
Total interest paid for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, was approximately $91.8 million, $47.6 million, and $58.8 million, respectively.
 
New Accounting Standards
 
On January 1, 2010, the Company adopted new FASB accounting guidance on transfers of financial assets and consolidation of VIEs. This new accounting guidance revises sale accounting criteria for transfers of financial assets, including elimination of the concept of and accounting for qualifying special purpose entities (QSPEs), and significantly changes the criteria for consolidation of a VIE. The adoption of this new accounting guidance resulted in the consolidation of certain VIEs that previously were QSPEs that were not recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet prior to January 1, 2010. The adoption of this new accounting guidance resulted in a net incremental increase in assets of $905.5 million and a net increase in liabilities of $913.6 million. These amounts are net of retained interests in securitizations held on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2009. The Company recorded an $8.1 million charge to members’ equity on January 1, 2010 for the cumulative effect of the adoption of this new accounting guidance, which resulted principally from the derecognition of the retained interests in the securitizations. Initial recording of these assets and liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet had no impact at the date of adoption on consolidated results of operations. See “Note 3 to Consolidated Financial Statements—Variable Interest Entities and Securitizations.”
 
Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements (Update No. 2010-06). Update No. 2010-06 requires additional disclosures about fair value measurements, including separate disclosures of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and the reasons for the transfers. Additionally, the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) should present separately information about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements. Update No. 2010-06 also clarifies


F-15


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
2.  Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 
previous disclosure requirements, including the requirement that entities provide disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements for both Level 2 and Level 3 measurements. The new disclosures and clarifications of existing disclosures required under Update No. 2010-06 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, and was adopted for the interim reporting period ending March 31, 2010, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlement in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods within those fiscal years.
 
Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-18, Effect of a Loan Modification When the Loan Is Part of a Pool That Is Accounted for as a Single Asset (Update No. 2010-18). Update No. 2010-18 clarifies the accounting treatment for modifications of loans that are accounted for within a pool under Subtopic 310-30, Receivables—Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality (Subtopic 310-30), requiring an entity to continue to include modified loans in the pool even if the modification of those loans would otherwise be considered a troubled debt restructuring. Loans accounted for individually under Subtopic 310-30 continue to be subject to the troubled debt restructuring accounting provisions within Subtopic 310-40, Receivables—Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors . The amendments in this update were effective for Nationstar for modifications of loans accounted for within pools under Subtopic 310-30 occurring in the first interim or annual period ending on or after July 15, 2010. The adoption of Update No. 2010-18 did not have a material impact on Nationstar’s financial condition, liquidity or results of operations.
 
Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses (Update No. 2010-20). Update No. 2010-20 is intended to provide users of financial statements with greater transparency regarding a company’s allowance for credit losses and the credit quality of its financing receivables. It is intended to provide additional information to assist financial statement users in assessing an entity’s credit risk exposures and evaluating the adequacy of its allowance for credit losses. The additional disclosure requirements for this amendment were initially to be effective for Nationstar for annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2011, but was subsequently deferred by Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-01, Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt Restructurings in Update No. 2010-20 . In the proposed Update for determining what constitutes a troubled debt restructuring, the clarifications would be effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2011. The adoption of Update No. 2010-20 will not have a material impact on Nationstar’s financial condition, liquidity or results of operations.
 
3.  Variable Interest Entities and Securitizations
 
A VIE is an entity that has either a total equity investment that is insufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or whose equity investors lack the characteristics of a controlling financial interest. A VIE is consolidated by its primary beneficiary, which is the entity that, through its variable interests has both the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIEs economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
 
Effective January 1, 2010, new accounting guidance eliminated the concept of a QSPE and all existing SPEs are now subject to new consolidation guidance. Upon adoption of this new accounting guidance, Nationstar identified certain securitization trusts where Nationstar had both the power to direct the activities that most significantly impacted the VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the


F-16


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
3.  Variable Interest Entities and Securitizations (continued)
 
right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE, the assets and liabilities of these VIEs are included in Nationstar’s consolidated financial statements. The net incremental impact of this accounting change on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet is set forth in the following table. The net effect of the accounting change on January 1, 2010 members’ equity was an $8.1 million charge to members’ equity (in thousands).
 
                         
    Ending Balance
          Beginning Balance
 
    Sheet
    Net Increase/
    Sheet
 
   
December 31, 2009
   
(Decrease)
   
January 1, 2010
 
 
Assets
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
    $41,645       $—       $41,645  
Restricted cash
    52,795       6,183       58,978  
Accounts receivable
    509,974       (39,612 )     470,362  
Mortgage loans held for sale
    203,131             203,131  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt—Legacy Assets
    301,910             301,910  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
          928,891       928,891  
Investment in debt securities—available-for-sale
    2,486       (2,486 )      
Receivables from affiliates
    12,574             12,574  
Mortgage servicing rights
    114,605       (10,431 )     104,174  
Property and equipment, net
    6,575             6,575  
Real estate owned, net
    10,262       22,970       33,232  
Other assets
    24,228             24,228  
                         
Total assets
    $1,280,185       $905,515       $2,185,700  
                         
                         
Liabilities and members’ equity                        
Notes payable
    $771,857       $—       $771,857  
Payables and accrued liabilities
    66,830       123       66,953  
Derivative financial instruments, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
          28,614       28,614  
Nonrecourse debt—Legacy Assets
    177,675             177,675  
ABS nonrecourse debt
          884,846       884,846  
                         
Total liabilities
    1,016,362       913,583       1,929,945  
Total members’ equity
    263,823       (8,068 )     255,755  
                         
Total liabilities and members’ equity
    $1,280,185       $905,515       $2,185,700  
                         
 
As a result of market conditions and deteriorating credit performance on these consolidated VIEs, Nationstar expects minimal to no future cash flows on the economic residual. Under existing GAAP, Nationstar would be required to provide for additional allowances for loan losses on the securitization collateral as credit performance deteriorated, with no offsetting reduction in the securitization’s debt balances, even though any nonperformance of the assets will ultimately pass through as a reduction of amounts owed to the debt holders, once the economic residuals are extinguished. Therefore, Nationstar would be required to record accounting losses beyond its economic exposure.


F-17


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
3.  Variable Interest Entities and Securitizations (continued)
 
To more accurately represent the future economic performance of the securitization collateral and related debt balances, Nationstar elected the fair value option provided for by ASC 825-10, Financial Instruments-Overall . This option was applied to all eligible items within the VIE, including mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt, and the related ABS nonrecourse debt.
 
Subsequent to this fair value election, Nationstar no longer records an allowance for loan loss on mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt. Nationstar continues to record interest income in Nationstar’s consolidated statement of operations on these fair value elected loans until they are placed on a nonaccrual status when they are 90 days or more past due. The fair value adjustment recorded for the mortgage loans held for investment is classified within fair value changes of ABS securitizations in Nationstar’s consolidated statement of operations.
 
Subsequent to the fair value election for ABS nonrecourse debt, Nationstar continues to record interest expense in Nationstar’s consolidated statement of operations on the fair value elected ABS nonrecourse debt. The fair value adjustment recorded for the ABS nonrecourse debt is classified within fair value changes of ABS securitizations in Nationstar’s consolidated statement of operations.
 
Under the existing pooling and servicing agreements of these securitization trusts, the principal and interest cash flows on the underlying securitized loans are used to service the asset-backed certificates. Accordingly, the timing of the principal payments on this nonrecourse debt is dependent on the payments received on the underlying mortgage loans and liquidation of real estate owned.
 
Nationstar consolidates the SPEs created for the purpose of issuing debt supported by collections on loans and advances that have been transferred to it as VIEs, and Nationstar is the primary beneficiary of these VIEs. Nationstar consolidates the assets and liabilities of the VIEs into its consolidated financial statements.


F-18


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
3.  Variable Interest Entities and Securitizations (continued)
 
A summary of the assets and liabilities of Nationstar’s transactions with VIEs included in Nationstar’s consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2010 is presented in the following table (in thousands).
 
                         
          Transfers
       
          Accounted for as
       
    Securitization
    Secured
       
   
Trusts
   
Borrowings
   
Total
 
 
Assets
                       
Restricted cash
    $1,472       $32,075       $33,547  
Accounts receivable
    2,392       286,808       289,200  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt
          261,305       261,305  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
    538,440             538,440  
Real estate owned
    17,509       9,505       27,014  
                         
Total Assets
    $559,813       $589,693       $1,149,506  
                         
                         
Liabilities                        
Notes payable
    $—       $236,808       $236,808  
Payables and accrued liabilities
    95       1,173       1,268  
Outstanding servicer advances(1)
    32,284             32,284  
Derivative financial instruments
          7,801       7,801  
Derivative financial instruments, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
    18,781             18,781  
Nonrecourse debt—Legacy Assets
          138,662       138,662  
ABS nonrecourse debt
    497,289             497,289  
                         
Total Liabilities
    $548,449       $384,444       $932,893  
                         
 
(1) Outstanding servicer advances consists of principal and interest advances paid by Nationstar to cover scheduled payments and interest that have not been timely paid by borrowers. These outstanding servicer advances are eliminated upon the consolidation of the securitization trusts.


F-19


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
3.  Variable Interest Entities and Securitizations (continued)
 
 
A summary of the assets and liabilities of Nationstar’s transactions with VIEs included in Nationstar’s consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2009 is presented in the following table (in thousands).
 
         
    Transfers
 
    Accounted for as
 
    Secured
 
   
Borrowings
 
 
Assets
       
Restricted cash
    $11,318  
Accounts receivable
    294,973  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt
    297,737  
Real estate owned
    10,262  
         
Total Assets
    $614,290  
         
         
Liabilities        
Notes payable
    $240,935  
Payables and accrued liabilities
    1,393  
Nonrecourse debt—Legacy Assets
    177,675  
         
Total Liabilities
    $420,003  
         
 
As of July 1, 2010, cumulative realized losses related to a consolidated securitization trust were in excess of Nationstar’s retained beneficial interests. In accordance with ASC 810, Consolidation , Nationstar has evaluated this securitization trust and determined that Nationstar no longer has both the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE, and this securitization trust was derecognized on July 1, 2010. Upon derecognition of this VIE, Nationstar derecognized the securitized mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt, and the related ABS nonrecourse debt, and recognized any MSRs on Nationstar’s consolidated balance sheet. The impact of this derecognition on Nationstar’s consolidated statement of operations was a decrease in net income of approximately $0.7 million during 2010.
 
A summary of the outstanding collateral and certificate balances for securitization trusts, including any retained beneficial interests and MSRs, that were not consolidated by Nationstar for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are presented in the following table (in thousands).
 
                 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010(1)
   
2009
 
 
Total collateral balance
    $4,038,978       $3,240,879  
Total certificate balance
    4,026,844       3,262,995  
Total beneficial interests held at fair value
          2,486  
Total mortgage servicing rights at fair value
    26,419       20,505  
 
(1) Unconsolidated securitization trusts as of December 31, 2010 consist of VIE’s where Nationstar does not have both the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE.


F-20


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
3.  Variable Interest Entities and Securitizations (continued)
 
 
Nationstar has no recorded variable interests in the unconsolidated securitization trusts that were outstanding as of December 31, 2010, and does not have any exposure to loss related to these unconsolidated VIEs.
 
A summary of mortgage loans transferred to unconsolidated securitization trusts that are 60 days or more past due and the credit losses incurred in the unconsolidated securitization trusts are presented below (in thousands):
 
                                                 
   
Year Ended December 31,
   
2010
 
2009
 
2008
    Principal Amount of
      Principal Amount of
      Principal Amount of
   
    Loans 60 Days or
  Credit
  Loans 60 Days or
  Credit
  Loans 60 Days or
  Credit
   
More Past Due
 
Losses
 
More Past Due
 
Losses
 
More Past Due
 
Losses
 
Total securitization Trusts
    $830,953       $18,341       $1,172,822       $27,734       $979,556       $16,708  
 
Certain cash flows received from securitization trusts accounted for as sales for the dates indicated were as follows (in thousands):
 
                                                 
   
December 31,
   
2010
 
2009
 
2008
    Servicing
      Servicing
      Servicing
   
    Fees
  Loan
  Fees
  Loan
  Fees
  Loan
   
Received
 
Repurchases
 
Received
 
Repurchases
  Received  
Repurchases
 
Total securitization trusts
    $29,129       $—       $32,593       $—       $25,535       $—  
 
4.  Accounts Receivable
 
Accounts receivable consist primarily of accrued interest receivable on mortgage loans and securitizations, collateral deposits on surety bonds, and advances made to securitization trusts, as required under various servicing agreements related to delinquent loans, which are ultimately paid back to Nationstar from such trusts.
 
Accounts receivable consist of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
 
Delinquency advances
    $148,751       $206,446  
Corporate and escrow advances
    241,618       275,001  
Insurance deposits
    6,390       6,025  
Accrued interest (includes $2,392 and $0, respectively, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt)
    4,302       3,353  
Receivable from trusts
    21,910       1,779  
Other
    18,304       21,335  
                 
Total accounts receivable
    $441,275       $513,939  
                 


F-21


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
 
5.  Mortgage Loans Held for Sale and Investment
 
Mortgage loans held for sale
 
Mortgage loans held for sale consist of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
 
Mortgage loans held for sale—unpaid principal balance
    $365,337       $199,419  
Mark-to-market adjustment
    4,280       2,010  
                 
Total mortgage loans held for sale
    $369,617       $201,429  
                 
 
Mortgage loans held for sale on a nonaccrual status are presented in the following table for the years indicated (in thousands):
 
                         
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
 
Mortgage loans held for sale
    $371       $252       $98,412  
 
A reconciliation of the changes in mortgage loans held for sale to the amounts presented in the consolidated statements of cash flows for the dates indicated is presented in the following table (in thousands):
 
                 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
 
Mortgage loans held for sale—beginning balance
    $201,429       $560,354  
Mortgage loans originated and purchased, net of fees
    2,791,639       1,480,549  
Cost of loans sold, net of fees
    (2,621,275 )     (1,007,369 )
Principal payments/prepayments received on mortgage loans held for sale and other changes (including fair value mark-to-market adjustments from adoption of ASC 825, Financial Instruments , and other lower of cost or market valuation adjustments)
    (1,349 )     (439,658 )
Transfer of mortgage loans held for sale to mortgage loans held for investment
          (319,183 )
Transfer of mortgage loans held for sale to real estate owned
    (827 )     (73,264 )
                 
Mortgage loans held for sale—ending balance
    $369,617       $201,429  
                 
 
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt—Legacy Assets, net
 
In November 2009, Nationstar completed the securitization of approximately $222 million of asset-backed securities, which was structured as a secured borrowing, resulting in carrying the securitized loans as mortgage loans on Nationstar’s consolidated balance sheets and recognizing the asset-backed certificates as nonrecourse debt. Prior to this securitization, Nationstar transferred $530.9 million in mortgage loans held for sale to mortgage loans held for investment. These mortgage loans were transferred to the held for investment classification at their fair value of $319.2 million with no associated allowance for loan losses, in accordance with ASC 310, Receivables . Subsequent to the transfer date, mortgage loans held for sale consisted principally of single-family conforming loans originated for sale to GSEs or the other third-party investors in the secondary market.


F-22


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
5.  Mortgage Loans Held for Sale and Investment (continued)
 
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt—Legacy Assets, net consist of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
 
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt—Legacy Assets, net—unpaid principal balance
    $411,878       $490,502  
Transfer discount
               
Accretable
    (25,219 )     (22,040 )
Non-accretable
    (117,041 )     (166,660 )
Allowance for loan losses
    (3,298 )      
                 
Total mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt—Legacy Assets, net
    $266,320       $301,802  
                 
 
Over the life of the loan pools, Nationstar continues to estimate cash flows expected to be collected. Nationstar considers expected prepayments and estimates the amount and timing of undiscounted expected principal, interest, and other cash flows (expected as of the transfer date) for each aggregate pool of loans. Nationstar evaluates at the balance sheet date whether the present value of its loans determined using the effective interest rates, has decreased and if so, recognizes a valuation allowance subsequent to the transfer date. The present value of any subsequent increase in the loan pool’s actual cash flows expected to be collected is used first to reverse any existing valuation allowance for that loan pool. Any remaining increase in cash flows expected to be collected adjusts the amount of accretable yield recognized on a prospective basis over the loan pool’s remaining life.
 
The changes in accretable yield on loans transferred to mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt—Legacy Assets, net were as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
 
Balance at the beginning of the period
    $22,040       $—  
Additions
          23,331  
Accretion
    (4,082 )     (1,291 )
Reclassifications from (to) nonaccretable discount
    7,261        
Disposals
           
                 
Balance at the end of the period
    $25,219       $22,040  
                 
 
Nationstar will occasionally modify the terms of any outstanding mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt—Legacy Assets, net for loans that are either in default or in imminent default. Modifications often involve reduced payments by borrowers, modification of the original terms of the mortgage loans, forgiveness of debt and/or increased servicing advances. As a result of the volume of modification agreements entered into, the estimated average outstanding life in this pool of mortgage loans has been extended. Nationstar records interest income on the transferred loans on a level-yield method. To maintain a level-yield on these transferred loans over the estimated extended life, Nationstar reclassified approximately $7.3 million from nonaccretable difference. Furthermore, the Company considers the decrease in principal, interest, and other cash flows expected to be collected arising from the transferred loans as an


F-23


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
5.  Mortgage Loans Held for Sale and Investment (continued)
 
impairment, and Nationstar recorded a $3.3 million provision for loan losses on the transferred loans to reflect this impairment.
 
The changes in the allowance for loan losses on mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt—Legacy Assets, net were as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
   
December 31, 2010
 
          Non-
       
   
Performing
   
Performing
   
Total
 
 
Balance at the beginning of the period
    $—       $—       $—  
Provision for loan losses
    829       2,469       3,298  
Recoveries on loans previously charged-off
                 
Charge-offs
                 
                         
Balance at the end of the period
    $829       $2,469       $3,298  
                         
Ending balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment
    $310,730       $101,148       $411,878  
 
Loan delinquency, and Loan-to-Value Ratio (LTV) are common credit quality indicators that Nationstar monitors and utilizes in its evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, of which the primary indicator of credit quality being loan delinquency. LTV refers to the ratio of comparing the loan’s unpaid principal balance to the property’s collateral value. Loan delinquencies and unpaid principal balances are updated monthly based upon collection activity. Collateral values are updated on an as needed basis, which is generally described as an event requiring a decision based at least in part on the collateral value. The collateral values used to derive the LTV’s shown below were obtained at various points during the prior eighteen months.
 
The following tables provide the outstanding unpaid principal balance of Nationstar’s mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt—Legacy Assets, net by credit quality indicators as of December 31, 2010 (in thousands).
 
         
   
December 31, 2010
 
 
Credit Quality by Delinquency Status
       
Performing
    $310,730  
Non-Performing
    101,148  
         
Total
    $411,878  
         
Credit Quality by Loan-to-Value Ratio
       
Less than 60
    $47,568  
Less than 70 and more than 60
    17,476  
Less than 80 and more than 70
    26,771  
Less than 90 and more than 80
    36,079  
Less than 100 and more than 90
    37,551  
Greater than 100
    246,433  
         
Total
    $411,878  
         


F-24


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
5.  Mortgage Loans Held for Sale and Investment (continued)
 
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
 
Effective January 1, 2010, new accounting guidance eliminated the concept of a QSPE, and all existing securitization trusts are considered VIEs and are now subject to new consolidation guidance provided in ASC 810, Consolidation . Upon consolidation of these VIEs, Nationstar recognized the securitized mortgage loans related to these securitization trusts as mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt. See “Note 3 to Consolidated Financial Statements—Variable Interest Entities and Securitizations.” Additionally, Nationstar elected the fair value option provided for by ASC 825-10, Financial Instruments—Overall .
 
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt as of December 31, 2010 includes (in thousands):
 
         
   
December 31, 2010
 
 
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt—unpaid principal balance
    $983,106  
Fair value adjustment
    (444,666 )
         
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt, net
    $538,440  
         
 
As of December 31, 2010, approximately $223.5 million of the unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt were over 90 days past due. The fair value of such loans was approximately $117.6 million.
 
6.  Investment in Debt Securities
 
Effective January 1, 2010, new accounting guidance eliminated the concept of a QSPE, and all existing securitization trusts are considered VIEs and are now subject to new accounting guidance provided in ASC 810, Consolidation . Upon consolidation of these VIEs, Nationstar derecognized all previously recognized beneficial interests, including retained investment in debt securities, obtained as part of the securitization. See “Note 3 to Consolidated Financial Statements—Variable Interest Entities and Securitizations.”
 
The following table presents a summary of Nationstar’s bonds retained from securitization trusts as of December 31, 2009, which are classified as available-for-sale securities, and are therefore carried at fair value (in thousands):
 
                         
   
December 31, 2009
 
    Outstanding
    Accreted
    Fair
 
   
Face
   
Cost
   
Value
 
 
Retained bonds security rating
                       
BBs
    $68,432       $2,486       $2,486  
Bs
                 
                         
Total retained bonds
    68,432       2,486       2,486  
Retained net interest margin securities
    11,950              
                         
Total investment in debt securities
    $80,382       $2,486       $2,486  
                         


F-25


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
6.  Investment in Debt Securities (continued)
 
The following table presents a summary of unrealized gains (losses), both temporary and other-than-temporary, recognized on outstanding debt securities for the periods indicated (in thousands):
 
                                 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
          Unrealized
          Unrealized
 
    Other-than-
    Gains
    Other-than-
    Gains
 
   
Temporary
   
(Losses)(1)
   
Temporary(2)
   
(Losses)(1)
 
 
Retained bonds security rating
                               
BBs
    $(5,505 )     $     —       $(40,901 )     $     —  
Bs
    (1,214 )           (3,670 )      
                                 
Total retained bonds
    (6,719 )           (44,571 )      
Retained net interest margin securities
    (90 )           (10,641 )      
                                 
Total investment in debt securities
    $(6,809 )     $—       $(55,212 )     $—  
                                 
 
(1) Unrealized gains (losses) are recorded as a component of other comprehensive income (loss).
 
(2) As part of the 2008 impairment charges, Nationstar reclassified approximately $3.9 million in unrealized losses from other comprehensive income (loss).
 
7.  Mortgage Servicing Rights
 
MSRs arise from contractual agreements between Nationstar and investors in mortgage securities and mortgage loans. Nationstar records MSR assets when it sells loans on a servicing-retained basis, at the time of securitization or through the acquisition or assumption of the right to service a financial asset. Under these contracts, Nationstar performs loan servicing functions in exchange for fees and other remuneration.
 
The fair value of the MSRs is based upon the present value of the expected future cash flows related to servicing these loans. Nationstar receives a base servicing fee ranging from 0.25% to 0.50% annually on the remaining outstanding principal balances of the loans. The servicing fees are collected from investors. Nationstar determines the fair value of the MSRs by the use of a cash flow model that incorporates prepayment speeds, discount rate, and other assumptions (including servicing costs) that management believes are consistent with the assumptions other major market participants use in valuing the MSRs. Certain of the loans underlying the MSRs are prime agency and government conforming residential mortgage loans and as such are more interest rate sensitive whereas the remaining MSRs are more credit sensitive. The nature of the loans underlying the MSRs affects the assumptions that management believes other major market participants use in valuing the MSRs. During 2010, Nationstar obtained third-party valuations of a portion of its MSRs to assess the reasonableness of the fair value calculated by the cash flow model.


F-26


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
7.  Mortgage Servicing Rights (continued)
 
Nationstar used the following weighted average assumptions in estimating the fair value of MSRs for the dates indicated:
 
                 
   
December 31,
   
2010
 
2009
 
Credit Sensitive MSRs
               
Discount rate
    24.96%       26.49%  
Total prepayment speeds
    18.13%       21.37%  
Expected weighted-average life
    4.90 years       4.05 years  
Credit losses
    36.71%       56.31%  
Interest Rate Sensitive MSRs
               
Discount rate
    13.57%       15.00%  
Total prepayment speeds
    17.19%       17.79%  
Expected weighted-average life
    5.12 years       4.80 years  
Credit losses
    8.80%       15.09%  
 
The activity of MSRs carried at fair value is as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
   
December 31
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
 
Fair value at the beginning of the period
    $114,605       $110,808  
Additions:
               
Servicing resulting from transfers of financial assets
    26,253       8,332  
Recognition of MSRs from derecognition of variable interest entities
    2,866        
Purchases of servicing assets
    17,812       23,380  
Deductions:
               
Derecognition of servicing assets due to new accounting guidance on consolidation of variable interest entities
    (10,431 )      
Changes in fair value:
               
Due to changes in valuation inputs or assumptions used in the valuation model
    9,455       (9,355 )
Other changes in fair value
    (15,498 )     (18,560 )
                 
Fair value at the end of the period
    $145,062       $114,605  
                 
Unpaid principal balance of loans serviced for others
               
Originated or purchased mortgage loans
               
Credit sensitive loans
    $24,964,329       $30,771,426  
Interest sensitive loans
    6,722,312       1,338,121  
                 
Total owned loans
    31,686,641       32,109,547  
Subserviced for others
    30,649,472       793,428  
                 
Total unpaid principal balance of loans serviced for others
    $62,336,113       $32,902,975  
                 


F-27


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
7.  Mortgage Servicing Rights (continued)
 
The following table shows the hypothetical effect on the fair value of the MSRs using various unfavorable variations of the expected levels of certain key assumptions used in valuing these assets at December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands).
 
                                                 
        Total Prepayment
   
   
Discount Rate
 
Speeds
 
Credit Losses
    100 bps
  200 bps
  10%
  20%
  10%
  20%
    Adverse
  Adverse
  Adverse
  Adverse
  Adverse
  Adverse
   
Change
 
Change
 
Change
 
Change
 
Change
 
Change
 
December 31, 2010
                                               
Mortgage servicing rights
    $(3,828 )     $(7,458 )     $(8,175 )     $(16,042 )     $(4,310 )     $(9,326 )
 
These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be evaluated with care. The effect on fair value of a 10% variation in assumptions generally cannot be determined because the relationship of the change in assumptions to the fair value may not be linear. Additionally, the impact of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value is calculated while holding other assumptions constant. In reality, changes in one factor may lead to changes in other factors (e.g., a decrease in total prepayment speeds may result in an increase in credit losses), which could impact the above hypothetical effects.
 
In November 2008, Nationstar acquired MSRs on a portfolio of residential mortgage loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $12.7 billion from a third-party servicer. Nationstar’s share of the acquisition price was $35.4 million. An additional amount was paid by a third-party investor in the underlying loans to the previous servicer. Contemporaneously, Nationstar and the third-party investor entered into a supplemental servicing agreement, which, among other matters, established that any sale by Nationstar of these servicing rights had to be approved by the investor and that if Nationstar were to sell the MSRs in the five-year period following the acquisition transaction, Nationstar would be entitled to the proceeds from the sale of up to a specified amount of the then existing aggregate unpaid principal balance of the underlying mortgage loans, the investor would be entitled to a specified amount, and the remaining excess proceeds, if any, over and above these allocations would be retained by Nationstar. In October 2009, Nationstar acquired MSRs on a portfolio of residential mortgage loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $12.3 billion from another third party servicer. Nationstar’s share of the acquisition price of these servicing rights was $23.4 million. An additional amount was paid by a third-party investor in the underlying loans to the previous servicer. Contemporaneously, Nationstar and the third-party investor entered into a supplemental servicing agreement, which, among other matters, established that any sale by Nationstar of these servicing rights had to be approved by the investor and that if Nationstar were to sell the MSRs following the acquisition transaction, Nationstar would be entitled to the proceeds from the sale of up to a specified amount of the then existing aggregate unpaid principal balance of the underlying mortgage loans, the investor would be entitled to a specified amount, and the remaining excess proceeds, if any, over and above these allocations would be retained by Nationstar. Nationstar carries these MSRs at their estimated fair value, which includes consideration of the effect of the restriction on any sale by Nationstar due to the investor’s right to approve such sale. Under the supplemental servicing agreement, Nationstar is entitled to all of the contractually specified servicing fees, ancillary fees and also certain incentive fees, if certain performance conditions are met, and does not share these servicing revenues with the investor.


F-28


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
7.  Mortgage Servicing Rights (continued)
 
Total servicing and ancillary fees from Nationstar’s portfolio of residential mortgage loans are presented in the following table for the years indicated (in thousands):
 
                         
    For the Years Ended
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
 
Servicing fees
    $103,690       $89,893       $60,021  
Ancillary fees
    70,130       28,642       19,734  
                         
Total servicing and ancillary fees
    $173,820       $118,535       $79,755  
                         
 
8.  Other Assets
 
Other assets consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
 
Deferred financing costs
    $14,396       $11,786  
Derivative financial instruments
    8,666       7,236  
Prepaid expenses
    3,379       2,791  
Other
    2,954       260  
                 
Total other assets
    $29,395       $22,073  
                 
 
9.  Derivative Financial Instruments
 
On October 1, 2010, the Company designated an existing interest rate swap as a cash flow hedge against outstanding floating rate financing associated with the Nationstar Mortgage Advance Receivables Trust 2009-ADV1 financing. Under the swap agreement, the Company receives interest equivalent to one month LIBOR and pays a fixed rate of 2.0425% based on an amortizing notional of $268.0 million as of December 31, 2010, with settlements occurring monthly until November 2013. Unrealized gains associated with the effective portion of this cash flow hedge of approximately $1.1 million were recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2010. Realized gains associated with the ineffective portion of this cash flow hedge of approximately $0.9 million were recorded as a component of interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
As of December 31, 2010, there are no credit risk related contingent features in any of the Company’s derivative agreements. The amount of OCI expected to be reclassified to the consolidated statement of operations in the next 12 months is $0.8 million.


F-29


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
9.  Derivative Financial Instruments (continued)
 
The following tables provide the outstanding notional balances and fair values of outstanding positions for the dates indicated, and recorded gains (losses) during the years indicated (in thousands).
 
                             
                    Recorded
 
    Expiration
  Outstanding
    Fair
    Gains /
 
   
Dates
 
Notional
   
Value
   
Losses
 
 
Year ended December 31, 2010
                           
MORTGAGE LOANS HELD FOR SALE
                           
Loan sale commitments
  2011     $28,641       $42       $(1,397 )
Other Assets
                           
IRLCs
  2011     391,990       4,703       2,289  
Forward MBS trades
  2011     546,500       3,963       580  
LIABILITIES
                           
Interest rate swaps and caps
  2011-2013     429,000       7,801       8,872  
Interest rate swap,subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
  2013     245,119       18,781       2,049  
Year ended December 31, 2009
                           
Other Assets
                           
IRLCs
  2010     $278,181       $2,414       $1,207  
Forward MBS trades
  2010     292,553       3,383       (210 )
Loan sale commitments
  2010     56,131       1,439       1,439  
Interest rate cap agreements
  2011     344,075             (14 )
Interest rate swap
  2013     220,000              


F-30


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
 
10.  Indebtedness
 
Notes Payable
 
A summary of the balances of notes payable for the dates indicated is presented below (in thousands).
 
                                 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
          Collateral
          Collateral
 
   
Outstanding
   
Pledged
   
Outstanding
   
Pledged
 
 
Financial institutions repurchase facility (2010)
    $43,059       $45,429       $—       $—  
Financial services company repurchase facility
    209,477       223,119       149,449       159,281  
Financial services company unsecured line of credit
          N/A       88,915       N/A  
Financial institutions repurchase facility (2009)
    39,014       40,640       31,582       33,245  
Financial services company 2009-ADV1 advance facility
    236,808       285,226       240,935       291,462  
Financial institutions 2010-ADV1 advance facility
                       
GSE MSR facility
    15,733       18,951       21,286       23,185  
GSE ASAP+ facility
    51,105       53,230       7,755       7,803  
GSE EAF facility
    114,562       142,327       231,935       252,034  
                                 
Total notes payable
    $709,758       $808,922       $771,857       $767,010  
                                 
 
In February 2010, Nationstar executed a Master Repurchase Agreement (MRA) with a financial institution, under which Nationstar may currently enter into transactions, for an aggregate amount of $75 million, in which Nationstar agrees to transfer to the same financial institution certain mortgage loans against the transfer of funds by the same financial institution, with a simultaneous agreement by the same financial institution to transfer such mortgage loans to Nationstar at a date certain, or on demand by Nationstar, against the transfer of funds from Nationstar. The interest rate is based on LIBOR plus a spread ranging from 2.75% to 3.50%, with a minimum interest rate of 4.75%. The maturity date of this MRA is October 2011.
 
Nationstar has a second MRA with a financial services company, which expires in February 2011. The MRA states that from time to time Nationstar may enter into transactions, for an aggregate amount of $300 million, in which Nationstar agrees to transfer to the financial services company certain mortgage loans or mortgage-backed securities against the transfer of funds by the financial services company, with a simultaneous agreement by the financial services company to transfer such mortgage loans or mortgage-backed securities to Nationstar at a certain date, or on demand by Nationstar, against the transfer of funds from Nationstar. The interest rate is based on LIBOR plus a margin of 2.00%, with a minimum interest rate of 4.00%.
 
In October 2009, Nationstar executed a third MRA with a financial institution. This MRA states that from time to time Nationstar may currently enter into transactions, for an aggregate amount of $100 million, in which Nationstar agrees to transfer to the financial institution certain mortgage loans against the transfer of funds by the financial institution, with a simultaneous agreement by the financial institution to transfer such mortgage loans to Nationstar at a certain date, or on demand by Nationstar, against the transfer of funds from Nationstar. The interest rate is based on LIBOR plus a spread of 3.50%. The maturity date of this MRA with the financial institution is December 2011.


F-31


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
10.  Indebtedness (continued)
 
Nationstar maintains a facility with a financial services company, the 2009-ADV1 Advance Facility. This facility has the capacity to purchase up to $350 million of advance receivables. The interest rate is based on LIBOR plus a spread ranging from 3.00% to 12.00%. The maturity date of this facility with the financial services company is December 2011. This debt is nonrecourse to Nationstar.
 
In December 2010, Nationstar executed the 2010-ADV1 Advance Facility with a financial institution. This facility has the capacity to purchase up to $200 million of advance receivables. The interest rate is based on LIBOR plus a spread of 3.00%. The maturity date of this facility with the financial institution is July 2011, which may be extended if Nationstar elects to pledge any additional advances to this facility. This debt is nonrecourse to Nationstar.
 
In connection with the October 2009 MSRs acquisition, Nationstar executed a four-year note agreement with a GSE. As collateral for this note, Nationstar has pledged Nationstar’s rights, title, and interest in the acquired servicing portfolio. The interest rate is based on LIBOR plus 2.50%. The maturity date of this facility is October 2013.
 
During 2009, Nationstar began executing As Soon As Pooled Plus agreements with a GSE, under which Nationstar transfers to the GSE eligible mortgage loans that are to be pooled into the GSE MBS against the transfer of funds by the GSE. The interest rate is based on LIBOR plus a spread of 1.50%. These agreements typically have a maturity of up to 45 days.
 
In September 2009, Nationstar executed a committed facility agreement with a GSE, under which Nationstar agrees to transfer to the GSE certain servicing advance receivables against the transfer of funds by the GSE. This facility currently has the capacity to purchase up to $275 million in eligible servicing advance receivables. The interest rate is based on LIBOR plus a spread of 2.50%. The maturity date of this facility is December 2011.
 
Senior Notes
 
In March 2010, Nationstar completed the offering of $250 million of unsecured senior notes, which were issued with an issue discount of $7.0 million for net cash proceeds of $243.0 million, with a maturity date of April 2015. These unsecured senior notes pay interest biannually at an interest rate of 10.875%.
 
The indenture for the senior notes contains various covenants and restrictions that limit Nationstar, or certain of its subsidiaries’, ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, make certain investments, create liens, consolidate, merge or sell substantially all the assets, or enter into certain transactions with affiliates.
 
Nonrecourse Debt—Legacy Assets
 
In November 2009, Nationstar completed the securitization of approximately $222 million of asset-backed securities, which was structured as a secured borrowing. This structure resulted in Nationstar carrying the securitized loans as mortgages on Nationstar’s consolidated balance sheet and recognizing the asset-backed certificates acquired by third parties as nonrecourse debt, totaling approximately $138.7 million and $177.7 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The principal and interest on these notes are paid using the cash flows from the underlying mortgage loans, which serve as collateral for the debt. The interest rate paid on the outstanding securities is 7.50%, which is subject to an available funds cap. The total outstanding principal balance on the underlying mortgage loans serving as collateral for the debt was


F-32


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
10.  Indebtedness (continued)
 
approximately $430.0 million and $515.5 million at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Accordingly, the timing of the principal payments on this nonrecourse debt is dependent on the payments received on the underlying mortgage loans. The unpaid principal balance on the outstanding notes was $161.2 million and $206.6 million at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.
 
ABS Nonrecourse Debt
 
Effective January 1, 2010, new accounting guidance eliminated the concept of a QSPE, and all existing securitization trusts are considered VIEs and are now subject to new consolidation guidance provided in ASC 810, Consolidation . Upon consolidation of these VIEs, Nationstar derecognized all previously recognized beneficial interests obtained as part of the securitization. In addition, Nationstar recognized the securitized mortgage loans as mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt, and the related asset-backed certificates acquired by third parties as ABS nonrecourse debt on Nationstar’s consolidated balance sheet. See “Note 3 to Consolidated Financial Statements—Variable Interest Entities and Securitizations.” Additionally, Nationstar elected the fair value option provided for by ASC 825-10, Financial Instruments—Overall . The principal and interest on these notes are paid using the cash flows from the underlying mortgage loans, which serve as collateral for the debt. The interest rate paid on the outstanding securities is based on LIBOR plus a spread ranging from 0.13% to 2.00%, which is subject to an interest rate cap. The total outstanding principal balance on the underlying mortgage loans serving as collateral for the debt was approximately $1,025.3 million at December 31, 2010. The timing of the principal payments on this ABS nonrecourse debt is dependent on the payments received on the underlying mortgage loans. The outstanding principal balance on the outstanding notes related to these consolidated securitization trusts was $1,037.9 million at December 31, 2010.
 
Financial Covenants
 
As of December 31, 2010, Nationstar was in compliance with its covenants on Nationstar’s borrowing arrangements and credit facilities. These covenants generally relate to Nationstar’s tangible net worth, liquidity reserves, and leverage requirements.
 
11.  Repurchase Reserves
 
Certain whole loan sale contracts include provisions requiring Nationstar to repurchase a loan if a borrower fails to make certain initial loan payments due to the acquirer or if the accompanying mortgage loan fails to meet customary representations and warranties. These representations and warranties are made to the loan purchasers about various characteristics of the loans, such as manner of origination, the nature and extent of underwriting standards applied and the types of documentation being provided and typically are in place for the life of the loan. In the event of a breach of the representations and warranties, the Company may be required to either repurchase the loan or indemnify the purchaser for losses it sustains on the loan. In addition, an investor may request that Nationstar refund a portion of the premium paid on the sale of mortgage loans if a loan is prepaid within a certain amount of time from the date of sale. Nationstar records a provision for estimated repurchases and premium recapture on loans sold, which is charged to gain (loss) on mortgage loans held for sale. The reserve for repurchases is included as a component of payables and accrued liabilities. The current unpaid principal balance of loans sold by Nationstar represents the maximum potential exposure to repurchases related to representations and warranties. Reserve levels are a function of expected losses based on actual pending and expected claims, repurchase requests, historical experience, and loan volume. While the amount of repurchases and premium recapture is uncertain, Nationstar considers the liability to be adequate.


F-33


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
11.  Repurchase Reserves (continued)
 
The activity of the outstanding repurchase reserves were as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
 
Repurchase reserves, beginning of period
    $3,648       $3,965       $4,196  
Additions
    4,649       820       1,164  
Charge-offs
    (976 )     (1,137 )     (1,395 )
                         
Repurchase reserves, end of period
    $7,321       $3,648       $3,965  
                         
 
12.  General and Administrative
 
General and administrative expense consists of the following for the dates indicated (in thousands).
 
                         
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
    $2,117       $1,767       $1,309  
Advertising
    4,559       3,882       3,318  
Equipment
    3,862       3,300       3,359  
Servicing
    14,122       1,951       1,739  
Telecommunications
    2,347       1,590       1,479  
Legal and professional fees
    14,736       9,610       6,184  
Postage
    4,220       2,315       1,057  
Stationary and supplies
    2,594       1,500       903  
Travel
    2,231       827       740  
Dues and fees
    4,114       2,264       1,383  
Insurance and taxes
    2,798       1,218       1,680  
Other
    1,213       270       (957 )
                         
Total general and administrative expense
    $58,913       $30,494       $22,194  
                         
 
13.  Members’ Equity
 
The limited liability company interests in FIF HE Holdings LLC are represented by four separate classes of units, Class A Units, Class B Units, Class C Preferred Units, and Class D Preferred Units, as defined in the FIF HE Holdings LLC Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement dated December 31, 2008 (the Agreement). Class A Units have voting rights and Class B Units, Class C Preferred Units, and Class D Preferred Units have no voting rights. Distributions and allocations of profits and losses to members are made in accordance with the Agreement. Class C Preferred Units and Class D Preferred Units represent preferred priority return units, accruing distribution preference on any contributions at an annual rate of 15% and 20%, respectively.
 
A total of 100,887 Company Match Class A Units were granted to certain management members on the date of the acquisition of CHEC. Subsequently, the Company Match Class A Units were increased to 141,707, net of forfeitures. No consideration was paid for the Company Match Class A Units, and these units


F-34


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
13.  Members’ Equity (continued)
 
vest in accordance with the Vesting Schedule per the Agreement, generally in years three through five after grant date.
 
Effective September 17, 2010, FIF HE Holdings LLC executed the FIF HE Holdings LLC Fifth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (the Fifth Agreement). This Fifth Agreement provided for a total of 457,526 Class A Units to be granted to certain management members. No consideration was paid for the granted units, and the units vest in accordance with the Vesting Schedule per the Fifth Agreement.
 
Simultaneously to the execution of the Fifth Agreement, FIF HE Holdings LLC executed several Restricted Series I Preferred Stock Unit Award Agreements (PRSU Agreements). These Agreements provided for a total of 3,304,000 Class C Units and 3,348,000 Class D Units to be granted to certain management members. No consideration was paid for the granted units, and the units vest in accordance with the Vesting Schedule per the PRSU Agreements.
 
These awards were valued using a sum of the parts analysis in computing the fair value of the company’s equity. The analysis adds the value of the servicing and originations businesses to the value of the assets and securities that Nationstar owns. The value of the servicing and originations businesses is derived using both a market approach and an income approach. The market approach considers market multiples from public company examples in the industry. The income approach employs a discounted cash flow analysis that utilizes several factors to capture the ongoing cash flows of the business and then is discounted with an assumed equity cost of capital. The valuation of the assets applies a net asset value method utilizing a variety of assumptions, including assumptions for prepayments, cumulative losses, and other variables. Recent market transactions, experience with similar assets and securities, current business combinations, and analysis of the underlying collateral, as available, are considered in the valuation.
 
The Class A, Class C and Class D Units vest over 1.8 years, vesting schedule of these Units are as follows:
 
                                 
   
September 17, 2010
 
June 30, 2011
 
June 30, 2012
 
Total
 
Class A Units
    93,494       182,016       182,016       457,526  
Class C Units
    1,101,332       1,101,334       1,101,334       3,304,000  
Class D Units
    1,116,000       1,116,000       1,116,000       3,348,000  
 
The weighted average grant date fair value of the Units was $4.23. Subsequent to December 31, 2010, Nationstar expects to recognize $16.9 million of compensation expense over the next 1.6 years.
 
In 2010, certain management members elected to settle a portion of the units which vested during the year to offset tax liabilities of $3.4 million that these members have incurred related to these awarded units.
 
Total share-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures, is provided in the table below for the years indicated.
 
                         
   
December 31,
   
2010
 
2009
 
2008
 
Share-based compensation
    $12,856       $827       $2,333  


F-35


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
13.  Members’ Equity (continued)
 
 
14.  Commitments and Contingencies
 
Nationstar leases various office facilities under noncancelable lease agreements with primary terms extending through fiscal 2016. These lease agreements generally provide for market-rate renewal options, and may provide for escalations in minimum rentals over the lease term. See “Note 19 to Consolidated Financial Statements—Restructuring Charges.”
 
Minimum annual rental commitments for office leases with unrelated parties and with initial or remaining terms of one year or more, net of sublease payments, are presented below (in thousands).
 
         
2011
    $7,015  
2012
    6,756  
2013
    6,543  
2014
    4,591  
Thereafter
    4,624  
         
Total
    $29,529  
         
 
Nationstar enters into IRLCs with prospective borrowers whereby the Company commits to lend a certain loan amount under specific terms and interest rates to the borrower. These IRLCs are treated as derivatives and are carried at fair value. See “Note 9 to Consolidated Financial Statements—Derivative Financial Instruments.”
 
Nationstar is engaged in legal actions arising from the normal course of business. In management’s opinion, Nationstar has adequate legal defenses with respect to these actions, and the resolution of these matters is not expected to have a material adverse effect upon the consolidated results of operations or financial condition of Nationstar.
 
During December 2009, Nationstar entered into a strategic relationship with a major mortgage market participant, which contemplates, among other things, significant MSRs and subservicing transfers to Nationstar upon terms to be determined. Under this arrangement, if certain delivery thresholds have been met, the market participant may require Nationstar to establish an operating division or newly created subsidiary with separate, dedicated employees within a specified timeline to service such MSRs and subservicing. After a specified time period, this market participant may purchase the subsidiary at an agreed upon price. As of December 2010, all of the required delivery thresholds with this market participant have been met, but the market participant has not required the Company to establish an operating division or newly created subsidiary with separate, dedicated employees.
 
15.  Employee Benefits
 
Nationstar holds a contributory defined contribution plan (401(k) plan) that covers substantially all full-time employees. Nationstar matches 50% of participant contributions, up to 6% of each participant’s total annual base compensation. Matching contributions totaled approximately $1.5 million, $1.0 million, and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.
 
16.  Fair Value Measurements
 
ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , provides a definition of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and requires expanded disclosures about fair value measurements. The


F-36


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
16.  Fair Value Measurements (continued)
 
standard applies when GAAP requires or allows assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value and, therefore, does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstance.
 
ASC 820 emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement. Therefore, a fair value measurement should be determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. As a basis for considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, ASC 820 establishes a three-tiered fair value hierarchy based on the level of observable inputs used in the measurement of fair value (e.g., Level 1 representing quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in an active market; Level 2 representing values using observable inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1; and Level 3 representing estimated values based on significant unobservable inputs). In addition, ASC 820 , Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Financial Instruments, requires an entity to consider all aspects of nonperformance risk, including its own credit standing, when measuring the fair value of a liability. Under ASC 820, related disclosures are segregated for assets and liabilities measured at fair value based on the level used within the hierarchy to determine their fair values.
 
The following describes the methods and assumptions used by Nationstar in estimating fair values:
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents, Restricted Cash, Notes Payable —The carrying amount reported in the consolidated balance sheets approximates fair value.
 
Mortgage Loans Held for Sale —Nationstar originates mortgage loans in the U.S. that it intends to sell to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and GNMA (collectively, the Agencies). Additionally, Nationstar holds mortgage loans that it intends to sell into the secondary markets via whole loan sales or securitizations. Effective October 2009, in conjunction with Nationstar’s election under ASC 825, Financial Instruments, Nationstar began measuring newly originated prime residential mortgage loans held for sale at fair value.
 
Mortgage loans held for sale are typically pooled together and sold into certain exit markets, depending upon underlying attributes of the loan, such as agency eligibility, product type, interest rate, and credit quality.
 
Mortgage loans held for sale are valued using a market approach by utilizing either: (i) the fair value of securities backed by similar mortgage loans, adjusted for certain factors to approximate the fair value of a whole mortgage loan, including the value attributable to mortgage servicing and credit risk, (ii) current commitments to purchase loans or (iii) recent observable market trades for similar loans, adjusted for credit risk and other individual loan characteristics. As these prices are derived from quoted market prices, Nationstar classifies these valuations as Level 2 in the fair value disclosures.
 
Mortgage Loans Held for Investment, subject to nonrecourse debt —Nationstar determines the fair value on loans held for investment using internally developed valuation models. These valuation models estimate the exit price Nationstar expects to receive in the loan’s principal market. Although Nationstar utilizes and gives priority to observable market inputs such as interest rates and market spreads within these models, Nationstar typically is required to utilize internal inputs, such as prepayment speeds, credit losses, and discount rates. These internal inputs require the use of judgment by Nationstar and can have a significant impact on the determination of the loan’s fair value. As these prices are derived from a combination of internally developed valuation models and quoted market prices, Nationstar classifies these valuations as Level 3 in the fair value disclosures.


F-37


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
16.  Fair Value Measurements (continued)
 
Mortgage Loans Held for Investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt —Nationstar determines the fair value on loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt using internally developed valuation models. These valuation models estimate the exit price Nationstar expects to receive in the loan’s principal market. Although Nationstar utilizes and gives priority to observable market inputs such as interest rates and market spreads within these models, Nationstar typically is required to utilize internal inputs, such as prepayment speeds, credit losses, and discount rates. These internal inputs require the use of judgment by Nationstar and can have a significant impact on the determination of the loan’s fair value. As these prices are derived from a combination of internally developed valuation models and quoted market prices, Nationstar classifies these valuations as Level 3 in the fair value disclosures.
 
Investment in Debt Securities —Nationstar bases its valuation of debt securities on observable market prices when available; however, due to illiquidity in the markets, observable market prices were not available on these debt securities at December 31, 2009. When observable market prices are not available, Nationstar bases valuations on internally developed discounted cash flow models that use a market-based discount rate. The valuation considers recent market transactions, experience with similar securities, current business conditions, and analysis of the underlying collateral, as available. In order to estimate cash flows, Nationstar utilizes a variety of assumptions, including assumptions for prepayments, cumulative losses, and other variables. These assumptions require the use of judgment by Nationstar and can have a significant impact on the determination of the securities’ fair values. Accordingly, Nationstar classifies these valuations as Level 3 in the fair value disclosures.
 
Mortgage Servicing Rights —Nationstar will typically retain the servicing rights when it sells loans into the secondary market. Nationstar estimates the fair value of its MSRs using a process that combines the use of a discounted cash flow model and analysis of current market data to arrive at an estimate of fair value. The cash flow assumptions and prepayment assumptions used in the model are based on various factors, with the key assumptions being mortgage prepayment speeds, discount rates and credit losses. These assumptions are generated and applied based on collateral stratifications including product type, remittance type, geography, delinquency and coupon dispersion. These assumptions require the use of judgment by Nationstar and can have a significant impact on the determination of the MSR’s fair value. During 2010, management obtained third-party valuations that covered portions of the portfolio to assess the reasonableness of the fair value calculations provided by the cash flow model. Because of the nature of the valuation inputs, Nationstar classifies these valuations as Level 3 in the fair value disclosures.
 
Real Estate Owned —Nationstar determines the fair value of real estate owned properties through the use of third-party appraisals and broker price opinions, adjusted for estimated selling costs. Such estimated selling costs include realtor fees and other anticipated closing costs. These values are adjusted to take into account factors that could cause the actual liquidation value of foreclosed properties to be different than the appraised values. This valuation adjustment is based upon Nationstar’s historical experience with real estate owned. Nationstar regularly reviews recent sales activity of its real estate owned properties in order to ensure that the estimated realizable value is consistent with the recorded amount. Real estate owned is classified as Level 3 in the fair value disclosures.
 
Derivative Instruments —Nationstar enters into a variety of derivative financial instruments as part of its hedging strategy. The majority of these derivatives are exchange-traded or traded within highly active dealer markets. In order to determine the fair value of these instruments, Nationstar utilizes the exchange price or dealer market price for the particular derivative contract; therefore, these contracts are classified as Level 2.


F-38


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
16.  Fair Value Measurements (continued)
 
Unsecured Senior Notes —The fair value of unsecured senior notes are based on quoted market prices, and Nationstar classifies these valuations as Level 1 in the fair value disclosures.
 
Nonrecourse Debt — Legacy Assets —Nationstar estimates fair value based on the present value of future expected discounted cash flows with the discount rate approximating current market value for similar financial instruments. As these prices are derived from a combination of internally developed valuation models and quoted market prices, Nationstar classifies these valuations as Level 3 in the fair value disclosures.
 
ABS Nonrecourse Debt —Nationstar estimates fair value based on the present value of future expected discounted cash flows with the discount rate approximating current market value for similar financial instruments. As these prices are derived from a combination of internally developed valuation models and quoted market prices, Nationstar classifies these valuations as Level 3 in the fair value disclosures.
 
The estimated carrying amount and fair value of Nationstar’s financial instruments and other assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis is as follows for the dates indicated (in thousands):
 
                                 
         
December 31, 2010
 
    Total
   
Recurring Fair Value Measurements
 
   
Fair Value
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
 
 
Assets
                               
Mortgage loans held for sale(1)
    $369,617       $—       $369,617       $—  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt(1)
    538,440                   538,440  
Mortgage servicing rights(1)
    145,062                   145,062  
Other assets:
                               
IRLCs
    4,703             4,703        
Forward MBS trades
    3,963             3,963        
                                 
Total assets
    $1,061,785       $—       $378,283       $683,502  
                                 
Liabilities
                               
Derivative financial instruments
                               
Interest rate swaps
    $7,801       $—       $7,801       $—  
Derivative financial instruments, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
    18,781             18,781        
ABS nonrecourse debt(1)
    496,692                   496,692  
                                 
Total liabilities
    $523,274       $—       $26,582       $496,692  
                                 
 
(1) Based on the nature and risks of these assets and liabilities, the Company has determined that presenting them as a single class is appropriate.
 


F-39


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
16.  Fair Value Measurements (continued)
 
                                 
         
December 31, 2009
 
    Total
   
Recurring Fair Value Measurements
 
   
Fair Value
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
 
 
Assets
                               
Mortgage loans held for sale(1)
    $201,429       $—       $201,429       $—  
Investment in debt securities(1)
    2,486                   2,486  
Mortgage servicing rights(1)
    114,605                   114,605  
Other assets:
                               
IRLCs
    2,414             2,414        
Forward MBS trades
    3,383             3,383        
Loan sale commitments
    1,439             1,439        
                                 
Total assets
    $325,756       $—       $208,665       $117,091  
                                 
 
(1) Based on the nature and risks of these assets and liabilities, the Company has determined that presenting them as a single class is appropriate.
 
The table below presents a reconciliation for all of Nationstar’s Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands).
 
                                                 
   
Level 3 Recurring Fair Value Measurements
 
         
Total Gains (Losses) Included in
    Purchases,
             
    Fair Value—
          Other
    Sale,
    Transfers
       
    Beginning of
    Net Income
    Comprehensive
    Issuances, and
    In/Out of
    Fair Value—
 
   
Period(1)
   
(Loss)
   
Income
   
Settlements
   
Level 3
   
End of Period
 
 
Year ended December 31, 2010
                                               
Assets
                                               
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
    $928,891       $71,239       $—       $(461,690 )     $—       $538,440  
Mortgage servicing rights
    104,174       20,210             20,678             145,062  
                                                 
Total assets
    $1,033,065       $91,449       $—       $(441,012 )     $—       $683,502  
                                                 
LIABILITIES
                                               
ABS nonrecourse debt
    $884,846       $(16,937 )     $—       $(371,217 )     $—       $496,692  
                                                 
Year ended December 31, 2009
                                               
Assets
                                               
Investment in debt securities
    $9,294       $(6,808 )     $—       $—       $—       $2,486  
Mortgage servicing rights
    110,808       (19,583 )           23,380             114,605  
                                                 
Total assets
    $120,102       $(26,391 )     $—       $23,380       $—       $117,091  
                                                 
 
(1) Amounts include derecognition of previously retained beneficial interests and MSRs upon adoption of ASC 810 , Consolidation, related to consolidation of certain VIEs.

F-40


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
16.  Fair Value Measurements (continued)
 
 
The table below presents the items which Nationstar measures at fair value on a nonrecurring basis (in thousands).
 
                                         
                            Total Gains
 
    Nonrecurring Fair Value
    Total
    (Losses)
 
   
Measurements
    Estimated
    Included in
 
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
   
Fair Value
   
Earnings
 
 
Year ended December 31, 2010
                                       
Assets
                                       
Real estate owned(1)
    $—       $—       $27,337       $27,337       $—  
                                         
Total assets
    $—       $—       $27,337       $27,337       $—  
                                         
Year ended December 31, 2009
                                       
Assets
                                       
Real estate owned(1)
    $—       $—       $10,262       $10,262       $(7,512 )
                                         
Total assets
    $—       $—       $10,262       $10,262       $(7,512 )
                                         
 
(1) Based on the nature and risks of these assets and liabilities, the Company has determined that presenting them as a single class is appropriate.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2009, Nationstar transferred approximately $530.9 million in mortgage loans held for sale to the held for investment classification in connection with the securitization of approximately $222 million of asset-backed securities, which was structured as a secured borrowing. These loans were classified as Level 3 assets that were measured on a nonrecurring basis for the year ended December 31, 2008, but were not measured at fair value for the year ended December 31, 2009. In addition, Nationstar elected under ASC 825-10, Financial Instruments—Overall to measure newly originated prime residential mortgage loans held for sale at fair value at origination. These newly originated prime residential mortgage loans were classified as Level 2 assets that were measured on a nonrecurring basis for the year ended December 31, 2008, but are measured on a recurring basis for the year ended December 31, 2009.


F-41


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
16.  Fair Value Measurements (continued)
 
The table below presents a summary of the estimated carrying amount and fair value of Nationstar’s financial instruments (in thousands).
 
                                 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
    Carrying
          Carrying
       
   
Amount
   
Fair Value
   
Amount
   
Fair Value
 
 
Financial assets:
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
    $21,223       $21,223       $41,645       $41,645  
Restricted cash
    91,125       91,125       52,795       52,795  
Mortgage loans held for sale
    369,617       369,617       201,429       201,429  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt—Legacy assets
    266,320       238,515       301,802       284,666  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
    538,440       538,440              
Investment in debt securities
                2,486       2,486  
Derivative instruments
    8,666       8,666       7,236       7,236  
Financial liabilities:
                               
Notes payable
    709,758       709,758       771,857       771,857  
Unsecured senior notes
    244,061       244,375              
Derivative financial instruments
    7,801       7,801              
Derivative instruments, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
    18,781       18,781              
Nonrecourse debt
    138,662       140,197       177,675       178,161  
ABS nonrecourse debt
    496,692       496,692              
 
17.  Termination of the Company
 
The duration of Nationstar’s existence is indefinite per the Agreement and shall continue until dissolved in accordance with the terms of the Agreement and the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (DLLCA).
 
18.  Limited Liability of Members
 
The members of a Delaware limited liability company are generally not liable for the acts and omissions of the company, much in the same manner as the shareholders, officers, and directors of a corporation are generally limited by the provisions of the DLLCA and by applicable case law.
 
19.  Restructuring Charges
 
To respond to the decreased demand in the home equity mortgage market and other market conditions, Nationstar initiated a program to reduce costs and improve operating effectiveness in 2007. This program included the closing of several offices and the termination of a large portion of Nationstar’s workforce. As part of this plan, Nationstar expected to incur lease and other contract termination costs. Nationstar recorded restructuring charges totaling $2.3 million, $2.2 million, and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively, related to cancelled lease expenses that are reflected in general and administrative expenses. In addition, Nationstar recorded severance and other employee


F-42


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
19.  Restructuring Charges (continued)
 
termination benefits totaling $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. No severance or other employee termination benefits were incurred for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
The following table summarizes, by category, the Company’s restructuring charge activity for the dates indicated (in thousands):
 
                                 
    Liability Balance
    Restructuring
    Restructuring
    Liability Balance
 
   
at January 1
   
Adjustments
   
Settlements
   
at December 31
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2008
                               
Restructuring charges:
                               
Employee severance and other
    $1,048       $270       $(1,318 )     $—  
Lease terminations
    18,310       1,237       (8,644 )     10,903  
                                 
Total
    $19,358       $1,507       $(9,962 )     $10,903  
                                 
Year Ended December 31, 2009
                               
Restructuring charges:
                               
Lease terminations
    $10,903       $2,222       $(3,660 )     $9,465  
                                 
Total
    $10,903       $2,222       $(3,660 )     $9,465  
                                 
Year Ended December 31, 2010
                               
Restructuring charges:
                               
Lease terminations
    $9,465       $2,287       $(2,569 )     $9,183  
                                 
Total
    $9,465       $2,287       $(2,569 )     $9,183  
                                 
 
20.  Concentrations of Credit Risk
 
Properties collateralizing mortgage loans held for investment and real estate owned were geographically disbursed throughout the United States (measured by principal balance and expressed as a percent of the total outstanding mortgage loans held for investment and real estate owned).
 
The following table details the geographical concentration of mortgage loans held for investment and real estate owned by state for the dates indicated (in thousands).
 
                                 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
    Unpaid
    % of
    Unpaid
    % of
 
    Principal
    Total
    Principal
    Total
 
State
 
Balance
   
Outstanding
   
Balance
   
Outstanding
 
 
Florida
    $62,775       14.4 %     $78,331       15.1 %
Texas
    58,815       13.4 %     65,519       12.6 %
California
    41,019       9.4 %     55,785       10.7 %
All other states(1)
    274,235       62.8 %     320,010       61.6 %
                                 
      $436,844       100.0 %     $519,645       100.0 %
                                 
 
(1) No other state contains more than 5.0% of the total outstanding.
 
Additionally, certain loan products’ contractual terms may give rise to a concentration of credit risk and increase Nationstar’s exposure to risk of nonpayment or realization.


F-43


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
20.  Concentrations of Credit Risk (continued)
 
The following table details the unpaid principal balance of ARM loans included in mortgage loans held for investment that are subject to future payment increases for the dates indicated (in thousands).
 
                 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
 
Interest only ARMs
    $43,687       $57,745  
Amortizing ARMs:
               
2/28
    71,614       108,052  
3/27
    5,608       9,900  
All other ARMs
    11,173       5,617  
                 
      $132,082       $181,314  
                 
 
21.  Capital Requirements
 
Certain of Nationstar’s secondary market investors require various capital adequacy requirements, as specified in the respective selling and servicing agreements. To the extent that these mandatory, imposed capital requirements are not met, Nationstar’s secondary market investors may ultimately terminate Nationstar’s selling and servicing agreements, which would prohibit Nationstar from further originating or securitizing these specific types of mortgage loans. In addition, these secondary market investors may impose additional net worth or financial condition requirements based on an assessment of market conditions or other relevant factors.
 
Among Nationstar’s various capital requirements related to its outstanding selling and servicing agreements, the most restrictive of these requires Nationstar to maintain a minimum adjusted net worth balance of $83.2 million.
 
As of December 31, 2010, Nationstar was in compliance with all of its selling and servicing capital requirements. Additionally, Nationstar is required to maintain a minimum tangible net worth of at least $150 million as of each quarter-end related to its outstanding Master Repurchase Agreements on our outstanding repurchase facilities. As of December 31, 2010, Nationstar was in compliance with these minimum tangible net worth requirements.
 
22.  Business Segment Reporting
 
Nationstar currently conducts business in two separate operating segments: Servicing and Originations. The Servicing segment provides loan servicing on Nationstar’s total servicing portfolio, including the collection of principal and interest payments and the assessment of ancillary fees related to the servicing of mortgage loans. The Originations segment involves the origination, packaging, and sale of agency mortgage loans into the secondary markets via whole loan sales or securitizations. Nationstar reports the activity not related to either operating segment in the Legacy Portfolio and Other column. The Legacy Portfolio and Other column primarily includes all sub-prime mortgage loans originated in the latter portion of 2006 and during 2007 or acquired from CHEC and consolidated VIEs which were consolidated pursuant to the adoption of new accounting guidance related to VIEs adopted on January 1, 2010.
 
Nationstar’s segments are based upon Nationstar’s organizational structure which focuses primarily on the services offered. The accounting policies of each reportable segment are the same as those of Nationstar


F-44


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
22.  Business Segment Reporting (continued)
 
except for 1) expenses for consolidated back-office operations and general overhead-type expenses such as executive administration and accounting and 2) revenues generated on inter-segment services performed. Expenses are allocated to individual segments based on the estimated value of services performed, including estimated utilization of square footage and corporate personnel as well as the equity invested in each segment. Revenues generated or inter-segment services performed are valued based on similar services provided to external parties.
 
To reconcile to Nationstar’s consolidated results, certain inter-segment revenues and expenses costs are eliminated in the “Elimination” column in the following tables.
 
The following tables are a presentation of financial information by segment for the periods indicated (in thousands):
 
                                                 
   
Year Ended December 31, 2010
 
                Operating
    Legacy Portfolio
             
   
Servicing
   
Originations
   
Segments
   
and Other
   
Eliminations
   
Consolidated
 
 
REVENUES:
                                               
Servicing fee income
    $175,569       $—       $175,569       $820       $(9,263 )     $167,126  
Other fee income
    7,273       7,042       14,315       2,643             16,958  
                                                 
Total fee income
    182,842       7,042       189,884       3,463       (9,263 )     184,084  
Gain (loss) on mortgage loans held for sale
          77,498       77,498             (154 )     77,344  
                                                 
Total revenues
    182,842       84,540       267,382       3,463       (9,417 )     261,428  
Total expenses and impairments
    107,283       86,920       194,203       26,927       (154 )     220,976  
Other income (expense):
                                               
Interest income
    263       11,848       12,111       77,521       9,263       98,895  
Interest expense
    (51,791 )     (8,806 )     (60,597 )     (55,566 )           (116,163 )
Loss on interest rate swaps and caps
    (9,801 )           (9,801 )                 (9,801 )
Change in fair value on ABS nonrecourse debt
                      (23,297 )           (23,297 )
                                                 
Total other income (expense)
    (61,329 )     3,042       (58,287 )     (1,342 )     9,263       (50,366 )
                                                 
NET INCOME (LOSS)
    $14,230       $662       $14,892       $(24,806 )     $—       $(9,914 )
                                                 
Depreciation and amortization
    $1,092       $781       $1,873       $244       $—       $2,117  
Total assets
    689,923       402,627       1,092,550       854,631             1,947,181  
 


F-45


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
22.  Business Segment Reporting (continued)
 
                                                 
   
Year Ended December 31, 2009
 
                Operating
    Legacy Portfolio
             
   
Servicing
   
Originations
   
Segments
   
and Other
   
Eliminations
   
Consolidated
 
 
REVENUES:
                                               
Servicing fee income
    $91,266       $—       $91,266       $—       $(1,071 )     $90,195  
Other fee income
    8,867       1,156       10,023                   10,023  
                                                 
Total fee income
    100,133       1,156       101,289             (1,071 )     100,218  
Gain (loss) on mortgage loans held for sale
          54,437       54,437       (75,786 )           (21,349 )
                                                 
Total revenues
    100,133       55,593       155,726       (75,786 )     (1,071 )     78,869  
Total expenses and impairments
    70,897       47,532       118,429       25,009       (1,071 )     142,367  
Other income (expense):
                                               
Interest income
    4,143       4,261       8,404       44,114             52,518  
Interest expense
    (25,877 )     (3,438 )     (29,315 )     (40,568 )           (69,883 )
Loss on interest rate swaps and caps
                      (14 )           (14 )
                                                 
Total other income (expense)
    (21,734 )     823       (20,911 )     3,532             (17,379 )
                                                 
NET INCOME (LOSS)
    $7,502       $8,884       $16,386       $(97,263 )     $—       $(80,877 )
                                                 
Depreciation and amortization
    $1,004       $538       $1,542       $225       $—       $1,767  
Total assets
    681,543       239,202       920,745       359,440             1,280,185  
 
                                                 
   
Year Ended December 31, 2008
 
                Operating
    Legacy Portfolio
             
   
Servicing
   
Originations
   
Segments
   
and Other
   
Eliminations
   
Consolidated
 
 
REVENUES:
                                               
Servicing fee income
    $69,235       $—       $69,235       $—       $(1,183 )     $68,052  
Other fee income
    5,366       589       5,955                   5,955  
                                                 
Total fee income
    74,601       589       75,190             (1,183 )     74,007  
Gain (loss) on mortgage loans held for sale
          21,985       21,985       (108,648 )           (86,663 )
                                                 
Total revenues
    74,601       22,574       97,175       (108,648 )     (1,183 )     (12,656 )
Total expenses and impairments
    55,037       30,795       85,832       63,128       (1,183 )     147,777  
Other income (expense):
                                               
Interest income
    10,872       1,920       12,792       79,268             92,060  
Interest expense
    (15,718 )     (1,289 )     (17,007 )     (48,541 )           (65,548 )
Loss on interest rate swaps and caps
                      (23,689 )           (23,689 )
                                                 
Total other income (expense)
    (4,846 )     631       (4,215 )     7,038             2,823  
                                                 
NET INCOME (LOSS)
    $14,718       $(7,590 )     $7,128       $(164,738 )     $—       $(157,610 )
                                                 
Depreciation and amortization
    $789       $383       $1,172       $137       $—       $1,309  
Total assets
    479,819       72,888       552,707       569,294             1,122,001  
 
23.  Guarantor Financial Statement Information
 
In March 2010, Nationstar and Nationstar Capital Corporation (the “Issuers”), sold in a private offering $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.875% senior unsecured notes which mature on April 1, 2015. In December 2010, the Company filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a

F-46


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
23.  Guarantor Financial Statement Information (continued)
 
Form S-4 registration statement to exchange the privately placed notes with registered notes. The terms of the registered notes are substantially identical to those of the privately placed notes. The notes are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by all of the Issuer’s existing and future wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries, with certain exceptions. All guarantor subsidiaries are 100% owned by the Issuer. All amounts in the following tables are in thousands.


F-47


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
23.  Guarantor Financial Statement Information (continued)
 
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC
 
CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET
 
                                         
   
December 31, 2010
 
                Non-
             
    Issuer
    Guarantor
    Guarantor
             
   
(Parent)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
Eliminations
   
Consolidated
 
 
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
    $20,904       $319       $—       $—       $21,223  
Restricted cash
    57,579             33,546             91,125  
Accounts receivable, net
    437,300             3,975             441,275  
Mortgage loans held for sale
    369,617                         369,617  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt-Legacy Assets, net
    5,016             261,304             266,320  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt (at fair value)
                538,440             538,440  
Investment in debt securities—available-for-sale
    597                   (597 )      
Investment in subsidiaries
    158,276                   (158,276 )      
Receivables from affiliates
          62,171       132,353       (185,531 )     8,993  
Mortgage servicing rights
    145,062                         145,062  
Property and equipment, net
    7,559       835                   8,394  
Real estate owned, net
    323             27,014             27,337  
Other assets
    29,395                         29,395  
                                         
Total assets
    $1,231,628       $63,325       $996,632       $(344,404 )     $1,947,181  
                                         
 
Liabilities and members’ equity
Notes payable
    $472,950       $—       $236,808       $—       $709,758  
Unsecured senior notes
    244,061                         244,061  
Payables and accrued liabilities
    73,785             1,269             75,054  
Payables to affiliates
    185,531                   (185,531 )      
Derivative financial instruments
                7,801             7,801  
Derivative financial instruments, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
                18,781             18,781  
Nonrecourse debt—Legacy Assets
                138,662             138,662  
ABS nonrecourse debt (at fair value)
                497,289       (597 )     496,692  
                                         
Total liabilities
    976,327             900,610       (186,128 )     1,690,809  
                                         
Total members’ equity
    255,301       63,325       96,022       (158,276 )     256,372  
                                         
Total liabilities and members’ equity
    $1,231,628       $63,325       $996,632       $(344,404 )     $1,947,181  
                                         


F-48


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
23.  Guarantor Financial Statement Information (continued)
 
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC
 
CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
                                         
   
Year Ended December 31, 2010
 
                Non-
             
    Issuer
    Guarantor
    Guarantor
             
   
(Parent)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
Eliminations
   
Consolidated
 
 
Revenues:
                                       
Servicing fee income
    $174,660       $1,730       $—       $(9,264 )     $167,126  
Other fee income
    8,259       7,551       1,148             16,958  
                                         
Total fee income
    182,919       9,281       1,148       (9,264 )     184,084  
Gain on mortgage loans held for sale
    77,344                         77,344  
                                         
Total revenues
    260,263       9,281       1,148       (9,264 )     261,428  
                                         
Expenses and impairments:
                                       
Salaries, wages and benefits
    146,746       2,369                   149,115  
General and administrative
    57,329       1,642       (58 )           58,913  
Provision for loan losses
    1,558             1,740             3,298  
Loss on foreclosed real estate
                205             205  
Occupancy
    9,289       156                   9,445  
                                         
                                         
Total expenses and impairments
    214,922       4,167       1,887             220,976  
                                         
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest income
    17,019       6       72,606       9,264       98,895  
Interest expense
    (54,075 )           (62,088 )           (116,163 )
Loss on interest rate swaps and caps
                (9,801 )           (9,801 )
Fair value changes in ABS securitizations
                (23,748 )     451       (23,297 )
Gain (loss) from subsidiaries
    (18,650 )                 18,650        
                                         
                                         
Total other income (expense)
    (55,706 )     6       (23,031 )     28,365       (50,366 )
                                         
                                         
Net income (loss)
    $(10,365 )     $5,120       $(23,770 )     $19,101       $(9,914 )
                                         


F-49


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
23.  Guarantor Financial Statement Information (continued)
 
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC
 
CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                         
   
Year Ended December 31, 2010
 
                Non-
             
    Issuer
    Guarantor
    Guarantor
             
   
(Parent)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
Eliminations
   
Consolidated
 
 
Operating activities
                                       
Net income (loss)
    $(10,365 )     $5,120       $(23,770 )     $19,101       $(9,914 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                                       
Loss from subsidiaries
    18,650                   (18,650 )      
Share-based compensation
    12,856                         12,856  
Gain on mortgage loans held for sale
    (77,344 )                       (77,344 )
Provision for loan losses
    1,558             1,740             3,298  
Loss on foreclosed real estate
                205             205  
Depreciation and amortization
    2,104       13                   2,117  
Fair value changes in ABS securitization
                23,297             23,297  
Loss on interest rate swaps and caps
                8,872             8,872  
Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights
    6,043                         6,043  
Amortization of debt discount
    12,380             6,351             18,731  
Amortization of premiums/discounts
                (4,526 )           (4,526 )
Mortgage loans originated and purchased, net of fees
    (2,791,639 )                       (2,791,639 )
Cost of loans sold, net of fees
    2,621,275                         2,621,275  
Principal payments/prepayments received and other changes in mortgage loans originated as held for sale
    49,302             (16,634 )           32,668  
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                                       
Accounts receivable, net
    73,124       3       (31,979 )           41,148  
Payables to affiliates
    (52,594 )     (5,110 )     61,662             3,958  
Other assets
    (861 )                       (861 )
Payables and accrued liabilities
    8,444       (96 )     (185 )           8,163  
                                         
Net cash provided by (used) in operating activities
    (127,067 )     (70 )     25,033       451       (101,653 )
                                         


F-50


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
23.  Guarantor Financial Statement Information (continued)
 
                                         
   
Year Ended December 31, 2010
 
                Non-
             
    Issuer
    Guarantor
    Guarantor
             
   
(Parent)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
Eliminations
   
Consolidated
 
 
                                         
Investing activities
                                       
Principal payments received and other changes on mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
                48,838             48,838  
Proceeds from sales of real estate owned
    504             73,603             74,107  
Purchase of mortgage servicing rights, net of liabilities incurred
    (17,812 )                       (17,812 )
Property and equipment additions, net of disposals
    (3,923 )     (13 )                 (3,936 )
                                         
Net cash provided by (used) in investing activities
    (21,231 )     (13 )     122,441             101,197  
                                         
                                         
Financing activities
                                       
Transfers to/from restricted cash, net
    (38,617 )           4,886             (33,731 )
Issuance of unsecured notes, net of issue discount
    243,013                         243,013  
Repayment of non-recourse debt—Legacy assets
                (45,364 )           (45,364 )
Repayment of ABS nonrecourse debt
    (146 )           (102,869 )     (451 )     (103,466 )
Decrease in notes payable, net
    (57,972 )           (4,127 )           (62,099 )
Debt financing costs
    (14,923 )                       (14,923 )
Tax related share-based settlement of units by members
    (3,396 )                       (3,396 )
                                         
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    127,959             (147,474 )     (451 )     (19,966 )
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (20,339 )     (83 )                 (20,422 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    41,243       402                   41,645  
                                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
    $20,904       $319       $—       $—       $21,223  
                                         


F-51


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
23.  Guarantor Financial Statement Information (continued)
 
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC
 
CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET
 
                                         
   
December 31, 2009
 
                Non-
             
    Issuer
    Guarantor
    Guarantor
             
   
(Parent)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
Eliminations
   
Consolidated
 
 
Assets
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
    $41,243       $402       $—       $—       $41,645  
Restricted cash
    18,962             33,833             52,795  
Accounts receivable, net
    510,425       3       3,511             513,939  
Mortgage loans held for sale
    201,429                         201,429  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt—Legacy Assets, net
    6,305             295,497             301,802  
Investment in debt securities—available-for-sale
    2,486                         2,486  
Investment in subsidiaries
    275,661                   (275,661 )      
Receivables from affiliates
          160,645       190,772       (338,843 )     12,574  
Mortgage servicing rights
    114,605                         114,605  
Property and equipment, net
    5,740       835                   6,575  
Real estate owned, net
                10,262             10,262  
Other assets
    22,073                         22,073  
                                         
Total assets
    $1,198,929       $161,885       $533,875       $(614,504 )     $1,280,185  
                                         
 
Liabilities and members’ equity
Notes payable
    $530,922       $—       $240,935       $—       $771,857  
Payables and accrued liabilities
    65,341       96       1,393             66,830  
Payables to affiliates
    338,843                   (338,843 )      
Nonrecourse debt—Legacy Assets
                177,675             177,675  
                                         
Total liabilities
    935,106       96       420,003       (338,843 )     1,016,362  
                                         
                                         
Total members’ equity
    263,823       161,789       113,872       (275,661 )     263,823  
                                         
Total liabilities and members’ equity
    $1,198,929       $161,885       $533,875       $(614,504 )     $1,280,185  
                                         


F-52


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
23.  Guarantor Financial Statement Information (continued)
 
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC
 
CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
                                         
   
Year Ended December 31, 2009
 
                Non-
             
    Issuer
    Guarantor
    Guarantor
             
   
(Parent)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
Eliminations
   
Consolidated
 
 
Revenues:
                                       
Servicing fee income
    $89,151       $1,044       $—       $—       $90,195  
Other fee income
    4,823       5,200                   10,023  
                                         
Total fee income
    93,974       6,244                   100,218  
Loss on mortgage loans held for sale
    (21,349 )                       (21,349 )
                                         
Total revenues
    72,625       6,244                   78,869  
                                         
Expenses and impairments:
                                       
Salaries, wages and benefits
    88,075       2,614                   90,689  
General and administrative
    30,111       379       4             30,494  
Loss on foreclosed real estate
    (1,352 )     (10,925 )     19,789               7,512  
Occupancy
    6,621       242                   6,863  
Loss on available-for-sale securities-other-than-temporary
    6,809                         6,809  
                                         
Total expenses and impairments
    130,264       (7,690 )     19,793               142,367  
                                         
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest income
    42,160       233       10,125             52,518  
Interest expense
    (52,810 )     (2,694 )     (14,379 )           (69,883 )
Loss on interest rate swaps and caps
    (14 )                       (14 )
Gain (loss) from subsidiaries
    (12,574 )                 12,574        
                                         
Total other income (expense)
    (23,238 )     (2,461 )     (4,254 )     12,574       (17,379 )
                                         
                                         
Net income/(loss)
    $(80,877 )     $11,473       $(24,047 )     $12,574       $(80,877 )
                                         


F-53


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
23.  Guarantor Financial Statement Information (continued)
 
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC
 
CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                         
   
Year Ended December 31, 2009
 
                Non-
             
    Issuer
    Guarantor
    Guarantor
             
   
(Parent)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
Eliminations
   
Consolidated
 
 
Operating activities:
                                       
Net income (loss)
    $(80,877 )     $11,473       $(24,047 )     $12,574       $(80,877 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                                       
Loss from subsidiaries
    12,574                   (12,574 )      
Share-based compensation
    827                         827  
Loss on mortgage loans held for sale
    21,349                         21,349  
Loss on foreclosed real estate
    (1,352 )     (10,925 )     19,789             7,512  
Loss on interest rate swaps and caps
    14                         14  
Unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments
    (2,436 )                       (2,436 )
Depreciation and amortization
    1,728       39                   1,767  
Impairment of investments in debt securities
    6,809                         6,809  
Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights
    27,915                         27,915  
Amortization of debt discount
    19,075             2,212             21,287  
Amortization of premiums/discounts
    (1,394 )                       (1,394 )
Mortgage Loans originated and purchased, net of fees
    (1,480,549 )                       (1,480,549 )
Cost of loans sold, net of fees
    1,007,369                         1,007,369  
Principal payments/prepayments received and other changes in mortgage loans originated as held for sale
    405,066             66,816             471,882  
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                                       
Accounts receivable, net
    (155,566 )     1,113       (3,511 )           (157,964 )
Payables to affiliates
    247,676       (47,397 )     (133,339 )           66,940  
Other assets
    (6,961 )                       (6,961 )
Payables and accrued liabilities
    11,550       (12 )     1,331             12,869  
                                         
Net cash provided by (used) in operating activities
    32,817       (45,709 )     (70,749 )           (83,641 )
                                         


F-54


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
23.  Guarantor Financial Statement Information (continued)
 
                                         
   
Year Ended December 31, 2009
 
                Non-
             
    Issuer
    Guarantor
    Guarantor
             
   
(Parent)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
Eliminations
   
Consolidated
 
 
                                         
Investing activities:
                                       
Proceeds from sales of real estate owned
    1,896       32,202       83             34,181  
Purchase of mortgage servicing rights, net of liabilities incurred
    (1,169 )                       (1,169 )
Property and equipment additions, net of disposals
    (2,990 )     (39 )                 (3,029 )
                                         
Net cash provided by (used) in investing activities
    (2,263 )     32,163       83             29,983  
                                         
Financing activities:
                                       
Transfers to/from restricted cash, net
    (18,444 )     13,737       (27,056 )           (31,763 )
Issuance of non-recourse debt, net
                191,272             191,272  
(Decrease) increase in notes payable, net
    17,346             (77,741 )           (60,395 )
Repayment of non-recourse debt—Legacy assets
                (15,809 )           (15,809 )
Debt financing costs
    (18,059 )                       (18,059 )
Capital contributions from members
    20,700                         20,700  
                                         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    1,543       13,737       70,666             85,946  
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    32,097       191                   32,288  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    9,146       211                   9,357  
                                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
    $41,243       $402       $—       $—       $41,645  
                                         


F-55


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
23.  Guarantor Financial Statement Information (continued)
 
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC
 
CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
                                         
   
Year Ended December 31, 2008
 
                Non-
             
    Issuer
    Guarantor
    Guarantor
             
   
(Parent)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
Eliminations
   
Consolidated
 
 
Revenues
                                       
Servicing fee income
    $67,876       $74       $102       $—       $68,052  
Other fee income
    1,304       4,651                   5,955  
                                         
Total fee income
    69,180       4,725       102             74,007  
Loss on mortgage loans held for sale
    (86,663 )                       (86,663 )
                                         
Total revenues
    (17,483 )     4,725       102             (12,656 )
                                         
Expenses and impairments
                                       
Salaries, wages and benefits
    60,808       975                   61,783  
General and administrative
    22,059       135                   22,194  
Loss on foreclosed real estate
    (1,011 )     3,578                   2,567  
Occupancy
    5,989       32                   6,021  
Loss on available-for-sale securities-other-than-temporary
    55,212                         55,212  
                                         
Total expenses and impairments
    143,057       4,720                   147,777  
                                         
Other income (expense)
                                       
Interest income
    92,030       30                   92,060  
Interest expense
    (52,931 )     (45 )     (12,572 )           (65,548 )
Loss on interest rate swaps and caps
    (23,689 )                       (23,689 )
Gain (loss) from subsidiaries
    (12,480 )                 12,480        
                                         
                                         
Total other income (expense)
    2,930       (15 )     (12,572 )     12,480       2,823  
                                         
                                         
Net income (loss)
    $(157,610 )     $(10 )     $(12,470 )     $12,480       $(157,610 )
                                         


F-56


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
23.  Guarantor Financial Statement Information (continued)
 
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC
 
CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                         
   
Year Ended December 31, 2008
 
                Non-
             
    Issuer
    Guarantor
    Guarantor
             
   
(Parent)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
Eliminations
   
Consolidated
 
 
Operating activities
                                       
Net income (loss)
    $(157,610 )     $(10 )     $(12,470 )     $12,480       $(157,610 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                                       
Loss from subsidiaries
    12,480                   (12,480 )      
Share-based compensation
    2,333                         2,333  
Loss on mortgage loans held for sale
    86,663                         86,663  
Loss on foreclosed real estate
    (1,011 )     3,578                   2,567  
Loss on interest rate swaps and caps
    23,689                         23,689  
Unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments
    2,077                         2,077  
Depreciation and amortization
    1,301       8                   1,309  
Accretion of discount on securities
    (4,422 )                       (4,422 )
Impairment of investments in debt securities
    55,212                         55,212  
Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights
    11,701                         11,701  
Amortization of debt discount
    8,879                         8,879  
Amortization of premiums/discounts
    (85 )                       (85 )
Mortgage loans originated and purchased, net of fees
    (545,860 )                       (545,860 )
Cost of loans sold, net of fees
    513,924                         513,924  
Principal payments/prepayments received and other changes in mortgage loans originated as held for sale
    201,184                         201,184  
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                                       
Accounts receivable, net
    (164,962 )     (605 )                 (165,567 )
Payables to affiliates
    129,110       128,659       (255,317 )           2,452  
Other assets
    38,364                         38,364  
Payables and accrued liabilities
    (36,363 )     (297 )     62             (36,598 )
                                         
Net cash provided by (used) in operating activities
    176,604       131,333       (267,725 )           40,212  


F-57


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
23.  Guarantor Financial Statement Information (continued)
 
                                         
   
Year Ended December 31, 2008
 
                Non-
             
    Issuer
    Guarantor
    Guarantor
             
   
(Parent)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
Eliminations
   
Consolidated
 
 
                                         
Investing activities
                                       
Proceeds from sales of real estate owned
    52,764       (23,488 )                 29,276  
Purchase of mortgage servicing rights, net of liabilities incurred
    (19,013 )                       (19,013 )
Interest rate swap settlements
    (51,570 )                       (51,570 )
Property and equipment additions, net of disposals
    (1,764 )     (8 )                 (1,772 )
Principal payments received on debt securities
    8,436                         8,436  
                                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (11,147 )     (23,496 )                 (34,643 )
                                         
Financing activities
                                       
Transfers to/from restricted cash, net
    (517 )     (8,402 )     (952 )           (9,871 )
(Decrease)/increase in notes payable, net
    (325,943 )     (100,000 )     268,677             (157,266 )
Debt financing costs
    (15,926 )                       (15,926 )
Capital contributions from members
    145,600                         145,600  
                                         
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (196,786 )     (108,402 )     267,725             (37,463 )
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (31,329 )     (565 )                 (31,894 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    40,475       776                   41,251  
                                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
    $9,146       $211       $—       $—       $9,357  
                                         
 
24.  Subsequent Events
 
In February 2011, Nationstar amended one of its outstanding Master Repurchase Agreements with a financial services company. Under the terms of this new agreement, Nationstar is now required to maintain a minimum tangible net worth of not less than $175 million and is now set to expire in February 2012. In addition, the interest rate paid on any transfer loans has been amended to LIBOR plus a margin of 3.25%.
 
In March 2011, Nationstar executed a MRA with a financial institution, under which Nationstar may enter into transactions, for an aggregate amount of $50.0 million, in which Nationstar agrees to transfer to the same financial institution certain mortgage loans and certain securities against the transfer of funds by the same financial institution, with a simultaneous agreement by the same financial institution to transfer such mortgage loans and securities to Nationstar at a date certain, or on demand by Nationstar, against the transfer


F-58


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
24.  Subsequent Events (continued)
 
of funds Nationstar. The interest rate is based on LIBOR plus a spread of 1.45% to 3.95%, which varies based on the underlying transferred collateral. The maturity date of this MRA is March 2012.
 
25.  Unaudited Pro Forma Tax Information
 
Nationstar has elected to be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes and is treated as a branch of its parent, FIF. FIF is taxed as a partnership, whereby all income is taxed at the member (partner) level. Historically Nationstar has generated net operating losses for federal and state income tax purposes but has incurred de minimis amounts of state capital, franchise and minimum tax. It is expected that Nationstar will become a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc. a new C corporation upon the Restructuring. See “Note 1 to Consolidated Financial Statements—Description of the Companies and Basis of Presentation.” It is anticipated that Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc., Nationstar and all affiliates will join in a consolidated income tax return for US purposes.
 
Nationstar’s pro forma effective tax rate for 2010 is 0%. The pro forma tax provision (benefit), before valuation allowance, is ($3,612) on pre-tax loss of ($9,914). Nationstar has determined that recognizing a tax benefit and corresponding deferred tax asset is not appropriate as management believes it is more likely than not the deferred tax asset will not be realized. Nationstar will also assume certain tax attributes of certain parent entities of FIF HE Holdings LLC as a result of the Restructuring, including approximately $200 million of net operating loss carry forwards as of December 31, 2010. Nationstar expects to record a full valuation allowance against any resulting deferred tax asset. The utilization of these tax attributes will be limited pursuant to Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code.


F-59


Table of Contents

 
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
    (unaudited)        
    (thousands of dollars)  
 
Assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
    $24,005       $21,223  
Restricted cash (includes $69 and $1,472, respectively, of restricted cash, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt)
    72,813       91,125  
Accounts receivable (includes $2,431 and $2,392, respectively, of accrued interest, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt)
    471,474       441,275  
Mortgage loans held for sale
    377,932       369,617  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt—Legacy Assets, net of allowance for loan losses of $5,303 and $3,298, respectively
    246,159       266,320  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt (at fair value)
    477,748       538,440  
Receivables from affiliates
    6,082       8,993  
Mortgage servicing rights at fair value
    246,916       145,062  
Property and equipment, net
    20,990       8,394  
Real estate owned, net (includes $11,169 and $17,509, respectively, of real estate owned, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt)
    15,411       27,337  
Other assets
    44,795       29,395  
                 
Total assets
    $2,004,325       $1,947,181  
                 
Liabilities and members’ equity
               
Notes payable
    $738,783       $709,758  
Unsecured senior notes
    245,109       244,061  
Payables and accrued liabilities (includes $75 and $95, respectively, of accrued interest payable, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt)
    177,452       75,054  
Derivative financial instruments
    15,778       7,801  
Derivative financial instruments, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
    11,889       18,781  
Nonrecourse debt—Legacy Assets
    116,200       138,662  
ABS nonrecourse debt (at fair value)
    434,326       496,692  
                 
Total liabilities
    1,739,537       1,690,809  
                 
Commitments and contingencies—See Note 15
               
Total members’ equity
    264,788       256,372  
                 
Total liabilities and members’ equity
    $2,004,325       $1,947,181  
                 
 
See accompanying notes.


F-60


Table of Contents

 
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                 
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
    (thousands of dollars)  
 
Revenues:
               
Servicing fee income
    $165,636       $110,919  
Other fee income
    19,118       11,851  
                 
Total fee income
    184,754       122,770  
Gain on mortgage loans held for sale
    73,560       51,754  
                 
Total revenues
    258,314       174,524  
Expenses and impairments:
               
Salaries, wages and benefits
    146,199       104,689  
General and administrative
    56,707       34,931  
Provision for loan losses
    2,005        
Loss on foreclosed real estate
    6,904        
Occupancy
    7,902       6,002  
                 
Total expenses and impairments
    219,717       145,622  
Other income (expense):
               
Interest income
    51,246       82,019  
Interest expense
    (76,929 )     (89,298 )
Loss on interest rate swaps and caps
          (9,917 )
Fair value changes in ABS securitizations
    (6,919 )     (19,115 )
                 
Total other income (expense)
    (32,602 )     (36,311 )
                 
Net income/(loss)
    $5,995       $(7,409 )
                 
Pro forma information (Note 20):
               
Historical net income before taxes
    $5,995          
Pro forma adjustment for taxes
             
                 
Pro forma net income
    $5,995          
                 
 
See accompanying notes.


F-61


Table of Contents

 
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF MEMBERS’ EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
                         
          Accumulated Other
    Total Members’
 
    Members’
    Comprehensive
    Units and
 
   
Units
   
Income
   
Members’ Equity
 
    (thousands of dollars)  
 
Balance at January 1, 2010
    $263,823       $—       $263,823  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principles as of January 1, 2010 related to adoption of new accounting guidance on consolidation of variable interest entities
    (8,068 )           (8,068 )
Share-based compensation
    12,856             12,856  
Tax related share-based settlement of units by members
    (3,396 )           (3,396 )
Comprehensive loss:
                       
Net loss
    (9,914 )           (9,914 )
Change in value of cash flow hedge
          1,071       1,071  
                         
Total comprehensive loss
                    (8,843 )
                         
Balance at December 31, 2010
    255,301       1,071       256,372  
( unaudited)
                       
Share-based compensation
    12,201             12,201  
Distribution to parent
    (3,900 )           (3,900 )
Tax related share-based settlement of units by members
    (4,809 )           (4,809 )
Comprehensive income:
                       
Net income
    5,995             5,995  
Change in value of cash flow hedge
          (1,071 )     (1,071 )
                         
Total comprehensive income
                    4,924  
                         
Balance at September 30, 2011
    $264,788       $—       $264,788  
                         
 
See accompanying notes.


F-62


Table of Contents

 
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                 
    Nine Months
 
   
Ended September 30,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
    (thousands of dollars)  
 
Operating activities
               
Net income/(loss)
    $5,995       $(7,409 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income/(loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
Share-based compensation
    12,201       7,459  
Gain on mortgage loans held for sale
    (73,560 )     (51,754 )
Provision for loan losses
    2,005        
Loss on foreclosed real estate
    6,904        
Loss on equity method investments
    971        
(Gain)/loss on ineffectiveness on interest rate swaps and caps
    (2,032 )     9,917  
Fair value changes in ABS securitizations
    6,919       19,115  
Depreciation and amortization
    2,551       1,450  
Change in fair value on mortgage servicing rights
    30,757       11,499  
Amortization of debt discount
    10,324       15,168  
Amortization of discounts
    (4,001 )     (3,561 )
Mortgage loans originated and purchased, net of fees
    (2,285,558 )     (1,960,089 )
Cost of loans sold, net of fees
    2,287,430       1,831,708  
Principal payments/prepayments received and other changes in mortgage loans originated as held for sale
    45,534       8,112  
Changes in assets and liabilities:
               
Accounts receivable, net
    (30,199 )     58,656  
Receivables from affiliates
    2,911       3,607  
Other assets
    (5,050 )     2,700  
Payables and accrued liabilities
    35,840       77,892  
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    49,942       24,470  
                 
 
Continued on following page.


F-63


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (continued)
 
                 
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
    (thousands of dollars)  
 
Investing activities
               
Principal payments received and other changes on mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
    $29,395       $36,401  
Property and equipment additions, net of disposals
    (15,147 )     (3,177 )
Acquisition of equity method investee
    (6,600 )      
Purchase of mortgage servicing rights, net of liabilities incurred
    (40,305 )     (5,863 )
Proceeds from sales of real estate owned
    22,897       58,506  
                 
Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities
    (9,760 )     85,867  
                 
Financing activities
               
Transfers from restricted cash, net
    18,312       6,560  
Issuance of unsecured notes, net of issue discount
          243,012  
Increase/(decrease) in notes payable
    29,025       (239,585 )
Repayment of non-recourse debt—Legacy assets
    (26,119 )     (37,240 )
Repayment of ABS nonrecourse debt
    (47,175 )     (85,386 )
Distribution to parent
    (3,900 )      
Debt financing costs
    (2,734 )     (11,894 )
Tax related share-based settlement of units by members
    (4,809 )      
                 
Net cash used in financing activities
    (37,400 )     (124,533 )
                 
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    2,782       (14,196 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    21,223       41,645  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
    $24,005       $27,449  
                 
Supplemental disclosures of noncash activities
               
Transfer of mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt—Legacy Assets to real estate owned
    $4,875       $15,034  
Transfer of mortgage loans held for sale to real estate owned
    90       124  
Transfer of mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt to real estate owned
    13,712       34,775  
Mortgage servicing rights resulting from sale or securitization of mortgage loans
    25,748       16,761  
Liabilities incurred from purchase of mortgage servicing rights
    66,558       5,156  
 
See accompanying notes.


F-64


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(thousands of dollars, unless otherwise stated)
 
1.  Basis of Presentation
 
The accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Nationstar, and its wholly owned subsidiaries and those variable interest entities (VIEs) where Nationstar is the primary beneficiary. Nationstar applies the equity method of accounting to investments when the entity is not a VIE and Nationstar is able to exercise significant influence, but not control, over the policies and procedures of the entity but owns less than 50% of the voting interests. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. Results of operations, assets and liabilities of VIEs are included from the date that the Company became the primary beneficiary. In addition, certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.
 
The unaudited consolidated financial statements of Nationstar have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) for interim information and in accordance with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The accompanying interim financial statements are unaudited; however, in the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. The results of operations for the nine month period ended September 30, 2011, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ended December 31, 2011.
 
2.  Recent Accounting Developments
 
Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-02, A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring (Update No. 2011-02). Update No. 2011-02 is intended to reduce the diversity in identifying troubled debt restructurings (TDRs), primarily by clarifying certain factors around concessions and financial difficulty. In evaluating whether a restructuring constitutes a troubled debt restructuring, a creditor must separately conclude that: 1) the restructuring constitutes a concession; and 2) the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. The clarifications will generally result in more restructurings being considered troubled. The amendments in this update are effective for this quarter, with retrospective application to the beginning of this year. The adoption of Update No. 2011-02 did not have a material impact on Nationstar’s financial condition, liquidity or results of operations.
 
Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-03, Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements (Update No. 2011-03). Update No. 2011-03 is intended to improve the accounting and reporting of repurchase agreements and other agreements that both entitle and obligate a transferor to repurchase or redeem financial assets before their maturity. This amendment removes the criterion pertaining to an exchange of collateral such that it should not be a determining factor in assessing effective control, including (1) the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee, and (2) the collateral maintenance implementation guidance related to that criterion. Other criteria applicable to the assessment of effective control are not changed by the amendments in the update. The amendments in this update will be effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of Update No. 2011-03 is not expected to have a material impact on Nationstar’s financial condition, liquidity or results of operations.
 
Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-04, Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS (Update No. 2011-04). Update No. 2011-04 is intended to provide common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS. The changes required in this update include changing the wording used to describe


F-65


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
2.  Recent Accounting Developments (continued)
 
many of the requirements in U.S. GAAP for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. The amendments in this update are to be applied prospectively and are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of Update No. 2011-04 is not expected to have a material impact on Nationstar’s financial condition, liquidity or results of operations.
 
Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income (Update No. 2011-05). Update No. 2011-05 is intended to improve the comparability, consistency, and transparency of financial reporting and to increase the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income. Update No. 2011-05 eliminates the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity and now requires that all non-owner changes in stockholders’ equity be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. This update does not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. The amendments in this update are to be applied retrospectively and are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of Update No. 2011-05 is not expected to have a material impact on Nationstar’s financial condition, liquidity or results of operations.
 
3.  Variable Interest Entities and Securitizations
 
A summary of the assets and liabilities of Nationstar’s transactions with VIEs included in Nationstar’s consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 is presented in the following table (in thousands):
 
                         
          Transfers
       
          Accounted for as
       
    Securitization
    Secured
       
September 30, 2011
 
Trusts
   
Borrowings
   
Total
 
 
Assets
                       
Restricted cash
    $69       $20,134       $20,203  
Accounts receivable
    2,431       251,615       254,046  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt
          240,256       240,256  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
    477,748             477,748  
Real estate owned
    11,169       4,184       15,353  
                         
Total Assets
    $491,417       $516,189       $1,007,606  
                         
                         
Liabilities                        
Notes payable
    $—       $203,596       $203,596  
Payables and accrued liabilities
    75       988       1,063  
Outstanding servicer advances(1)
    32,961             32,961  
Derivative financial instruments, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
    11,889             11,889  
Nonrecourse debt—Legacy Assets
          116,200       116,200  
ABS nonrecourse debt
    434,326             434,326  
                         
Total Liabilities
    $479,251       $320,784       $800,035  
                         


F-66


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
3.  Variable Interest Entities and Securitizations (continued)
 
                         
          Transfers
       
          Accounted for as
       
    Securitization
    Secured
       
December 31, 2010
 
Trusts
   
Borrowings
   
Total
 
 
Assets
Restricted cash
    $1,472       $32,075       $33,547  
Accounts receivable
    2,392       286,808       289,200  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt
          261,305       261,305  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
    538,440             538,440  
Real estate owned
    17,509       9,505       27,014  
                         
Total Assets
    $559,813       $589,693       $1,149,506  
                         
 
Liabilities
Notes payable
    $—       $236,808       $236,808  
Payables and accrued liabilities
    95       1,173       1,268  
Outstanding servicer advances(1)
    32,284             32,284  
Derivative financial instruments
          7,801       7,801  
Derivative financial instruments, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
    18,781             18,781  
Nonrecourse debt—Legacy Assets
          138,662       138,662  
ABS nonrecourse debt
    497,289             497,289  
                         
Total Liabilities
    $548,449       $384,444       $932,893  
                         
 
(1) Outstanding servicer advances consists of principal and interest advances paid by Nationstar to cover scheduled payments and interest that have not been timely paid by borrowers. These outstanding servicer advances are eliminated upon the consolidation of the securitization trusts.
 
A summary of the outstanding collateral and certificate balances for securitization trusts, including any retained beneficial interests and mortgage servicing rights, that were not consolidated by Nationstar for the periods ending September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 is presented in the following table (in thousands):
 
                 
   
September 30, 2011
   
December 31, 2010
 
 
Total collateral balance
    $3,751,789       $4,038,978  
Total certificate balance
    3,738,836       4,026,844  
Total mortgage servicing rights at fair value
    24,227       26,419  
 
Nationstar has not retained any variable interests in the unconsolidated securitization trusts that were outstanding as of September 30, 2011 or 2010, and therefore does not have a significant maximum exposure to loss related to these unconsolidated VIEs.


F-67


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
3.  Variable Interest Entities and Securitizations (continued)
 
A summary of mortgage loans transferred to unconsolidated securitization trusts that are 60 days or more past due and the credit losses incurred in the unconsolidated securitization trusts are presented below (in thousands):
 
                                 
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
   
2011
 
2010
    Principal Amount
      Principal Amount
   
    of Loans 60 Days or
  Credit
  of Loans 60 Days or
  Credit
   
More Past Due
 
Losses
 
More Past Due
 
Losses
 
Total Securitization Trusts
    $801,216       $182,991       $855,981       $177,077  
 
Certain cash flows received from securitization trusts accounted for as sales for the dates indicated were as follows (in thousands):
 
                                 
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
    Servicing
    Loan
    Servicing
    Loan
 
   
Fees Received
   
Repurchases
   
Fees Received
   
Repurchases
 
 
Total Securitization Trust
    $21,221       $—       $21,414       $—  
 
4.  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows-Supplemental Disclosure
 
Total interest paid for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $61.8 million and $60.9 million, respectively.
 
5.  Accounts Receivable
 
Accounts receivable consist primarily of accrued interest receivable on mortgage loans and securitizations, collateral deposits on surety bonds, and advances made to unconsolidated securitization trusts, as required under various servicing agreements related to delinquent loans, which are ultimately paid back to Nationstar from such trusts.
 
Accounts receivable consist of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
 
Delinquency advances
    $157,438       $148,751  
Corporate and escrow advances
    274,912       241,618  
Insurance deposits
    1,750       6,390  
Accrued interest (includes $2,431 and $2,392, respectively, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt)
    3,971       4,302  
Receivables from trusts
    6,348       21,910  
Other
    27,055       18,304  
                 
Total accounts receivable
    $471,474       $441,275  
                 


F-68


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
 
6.  Mortgage Loans Held for Sale and Investment
 
Mortgage loans held for sale
 
Mortgage loans held for sale consist of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
 
Mortgage loans held for sale—unpaid principal balance
    $364,403       $365,337  
Mark-to-market adjustment
    13,529       4,280  
                 
Total mortgage loans held for sale
    $377,932       $369,617  
                 
 
Mortgage loans held for sale on a nonaccrual status are presented in the following table for the periods indicated (in thousands):
 
                 
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
 
Mortgage loans held for sale—Non-performing
    $—       $371  
                 
 
A reconciliation of the changes in mortgage loans held for sale to the amounts presented in the consolidated statements of cash flows for the dates indicated is presented in the following table (in thousands):
 
                 
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
 
Mortgage loans held for sale—beginning balance
    $369,617       $203,131  
Mortgage loans originated and purchased, net of fees
    2,285,558       1,960,089  
Cost of loans sold, net of fees
    (2,287,430 )     (1,831,708 )
Principal payments received on mortgage loans held for sale and other changes
    10,475       11,254  
Transfer of mortgage loans held for sale to real estate owned
    (288 )      
                 
Mortgage loans held for sale—ending balance
    $377,932       $342,766  
                 


F-69


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
6.  Mortgage Loans Held for Sale and Investment (continued)
 
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt- Legacy Assets, net
 
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt- Legacy Assets, net as of the dates indicated include (in thousands):
 
                 
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
 
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt- Legacy Assets, net—unpaid principal balance
    $379,418       $411,878  
Transfer discount
               
Accretable
    (22,764 )     (25,219 )
Non-accretable
    (105,192 )     (117,041 )
Allowance for loan losses
    (5,303 )     (3,298 )
                 
Total mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt-Legacy Assets, net
    $246,159       $266,320  
                 
 
Over the life of the loan pools, Nationstar continues to estimate cash flows expected to be collected. Nationstar considers expected prepayments and estimates the amount and timing of undiscounted expected principal, interest, and other cash flows (expected as of the transfer date) for each aggregate pool of loans. Nationstar evaluates at the balance sheet date whether the present value of its loans determined using the effective interest rates has decreased and, if so, recognizes a valuation allowance subsequent to the transfer date. The present value of any subsequent increase in the loan pool’s actual cash flows expected to be collected is used first to reverse any existing valuation allowance for that loan pool. Any remaining increase in cash flows expected to be collected adjusts the amount of accretable yield recognized on a prospective basis over the loan pool’s remaining life.
 
The changes in accretable yield on loans transferred to mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt-Legacy Assets were as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    Nine Months Ended
    Year Ended
 
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
 
Balance at the beginning of the period
    $25,219       $22,040  
Additions
           
Accretion
    (3,185 )     (4,082 )
Reclassifications from (to) nonaccretable discount
    730       7,261  
Disposals
           
                 
Balance at the end of the period
    $22,764       $25,219  
                 
 
Nationstar may periodically modify the terms of any outstanding mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt-Legacy Assets, net for loans that are either in default or in imminent default. Modifications often involve reduced payments by borrowers, modification of the original terms of the mortgage loans, forgiveness of debt and/or increased servicing advances. As a result of the volume of modification agreements entered into, the estimated average outstanding life in this pool of mortgage loans has been extended. Nationstar records interest income on the transferred loans on a level-yield method. To maintain a level-yield on these transferred loans over the estimated extended life, Nationstar reclassified approximately $0.7 million for


F-70


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
6.  Mortgage Loans Held for Sale and Investment (continued)
 
the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and $7.3 million from the year ended December 31, 2010 from nonaccretable difference. Furthermore, the Company considers the decrease in principal, interest, and other cash flows expected to be collected arising from the transferred loans as an impairment, and Nationstar recorded a $2.0 million provision for loan losses for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, and a $3.3 million provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2010 on the transferred loans to reflect this impairment.
 
Nationstar collectively evaluates all mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt-Legacy Assets for impairment. The changes in the allowance for loan losses on mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt-Legacy Assets, net were as follows (in thousands) for the dates indicated:
 
                         
   
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011
 
          Non-
       
   
Performing
   
Performing
   
Total
 
 
Balance at the beginning of the period
    $829       $2,469       $3,298  
Provision for loan losses
    134       1,871       2,005  
Recoveries on loans previously charged-off
                 
Charge-offs
                 
                         
Balance at the end of the period
    $963       $4,340       $5,303  
                         
Ending balance—Collectively evaluated for impairment
    $300,718       $78,700       $379,418  
                         
 
                         
   
Year Ended December 31, 2010
 
          Non-
       
   
Performing
   
Performing
   
Total
 
 
Balance at the beginning of the period
    $—       $—       $—  
Provision for loan losses
    829       2,469       3,298  
Recoveries on loans previously charged-off
                 
Charge-offs
                 
                         
Balance at the end of the period
    $829       $2,469       $3,298  
                         
Ending balance—Collectively evaluated for impairment
    $310,730       $101,148       $411,878  
                         
 
Loan delinquency and Loan-to-Value Ratio (LTV) are common credit quality indicators that Nationstar monitors and utilizes in its evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, of which the primary indicator of credit quality is loan delinquency. LTV refers to the ratio of comparing the loan’s unpaid principal balance to the property’s collateral value. Loan delinquencies and unpaid principal balances are updated monthly based upon collection activity. Collateral values are updated from third party providers on a periodic basis. The collateral values used to derive the LTV’s shown below were obtained at various dates, but the majority were within the last twelve months and virtually all were obtained with the last eighteen months. For an event requiring a decision based at least in part on the collateral value, the Company takes its last known value provided by a third party and then adjusts the value based on the applicable home price index.


F-71


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
6.  Mortgage Loans Held for Sale and Investment (continued)
 
The following tables provide the outstanding unpaid principal balance of Nationstar’s mortgage loans held for investment by credit quality indicators as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010.
 
                 
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Credit Quality by Delinquency Status
               
Performing
    $300,718       $310,730  
Non-Performing
    78,700       101,148  
                 
Total
    $379,418       $411,878  
                 
Credit Quality by Loan-to-Value Ratio
               
Less than 60
    $43,156       $47,568  
Less than 70 and more than 60
    16,923       17,476  
Less than 80 and more than 70
    24,575       26,771  
Less than 90 and more than 80
    33,811       36,079  
Less than 100 and more than 90
    33,802       37,551  
Greater than 100
    227,151       246,433  
                 
Total
    $379,418       $411,878  
                 
 
Performing loans refer to loans that are less than 90 days delinquent. Non-performing loans refer to loans that are greater than 90 days delinquent.
 
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
 
Effective January 1, 2010, new accounting guidance eliminated the concept of a QSPE and all existing securitization trusts are considered VIEs and are now subject to new consolidation guidance provided in ASC 810 , Consolidation . Upon consolidation of these VIEs, Nationstar recognized the securitized mortgage loans related to these securitization trusts as mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt. Additionally, Nationstar elected the fair value option provided for by ASC 825-10 , Financial Instruments—Overall .
 
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 includes (in thousands):
 
                 
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt—unpaid principal balance
    $918,347       $983,106  
Fair value adjustment
    (440,599 )     (444,666 )
                 
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt, net
    $477,748       $538,440  
                 
 
As of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, approximately $216.4 million and $223.5 million of the unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS


F-72


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
6.  Mortgage Loans Held for Sale and Investment (continued)
 
nonrecourse debt were over 90 days past due. The fair value of such loans was approximately $109.9 million and $117.6 million, respectively.
 
7.  Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSRs)
 
MSRs arise from contractual agreements between Nationstar and investors in mortgage securities and mortgage loans. Nationstar records MSR assets or liabilities when it sells loans on a servicing-retained basis, at the time of securitization or through the acquisition or assumption of the right to service a financial asset. Under these contracts, Nationstar performs loan servicing functions in exchange for fees and other remuneration.
 
Nationstar accounts for its forward MSRs at fair value in accordance with ASC 860-50, Servicing Assets and Liabilities . Nationstar identifies MSRs related to all existing forward residential mortgage loans transferred to a third party in a transfer that meets the requirements for sale accounting or through the acquisition of the right to forward service residential mortgage loans that do not relate to assets of Nationstar as a class of servicing rights. Nationstar elected to apply fair value accounting to these MSRs, with all changes in fair value recorded as a charge to servicing fee income. As of September 30, 2011, this class represents all of Nationstar’s MSRs.
 
Certain of the loans underlying the mortgage servicing rights that are owned by Nationstar are credit sensitive in nature and the value of these mortgage servicing rights is more likely to be affected from changes in credit losses than from interest rate movement. The remaining loans underlying Nationstar’s MSRs are prime agency and government conforming residential mortgage loans for which the value of these MSRs is more likely to be affected from interest rate movement than changes in credit losses.
 
In July 2011, Nationstar acquired interest sensitive MSRs representing loans with unpaid principal balances of approximately $3.6 billion from a financial institution for approximately $33 million. These MSRs were boarded in September 2011. In September 2011, Nationstar acquired credit sensitive MSRs representing loans with unpaid principal balances of $10.2 billion for approximately $72 million from a financial institution. These MSRs will be boarded in the fourth quarter of 2011.
 
Nationstar used the following weighted average assumptions in estimating the fair value of MSRs for the dates indicated:
 
         
Credit Sensitive MSRs
 
September 30, 2011
 
December 31, 2010
 
Discount rate
  25.64%   24.96%
Total prepayment speeds
  15.20%   18.13%
Expected weighted-average life
  5.37 years   4.90 years
Credit losses
  36.38%   36.71%
 
         
Interest Rate Sensitive MSRs
 
September 30, 2011
 
December 31, 2010
 
Discount rate
  10.49%   13.57%
Total prepayment speeds
  16.99%   17.19%
Expected weighted-average life
  4.96 years   5.12 years
Credit losses
  9.23%   8.80%


F-73


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
7.  Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSRs) (continued)
 
The activity of MSRs carried at fair value is as follows for the nine month period ended September 30, 2011 and for the year ended December 31, 2010 (in thousands):
 
                 
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
 
Fair value at the beginning of the period
    $145,062       $114,605  
Additions:
               
Servicing resulting from transfers of financial assets
    25,748       26,253  
Recognition of servicing assets from derecognition of variable interest entities
          2,866  
Purchases of servicing assets
    106,863       17,812  
Deductions:
               
Derecognition of servicing assets due to new accounting guidance on consolidation of variable interest entities
          (10,431 )
Changes in fair value:
               
Due to changes in valuation inputs or assumptions used in the valuation model
    (15,511 )     9,455  
Other changes in fair value
    (15,246 )     (15,498 )
                 
Fair value at the end of the period
    $246,916       $145,062  
                 
Unpaid principal balance of loans serviced for others
               
Originated or purchased mortgage loans
               
Credit sensitive loans
    $32,803,236       $24,980,980  
Interest sensitive loans
    11,360,987       6,705,661  
                 
Total owned loans
    44,164,223       31,686,641  
Subserviced for others
    56,757,975       30,649,472  
                 
Total unpaid principal balance of loans serviced for others
    $100,922,198       $62,336,113  
                 
 
The following table shows the hypothetical effect on the fair value of the MSRs using various unfavorable variations of the expected levels of certain key assumptions used in valuing these assets at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 (in thousands):
 
                                                 
          Total Prepayment
       
   
Discount Rate
   
Speeds
   
Credit Losses
 
    100 bps
    200 bps
    10%
    20%
    10%
    20%
 
    Adverse
    Adverse
    Adverse
    Adverse
    Adverse
    Adverse
 
   
Change
   
Change
   
Change
   
Change
   
Change
   
Change
 
 
SEPTEMBER 30, 2011
                                               
Mortgage servicing rights
    $(6,583 )     $(12,812 )     $(14,024 )     $(26,675 )     $(4,923 )     $(10,556 )
DECEMBER 31, 2010
                                               
Mortgage servicing rights
    $(3,828 )     $(7,458 )     $(8,175 )     $(16,042 )     $(4,310 )     $(9,326 )
 
These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be evaluated with care. The effect on fair value of a 10% variation in assumptions generally cannot be determined because the relationship of the change in assumptions to the fair value may not be linear. Additionally, the impact of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value is calculated while holding other assumptions constant. In reality, changes in one


F-74


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
7.  Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSRs) (continued)
 
factor may lead to changes in other factors (e.g., a decrease in total prepayment speeds may result in an increase in credit losses), which could impact the above hypothetical effects.
 
Total servicing and ancillary fees from Nationstar’s servicing portfolio of residential mortgage loans are presented in the following table for the periods indicated (in thousands):
 
                 
    Nine Months Ended
 
   
September 30,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
 
Servicing fees
    $133,338       $69,717  
Ancillary fees
    62,848       51,494  
                 
Total servicing and ancillary fees
    $196,186       $121,211  
                 
 
8.  Other Assets
 
Other assets consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
 
Derivative financial instruments
    $16,272       $8,666  
Deferred financing costs
    10,425       14,396  
Equity method investment
    5,629        
Margin call deposits
    5,240        
Prepaid expenses
    4,658       3,379  
Unsecured loans
    1,843       2,064  
Other
    728       890  
                 
Total other assets
    $44,795       $29,395  
                 
 
In March 2011, Nationstar acquired a 22% interest in ANC Acquisition LLC (ANC) for $6.6 million. ANC is the parent company of National Real Estate Information Services, LP (NREIS) a real estate services company. As Nationstar is able to exercise significant influence, but not control, over the policies and procedures of the entity, and Nationstar owns less than 50% of the voting interests, Nationstar applies the equity method of accounting.
 
NREIS, an ancillary real estate services and vendor management company, offers comprehensive settlement and property valuation services for both origination and default management channels. Direct or indirect product offerings include title insurance agency, tax searches, flood certification, default valuations, full appraisals and broker price opinions.


F-75


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
8.  Other Assets (continued)
 
A summary of the assets, liabilities, and operations of ANC as of September 30, 2011 are presented in the following tables (in thousands):
 
         
   
September 30, 2011
 
 
ASSETS
       
Cash
    $1,219  
Accounts receivable
    6,239  
Receivables from affiliates
    228  
Equity method investments
    18,752  
Property and equipment, net
    1,775  
Goodwill and other intangible assets
    18,442  
Other assets
    952  
         
Total Assets
    $47,607  
         
LIABILITIES
Notes payable
    $4,741  
Payables and accrued liabilities
    18,789  
         
Total Liabilities
    $23,530  
         
 
         
    From Acquisition
 
    through
 
   
September 30, 2011
 
 
REVENUES
       
Sales
    $25,382  
Cost of sales
    (21,593 )
         
Net sales revenues
    3,789  
OTHER INCOME/(EXPENSE)
       
Operating costs
    (9,004 )
Income from equity method investments
    1,176  
Depreciation and amortization
    (359 )
Other income / (expenses)
    39  
Loss from discontinued operations
    (54 )
         
Total Other income/(expense)
    (8,202 )
         
Net loss
    $(4,413 )
         
 
Nationstar recorded a net charge to earnings of $971 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, related to loss on equity method investments, which is included as a component of other fee income in Nationstar’s consolidated statement of operations.


F-76


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
 
9.   Derivative Financial Instruments
 
On October 1, 2010, the Company designated an existing interest rate swap as a cash flow hedge against outstanding floating rate financing associated with the Nationstar Mortgage Advance Receivables 2009-ADV1 Trust. Under the swap agreement, the Company receives interest equivalent to one month LIBOR and pays a fixed rate of 2.0425% based on an amortizing notional of $322.0 million as of September 30, 2011, with settlements occurring monthly until November 2013. This interest rate swap is a cash flow hedge under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging , and is recorded at fair value on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, with any changes in fair value being recorded as an adjustment to other comprehensive income. To qualify as a cash flow hedge, the hedge must be highly effective at reducing the risk associated with the exposure being hedged and must be formally designated at hedge inception. Nationstar considers a hedge to be highly effective if the change in fair value of the derivative hedging instrument is within 80% to 125% of the opposite change in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. Ineffective portions of the cash flow hedge are reflected in earnings as they occur as a component of interest expense.
 
THE EFFECT OF DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS ON THE STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands)
 
                                         
                      Location of
       
                      Gain (Loss)
       
                      Recognized
       
          Location of
    Amount of
    in Income on
       
          Gain (Loss)
    Gain (Loss)
    Derivative
    Amount of
 
    Amount of
    Reclassified
    Reclassified
    (Ineffective
    Gain (Loss)
 
Derivatives in
  Gain (Loss)
    from
    from
    Portion and
    Recognized
 
ASC815
  Recognized
    Accumulated
    Accumulated
    Amount
    in Income on
 
Cash Flow
  in OCI on
    OCI into
    OCI into
    Excluded from
    Derivative
 
Hedging
  Derivative
    Income
    Income
    Effectiveness
    (Ineffective
 
Relationships
 
(Effective Portion)
   
(Effective Portion)
   
(Effective Portion)
   
Testing)
   
Portion)
 
 
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011
                       
Interest Rate Swap
    $(1,071 )     Interest Expense       $582       Interest Expense       $2,032  
For the Year Ended December 31, 2010
                       
Interest Rate Swap
    $1,071       Interest Expense       $—       Interest Expense       $930  


F-77


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
9.   Derivative Financial Instruments (continued)
 
The following tables provide the outstanding notional balances and fair values of outstanding positions for the dates indicated, and recorded gains (losses) during the periods indicated (in thousands):
 
                                 
                      Recorded
 
    Expiration
    Outstanding
          Gains /
 
   
Dates
   
Notional
   
Fair Value
   
(Losses)
 
 
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2011
                               
MORTGAGE LOANS HELD FOR SALE
                               
Loan sale commitments
    2011       $28,305       $920       $878  
OTHER ASSETS
                               
IRLCs
    2011       966,232       16,272       11,569  
LIABILITIES
                               
Interest rate swaps and caps
    2011-2013       350,000       6,839       2,032  
Forward MBS trades
    2011       789,944       8,939       (12,902 )
Interest rate swap, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
    2013       190,969       11,889       6,892  
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010
                               
MORTGAGE LOANS HELD FOR SALE
                               
Loan sale commitments
    2011       $28,641       $42       $(1,397 )
OTHER ASSETS
                               
IRLCs
    2011       391,990       4,703       2,289  
Forward MBS trades
    2011       546,500       3,963       580  
LIABILITIES
                               
Interest rate swaps and caps
    2011-2013       429,000       7,801       8,872  
Interest rate swap, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
    2013       245,119       18,781       2,049  


F-78


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
 
10.  Indebtedness
 
Notes Payable
 
A summary of the balances of notes payable for the dates indicated is presented below (in thousands).
 
                                 
   
September 30, 2011
   
December 31, 2010
 
          Collateral
          Collateral
 
   
Outstanding
   
Pledged
   
Outstanding
   
Pledged
 
 
Financial institutions repurchase facility (2011)
    $10,587       $11,140       $—       $—  
Financial institutions repurchase facility (2010)
    41,801       44,923       43,059       45,429  
Financial services company repurchase facility
    259,593       274,684       209,477       223,119  
Financial institutions repurchase facility (2009)
    22,328       23,258       39,014       40,640  
Financial services company 2009-ADV1 advance facility
    203,596       250,381       236,808       285,226  
Financial institutions 2010-ADV1 advance facility
                       
Financial institutions MSR Facility
                       
GSE MSR facility
    11,568       16,930       15,733       18,951  
GSE ASAP+ facility
    13,577       13,468       51,105       53,230  
GSE EAF facility
    175,733       179,442       114,562       142,327  
                                 
Total notes payable
    $738,783       $814,226       $709,758       $808,922  
                                 
 
In March 2011, Nationstar executed a Master Repurchase Agreement (MRA) with a financial institution, under which Nationstar may enter into transactions, for an aggregate amount of $50 million, in which Nationstar agrees to transfer to the same financial institution certain mortgage loans and certain securities against the transfer of funds by the same financial institution, with a simultaneous agreement by the same financial institution to transfer such mortgage loans and securities to Nationstar at a date certain, or on demand by Nationstar, against the transfer of funds from Nationstar. The interest rate is based on LIBOR plus a spread of 1.45% to 3.95%, which varies based on the underlying transferred collateral. The maturity date of this MRA is March 2012.
 
In February 2010, Nationstar executed a MRA with a financial institution, which was set to expire in October 2011, but was extended through January 2012. The MRA states that from time to time Nationstar may enter into transactions, for an aggregate amount of $75 million, in which Nationstar agrees to transfer to the same financial institution certain mortgage loans against the transfer of funds by the same financial institution, with a simultaneous agreement by the same financial institution to transfer such mortgage loans to Nationstar at a date certain, or on demand by Nationstar, against the transfer of funds from Nationstar. The interest rate is based on LIBOR plus a spread ranging from 2.75% to 3.50%.
 
Nationstar has a MRA with a financial services company, which expires in February 2012. The MRA states that from time to time Nationstar may enter into transactions, for an aggregate amount of $300 million, in which Nationstar agrees to transfer to the financial services company certain mortgage loans or mortgage-backed securities against the transfer of funds by the financial services company, with a simultaneous agreement by the financial services company to transfer such mortgage loans or mortgage-backed securities to Nationstar at a certain date, or on demand by Nationstar, against the transfer of funds from Nationstar. The interest rate is based on LIBOR plus a margin of 3.25%.


F-79


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
10.  Indebtedness (continued)
 
In October 2009, Nationstar executed a MRA with a financial institution. This MRA states that from time to time Nationstar may enter into transactions, for an aggregate amount of $100 million, in which Nationstar agrees to transfer to the financial institution certain mortgage loans against the transfer of funds by the financial institution, with a simultaneous agreement by the financial institution to transfer such mortgage loans to Nationstar at a certain date, or on demand by Nationstar, against the transfer of funds from Nationstar. The interest rate is based on LIBOR plus a spread of 3.50%. The maturity date of this MRA with the financial institution is December 2011.
 
Nationstar maintains a facility with a financial services company, the 2009-ADV1 Advance Facility. This facility has the capacity to purchase up to $350 million of advance receivables. The interest rate is based on LIBOR plus a spread ranging from 3.00% to 12.00%. The maturity date of this facility with the financial services company is December 2011. This debt is nonrecourse to Nationstar.
 
In December 2010, Nationstar executed the 2010-ADV1 Advance Facility with a financial institution. This facility has the capacity to purchase up to $300 million of advance receivables. The interest rate is based on LIBOR plus a spread of 3.00%. This facility was amended in October 2011, and matures in May 2014. This debt is nonrecourse to Nationstar.
 
In connection with the September 2011 MSR acquisition, Nationstar executed a MSR Facility with a financial institution. This facility has the capacity to borrow up to $37.5 million and the interest rate is based on LIBOR plus a spread of 3.50%. The maturity date of this facility is September 2016. As collateral for this note, Nationstar has pledged Nationstar’s rights, title, and interest in the acquired servicing portfolio.
 
In connection with the October 2009 MSR acquisition, Nationstar executed a four-year note agreement with a government-sponsored enterprise (GSE). As collateral for this note, Nationstar has pledged Nationstar’s rights, title, and interest in the acquired servicing portfolio. The interest rate is based on LIBOR plus 2.50%. The maturity date of this facility is October 2013.
 
During 2009, Nationstar began executing As Soon As Pooled Plus agreements with a GSE, under which Nationstar transfers to the GSE eligible mortgage loans that are to be pooled into the GSE MBS against the transfer of funds by the GSE. The interest rate is based on LIBOR plus a spread of 1.50%. These agreements typically have a maturity of up to 45 days.
 
In September 2009, Nationstar executed a one-year committed facility agreement with a GSE, under which Nationstar agrees to transfer to the GSE certain servicing advance receivables against the transfer of funds by the GSE. This facility has the capacity to purchase up to $275 million in eligible servicing advance receivables. The interest rate is based on LIBOR plus a spread of 2.50%. The maturity date of this facility is December 2011.
 
Senior Unsecured Notes
 
In March 2010, Nationstar completed the offering of $250 million of unsecured senior notes, which were issued with an issue discount of $7.0 million for net cash proceeds of $243.0 million, with a maturity date of April 2015. These unsecured senior notes pay interest biannually at an interest rate of 10.875%. In September 2011, Nationstar completed an exchange offer of the $250.0 million in 10.875% senior unsecured notes for new notes that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. The exchange notes are identical in all material respects to the privately issued notes, except for the transfer restrictions and registrations rights that do not apply to the exchanged notes, and different administrative terms.


F-80


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
10.  Indebtedness (continued)
 
The indenture for the unsecured senior notes contains various covenants and restrictions that limit Nationstar’s, or certain of its subsidiaries’, ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, make certain investments, create liens, consolidate, merge or sell substantially all of their assets, or enter into certain transactions with affiliates.
 
Nonrecourse Debt—Legacy Assets
 
In November 2009, Nationstar completed the securitization of approximately $222 million of asset-backed securities, which was structured as a secured borrowing. This structure resulted in Nationstar carrying the securitized loans as mortgages on Nationstar’s consolidated balance sheet and recognizing the asset-backed certificates acquired by third parties as nonrecourse debt, totaling approximately $116.2 million and $138.7 million at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The principal and interest on these notes are paid using the cash flows from the underlying mortgage loans, which serve as collateral for the debt. The interest rate paid on the outstanding securities is 7.50%, which is subject to an available funds cap. The total outstanding principal balance on the underlying mortgage loans serving as collateral for the debt was approximately $380.2 million and $430.0 million at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. Accordingly, the timing of the principal payments on this nonrecourse debt is dependent on the payments received on the underlying mortgage loans. The unpaid principal balance on the outstanding notes was $135.1 million and $161.2 million at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.
 
ABS Nonrecourse Debt
 
Effective January 1, 2010, new accounting guidance eliminated the concept of a QSPE, and all existing securitization trusts are considered VIEs and are now subject to new consolidation guidance provided in ASC 810, Consolidation . Upon consolidation of these VIEs, Nationstar derecognized all previously recognized beneficial interests obtained as part of the securitization. In addition, Nationstar recognized the securitized mortgage loans as mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt, and the related asset-backed certificates acquired by third parties as ABS nonrecourse debt on Nationstar’s consolidated balance sheet. Additionally, Nationstar elected the fair value option provided for by ASC 825-10, Financial Instruments—Overall . The principal and interest on these notes are paid using the cash flows from the underlying mortgage loans, which serve as collateral for the debt. The interest rate paid on the outstanding securities is based on LIBOR plus a spread ranging from 0.13% to 2.00%, which is subject to an interest rate cap. The total outstanding principal balance on the underlying mortgage loans and real estate owned serving as collateral for the debt was approximately $937.7 million and $1,025.3 million at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The timing of the principal payments on this ABS nonrecourse debt is dependent on the payments received on the underlying mortgage loans. The outstanding principal balance on the outstanding notes related to these consolidated securitization trusts was $945.1 million and $1,037.9 million at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.
 
Financial Covenants
 
As of September 30, 2011, Nationstar was in compliance with its covenants on Nationstar’s borrowing arrangements and credit facilities. These covenants generally relate to Nationstar’s tangible net worth, liquidity reserves, and leverage requirements.
 


F-81


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
 
11.  General and Administrative
 
General and administrative expense consists of the following for the dates indicated (in thousands):
 
                 
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
    $2,551       $1,450  
Advertising
    3,457       3,602  
Equipment
    3,246       2,726  
Servicing
    14,313       4,230  
Telecommunications
    2,746       1,742  
Legal and professional fees
    12,956       9,661  
Postage
    3,937       2,904  
Stationary and supplies
    2,896       1,802  
Travel
    2,383       1,499  
Insurance, Taxes, and Other
    8,222       5,315  
                 
Total general and administrative expense
    $56,707       $34,931  
                 
 
12.  Fair Value Measurements
 
ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , provides a definition of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and requires expanded disclosures about fair value measurements. The standard applies when GAAP requires or allows assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value and, therefore, does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstance.
 
ASC 820 emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement. Therefore, a fair value measurement should be determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. As a basis for considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, ASC 820 establishes a three-tiered fair value hierarchy based on the level of observable inputs used in the measurement of fair value (e.g., Level 1 representing quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in an active market; Level 2 representing values using observable inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1; and Level 3 representing estimated values based on significant unobservable inputs). In addition, ASC 820 requires an entity to consider all aspects of nonperformance risk, including its own credit standing, when measuring the fair value of a liability. Under ASC 820, related disclosures are segregated for assets and liabilities measured at fair value based on the level used within the hierarchy to determine their fair values.
 
The following describes the methods and assumptions used by Nationstar in estimating fair values:
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents, Restricted Cash, Notes Payable —The carrying amount reported in the consolidated balance sheets approximates fair value.
 
Mortgage Loans Held for Sale —Nationstar originates mortgage loans in the U.S. that it intends to sell to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and Ginnie Mae (collectively, the Agencies). Additionally, Nationstar holds mortgage loans that it intends to sell into the secondary markets via whole loan sales or securitizations. Nationstar measures newly originated prime residential mortgage loans held for sale at fair value.


F-82


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
12.  Fair Value Measurements (continued)
 
Mortgage loans held for sale are typically pooled together and sold into certain exit markets, depending upon underlying attributes of the loan, such as agency eligibility, product type, interest rate, and credit quality.
 
Mortgage loans held for sale are valued using a market approach by utilizing either: (i) the fair value of securities backed by similar mortgage loans, adjusted for certain factors to approximate the fair value of a whole mortgage loan, including the value attributable to mortgage servicing and credit risk, (ii) current commitments to purchase loans or (iii) recent observable market trades for similar loans, adjusted for credit risk and other individual loan characteristics. As these prices are derived from quoted market prices, Nationstar classifies these valuations as Level 2 in the fair value disclosures.
 
Mortgage Loans Held for Investment, subject to nonrecourse debt—Legacy Assets —Nationstar determines the fair value of loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt—Legacy Assets using internally developed valuation models. These valuation models estimate the exit price Nationstar expects to receive in the loan’s principal market. Although Nationstar utilizes and gives priority to observable market inputs such as interest rates and market spreads within these models, Nationstar typically is required to utilize internal inputs, such as prepayment speeds, credit losses, and discount rates. These internal inputs require the use of judgment by Nationstar and can have a significant impact on the determination of the loan’s fair value.
 
Mortgage Loans Held for Investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt —Nationstar determines the fair value of loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt using internally developed valuation models. These valuation models estimate the exit price Nationstar expects to receive in the loan’s principal market. Although Nationstar utilizes and gives priority to observable market inputs such as interest rates and market spreads within these models, Nationstar typically is required to utilize internal inputs, such as prepayment speeds, credit losses, and discount rates. These internal inputs require the use of judgment by Nationstar and can have a significant impact on the determination of the loan’s fair value. As these prices are derived from a combination of internally developed valuation models and quoted market prices, Nationstar classifies these valuations as Level 3 in the fair value disclosures.
 
Mortgage Servicing Rights —Nationstar will typically retain the servicing rights when it sells loans into the secondary market. Nationstar estimates the fair value of its MSRs using a process that combines the use of a discounted cash flow model and analysis of current market data to arrive at an estimate of fair value. The cash flow assumptions and prepayment assumptions used in the model are based on various factors, with the key assumptions being mortgage prepayment speeds and discount rates. These assumptions are generated and applied based on collateral stratifications including product type, remittance type, geography, delinquency and coupon dispersion. These assumptions require the use of judgment by Nationstar and can have a significant impact on the determination of the MSR’s fair value. Periodically, management obtains third-party valuations of a portion of the portfolio to assess the reasonableness of the fair value calculations provided by the cash flow model. Because of the nature of the valuation inputs, Nationstar classifies these valuations as Level 3 in the fair value disclosures.
 
Real Estate Owned —Nationstar determines the fair value of real estate owned properties through the use of third-party appraisals and broker price opinions, adjusted for estimated selling costs. Such estimated selling costs include realtor fees and other anticipated closing costs. These values are adjusted to take into account factors that could cause the actual liquidation value of foreclosed properties to be different than the appraised values. This valuation adjustment is based upon Nationstar’s historical experience with real estate owned. Real estate owned is classified as Level 3 in the fair value disclosures.


F-83


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
12.  Fair Value Measurements (continued)
 
Derivative Instruments —Nationstar enters into a variety of derivative financial instruments as part of its hedging strategy. The majority of these derivatives are exchange-traded or traded within highly active dealer markets. In order to determine the fair value of these instruments, Nationstar utilizes the exchange price or dealer market price for the particular derivative contract; therefore, these contracts are classified as Level 2. In addition, Nationstar enters into IRLCs with prospective borrowers. These commitments are carried at fair value based on fair value of related mortgage loans which is based on observable market data. Nationstar adjusts the outstanding IRLCs with prospective borrowers based on an expectation that it will be exercised and the loan will be funded. IRLCs are recorded in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. These IRLCs are classified as Level 2 in the fair value disclosures.
 
Unsecured Senior Notes —The fair value of unsecured senior notes is based on quoted market prices.
 
Nonrecourse Debt—Legacy Assets —Nationstar estimates fair value based on the present value of future expected discounted cash flows with the discount rate approximating current market value for similar financial instruments. These prices are derived from a combination of internally developed valuation models and quoted market prices.
 
ABS Nonrecourse Debt —Nationstar estimates fair value based on the present value of future expected discounted cash flows with the discount rate approximating current market value for similar financial instruments. As these prices are derived from a combination of internally developed valuation models and quoted market prices, Nationstar classifies these valuations as Level 3 in the fair value disclosures.
 
The estimated carrying amount and fair value of Nationstar’s financial instruments and other assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis is as follows for the dates indicated (in thousands):
 
                                 
         
September 30, 2011
 
         
Recurring Fair Value Measurements
 
   
Total Fair Value
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
 
 
Assets
                               
Mortgage loans held for sale(1)
    $377,932       $—       $377,932       $—  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt(1)
    477,748                   477,748  
Mortgage servicing rights(1)
    246,916                   246,916  
Other assets:
                               
Interest Rate Lock Commitments (IRLC)
    16,272             16,272        
                                 
Total assets
    $1,118,868       $—       $394,204       $724,664  
                                 
Liabilities
                               
Derivative financial instruments
                               
Interest rate swaps and caps
    $6,839       $—       $6,839       $—  
Forward MBS trades
    8,939             8,939        
Derivative financial instruments, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
    11,889             11,889        
ABS nonrecourse debt(1)
    434,326                   434,326  
                                 
Total liabilities
    $461,993       $—       $27,667       $434,326  
                                 
 
(1) Based on the nature and risks of these assets and liabilities, the Company has determined that presenting them as a single class is appropriate.
 


F-84


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
12.  Fair Value Measurements (continued)
 
                                 
         
December 31, 2010
 
         
Recurring Fair Value Measurements
 
   
Total Fair Value
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
 
 
Assets
                               
Mortgage loans held for sale(1)
    $369,617       $—       $369,617       $—  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt(1)
    538,440                   538,440  
Mortgage servicing rights(1)
    145,062                   145,062  
Other assets:
                               
IRLCs
    4,703             4,703        
Forward MBS trades
    3,963             3,963        
                                 
Total assets
    $1,061,785       $—       $378,283       $683,502  
                                 
Liabilities
                               
Derivative financial instruments
                               
Interest rate swaps and caps
    $7,801       $—       $7,801       $—  
Derivative financial instruments, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
    18,781             18,781        
ABS nonrecourse debt(1)
    496,692                   496,692  
                                 
Total liabilities
    $523,274       $—       $26,582       $496,692  
                                 
 
(1) Based on the nature and risks of these assets and liabilities, the Company has determined that presenting them as a single class is appropriate.
 
The table below presents a reconciliation for all of Nationstar’s Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the dates indicated (in thousands):
 
                                 
   
ASSETS
   
LIABILITIES
 
    Mortgage loans
                   
    held for investment,
                   
    subject to ABS
    Mortgage
          ABS non-
 
   
nonrecourse debt
   
servicing rights
   
Total assets
   
recourse debt
 
 
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2011
                               
Beginning balance
    $ 538,440       $ 145,062       $ 683,502       $ 496,692  
Transfers into Level 3
                       
Transfers out of Level 3
                       
Total gains or losses
                               
Included in earnings
    9,062       (30,757 )     (21,695 )     15,778  
Included in other comprehensive income
                       
Purchases, issuances, sales and settlements
                               
Purchases
          106,863       106,863        
Issuances
          25,748       25,748        
Sales
                       
Settlements
    (69,754 )           (69,754 )     (78,144 )
                                 
Ending balance
    $477,748       $246,916       $724,664       $434,326  
                                 

F-85


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
12.  Fair Value Measurements (continued)
 
                                 
   
ASSETS
   
LIABILITIES
 
    Mortgage loans
                   
    held for investment,
                   
    subject to ABS
    Mortgage
          ABS non-
 
   
nonrecourse debt
   
servicing rights
   
Total assets
   
recourse debt
 
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010
                               
Beginning balance(1)
    $928,891       $104,174       $1,033,065       $884,846  
Transfers into Level 3
                       
Transfers out of Level 3
                       
Total gains or losses
                               
Included in earnings
    71,239       (6,043 )     65,196       16,938  
Included in other comprehensive income
                       
Purchases, issuances, sales and settlements
                               
Purchases
          17,812       17,812        
Issuances
          26,253       26,253        
Sales
                       
Settlements
    (461,690 )     2,866       (458,824 )     (405,092 )
                                 
Ending balance
    $538,440       $145,062       $683,502       $496,692  
                                 
 
(1) Amounts include derecognition of previously retained beneficial interests and mortgage servicing rights upon adoption of ASC 810, Consolidation , related to consolidation of certain VIEs.
 
The table below presents the items which Nationstar measures at fair value on a nonrecurring basis (in thousands).
                                         
                      Total
    Total Gains
 
   
Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements
    Estimated
    (Losses) Included
 
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
   
Fair Value
   
in Earnings
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011
                                       
Assets
                                       
Real estate owned(1)
    $—       $—       $15,411       $15,411       $(6,904 )
                                         
Total assets
    $—       $—       $15,411       $15,411       $(6,904 )
                                         
Year Ended December 31, 2010
                                       
Assets
                                       
Real estate owned(1)
    $—       $—       $27,337       $27,337       $—  
                                         
Total assets
    $—       $—       $27,337       $27,337       $—  
                                         
 
(1) Based on the nature and risks of these assets and liabilities, the Company has determined that presenting them as a single class is appropriate.


F-86


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
12.  Fair Value Measurements (continued)
 
 
The table below presents a summary of the estimated carrying amount and fair value of Nationstar’s financial instruments (in thousands).
 
                                 
   
September 30, 2011
   
December 31, 2010
 
          Fair
          Fair
 
   
Carrying Amount
   
Value
   
Carrying Amount
   
Value
 
 
Financial assets:
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
    $24,005       $24,005       $21,223       $21,223  
Restricted cash
    72,813       72,813       91,125       91,125  
Mortgage loans held for sale
    377,932       377,932       369,617       369,617  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt—Legacy assets
    246,159       229,050       266,320       238,515  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
    477,748       477,748       538,440       538,440  
Derivative instruments
    16,272       16,272       8,666       8,666  
Financial liabilities:
                               
Notes payable
    738,783       738,783       709,758       709,758  
Unsecured senior notes
    245,109       251,250       244,061       244,375  
Derivative financial instruments
    15,778       15,778       7,801       7,801  
Derivative instruments, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
    11,889       11,889       18,781       18,781  
Nonrecourse debt—Legacy assets
    116,200       118,038       138,662       140,197  
ABS nonrecourse debt
    434,326       434,326       496,692       496,692  
 
13.  Member’s Equity
 
Subsequent to September 30, 2011, Nationstar expects to recognize $1.6 million of compensation expense related to share-based compensation over the final three months of 2011, and $3.2 million of compensation expense in the first six months of 2012.
 
Total share-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures, recognized for the nine months ended, September 30, 2011 and 2010, is provided in the table below (in thousands).
 
                 
    Nine Months Ended
 
   
September 30,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
 
Share-based compensation
    $12,201       $7,459  
                 
 
14.  Capital Requirements
 
Certain of Nationstar’s secondary market investors require various capital adequacy requirements, as specified in the respective selling and servicing agreements. To the extent that these mandatory, imposed capital requirements are not met, Nationstar’s secondary market investors may ultimately terminate Nationstar’s selling and servicing agreements, which would prohibit Nationstar from further originating or securitizing these specific types of mortgage loans. In addition, these secondary market investors may impose additional net worth or financial condition requirements based on an assessment of market conditions or other relevant factors.


F-87


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
14.  Capital Requirements (continued)
 
Among Nationstar’s various capital requirements related to its outstanding selling and servicing agreements, the most restrictive of these requires Nationstar to maintain a minimum adjusted net worth balance of $137.7 million. As of September 30, 2011, Nationstar was in compliance with all of its selling and servicing capital requirements.
 
Additionally, Nationstar is required to maintain a minimum tangible net worth of at least $175 million as of each quarter-end related to its outstanding Master Repurchase Agreements on its outstanding repurchase facilities. As of September 30, 2011, Nationstar was in compliance with these minimum tangible net worth requirements.
 
15.  Commitments and Contingencies
 
In the normal course of business, Nationstar and its subsidiaries have been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a national mortgage lender and servicer. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory, punitive and/or, statutory damages or claims for an indeterminate amount of damages.
 
The Company can be or is involved, from time to time, in audits, reviews, examinations by governmental agencies, including the GSE’s, regarding the Company’s business, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.
 
The Company contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each matter. On at least a quarterly basis, the Company assesses its liabilities and contingencies in connection with outstanding legal proceedings utilizing the latest information available. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability has been incurred and the Company can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, reserves are established. The actual costs of resolving these proceedings may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts reserved. Litigation related expense of $7.8 million and $6.4 million were included in general and administrative expense on the consolidated statements of operations, for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Based on current knowledge, and after consultation with counsel, management believes that current legal reserves are adequate, and the amount of any incremental liability arising from these matters is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition of the Company, although the outcome of such proceedings could be material to the Company’s operating results and cash flows for a particular period depending on among other things, the level of the Company’s revenues or income for such period. However, in the event of significant developments on existing cases, it is possible that the ultimate resolution, if unfavorable, may be material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
16.  Business Segment Reporting
 
Nationstar currently conducts business in two separate operating segments: Servicing and Originations. The Servicing segment provides loan servicing on Nationstar’s total servicing portfolio, including the collection of principal and interest payments and the assessment of ancillary fees related to the servicing of mortgage loans. The Originations segment involves the origination, packaging, and sale of agency mortgage loans into the secondary markets via whole loan sales or securitizations. Nationstar reports the activity not related to either operating segment in the Legacy Portfolio and Other column. The Legacy Portfolio and Other column includes primarily all subprime mortgage loans originated in the latter portion of 2006 and during


F-88


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
16.  Business Segment Reporting (continued)
 
2007 or acquired from CHEC and consolidated VIEs which were consolidated pursuant to the adoption of new consolidation guidance related to VIEs adopted on January 1, 2010.
 
Nationstar’s segments are based upon Nationstar’s organizational structure which focuses primarily on the services offered. The accounting policies of each reportable segment are the same as those of Nationstar except for 1) expenses for consolidated back-office operations and general overhead-type expenses such as executive administration and accounting and 2) revenues generated on inter-segment services performed. Expenses are allocated to individual segments based on the estimated value of services performed, including estimated utilization of square footage and corporate personnel as well as the equity invested in each segment. Revenues generated or inter-segment services performed are valued based on similar services provided to external parties.
 
To reconcile to Nationstar’s consolidated results, certain inter-segment revenues and expenses are eliminated in the “Elimination” column in the following tables.
 
The following tables are a presentation of financial information by segment for the periods indicated (in thousands):
 
                                                 
   
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011
 
                Operating
    Legacy Portfolio
             
   
Servicing
   
Originations
   
Segments
   
and Other
   
Eliminations
   
Consolidated
 
 
REVENUES:
                                               
Servicing fee income
    $168,990       $—       $168,990       $1,952       $(5,306 )     $165,636  
Other fee income
    6,251       10,983       17,234       1,884             19,118  
                                                 
Total fee income
    175,241       10,983       186,224       3,836       (5,306 )     184,754  
Gain (loss) on mortgage loans held for sale
          73,832       73,832             (272 )     73,560  
                                                 
Total revenues
    175,241       84,815       260,056       3,836       (5,578 )     258,314  
Total expenses and impairments
    128,177       71,404       199,581       20,408       (272 )     219,717  
Other income (expense):
                                               
Interest income
    2,529       8,560       11,089       34,851       5,306       51,246  
Interest expense
    (41,109 )     (7,480 )     (48,589 )     (28,340 )           (76,929 )
Fair value changes in ABS Securitizations
                      (6,919 )           (6,919 )
                                                 
Total other income (expense)
    (38,580 )     1,080       (37,500 )     (408 )     5,306       (32,602 )
                                                 
NET INCOME (LOSS)
    $8,484       $14,491       $22,975       $(16,980 )     $—       $5,995  
                                                 
Depreciation and amortization
    $1,293       $894       $2,187       $364       $—       $2,551  
Total assets
    810,157       429,661       1,239,818       764,507             2,004,325  
 


F-89


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
16.  Business Segment Reporting (continued)
 
                                                 
   
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010
 
                Operating
    Legacy Portfolio
             
   
Servicing
   
Originations
   
Segments
   
and Other
   
Eliminations
   
Consolidated
 
 
REVENUES:
                                               
Servicing fee income
    $115,343       $—       $115,343       $1,118       $(5,542 )     $110,919  
Other fee income
    5,512       4,491       10,003       1,848             11,851  
                                                 
Total fee income
    120,855       4,491       125,346       2,966       (5,542 )     122,770  
Gain (loss) on mortgage loans held for sale
          51,887       51,887             (133 )     51,754  
Total revenues
    120,855       56,378       177,233       2,966       (5,675 )     174,524  
Total expenses and impairments
    71,963       62,136       134,099       11,656       (133 )     145,622  
Other income (expense):
                                               
Interest income
    357       8,327       8,684       67,793       5,542       82,019  
Interest expense
    (38,723 )     (6,044 )     (44,767 )     (44,531 )           (89,298 )
Loss on interest rate swaps
    (9,917 )           (9,917 )                 (9,917 )
Fair value changes in ABS Securitizations
                      (19,115 )           (19,115 )
                                                 
Total other income (expense)
    (48,283 )     2,283       (46,000 )     4,147       5,542       (36,311 )
                                                 
NET INCOME (LOSS)
    $609       $(3,475 )     $(2,866 )     $(4,543 )     $—       $(7,409 )
                                                 
Depreciation and amortization
    $753       $538       $1,291       $159       $—       $1,450  

F-90


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
 
17.  Guarantor Financial Statement Information
 
Presented below are consolidating financial statements of Nationstar and the guarantor subsidiaries for the periods indicated.
 
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC

CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET
SEPTEMBER 30, 2011
(In Thousands)
 
                                         
                Non-
             
    Issuer
    Guarantor
    Guarantor
             
   
(Parent)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
Eliminations
   
Consolidated
 
 
Assets
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
    $23,251       $754       $—       $—       $24,005  
Restricted cash
    52,607       3       20,203             72,813  
Accounts receivable, net
    467,810       5       3,659             471,474  
Mortgage loans held for sale
    377,932                         377,932  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt—Legacy Asset, net
    5,903             240,256             246,159  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt (at fair value)
                477,748             477,748  
Investment in debt securities—available-for-sale
    613                   (613 )      
Investment in subsidiaries
    151,518                   (151,518 )      
Receivables from affiliates
          67,165       100,055       (161,138 )     6,082  
Mortgage servicing rights
    246,916                         246,916  
Property and equipment, net
    20,155       835                   20,990  
Real estate owned, net
    57             15,354             15,411  
Other assets
    44,795                         44,795  
                                         
Total Assets
    $1,391,557       $68,762       $857,275       $(313,269 )     $2,004,325  
                                         
Liabilities and members’ equity
                                       
Notes payable
    $535,187       $—       $203,596       $—       $738,783  
Unsecured senior notes
    245,109                         245,109  
Payables and accrued liabilities
    176,396             1,056             177,452  
Payables to affiliates
    161,138                   (161,138 )      
Derivative financial instruments
    8,939             6,839             15,778  
Derivative financial instruments, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
                11,889             11,889  
Nonrecourse debt—Legacy Assets
                116,200             116,200  
ABS nonrecourse debt (at fair value)
                434,939       (613 )     434,326  
                                         
Total liabilities
    1,126,769             774,519       (161,751 )     1,739,537  
                                         
Total members’ equity
    264,788       68,762       82,756       (151,518 )     264,788  
                                         
Total liabilities and members’ equity
    $1,391,557       $68,762       $857,275       $(313,269 )     $2,004,325  
                                         


F-91


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
17.  Guarantor Financial Statement Information (continued)
 
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC

CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2011
(In Thousands)
 
                                         
                Non-
             
    Issuer
    Guarantor
    Guarantor
             
   
(Parent)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
Eliminations
   
Consolidated
 
 
Revenues:
                                       
Servicing fee income
    $164,456       $2,624       $3,862       $(5,306 )     $165,636  
Other fee income
    9,932       8,245       941             19,118  
                                         
Total fee income
    174,388       10,869       4,803       (5,306 )     184,754  
Gain on mortgage loans held for sale
    73,560                         73,560  
                                         
Total Revenues
    247,948       10,869       4,803       (5,306 )     258,314  
                                         
Expenses and impairments:
                                       
Salaries, wages and benefits
    143,646       2,553                   146,199  
General and administrative
    50,054       2,705       3,948             56,707  
Loan loss provision
    2,005                         2,005  
Loss on foreclosed real estate and other
    1,436             5,468             6,904  
Occupancy
    7,765       137                   7,902  
                                         
Total expenses and impairments
    204,906       5,395       9,416             219,717  
                                         
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest income
    11,070             34,870       5,306       51,246  
Interest expense
    (41,411 )           (35,518 )           (76,929 )
Fair value changes in ABS securitizations
                (6,935 )     16       (6,919 )
Gain/(loss) from subsidiaries
    (6,722 )                 6,722        
Total other income (expense)
    (37,063 )           (7,583 )     12,044       (32,602 )
                                         
Net income/(loss)
    $5,979       $5,474       $(12,196 )     $6,738       $5,995  
                                         


F-92


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
17.  Guarantor Financial Statement Information (continued)
 
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC
 
CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2011
(In Thousands)
 
                                         
                Non-
             
    Issuer
    Guarantor
    Guarantor
             
   
(Parent)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
Eliminations
   
Consolidated
 
 
Operating activities:
                                       
Net income/(loss)
    $5,979       $5,474       $(12,196 )     $6,738       $5,995  
Adjustments to reconcile net income/(loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                                       
Loss from subsidiaries
    6,722                   (6,722 )      
Loss on equity method investments
    971                         971  
Share-based compensation
    12,201                         12,201  
Gain on mortgage loans held for sale
    (73,560 )                       (73,560 )
Fair value changes in ABS securitizations
                6,935       (16 )     6,919  
Provision for loan losses
    2,005                         2,005  
Loss on foreclosed real estate and other
    554             6,350             6,904  
Loss/(gain) on derivative financial instruments
                (2,032 )           (2,032 )
Depreciation and amortization
    2,551                         2,551  
Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights
    30,757                         30,757  
Amortization of debt discount
    6,667             3,657             10,324  
Amortization of premiums/(discounts)
                (4,001 )           (4,001 )
Mortgage loans originated and purchased, net of fees
    (2,285,558 )                       (2,285,558 )
Cost of loans sold, net of fees
    2,287,430                         2,287,430  
Principal payments/prepayments received and other changes in mortgage loans originated as held for sale
    35,777             9,757             45,534  
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                                       
Accounts receivable
    (30,510 )     (5 )     316             (30,199 )
Receivables from/(payables to) affiliates
    (24,356 )     (5,031 )     32,298             2,911  
Other assets
    (5,050 )                       (5,050 )
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    36,053             (213 )           35,840  
                                         
Net cash provided by/(used) in operating activities
    8,633       438       40,871             49,942  
                                         


F-93


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
17.  Guarantor Financial Statement Information (continued)
 
                                         
                Non-
             
    Issuer
    Guarantor
    Guarantor
             
   
(Parent)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
Eliminations
   
Consolidated
 
 
Investing activities:
                                       
Principal payments received and other changes on mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
                29,395             29,395  
Property and equipment additions, net of disposals
    (15,147 )                       (15,147 )
Acquisition of equity method investment
    (6,600 )                       (6,600 )
Purchase of mortgage servicing rights
    (40,305 )                       (40,305 )
Proceeds from sales of real estate owned
                22,897             22,897  
                                         
Net cash provided by/(used) in investing activities
    (62,052 )           52,292             (9,760 )
                                         
Financing activities:
                                       
Transfers to/from restricted cash
    4,972       (3 )     13,343             18,312  
Decrease in notes payable, net
    62,237             (33,212 )           29,025  
Repayment of non-recourse debt—Legacy assets
                (26,119 )           (26,119 )
Repayment of ABS non-recourse debt
                (47,175 )           (47,175 )
Distribution to parent
    (3,900 )                       (3,900 )
Debt financing costs
    (2,734 )                       (2,734 )
Tax related share-based settlement of units by members
    (4,809 )                       (4,809 )
                                         
Net cash provided by/(used) in financing activities
    55,766       (3 )     (93,163 )           (37,400 )
                                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash
    2,347       435                   2,782  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    20,904       319                   21,223  
                                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
    $23,251       $754       $—       $—       $24,005  
                                         


F-94


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
17.  Guarantor Financial Statement Information (continued)
 
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC
 
CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET
DECEMBER 31, 2010
(In Thousands)
 
                                         
                Non-
             
    Issuer
    Guarantor
    Guarantor
             
ASSETS
 
(Parent)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
Eliminations
   
Consolidated
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
    $20,904       $319       $—       $—       $21,223  
Restricted cash
    57,579             33,546             91,125  
Accounts receivable, net
    437,300             3,975             441,275  
Mortgage loans held for sale
    369,617                         369,617  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to nonrecourse debt, Legacy Assets, net
    5,016             261,304             266,320  
Mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt (at fair value)
                538,440             538,440  
Investment in debt
securities—available-for-sale
    597                   (597 )      
Investment in subsidiaries
    158,276                   (158,276 )      
Receivables from affiliates
          62,171       132,353       (185,531 )     8,993  
Mortgage servicing rights
    145,062                         145,062  
Property and equipment, net
    7,559       835                   8,394  
Real estate owned, net
    323             27,014             27,337  
Other assets
    29,395                         29,395  
                                         
Total Assets
    $1,231,628       $63,325       $996,632       $(344,404 )     $1,947,181  
                                         
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY
                                       
Notes payable
    $472,950       $—       $236,808       $—       $709,758  
Unsecured senior notes
    244,061                         244,061  
Payables and accrued liabilities
    73,785             1,269             75,054  
Payables to affiliates
    185,531                   (185,531 )      
Derivative financial instruments
                7,801             7,801  
Derivative financial instruments, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
                18,781             18,781  
Nonrecourse debt—Legacy Assets
                138,662             138,662  
ABS nonrecourse debt (at fair value)
                497,289       (597 )     496,692  
                                         
Total liabilities
    976,327             900,610       (186,128 )     1,690,809  
                                         
Total members’ equity
    255,301       63,325       96,022       (158,276 )     256,372  
                                         
Total liabilities and members’ equity
    $1,231,628       $63,325       $996,632       $(344,404 )     $1,947,181  
                                         


F-95


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
17.  Guarantor Financial Statement Information (continued)
 
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC
 
CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
(In Thousands)
 
                                         
                Non-
             
    Issuer
    Guarantor
    Guarantor
             
   
(Parent)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
Eliminations
   
Consolidated
 
 
Revenues:
                                       
Servicing fee income
    $115,244       $1,217       $—       $(5,542 )     $110,919  
Other fee income
    5,697       5,670       484             11,851  
                                         
Total fee income
    120,941       6,887       484       (5,542 )     122,770  
Gain on mortgage loans held for sale
    51,754                         51,754  
                                         
Total Revenues
    172,695       6,887       484       (5,542 )     174,524  
Expenses and impairments:
                                       
                                         
Salaries, wages and benefits
    102,927       1,762                   104,689  
General and administrative
    33,860       1,134       (63 )           34,931  
Occupancy
    5,888       114                   6,002  
                                         
Total expenses and impairments
    142,675       3,010       (63 )           145,622  
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest income
    12,646             63,831       5,542       82,019  
Interest expense
    (39,643 )           (49,655 )           (89,298 )
Loss on interest rate swaps and caps
                (9,917 )           (9,917 )
Fair value changes in ABS securitizations
                (19,115 )           (19,115 )
Gain/(loss) from subsidiaries
    (10,432 )                 10,432        
                                         
Total other income (expense)
    (37,429 )           (14,856 )     15,974       (36,311 )
                                         
Net income/(loss)
    $(7,409 )     $3,877       $(14,309 )     $10,432       $(7,409 )
                                         


F-96


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
17.  Guarantor Financial Statement Information (continued)
 
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC

CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
(In Thousands)
 
                                         
    Issuer
    Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
             
   
(Parent)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
Eliminations
   
Consolidated
 
 
Operating activities:
                                       
Net income/(loss)
    $(7,409 )     $3,877       $(14,309 )     $10,432       $(7,409 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income/(loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                                       
Loss from subsidiaries
    10,432                   (10,432 )      
Share-based compensation
    7,459                         7,459  
Gain on mortgage loans held for sale
    (51,754 )                       (51,754 )
Fair value changes in ABS securitizations
                19,115             19,115  
Loss/(gain) on derivative financial instruments
                9,917             9,917  
Depreciation and amortization
    1,441       9                   1,450  
Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights
    11,499                         11,499  
Amortization of debt discount
    9,954             5,214             15,168  
Amortization of premiums/discounts
                (3,561 )           (3,561 )
Mortgage Loans originated and purchased, net of fees
    (1,960,089 )                       (1,960,089 )
Cost of loans sold, net of fees
    1,831,708                         1,831,708  
Principal Payments/Prepayments Received and other changes in mortgage loans originated as held for sale
    21,147             (13,035 )           8,112  
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                                       
Accounts receivable
    91,535       3       (32,882 )           58,656  
Receivables from/(payables to) affiliates
    (54,382 )     (3,480 )     61,469             3,607  
Other assets
    2,700                         2,700  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    78,277       (197 )     (188 )           77,892  
                                         
Net cash provided by/(used) in operating activities
    (7,482 )     212       31,740             24,470  
                                         


F-97


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
17.  Guarantor Financial Statement Information (continued)
 
                                         
    Issuer
    Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
             
   
(Parent)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
(Subsidiaries)
   
Eliminations
   
Consolidated
 
 
Investing activities:
                                       
Principal payments received and other changes on mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt
                36,401             36,401  
Purchase of mortgage servicing rights, net of liabilities incurred
    (5,863 )                       (5,863 )
Property and equipment additions, net of disposals
    (3,169 )     (8 )                 (3,177 )
Proceeds from sales of real estate owned
                58,506             58,506  
                                         
Net cash provided by/(used) in investing activities
    (9,032 )     (8 )     94,907             85,867  
                                         
Financing activities
                                       
Transfers (to)/from restricted cash
    (4,408 )           10,968             6,560  
Issuance of unsecured notes, net of issue discount
    243,012                         243,012  
Decrease in notes payable, net
    (224,451 )           (15,134 )           (239,585 )
Repayment of non-recourse debt—Legacy assets
                             
Distributions to members
    (11,894 )                       (11,894 )
Repayment of ABS non-recourse debt
                (37,240 )           (37,240 )
Debt financing costs
    (145 )           (85,241 )           (85,386 )
                                         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    2,114             (126,647 )           (124,533 )
                                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash
    (14,400 )     204                   (14,196 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    41,243       402                   41,645  
                                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
    $26,843       $606       $—       $—       $27,449  
                                         
 
18.  Related Party Disclosures
 
In September 2010, Nationstar entered into a marketing agreement with Springleaf Home Equity, Inc., formerly known as American General Home Equity, Inc., Springleaf General Financial Services of Arkansas, Inc., formerly known as American General Financial Services of Arkansas, Inc. and MorEquity, Inc. (collectively “Springleaf”), each of which are indirectly owned by investment funds managed by affiliates of Fortress Investment Group LLC. Pursuant to this agreement, Nationstar markets mortgage origination products to customers of Springleaf, and is compensated by the origination fees of loans that Nationstar refinances.
 
Additionally, in January 2011, Nationstar entered into three agreements to act as the loan subservicer for Springleaf for a whole loan portfolio and two securitized loan portfolios totaling $4.4 billion for which Nationstar receives a monthly per loan subservicing fee and other performance incentive fees subject to the agreements with Springleaf. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2011, Nationstar recognized revenue of $7.4 million in additional servicing and other performance incentive fees related to these portfolios.


F-98


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
18.  Related Party Disclosures (continued)
 
At September 30, 2011, Nationstar had an outstanding receivable from Springleaf of $0.6 million which was included as a component of accounts receivable.
 
Nationstar is the loan servicer for two securitized loan portfolios managed by Newcastle Investment Corp. (“Newcastle”), which is managed by an affiliate of Fortress Investment Group LLC, for which Nationstar receives a monthly net servicing fee equal to 0.50% per annum on the unpaid principal balance of the portfolios. For the nine month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, Nationstar received servicing fees and other performance incentive fees of $4.4 million and $4.9 million, respectively.
 
19.  Subsequent Events
 
In October 2011, Nationstar amended its 2010-ADV1 Advance Facility with a financial institution. This amendment increased Nationstar’s borrowing capacity from $200 million to $300 million, and extended the maturity date to May 2014. In conjunction with this amendment, Nationstar paid off the 2009-ADV1 facility and transferred the related collateral to the amended 2010-ADV1 facility.
 
Also in October 2011, Nationstar extended one of its MRA with a financial institution that was set to expire in October 2011. Under the terms of this extension, this agreement is now set to expire in January 2012. Additionally, Nationstar executed the 2011-ADV1 Advance Facility with a financial institution in October 2011. This facility has the capacity to purchase up to $75 million of advance receivables. The interest rate is LIBOR plus 2.50% and matures in October 2012. This debt is nonrecourse to Nationstar.
 
In October, 2011, Nationstar entered into an operating sublease agreement for office space in Houston, Texas. This sublease begins the fourth quarter 2011, and expires fourth quarter 2014. Nationstar’s total obligation related to this agreement will be approximately $1.3 million per year over the life of the sublease.
 
In November 2011, Nationstar made the decision to refocus its strategy with respect to its origination platform. As a part of this activity, Nationstar will eliminate a substantial portion of its distributed retail branch network in non-strategic locations in favor of a more centralized retail origination structure. To effect this change in structure, Nationstar will record a fourth quarter 2011 charge of approximately $2.0 million to $2.5 million for estimated severance costs, lease termination and other related costs.
 
In December 2011, Nationstar entered into a sale and assignment agreement (the “Sale Agreement”) with an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Newcastle. Nationstar is an affiliate of Newcastle’s manager Fortress Investment Group LLC. Nationstar acquired mortgage servicing rights on a pool of agency residential mortgage loans in September 2011 (the “Portfolio”). Pursuant to the Sale Agreement, Nationstar sold to Newcastle the right to receive 65% of the excess cash flow generated from the mortgage servicing rights of the Portfolio after receipt of a fixed base servicing fee per loan. The sale price was $43.7 million. Nationstar will retain all ancillary income associated with servicing the Portfolio and 35% of the excess cash flow after receipt of the fixed base servicing fee. Nationstar will continue to be the servicer of the loans and provide all servicing and advancing functions for the Portfolio. Newcastle will not have prior or ongoing obligations associated with the Portfolio. Also in December 2011, Nationstar entered into a refinanced loan agreement with Newcastle. Should Nationstar refinance any loan in the Portfolio, subject to certain limitations, Nationstar will be required to transfer the new loan or a replacement loan into the Portfolio. The new or replacement loan will be governed by the same terms set forth in the Sale Agreement described above. This Sale Agreement will be accounted for as a financing arrangement by Nationstar.


F-99


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
19.  Subsequent Events (continued)
 
In December 2011, Nationstar entered into a servicing rights sale and issuer transfer agreement (the “Servicing Rights Sale and Issuer Transfer Agreement”) with a bank. Under the Servicing Rights Sale and Issuer Transfer Agreement, Nationstar agreed to purchase certain servicing rights relating to reverse mortgage loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of approximately $18 billion and assume certain liabilities associated with such servicing rights. On December 22, 2011, Nationstar acquired the servicing rights relating to reverse mortgage loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of approximately $7.8 billion for cash of $4.3 million and assumption of a servicing liability of $10.5 million. In addition, Nationstar acquired the related advances to the servicing rights for approximately $24.1 million, subject to adjustment based on actual balances at January 1, 2012. Servicing rights related to an additional $9.5 billion in unpaid principal balance are expected to close during 2012 upon receipt of certain specified third-party approvals. On December 23, 2011, Nationstar paid a deposit of $9.0 million related to such servicing. Additionally, Nationstar expects to subservice on behalf of the bank, certain reverse mortgage loans with an unpaid principal balance of approximately $1.4 billion beginning in the later portion of 2012. The aforementioned reverse mortgage loan servicing rights represent a new class of servicing rights for Nationstar and will be accounted for under the amortization method.
 
In December 2011, Nationstar completed an offering by Nationstar Mortgage LLC and Nationstar Capital Corporation for $35.0 million additional 10.875% Senior Notes due 2015, which are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The additional notes are a follow-on issue to Nationstar’s $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.875% Senior Notes due 2015 issued on March 26, 2010 and form a single series of debt securities with the existing notes. The additional notes will become fungible, following completion of an exchange offer pursuant to a registration rights agreement, and vote together with the existing notes immediately upon issuance. The aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes under this series is $285.0 million.
 
On December 23, 2011, Nationstar sold its remaining variable interest in a securitization trust that has been a consolidated VIE since January 1, 2010. In accordance with ASC 810, Consolidation , Nationstar has evaluated this securitization trust and determined that Nationstar no longer has both the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE, and this securitization trust was derecognized as of December 23, 2011. Upon derecognition of this VIE, Nationstar derecognized the securitized mortgage loans held for investment, subject to ABS nonrecourse debt, the related ABS nonrecourse debt, as well as certain other assets and liabilities of the securitization trust, and recognized any mortgage servicing rights on the consolidated balance sheet. Any impact of this derecognition on Nationstar’s consolidated statement of operations will be recognized in the fourth quarter of 2011.
 
In December 2011, Nationstar extended its MBS Advance Facility that was set to expire in December 2011. Under the terms of this extension, this agreement is now set to expire in December 2012.
 
Additionally in December 2011, the $100 million Warehouse Facility was extended from December 2011 to February 2012.
 
In January 2012, Nationstar amended its $75 million Warehouse Facility, increasing the line to $175 million and extending the maturity to January 2013 with the rate of LIBOR plus a margin between 1.75% to 2.50%.


F-100


Table of Contents

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
 
 
20.  Pro Forma Tax Information
 
Nationstar’s pro forma effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 is 0%. The pro forma tax provision, before any valuation adjustments, is $2,587 on pre-tax income of $5,995. Nationstar assumes for pro forma purposes that the previously recorded valuation allowance will be released to the extent necessary to eliminate any tax provision.


F-101


Table of Contents

 
 
Until          , 2012 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to each dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriter and with respect to its unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 
           Shares
 
(NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE HOLDINGS LOGO)
 
Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc.
 
Common Stock
 
 
PROSPECTUS
 
BofA Merrill Lynch
 
  , 2012
 


Table of Contents

PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
 
The following table sets forth the estimated fees and expenses (except for the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”), filing fee and the NYSE listing fee) payable by the registrant in connection with the distribution of our common stock:
 
         
SEC registration fee
  $ 46,440  
FINRA filing fee
    40,500  
NYSE listing fee
    *  
Printing and engraving expenses
    *  
Legal fees and expenses
    *  
Accounting fees and expenses
    *  
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses
    *  
Blue Sky fees and expenses
    *  
Miscellaneous
    *  
         
Total
  $        
         
 
* To be provided by amendment.
 
We will bear all of the expenses shown above.
 
Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
 
Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended, or the DGCL, allows a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors to a corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of a fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase or redemption in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit.
 
Section 145 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the corporation’s request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the action, suit or proceeding. The power to indemnify applies if (i) such person is successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding or (ii) such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The power to indemnify applies to actions brought by or in the right of the corporation as well, but only to the extent of defense expenses (including attorneys’ fees but excluding amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred and not to any satisfaction of judgment or settlement of the claim itself, and with the further limitation that in such actions no indemnification shall be made in the event of any adjudication of negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duties to the corporation, unless a court believes that in light of all the circumstances indemnification should apply.


II-1


Table of Contents

Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director who willfully and negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time, may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing the minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time the action occurred or immediately after the absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.
 
The Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation states that no director shall be personally liable to us or any of our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as it exists or may be amended. A director is also not exempt from liability for any transaction from which he or she derived an improper personal benefit, or for violations of Section 174 of the DGCL. To the maximum extent permitted under Section 145 of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes us to indemnify any and all persons whom we have the power to indemnify under the law.
 
Our bylaws provide that the Company will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party in any legal proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Company or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. However, such indemnification is permitted only if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. Indemnification is authorized on a case-by-case basis by (1) our board of directors by a majority vote of disinterested directors, (2) a committee of the disinterested directors, (3) independent legal counsel in a written opinion if (1) and (2) are not available, or if disinterested directors so direct, or (4) the stockholders. Indemnification of former directors or officers shall be determined by any person authorized to act on the matter on our behalf. Expenses incurred by a director or officer in defending against such legal proceedings are payable before the final disposition of the action, provided that the director or officer undertakes to repay us if it is later determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification.
 
Prior to completion of this offering, the Company intends to enter into separate indemnification agreements with its directors and officers. Each indemnification agreement will provide, among other things, for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws against any and all expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement of any claim. The indemnification agreements will provide for the advancement or payment of all expenses to the indemnitee and for reimbursement to us if it is found that such indemnitee is not entitled to such indemnification under applicable law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the Company has been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. We maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for our officers and directors.
 
The Registrant maintains standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (a) to its directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and (b) to the Registrant with respect to payments which may be made by the Registrant to such officers and directors pursuant to the above indemnification provision or otherwise as a matter of law.


II-2


Table of Contents

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
 
In the last three years, we have not issued or sold any unregistered securities.
 
Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
 
(a) Exhibits: The list of exhibits is set forth in beginning on page II-5 of this Registration Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
(b) Financial Statement Schedules: No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.
 
Item 17.    Undertakings.
 
* (f) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
* (h) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
* (i) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
  •     For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by us pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
  •     For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
* Paragraph references correspond to those of Regulation S-K, Item 512.


II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Lewisville, State of Texas on January 20, 2012.
 
Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc.
 
/s/  Jay Bray
  By:   Jay Bray
  Title:  President, Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Financial Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Name
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Jay Bray

Jay Bray
  President, Chief Executive Officer,
Chief Financial Officer and Director
(principal executive, financial
and accounting officer)
  January 20, 2012
         
/s/  Anthony H. Barone

Anthony H. Barone
  Director   January 20, 2012


II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  1 .1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3 .1*   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc.
  3 .2*   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc.
  3 .3   Certificate of Incorporation of Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc.
  3 .4   Bylaws of Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc.
  4 .1†   Form of Stockholders Agreement by and among Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc and FIF HE Holdings LLC.
  5 .1*   Opinion of Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP.
  10 .1   Amended and Restated Servicer Advance Early Reimbursement Addendum, dated as of August 16, 2010, between Nationstar Mortgage LLC and Fannie Mae (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Nationstar Mortgage LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2010).
  10 .2   Fifth Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of January 27, 2010, between The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as buyer, and Nationstar Mortgage LLC, as seller (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Nationstar Mortgage LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2010).
  10 .3   Amendment Number One to Fifth Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, and Amendment Number One to Fifth Amended and Restated Pricing Side Letter, both dated as of April 6, 2010, between The Royal Bank of Scotland Plc and Nationstar Mortgage LLC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Amendment No. 3 to Nationstar Mortgage LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on April 27, 2011).
  10 .4   Amendment Number Two to Fifth Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, and Amendment Number Two to Fifth Amended and Restated Pricing Side Letter, both dated as of February 25, 2011, between The Royal Bank of Scotland Plc and Nationstar Mortgage LLC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Amendment No. 3 to Nationstar Mortgage LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on April 27, 2011).
  10 .5   Subservicing Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2010, between Fannie Mae and Nationstar Mortgage LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Amendment No. 1 to Nationstar Mortgage LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on February 9, 2011).
  10 .6   Strategic Relationship Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2009, between Fannie Mae and Nationstar Mortgage LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Nationstar Mortgage LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2010).
  10 .7   Subservicing Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2011, among MorEquity, Inc., American General Financial Services of Arkansas, Inc. and American General Home Equity, Inc. as owners and as servicers, and Nationstar Mortgage LLC, as subservicer. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Amendment No. 2 to Nationstar Mortgage LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on March 28, 2011).
  10 .8   Subservicing Agreement (American General Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-1), dated as of February 1, 2011, between MorEquity, Inc., as servicer, and Nationstar Mortgage LLC, as subservicer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Amendment No. 2 to Nationstar Mortgage LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on March 28, 2011).
  10 .9   Subservicing Agreement (American General Mortgage Loan Trust 2010-1), dated as of February 1, 2011, between MorEquity, Inc., as servicer, and Nationstar Mortgage LLC, as subservicer. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Amendment No. 2 to Nationstar Mortgage LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on March 28, 2011).


II-5


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  10 .10   Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2010, between The Financial Asset Securities Corp., as Depositor, Centex Home Equity Company, LLC, as Originator and Servicer, Newcastle Mortgage Securities Trust 2006-1, as Issuer, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Amendment No. 5 to Nationstar Mortgage LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on June 6, 2011).
  10 .11   Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2007, between Bear Stearns Asset-Backed Securities I LLC, as Depositor, Nationstar Mortgage LLC, as Servicer, Newcastle Mortgage Securities Trust 2007-1, as Issuing Entity, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Master Servicer, Securities Administrator and Custodian, and The Bank of New York, as Indenture Trustee. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Amendment No. 5 to Nationstar Mortgage LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on June 6, 2011).
  10 .12   Subservicing Agreement, effective as of June 21, 2011, between First Tennessee Bank National Association, as Owner and Master Servicer, and Nationstar Mortgage LLC, as Servicer and Subservicer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Amendment No. 6 to Nationstar Mortgage LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on June 30, 2011).
  10 .13   Employment Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2008, by and between Nationstar Mortgage LLC and Robert L. Appel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Nationstar Mortgage LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2010).
  10 .14   Amendment, dated as of September 17, 2010, to Employment Agreement dated January 29, 2008 by and between Nationstar Mortgage LLC and Robert L. Appel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Nationstar Mortgage LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2010).
  10 .15   Employment Agreement, dated as of February 19, 2009, by and between Nationstar Mortgage LLC and Douglas Krueger (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Nationstar Mortgage LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2010).
  10 .16   Employment Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2010, by and between Nationstar Mortgage LLC and Anthony H. Barone (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Nationstar Mortgage LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2010).
  10 .17   Employment Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2010, by and between the Company and Jesse K. Bray (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Nationstar Mortgage LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2010).
  10 .18   Employment Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2010, by and between Nationstar Mortgage LLC and Amar Patel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Nationstar Mortgage LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2010).
  10 .19   Form of Restricted Series 1 Preferred Unit Award Agreement under FIF HE Holdings LLC Fifth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Nationstar Mortgage LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2010).
  10 .20   Form of Series 1 Class A Unit Award Agreement under FIF HE Holdings LLC Fifth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Nationstar Mortgage LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2010).
  10 .21   Form of Series 2 Class A Unit Award Agreement under FIF HE Holdings LLC Fifth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Nationstar Mortgage LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2010).
  10 .22   Nationstar Mortgage LLC Annual Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Nationstar Mortgage LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2010).

II-6


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  10 .23   Nationstar Mortgage LLC Incentive Program Summary (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Nationstar Mortgage LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2010).
  10 .24   Nationstar Mortgage LLC Long-Term Incentive Plan for Mr. Krueger. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Nationstar Mortgage LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2010).
  10 .25   Fifth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of FIF HE HOLDINGS LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Amendment No. 6 to Nationstar Mortgage LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on June 30, 2011).
  10 .26   Mortgage Servicing Rights Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated and effective as of September 30, 2011, between Bank of America, National Association, as seller, and Nationstar Mortgage LLC, as buyer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Nationstar Mortgage LLC’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2011).
  10 .27   Servicer Rights Sale and Issuer Transfer Agreement, dated December 5, 2011, between Bank of America, National Association, as seller, and Nationstar Mortgage LLC, as buyer.
  10 .28   Sale Agreement, dated December 8, 2011, between Newcastle Investment Corp., as buyer, and Nationstar Mortgage LLC, as seller.
  10 .29   Replacement Agreement, dated December 8, 2011, between Newcastle Investment Corp. and Nationstar Mortgage LLC.
  10 .30   As Soon As Pooled Plus Agreement, dated March 24, 2009, between Fannie Mae and Nationstar Mortgage LLC.
  10 .31   Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated October 21, 2010, between Bank of America, N.A., as buyer, and Nationstar Mortgage LLC, as seller.
  10 .32**   Amended and Restated Transactions Terms Letter, dated October 21, 2010, between Bank of America, N.A., as buyer, and Nationstar Mortgage LLC, as seller.
  10 .33   Amendment Number One to the Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated November 24, 2010, between Bank of America, N.A., as buyer, and Nationstar Mortgage LLC, as seller.
  10 .34   Amendment Number Two to the Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated October 20, 2011, between Bank of America, N.A., as buyer, and Nationstar Mortgage LLC, as seller.
  10 .35   Amendment Number Three to the Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated January 17, 2012, between Bank of America, N.A., as buyer, and Nationstar Mortgage LLC, as seller.
  10 .36**   Amendment Number Three to the Amended and Restated Transactions Terms Letter, dated January 17, 2012, between Bank of America, N.A., as buyer, and Nationstar Mortgage LLC, as seller.
  10 .37   Mortgage Selling and Servicing Contract, dated July 31, 1997, between Fannie Mae and Centex Home Equity Corp.
  10 .38   Addendum to Mortgage Selling and Servicing Contract, dated September 12, 2006, between Fannie Mae and Nationstar Mortgage LLC.
  10 .39*   Consulting Agreement, dated          , between Anthony Barone, as consultant, and Nationstar Mortgage LLC.
  10 .40*   Letter Agreement, dated          , between Anthony Barone, Nationstar Mortgage LLC, and FIF HE Holdings LLC.
  21 .1*   Subsidiaries of the Registrants.
  23 .1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
  23 .2*   Consent of Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

II-7


Table of Contents

 
* To be filed by amendment
** Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted and have been filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a request for confidential treatment under Rule 406 as promulgated under the Securities Act.
Previously filed


II-8

Exhibit 3.3
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE HOLDINGS INC.
     FIRST: The name of the corporation (the “Corporation”) shall be Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc.
     SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at that address is The Corporation Trust Company.
     THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ GCL ”).
     FOURTH: The total number of shares and par value of stock which the Corporation shall be authorized to issue is 1,000 shares of common stock, par value 0.01 per share.
     FIFTH: The powers, preferences and rights and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof shall be determined by the board of directors.
     SIXTH: The name and address of the incorporator is as follows:
Jason Zhou
c/o Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP
One Liberty Plaza
New York, NY 10006
     SEVENTH: The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal by by-laws.
     EIGHTH: No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by such director as a director. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, a director shall be liable to the extent provided by applicable law, (i) for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to or repeal of this Article Eighth shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment.

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the incorporator herein before named, has executed signed and acknowledged this certificate of incorporation this day of May 9, 2011.
         
     
  By:   /s/ Jason Zhou    
    Name:   Jason Zhou   
    Title:  Sole Incorporator   
 

2

Exhibit 3.4
BYLAWS
OF
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE HOLDINGS INC.
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
     SECTION 1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE. The registered office shall be established and maintained at the office of The Corporation Trust Company, in the City of Wilmington, in the County of New Castle, in the State of Delaware, and said corporation shall be the registered agent of this corporation in charge thereof.
     SECTION 1.2 OTHER OFFICES. The corporation may have other offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, at such place or places as the Board of Directors may from time to time appoint or the business of the corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
     SECTION 2.1 ANNUAL MEETINGS. Annual meetings of stockholders for the election of directors and for such other business as may be stated in the notice of the meeting, shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time and date as the Board of Directors, by resolution, shall determine and as set forth in the notice of the meeting. At each annual meeting, the stockholders entitled to vote on the election of directors shall elect a Board of Directors and they may transact such other corporate business as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting.
     SECTION 2.2 SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called by the President or Secretary, or by resolution of the Board of Directors at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as set forth in the notice of such meeting..
     SECTION 2.3 VOTING.
          (a) Each stockholder entitled to vote in accordance with the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation and in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws shall be entitled to one vote, in person or by proxy, for each share of stock entitled to vote held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted after three years from its date unless such proxy provides for a longer period. Upon the demand of any stockholder, the vote for directors and the vote upon any question before the meeting shall be by ballot. All elections for directors shall be decided by a plurality of the votes cast at any meeting of shareholders. All other matters shall be

 


 

decided by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast at any meeting of the stockholders except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, these Bylaws or the laws of the State of Delaware.
          (b) A complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the ensuing election, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of each, and the number of shares held by each, shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.
     SECTION 2.4 QUORUM. Except as otherwise required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person or by proxy, of stockholders holding a majority of the stock of the corporation entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders. In case a quorum shall not be present at any meeting, a majority in interest of the stockholders, present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until the requisite amount of stock entitled to vote shall be present. At any such adjourned meeting at which the requisite amount of stock entitled to vote shall be represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed; but only those stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting as originally noticed shall be entitled to vote at any adjournment or adjournments thereof.
     SECTION 2.5 NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Written notice, stating the place, date and time of the meeting, and the general nature of the business to be considered, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at his, her or its address as it appears on the records of the corporation, not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting. No business other than that stated in the notice shall be transacted at any meeting without the unanimous consent of all the stockholders entitled to vote thereat.
     Without limiting the foregoing, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Notice given by a form of electronic transmission in accordance with these Bylaws shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network, together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of such posting and the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by another form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.
     SECTION 2.6 ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth

2


 

the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
     SECTION 3.1 NUMBER AND TERM. The number of directors shall be not less than one nor more than fifteen. The first Board of Directors shall consist of one director. Thereafter, within the limits specified above, the number of directors shall be determined by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders and each director shall be elected to serve until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal from office. Directors need not be stockholders.
     SECTION 3.2 RESIGNATIONS. Any director or member of a committee of the Board of Directors may resign at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing, and shall take effect at the time specified therein, and if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the Chairman of the Board, President or Secretary. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
     SECTION 3.3 VACANCIES. Vacancies on the Board of Directors, any committee thereof and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by the remaining directors in office, though less than a quorum, by a majority vote, may appoint any qualified person to fill such vacancy, who shall hold office for the unexpired term and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and qualified.
     SECTION 3.4 REMOVAL.
          (a) Except as hereinafter provided, any director or directors may be removed either for or without cause at any time by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of all the shares of stock outstanding and entitled to vote, at a special meeting of the stockholders called for the purpose and the vacancies thus created may be filled, at the meeting held for the purpose of removal, by the affirmative vote of a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote.
          (b) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation otherwise provides, stockholders may effect removal of a director who is a member of a classified Board of Directors only for cause. If the Certificate of Incorporation provides for cumulative voting and if less than the entire board is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against his or her removal would be sufficient to elect him or her if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire board of directors, or if there be classes of directors, at an election of the class of directors of which he or she is a part.

3


 

          (c) If the holders of any class or series are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, these provisions shall apply, in respect to the removal without cause of a director or directors so elected, to the vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of that class or series and not to the vote of the outstanding shares as a whole.
     SECTION 3.5 POWERS. The Board of Directors shall exercise all of the powers of the corporation except such as are by law, or by the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation or by these Bylaws conferred upon or reserved to the stockholders.
     SECTION 3.6 COMMITTEES.
          (a) The Board of Directors may, by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of two or more directors of the corporation. The board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.
          (b) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, or in these Bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the Bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the resolution, these Bylaws, or the Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock.
     SECTION 3.7 MEETINGS.
          (a) The newly elected directors may hold their first meeting for the purpose of organization and the transaction of business, if a quorum be present, immediately after the annual meeting of the stockholders; or the time and place of such meeting may be fixed by consent in writing of all the directors.
          (b) Regular meetings of the directors may be held without notice at such places and times as shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the directors.
          (c) Special meetings of the board may be called by the President or by the Secretary on the written request of any two directors on at least two days’ notice to each director and shall be held at such place or places as may be determined by the Board of Directors, or shall

4


 

be stated in the call of the meeting. Such notice may be given by means of electronic transmission.
          (d) Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
     SECTION 3.8 QUORUM. A majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by announcement at the meeting which shall be so adjourned.
     SECTION 3.9 COMPENSATION. Directors shall not receive any stated salary for their services as directors or as members of committees, but by resolution of the board a fixed fee and expenses of attendance may be allowed for attendance at each meeting. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent or otherwise, and receiving compensation therefor.
     SECTION 3.10 ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting, if prior to such action a written consent thereto is signed by all members of the board, or of such committee as the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.
     SECTION 3.11 INCREASE OF NUMBER. The number of directors may be increased by amendment of these Bylaws by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or, by the affirmative vote of a majority interest of the shareholders, at the annual meeting or at a special meeting called for that purpose, and by like vote the additional directors may be chosen at such meeting to hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are elected and qualify.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
     SECTION 4.1 OFFICERS. The officers of the corporation shall be a President, a Treasurer, and a Secretary, all of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors and who shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. In addition, the Board of Directors may elect a Chairman, one or more Vice-Presidents and such Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers as they may deem proper. None of the officers of the corporation need be directors. The officers shall be elected at the first meeting of the Board of Directors after each annual meeting. More than two offices may be held by the same person.

5


 

     SECTION 4.2 OTHER OFFICERS AND AGENTS. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it may deem advisable, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.
     SECTION 4.3 TERM OF OFFICE; RESIGNATION; REMOVAL; VACANCIES. Unless otherwise provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors electing any officer, each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Board or to the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and unless otherwise specified therein no acceptance of such resignation shall be necessary to make it effective. The Board may remove any officer with or without cause at any time. Any such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer, if any, with the Corporation, but the election of an officer shall not of itself create contractual rights. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise may be filed by the Board at any regular or special meeting.
     SECTION 4.4 CHAIRMAN. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if one be elected, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and the Chairman shall have and perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors.
     SECTION 4.5 PRESIDENT. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall have the general powers and duties of supervision and management usually vested in the office of President of a corporation. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders if present thereat, and in the absence or nonelection of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, at all meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall have general supervision, direction and control of the business of the corporation. Except as the Board of Directors shall authorize the execution thereof in some other manner, the President shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts in behalf of the corporation, and shall cause the seal to be affixed to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed the seal shall be attested by the signature of the Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary or an Assistant Treasurer.
     SECTION 4.6 VICE-PRESIDENT. Each Vice-President shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the directors.
     SECTION 4.7 TREASURER.
          (a) The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate account of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation. The Treasurer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositaries as may be designated by the Board of Directors.
          (b) The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, or the President, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements. The Treasurer shall render to the President and Board of Directors at the regular meetings of the Board of Directors, or whenever they may request it, an account of all his or her transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation. If required by the

6


 

Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the corporation a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such amount and with such surety as the board shall prescribe.
     SECTION 4.8 SECRETARY. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of stockholders and directors, and all other notices required by law or by these Bylaws, and in case of his or her absence or refusal or neglect so to do, any such notice may be given by any person thereunto directed by the President, or by the directors, or stockholders, upon whose requisition the meeting is called as provided in these Bylaws. The Secretary shall record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the directors in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by the directors or the President. The Secretary shall have the custody of the seal of the corporation and shall affix the same to all instruments requiring it, when authorized by the directors or the President, and attest the same.
     SECTION 4.9 ASSISTANT TREASURERS AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES. Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries, if any, shall be elected and shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them, respectively, by the directors.
ARTICLE V
INDEMNIFICATION
     SECTION 5.1 POWER TO INDEMNIFY IN ACTIONS, SUITS OR PROCEEDINGS OTHER THAN THOSE BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION. Subject to Section 5.3, the corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
     SECTION 5.2 POWER TO INDEMNIFY IN ACTIONS, SUITS OF PROCEEDINGS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION. Subject to Section 5.3, the corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of

7


 

another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
     SECTION 5.3 AUTHORIZATION OF INDEMNIFICATION. Any indemnification under this Article V (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 5.1 or Section 5.2, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (i) by a majority vote of the directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum (such directors, the “ Non-Party Directors ”), or (ii) by a committee of Non-Party Directors designated by majority vote of the Non-Party Directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no Non-Party Directors, or, if the Non-Party Directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iv) by the stockholders. To the extent, however, that a director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 5.3 to the contrary, the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any person against any liability, cost or expense (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by such person in connection with any action, suit or proceeding voluntarily initiated or prosecuted by such person unless the initiation or prosecution of such action, suit, or proceeding by such person was authorized by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, provided, however, that a majority of the entire Board of Directors may, after any such action, suit or proceeding has been initiated or prosecuted, in its discretion, indemnify any such person against any such liability, cost or expense.
     SECTION 5.4 GOOD FAITH DEFINED. For purposes of any determination under Section 5.3, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, if his or her action is based on the records or books of account of the corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to him or her by the officers of the corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the corporation or other enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the corporation or another enterprise. The term “another enterprise” as used in this Section 5.4 shall mean any other corporation or any

8


 

partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions of this Section 5.4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstance in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 5.1 or 5.2, as the case may be.
     SECTION 5.5 INDEMNIFICATION BY A COURT. Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 5.3, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Sections 5.1 and 5.2. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Sections 5.1 or 5.2, as the case may be. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 5.5 shall be given to the corporation promptly upon the filing of such application.
     SECTION 5.6 EXPENSES PAYABLE IN ADVANCE. Expenses incurred by a present or former director or officer in defending or investigating a threatened or pending action, suit or proceeding shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such present or former director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article V.
     SECTION 5.7 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any Bylaw, agreement, contract, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article V shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of or advancement of expenses to any person who is not specified in Sections 5.1 or 5.2, including employees or agents of the corporation, but whom the corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or otherwise.
     SECTION 5.8 INSURANCE. The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Article V.

9


 

     SECTION 5.9 MEANING OF “CORPORATION” FOR PURPOSES OF ARTICLE V. For purposes of this Article V, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.
     SECTION 5.10 SURVIVAL OF INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. Each person who is or becomes a director, officer, employee or agent as aforesaid shall be deemed to have served or to have continued to serve in such capacity in reliance upon the indemnity provided for in this Article V.
ARTICLE VI
MISCELLANEOUS
     SECTION 6.1 CERTIFICATES OF STOCK. One or more certificates of stock, signed by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, if they be elected, President or Vice-President, and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, shall be issued to each stockholder certifying the number of shares owned by him or her in the corporation; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution that some or all of any or all classes or series of stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be facsimiles.
     SECTION 6.2 LOST CERTIFICATES. A new certificate of stock may be issued in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by the corporation, alleged to have been lost or destroyed, and the directors may, in their discretion, require the owner of the lost or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representatives, to give the corporation a bond, in such sum as they may direct, not exceeding double the value of the stock, to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss of any such certificate, or the issuance of any such new certificate.
     SECTION 6.3 TRANSFER OF SHARES. The shares of stock of the corporation shall be transferable only upon its books by the holders thereof or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives. With respect to shares of stock represented by certificates, upon such transfer, the old certificates shall be surrendered to the corporation by the delivery thereof to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers, or to such other person as the Board

10


 

of Directors may designate, by whom they shall be cancelled, and new certificates, if applicable, shall thereupon be issued. A record shall be made of each transfer and whenever a transfer shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer.
     SECTION 6.4 STOCKHOLDERS RECORD DATE. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
     SECTION 6.5 DIVIDENDS. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors may, out of funds legally available therefor at any regular or special meeting, declare dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation as and when they deem expedient. Before declaring any dividend there may be set apart out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends, such sum or sums as the directors from time to time in their discretion deem proper for working capital or as a reserve fund to meet contingencies or for equalizing dividends or for such other purposes as the directors shall deem conducive to the interests of the corporation.
     SECTION 6.6 SEAL. The corporate seal, if any, shall be circular in form and shall contain the name of the corporation, the year of its creation and the words “CORPORATE SEAL DELAWARE”. Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.
     SECTION 6.7 FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.
     SECTION 6.8 CHECKS. All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the corporation, and in such manner as shall be determined from time to time by resolutions of the Board of Directors.
     SECTION 6.9 NOTICE AND WAIVER OF NOTICE.
          (a) Whenever any notice is required by these Bylaws to be given, personal notice is not meant unless expressly so stated, and, if mailed, any notice so required shall be deemed to be sufficient if given by depositing the same in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the person entitled thereto at his or her address as it appears on the records of the corporation, and such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the day of such

11


 

mailing. Stockholders not entitled to vote shall not be entitled to receive notice of any meetings except as otherwise provided by Statute.
          Without limiting the foregoing, any notice to any person given by the corporation pursuant to these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by such person to whom the notice is given. Notice given by a form of electronic transmission in accordance with these Bylaws shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which such person has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which such person has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network, together with separate notice to such person of such specific posting, upon the later of such posting and the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by another form of electronic transmission, when directed to such person. For purposes of these Bylaws, “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such recipient through an automated process.
          (b) Whenever any notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation or these Bylaws to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.
ARTICLE VII
AMENDMENTS
     These Bylaws may be altered or repealed, in whole or in part, and Bylaws may be made at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders if notice of the proposed alteration or repeal or Bylaw or Bylaws to be made be contained in the notice of such special meeting, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors, or at any special meeting of the Board of Directors.

12

Exhibit 10.27
 
SERVICING RIGHTS SALE AND ISSUER TRANSFER AGREEMENT
by and between
BANK OF AMERICA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Seller
and
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC, as Purchaser
Dated as of December 5, 2011
 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
Article I DEFINITIONS
    1  
 
       
Section 1.01 Definitions
    1  
 
       
Section 1.02 Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions
    16  
 
       
Article II Sale and Conveyance of Assets; Assumption of Assumed Obligations; Closing
    17  
 
       
Section 2.01 Sale and Conveyance of Assets
    17  
 
       
Section 2.02 Assumption of Assumed Obligations
    18  
 
       
Section 2.03 Certain Obligations Retained by Seller
    18  
 
       
Section 2.04 Closing; Payment of Purchase Price
    20  
 
Section 2.05 Servicing Transfer; Reimbursement of Advances; Subservicing; Transition Subservicing
    21  
 
       
Section 2.06 Deliveries by the Seller
    22  
 
       
Section 2.07 Deliveries by the Purchaser
    23  
 
       
Section 2.08 Conditions to the Obligations of the Purchaser
    24  
 
       
Section 2.09 Conditions to the Obligations of the Seller
    26  
 
       
Section 2.10 Termination of Agreement Due to Nonsatisfaction of Condition
    28  
 
       
Article III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; INDEMNIFICATION
    28  
 
       
Section 3.01 Representations and Warranties of the Seller
    28  
 
       
Section 3.02 Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser
    28  
 
       
Section 3.03 Indemnification
    29  
 
       
Section 3.04 Indemnification Notice; Claim Notice
    31  
 
       
Section 3.05 Defense of Third Person Claims
    32  
 
       
Section 3.06 Disagreement Notice
    34  
 
       
Section 3.07 Payment of Indemnifiable Losses
    34  
 
       
Section 3.08 Net Recovery
    34  
 
       
Section 3.09 Repurchase Procedure; Repurchases of Reverse Mortgage Loans from HMBS Pools
    35  
 
       
Section 3.10 Sole Remedy
    38  
 
       
Article IV covenants; COSTS
    38  
 
       
Section 4.01 Mutual Cooperation
    38  
 
       
Section 4.02 Notice of Claim
    39  
 
       
Section 4.03 Custodial Agreements
    39  

i


 

         
    Page
Section 4.04 Costs
    39  
 
       
Section 4.05 Credit Files; Retention of Documents; Post-Transfer Support
    40  
 
       
Section 4.06 Antitrust Matters
    40  
 
       
Section 4.07 Public Announcement
    40  
 
       
Section 4.08 Convenience Checks and On-Line Access
    40  
 
       
Section 4.09 Access to Information
    41  
 
       
Section 4.10 Certain Notifications
    42  
 
Article V MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
    42  
 
       
Section 5.01 Entire Agreement
    42  
 
       
Section 5.02 Amendment
    42  
 
       
Section 5.03 No Implied Warranties
    42  
 
       
Section 5.04 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction, Etc
    43  
 
       
Section 5.05 Waiver of Jury Trial
    43  
 
       
Section 5.06 Notices
    43  
 
       
Section 5.07 Waiver of Conditions
    44  
 
       
Section 5.08 Confidentiality
    45  
 
       
Section 5.09 Severability of Provisions
    45  
 
       
Section 5.10 Execution; Successors and Assigns
    45  
 
       
Section 5.11 Further Agreements
    45  
 
       
Section 5.12 Reproduction of Documents
    46  
 
       
Section 5.13 No Third Party Beneficiaries
    46  
EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES:
Exhibit A: Purchase Prices for Assets
Exhibit B: Representations and Warranties of the Seller
Exhibit C: Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser
Exhibit D: Transition Subservicing Agreement
Exhibit E: Form of Bill of Sale and Assignment Agreement

Schedule 1: Reverse Mortgage Loans related to the Group 1 Assets
Schedule 2: Reverse Mortgage Loans related to the Group 2 Assets
Schedule 3: Reverse Mortgage Loans related to the Group 3 Assets
Schedule 4: Reverse Mortgage Loans related to the Group 4 Assets
Schedule 5: Reverse Mortgage Loans related to the Group 5 Assets
Schedule 6: Reverse Mortgage Loans related to the Group 6 Assets
Schedule 7: Reverse Mortgage Loans related to the Group 7 Assets

ii


 

Schedule 8: Reverse Mortgage Loans related to the Group 8 Assets
Schedule 9: Subserviced Reverse Mortgage Loans
Schedule 10: HMBS Pool Schedule
Schedule 11:List of Ginnie Mae Issuer Transfer Documents
Schedule 12-1: List of Assumed Contracts
Schedule 12-2: List of Underlying Servicing Agreements for Third-Party Serviced Assets
Schedule 13: Servicing File Documents
Schedule 14: Mortgage Loan Schedule Fields
Schedule 15: Document Deficiencies with respect to the Reverse Mortgage Loans related to the Group 1 Assets, Group 3 Assets and
                       Group 5 Assets
Schedule 16: Claims Request Data Fields

iii


 

     This SERVICING RIGHTS SALE AND ISSUER TRANSFER AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of December 5, 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”), is made by and between Bank of America, National Association (the “ Seller ” or “ BANA ”) and Nationstar Mortgage LLC (the “ Purchaser ” or “ Nationstar ”).
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, the Seller owns the Assets;
     WHEREAS, the Seller desires to sell and the Purchaser desires to purchase all of the Seller’s right, title, and interest in and to the Assets in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement;
     WHEREAS, the Purchaser desires to assume the Assumed Obligations with respect to the Reverse Mortgage Loans as provided herein; and
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, representations warranties and covenants hereinafter set forth, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the Purchaser and the Seller hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
    Section 1.01 Definitions.
     Whenever used herein, the following words and phrases, unless the content otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings.
      Acknowledgment Agreement: The Acknowledgement Agreement, dated as of December 5, 2011, by and among Ginnie Mae, Nationstar, as issuer and BANA, as secured party.
      Additional Balances : All amounts added to the Outstanding Principal Balance of a Reverse Mortgage Loan in respect of principal advances, servicing advances, servicing fees, mortgage insurance premiums paid to HUD, as applicable, and other amounts provided for in the related Reverse Mortgage Loan.
      Affiliate : With respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such Person. As used in the immediately preceding sentence, the term “control” (including the two terms “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies of the specified Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
      Agency: Any of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae, FHA or HUD, as applicable.

 


 

      Agreement : This Servicing Rights Sale and Issuer Transfer Agreement, and any schedules, exhibit and written and agreed to amendments or modifications hereto.
      Applicable Law : With respect to any Person, any federal, state, local or foreign law (statutory, common or otherwise), constitution, treaty, convention, ordinance, code, rule, regulation, order, injunction, judgment, decree, ruling or other similar requirement enacted, adopted, promulgated or applied by a Governmental Authority that is binding upon or applicable to such Person, as amended unless expressly specified otherwise.
      Asset Group : Any of the Group 1 Assets, Group 2 Assets, Group 3 Assets, Group 4 Assets, Group 5 Assets, Group 6 Assets, Group 7 Assets and Group 8 Assets.
      Assets : Collectively, the Group 1 Assets, Group 2 Assets, Group 3 Assets, Group 4 Assets, Group 5 Assets, Group 6 Assets, Group 7 Assets and Group 8 Assets.
      Assignment and Assumption Agreement (Group 2 Assets) : That certain assignment, assumption and recognition agreement to be entered as of the related Issuer Transfer Closing Date relating to the assignment and assumption of the Group 2 Assumed Contracts, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Seller and the Purchaser.
      Assignment and Assumption Agreement (Group 3 Assets) : That certain assignment, assumption and recognition agreement to be entered as of the related Issuer Transfer Closing Date relating to the assignment and assumption of the Group 3 Assumed Contracts, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Seller and the Purchaser.
      Assignment and Assumption Agreement (Group 4 Assets) : That certain assignment, assumption and recognition agreement to be entered as of the related Issuer Transfer Closing Date relating to the assignment and assumption of the Group 4 Assumed Contracts, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Seller and the Purchaser.
      Assignment and Assumption Agreement (Group 5 Assets) : That certain assignment, assumption and recognition agreement to be entered as of the related Issuer Transfer Closing Date relating to the assignment and assumption of the Group 5 Assumed Contracts, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Seller and the Purchaser.
      Assignment and Assumption Agreement (Group 6 Assets) : That certain assignment, assumption and recognition agreement relating to the assignment and assumption of the Group 6 Assumed Contracts, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Seller and the Purchaser.
      Assignment and Assumption Agreement (Group 7 Assets) : Each assignment, assumption and recognition agreement relating to the assignment and assumption of Group 7 Assumed Contracts, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Seller and the Purchaser.
      Assignment and Assumption Agreement (Group 8 Assets) : That certain assignment, assumption and recognition agreement relating to the assignment and assumption of the Group 8 Assumed Contracts, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Seller and the Purchaser.

2


 

      Assignment and Assumption Agreements : Collectively, the Assignment and Assumption Agreement (Group 2 Assets), Assignment and Assumption Agreement (Group 3 Assets), Assignment and Assumption Agreement (Group 4 Assets), Assignment and Assumption Agreement (Group 5 Assets), Assignment and Assumption Agreement (Group 6 Assets), Assignment and Assumption Agreement (Group 7 Assets) and Assignment and Assumption Agreement (Group 8 Assets).
      Assumed Contracts: Collectively, the Group 2 Assumed Contracts, Group 3 Assumed Contracts, Group 4 Assumed Contracts, Group 5 Assumed Contracts, Group 6 Assumed Contracts, Group 7 Assumed Contracts and Group 8 Assumed Contracts.
      Assumed Liabilities : Collectively, the Group 1 Assumed Liabilities, Group 2 Assumed Liabilities, Group 3 Assumed Liabilities, Group 4 Assumed Liabilities and Group 5 Assumed Liabilities.
      Assumed Obligations : With respect to (i) the Issuer Transfer Asset Groups, the related Assumed Liabilities and (ii) the Group 6 Assets, Group 7 Assets and Group 8 Assets, the related Assumed Contracts.
      BANA-Serviced Assets : As defined in Section 2.05(a).
      BANA-Serviced Assets Servicing Transfer Date : As defined in Section 2.05(a).
      Bill of Sale and Assignment Agreement : With respect to any Closing Date, a Bill of Sale and Assignment Agreement in respect of the related Assets substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit E.
      Business Day : Any day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, or (ii) a day on which banking and savings and loan institutions in the State of New York or the State of Texas are authorized or obligated by law, executive order or other governmental action to be closed.
      Claimant : As defined in Section 3.04 of this Agreement.
      Claim Notice : As defined in Section 3.04 of this Agreement.
      Closing : A Non-Issuer Transfer Closing or an Issuer Transfer Closing, as applicable.
      Closing Date : A Non-Issuer Transfer Closing Date or an Issuer Transfer Closing Date, as applicable.
      Collateral Deficient Loan : As defined in Section 2.03(b) of this Agreement.
      Convenience Check : As defined in Section 4.08 of this Agreement.
      Cure Period : As defined in Section 3.09(b)(i)(B) of this Agreement.
      Deposit Amount : As defined in Section 2.04 of this Agreement.

3


 

      Disagreement Notice : As defined in Section 3.06 of this Agreement.
      Effective Date: December 5, 2011, the date this Agreement is executed by the Parties hereto.
      Election Notice : As defined in Section 3.05 of this Agreement.
      Eligible Participation : With respect to each Issuer Transfer Asset Group, the uncertificated portion of a Participation in respect of a Reverse Mortgage Loan related to such Asset Group eligible for an HMBS issuance.
      Eligible Participations Purchase Price : With respect to any Eligible Participations related to an Issuer Transfer Asset Group, a price equal to 100% of the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of such Participations as of the related Participations Cut-off Date.
      Escrow Account : As defined in Section 2.04.
      Escrow Agent : Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., in its capacity as escrow agent.
      Escrow Agreement : That certain escrow agreement, dated as of December 5, 2011, by and among the Seller, Purchaser and the Escrow Agent.
      Fannie Mae : Fannie Mae, f/k/a the Federal National Mortgage Association, or any successor organization.
      Fannie Mae Guides : The Fannie Mae Selling Guide and the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide and all amendments or additions thereto.
      FHA : The Federal Housing Administration, an agency within the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, or any successor thereto and including the Federal Housing Commissioner and the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development where appropriate under the FHA regulations.
      FHA Insurance : An insurance policy issued by the FHA with respect to a loan under the applicable section of the National Housing Act, as amended.
      Final Certification Documents : The collateral documents pertaining to each Reverse Mortgage Loan that are required for standard initial and final certification pursuant to the Ginnie Mae Guide with respect to Reverse Mortgage Loans eligible for securitization in HMBS Pools.
      Funding Date : December 22, 2011, or such other date as mutually agreed upon by the Seller and Purchaser.
      Funding Schedule : A funding schedule mutually agreed upon by the Seller and the Purchaser and setting forth the amounts required to determine payments and remittances required under Section 2.04.

4


 

      General Servicing Costs : Any amounts attributable to or arising from (i) overhead allocations, general or administrative costs and expenses, or any cost for the time of any Party’s employees and (ii) any increased servicing costs related solely to the status of a Reverse Mortgage Loan (whether due and payable, in foreclosure or REO) or related to the routine servicing costs (including foreclosure costs) related to servicing Reverse Mortgage Loans in general.
      Ginnie Mae : The Government National Mortgage Association, a wholly owned corporate instrumentality of the United States within HUD, or any successor thereto.
      Ginnie Mae Approval Letter : The letter from Ginnie Mae approving the transfer of the Ginnie Mae Issuer Responsibilities from Seller to Purchaser.
      Ginnie Mae II Custom MBS Program: As defined in the Ginnie Mae Guide.
      Ginnie Mae Defective Loan : Any Reverse Mortgage Loan required to be purchased by the Purchaser from the related HMBS Pool by Ginnie Mae for failure to satisfy the requirements set forth in Sections 35-5 or 35-6 of the Ginnie Mae Guide and deemed a “Defective Mortgage” as defined in the Ginnie Mae Guide.
      Ginnie Mae Drafting Account : As defined in Section 3.09(b).
      Ginnie Mae Drafting Date : The date Ginnie Mae drafts the Ginnie Mae Drafting Account, which is (i) the 19 th calendar day of each month, or if the 19 th calendar is not a Business Day, then on the Business Day immediately preceding the 19 th calendar day (in the case of payments for the Guaranty Fee and payments required to be made on certificated HMBS Securities) or (ii) the 20 th calendar day or, if the 20 th calendar day is not a Business Day then on the next Business Day (in the case of payments required to be made in book-entry form).
      Ginnie Mae Guide : The Ginnie Mae Mortgage-Backed Securities Guide and all amendments or additions thereto.
      Ginnie Mae Issuer Responsibilities : With respect to the HMBS Pools, all the duties, responsibilities and liabilities of the Issuer of Record under the Ginnie Mae II MBS Program, the Guaranty Agreement and the Ginnie Mae Guide, including the obligation to fund any Additional Balances that arise on the HECM Loans underlying the related HMBS Pools.
      Ginnie Mae Issuer Rights : With respect to the HMBS Pools, all the rights of the “Issuer of Record” under the Ginnie Mae II MBS Program, the Guaranty Agreement and the Ginnie Mae Guide, including the right to service the HECM Loans underlying the related HMBS Pools and to receive the servicing fee and/or the servicing fee margin, as applicable, with respect thereto.
      Ginnie Mae Issuer Transfer Documents : The Ginnie Mae transfer of issuer responsibility documents listed on Schedule 11 attached hereto.

5


 

      Ginnie Mae Repurchase Notice : Any applicable notification from Ginnie Mae that a Reverse Mortgage Loan is a Ginnie Mae Defective Loan, Mandatory Repurchased Loan or Collateral Deficient Loan.
      Governmental Authority : Any transnational, domestic or foreign federal, state or local, governmental authority, department, court, agency (including HUD) or official, including any political subdivision thereof.
      Group 1 Assets : The Ginnie Mae Issuer Rights with respect to the HMBS Pools in which the Reverse Mortgage Loans set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto are included, which HMBS Pools were issued by the Seller or an Affiliate thereof.
      Group 1 Assumed Liabilities : With respect to the Group 1 Assets, all Ginnie Mae Issuer Responsibilities of Seller with respect to the applicable HMBS Pools set forth on Schedule 10 attached hereto, other than the Group 1 Retained Liabilities.
      Group 1 Purchase Price : The purchase price for the Group 1 Assets as set forth on Exhibit A to this Agreement.
      Group 1 Retained Liabilities : Each of (i) the Ginnie Mae Issuer Responsibilities of the Seller to purchase any Reverse Mortgage Loan from the HMBS Pool related to the Group 1 Assets when the Outstanding Principal Balance of any such Reverse Mortgage Loan is equal to or greater than 98% of the Maximum Claim Amount, which event is defined as a “Mandatory Purchase Event” in the Ginnie Mae Guide and (ii) the requirement to repurchase any Reverse Mortgage Loan from the HMBS Pool related to the Group 1 Assets that does not satisfy the requirements set forth in Sections 35-5 and 35-6 of the Ginnie Mae Guide and is deemed by Ginnie Mae to be a “Defective Mortgage” as defined in the Ginnie Mae Guide.
      Group 2 Assets : The (i) Ginnie Mae Issuer Rights with respect to the HMBS Pools in which the Reverse Mortgage Loans set forth on Schedule 2 attached hereto are included, which HMBS Pools were issued by the Seller or an Affiliate thereof and (ii) all rights assigned to the Purchaser pursuant to the Assignment and Assumption Agreement (Group 2 Assets).
      Group 2 Assumed Contracts: The agreements set forth on Schedule 12-1 attached hereto designated as the “Group 2 Assumed Contracts”.
      Group 2 Assumed Liabilities : With respect to the Group 2 Assets, (i) all Ginnie Mae Issuer Responsibilities of Seller with respect to the applicable HMBS Pools set forth on Schedule 10 attached hereto, other than the Group 2 Retained Liabilities and (ii) all obligations assumed by the Purchaser pursuant to the Assignment and Assumption Agreement (Group 2 Assets).
      Group 2 Purchase Price : The purchase price for the Group 2 Assets as set forth on Exhibit A to this Agreement.
      Group 2 Retained Liabilities : Each of (i) the Ginnie Mae Issuer Responsibilities of the Seller to purchase any Reverse Mortgage Loan from the HMBS Pool related to the Group 2 Assets when the Outstanding Principal Balance of any such Reverse Mortgage Loan is equal to

6


 

or greater than 98% of the Maximum Claim Amount, which event is defined as a “Mandatory Purchase Event” in the Ginnie Mae Guide and (ii) the requirement to repurchase any Reverse Mortgage Loan from the HMBS Pool related to the Group 2 Assets that does not satisfy the requirements set forth in Sections 35-5 and 35-6 of the Ginnie Mae Guide and is deemed by Ginnie Mae to be a “Defective Mortgage” as defined in the Ginnie Mae Guide.
      Group 2 Subservicer : Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in its capacity as subservicer of the Group 2 Assets and the related Reverse Mortgage Loans.
      Group 3 and Group 5 Reconciliation Date : January 5, 2012, or such other date as mutually agreed upon by the Seller and Purchaser.
      Group 3 Assets : The (i) Ginnie Mae Issuer Rights with respect to the HMBS Pools in which the Reverse Mortgage Loans set forth on Schedule 3 attached hereto are included, which HMBS Pools were issued by the Seller or an Affiliate thereof and (ii) all rights assigned to the Purchaser pursuant to the Assignment and Assumption Agreement (Group 3 Assets).
      Group 3 Assumed Liabilities : With respect to the Group 3 Assets, (i) all Ginnie Mae Issuer Responsibilities of Seller with respect to the applicable HMBS Pools set forth on Schedule 10 attached hereto, other than the Group 3 Retained Liabilities and (ii) all obligations assumed by the Purchaser pursuant to the Assignment and Assumption Agreement (Group 3 Assets).
      Group 3 Assumed Contracts: The agreements set forth on Schedule 12-1 attached hereto designated as the “Group 3 Assumed Contracts”.
      Group 3 Purchase Price : The purchase price for the Group 3 Assets as set forth on Exhibit A to this Agreement.
      Group 3 Retained Liabilities : Each of (i) the Ginnie Mae Issuer Responsibilities of the Seller to purchase any Reverse Mortgage Loan from the HMBS Pool related to the Group 3 Assets when the Outstanding Principal Balance of any such Reverse Mortgage Loan is equal to or greater than 98% of the Maximum Claim Amount, which event is defined as a “Mandatory Purchase Event” in the Ginnie Mae Guide and (ii) the requirement to repurchase any Reverse Mortgage Loan from the HMBS Pool related to the Group 3 Assets that does not satisfy the requirements set forth in Sections 35-5 and 35-6 of the Ginnie Mae Guide and is deemed by Ginnie Mae to be a “Defective Mortgage” as defined in the Ginnie Mae Guide.
      Group 3 Subservicer : Reverse Mortgage Solutions, Inc., in its capacity as subservicer of the Group 3 Assets and the related Reverse Mortgage Loans.
      Group 3 Transfer Fee : An amount equal to $8,000,000.
      Group 4 Assets : The (i) Ginnie Mae Issuer Rights with respect to the HMBS Pools in which the Reverse Mortgage Loans set forth on Schedule 4 attached hereto are included, which HMBS Pools were issued by the Seller or an Affiliate thereof and (ii) all rights assigned to the Purchaser pursuant to the Assignment and Assumption Agreement (Group 4 Assets).

7


 

      Group 4 Assumed Contracts: The agreements set forth on Schedule 12-1 attached hereto designated as the “Group 4 Assumed Contracts”.
      Group 4 Assumed Liabilities : With respect to the Group 4 Assets, (i) all Ginnie Mae Issuer Responsibilities of Seller with respect to the applicable HMBS Pools set forth on Schedule 10 attached hereto, other than the Group 4 Retained Liabilities and (ii) all obligations assumed by the Purchaser pursuant to the Assignment and Assumption Agreement (Group 4 Assets).
      Group 4 Purchase Price : The purchase price for the Group 4 Assets as set forth on Exhibit A to this Agreement.
      Group 4 Retained Liabilities : Each of (i) the Ginnie Mae Issuer Responsibilities of the Seller to purchase any Reverse Mortgage Loan from the HMBS Pool related to the Group 4 Assets when the Outstanding Principal Balance of any such Reverse Mortgage Loan is equal to or greater than 98% of the Maximum Claim Amount, which event is defined as a “Mandatory Purchase Event” in the Ginnie Mae Guide and (ii) the requirement to repurchase any Reverse Mortgage Loan from the HMBS Pool related to the Group 4 Assets that does not satisfy the requirements set forth in Sections 35-5 and 35-6 of the Ginnie Mae Guide and is deemed by Ginnie Mae to be a “Defective Mortgage” as defined in the Ginnie Mae Guide.
      Group 4 Subservicer : Financial Freedom Acquisition LLC, in its capacity as subservicer of the Group 4 Assets and the related Reverse Mortgage Loans.
      Group 5 Assets : The (i) Ginnie Mae Issuer Rights with respect to the HMBS Pools in which the Reverse Mortgage Loans set forth on Schedule 5 attached hereto are included, which HMBS Pools were issued by the Seller or an Affiliate thereof and (ii) all rights assigned to the Purchaser pursuant to the Assignment and Assumption Agreement (Group 5 Assets).
      Group 5 Assumed Contracts: The agreements set forth on Schedule 12-1 attached hereto designated as the “Group 5 Assumed Contracts”.
      Group 5 Assumed Liabilities : With respect to the Group 5 Assets, (i) all Ginnie Mae Issuer Responsibilities of Seller with respect to the applicable HMBS Pools set forth on Schedule 10 attached hereto, other than the Group 5 Retained Liabilities and (ii) all obligations assumed by the Purchaser pursuant to the Assignment and Assumption Agreement (Group 5 Assets).
      Group 5 Purchase Price : The purchase price for the Group 5 Assets as set forth on Exhibit A to this Agreement.
      Group 5 Retained Liabilities : Each of (i) the Ginnie Mae Issuer Responsibilities of the Seller to purchase any Reverse Mortgage Loan from the HMBS Pool related to the Group 5 Assets when the Outstanding Principal Balance of any such Reverse Mortgage Loan is equal to or greater than 98% of the Maximum Claim Amount, which event is defined as a “Mandatory Purchase Event” in the Ginnie Mae Guide and (ii) the requirement to repurchase any Reverse Mortgage Loan from the HMBS Pool related to the Group 5 Assets that does not satisfy the requirements set forth in Sections 35-5 and 35-6 of the Ginnie Mae Guide and is deemed by Ginnie Mae to be a “Defective Mortgage” as defined in the Ginnie Mae Guide.

8


 

      Group 5 Subservicer : MetLife Bank, N.A., in its capacity as subservicer of the Group 5 Assets and the related Reverse Mortgage Loans.
      Group 5 Transfer Fee : An amount equal to $2,500,000.
      Group 6 Assets : The Servicing Rights for the Reverse Mortgage Loans set forth on Schedule 6 attached hereto included in a securitization designated as Mortgage Equity Conversion Asset Trust 2011-1.
      Group 6 Assumed Contracts: The agreements set forth on Schedule 12-1 attached hereto designated as the “Group 6 Assumed Contracts”.
      Group 6 Purchase Price : The purchase price for the Group 6 Assets as set forth on Exhibit A to this Agreement.
      Group 7 Assets : The Servicing Rights for the Reverse Mortgage Loans set forth on Schedule 7 attached hereto owned by Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc. or its Affiliates, including Aurora Bank.
      Group 7 Assumed Contracts: The agreements set forth on Schedule 12-1 attached hereto designated as the “Group 7 Assumed Contracts”.
      Group 7 Purchase Price : The purchase price for the Group 7 Assets as set forth on Exhibit A to this Agreement.
      Group 8 Assets : The Servicing Rights for the Reverse Mortgage Loans set forth on Schedule 8 attached hereto included in the Group 8 Securitizations.
      Group 8 Assumed Contracts: The agreements set forth on Schedule 12-1 attached hereto designated as the “Group 8 Assumed Contracts”.
      Group 8 Purchase Price : The purchase price for the Group 8 Assets as set forth on Exhibit A to this Agreement.
      Group 8 Securitizations: The securitizations sponsored by the Seller and designated as the “Group 8 Securitizations” on Schedule 12-1 attached hereto.
      Guaranty Agreement : With respect to each HMBS, the guaranty agreement executed by the related Ginnie Mae issuer and Ginnie Mae.
      HECM Loan : At origination, any Reverse Mortgage Loan that is subject to FHA Insurance under the FHA’s Home Equity Conversion Mortgage program.
      HMBS : A Ginnie Mae security backed by HECM Loan participations under the umbrella of the Ginnie Mae II Custom MBS program.
      HMBS Assets : Collectively, the Group 1 Assets, Group 2 Assets, Group 3 Assets, Group 4 Assets and Group 5 Assets.

9


 

      HMBS Loan : Any HECM Loan that is eligible to be pooled into an HMBS or is currently in an HMBS Pool.
      HMBS Pools : The HMBS pools set forth on Schedule 10 attached hereto.
      HUD : The United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, or any federal agency or official thereof which may from time to time succeed to the functions thereof with regard to FHA mortgage insurance. The term “HUD,” for purposes of this Agreement, is also deemed to include subdivisions thereof such as the FHA and Government National Mortgage Association.
      HUD Handbook : Regulations promulgated by HUD under the Act, codified in Title 24 of the Code of Federal Regulations, and other HUD issuances relating to HECM Loans, including, but not limited to, the HUD Home Equity Conversion Mortgage Handbook 4235.1 REV-1, HUD Handbook 4330.1 REV-5 and any subsequent revisions thereto and any other handbook or mortgagee letters, circulars, notices or other issuances issued by HUD applicable to the Mortgage Loans, as amended, modified, updated or supplemented from time to time.
      Indemnifiable Losses : Any and all actual and out-of-pocket losses, damages, deficiencies, claims, penalties, fines, forfeitures, reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually incurred by an Indemnified Party, excluding any (i) amounts attributable to General Servicing Costs, (ii) special, indirect, consequential, punitive, extraordinary or exemplary damages (except any such damages paid or finally determined by a Governmental Authority to be payable by the Claimant to a third party), unrealized expectation, diminution in value, lost profits, lost investment or business opportunity, damage to reputation or operating losse or (iii) damages, losses, obligations, Liabilities, claims, penalties, costs or expenses solely due to the passing of, or any change in, any Applicable Law after the date of this Agreement even if the change has retroactive effect.
      Indemnified Party : Any Purchaser Indemnitee or Seller Indemnitee, as the case may be.
      Indemnifying Party : As defined in Section 3.04 of this Agreement.
      Indemnification Notice : As defined in Section 3.04 of this Agreement.
      Indemnification Reimbursement Date : As defined in Section 3.04(b) of this Agreemenet.
      Ineligible Participations Purchase Price: With respect to (i) any Ineligible Participations related to the Group 1 Assets, Group 3 Assets or Group 5 Assets as of the related Participations Cut-off Date, a price equal to the product of (x) the Outstanding Principal Balance of the related Ineligible Participations as of the related Participations Cut-off Date multiplied by (y) either (1) 72.5% for any defaulted Ineligible Participations or (2) 50.0% for any due and payable Ineligible Participations and (ii) any Ineligible Participations related to the Group 1 Assets, Group 3 Assets or Group 5 Assets from the period beginning on but excluding the related Participations Cut-off Date through December 31, 2011, 100% of the Outstanding Principal Balance of the related Ineligible Participations. With respect to the Ineligible Participations related to the Group 2

10


 

Assets or Group 4 Assets, a price to be mutually agreed upon by the Seller and Purchaser on or prior to the related Issuer Transfer Closing Date.
      Ineligible Participation : With respect to each Issuer Transfer Asset Group, the uncertificated portion of a Participation in respect of a Reverse Mortgage Loan related to such Asset Group that does not qualify as an Eligible Participation, which participations have been declared due and payable or defaulted and which remain fully insured by FHA (and not assignable to HUD), as determined by Purchaser and the Seller, as of the related Participations Cut-off Date.
      Interim Servicing Period : As defined in Section 2.05(c).
      Investor : As applicable, any Person, any Agency, including but not limited to Fannie Mae, which owns the legal interest in a Reverse Mortgage Loan (including any trustee).
      Issuer Transfer Asset Group : Each of the Group 1 Assets, Group 2 Assets, Group 3 Assets, Group 4 Assets and Group 5 Assets.
      Issuer Transfer Closing : As defined in Section 2.04(c) of this Agreement.
      Issuer Transfer Closing Date : With respect to the Group 1 Assets, Group 3 Assets and Group 5 Assets, January 1, 2012, or such other date as may be mutually agreed upon by the Seller and Purchaser. With respect to the Group 2 Assets and Group 4 Assets, such date as may be mutually agreed upon by the Seller and Purchaser.
      Liabilities : With respect to any Person, shall mean any liabilities, responsibilities or obligations of such Person of any kind, character or description, whether known or unknown, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, disputed or undisputed, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, joint or several, due or to become due, vested or unvested, executory, determined, determinable or otherwise, and whether or not the same is required to be accrued on the financial statements of such Person.
      LIBOR : At any time the rate (rounded to the next higher 1/100 of 1%) of interest for one month U.S. dollar deposits as reported on the Bloomberg system as of 11:00 a.m. London time for such day, provided, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day or, if not so reported, then as determined by the Seller from another recognized source or interbank quotation.
      Lien : Any lien, claim, mortgage, security interest, pledge, charge, easement, servitude or other encumbrance of any kind, including any of the foregoing arising under any conditional sales or other title retention agreement.
      Loan-Level Indemnification Amounts : As defined in Section 3.03(a)(v) of this Agreement.
      Mandatory Repurchased Loan : Any Reverse Mortgage Loan required to be purchased by the Purchaser from the related HMBS Pool when the Outstanding Principal Balance of any such

11


 

Reverse Mortgage Loan is equal to or greater than 98% of the Maximum Claim Amount, which event is defined as a “Mandatory Purchase Event” in the Ginnie Mae Guide.
      Maximum Claim Amount : With respect to each HECM Loan, the lesser of the appraised value of the Mortgaged Property or the maximum loan limit established for a one family residence under Section 305(a)(2) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act (as adjusted where applicable under Section 214 of the National Housing Act).
      Mortgage : The mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument securing a Mortgage Note, which creates a first lien on an unsubordinated estate in fee simple or leasehold estate in real property securing the Mortgage Note.
      Mortgage Loan Schedule : The mortgage loan schedule delivered by the Seller to the Purchaser on the applicable Closing Date, which schedule identifies each Reverse Mortgage Loan related to an Asset Group and sets forth the information set forth on Schedule 14 attached hereto with respect to each Reverse Mortgage Loan.
      Mortgage Note : The note or other evidence of the indebtedness of a Mortgagor secured by a Mortgage.
      Mortgaged Property : Real property which is encumbered by the lien of a Mortgage and which is security for the related Reverse Mortgage Loan.
      Mortgagor : The obligor on a Mortgage Note.
      Non-Issuer Transfer Asset Group : Each of the Group 6 Assets, Group 7 Assets and Group 8 Assets.
      Non-Issuer Transfer Closing : As defined in Section 2.04(a) of this Agreement.
      Non-Issuer Transfer Closing Date : With respect to the Group 6 Assets and Group 8 Assets, January 1, 2012, or such other date as may be mutually agreed upon by the Seller and Purchaser. With respect to the Group 7 Assets, such date as may be mutually agreed upon by the Seller and Purchaser.
      On-Line Access : As defined in Section 4.08 of this Agreement.
      Optional Repurchased Loan : Any Reverse Mortgage Loan purchased by the Purchaser from the related HMBS Pool due to an “Optional Purchase Event” as defined in the Ginnie Mae Guide.
      Outstanding Principal Balance : As to each Reverse Mortgage Loan on any date of determination, the principal balance of the Reverse Mortgage Loan as of such date (including, without limitation, all related servicing fees, principal advances, accrued interest and servicing advances to the extent permitted to be added to the principal balance of the Reverse Mortgage Loan) after giving effect to payments of principal on or before such date.

12


 

      Participations : The participation interests in the HECM Loans (including the uncertificated portion of any HMBS Loan) created from time to time by the Guaranty Agreement and identified on the Schedules of Mortgages and Pooled Participations attached thereto.
      Participations Purchase Price : The Eligible Participations Purchase Price or the Ineligible Participations Purchase Price, as applicable.
      Participations Cut-off Date : With respect to (i) the Group 1 Assets and the Group 5 Assets, October 31, 2011 and (ii) the Group 3 Assets, November 30, 2011.
      Person : Any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.
      Pledge Agreement: The Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of December 5, 2011, by and between Nationstar, as pledgor and BANA, as pledgee.
      Proceeding : Any action, arbitration, audit, hearing, investigation, litigation or suit.
      Purchaser Certification Documents : Endorsements, allonges and assignments in blank (or to the Purchaser) with respect to a Reverse Mortgage Loan.
      Purchase Price : Any of the Group 1 Purchase Price, Group 2 Purchase Price, Group 3 Purchase Price, Group 4 Purchase Price, Group 5 Purchase Price, Group 6 Purchase Price, Group 7 Purchase Price or the Group 8 Purchase Price.
      Purchaser : As defined in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.
      Purchaser Indemnitee: As defined in Section 3.03(a).
      Required Approvals : With respect to each Asset Group:
     (i) With respect to the transactions contemplated hereby in respect of the Group 1 Assets and the Group 1 Assumed Liabilities, such transactions have been approved in writing by Ginnie Mae, as evidenced by the Ginnie Mae Approval Letter;
     (ii) With respect to the transactions contemplated hereby in respect of the Group 2 Assets and the Group 2 Assumed Liabilities, (i) such transactions have been approved in writing by Ginnie Mae, as evidenced by the Ginnie Mae Approval Letter and (ii) execution of the Assignment and Assumption Agreement (Group 2 Assets) by all required parties (other than the Seller and the Purchaser);
     (iii) With respect to the transactions contemplated hereby in respect of the Group 3 Assets and the Group 3 Assumed Liabilities, (i) such transactions have been approved in writing by Ginnie Mae, as evidenced by the Ginnie Mae Approval Letter and (ii) execution of the Assignment and Assumption Agreement (Group 3 Assets) by all required parties (other than the Seller and the Purchaser);

13


 

     (iv) With respect to the transactions contemplated hereby in respect of the Group 4 Assets and the Group 4 Assumed Liabilities, (i) such transactions have been approved in writing by Ginnie Mae, as evidenced by the Ginnie Mae Approval Letter and (ii) execution of the Assignment and Assumption Agreement (Group 4 Assets) by all required parties (other than the Seller and the Purchaser);
     (v) With respect to the transactions contemplated hereby in respect of the Group 5 Assets and the Group 5 Assumed Liabilities, (i) such transactions have been approved in writing by Ginnie Mae, as evidenced by the Ginnie Mae Approval Letter and (ii) execution of the Assignment and Assumption Agreement (Group 5 Assets) by all required parties (other than the Seller and the Purchaser);
     (vi) With respect to the transactions contemplated hereby in respect of the Group 6 Assets and the Group 6 Assumed Contracts, (i) such transactions have been approved in writing by Fannie Mae, the trustee and any other necessary parties in connection with the related securitization, in each case, as may be required by the related Assumed Contract, and (ii) execution of the Assignment and Assumption Agreement (Group 6 Assets) by all required parties (other than the Seller and the Purchaser);
     (vii) With respect to the transactions contemplated hereby in respect of the Group 7 Assets and the Group 7 Assumed Contracts, execution of the Assignment and Assumption Agreements (Group 7 Assets) by all required parties (other than the Seller and the Purchaser).
     (viii) With respect to the transactions contemplated hereby in respect of the Group 8 Assets and the Group 8 Assumed Contracts, (i) such transactions must be approved in writing by the trustee, any rating agency and any other necessary parties in connection with the related securitization, in each case, as may be required by the related Assumed Contracts and (ii) execution of the Assignment and Assumption Agreements (Group 8 Assets) by all required parties (other than the Seller and the Purchaser).
      Retained Liabilities : The Group 1 Retained Liabilities, Group 2 Retained Liabilities, Group 3 Retained Liabilities, Group 4 Retained Liabilities and Group 5 Retained Liabilities.
      Reverse Mortgage Loan : A HECM Loan or proprietary reverse mortgage loan identified on the Mortgage Loan Schedule.
      Securitizations : Collectively, the Group 6 Securitizations and Group 8 Securitizations.
      Seller : As defined in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.
      Seller Indemnitee: As defined in Section 3.03(b).
      Servicing File : With respect to each Reverse Mortgage Loan, those origination and servicing documents, escrow documents, and other documents specified in Schedule 13 to this Agreement.

14


 

      Servicing Rights : All of the Seller’s rights, title and interests in and to (i) the related servicing rights with respect to the Reverse Mortgage Loans related to the Group 6 Assets and the Group 8 Assets and (ii) the related subservicing rights with respect to the Reverse Mortgage Loans related to the Group 7 Assets, in each case, in accordance with the related Assumed Contract, as applicable, and along with the right to receive the servicing fee income and any and all ancillary income arising from the performance of the servicing or subservicing obligations with respect to any such Reverse Mortgage Loan.
      Servicing Transfer Date: With respect to (i) the Group 2 Assets, the Group 3 Assets, the Group 4 Assets and the Group 5 Assets, the related Issuer Transfer Closing Date and (ii) with respect to the BANA-Serviced Assets, the related BANA-Serviced Assets Servicing Transfer Date.
      Significant Unreimbursed Securitization Expenses : As defined in Section 3.03(a)(vi) of this Agreement.
      Subserviced Reverse Mortgage Loans : The Reverse Mortgage Loans owned by Seller and set forth on Schedule 9 attached hereto.
      Subservicing Agreement : That certain subservicing agreement, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Seller and the Purchaser, to be entered into by and between BANA, as owner and Nationstar, as subservicer governing the subservicing of the Subserviced Reverse Mortgage Loans and certain other Reverse Mortgage Loans to be added from time to time.
      Termination Policy : As defined in Section 4.08 of this Agreement.
      Third-Party Collateral Deficient Loan : As defined in Section 2.03(b) of this Agreement.
      Third-Party Serviced Assets : Collectively, the Group 2 Assets, the Group 3 Assets, the Group 4 Assets and the Group 5 Assets.
      Third-Party Servicer : The Group 2 Subservicer, Group 3 Subservicer, Group 4 Subservicer or Group 5 Subservicer, as applicable.
      Transfer Fee : Each of the Group 3 Transfer Fee and the Group 5 Transfer Fee.
      Transition Subservicing Agreement : That certain transition subservicing agreement, dated as of December 5, 2011, by and between Nationstar, as client and BANA, as subservicer governing the transitional subservicing to be provided by BANA to Nationstar during the Interim Servicing Period, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D.
      Underlying Representations and Warranties: With respect to a Reverse Mortgage Loan (i) related to the an Issuer Transfer Asset Group, the requirements with respect to a Reverse Mortgage Loan set forth in Sections 35-5 and 35-6 of the Ginnie Mae Guide, (ii) related to the Group 6 Assets, the representations and warranties contained in Section 7 of the related Underlying Purchase Agreement, (iii) related to the Group 8 Assets, the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.02 of the related Underlying Purchase Agreement or (iv)

15


 

related to the Group 7 Assets, the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.02 of related Underlying Purchase Agreement up to the related Servicing Transfer Date.
      Underlying Purchase Agreement : With respect to a Reverse Mortgage Loan (i) related to the Group 6 Assets, the Mortgage Loan Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2011, by and between Fannie Mae, as Seller and the Depositor; (ii) related to the Group 8 Assets, the First Amended and Restated Flow Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2006, by and between BANA and Seattle Savings Bank or the Second Amended and Restated Flow Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2006, by and between BANA and Seattle Savings Bank; (iii) related to the Group 7 Assets, the Flow Purchase, Warranties and Servicing Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2006, by and between Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc. (successor to Lehman Brothers Bank, FSB) as purchaser and Bank of America, National Association as seller and servicer.
      Underlying Servicing Agreement : The applicable underlying sale and servicing agreement for the related Asset Group as set forth on Schedule 12-2.
    Section 1.02 Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions.
     The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The captions herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof. References to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules are to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules of this Agreement unless otherwise specified. All Exhibits and Schedules annexed hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein. Any capitalized terms used in any Exhibit or Schedule but not otherwise defined therein, shall have the meaning as defined in this Agreement. Any singular term in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term the singular. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”, whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import. “Writing”, “written” and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form. References to any agreement or contract are to that agreement or contract as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; provided that with respect to any agreement or contract listed on any schedules hereto, all such amendments, modifications or supplements must also be listed in the appropriate schedule. References to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of that Person. References from or through any date mean, unless otherwise specified, from and including or through and including, respectively. References to “law”, “laws” or to a particular statute or law shall be deemed also to include any and all Applicable Law.

16


 

ARTICLE II
SALE AND CONVEYANCE OF ASSETS; ASSUMPTION OF ASSUMED
OBLIGATIONS; CLOSING
     Section 2.01 Sale and Conveyance of Assets; Participations.
     (a) On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and the related Bill of Sale and Assignment Agreement, at the related Non-Issuer Transfer Closing on the Non-Issuer Transfer Closing Date, subject to the receipt by Seller of the related Purchase Price in accordance with Section 2.04, Seller shall sell, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall acquire, accept and purchase, all of Seller’s rights, title and interest in and to the related Non-Issuer Transfer Asset Group.
     (b) On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and the related Bill of Sale and Assignment Agreement, at the related Issuer Transfer Closing on the related Issuer Transfer Closing Date, subject to the receipt by Seller of the related Purchase Price in accordance with Section 2.04, (i) Seller shall sell, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall acquire, accept and purchase, all of Seller’s rights, title and interest in and to the related Issuer Transfer Asset Group and (ii) Seller shall pay to the Purchaser the related Transfer Fee, as applicable.
     (c) On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, on the related Issuer Transfer Closing Date, Seller shall sell, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall acquire, accept and purchase, all of Seller’s rights, title and interest in and to the Ineligible Participations in respect of the Group 1 Assets, Group 3 Assets and Group 5 Assets as of the related Participations Cut-off Date. Purchaser shall pay to Seller the Participations Purchase Price in respect of Participations sold pursuant to this Section 2.01(c) in accordance with Section 2.04.
     (d) On the Funding Date, Seller shall reconcile all the activity, including all Advances, servicing fees and accrued interest on the Reverse Mortgage Loans related to the Group 3 Assets or the Group 5 Assets during the period from the related Participations Cut-off Date through December 21, 2011. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, on the related Issuer Transfer Closing Date, Seller shall sell, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall acquire, accept and purchase, all of Seller’s rights, title and interest in and to the Eligible Participations and Ineligible Participations in respect of the Group 3 Assets and the Group 5 Assets from the period beginning on but excluding the related Participations Cut-off Date through December 21, 2011. Purchaser shall pay to Seller the Participations Purchase Price in respect of Participations sold pursuant to this Section 2.01(d) in accordance with Section 2.04.
     (e) On the Group 3 and Group 5 Reconciliation Date, Seller shall reconcile all the activity, including all Advances, servicing fees and accrued interest on the Reverse Mortgage Loans related to the Group 3 Assets and the Group 5 Assets during the period from the Funding Date through December 31, 2011. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this

17


 

Agreement, on January 6, 2012, Seller shall sell, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall acquire, accept and purchase, all of Seller’s rights, title and interest in and to the Eligible Participations and Ineligible Participations in respect of the Group 3 Assets and the Group 5 Assets from the period beginning on but excluding the Funding Date through December 31, 2011. Purchaser shall pay to Seller the Participations Purchase Price in respect of Participations sold pursuant to this Section 2.01(e) via wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by Seller.
     Section 2.02 Assumption of Assumed Obligations.
     (a) On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the related Non-Issuer Transfer Closing on the related Non-Issuer Transfer Closing Date, Purchaser shall assume and hereby agrees to pay, perform and otherwise discharge fully and timely, effective as of the related Non-Issuer Transfer Closing Date, the Assumed Contracts in respect of the related Non-Issuer Transfer Asset Group.
     (b) On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the related Issuer Transfer Closing on the related Issuer Transfer Closing Date, Purchaser shall assume and hereby agrees to pay, perform and otherwise discharge fully and timely, effective as of the related Issuer Transfer Closing Date, the Assumed Contracts and Assumed Liabilities in respect of the related Issuer Transfer Asset Group.
     Section 2.03 Certain Obligations Retained by Seller.
     (a)  Certain Obligations Retained by Seller with respect to HMBS Pools . Seller will retain the Retained Liabilities. To the extent the Seller acquires an HMBS Repurchased Loan relating to any BANA-Serviced Assets in accordance with Section 3.09, the Seller will own such HMBS Repurchased Loan and the Purchaser will subservice such HMBS Repurchased Loan on behalf of the Seller thereafter pursuant to the terms of the Subservicing Agreement. At the request of the Seller and to the extent assignable to HUD, the Purchaser, in its capacity as servicer, shall assign any such HMBS Repurchased Loan to HUD and forward any claim proceeds received from HUD for such HMBS Repurchased Loan to the Seller pursuant to the terms of the Subservicing Agreement.
     (b)  Final Certification . On or prior to the Closing Date with respect to each Issuer Transfer Asset Group, the Seller shall provide all Final Certification Documents with respect to the related Reverse Mortgage Loans, other than (a) those Final Certification Documents set forth on Schedule 15 with respect to the Group 1 Assets, Group 3 Assets and Group 5 Assets (the “ Document Deficiencies ”) and (b) the Purchaser Certification Documents. The Seller shall cure the Document Deficiencies within (i) twelve (12) months after the related Issuer Transfer Closing Date or (ii) the related Servicing Transfer Date, whichever is later (the “ Certification Period ”). The Purchaser shall prepare the Purchaser Certification Documents for the Reverse Mortgage Loans related to the applicable Issuer Transfer Asset Group. The Seller shall reimburse the Purchaser for up to $75.00 for each Reverse Mortgage Loan where Purchaser has prepared such Purchaser Certification Documents and shall provide the Purchaser with a limited power of attorney for such purpose.

18


 

     To the extent any Reverse Mortgage Loan is required by Ginnie Mae to be repurchased by Purchaser in order to obtain a certification for the related HMBS Pool (a “ Collateral Deficient Loan ”), with respect to any such Collateral Deficient Loan related to the Group 1 Assets and Group 3 Assets, the Seller shall (i) purchase such Collateral Deficient Loan from the Purchaser pursuant to Section 3.09 or (ii) if mutually agreed to by the Seller and the Purchaser, indemnify Purchaser in accordance with Article III (without regard to any indemnification thresholds described in Section 3.03(c)) for any Indemnifiable Losses related to the Purchaser’s failure to obtain Final Certification Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Seller shall have no obligation to purchase a Collateral Deficient Loan from the Purchaser or indemnify the Purchaser with respect thereto to the extent that any Reverse Mortgage Loan is a Collateral Deficient Loan due to (i) any error or omission with respect to the Purchaser Certification Document or any other action of the Purchaser or a third-party (other than a third-party engaged by the Seller in accordance with its obligations under the Transition Subservicing Agreement) after the related Closing Date with respect to the Final Certification Documents or (ii) any such Final Certification Documents being in the possession of a servicer or any other third-party for any reason after the related Closing Date, including for the pursuit of foreclosure or other enforcement proceedings or assignments to HUD.
     To the extent any Reverse Mortgage Loan related to the Third-Party Serviced Assets is required by Ginnie Mae to be repurchased by Purchaser out of the related HMBS Pool in order to obtain a certification for such HMBS Pool (a “ Third-Party Collateral Deficient Loan ”), the Seller shall, at Seller’s option, either (i) purchase such Collateral Deficient Loan from the Purchaser pursuant to Section 3.09 or (ii) indemnify Purchaser in accordance with Article III (without regard to any indemnification thresholds described in Section 3.03(c)) for Indemnifiable Losses related to the Purchaser’s failure to obtain Final Certification Documents. In connection with any such purchase of Third-Party Collateral Deficient Loan by the Seller or indemnification with respect thereto, the Purchaser shall assign any rights to pursue remedies against such Third-Party Servicer with respect to such Third-Party Collateral Deficient Loan to Seller. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Seller shall have no obligation to purchase a Third-Party Collateral Deficient Loan from the Purchaser or indemnify the Purchaser with respect thereto to the extent that any Reverse Mortgage Loan is a Third-Party Collateral Deficient Loan due to (i) any error or omission with respect to the Purchaser Certification Document or any other action of the Purchaser or a third-party (other than a third-party engaged by the Seller in accordance with its obligations under the Transition Subservicing Agreement) after the related Closing Date with respect to the Final Certification Documents or (ii) any such Final Certification Documents being in the possession of a servicer or any other third-party for any reason after the related Closing Date, including for the pursuit of foreclosure or other enforcement proceedings or assignments to HUD.
     (c)  Additional Obligations . In connection with obtaining any Required Approvals, the Seller may be required to retain certain of the Assumed Obligations, as mutually agreed to by the Seller and Purchaser. On or prior to the related Closing Date, the Purchaser and Seller shall mutually agree upon any compensation of Seller for retaining such Assumed Obligations. In the event retention of any such Assumed Obligations are considered by the Seller to materially increase or change its expectations with respect to an Asset Group, the Seller may withdraw such

19


 

Asset Group from consideration under this Agreement or the Purchaser and Seller may negotiate a mutually agreeable reprice of such Asset Group.
     Section 2.04 Closing; Payment of related Purchase Price.
     (a)  Closing . On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the closing of the transactions between the Seller and the Purchaser contemplated by Sections 2.01(a) and 2.02(a) of this Agreement (each, an “ Non-Issuer Transfer Closing ”) shall take place on the related Non-Issuer Transfer Closing Date, and shall, as mutually agreed, be either (a) by telephone, confirmed by letter, electronic mail, facsimile transmission or wire as the Parties shall agree, or (b) conducted in person, at the offices of SNR Denton US LLP, located at Two World Financial Center, New York, New York 10281-1008, or at such other place as the Seller and the Purchaser shall otherwise agree in writing.
     On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the closing of the transactions between the Seller and the Purchaser contemplated by Sections 2.01(b), 2.01(c) and 2.02(b) of this Agreement (each, an “ Issuer Transfer Closing ”) shall take place on the related Issuer Transfer Closing Date, and shall, as mutually agreed, be either (a) by telephone, confirmed by letter, electronic mail, facsimile transmission or wire as the Parties shall agree, or (b) conducted in person, at the offices of SNR Denton US LLP, located at Two World Financial Center, New York, New York 10281-1008, or at such other place as the Seller and Purchaser shall otherwise agree in writing.
     (b)  Payment of the related Purchase Price for the Group 1 Assets, Group 3 Assets, Group 5 Assets, Group 6 Assets and Group 8 Assets .
          (i) Deposit. On the date hereof, Purchaser shall remit to the Escrow Agent the amount of $5,000,000 (the “ Deposit Amount ”) via wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Escrow Account established pursuant to the Escrow Agreement. The Deposit Amount shall be non-refundable to the Purchaser, except in the event that any of the transactions contemplated by a Closing are not satisfied due to a failure of the applicable conditions to the obligations of the Purchaser set forth in Section 2.08 to be satisfied on or prior to the related Closing Date.
          (ii) Funding Date . On the Funding Date and in accordance with the Funding Schedule, Purchaser shall remit to the Escrow Agent the amount of $20,609,378, or such other amount as mutually agreed to between the Seller and the Purchaser (the “ Funding Amount ”) via wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Escrow Account. The aggregate of the Deposit Amount and the Funding Amount shall represent the net of (1) the Purchase Price payable by the Purchaser in respect of the Group 1 Assets, Group 3 Assets, Group 5 Assets, Group 6 Assets and Group 8 Assets and the Participations Purchase Price payable by the Purchaser in respect of the Participations to be purchased by the Purchaser pursuant to Sections 2.01(c) and (d) and (2) the Transfer Fees payable by the Seller to the Purchaser in respect the Group 3 Assets and the Group 5 Assets (the “ Net Purchase Price ”). The Escrow Agent shall hold the Net Purchase Price (the “ Escrow Property ”) pursuant to the Escrow Agreement.

20


 

          (iii) Escrow Release Date. On January 3, 2012 (the “ Escrow Property Release Date ”), the Escrow Agent shall release the Escrow Property to the Seller. The release of the Escrow Property to Seller on the Escrow Property Release Date shall constitute full and timely payment (1) by the Purchaser to the Seller of the Purchase Price in respect of the Group 1 Assets, Group 3 Assets, Group 5 Assets, Group 6 Assets and Group 8 Assets and the Participations Purchase Price in respect of the Participations to be purchased by the Purchaser pursuant to Sections 2.01(c) and (d) and (2) by the Seller in respect of the Transfer Fees in respect the Group 3 Assets and the Group 5 Assets. Notwithstanding the Escrow Property Release Date, the Parties acknowledge and agree that the sale of the Group 1 Assets, Group 3 Assets, Group 5 Assets, Group 6 Assets and Group 8 Assets as described in the related Bill of Sale and Assignment Agreement shall be effective as of the related Closing Date. In the event the related Closing Date in respect of the Group 1 Assets, Group 3 Assets, Group 5 Assets, Group 6 Assets or Group 8 Assets has not occurred on or prior to the Escrow Property Release Date due to the nonsatisfaction of a condition set forth in Section 2.08, the Seller and the Purchaser shall direct the Escrow Agent to release the applicable portion of the Escrow Property to the Purchaser on the Business Day following the Escrow Property Release Date.
     (c) If, after the related Closing Date, the Outstanding Principal Balance of any of the Reverse Mortgage Loans used in computing the payment of any Purchase Price or Participations Purchase Price shall be found to have been incorrectly computed, any such Purchase Price or Participations Purchase Price, as applicable, shall be appropriately adjusted and payment shall be promptly made by the appropriate party.
     Section 2.05 Servicing Transfer; Reimbursement of Advances; Subservicing; Transition Subservicing.
     (a) Seller is the current servicer for the Reverse Mortgage Loans related to the Group 1 Assets, Group 6 Assets, Group 7 Assets and Group 8 Assets (collectively, the “ BANA-Serviced Assets ”). Following the applicable Closing Date, the Seller shall consult with the Purchaser or its designated subservicer and negotiate mutually agreeable servicing transfer instructions necessary to evidence and effectuate the transfer of servicing on the applicable servicing system of record of the related BANA-Serviced Assets to Purchaser (each a “ BANA-Serviced Assets Servicing Transfer Date ”), which servicing transfer for the BANA-Serviced Loans shall be effectuated on a date mutually agreed upon by the Seller and Purchaser or before December 31, 2012, unless otherwise mutually agreed to by the Seller and the Purchaser in accordance with the terms of the Transition Subservicing Agreement. In addition, on the related Servicing Transfer Date, Purchaser shall reimburse Seller, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, for all unreimbursed advances and servicing advances made by Seller with respect to the Reverse Mortgage Loans that Seller has not received reimbursement in accordance with the terms of the Transition Subservicing Agreement and the related Assumed Contracts.
     (b) On or prior to March 1, 2012 or such other date as mutually agreed to by the Seller and the Purchaser, the Seller and the Purchaser shall enter into the Subservicing Agreement. On and after the date of the Subservicing Agreement, the Purchaser shall subservice the Subserviced Reverse Mortgage Loans and any additional Reverse Mortgage Loans added from time to time, on the Seller’s behalf, pursuant to the Subservicing Agreement.

21


 

     (c) From the applicable Closing Date until the related BANA-Serviced Assets Servicing Transfer Date (the “ Interim Servicing Period ”), Seller shall subservice the Reverse Mortgage Loans related to the BANA-Serviced Assets, on the Purchaser’s behalf, pursuant to the Transition Subservicing Agreement. Pursuant to the Transition Subservicing Agreement and this Agreement, the Seller and the Purchaser shall mutually cooperate in order to facilitate an orderly transition of the Assets, Assumed Contracts and Assumed Liabilities to the Purchaser, and in order to facilitate the integration of the operations of the Seller and the Purchaser, as soon as practicable after the related Closing Date. Each party will cooperate in good faith with the other and will take all appropriate action that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to carry out any of the transactions contemplated hereunder.
     Section 2.06 Deliveries by the Seller.
     (a) On or prior to each Non-Issuer Transfer Closing, the Seller shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to the Purchaser (or its designee) originals, or copies if specified, of the following agreements, documents and other items (collectively, the “ Non-Issuer Closing Seller Deliverables ”):
(i) Counterparts to this Agreement, duly executed by the Seller.
(ii) Counterparts to a Bill of Sale and Assignment Agreement in respect of the related Non-Issuer Transfer Assets, duly executed by the Seller.
(iii) Counterparts to the Assignment and Assumption Agreement respect to such Non-Issuer Transfer Asset Group, duly executed by the Seller.
(iv) Counterparts to the Transition Subservicing Agreement, duly executed by the Seller.
(v) An opinion of counsel relating to corporate matters of the Seller, in a form reasonably acceptable to Purchaser.
(vi) A Secretary’s Certificate of the Seller, in a form reasonably acceptable to Purchaser.
(vii) With respect to a Non-Issuer Transfer Closing in respect of the Group 6 Assets or Group 8 Assets, Amendments to the Group 6 Assumed Contracts or Group 8 Assumed Contracts (which may be included in the related Assignment, Assumption and Recognition Agreement, in which case no separate deliverables are required), as applicable, executed by all required parties in accordance with the related Assumed Contract, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser, which amendments amend the applicable Assumed Contract to include language required by Purchaser to enable Purchaser to obtain financing for any advances made on the Reverse Mortgage Loans related to applicable Asset Group.
(viii) Counterparts to the Escrow Agreement, duly executed by the Seller.

22


 

     (b) On or prior to an Issuer Transfer Closing, the Seller shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to the Purchaser (or its designee) originals, or copies if specified, of the following agreements, documents and other items (collectively, the “ Issuer Transfer Closing Seller Deliverables ” and together with the Non-Issuer Transfer Closing Seller Deliverables, the “ Seller Deliverables ”):
(i) The items described in clauses (i), (iv), (v), (vi) and (viii) of Section 2.06(a), to the extent not delivered on a prior Closing Date;
(ii) Counterparts to a Bill of Sale and Assignment Agreement with respect to such Issuer Transfer Asset Group, duly executed by the Seller.
(iii) Counterparts to the Assignment and Assumption Agreement with respect to such Issuer Transfer Asset Group duly executed by the Seller.
(iv) Counterparts to the Ginnie Mae Issuer Transfer Documents with respect to such Issuer Transfer Asset Group duly executed by the Seller.
(v) The related Assets.
(vi) The related Transfer Fee, as applicable, payable in accordance with Section 2.01 and Section 2.04.
(vii) Counterparts to the Acknowledgment Agreement, duly executed by the Seller.
(viii) Counterparts to the Pledge Agreement, duly executed by the Seller.
     Section 2.07 Deliveries by the Purchaser.
     (a) On or prior to each Non-Issuer Transfer Closing, the Purchaser shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to the Seller (or its designee) originals, or copies if specified, of the following agreements, documents and other items (collectively, the “ Non-Issuer Transfer Closing Purchaser Deliverables ”):
(i) Counterparts to this Agreement, duly executed by the Purchaser.
(ii) Counterparts to a Bill of Sale and Assignment Agreement in respect of the related Non-Issuer Transfer Assets, duly executed by the Purchaser
(iii) Counterparts to the Assignment and Assumption Agreement respect to such Non-Issuer Transfer Asset Group, duly executed by the Purchaser.
(iv) Counterparts to the Transition Subservicing Agreement, duly executed by the Purchaser.
(v) The related Purchase Price, payable in accordance with Section 2.01 and Section 2.04, subject to Section 2.11 below.

23


 

(vi) An opinion of counsel relating to corporate matters of the Purchaser, in a form reasonably acceptable to Seller.
(vii) A Secretary’s Certificate of the Purchaser, in a form reasonably acceptable to Seller.
(viii) Counterparts to the Escrow Agreement, duly executed by the Purchaser.
     (b) On or prior to an Issuer Transfer Closing, the Purchaser shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to the Seller (or its designee) originals, or copies if specified, of the following agreements, documents and other items (collectively, the “ Issuer Transfer Closing Purchaser Deliverables ” and together with the Non-Issuer Transfer Closing Purchaser Deliverables, the “ Purchaser Deliverables ”):
(i) The items described in clauses (i), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii) and (viii) of Section 2.07(a), to the extent not delivered on a prior Closing Date;
(ii) Counterparts to a Bill of Sale and Assignment Agreement with respect to such Issuer Transfer Asset Group, duly executed by the Purchaser.
(iii) Counterparts to the Assignment and Assumption Agreement with respect to such Issuer Transfer Asset Group duly executed by the Purchaser.
(iv) Counterparts to the Ginnie Mae Issuer Transfer Documents with respect to such Asset Group duly executed by the Purchaser.
(v) The Issuer Transfer Purchase Price and the Participations Purchase Price with respect to such Issuer Transfer Asset Group, payable in accordance with Section 2.01 and Section 2.04, subject to Section 2.11 below.
(vi) Counterparts to the Acknowledgment Agreement, duly executed by the Purchaser.
(vii) Counterparts to the Pledge Agreement, duly executed by the Purchaser.
     Section 2.08 Conditions to the Obligations of the Purchaser.
     (a) The obligations of the Purchaser to effectuate the transactions contemplated by a Non-Issuer Transfer Closing are subject to the satisfaction (or waiver in writing by Purchaser), at or prior to such Non-Issuer Transfer Closing Date, of each of the following conditions:
(i) Minimum Threshold . The aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of the Reverse Mortgage Loans related to such Asset Group and all other Asset Groups for which a Closing has occurred (or shall occur on the same Closing Date) is equal to or in excess of $10,000,000,000.

24


 

(ii) Delivery of Seller Deliverables . The Seller shall have made delivery to the Purchaser of the related Non-Issuer Transfer Closing Seller Deliverables.
(iii) Required Approvals . The Required Approvals with respect to such Non-Issuer Transfer Assets and the related Assumed Obligations shall have been obtained.
(iv) Assignment and Assumption Agreements . Receipt by the Purchaser of counterparts to the Assignment and Assumption Agreement in respect of the related Non-Issuer Transfer Assets, duly executed by each party thereto (other than the Purchaser).
(v) Fannie Mae Approval with respect to Group 6 Assets . With respect to the Group 6 Assets, the transactions contemplated hereby with respect to the Group 6 Assets and the related Assumed Obligations has been approved in writing by Fannie Mae and evidence thereof shall have been delivered to the Purchaser.
(vi) Trustee Approval and Rating Agency Approval with respect to the Group 8 Assets . With respect to the Group 8 Assets, the transactions contemplated hereby with respect to the Group 8 Assets and the related Assumed Obligations have been approved in writing by the related trustee(s), rating agencies and any other necessary parties in connection with the related securitization, in each case, as may be required by the related Assumed Contracts or securitization documents.
(vii) Representations : The representations and warranties made by the Seller in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects and shall continue to be true and correct in all material respects on the Non-Issuer Transfer Closing Date.
(viii) Compliance with this Agreement : All of the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Agreement required to be complied with and performed by the Seller at or prior to the Non-Issuer Transfer Closing Date shall have been duly complied with and performed in all material respects.
     (b) The obligations of the Purchaser to effectuate the transactions contemplated by an Issuer Transfer Closing are subject to the satisfaction (or waiver in writing by Purchaser), at or prior to the Issuer Transfer Closing Date, of each of the following conditions:
(i) Minimum Threshold . The aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of the Reverse Mortgage Loans related to such Asset Group and all other Asset Groups for which a Closing has occurred (or shall occur on the same Closing Date) is equal to or in excess of $10,000,000,000.
(ii) Delivery of Seller Deliverables . The Seller shall have made delivery to the Purchaser of the related Issuer Transfer Closing Seller Deliverables.

25


 

(iii) Required Approvals . The Required Approvals with respect to such Issuer Transfer Asset Group and the related Assumed Obligations shall have been obtained.
(iii) Assignment and Assumption Agreements . Receipt by the Purchaser of counterparts to the Assignment and Assumption Agreement with respect to such Issuer Transfer Asset Group, duly executed by each party thereto (other than the Purchaser).
(iv) Ginnie Mae Approval . The Ginnie Mae Issuer Transfer Documents with respect to such Issuer Transfer Asset Group and the Acknowledgment Agreement (with respect to Group 1 Assets) shall have been executed by Ginnie Mae and delivered to the Purchaser.
(v) Representations : The representations and warranties made by the Seller in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects and shall continue to be true and correct in all material respects on the Issuer Transfer Closing Date.
(vi) Compliance with this Agreement : All of the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Agreement required to be complied with and performed by the Seller at or prior to such Issuer Transfer Closing Date shall have been duly complied with and performed in all material respects.
     Section 2.09 Conditions to the Obligations of the Seller.
     (a) The obligations of the Seller to effectuate the transactions contemplated by an Non-Issuer Transfer Closing are subject to the satisfaction (or waiver in writing by Seller), at or prior to the related Non-Issuer Transfer Closing Date, of each of the following conditions:
(i) Delivery of Purchaser Deliverables . The Purchaser shall have made delivery to the Seller of the Non-Issuer Transfer Closing Purchaser Deliverables.
(ii) Required Approvals . The Required Approvals with respect to such Non-Issuer Transfer Asset Group and the related Assumed Obligations shall have been obtained.
(iii) Assignment and Assumption Agreements . Receipt by the Seller of counterparts to the Assignment and Assumption Agreement in respect of the related Non-Issuer Transfer Assets, duly executed by each party thereto (other than the Seller).
(iv) Fannie Mae Approval with respect to Group 6 Assets . With respect to the Group 6 Assets, the transactions contemplated hereby with respect to the Group 6 Assets and the related Assumed Obligations have been approved in writing by Fannie Mae and evidence thereof shall have been delivered to the Seller.

26


 

(v) Trustee Approval and Rating Agency Approval with respect to the Group 8 Assets . With respect to the Group 8 Assets, the transactions contemplated hereby with respect to the Group 8 Assets and the related Assumed Obligations have been approved in writing by the related trustee, rating agencies and any other necessary parties in connection with the related securitization, in each case, as may be required by the related Assumed Contracts or securitization documents.
(vi) Representations : The representations and warranties made by the Purchaser in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects and shall continue to be true and correct in all material respects on the Non-Issuer Transfer Closing Date.
(vii) Compliance with this Agreement : All of the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Agreement required to be complied with and performed by the Purchaser at or prior to such Non-Issuer Transfer Closing Date shall have been duly complied with and performed in all material respects.
     (b) The obligations of the Seller to effectuate the transactions contemplated by an Issuer Transfer Closing are subject to the satisfaction (or waiver in writing by Seller), at or prior to the related Issuer Transfer Closing Date, of each of the following conditions:
(i) Delivery of Purchaser Deliverables . The Purchaser shall have made delivery to the Seller of the related Issuer Transfer Closing Seller Deliverables.
(ii) Required Approvals . The Required Approvals with respect to such Issuer Transfer Asset Group and the related Assumed Obligations shall have been obtained.
(iii) Assignment and Assumption Agreements . Receipt by the Seller of counterparts to the Assignment and Assumption Agreement with respect to such Issuer Transfer Asset Group duly executed by each party thereto (other than the Seller).
(iv) Ginnie Mae Approval . The Ginnie Mae Issuer Transfer Documents with respect to such Issuer Transfer Asset Group and the Acknowledgment Agreement (with respect to Group 1 Assets) shall have been executed by Ginnie Mae and delivered to the Seller.
(v) Representations : The representations and warranties made by the Seller in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects and shall continue to be true and correct in all material respects on the Issuer Transfer Closing Date.
(vi) Compliance with this Agreement : All of the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Agreement required to be complied with and performed by the Seller at or prior to the Issuer Transfer Closing Date shall have been duly complied with and performed in all material respects.

27


 

     Section 2.10 Termination of Agreement Due to Nonsatisfaction of Condition
     In the event any of the conditions to the obligations of the Purchaser set forth in Section 2.08(a) and 2.08(b) of this Agreement have not been satisfied or waived on or prior to March 1, 2012 with respect to the Group 1 Assets, Group 3 Assets, Group 5 Assets, Group 6 Assets or Group 8 Assets, and as a result such Closing has not occurred on or prior to such date, the Purchaser may, upon written notice to the Seller, terminate this Agreement with respect to any such Asset Group in all respects. In the event any of the conditions to the obligations of the Seller set forth in Section 2.09(a) and 2.09(b) of this Agreement have not been satisfied or waived on or prior to March 1, 2012 with respect to the Group 1 Assets, Group 3 Assets, Group 5 Assets, Group 6 Assets and Group 8 Assets, and as a result such Closing has not occurred on or prior to such date, the Seller may, upon written notice to the Purchaser, terminate this Agreement with respect to any such Asset Group in all respects. In the event any of the conditions to the obligations of the Purchaser set forth in Section 2.08(a) and 2.08(b) of this Agreement have not been satisfied or waived on or prior to January 1, 2013 with respect to the Group 2 Assets, Group 4 Assets or Group 7 Assets, and as a result such Closing has not occurred on or prior to such date, the Purchaser may, upon written notice to the Seller, terminate this Agreement with respect to any such Asset Group in all respects. In the event any of the conditions to the obligations of the Seller set forth in Section 2.09(a) and 2.09(b) of this Agreement have not been satisfied or waived on or prior to January 1, 2013 with respect to the Group 2 Assets, Group 4 Assets or Group 7 Assets, and as a result such Closing has not occurred on or prior to such date, the Seller may, upon written notice to the Purchaser, terminate this Agreement with respect to any such Asset Group in all respects.
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; INDEMNIFICATION
     Section 3.01 Representations and Warranties of the Seller.
     The Seller hereby makes, for the benefit of the Purchaser, the representations and warranties set forth on Exhibit B to this Agreement as of the date hereof, and shall be deemed to have made, for the benefit of the Purchaser, the representations and warranties set forth on Exhibit B to this Agreement on each Non-Issuer Transfer Closing Date and each Issuer Transfer Closing Date, in each case as of such date. It is understood and agreed that the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 3.01 and Exhibit B to this Agreement shall survive the sale and delivery of the Assets to Purchaser and shall inure to the benefit of Purchaser, notwithstanding any restrictive or qualified endorsement or any examination or failure to examine any mortgage file.
     Section 3.02 Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser.
     The Purchaser hereby makes, for the benefit of the Seller, the representations and warranties set forth on Exhibit C to this Agreement as of the date hereof, and shall be deemed to have made, for the benefit of the Seller, the representations and warranties set forth on Exhibit C to this Agreement on each Non-Issuer Transfer Closing Date and each Issuer Transfer Closing

28


 

Date, in each case as of such date. It is understood and agreed that the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 3.01 and Exhibit C to this Agreement shall survive the sale and delivery of the Assets to Purchaser and shall inure to the benefit of Seller.
     Section 3.03 Indemnification.
     (a) The Seller shall indemnify and defend the Purchaser and its officers, directors, employees, and agents (each a “ Purchaser Indemnitee ”), and hold any Purchaser Indemnitee, harmless against any Indemnifiable Losses incurred by any Purchaser Indemnitee resulting from any claim, demand, defense or assertion based on or grounded upon, or resulting from:
(i) the non-fulfillment of any obligation or covenant of the Seller contained in this Agreement (including the exhibits and schedules hereto); or
(ii) any material breach of the Seller’s representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.01 and Exhibit B of this Agreement; or
(iii) the failure of the Seller or any other prior servicer or subservicer (each a “ Prior Servicer ”) of any Reverse Mortgage Loan to service the Reverse Mortgage Loans in accordance with Applicable Law, the Ginnie Mae Guides, the HUD Handbook or the Assumed Contracts, as applicable, prior to the related Servicing Transfer Date including, but not limited to: (1) any such failure related to any omission or failure to act by or on behalf of the Seller in respect of any Reverse Mortgage Loan that became due and payable prior to the related Closing Date and (2) any such failure related to any moratorium on foreclosures in respect of mortgage loans called by the Seller; or
(iv) any servicing issues in respect of the Reverse Mortgage Loans prior to the related Servicing Transfer Date related to the BANA-Serviced Assets disclosed to the Purchaser by the Seller in the letter to the Purchaser dated October 7, 2011; or
(v) with respect to the Group 1 Assets, Group 2 Assets, Group 3 Assets, Group 4 Assets, Group 5 Assets and Group 7 Assets, (1) any act, omission or circumstance that would constitute a breach of the Underlying Representations and Warranties with respect to a Reverse Mortgage Loan related to such Asset Group, as finally determined by either mutual agreement of the Seller and Purchaser or by final judgment of the trial court or administrative body having jurisdiction over any related Proceeding, and (2) any alleged act, omission or circumstance that would constitute a breach of the Underlying Representations and Warranties with respect to a Reverse Mortgage Loan related to such Asset Group if the related allegations are deemed to be accurate, which has not been finally determined by either mutual agreement of the Seller and Purchaser or by final judgment of the trial court or administrative body having jurisdiction over any related Proceeding (the amounts described in clauses (1) and (2) of this subsection “ Loan Level Indemnification Amounts ”); or

29


 

(vi) with respect to the Group 6 Assets and the Group 8 Assets only, any alleged act or omission of the Seller or any Prior Servicer prior to the related Servicing Transfer Date or any alleged act or omission of any party related to the origination of any Reverse Mortgage Loan related to the Group 6 Assets or the Group 8 Assets, that causes the Purchaser to incur any losses, damages, deficiencies, claims, penalties, fines, forfeitures or reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) which are in excess of $250,000 (“ Significant Unreimbursed Securitization Expenses ”); or
(vii) any material inaccuracies concerning the information set forth in the Mortgage Loan Schedule or the failure to include information in the Mortgage Loan Schedule required to be contained therein, or any material inaccuracies in the data fields (based on the Seller’s methodology for capturing and, where applicable calculating, the data fields) provided by the Seller which are required in connection with the transfer of the primary servicing to the Purchaser and that are material to the primary servicing of the Reverse Mortgage Loans; or
(viii) any regulator alleging or determining that the provision of ACH transfer capability is an inadequate substitute for On-Line Access under Applicable Law; or
(ix) any actual or alleged fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct in connection with the preparation, execution or delivery of Mortgages, assignments of Mortgages or releases of Mortgages in respect of any Reverse Mortgage Loans originated by Seattle Savings Bank or its affiliates, or acquired by the Seller from Seattle Savings Bank or its affiliates on or before the related Servicing Transfer Date..
     (b) The Purchaser shall indemnify and defend the Seller and its officers, directors, employees, and agents (each a “ Seller Indemnitee ”), and hold any Seller Indemnitee, harmless against any Indemnifiable Losses incurred by any Seller Indemnitee resulting from any claim, demand, defense or assertion based on or grounded upon, or resulting from:
(i) the non-fulfillment of any obligation or covenant of the Purchaser contained in this Agreement (including the exhibits and schedules hereto); or
(ii) any material breach of the Purchaser’s representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.01 and Exhibit C of this Agreement; or
(iii) the failure of Purchaser or any subservicer of Purchaser (excluding the Seller) to service the Reverse Mortgage Loans in accordance with Applicable Law, the Ginnie Mae Guides, the HUD Handbook or the Assumed Contracts, as applicable, on and after the related Servicing Transfer Date; or
(iv) the termination of Purchaser as a Ginnie-Mae approved Issuer.

30


 

     (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the Seller and the Purchaser hereby agree:
(i) The Seller shall only be required to pay 50% of the Indemnifiable Losses described in clause (a)(v)(2) above (unless any such amounts also constitute Indemnifiable Losses pursuant to clause (a)(v)(1) above).
(ii) In no event shall the Seller or the Purchaser be required to indemnify the other party or its respective officers, directors, employees or agents for any Indemnifiable Losses incurred by any of them in respect of any claim, demand, defense or assertion unless either (1) the total amount of Indemnifiable Losses in respect of such claim, demand, defense or assertion exceeds $5,000, in which case the indemnifying party shall be required to pay the full amount (or, with respect to Indemnifiable Losses described in clause (a)(v)(2) above, 50%) of the related Indemnifiable Losses, (2) the Indemnifiable Losses are incurred pursuant to clause (a)(iv) or clause (a)(ix) above, or (3) the aggregate amount of Indemnifiable Losses incurred within any calendar year pursuant to clause (a)(v) above is equal to or greater than $1,000,000.
     (d) Each of the Seller and Purchaser shall take all reasonable and appropriate actions to mitigate any Indemnifiable Losses; provided, however , that any such failure of mitigation shall not relieve Seller or Purchaser of its respective indemnification obligations in this Section 3.03, except that the indemnifying party may reduce the amount owed to the Indemnified Party to the extent any such losses incurred by the Indemnified Party were due to the failure of the Indemnified Party to take reasonable and appropriate actions to mitigate Indemnifiable Losses.
     Section 3.04 Indemnification Notice; Claim Notice.
     (a) If a party entitled to indemnity pursuant to Section 3.03 (the “ Claimant ”) believes that it has suffered or incurred any Indemnifiable Losses, it shall use commercially reasonable efforts to so notify the party which the Claimant believes has an obligation to indemnify (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) in writing, which notice shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the required information set forth in Schedule 16 to the extent the information required therein is reasonably available (the “ Claims Request Data Form ”) and any supporting documentation for any such indemnity claim, and to the extent feasible and appropriate considering all of the circumstances, a description of any Indemnifiable Losses or potential Indemnifiable Losses to the extent known (the “ Indemnification Notice ”). If any Proceeding is instituted by or against a third party with respect to which the Claimant intends to claim any Liability or expense as Indemnifiable Losses under this Article III, it shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to promptly notify the Indemnifying Party in writing of such Proceeding describing such Indemnifiable Losses and shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the information set forth in the Claims Request Data Form for any such claim to the extent the information required therein is reasonably available, and to the extent feasible and appropriate considering all of the circumstances, the amount thereof, if known, and the method of computation of such Indemnifiable Losses, all with reasonable particularity (the “ Claim Notice ”) in lieu of an Indemnification Notice. The failure to timely give an Indemnification Notice or Claim Notice

31


 

shall not affect the rights of a Claimant and shall not relieve any Indemnifying Party from any liability it may have to any Claimant, except (i) to the extent the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced or harmed by such failure, or (ii) to the extent failure to promptly notify the Indemnifying Party of such Proceeding can reasonably be deemed to increase the Liability or expense to the Claimant, in which case, the Indemnifying Party shall not be obligated to reimburse the Claimant for the amount of such increase in liability or expense.
     (b) If the Purchaser, as Claimant, reasonably believes that it has suffered Loan Level Indemnification Amounts or Significant Unreimbursed Securitization Expenses, it shall specify in the related Indemnification Notice or Claims Notice, as applicable, that such claim for indemnification is related to a Loan Level Indemnification Amount or a Significant Unreimbursed Securitization Expense, and shall provide supporting documentation with respect to any such claim. The Purchaser shall provide any additional information reasonably requested by the Seller in a timely manner and available to the Purchaser in respect of any information set forth on any such Indemnification Notice or Claims Notice. On the 15th day following receipt by the Seller of an Indemnification Notice or Claims Notice in respect of Loan Level Indemnification Amounts or Significant Unreimbursed Securitization Expenses and such supporting documentation, including the required information in the Claims Request Data Form, the Seller shall pay to the Purchaser the Loan Level Indemnification Amounts or Significant Unreimbursed Securitization Expenses, as applicable, identified in such Indemnification Notice or Claims Notice. In the event the Purchaser provides the Seller an any Claims Request Data Form missing any material information needed by the Seller to process any such claim, any related claim or indemnity payment to the Purchaser may be delayed until such information is received by the Seller.
     (c) On the 15th of each January, April, June and October, to the extent that during the three calendar months immediately preceding such date there has been a final determination by either mutual agreement of the Seller and Purchaser or by final judgment of the trial court or administrative body having jurisdiction over any related Proceeding in respect of any Indemnification Notice or Claims Notice submitted by the Purchaser pursuant to clause (a)(v)(2) of Section 3.03 above, the Seller shall pay to the Purchaser the excess of (i) the amount of Indemnifiable Losses incurred by the Purchaser described in clause (a)(v)(1) of Section 3.03 above over (ii) the amount of Indemnifiable Losses previously paid by the Seller to the Purchaser in respect of the related claim pursuant to clause (a)(v)(2) of Section 3.03 and clause (c)(i) of Section 3.03 above.
     Section 3.05 Defense of Third Person Claims.
     The Indemnifying Party shall have ten (10) calendar days after receipt of the Claim Notice to notify the Claimant that it acknowledges its obligation to indemnify and hold harmless the Claimant with respect to the Indemnifiable Losses set forth in the Claim Notice and that it elects to conduct and control any Proceeding with respect to an identifiable claim (the “ Election Notice ”). If the Indemnifying Party gives a Disagreement Notice or does not give the foregoing Election Notice during such 10-day period, the Claimant shall have the right (but not the obligation) to defend, contest, settle or compromise such Proceeding in the exercise of its reasonable discretion; provided, however, that the right of the Claimant to indemnification

32


 

hereunder shall not be conclusively established thereby. If the Indemnifying Party timely gives the foregoing Election Notice and provides information satisfactory to the Claimant in its reasonable discretion confirming the Indemnifying Party’s financial capacity to defend such Indemnifiable Losses and provide indemnification with respect to such Indemnifiable Losses, the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to undertake, conduct and control, through counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Claimant and, subject to the provisions set forth below, at the Indemnifying Party’s sole expense, the conduct and settlement of such Proceeding, including, but limited to, controlling all negotiations, litigation, arbitration, settlements, compromises and appeals of any claim, and the Claimant shall cooperate with the Indemnifying Party in connection therewith; provided, however, that (a) the Indemnifying Party shall not (i) thereby consent to the imposition of any injunction against the Claimant without the prior written consent of the Claimant or (ii) agree to any settlement involving any Claimant that contains any element other than the payment of money and complete indemnification and an unconditional release of the Claimant without the prior written consent of the affected Claimant, (b) the Indemnifying Party shall permit the Claimant to participate in such conduct or settlement through legal counsel chosen by the Claimant, but the fees and expenses of such legal counsel shall be borne by the Claimant unless (i) the Indemnifying Party shall have agreed in writing to the continuing participation of such counsel, (ii) the Indemnifying Party has not in fact employed counsel to assume the defense of such action within a reasonable time after receiving notice of the commencement of the action, (iii) the named parties to any such Proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Party and the Claimant and representation of both parties by the same counsel would, in the opinion of Claimant’s outside legal counsel, be inappropriate due to the actual or potential differing interests between them, or (iv) the Claimant has reasonably concluded (based upon advice of counsel to the Claimant) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Party, (c) upon a final determination of such Proceeding, the Indemnifying Party shall promptly reimburse the Claimant, to the extent required under this Article III, for the full amount of any Indemnifiable Losses incurred by the Claimant, except fees and expenses of legal counsel that the Claimant incurred after the assumption of the conduct and control of such Proceeding by the Indemnifying Party in good faith, (d) the Claimant shall have the right to pay or settle any such Proceeding; provided Claimant has presented such settlement proposal to the Indemnifying Party and if the Indemnifying Party fails to respond to such proposal within the time frame requested, but in any event, within five Business Days of receipt of such proposal, the Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have consented to such settlement proposal; provided however, that in the event of such payment or settlement which is not consented to or deemed to have been consented to by the Indemnifying Party, the Claimant shall waive any right to indemnity therefor by the Indemnifying Party and no amount in respect thereof shall be claimed as Indemnifiable Losses under this Article III and (e) the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to settle such Proceeding with the consent of the Claimant provided that such settlement (i) includes a provision unconditionally releasing the Claimant from all liability in respect of claims by any releasing party related to or arising out of any transactions or conduct in connection therewith and (ii) does not include a statement as to or admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any such Claimant. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Indemnifying Party shall not be entitled to assume or maintain control of the defense of any Proceeding, shall not be entitled to settle or compromise any such Proceeding, and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel retained by the Claimant,

33


 

if (a) the Proceeding relates to or arises in connection with any criminal proceeding, action, indictment, allegation or investigation, (b) the Proceeding seeks injunctive or equitable relief against the Claimant, or (c) the Indemnifying Party has not elected to defend or is failing to defend in good faith the Proceeding.
     Section 3.06 Disagreement Notice.
     If the Indemnifying Party does not agree that the Claimant is entitled to full reimbursement for the amount specified in the Indemnification Notice or the Claim Notice, as the case may be, the Indemnifying Party shall notify the Claimant (the “ Disagreement Notice ”) within ten (10) calendar days of its receipt of the Indemnification Notice or the Claim Notice, as the case may be.
     Section 3.07 Payment of Indemnifiable Losses.
     To the extent not previously paid in connection with Loan Level Indemnification Amounts or Significant Unreimbursed Securitization Expenses, the Indemnifying Party shall pay to the Claimant in cash the amount to which the Claimant may become entitled by reason of the provisions of this Article III within ten (10) Business Days after such amount is finally determined either by mutual agreement of the parties, in the case of Indemnifiable Losses described in any Claim Notice, the date on which both such amount and Claimant’s obligation to pay such amount have been finally determined by judgment of the trial court or administrative body having jurisdiction over such Proceeding.
     Section 3.08 Net Recovery.
     The amount of any Indemnifiable Losses for which indemnification is provided under Section 3.03 shall be net of any amounts actually recovered by the Indemnified Parties (i) under any insurance policies, including, but not limited to, FHA Insurance, with respect to such Indemnifiable Losses or (ii) pursuant to the related Assumed Contract or in accordance with the related Assumed Obligations. The Indemnified Parties shall (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to make any and all insurance claims relating to any claim for which it is seeking indemnification under this Article III and (ii) pursue reimbursement for any Indemnifiable Losses in accordance with the terms of the related Assumed Contract or Assumed Obligation, as applicable, to the fullest extent permitted thereunder prior to seeking indemnification under Section 3.03. The amount of any Indemnifiable Losses claimed by an Indemnified Party hereunder shall be reduced to the extent the Indemnified Parties have actually recovered any amounts from third parties with respect to the matters relating to such Indemnifiable Losses. In the event an Indemnified Party subsequently recovers any Indemnifiable Loans from third parties in respect of which it has been previously indemnified hereunder, the Indemnified Party shall forward any such proceeds received by it to the Indemnifying Party within five (5) Business Days of receipt.

34


 

     Section 3.09 Repurchase Procedure; Repurchases of Reverse Mortgage Loans from HMBS Pools.
     On and after the applicable Closing Date, in the event that any Reverse Mortgage Loan becomes a Mandatory Repurchased Loan, Ginnie Mae Defective Loan or Collateral Deficient Loan, the Purchaser may seek reimbursement, repurchase or indemnification from the Seller under the following circumstances and in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09.
     (a)  Notice . Upon receipt by the Purchaser of a Ginnie Mae Repurchase Notice by Ginnie Mae indicating that any Reverse Mortgage Loan is a Mandatory Repurchased Loan, Ginnie Mae Defective Loan or Collateral Deficient Loan and requiring repurchase of such Reverse Mortgage Loan, the Purchaser shall give prompt written notice thereof to the Seller. In order to constitute notice under this Section 3.09(a), such notice from Purchaser shall be include the required information in the Claims Request Data Form to the extent reasonably available, together with a copy of the applicable Ginnie Mae Repurchase Notice and any documents provided to Purchaser in connection therewith.
     (b)  Repurchase of Reverse Mortgage Loans from HMBS Pool. Following the applicable Issuer Transfer Closing Date, the following shall apply to any Mandatory Repurchased Loan, Optional Repurchased Loan, Ginnie Mae Defective Loan and Collateral Deficient Loan:
(i) Repurchases during the Interim Servicing Period .
     (A) Mandatory Repurchased Loans during Interim Servicing Period. During the Interim Servicing Period, with respect to the Reverse Mortgage Loans related to the Group 1 Assets, not later than the last Business Day of each month (each a “ Group 1 MCA Reporting Date ”), Seller shall provide to Purchaser a 98% maximum claim report (the “ Group 1 MCA Report ”) identifying any Mortgage Loan that has become a Mandatory Repurchased Loan in such month. Purchaser, as Issuer, shall be responsible for timely submitting all required Ginnie Mae forms to effectuate the purchase of any Mandatory Repurchased Loans from the related HMBS Pool. Seller shall purchase all Participations related to any such Mandatory Repurchased Loan from Purchaser by remitting on the Ginnie Mae Drafting Date following the related Group 1 MCA Reporting Date, an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Outstanding Principal Amount of any Participations related to the Mandatory Repurchased Loan plus accrued interest thereon as required by the Ginnie Mae Guide (each such amount, the “ Release Price ”) identified on the related Group 1 MCA Report to Issuer’s central P&I Account (the “ Ginnie Mae Drafting Account ”). Upon deposit by Seller of the related Release Price into the Ginnie Mae Drafting Account, Purchaser shall reassign any such Mandatory Repurchased Loan back to Seller in accordance with Section 3.09(c) below and Seller shall own all right, title and interest in the Mandatory Repurchased Loan, the related Servicing Rights and the related Participations.

35


 

     (B) Collateral Deficient Loans and Ginnie Mae Defective Loans during Interim Servicing Period. During the Interim Servicing Period, with respect to the Reverse Mortgage Loans related to the Group 1 Assets, upon receipt by Purchaser of any Ginnie Mae Repurchase Request from Ginnie Mae that any Mortgage Loan is a Collateral Deficient Loan or a Ginnie Mae Defective Loan, Purchaser shall give prompt written notice to Seller, together with all supporting documentation. In the event that Seller is not able to correct or cure any Collateral Deficient Loan or Ginnie Mae Defective Loan within the time period permitted by Ginnie Mae (each a “ Cure Period ”), Seller shall purchase any such Collateral Deficient Loan or Ginnie Mae Defective Loan, as applicable, including all related Participations, from Purchaser by remitting on the Ginnie Mae Drafting Date following the date such repurchase is required by Ginnie Mae to be effectuated, an amount equal to the related Release Price of such Collateral Deficient Loan or Ginnie Mae Defective Loan, as applicable. Purchaser, as Issuer, shall be responsible for timely submitting all required Ginnie Mae forms to effectuate the purchase of any Collateral Deficient Loan or Ginnie Mae Defective Loan from the related HMBS Pool. Upon deposit by Seller of the related Release Price into the Ginnie Mae Drafting Account, Purchaser shall reassign such Repurchased Loan back to Seller in accordance with Section 3.09(c) below and Seller shall own all right, title and interest in the Collateral Deficient Loan or Ginnie Mae Defective Loan, as applicable, the related Servicing Rights and the related Participations.
(ii) Repurchases Following the related Servicing Transfer Date (Group 1 Assets) and for Third-Party Serviced Assets .
     (A) With respect to any Reverse Mortgage Loans related to the Group 1 Assets for which the Servicing Transfer Date has occurred or any Reverse Mortgage Loans related to any Third-Party Serviced Assets, on the 5th Business Day of each month (each a “ Monthly Reporting Date ”), the Purchaser shall provide a monthly report, which report shall consolidate the reports of the Participation Agents related to the Third-Party Serviced Assets (each a “ Monthly Repurchase Report ”) to the Seller for the Mortgage Loans setting forth: (i) the aggregate reimbursement amount (each a “ Reimbursement Amount ”) for all Mandatory Repurchased Loans, Collateral Deficient Loans and Ginnie Mae Defective Loans purchased by the Purchaser from Ginnie Mae during the prior month; (ii) identifying all Mandatory Repurchased Loans, Collateral Deficient Loans and Ginnie Mae Defective Loans and (iii) identifying all Mortgage Loans that are equal to or greater than 92% of the Maximum Claim Amount. On the second Business Day following receipt by the Seller of the related Monthly Repurchase Report (each a “ Reimbursement Date ”), the Seller shall pay to the Purchaser an amount equal to the related Reimbursement Amount set forth on the related Monthly Repurchase Report by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by Purchaser to Seller. The Purchaser shall provide any additional information reasonably requested by the Seller for purposes of reconciling or confirming the information contained in any Monthly

36


 

Repurchase Report, including providing all necessary supporting documentation with respect to any repurchase claim.
     (B) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, with respect to any Collateral Deficient Loan or a Ginnie Mae Defective Loan, upon receipt by Purchaser of any Ginnie Mae Repurchase Request from Ginnie Mae that any Mortgage Loan is a Collateral Deficient Loan or a Ginnie Mae Defective Loan, as applicable, Purchaser shall give prompt written notice to Seller, together with all supporting documentation. In the event that Seller is not able to correct or cure any Collateral Deficient Loan or Ginnie Mae Defective Loan within the related Cure Period, Seller shall purchase any such Collateral Deficient Loan or Ginnie Mae Defective Loan, as applicable, including all related Participations, from Purchaser by remitting on the Reimbursement Date following the date such repurchase is required by Ginnie Mae to be effectuated, an amount equal to the related Release Price of such Collateral Deficient Loan or Ginnie Mae Defective Loan, as applicable. Purchaser, as Issuer, shall be responsible for timely submitting all required Ginnie Mae forms to effectuate the purchase of any Collateral Deficient Loan, Ginnie Mae Defective Loan or Mandatory Repurchased Loan, as applicable, from the related HMBS Pool. Upon deposit by Seller of the related Release Price into the account designated by the Purchaser, Purchaser shall reassign such Repurchased Loan, including the related Servicing Rights (for any Group 1 Assets) back to Seller in accordance with Section 3.09(c) below and Seller shall own all right, title and interest in the Collateral Deficient Loan, Ginnie Mae Defective Loan or Mandatory Repurchased Loan, as applicable, the related Servicing Rights (for any Group 1 Assets) and the related Participations.
(iii) Optional Repurchased Loans from HMBS Pools . The Purchaser shall own all Optional Repurchased Loans and the Seller shall have no further liability or obligations with respect to such Optional Repurchased Loans. Any Optional Repurchased Loan shall be serviced as provided in Section 3.09(c).
     (c)  Servicing of Repurchased Loans; Servicing Fees.
      (i) Servicing of Repurchased Loans . In connection with any Reverse Mortgage Loan repurchased by the Seller in accordance with this Section 3.09, Seller and Purchaser hereby agree that Purchaser or the applicable Third-Party Servicer, as applicable, shall continue to service any such Repurchased Loan:
(a) with respect to any Optional Repurchased Loan: (a) related to the Group 1 Assets or the Group 3 Assets, in the sole discretion of Purchaser or (b) related to any Third-Party Serviced Asset, the applicable Third-Party Servicer shall service in accordance with the related Underlying Servicing Agreement; and
(b) with respect to any Mandatory Repurchased Loan, Collateral Deficient Loan or Ginnie Mae Defective Loan: (a) related to the Group 1 Assets, on Seller’s

37


 

behalf, in accordance with the Subservicing Agreement, (b) related to any Third-Party Serviced Asset, on the Seller’s behalf, the applicable Third-Party Servicer shall service in accordance with the related Underlying Servicing Agreement.
     (ii)  Servicing Fees and Subservicing Fees . With respect to any Repurchased Loan, Seller shall be entitled to receive the related Servicing Fee and Purchaser shall no longer be entitled to any such Servicing Fee for such Repurchased Loan. Upon the actual transfer of the servicing of any such Repurchased Loan from Seller to Purchaser, Purchaser shall be entitled to the Subservicing Fee set forth in the Subservicing Agreement for such Repurchased Loan.
     (d)  Reassignment of Repurchased Loans . Upon repurchase by the Seller from the Purchaser of any Reverse Mortgage Loan (including all related Servicing Rights and related Participations with respect to any Reverse Mortgage Loan related to any HMBS Pool), in accordance with this Section 3.09, the Purchaser shall update the Purchaser’s servicing system to reflect the Seller as the owner of such Reverse Mortgage Loan, and shall arrange for the reassignment of such Reverse Mortgage Loan, including the related Servicing Rights to Seller or its designee and the delivery to such party of any documents held by or received by Purchaser or its custodian relating such Repurchased Loan.
     (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Seller have any obligations pursuant to this Section 3.09 in respect of any Ginnie Mae Defective Loan to the extent that any Reverse Mortgage Loan becomes a Ginnie Mae Defective Loan as a direct result or any action or inaction of Purchaser or any Subservicer of Purchaser (excluding the Seller as subservicer of Purchaser) on or after the applicable Closing Date.
     Section 3.10 Sole Remedy.
     Except as provided in Sections 2.03, 3.03, 3.09 and the right of the Purchaser to seek specific performance of any obligations of the Seller set forth in this Agreement after the related Closing Date, the right to indemnification under this Article III, subject to all of the terms, conditions and limitations hereof, shall constitute the sole and exclusive right and remedy available to any party hereto for any actual or threatened breach of this Agreement or in the event there is any violation of laws in connection with the transactions provided for in this Agreement; provided, however, that nothing herein shall limit in any way any such party’s remedies after the related Closing in respect of fraud, intentional misrepresentation or intentional misconduct by the other party in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
ARTICLE IV
COVENANTS; COSTS
     Section 4.01 Mutual Cooperation .
     To the extent possible, each of the parties hereto shall cooperate and assist the other, as reasonably requested, in carrying out the other’s covenants, agreements, duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, and in connection therewith, shall from time to time, execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause to be executed, acknowledged and delivered, all such

38


 

additional instruments, assignments, endorsements, papers, documents and instruments as may be reasonably necessary and reasonably appropriate to further express the intention, or to facilitate the performance, of this Agreement during the term hereof. The parties agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to effectuate the transfer of Assets contemplated herein.
     Section 4.02 Notice of Claim
        .
     Each party hereto shall promptly notify the other parties of any claim, threatened claim or litigation against the Seller, the Purchaser, or any of their respective employees, officers, agents and representatives arising out of or in any way related to any Reverse Mortgage Loans or the Assets purchased by the Purchaser that may come to its attention.
     Section 4.03 Custodial Agreements.
     On or prior to the applicable Closing Date, the Purchaser shall enter into a custodial agreement with a custodian designated by Purchaser and obtain any necessary Agency approvals regarding any new custodial arrangements required as a result of this transaction and shall be assigned any applicable existing custodial agreements related to the applicable Asset Groups on a Non-Issuer Transfer Closing Date and on an Issuer Transfer Closing Date, as applicable. Any fees charged by the Seller’s document custodians due to termination of custodial agreements by the Seller on or prior to the applicable Closing Date shall be borne by the Seller. The Purchaser shall pay all document custodial fees of any custodian engaged by the Purchaser. In addition, any and all fees charged for termination of a custodial arrangement after the applicable Closing Date and all fees and other charges incurred to transfer files to or from a custodian in connection with this transaction (whether before or after the applicable Closing Date) shall be paid by the Purchaser.
     Section 4.04 Costs.
     The Seller shall be responsible for all fees and expenses associated with the transaction other than those described in the following sentence, including, but not limited to, legal counsel to the Seller, assignment preparation, recordation fees, servicing transfer fees (including any reasonable and customary fees in connection with transferring any existing tax service contracts and flood contracts, as applicable, or if no tax service contracts or flood contracts are transferred with respect to a Reverse Mortgage Loan at the time the actual servicing is transferred to Purchaser, any reasonable and customary fees incurred by Purchaser in connection with obtaining any required tax service contracts or flood contracts on any BANA-Serviced Assets), as well as in connection with any third-party consents, approvals or confirmations required, including, but not limited to, any investor, trustee, rating agency, Fannie Mae or Ginnie Mae consents or approvals (including expenses related to any due diligence conducted by Seller or at Seller’s direction of the Purchaser and any designated subservicer of the Purchaser). The Purchaser shall pay for the costs of its legal counsel, its accountants, its financial advisors, the costs of any Fannie Mae, Ginnie Mae or rating agency on-site visits or other review of the Purchaser’s operations (or its third-party designees or assignees) by any such regulatory body, the costs (of any party) of entering into any custodial agreement and the transfer of any loan files, the cost of boarding the loans with Purchaser’s own servicer (including the cost of any

39


 

Section 404 notices), the cost of any consents, approvals or confirmations required by it, and the cost of any due diligence conducted by or at the direction of the Purchaser.
     Section 4.05 Credit Files; Retention of Documents; Post-Transfer Support.
     With respect to any BANA-Serviced Assets, the Seller shall be responsible for the physical storage of each credit file with respect to each Reverse Mortgage Loan and shall pay any and all fees or expenses payable to any of its custodian or any other party pursuant to the terms of any credit file custody agreements. Upon the reasonable written request of the Purchaser, the Seller shall allow Purchaser access to any such required credit files with respect to the BANA-Serviced Assets. The Seller shall not change its policy with respect to the customary disposal of any such credit file in a manner that would have a material adverse effect on the Purchaser.
     Subsequent to the applicable Closing Date, with respect to the BANA-Serviced Assets, the Seller will provide for the Purchaser, upon reasonable request, the Servicing File, which may include history ledgers, canceled checks, vouchers, bills and other pertinent documents and information to assist the Purchaser in disputes with outside agencies (e.g., taxing authorities, PMI companies, hazard insurance companies, etc.). The Seller shall provide such documentation (which may be in electronic form) within ten (10) Business Days (or sooner if possible) of written request by the Purchaser. Following the applicable Closing Date, the Seller shall make available servicing personnel qualified to assist the Purchaser in the resolution of post-transfer issues. The Seller also agrees to provide, at Purchaser’s expense, such documentation and other information (which may be in electronic form) in the Seller’s possession relating to the Reverse Mortgage Loans as may be reasonably requested by the Purchaser from time-to-time.
     Section 4.06 Antitrust Matters.
     In the event that at any time it is determined that the transactions contemplated hereby are not exempt from the requirements of the Hart Scott Rodino Act, the Seller and the Purchaser shall prepare and file, and shall in all respects cooperate with each other in the preparation and filing of, any documents required in connection with providing ratification to the Federal Trade Commission and the Antitrust Division of the Department of Justice of the transactions contemplated hereunder, and shall respond, or cooperate in responding, to any inquiry made by either with respect to such transactions. All costs associated with such filing shall be shared equally between the Seller and the Purchaser.
     Section 4.07 Public Announcement.
     The timing and content of any press release or other public announcement relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the approval of the Seller and the Purchaser.
     Section 4.08 Convenience Checks and On-Line Access .
     The Purchaser acknowledges that with respect to certain Reverse Mortgage Loans, the Mortgagor currently is permitted at no cost to (i) write a check to draw upon its line of credit

40


 

(each, a “ Convenience Check ”) and/or (ii) access its line of credit on-line (“ On-Line Access ”). The Purchaser covenants to engage a vendor to provide the same ability to the Mortgagor to draw upon such Mortgagor’s line of credit through Convenience Checks within 90 days of the Effective Date at no cost to such Mortgagor. The Seller shall assist the Purchaser in finding a vendor by providing the Purchaser with contacts at vendors whom it believes can provide this service.
     No servicing transfer shall take place with respect to any Reverse Mortgage Loans serviced by the Seller that currently permits the related Mortgagors to draw upon their lines of credit with Convenience Checks until satisfactory arrangements have been made for a vendor to provide such line of credit access with Convenience Checks following such servicing transfer. Once a vendor has been obtained, the servicing transfer of the related Reverse Mortgage Loans may occur on or after the related Servicing Transfer Date.
     For each Reverse Mortgage Loan that provides for On-Line Access, the Purchaser shall allow the related Mortgagor to make draws through written request by ACH transfer on and after the related Servicing Transfer Date at no cost to the related Mortgagor.
     Currently, the Seller’s policy (“ Termination Policy ”) is to terminate a Mortgagor’s ability to access any Convenience Checks or related On-Line Access in the event the Outstanding Principal Balance of the related Reverse Mortgage Loan is equal to or greater than 92% of the Maximum Claim Amount. Following the related Closing Date, to the extent the Purchaser changes the Termination Policy or deviates from the Termination Policy, the Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that the Seller shall have no liability to the Purchaser or any other party for any variances by the Purchaser with respect to such Termination Policy.
     Each of the Seller and the Purchaser shall cooperate in good faith and will take all appropriate action that may be necessary to notify the Mortgagors of any changes to their accounts and of any changes which occur on the related Servicing Transfer Date pursuant to a communication plan to be agreed upon between the Seller and the Purchaser. Any related costs shall be paid to the extent incurred by the related Party.
     Section 4.09 Access to Information.
     (a) If either of Seller or the Purchaser is subject to any claim, action, proceeding, investigation, inquiry, audit, or examination relating to a Reverse Mortgage Loan or the Servicing Rights following the applicable Servicing Transfer Date, the other party shall reasonably cooperate with such party and make available to such party, at the requesting party’s expense, all witnesses, pertinent records, data, documentation, materials and information in the such party’s possession or under such party’s control relating thereto as is reasonably required by the requesting party to defend or otherwise handle such claim, action, proceeding, investigation, inquiry, audit, or examination, but subject to Applicable Laws and appropriate confidentiality agreements.
     (b) In connection with any action, claim or proceeding concerning mortgage insurance with respect to any Mortgage Loan by a mortgage insurance provider, Purchaser and

41


 

Seller shall reasonably cooperate with the other party and make available to the other party any communication (including, but not limited to, any request for missing documents, notification of impending coverage rescission, notification of impending claim denial, claim denials, coverage rescissions, and curtailments), all witnesses, pertinent records, and any materials and information in it’s possession or control relating thereto as may be reasonably required by the requesting party to bring or defend such action, claim or proceeding. The cooperation obligations in this Section shall include the obligation of the Seller and the Purchaser to provide the other party with notice within a reasonable time but no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after such party becomes aware of any such action, claim or Proceeding.
     Additionally, the Seller and the Purchaser shall provide the other party prompt notice of, and provide documents or communications evidencing or relating to: (i) any lawsuit, counterclaim or third party claim involving any Reverse Mortgage Loan, (ii) any escalated consumer complaint where the allegations or claims, if true, may have a material adverse impact on any Reverse Mortgage Loan, (iii) any repurchase claim made by a third party or the Investor involving any Reverse Mortgage Loan, and (iv) any inquiry or examination by any regulator or licensing authority that involves or may impact one or more related Reverse Mortgage Loans. All such notices to the Seller shall be delivered to the address set forth in Section 5.06(b) for such purpose. All such notices to the Purchaser shall be delivered to the address set forth in Section 5.06(a).
     Section 4.10 Certain Notifications.
     Each party shall promptly notify the other in writing of the occurrence of any event which will or could reasonably be expected to result in the failure to satisfy any of the conditions to the obligations of such other party specified herein.
ARTICLE V
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
     Section 5.01 Entire Agreement.
     This Agreement, including the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the matters and transactions contemplated by this Agreement and supersedes any prior agreement and understandings, both written and oral, express or implied, among the parties hereto with respect to those matters and transactions.
     Section 5.02 Amendment.
     This Agreement may be amended from time to time by written agreement signed by each of the Seller and Purchaser.
     Section 5.03 No Implied Warranties.
     EXCEPT AS TO THOSE MATTERS EXPRESSLY COVERED BY THE REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND OTHER PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN THIS

42


 

AGREEMENT, SELLER IS NOT MAKING ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, REPRESENTATIONS AND GUARANTEES WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
     Section 5.04 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction, Etc.
     THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW WHICH SHALL GOVERN) AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PREEMPTED BY FEDERAL LAW. EACH OF THE SELLER AND EACH OF THE PURCHASER IRREVOCABLY (I) SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND THE FEDERAL COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT; (II) WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT; (III) AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW; AND (IV) CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS UPON IT BY MAILING A COPY THEREOF BY CERTIFIED MAIL ADDRESSED TO IT AS PROVIDED FOR NOTICES HEREUNDER.
     Section 5.05 Waiver of Jury Trial.
     THE SELLER AND THE PURCHASER KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
     Section 5.06 Notices.
     Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by any party to the other will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by facsimile, upon confirmation of receipt, or (b) on the second Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next day courier service. All notices shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by one party to each of the other parties to this Agreement.
  (a)   If to the Purchaser:
 
      Nationstar Mortgage LLC 350 Highland Dr.

43


 

      Lewisville, Texas 75067
Attention: General Counsel
 
  (b)   If to Seller:
 
      Bank of America, National Association
2555 W. Chandler Blvd
Chandler, AZ 85224
Attention: Lonnie Horton, Supply Chain Management
 
      With a copy to:
 
      Bank of America, National Association
4500 Park Granada
Calabasas, CA 91302
Attention: Adam Gadsby, Director and
David Sobul, Assistant General Counsel
 
      With a copy to:
 
      Bank of America Merrill Lynch
One Bryant Park
New York, New York 10036
Attention: Legal Department, Michael Berg
 
      For notices pursuant to Section 4.09:
 
      Bank of America, National Association
1515 W. 14 th Street
AZ01-807-01-29
Tempe, AZ 85281
Telephone: (480) 457-3036
Attention: Michael Kressin
Email: reverseservicinginquires@bankofamerica.com
     Section 5.07 Waiver of Conditions.
     The conditions to each party’s obligation to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are for the sole benefit of such party and may be waived by such party in whole or in part to the extent permitted by Applicable Law in its complete discretion. Any party hereto may, to the extent legally allowed, (i) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other party hereto, (ii) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties made to such party contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto and (iii) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions for the benefit of such party contained herein. No waiver will be effective unless it is in a writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the waiving party that makes express reference to the

44


 

provision or provisions subject to such waiver. The failure or delay in exercising any right under this Agreement or otherwise shall not constitute a waiver of such right.
     Section 5.08 Confidentiality.
     The Parties agree that all information disclosed to them in connection with this Agreement shall be subject to the Confidentiality Agreement, dated September 29, 2011, previously entered into by the Seller and the Purchaser. Each of the Parties shall, with respect to all Assets related to the Reverse Mortgage Loans, comply with the applicable provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “ GLB ”) and any applicable state and local privacy laws pursuant to the GLB for financial institutions and applicable state and local privacy laws.
     Section 5.09 Severability of Provisions.
     Any part, provision, representation or warranty of this Agreement which is prohibited or which is held to be void or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof. Any part, provision, representation or warranty of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable or is held to be void or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall be ineffective, as to such jurisdiction, to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction as to any Asset shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the parties hereto waive any provision of law that prohibits or renders void or unenforceable any provision hereof. If the invalidity of any part, provision, representation or warranty of this Agreement shall deprive any party of the economic benefit intended to be conferred by this Agreement, the parties shall negotiate, in good-faith, to develop a structure the economic effect of which is nearly as possible the same as the economic effect of this Agreement without regard to such invalidity.
     Section 5.10 Execution; Successors and Assigns.
     This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed to be an original; such counterparts, together, shall constitute one and the same agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Seller and the Purchaser and their respective successors and assigns. No party may assign this Agreement without the express written consent of the other parties to this Agreement.
     Section 5.11 Further Agreements.
     The Seller and the Purchaser each agree to execute and deliver to the other such additional documents, instruments or agreements as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement.

45


 

     Section 5.12 Reproduction of Documents.
     This Agreement and all documents relating thereto, including, without limitation, (a) consents, waivers and modifications which may hereafter be executed, (b) documents received by any party at related Closing and (c) financial statements, certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished, may be reproduced by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, micro-card, miniature photographic or other similar process. The parties agree that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by a party in the regular course of business, and that any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.
     Section 5.13 No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is made for the sole benefit of the Seller and the Purchaser and their respective successors, and no other Person or Persons (including any Mortgagor or co-lender or other Person with any interest in or liability under any of the Mortgage Loans) shall have any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.
[Signature Pages Follow]

46


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned parties to this Agreement has caused this Agreement to be duly executed by one of its duly authorized officers, all as of the day and year first above written.
         
  BANK OF AMERICA, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION,
as Seller
 
 
  By:   /s/ Lawrence P. Washington    
    Name:   Lawrence P. Washington   
    Title:   Managing Director   
Servicing Rights Sale and Issuer Transfer Agreement

 


 

         
         
  NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC,
as Purchaser
 
 
  By:   /s/ Gregory Oniu    
    Name:   Gregory Oniu
    Title:   Senior Vice President   
Servicing Rights Sale and Issuer Transfer Agreement

 


 

         
EXHIBIT A
PURCHASE PRICES OF ASSETS
     
Asset Group   Purchase Price
Group 1 Assets
  $4,000,000 payable to Seller
Group 2 Assets
  Price as may be mutually agreed upon by Seller and Purchaser
Group 3 Assets
  Group 3 Transfer Fee payable to Purchaser
Group 4 Assets
  Price as may be mutually agreed upon by Seller and Purchaser
Group 5 Assets
  Group 5 Transfer Fee payable to Purchaser
Group 6 Assets
  $9,000,000 payable to Seller
Group 7 Assets
  $0
*Purchaser entitled to subservicing fee as set forth in the Group 7 Assumed Contract on and after the related Servicing Transfer Date
Group 8 Assets
  $250,000 payable to Seller
Exhibit A-1

 


 

EXHIBIT B
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER
     Seller represents and warrants to Purchaser that, as of the date such representations and warranties are made, or deemed to be made, in accordance with Section 3.01:
          (i) Seller is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization with full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and to enter into and consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Seller has taken all action required to authorize its execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement. Seller has all licenses necessary to carry on its business as now being conducted and is licensed, qualified and in good standing in each state where a Mortgaged Property is located if the laws of such state require licensing or qualification in order to conduct business of the type conducted by the Seller, and in any event the Seller is in compliance with the laws of any such state to the extent necessary to ensure the enforceability of the related Reverse Mortgage Loan.
          (ii) The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Seller and the performance by Seller of its obligations hereunder will not (i) conflict with or violate (A) the organizational documents of Seller, or (B) any provision of any law or regulation to which Seller is subject, or (ii) conflict with or result in a breach of any of the material terms, conditions or provisions of any agreement or instrument to which Seller is a party or by which it is bound or any order or decree applicable to Seller or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of its assets or property.
          (iii) This Agreement, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the Purchaser, constitutes a valid, legal and binding obligation of the Seller, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms hereof subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.
          (iv) Except with respect to any required consent, approval, authorization or order that has been obtained prior to the related Closing Date, no consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental agency or body, including HUD, the FHA, Ginnie Mae or Fannie Mae is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Seller of or compliance by the Seller with this Agreement or the sale of the Assets, as evidenced by the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
          (v) No material litigation is pending or, to the best of the Seller’s knowledge, threatened against the Seller which would prohibit its entering into this Agreement or performing its obligations under this Agreement.
          (vi) The Seller is the sole holder and owner of the Assets and the transfer, assignment and delivery of the Assets to the Purchaser on the applicable Closing Date as

Exhibit B-1


 

contemplated by the Agreement, shall vest in Purchaser all rights of Seller, as servicer, free and clear of any liens or security interests.
          (vii) The Seller is an approved seller/servicer of reverse mortgage loans for Fannie Mae and a Ginnie Mae-approved Issuer, with the facilities, procedures, and experienced personnel necessary for the sound servicing of mortgage loans of the same type as the Reverse Mortgage Loans. The Seller is a HUD-approved mortgagee pursuant to Section 203 of the National Housing Act and is in good standing to sell reverse mortgage loans to and service reverse mortgage loans for Fannie Mae, Ginnie Mae and HUD, and no event has occurred, including but not limited to a change in insurance coverage, which would make the Seller unable to comply with Fannie Mae, Ginnie Mae and HUD eligibility requirements or which would require notification to Fannie Mae, Ginnie Mae or HUD.
          (viii) The Seller acknowledges that the consideration received by the Seller upon the sale of the Assets under this Agreement shall constitute fair consideration and reasonably equivalent value for the Assets.
          (ix) The Seller does not believe that it cannot perform each and every covenant contained in this Agreement. The Seller is solvent and the sale of the Assets will not cause the Seller to become insolvent. The sale of the Assets is not undertaken to hinder, delay or defraud any of the Seller’s creditors.
          (x) The Seller has made available to the Purchaser a complete and accurate copy of each Assumed Contract. Each Assumed Contract is a valid and binding obligation of the Seller enforceable against the Seller in accordance with its terms and, to the knowledge of the Seller, of each other party thereto.

Exhibit B-2


 

EXHIBIT C
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER
     Purchaser represents and warrants to Seller that, as of the date such representations and warranties are made, or deemed to be made, in accordance with Section 3.02:
     (i) The Purchaser is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization with full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and to enter into and consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Purchaser has taken all action required to authorize its execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement.
     (ii) The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Purchaser and the performance of its obligations hereunder will not (i) conflict with or violate (A) the organizational documents of the Purchaser, or (B) any provision of any law or regulation to which the Purchaser is subject, or (ii) conflict with or result in a breach of any of the material terms, conditions or provisions of any agreement or instrument to which the Purchaser is a party or by which it is bound or any order or decree applicable to the Purchaser or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of its assets or property. The Purchaser has obtained all consents, approvals, authorizations or orders of any court or governmental agency or body, if any, required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Purchaser of this Agreement.
     (iii) This Agreement, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the Seller, constitutes a valid, legal and binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms hereof subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.
     (iv) The Purchaser is an approved seller/servicer of reverse mortgage loans for Fannie Mae. The Purchaser is a HUD-approved mortgagee pursuant to Section 203 of the National Housing Act and is in good standing to service the Reverse Mortgage Loans for Fannie Mae and HUD, and no event has occurred, which would make the Purchaser unable to comply with Fannie Mae and HUD eligibility requirements or which would require notification to Fannie Mae or HUD.
     (v) As of the Issuer Transfer Closing Date, the Purchaser (i) is a Ginnie Mae-approved issuer for the type of HMBS Pools being transferred and has the experience, facilities, and staff or access to experience, facilities and staff adequate (including through relationships with subservicers) to administer and service the related HECM Loans and the HMBS Pools being transferred and (ii) is in good standing to service HMBS Pools for Ginnie Mae, and no event has occurred, which would make the Purchaser unable to comply with Ginnie Mae eligibility requirements or which would require notification to Ginnie Mae.

Exhibit C-1


 

     (vi) No material litigation is pending or, to the best of the Purchaser’s knowledge, threatened against the Purchaser which would prohibit its entering into this Agreement or performing its obligations under this Agreement.
     (vii) The Purchaser has an adjusted net worth and fidelity and mortgagee errors and omissions insurance in amounts sufficient to meet applicable Fannie Mae’s requirements and Ginnie Mae’s requirements for the aggregate remaining principal balance of the securities for which it will be responsible following the transfer of the HMBS Pools to the Purchaser.
     (viii) No broker was used in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Exhibit C-2


 

EXHIBIT D
TRANSITION SUBSERVICING AGREEMENT

Exhibit D-1


 

EXHIBIT D
TRANSITION SUBSERVICING AGREEMENT
by and between
BANK OF AMERICA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
and
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC
Dated as of December 5, 2011

 


 

Table of Contents
         
    Page  
ARTICLE I SCOPE, TERM & DEFINITIONS
    1  
 
       
Section 1.01 Scope
    1  
Section 1.02 Term
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS
    2  
 
       
Section 2.01 Definitions
    2  
Section 2.02 Forms
    10  
Section 2.03 Interpretations
    10  
 
       
ARTICLE III SUBSERVICING
    10  
 
       
Section 3.01 Appointment as Subservicer; Delegation of Authority
    10  
Section 3.02 Remittances
    11  
Section 3.03 Advances; Reimbursements for Advances
    12  
Section 3.04 Monthly Reports.
    13  
Section 3.05 Specific Duties; Collateral Protection
    13  
Section 3.06 Custodial and Depository Accounts
    13  
Section 3.07 Transfer Instructions
    14  
Section 3.08 HUD Assignments with respect to the Mortgage Loans
    14  
Section 3.09 HECM Policies
    14  
Section 3.10 Assistance with Pooling Participations and Transmitting Pools to Ginnie Mae in Connection with the Group 1 Mortgage Loans; Reconciling Date
    15  
 
       
ARTICLE IV COMPENSATION
    15  
 
       
Section 4.01 Subservicing Fee; Servicing Fee; Ginnie Mae’s Guaranty Fee
    15  
Section 4.02 Miscellaneous; Out-of-Pocket Expenses; Ancillary Income; Other
    16  
Section 4.03 Time of Payment
    16  
 
       
ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
    16  
 
       
Section 5.01 Representations and Warranties of Client
    16  
Section 5.02 Representations and Warranties of BANA
    17  
Section 5.03 Disclaimer of Other Warranties
    18  
Section 5.04 Remedies for Breach of Representations and Warranties
    18  
 
       
ARTICLE VI COVENANTS
    19  
 
       
Section 6.01 Approvals
    19  
Section 6.02 Notices
    19  
Section 6.03 Notification of Litigation
    19  
Section 6.04 Solicitation of Refinancing
    19  
Section 6.05 Audit and Access to Information
    20  
Section 6.06 Tax Reporting
    21  
Section 6.07 Forwarding of Payments and Other Items
    21  
Section 6.08 Amendment of Servicing Agreements
    21  

- i -


 

         
    Page  
Section 6.09 Financial Covenants of Client
    21  
Section 6.10 Privacy
    21  
 
       
ARTICLE VII TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT
    22  
 
       
Section 7.01 Transition Services Agreement
    22  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII ADMINISTRATION OF SERVICES
    22  
 
       
Section 8.01 Transition Services Team
    22  
Section 8.02 Plan of Migration
    23  
 
       
ARTICLE IX RESERVED
    23  
 
       
ARTICLE X TERMINATION; SALE OF SERVICING
    23  
 
       
Section 10.01 Termination
    23  
Section 10.02 Effect of Termination
    27  
 
       
ARTICLE XI INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY
    27  
 
       
Section 11.01 General Indemnification
    27  
Section 11.02 Exclusions
    28  
Section 11.03 Procedures
    28  
Section 11.04 No Set-Off Rights
    29  
 
       
ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
    29  
 
       
Section 12.01 Notices
    29  
Section 12.02 Entire Agreement; Amendment; Survival
    30  
Section 12.03 Exhibits
    30  
Section 12.04 Force Majeure
    30  
Section 12.05 Assignment/Subcontracting; Merger; Binding Effect
    30  
Section 12.06 Headings
    31  
Section 12.07 Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial
    31  
Section 12.08 Relationship of the Parties
    32  
Section 12.09 Further Acts
    32  
Section 12.10 Counterparts
    32  
Section 12.11 Severability of Provisions
    32  
Section 12.12 No Third Party Beneficiaries
    33  
Section 12.13 Media Releases
    33  
     
SCHEDULE I
  SCHEDULE OF MORTGAGE LOANS RELATING TO THE GROUP 1 ASSETS, GROUP 6 ASSETS AND GROUP 8 ASSETS
EXHIBIT A
  SUBSERVICING FEES
EXHIBIT B
  MONTHLY ADVANCE REIMBURSEMENTS FRAMEWORK FOR GROUP 1 MORTGAGE LOANS DURING
INTERIM SERVICING PERIOD
EXHIBIT C
  SUBSERVICER’S STANDARD REPORTS
EXHIBIT D-1
  POOL DATA
EXHIBIT D-2
  MID-MONTH REPORT
EXHIBIT E
  HMBS RESPONSIBILITIES ADDENDUM

- ii -


 

TRANSITION SUBSERVICING AGREEMENT
This TRANSITION SUBSERVICING AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into this 5th day of December, 2011, by and between Bank of America, National Association, a national banking association (“BANA” or “Subservicer”), and Nationstar Mortgage LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Client” or “Servicer”).
RECITALS:
WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain servicing rights sale and issuer transfer agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”), dated as December 5, 2011, by and between BANA, as seller and Client, as purchaser, pursuant to which Client will purchase the servicing rights related to the reverse mortgage loans identified on Schedule I attached hereto (collectively, the “Mortgage Loans”) on the related Sale Date;
WHEREAS, as of the related Sale Date, the Client is the owner of the servicing rights and servicer of record for the Mortgage Loans related to the Group 1 Assets, Group 6 Assets and the Group 8 Assets (collectively, the “Assets”);
WHEREAS, Client desires to engage BANA to subservice the Mortgage Loans on behalf of the Client from the related Sale Date until the related Servicing Transfer Date, and BANA desires to assume such subservicing responsibilities on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;
WHEREAS, Client and BANA have agreed upon the terms set forth herein; and
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, do hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
SCOPE, TERM & DEFINITIONS
Section 1.01 Scope
This Agreement documents the terms and conditions under which BANA agrees to perform subservicing of the Mortgage Loans for the Client, and the terms and conditions under which Client agrees to pay BANA for such Services during the Term.
Section 1.02 Term
This Agreement shall commence on the related Sale Date with respect to each Mortgage Loan and continue in full force and effect until the earlier of (i) December 31, 2012 (the “Scheduled Expiration Date”), (ii) the final Servicing Transfer Date with respect to the last remaining Mortgage Loan subject to this Agreement, which shall be on or before the Scheduled Expiration Date, (iii) the date mutually agreed to by BANA and the Client and (iv) the date on which this Agreement is terminated in accordance with ARTICLE X hereof (such period, the “Term”). The last day of the Term is referred to herein as the “Expiration Date”. If the Expiration Date has not yet occurred sixty (60) days prior to the Scheduled Expiration Date, each of BANA and Client shall notify the other Party of any potential issues that may prevent the servicing of all Mortgage Loans to be transferred by BANA to Client on or prior to the Scheduled Expiration Date. In the event the servicing of any Mortgage Loan subject to this Agreement has not transferred from BANA to Client on or before dates specified in Section 3.03 and it is determined

- 1 -


 

that the failure to so transfer servicing on or prior to such dates is a result of Client’s request or inability to meet such deadline, BANA shall be entitled to receive an increased Subservicing Fee equal to the gross Servicing Fee for each such Mortgage Loan as set forth on Exhibit A.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
Section 2.01 Definitions
All capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement. Whenever used herein, the following words and phrases (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, have the respective meanings specified in this ARTICLE II.
Acknowledgment Agreement ” means the Acknowledgement Agreement, dated as of December 5, 2011, by and among Ginnie Mae, Nationstar Mortgage LLC, as issuer and BANA, as secured party.
Advances ” shall mean Principal Advances, Servicing Advances and MIP payments, as applicable, in respect of the Group 1 Mortgage Loans, Group 6 Mortgage Loans or Group 8 Mortgage Loans, as applicable.
Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such Person. As used in the immediately preceding sentence, the term “control” (including the two terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies of the specified Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
Agency ” means to include Fannie Mae, Ginnie Mae, FHA and HUD, as applicable.
Agreement ” means this Transition Subservicing Agreement, and any schedules, exhibits and written and agreed to amendments or modifications hereto.
Ancillary Income ” means and includes but not limited to the following types of fees received by or on behalf of BANA and derived from its subservicing of the Mortgage Loans: Float Benefit; conversion fees; satisfaction fees; release fees; reconveyance fees; plan change fees, repair administration fees and foreclosure fees, on or in respect of the Mortgage Loans, but excluding Servicing Fees.
Applicable Law ” means all applicable statutes, laws, ordinances, regulations, orders, writs, injunctions or decrees of the United States or any agency thereof, or any state or political subdivision thereof, or any court of competent jurisdiction thereof.
Applicable Requirements ” means (i) with respect to the Group 1 Mortgage Loans, the applicable servicing requirements as set forth in the Ginnie Mae Guide and this Agreement; (ii) with respect to the Group 6 Mortgage Loans, the applicable servicing requirements as set forth in the applicable Group 6 Assumed Contracts; and (iii) with respect to the Group 8 Mortgage Loans, the applicable servicing requirements as set forth in the applicable Group 8 Assumed Contracts.
Assets ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

- 2 -


 

BANA Employees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10.
BANA Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01(a)(i).
Change of Control ” means with respect to the Client, the acquisition by any other Person, or two or more other Persons acting in concert, of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of outstanding shares of voting stock of the Client at any time if after giving effect to such acquisition (i) such Person or Persons owns fifty percent (50%) or more of such outstanding voting stock or (ii) FIF HE Holdings, LLC does not own more than fifty percent (50%) of such outstanding voting stock, provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the acquisition by any Person or two or more other Persons acting in concert, of any of outstanding shares of voting stock of the Client in any initial public offering shall not give effect to a Change of Control hereunder.
Change Fee ” means a fee charged to a Mortgagor for a change in the terms of the related Mortgage Loan.
Claim ” means the method or process to submit a request to Client, an Investor and/or Insurer for expenses/Losses associated with the Servicing of a Mortgage Loan.
Client ” means Nationstar Mortgage LLC, identified as such at the beginning of this Agreement and/or the Servicer, if applicable.
Client Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01(a)(ii).
Custodial Accounts ” means with respect to the Group 1 Assets, the Group 6 Assets and the Group 8 Assets, those custodial accounts used for depositing and/or disbursing all custodial funds related to the Mortgage Loans and maintained in accordance with Applicable Requirements and this Agreement.
Customer Information ” means any personally identifiable information in any form (written, electronic or otherwise) relating to a Mortgagor, including, but not limited to: a Mortgagor’s name, address, telephone number, Mortgage Loan number, Mortgage Loan payment history, delinquency status, insurance carrier or payment information, tax amount or payment information; the fact that the Mortgagor has a relationship with the owner of the Servicing to such Mortgagor’s Mortgage Loan; and any other personally identifiable information.
Depository Accounts ” means the accounts used for depositing and clearing all amounts received with respect to the Mortgage Loans, including, without limitation, Mortgagor payments, wire transfers, ACH or other electronic transfers, payoff funds, and claim payments, and for processing “NSF” checks.
Document Custodian ” means the applicable financial institution designated in accordance with the Servicing Agreements to retain possession of the Mortgage Documents.
EDP ” means the electronic data processing system used by BANA.
Expiration Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.02(c).
Fannie Mae ” means the Federal National Mortgage Association or any successor thereto.
FHA ” means the Federal Housing Administration a division of HUD or any successor thereto.

- 3 -


 

FHA Regulations ” means the regulations promulgated by HUD under the Federal Fair Housing Act, codified in 24 Code of Federal Regulations, and other HUD issuances relating to HECM Loans, including, without limitations, related handbooks, circulars, notices and mortgagee letters, in each case as may be amended from time to time.
Float Benefit ” means the net economic benefit resulting from Custodial Accounts, the Depository Accounts, and all other deposits held by BANA as custodian for the account of Client or an Investor relating to the Servicing. The Float Benefit is based on BANA’s selection of the investment facility or interest rate swap or other arrangement offered from time to time by the financial institution holding custodial deposits, including, without limitation, compensating balance earnings credit, lines of credit, interest and other earnings on deposit balances and any other economic consideration realized by Client resulting from control of the custodial deposits.
Foreclosure ” means, after a Mortgage Loan has defaulted, the procedure pursuant to which a lien holder acquires title to a Mortgaged Property in a foreclosure sale, or pursuant to any other comparable procedure allowed under Applicable Law.
Ginnie Mae ” means the Government National Mortgage Association, a division of HUD or any successor thereto.
Ginnie Mae Guide ” means the Ginnie Mae Mortgage-Backed Securities Guide and all amendments or additions thereto.
Ginnie Mae Pooling Request ” means a email request from Client to BANA’s Investor Accounting Group to provide comments to the Pool Data attached to such request in connection with the Client’s preparation of submissions of HMBS pools to Ginnie Mae pursuant to Section 3.09.
     “ GNMA II Custom MBS Program ” shall be as defined in the Ginnie Mae Guide.
Group 1 Mortgage Loans ” means the Mortgage Loans related to the Group 1 Assets.
Group 6 Mortgage Loans ” means the Mortgage Loans related to the Group 6 Assets.
Group 8 Mortgage Loans ” means the Mortgage Loans related to the Group 8 Assets.
Guaranty Agreement ” means the Guaranty Agreement, by and between Nationstar Mortgage LLC, as issuer and Ginnie Mae.
Guaranty Fee ” means the monthly guaranty fee that a Ginnie Mae issuer is required to pay to Ginnie Mae for each HMBS for which such issuer is the issuer of record.
Home Equity Conversion Mortgage ” (or “ HECM Loan ”) means a reverse mortgage loan under FHA’s Home Equity Conversion Mortgage program administered by the FHA.
HECM Policy ” means a mortgage insurance policy administered by the FHA with respect to reverse mortgage loans in accordance with the FHA Regulations and other HUD publications relating to HECM Loans, including, without limitation, related handbooks, circulars, notices and mortgagee letters.
HMBS ” means a Ginnie Mae security backed by HECM loan participations under the umbrella of the Ginnie Mae II Custom MBS program.

- 4 -


 

HMBS Loan ” means any HECM Loan that is eligible to be pooled into an HMBS.
HMBS Security ” means a Ginnie Mae security backed by HECM Loan participations under the umbrella of the Ginnie Mae II Customs MBS Program.
HUD ” means the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development or any successor thereto.
Indemnifiable Losses ” means any and all losses, damages, deficiencies, claims, penalties, fines, forfeitures, reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually incurred by an indemnified party, excluding any (i) amounts attributable to General Servicing Costs, (ii) special, indirect, consequential, punitive, extraordinary or exemplary damages (except any such damages paid or finally determined by a Governmental Authority to be payable by the indemnified party to a third party), unrealized expectation, diminution in value, lost profits, lost investment or business opportunity, damage to reputation or operating losses or (iii) damages, losses, obligations, liabilities, claims, penalties, costs or expenses solely due to the passing of, or any change in, any Applicable Law after the date of this Agreement even if the change has retroactive effect.
Ineligible Participations Reimbursement Date ” has the meaning set forth on Exhibit B to the Agreement.
Initial Settlement Date ” has the meaning set forth on Exhibit B to the Agreement.
Insurer ” means any entity that insures or guarantees all or part of the risk of loss of a Mortgage Loan, including, without limitation, HUD, FHA and the providers of any hazard insurance policy, flood insurance policy or title insurance policy.
Interim Servicing Period ” means, with respect to any Mortgage Loan, the period from the applicable Sale Date until the related Servicing Transfer Date.
Investor ” means, as applicable, any Person, any Agency, including but not limited to Fannie Mae, which owns the legal interest in a Mortgage Loan (including any trustee).
Liquidity ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (i) Client’s cash, (ii) Client’s Cash Equivalents and (iii) the aggregate amount of unused committed capacity available to Client (taking into account applicable haircuts) under mortgage loan warehouse and servicer advance facilities for which Client has unencumbered eligible collateral to pledge thereunder.
Liquidity Requirement ” means, as of any date of determination, a Liquidity of at least $20,000,000 as of the end of each calendar month; provided, however, that such Liquidity Requirement may be amended by BANA from time to time, in a written notice to the Client, to be the same as the corresponding financial covenant as included in a master repurchase agreement entered into by BANA and Client after the date hereof.
Litigation ” means any litigation, arbitration or other proceeding before any governmental, administrative or arbitral court or tribunal, or any government investigation or administrative enforcement action.
Master Servicing Agreement ” means Ginnie Mae’s Form HUD 11707 Master Servicing Agreement effective as of the related Sale Date, between Client and BANA, as subcontract servicer for Group 1 Mortgage Loans until the related Servicing Transfer Date.

- 5 -


 

Material Adverse Change ” means any event shall occur with respect to an Agency that results in any of (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of Client; (b) a material impairment of the ability of Client to perform under this Agreement, the Acknowledgment Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Guaranty Agreement, the Purchase Agreement or any related agreements; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement against Client (unless such material adverse effect is directly caused by an action of BANA).
Maturity Event ” has the meaning set forth in the related Mortgage Note.
Maximum Claim Amount ” has the meaning set forth in the related Mortgage Documents for such Mortgage Loan.
Merrill Delivery Instructions ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10.
Merrill Lynch ” means            Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.
Mid-Month Report ” means the mid-month pooling report delivered pursuant to Exhibit B and setting forth the information on Exhibit D-2.
MIP ” means mortgage insurance premiums, which are payable to HUD, as set forth in the Mortgage Documents.
Monthly Operational Reports ” means the monthly operational reports identified on Exhibit C-2.
Monthly Reports ” means the Monthly Subservicing Reports and Monthly Operational Reports.
Monthly Subservicing Reporting Date ” means for each of the Monthly Subservicing Reports and Monthly Operational Reports, the date specified in Exhibit C-1 and Exhibit C-2, respectively.
Monthly Subservicing Reporting Period ” means with respect to the Group 1 Mortgage Loans and the related Monthly Reports, for any Monthly Subservicing Reporting Date, the prior calendar month.
Monthly Subservicing Reports ” means with respect to the Group 1 Mortgage Loans, the Ginnie Mae reports identified on Exhibit C-1.
Mortgage Documents ” means the Mortgage Note, Mortgage Instrument, credit and closing packages, custodial documents, servicing documents, escrow documents, and all other documents, records, data, and tapes necessary to document and service the Mortgage Loans in accordance with Applicable Requirements, which for HECM loans are the applicable HUD regulations and guidelines and for non-HECM loans are Applicable Requirements of an Investor or Servicer, whether on hard copy, microfiche or its equivalent or in electronic format.
Mortgage Instrument ” means the deeds of trust, security deeds, mortgages, or any other instruments which constitute the first and/or the subordinate lien on real estate securing payment by a Mortgagor of a Mortgage Note.
Mortgage Loans ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

- 6 -


 

Mortgage Note ” means the mortgage notes, deed of trust notes, security deed notes or other form of promissory notes executed by a Mortgagor and secured by a Mortgage Instrument evidencing the first and/or subordinate indebtedness of the Mortgagor under a Mortgage Loan.
Mortgaged Properties ” means any one-to-four family residence, coops, PUDS or condominiums, as applicable (at the time of the origination of the applicable Mortgage Loan) that is encumbered by a Mortgage Instrument, including all buildings and fixtures thereon and all accessions thereto, and including installations of mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating and air conditioning systems located in or affixed to such buildings, and all alterations, additions and replacements thereto. The term “Mortgaged Property” shall include, to the extent the context shall permit or require, any personal property that is encumbered by a Mortgage Instrument.
Mortgagor ” means the obligor(s) under a Mortgage Note and/or Mortgage Instrument.
Participation Agent ” means such entity that the Client shall contract with to perform the duties of participation agent under the GNMA II Custom MBS Program.
Participations ” means with respect to any HMBS Loan, participations that are eligible to be converted into HMBS.
Party ” means Client or BANA, as applicable.
Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or unincorporated organization.
Pledge Agreement ” means the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of December 5, 2011, by and between Nationstar Mortgage LLC, as pledgor and BANA, as pledgee.
Pool Data ” means a schedule attached to a Ginnie Mae Pooling Request containing the information set forth in Exhibit D-1 hereto.
Principal Advances ” means, with respect to any Mortgage Loan, Scheduled Payments, Unscheduled Payments and MIPs.
Principal Balance ” means, with respect to any Mortgage Loan on any date of determination, the principal balance of the Mortgage Loan as of such date (including, without limitation, all related Servicing Fees, Principal Advances, accrued interest and Servicing Advances to the extent permitted to be added to the principal balance of the Mortgage Loan) after giving effect to payments of principal on or before such date.
Principal Prepayment ” Any partial or full payment or other recovery of principal on a Mortgage Loan.
Privacy Requirements ” means the obligations imposed by (i) Title V of the Gramm- Leach-Bliley Act, 15 U.S.C. § 6801 et seq., (ii) the applicable federal regulations implementing such act and codified at 12 CFR Parts 40, 216, 332, and/or 573, (iii) Interagency Guidelines Establishing Standards For Safeguarding Borrower Information published in final form on February 1, 2001, (such final guidelines and/or rules the “Interagency Guidelines”) and (iv) other applicable federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations, and orders relating to the privacy and security of Customer Information, including the federal Fair Credit Reporting Act, 15 U.S.C. § 1681 et seq., and similar state laws.

- 7 -


 

“P &I Custodial Account ” means Ginnie Mae’s Form HUD 11709 Master Agreement for Client’s Principal and Interest Custodial Account Agreement effective as of the date of its execution between the Client and Client’s custodial bank.
Purchase Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Purchase Proceeds ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit B to this Agreement.
REO ” or “ Real Estate Owned ” means a Mortgaged Property acquired by Client or by BANA on behalf of Client through the Foreclosure of a defaulted Mortgage Loan related to the Group 1 Assets.
Sale Date ” means the related date that the legal and beneficial ownership of the Servicing Rights related to the Mortgage Loans shall be transferred from BANA to Client pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.
Scheduled Expiration Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.02.
Scheduled Payment ” means the term or tenure monthly payment due to a Mortgagor on the first Business Day of each month or such other date as set forth in the related Mortgage Note.
Servicer ” means, any Person that owns the legal interest in the Servicing Rights of a Mortgage Loan, which may or may not be the same as the Client.
Services ” means, with respect to any Mortgage Loan, (i) the servicing functions described in the Applicable Requirements with respect to such Mortgage Loan and (ii) the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
Servicing ” means the rights, duties and obligations of Servicer as the servicer or subservicer of the Mortgage Loans under the related Servicing Agreements and Applicable Requirements, together with the right to receive Servicing Fees, Float Benefit and any Ancillary Income arising from or connected to the Mortgage Loans.
Servicing Advances ” shall mean amounts, other than Principal Advances, required or authorized pursuant to the Servicing Agreements or the Applicable Requirements to be advanced by Servicer or a subservicer, on, under or in respect of a Mortgage Loan, including but not limited to, payments of property taxes and other items that create a lien, payment of insurance, payments for field visits, property inspections, legal fees, appraisals, broker price opinions, and for the securing and maintenance of the Mortgaged Property in the event of a foreclosure and subsequent sale.
Servicing Agreement ” means (i) with respect to the Mortgage Loans related to the Group 1 Assets, the applicable terms of the Ginnie Mae Guide and this Agreement with respect to the Group 1 Assets; (ii) with respect to the Mortgage Loans related to the Group 6 Assets, the applicable Group 6 Assumed Contracts; and (iii) with respect to the Mortgage Loans related to the Group 8 Assets, the applicable Group 8 Assumed Contracts.
Servicing Fee ” means the fee due to the Servicer from the Investors for Servicing the Mortgage Loans.
Servicing Transfer Date ” means with respect to any Mortgage Loan, the related date the actual operational transfer of servicing is effectuated from BANA to Client or Client’s subservicer, as applicable, in accordance with mutually agreed upon Transfer Instructions.
Settlement Date ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit B to this Agreement.

- 8 -


 

Subservicer ” means BANA, identified as such at the beginning of this Agreement.
Subservicer Funded Advances ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01 of this Agreement.
Subservicing Fee ” shall be as set forth on Exhibit A hereto and is the fee retained by BANA on a monthly basis.
Tangible Net Worth ” means, as of any date of determination, (i) the net worth of Client and its consolidated Subsidiaries, on a combined basis, determined in accordance with GAAP, minus (ii) all intangibles determined in accordance with GAAP (including, without limitation, goodwill, capitalized financing costs and capitalized administration costs but excluding originated and purchased mortgage servicing rights or retained residual securities) and any and all advances to, investments in and receivables held from Affiliates; provided, however, that the non-cash effect (gain or loss) of any mark-to-market adjustments made directly to stockholders’ equity for fluctuation of the value of financial instruments as mandated under the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 (or any successor statement) shall be excluded from the calculation of Tangible Net Worth.
Tangible Net Worth Requirement ” means, as of any date of determination, a Tangible Net Worth of at least the sum of (a) $175,000,000 and (b) the product of 2/3 (67%) the proceeds from any issuance of equity; provided, however, that such Tangible Net Worth Requirement may be amended by BANA from time to time, in a written notice to Client.
Total Liabilities ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the total liabilities of Client on any given date of determination, to be determined in accordance with GAAP consistent with those applied in the preparation of Client’s financial statements, plus (b) to the extent not already included under GAAP, the total aggregate outstanding amount owed by Client under any repurchase, refinance or other similar credit arrangements, plus (c) to the extent not already included under GAAP, any “off balance sheet” repurchase, refinance or other similar credit arrangements, less (d) the amount of any nonspecific consolidated balance sheet reserves maintained in accordance with GAAP and less (e) the amount of any nonrecourse debt, including any securitization debt.
Total Liabilities and Warehouse Credit ” means, as of any date of determination, a maximum ratio of Total Liabilities and Warehouse Credit to Tangible Net Worth of 9:1; provided, however, that such Total Liabilities and Warehouse Credit to Tangible Net Worth Requirement may be amended by BANA from time to time, in a written notice to the Client, to be the same as the corresponding financial covenant as included in a master repurchase agreement entered into by BANA and Client after the date hereof.
Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.02.
Transfer Instructions ” means the reasonable transfer instructions mutually agreed to by BANA and Client or its subservicer detailing the procedures pursuant to which BANA shall effectuate the actual servicing transfer from BANA to Client or its designee.
Transition Services Team ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01.
Unscheduled Payment ” means a payment to a Mortgagor under the terms of the related Mortgage Documents other than a Scheduled Payment.

- 9 -


 

Section 2.02 Forms
All forms specified by the text hereof or by reference to exhibits attached hereto shall be substantially as set forth herein, subject to such changes that do not alter the substantive rights of the parties hereto or as may be required by Applicable Laws hereafter enacted.
Section 2.03 Interpretations
Unless the context requires otherwise, words of the masculine gender shall be construed to include correlative words of the feminine and neuter genders and vice versa, and words of the singular number shall be construed to include correlative words of the plural number and vice versa. This Agreement, and all the terms and provisions hereof, shall be liberally construed to affect the purposes set forth herein and to sustain the validity of this Agreement.
ARTICLE III
SUBSERVICING
Section 3.01 Appointment as Subservicer; Delegation of Authority
  (a)   Client hereby appoints BANA, and BANA hereby accepts such appointment as subcontract servicer with respect to the Group 1 Mortgage Loans and as subservicer with respect to the Group 6 Mortgage Loans and Group 8 Mortgage Loans, and shall subservice and administer the Mortgage Loans for Client during the Term, in accordance with Applicable Law, Applicable Requirements, the Servicing Agreements and the terms of the respective Mortgage Loans and the terms of this Agreement. Without limiting any other provision of, and except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, during the Term, with respect to each Mortgage Loan, BANA covenants that it will perform, observe and discharge all of the duties, agreements, covenants and obligations of Client under the Servicing Agreements required to be performed, observed or discharged on or after the related Sale Date (including, without limitation, compliance with all Applicable Requirements relating to the Servicing of such Mortgage Loans), in each case in accordance with the standard of care set forth in such Servicing Agreement and in a manner at least equal in quality to the servicing that BANA provides to mortgage loans which it owns in its own portfolio. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, BANA shall at all times service and administer the Mortgage Loans in accordance with Applicable Law, the Applicable Requirements, this Agreement, the Servicing Agreements and the terms of the respective Mortgage Loans, on behalf of the Client. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, with respect to the Group 1 Mortgage Loans, the Client, as “Issuer” under the GNMA II Custom MBS Program is responsible for the servicing of such Mortgage Loans under the Ginnie Mae Guide and appoints BANA to perform the servicing functions described herein on the Client’s behalf as subcontract servicer for such Mortgage Loans in accordance with and subject to the Ginnie Mae Guide and this Agreement.
 
  (b)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, with respect to the Group 6 Mortgage Loans and the Group 8 Mortgage Loans, on the Sale Date, the Client, as “Servicer” under the related Servicing Agreement is responsible for the servicing of such Mortgage Loans under the related Servicing Agreement, provided that during the Interim Servicing Period, BANA shall continue to perform the primary servicing functions as a subservicer for the

- 10 -


 

      Client with respect to the Group 6 Mortgage Loans and the Group 8 Mortgage Loans in accordance with the related Servicing Agreements and shall be entitled to reimbursement for any Advances made on the related Mortgage Loans pursuant to the related Servicing Agreement. The Client as the owner of the Servicing Rights, shall remain fully responsible for all of the obligations of the Servicer under the related Servicing Agreements during the Interim Servicing Period. On and after the related Servicing Transfer Date, the Client, or the Client’s designee, will assume all of the servicing functions and BANA shall not retain any rights or obligations with respect to the servicing functions or any other rights or obligations with respect to the servicing of the related Mortgage Loans under the related Servicing Agreement or this Agreement.
 
  (c)   Except as otherwise limited by the Servicing Agreements or by Applicable Requirements, BANA shall have full power and authority to do any and all things which, in the exercise of its reasonable discretion, it may deem necessary or desirable in connection with the performance of its responsibilities in accordance with this Agreement. Upon BANA’s reasonable request, Client will furnish (and, if applicable, will cause the Investors to furnish) BANA with such limited powers of attorney, corporate resolution and other documents necessary or appropriate to enable BANA to carry out its duties under this Agreement. BANA will not be liable for any action taken or for refraining from taking of any action in accordance with the direction or consent of Client and shall be indemnified by the Client in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Any instructions or direction by Client shall be in compliance with Applicable Requirements and Applicable Law.
 
  (d)   BANA may from time to time, on an exception basis, provide to the Client’s Transition Services Team, for Client’s consent, a written description of a course of action that BANA proposes to take under this Agreement (where the Applicable Requirements do not provide necessary guidance), notwithstanding that Client’s consent may not be required with respect thereto. Unless the Representatives from the Client’s Transition Services Team gives written notice to BANA that Client objects to any recommended course of action (which action is within the scope of BANA’s responsibilities hereunder and is not inconsistent with the Applicable Requirements) within five (5) Business Days of receipt of BANA’s recommendation, Client will be deemed to have consented to, and BANA may take, such recommended course of action. If the Representatives from the Client’s Transition Services Team objects in writing to BANA’s recommended course of action within five (5) Business Days of receipt of BANA’s recommendation, BANA will not take its recommended course of action and will take such mutually agreeable action as may be recommended in writing by the Client Representative, provided such action does not violate Applicable Law and BANA is indemnified by the Client for any such action.
Section 3.02 Remittances
  (a)   With respect to the Group 1 Mortgage Loans during the Interim Servicing Period, BANA, as subcontract servicer for Client, on a monthly basis, shall deposit into the Client’s P&I Custodial Account on or before the related Ginnie Mae Drafting Date, any amounts collected by BANA in respect of the Group 1 Mortgage Loans.
 
  (b)   With respect to the Group 6 Mortgage Loans during the Interim Servicing Period, BANA, as subservicer for Client, on a monthly basis, shall continue to deposit any amounts collected in respect of the Group 6 Mortgage Loans into the related Custodial Account as required by the related Servicing Agreement.

- 11 -


 

  (c)   With respect to the Group 8 Mortgage Loans during the Interim Servicing Period, BANA, as subservicer for Client, on a monthly basis, shall continue to deposit any amounts collected in respect of the Group 8 Mortgage Loans into the related Custodial Account as required by the related Servicing Agreement.
Section 3.03 Advances; Reimbursements for Advances
In order to induce Client to enter into the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, during the Interim Servicing Period, BANA shall make Advances on behalf of Client, as subservicer, and shall obtain reimbursements for such Advances in the following manner:
  (a)   For any Advances made by BANA on the Group 1 Mortgage Loans during the Interim Servicing Period, BANA shall deliver a Monthly Subservicing Report to Client in respect of each Group 1 Mortgage Loan on the date set forth in Exhibit C-1 and Client shall reimburse BANA for any such Advances pursuant to the terms set forth in Exhibit B. If the servicing for any Group 1 Mortgage Loan has not been transferred by BANA to Client on or prior to August 31, 2012, Client shall reimburse BANA for any Subservicer Funded Advances made by BANA on and after September 1, 2012 in respect of any such Group 1 Mortgage Loan, in each case, within one Business Day following receipt by Client from BANA of all information reasonably required by Client to confirm any such Subservicer Funded Advance.
 
  (b)   For any Advances made by BANA on the Group 6 Mortgage Loans during the Interim Servicing Period, BANA shall deliver the required monthly servicing reports to the co-trustee in respect of each Group 6 Mortgage Loan on the date set forth in the related Servicing Agreement and BANA shall be entitled to reimbursement for any such Advances pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the related Servicing Agreement. If the servicing for any Group 6 Mortgage Loan has not been transferred by BANA to Client on or prior to December 31, 2012, Client shall reimburse BANA for any Subservicer Funded Advances made by BANA on and after January 1, 2013 in respect of any such Group 6 Mortgage Loan, in each case, within one Business Day following receipt by Client from BANA of all information reasonably required by Client to confirm any such Subservicer Funded Advance. Following reimbursement by Client, BANA shall obtain reimbursement for such Subservicer Funded Advances to the fullest extent permitted under the Group 6 Assumed Contracts, and shall forward any reimbursements for such Subservicer Funded Advances received thereunder for which it has been previously reimbursed by Client, to Client within two (2) Business Days of receipt thereof.
 
  (c)   For any Advances made by BANA on the Group 8 Mortgage Loans during the Interim Servicing Period, BANA shall deliver the required monthly servicing reports to the trustee in respect of each Group 8 Mortgage Loan on the date set forth in the related Servicing Agreement and BANA shall be entitled to reimbursement for any such Advances pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the related Servicing Agreement. If the servicing for any Group 8 Mortgage Loan has not been transferred by BANA to Client on or prior to December 31, 2012, Client shall reimburse BANA for any Subservicer Funded Advances made by BANA on and after January 1, 2013 in respect of any such Group 8 Mortgage Loan, in each case, within one Business Day following receipt by Client from BANA of all information reasonably required by Client to confirm any such Subservicer Funded Advance. Following reimbursement by Client, BANA shall obtain reimbursement for such Subservicer Funded Advances to the fullest extent permitted under the Group 8

- 12 -


 

      Assumed Contracts, and shall forward any reimbursements for such Subservicer Funded Advances received thereunder for which it has been previously reimbursed by Client, to Client within two (2) Business Days of receipt thereof.
 
  (d)   During the Interim Servicing Period, BANA shall calculate all amounts required by Applicable Requirements and this Agreement to be disbursed from the Custodial Accounts to the Investors, Client and other appropriate Persons, and timely shall make, or cause to be made, any disbursements from the Custodial Accounts that are required to be paid, in accordance with the Applicable Requirements and this Agreement.
Section 3.04 Monthly Reports.
  (a)   During the Interim Servicing Period, with respect to the Group 1 Assets, on the related Monthly Reporting Date, BANA shall prepare and provide to Client or its Participation Agent the Monthly Subservicing Reports and Monthly Operational Reports. The Client shall be responsible for the payment of the fees and expenses of its Participation Agent, if applicable.
 
  (b)   During the Interim Servicing Period, with respect to the Group 6 Mortgage Loans and Group 8 Mortgage Loans, BANA shall provide to Client copies of the monthly servicing reports required to be delivered by the Servicer pursuant to the related Servicing Agreement and the Monthly Operational Reports.
Section 3.05 Specific Duties; Collateral Protection
With respect to the Group 1 Mortgage Loans, BANA shall inspect each Mortgaged Property upon request by the Client and at Client’s expense, and, in addition, as often as BANA deems necessary consistent with the Mortgage Documents and the Applicable Requirements to assure itself that the value of the Mortgaged Property is being preserved as well as may be required by any HECM Policy or any other insurance policy. Upon request, BANA shall provide the Client with an electronic report of such inspection. BANA shall, in its exercise of reasonable discretion, order property inspections of certain Mortgaged Properties it knows may require inspections and upon the occurrence of a Maturity Event or an event of default under the related Mortgage Note, and prepare and deliver, or cause to be prepared and delivered, to the Client a report in respect of such inspection detailing the condition of such Mortgaged Property together with BANA’s determinations with respect to any remedial action to be taken with respect thereto.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, BANA shall not (i) perform any duties that are prohibited of subservicers according to the Ginnie Mae Guide and (ii) perform the duties and responsibilities of the Client as Issuer or its Participation Agent set forth in Exhibit E hereto.
Section 3.06 Custodial and Depository Accounts
  (a)   With respect to the Group 1 Mortgage Loans, BANA shall open a new Custodial Account, as subcontract servicer for Client, as Issuer, and maintain such accounts in accordance with Applicable Requirements. With respect to the Group 6 Mortgage Loans and the Group 8 Mortgage Loans, the Depository Accounts and the Custodial Accounts will be maintained by BANA in BANA’s name as subservicer for Client and BANA will have the responsibility for maintaining such accounts in accordance with Applicable Requirements.

- 13 -


 

  (b)   During the Interim Servicing Period, BANA will (i) receive the Float Benefit from the Depository Accounts and Custodial Accounts, and (ii) be responsible for all bank charges incurred on such accounts.
Section 3.07 Transfer Instructions
On the related Servicing Transfer Date, Client and BANA shall comply in all material respects with the Transfer Instructions with respect to the related Mortgage Loan. For the avoidance of doubt, Client shall reimburse BANA for all unreimbursed Advances on the Group 1 Mortgage Loans, Group 6 Mortgage Loans and Group 8 Mortgage Loans on or prior to the related Servicing Transfer Date. Following the related Servicing Transfer Date, Client shall assume full responsibility for Servicing, and BANA shall cease all Servicing activity with respect to any such Mortgage Loan.
Section 3.08 HUD Assignments with respect to the Mortgage Loans
During the Interim Servicing Period, with respect to the Group 1 Mortgage Loans, Group 6 Mortgage Loans and Group 8 Mortgage Loans, in the event that (i) the Principal Balance of a Mortgage Loan is equal to or greater than 92% of the Maximum Claim Amount and (ii) the Mortgage Loan is not due and payable, BANA shall notify the Client that such Mortgage Loan may be eligible to be assigned to HUD and that a claim under the HECM Policy may be made with respect to such Mortgage Loan. Unless otherwise required by the applicable Servicing Agreement or Applicable Requirements, BANA shall assign such Mortgage Loan to HUD when the Principal Balance of such Mortgage Loan is equal to or greater than 98% of the Maximum Claim Amount unless BANA receives written direction from the Client (within ten (10) Business Days after BANA has given notice to the Client) not to assign such Mortgage Loan to HUD. BANA shall make a claim for insurance benefits with respect to such Mortgage Loan as soon as practicable.
If, during the process of preparing an assignment of a HECM Loan to HUD, BANA determines that any deficiencies or errors exist that occurred at the time of the Mortgage Loan origination process, BANA shall notify Client of these deficiencies and errors and BANA shall make commercially reasonable efforts to remedy these deficiencies and errors, subject to reimbursement for any such expenses incurred by BANA in accordance with the terms of the Servicing Agreements, the Applicable Requirements and this Agreement, as applicable.
Section 3.09 HECM Policies
  (a)   In connection with any HECM Policy issued by HUD with respect to a HECM Mortgage Loan serviced under this Agreement, BANA shall service and administer all applicable aspects of the HECM Policy in accordance with the Applicable Requirements that govern HECM Policies. In the event BANA fails to comply with any applicable aspects of the HECM Policy in accordance with the Applicable Requirements that govern HECM Policies, BANA shall indemnify Client in accordance with the terms set forth in Article XI. In the event Client fails to comply with any applicable aspects of the HECM Policy that Client is required to perform in accordance with the Applicable Requirements that govern HECM Policies, Client shall indemnify BANA in accordance with Article XI of this Agreement.
 
  (b)   The Client shall furnish BANA with any powers of attorney, officers’ certificates and other documents necessary or appropriate to enable BANA to service and administer any HECM Policy; provided, however, that the Client shall not be liable for the actions of the

- 14 -


 

      BANA under such power of attorney if the BANA is not acting in compliance with the terms of this Agreement or the Applicable Requirements.
Section 3.10 Assistance with Pooling Participations and Transmitting Pools to Ginnie Mae in Connection with the Group 1 Mortgage Loans; Reconciling Date
On and after the related Sale Date with respect to the Group 1 Mortgage Loans, in connection with the pooling of any related Participations into HMBS, the Client shall (i) add at least two employees of BANA to their Board of Resolution, which employees shall initially be Adam Gadsby, Adam Robitshek and Mary Stone (“BANA Employees”) and (ii) be responsible for creating the Ginnie Net user accounts for Aaron Mead (aaron.mead@bankofamerica.com) and Joan Nayo (joan.nayo@bankofamerica.com) (or such other BANA employees that shall be mutually agreed to by the Client and BANA from time time) for the purpose of facilitating the pooling of Participations into HMBS and delivery of the related HMBS to Merrill Lynch. The Client shall prepare and submit the HMBS pools to Ginnie Mae and shall work with its custodian to obtain the required certification for such HMBS pools (“Certification”). During the Interim Servicing Period, BANA will provide reasonable assistance to the Client in preparing its submissions of HMBS pools to Ginnie Mae, provided the Client (a) schedules the certification of such pools five (5) Business Days prior to the end of the month in which the securities related to such pools will be issued, or such other date as mutually agreed to by BANA and Client (the “Certification Date”) and (b) delivers a Ginnie Mae Pooling Request to BANA’s Investor Accounting Group via email to Stepan Sargsyan at stepan.sargsyan@bankofamerica.com and Ari Tamir at ari.tamir@bankofamerica.com (or such other email address as may be provided by BANA from time to time) prior to such Certification Date. BANA shall evaluate the Pool Data attached to the Ginnie Mae Pooling Request and provide to Client via email, within one (1) Business Day of receipt of such Ginnie Mae Pooling Request, any comments or corrections to the Pool Data based on its evaluation. BANA shall export every HMBS pool upon Certification and shall verify that the Ginnie Mae delivery instructions reflect delivery of the related HMBS to Merrill Lynch, which delivery instructions shall be: ABA: 021000018; Deliver to:/NCMMBS/ (the “Merrill Delivery Instructions”). In the event that the Ginnie Mae delivery instructions do not reflect the Merrill Delivery Instructions, the Client shall make the necessary correction within one Business Day of receipt of notice by BANA. In the event the necessary corrections to the delivery instructions are not made within such time period, a BANA Employee may either (i) request BNY Mellon to change the delivery instructions to reflect the Merrill Delivery Instructions or (ii) terminate the pooling of the Participations into HMBS altogether.
ARTICLE IV
COMPENSATION
Section 4.01 Subservicing Fee; Servicing Fee; Ginnie Mae’s Guaranty Fee
  (a)   As partial consideration for the performance of Services, BANA shall be entitled to the Subservicing Fee, or the Servicing Fee, as applicable, in respect of each Mortgage Loan related to an Asset Group in accordance with Exhibit A. The Monthly Reports will identify the Servicing Fee in respect of each Mortgage Loan related to an Asset Group accrued during a calendar month. During the Interim Servicing Period, with respect to the Group 1 Mortgage Loans, the Client shall pay to BANA the Subservicing Fee in respect of each Group 1 Mortgage Loan on the fourth (4th) Business Day of each calendar month. With respect to the Group 6 Mortgage Loans and Group 8 Mortgage Loans, BANA shall pay to Client the excess, if any, of the portion of the Servicing Fee for each Mortgage Loan in such Asset Group over the Subservicing Fee in respect of each Mortgage Loan in such

- 15 -


 

      Asset Group within two Business Days of receipt by BANA in accordance with the applicable Servicing Agreement.
 
  (b)   For avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement, as of the related Sale Date with respect to the Group 1 Mortgage Loans, the Client, as “Issuer” under the GNMA II Custom MBS Program, shall be solely responsible for paying the Ginnie Mae Guaranty Fee and any other fees or amounts due to Ginnie Mae or to any HMBS Security holders in accordance with the Ginnie Mae Guide, but excluding any such amounts specifically advanced by BANA on Client’s behalf, and subject to reimbursement pursuant to Section 3.03 and Exhibit B of this Agreement.
Section 4.02 Miscellaneous; Out-of-Pocket Expenses; Ancillary Income; Other
In addition to the Subservicing Fee, Client shall pay to BANA or BANA shall be entitled to all Ancillary Income to the extent payable in accordance with the related Servicing Agreements. Client will reimburse BANA for the miscellaneous costs and other out-of-pocket expenses as incurred by BANA hereunder, in each case to the extent not reimbursable pursuant to the applicable Servicing Agreement. Upon the reasonable request of Client, BANA will provide Client an itemized listing of the applicable costs and expenses, which will be due and payable as set forth in Section 4.03 hereof; excluding any reimbursement therefore pursuant to the applicable Servicing Agreement.
Section 4.03 Time of Payment
BANA will net all reasonable fees, charges, cost or unpaid items due BANA from Client’s proceeds and any amount still due to BANA under this Agreement will be due and payable ten (10) Business Days following receipt by Client of the invoice from BANA; provided , however , that no such netting will be permitted with respect to the payments and reimbursements described in Exhibit B. Payment of any invoice by Client shall not prevent Client from contesting in good faith the accuracy or any amounts set forth therein within thirty (30) days of receipt by Client of such invoice. All amounts will be payable to BANA by ACH, in accordance with payment instructions provided by BANA from time to time.
ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Section 5.01 Representations and Warranties of Client
On the date hereof and on the related Sale Date, Client warrants and represents to BANA as follows:
  (a)   Client is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all licenses necessary to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and is qualified or registered to transact business, and is duly licensed, in each jurisdiction in which the ownership of property or the conduct of its respective business requires such qualification, registration or licensing, except where the failure to be so licensed, registered or qualified is not material.
 
  (b)   Client has the power, authority and legal right to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, and this Agreement and any document or instrument to be delivered to BANA by Client pursuant hereto has been duly authorized, executed and delivered.

- 16 -


 

  (c)   No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental agency or body is required for Client to enter into and consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or, if required, such consent, approval, authorization or order has been or will, prior to the later of the Sale Date or the date on which the Servicing for any Mortgage Loan requiring an approval is transferred, be obtained.
 
  (d)   This Agreement and any documents or instruments now or hereafter executed and delivered to BANA by Client pursuant to this Agreement constitute (or shall, when executed by Client and delivered to BANA, constitute) valid and legally binding obligations of Client enforceable against Client in accordance with their respective terms, except as may be limited by or subject to (i) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
 
  (e)   The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result (i) in the breach of any term or provision of its limited liability company agreement, bylaws, organizational and governance documents or (ii) in the breach of any term or provision of, or conflict with or constitute a default under or result in the acceleration of any obligation under, any material agreement, indenture or loan or credit agreement or other instrument to which Client or its property is subject, or (iii) in the violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment, or decree to which Client or its property is subject.
 
  (f)   Client owns all rights to service the Mortgage Loans and has full power and authority to designate BANA as Subservicer or otherwise engage BANA to provide the Services in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Client has received any and all necessary consents and approvals from (and has provided or will provide all necessary notices to BANA) all regulatory authorities and other third parties, if applicable, authorizing the performance by it of the activities contemplated by this Agreement, including Fannie Mae, Ginnie Mae and HUD, or will obtain any such consents prior to the date any such Mortgage Loan for which such consent is required become subject to this Agreement.
 
  (g)   All terms, conditions, agreements and other arrangements between Client and each Investor with respect to the servicing of such Mortgage Loans are set forth in the Servicing Agreements.
Section 5.02 Representations and Warranties of BANA
On the date hereof and on the related Sale Date, BANA warrants and represents to Client, as follows:
  (a)   BANA is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the United States of America and has all licenses necessary to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and is qualified or registered to transact business, and is duly licensed, in each jurisdiction in which the ownership of property or the conduct of its respective business requires such qualification, registration or licensing, except where the failure to be so licensed, registered or qualified is not material.
 
  (b)   BANA has the power, authority and legal right to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, and this Agreement and any document or instrument to be

- 17 -


 

      executed and delivered by BANA to Client pursuant hereto has been duly (or will be prior to delivery) authorized, executed and delivered.
 
  (c)   No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental agency or body is required for BANA to enter into and consummate the transaction contemplated by this Agreement or, if required, such consent, approval, authorization or order has been or will, prior to the later of the Sale Date or the date on which the Servicing for any Mortgage Loan requiring an approval is transferred, be obtained.
 
  (d)   This Agreement and any documents or instruments now or hereafter executed and delivered to Client by BANA pursuant to this Agreement constitute (or shall, when executed by BANA and delivered to Client, constitute) valid and legally binding obligations of BANA enforceable against BANA in accordance with their respective terms, except as may be limited by or subject to (i) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
 
  (e)   BANA is an approved servicer of FHA, FHA HECM, Fannie Mae and Ginnie Mae. BANA is in good standing to service mortgage loans for FHA, and no event has occurred, including but not limited to a change in insurance coverage, which would make BANA unable to comply with FHA eligibility requirements or which would require notification to FHA.
 
  (f)   The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result (i) in the breach of any term or provision of its organizational and governance documents or (ii) in the breach of any term or provision of, or conflict with or constitute a default under or result in the acceleration of any obligation under, any material agreement, indenture or loan or credit agreement or other instrument to which BANA or its property is subject, or (iii) in the violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree to which BANA or its property is subject.
 
  (g)   BANA has in full force and effect all insurance necessary to perform its obligations hereunder in accordance with the terms of the Servicing Agreements, including without limitation (i) an adequate errors and omissions policy or policies satisfying Applicable Requirements with respect to Subservicer’s operations and (ii) a standard mortgage banker’s blanket bond.
Section 5.03 Disclaimer of Other Warranties
Except as expressly set forth in Section 5.02, BANA makes no representations or warranties, express or implied, regarding any matter, including the merchantability, suitability, originality, fitness for a particular use or purpose, or results to be derived from the use, of the services, software, hardware or other materials provided under this Agreement. BANA does not represent or warrant that the operation of any software will be uninterrupted or error-free.
Section 5.04 Remedies for Breach of Representations and Warranties
The representations and warranties in this ARTICLE V will survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement. The rights and remedies of the parties with respect to any breach of the foregoing representations and warranties shall be as set forth in ARTICLE X and ARTICLE XI of this Agreement.

- 18 -


 

ARTICLE VI
COVENANTS
Section 6.01 Approvals
BANA and Client shall cooperate to obtain (i) any necessary approval as may be required by the Servicing Agreements for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) any approvals required by Fannie Mae, Ginnie Mae or HUD required for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.
Section 6.02 Notices
  (a)   Pursuant to timing requirements contained in the Applicable Requirements and as required thereby, Client and BANA shall deliver to each Mortgagor, a letter advising the Mortgagor of the transfer of servicing pursuant to this Agreement. The content of the letter shall be mutually agreeable to the parties and shall comply with all Applicable Requirements, including, without limitation, the federal Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, as amended, and Regulation X, as amended.
 
  (b)   The costs of all notifications required to be made under this Section 6.02 shall be shared equally by Client and BANA.
Section 6.03 Notification of Litigation
  (a)   BANA shall make reasonable efforts to notify Client in writing of any material litigation and claims made against Client or BANA in connection with the Mortgage Loans serviced pursuant to this Agreement of which BANA becomes aware. In the event the failure to timely give Notice to Client of any such litigation or claim results in the Client being materially prejudiced or harmed by such failure, BANA hereby agrees to indemnify the Client to the extent of any loss incurred as a result of such failure in accordance with Section 11.01(d). In addition, with respect to the Mortgage Loans, during the Interim Servicing Period, BANA will not settle any litigation in respect of any Mortgage Loans for an amount in excess of $5,000 without the consent of Client.
 
  (b)   Client shall make reasonable efforts to notify BANA in writing of any material litigation and claims made against Client or BANA in connection with the Mortgage Loans serviced pursuant to this Agreement of which Client becomes aware. In the event the failure to timely give Notice to BANA of any such litigation or claim results in BANA being materially prejudiced or harmed by such failure, Client hereby agrees to indemnify BANA to the extent of any loss incurred as a result of such failure in accordance with Section 11.01(d).
Section 6.04 Solicitation of Refinancing
From and after the Sale Date, BANA shall not directly solicit the Mortgagors for purposes of prepayment or refinance or modification of the Mortgage Loans. This Section 6.04, however, shall not prohibit BANA or any Affiliate of BANA, from engaging in programs that are directed to the general public at large, including, without limitation, mass mailings based on commercially acquired mailing lists, newspaper, radio or television advertisements that may indirectly solicit the Mortgagors for purposes of prepayment or refinance or modification of the Mortgage Loans, or from responding to unsolicited requests or inquiries

- 19 -


 

made by a Mortgagor or an agent of Mortgagor or taking applications received directly from Mortgagors or an agent of a Mortgagor.
Section 6.05 Audit and Access to Information
With respect to the Services rendered by BANA pursuant to this Agreement related to the Mortgage Loans, BANA will make reasonably available during BANA’s business hours, its facilities, personnel and the related books and records for examination, audit and review by:
  (a)   Employees of Client, its auditors or any third-party engaged by client for the purpose of conducting such audit, inspection, oversight or review who are from time to time designated by Client, and agree in writing to the security and confidentiality obligations and procedures reasonably required by BANA; and
 
  (b)   A prospective Investor who desires, with Client’s (or Investor’s, if applicable) written consent, to examine the records relating to Mortgage Loans, provided such prospective Investor is not prohibited from reviewing such records pursuant to the related underlying transaction documents, and agrees in writing to the security and confidentiality obligations and procedures reasonably required by BANA; and
 
  (c)   Client, an Investor, or other third party who requests with Client’s written consent (or demands through issuance of subpoena or other legal process) BANA at any time, including after the termination of this Agreement, to retrieve information regarding a Mortgage Loan from BANA’s inactive records, provided such information is not otherwise reasonably available to Client by any other means; and
 
  (d)   Any federal, state or local jurisdiction, authority or Agency that requires an audit of BANA’s facilities or records.
In connection with any such audit, inspection or review, Client, its auditors or any third-party engaged by Client for the purposes of conducting such audit, inspection or review shall have commercially reasonable access to the personnel of BANA involved in the subservicing of the Mortgage Loans and may, with the prior consent of a Representative of the Seller’s Transition Services Team (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), attend meetings relating to the subservicing of the Mortgage Loans for the purpose of monitoring the subservicing for the Mortgage Loans.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, BANA will not be required to provide access to (i) the proprietary data of BANA that is not reasonably related to the subject of the permitted audit, or (ii) information relating to other BANA customers (except as expressly permitted under subparagraph (c) above), or (iii) any of BANA’s internal costs (except for those which Client has agreed to pay on a reimbursable basis). Client and its agents, representatives and auditors will keep confidential all information learned or exchanged in connection with the conduct of an audit, as well as the results of any audit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such information is required to be disclosed pursuant to a requirement of a governmental agency or body, such information may be disclosed so long as, and to the extent possible, Client provides BANA with timely prior notice of such requirement and coordinates with BANA in an effort to limit the nature and scope of such required disclosure. For the avoidance of doubt, BANA shall not provide to Client (or any other party) direct user access to any of BANA’s systems. Client shall be responsible for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by BANA or any other party in connection with any such audits or access to information provided under this Section 6.05.

- 20 -


 

Section 6.06 Tax Reporting
BANA shall be responsible for providing the Internal Revenue Service and Mortgagors with all appropriate tax forms and information for transactions affecting the Mortgage Loans during the respective calendar year, for the period prior to the related Servicing Transfer Date. Client shall be responsible for providing the Internal Revenue Service and Mortgagors with all appropriate tax forms and information for transactions affecting the Mortgage Loans following the related Servicing Transfer Date.
Section 6.07 Forwarding of Payments and Other Items
All Mortgage Loan payments, other funds, payments and correspondence pertaining to the Mortgage Loans to which BANA is entitled under this Agreement that are received by Client after the Sale Date, shall be forwarded by Client, at Client’s expense: (i) to BANA by overnight delivery within one (1) Business Day following Client’s receipt thereof by Client for the first sixty (60) days after the Sale Date, and (ii) to BANA by first class mail within one (1) Business Day following receipt thereof by Client for the next thirty (30) days. All losses, penalties and interest due on any Mortgage Loan resulting from Client’s failure to forward such items to BANA as provided above or during the term of the Agreement shall be borne by Client.
Section 6.08 Amendment of Servicing Agreements
Client shall not consent (if such consent is required to make such amendment effective and to the extent that such consent may legally be withheld by Client) to the amendment of any of the terms of any Servicing Agreement as such Servicing Agreements relate to BANA’s rights, duties and obligations hereunder, without the prior written consent of BANA, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
Section 6.09 Financial Covenants of Client
  (a)   Client shall maintain at all times a Tangible Net Worth of at least 75% of the then current Tangible Net Worth Requirement.
 
  (b)   Client shall maintain a Liquidity at the end of each calendar month of at least 75% of the then current Liquidity Requirement.
 
  (c)   Client shall maintain at all times a maximum ratio of Total Liabilities and Warehouse Credit to Tangible Net Worth with a numerator determined by dividing the numerator of then current Total Liabilities and Warehouse Credit to Tangible Net Worth Requirement by 3 / 4 (.75).
Section 6.10 Privacy
  (a)   Except in accordance with this 6.10(a), each of the parties hereto shall not disclose any Customer Information to any Person, including, but not limited to, any of their respective employees, agents, or contractors, or any third party not affiliated with such party. Each party hereto shall disclose such Customer Information only to the extent permitted by, or necessary to carry out their respective express obligations and rights under, this Agreement, and for no other purpose. Each party shall ensure that each Person to which it intends to disclose Customer Information shall, prior to any such disclosure of information, agree to: (i) keep confidential any such Customer Information and (ii) not disclose any Confidential Information to any third Person other than as permitted or required by this Agreement and/or the Applicable Requirements or with the prior written

- 21 -


 

      consent of the other party (iii) exercise the same degree of care with regard to the protection of the Confidential Information as it does in protecting and preserving its own confidential and proprietary information.
 
  (b)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, each party hereto and their respective affiliates shall not be obligated to hold in confidence Confidential Information which (i) has been released by the non-disclosing party or its affiliates to the general public, (ii) is compelled to be disclosed by a court of competent jurisdiction or (iii) was lawfully acquired directly or indirectly by any such party (or its affiliates) from a Person (other than the non-disclosing party or its affiliates, or the non-disclosing party’s customers) without violation of any restriction on disclosure or use of the Confidential Information.
 
  (c)   BANA shall, on Client’s behalf, receive, process, and implement the rights of each Mortgagor who has under applicable Privacy Requirements notice of intent to “opt-out” of allowing, or failure to “opt-in” and allow, Client to share, in compliance with Applicable Law, his or her Customer Information with Persons unaffiliated with Client.
ARTICLE VII
TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT
Section 7.01 Transition Services Agreement
Upon the termination or expiration of this Agreement with respect to all or a portion of the Mortgage Loans, or any or all of the Services provided by BANA with respect to the Mortgage Loans, if requested by Client and agreed to by BANA in writing, BANA and Client shall enter into a mutually agreed upon transition services agreement whereby BANA agrees to provide to Client certain services mutually agreed to by the Parties and at a fee to be mutually agreed to, including access to the personnel and equipment of BANA, reasonably required by Client to perform the obligations of Client under the Servicing Agreements and to effect a smooth transition of primary servicing responsibilities with respect to the Mortgage Loans from BANA to Client. All such services shall be provided using reasonable efforts, skill and judgment and in a manner consistent with current practices as of the related Sale Date.
ARTICLE VIII
ADMINISTRATION OF SERVICES
Section 8.01 Transition Services Team
Client and BANA shall each designate a transition services team (each, a “Transition Services Team”) comprised of two individuals (each, a “Representative”), which Transition Services Teams shall work cooperatively together to facilitate and administer this Agreement. Each Representative shall be designated by written notice to the other Party and shall be authorized to act on Client and BANA’s behalf, respectively. The Transition Services Teams shall make reasonable efforts to meet, in person, via phone or via videoconference during normal business hours and with reasonable notice (each such meeting, a “Meeting”), periodically to discuss the Services generally and any issues relating thereto; provided, that any Representative’s failure to attend to one or more meetings, shall not be deemed to constitute a breach under this Agreement. Each Party shall have the right at any time and from time to time to replace its Representatives by giving notice in writing to the other Party setting forth the name of (i) the Representative to be replaced and (ii) the replacement Representative.

- 22 -


 

Section 8.02 Plan of Migration
Client and BANA will cooperate in good faith to develop a plan of migration explaining the primary servicing of the Mortgage Loans will be transferred from BANA to Client, including a timeline for such transfer and plan to transfer the primary servicing of the Mortgage Loans to the systems, operations, processes and platforms of Client. BANA shall cooperate with Client in providing the necessary information for the development of the migration plan contemplated above and provide Client with any suggested updates or changes. The Parties acknowledge that this Section 8.02 is for informational and planning purposes and will not affect the rights of either Party (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the right to terminate or extend a Service pursuant to Section 7 and/or Section 1.02, as applicable, at or beyond a different time than is set forth in the migration plan) under this Agreement and shall not give rise to any liability or cause of action (other than for failure to cooperate or to deliver or update such migration plan in good faith).
ARTICLE IX
RESERVED
ARTICLE X
TERMINATION; SALE OF SERVICING
Section 10.01 Termination
  (a)   Termination for Cause
          (i) Each of the following events shall constitute an event of default by BANA (a “ BANA Event of Default ”) and the Client may, by giving written notice thereof to BANA, terminate this Agreement as of the date of receipt by BANA of such notice or as of a future date specified in such notice of termination:
               (1) BANA shall default in the payment of any amount payable by it under this Agreement when due and such failure has not been cured within one (1) Business Day; or
               (2) BANA shall default in the performance of or otherwise breach obligations or covenants under this Agreement, and such default has not been remedied within five (5) Business Days; or
               (3) BANA shall breach in any material respect any of the representations or warranties made by it in this Agreement and such breach has not been cured within fifteen (15) Business Days; or
               (4) BANA shall fail to possess any Investor, Insurer or governmental approval, or an exemption from such approval, necessary to perform its obligations under this Agreement or BANA shall have received from any Agency or HUD a notice of extinguishment or a notice indicating material breach, default or material non-compliance which Client reasonably determines may entitle such Agency or HUD to terminate, suspend, sanction or levy penalties against BANA; or
               (5) a final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in excess of $10,000,000 in the aggregate (to the extent that it is, in the reasonable determination of BANA, uninsured and provided that any insurance or other credit posted in connection with an appeal shall not be deemed

- 23 -


 

insurance for these purposes) shall be rendered against BANA or any of its Subsidiaries by one or more courts, administrative tribunals or other bodies having jurisdiction over them and the same shall not be discharged (or provision shall not be made for such discharge) or bonded, or a stay of execution thereof shall not be procured, within sixty (60) days from the date of entry thereof and BANA or any such Subsidiary shall not, within said period of sixty (60) days, or such longer period during which execution of the same shall have been stayed or bonded, appeal therefrom and cause the execution thereof to be stayed during such appeal; or
               (6) BANA shall admit in writing its inability to, or intention not to, perform any of the obligations or covenants of BANA set forth in this Agreement or the Purchase Agreement; or
               (7) BANA or any of its Subsidiaries shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, custodian, trustee, examiner or liquidator of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iii) commence a voluntary case under the Bankruptcy Code, (iv) file a petition seeking to take advantage of any other law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, arrangement or winding-up, or composition or readjustment of debts, (v) fail to controvert in a timely and appropriate manner, or acquiesce in writing to, any petition filed against it in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code, (vi) take any corporate or other action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing, or (vii) generally fail to pay BANA’s or BANA’s Subsidiaries debts as they become due; or
               (8) a proceeding or case shall be commenced, without the application or consent of BANA or any of its Subsidiaries, in any court of competent jurisdiction, seeking (i) its reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, arrangement or winding-up, or the composition or readjustment of its debts, (ii) the appointment of, or taking of possession by, a receiver, custodian, trustee, examiner, liquidator or the like of BANA or any such Subsidiary or of all or any substantial part of its property, or (iii) similar relief in respect of BANA or any such Subsidiary under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, arrangement or winding-up, or composition or adjustment of debts, and such proceeding or case shall continue undismissed, or an order, judgment or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered and continue unstayed and in effect, for a period of sixty (60) or more days; or an order for relief against BANA or any such Subsidiary shall be entered in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code; or
          (ii) Each of the following events shall constitute an event of default by Client (a “ Client Event of Default ”) and BANA may, by giving written notice thereof to the Client, terminate this Agreement as of the date of receipt by the Client of such notice or as of a future date specified in such notice of termination:
               (1) Client shall (i) default in the payment of any amount payable by it under this Agreement when due, including any amounts due to BANA pursuant to Section 3.03 or Exhibit B or (ii) Client shall breach any covenant contained in Section 3.03 or Exhibit B and, in each case, such failure has not been cured within one (1) Business Day; or; or
               (2) Client shall breach any covenant contained in Section 6.09 or Exhibit B; or
               (3) Client shall default in performance of or otherwise breach obligations or covenants under this Agreement (other than obligations or covenants set forth in Section 3.03, Exhibit B or Section 6.09), and such default has not been remedied within five (5) Business Days; or

- 24 -


 

               (4) Client shall breach in any material respect any of the representations or warranties made by it in this Agreement and such breach has not been cured within fifteen (15) Business Days; or
               (5) Client shall fail to possess any Investor, Insurer or governmental approval, or an exemption from such approval, necessary to perform its obligations under this Agreement or Client shall have received from any Agency or HUD a notice of extinguishment or a notice indicating material breach, default or material non-compliance which BANA reasonably determines may entitle such Agency or HUD to terminate, suspend, sanction or levy penalties against Client; or
               (6) a final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in excess of $10,000,000 in the aggregate (to the extent that it is, in the reasonable determination of BANA, uninsured and provided that any insurance or other credit posted in connection with an appeal shall not be deemed insurance for these purposes) shall be rendered against Client or any of its Subsidiaries by one or more courts, administrative tribunals or other bodies having jurisdiction over them and the same shall not be discharged (or provision shall not be made for such discharge) or bonded, or a stay of execution thereof shall not be procured, within sixty (60) days from the date of entry thereof and Client or any such Subsidiary shall not, within said period of sixty (60) days, or such longer period during which execution of the same shall have been stayed or bonded, appeal therefrom and cause the execution thereof to be stayed during such appeal; or
               (7) Client shall admit in writing its inability to, or intention not to, perform any of the obligations or covenants of Client set forth in this Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the Acknowledgment Agreement, the Pledge Agreement or the Guaranty Agreement; or
               (8) Client or any of its Subsidiaries shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, custodian, trustee, examiner or liquidator of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iii) commence a voluntary case under the Bankruptcy Code, (iv) file a petition seeking to take advantage of any other law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, arrangement or winding-up, or composition or readjustment of debts, (v) fail to controvert in a timely and appropriate manner, or acquiesce in writing to, any petition filed against it in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code, (vi) take any corporate or other action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing, or (vii) generally fail to pay Client’s or Client’s Subsidiaries debts as they become due; or
               (9) a proceeding or case shall be commenced, without the application or consent of Client or any of its Subsidiaries, in any court of competent jurisdiction, seeking (i) its reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, arrangement or winding-up, or the composition or readjustment of its debts, (ii) the appointment of, or taking of possession by, a receiver, custodian, trustee, examiner, liquidator or the like of Client or any such Subsidiary or of all or any substantial part of its property, or (iii) similar relief in respect of Client or any such Subsidiary under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, arrangement or winding-up, or composition or adjustment of debts, and such proceeding or case shall continue undismissed, or an order, judgment or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered and continue unstayed and in effect, for a period of sixty (60) or more days; or an order for relief against Client or any such Subsidiary shall be entered in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code; or
               (10) the Acknowledgement Agreement or Pledge Agreement shall for whatever reason be terminated, (ii) any event of default shall have occurred under the Acknowledgement Agreement or Pledge Agreement, (iii) any of Client’s obligations under this Agreement, the

- 25 -


 

               Acknowledgement Agreement or Pledge Agreement shall cease to be in full force and effect, or (iv) the enforceability of this Agreement, the Acknowledgement Agreement or Pledge Agreement shall be contested by Client; or
               (11) any Change of Control of Client shall have occurred without the prior consent of BANA; or
               (12) Client or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof shall default under, or fail to perform as required under, or shall otherwise materially breach the terms of any instrument, agreement or contract between Client or such other entity, on the one hand, and BANA or any of BANA’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates on the other, including without limitation, the Purchase Agreement, the Acknowledgment Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, Guaranty Agreement or any Servicing Agreement; or Client or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof shall default under, or fail to perform as requested under, the terms of any repurchase agreement, loan and security agreement or other credit facility or agreement for borrowed funds entered into by Client or such other entity and any third party, with respect to any Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount of at least $5,000,000;
               (13) Client’s audited annual financial statements or the notes thereto or other opinions or conclusions stated therein shall be qualified or limited by reference to the status of Client as a “going concern” or reference a similar import or shall indicate that Client has a negative net worth or is insolvent; or
               (14) any Governmental Authority or any person, agency or entity acting or purporting to act under governmental authority shall have taken any action to condemn, seize or appropriate, or to assume custody or control of, all or any substantial part of the Property of Client or any of Client ’s Subsidiaries or any Affiliates, or shall have taken any action to displace the management of Client or any of Client’s Subsidiaries or any Affiliates or to curtail its authority in the conduct of the business of Client or any of Client’s Subsidiaries or any Affiliates, or takes any action in the nature of enforcement to remove, limit or restrict the approval of Client or any of Client’s Subsidiaries or any Affiliates as a servicer of mortgage loans or, and such action provided for in this subsection (n) shall not have been discontinued or stayed within thirty (30) days; or
               (15) Client’s right to service the Mortgage Loans shall be terminated by Ginnie Mae with respect to the Group 1 Assets or Fannie Mae, any trustee, guarantor, program administrator or Rating Agency with respect to the Group 6 Assets and Group 8 Assets, with or without cause; or
               (16) Client attempts to assign its servicing rights with respect to the Group 1 Assets, Group 6 Assets or Group 8 Assets or to assign the Agreement or to delegate its duties hereunder or any portion thereof in violation of Section 12.05, other than assignments or delegations that are strictly permitted by this Agreement; or
               (17) the occurrence of a Material Adverse Change.
  (b)   Issuer Transfer upon Client Event of Default under Section 10.01(a)(ii)(1). Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and this Agreement, BANA, the Client and Ginnie Mae will execute an Acknowledgement Agreement, and BANA and the Client will execute a Pledge Agreement through which all parties agree that if a Client Event of Default occurs under Section 10.01(a)(ii)(1) of this Agreement, upon notice by BANA to Ginnie Mae, Ginnie Mae will transfer the issuer status and the Client’s HECM portfolio and all related

- 26 -


 

      participation interests (consisting of all securitized and unsecuritized Participations) to BANA. To secure Client’s obligation to reimburse BANA Subservicer Funded Advances with respect to the Group 1 Mortgage Loans, BANA will take a pledge and assignment, and Client will grant BANA a first priority security interest, in all of the Client’s HMBS MSR portfolio and all related Subservicer Funded Advances. In order to perfect BANA’s first priority lien in the HMBS MSR and Subservicer Funded Advances, BANA will file a UCC-1 financing statement on or prior to the related Sale Date.
  (c)   Termination Without Cause. Client may terminate this Agreement with respect to any or all of the Mortgage Loans, or any or all of the Services with respect to any Mortgage Loan, in its sole discretion, without cause, upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to BANA; provided that BANA shall have at least one hundred and twenty days (120) days to effectuate any servicing transfer to Client or its designee.
 
  (d)   In the event Fannie Mae shall at any time assign or transfer the Class RV Certificates to a third-party, BANA may terminate its obligations under this Agreement with respect to any or all the Group 6 Mortgage Loans.
Section 10.02 Effect of Termination
  (a)   Upon termination of this Agreement with respect to any or all of the Mortgage Loans, or any or all of the Services with respect to any Mortgage Loans, BANA will cease to perform the applicable Services and Client shall pay to BANA all amounts due to BANA hereunder for all Services performed by BANA on behalf of Client hereunder through the date of termination, including reimbursement for all outstanding unreimbursed Advances made by BANA in connection with the Mortgage Loans. Upon the termination in full of this Agreement with respect to all Mortgage Loans and all Services, Client will pay to BANA, all amounts due to BANA hereunder for all Services performed by BANA on behalf of Client hereunder through the date of termination, including reimbursement for all outstanding unreimbursed Advances made by BANA in connection with the Mortgage Loans. The termination in whole or in part of this Agreement will in no event relieve the Parties of any obligation, liability or breach incurred hereunder prior thereto, including the payment and indemnification obligations and liabilities set forth herein. The following Sections shall survive any termination, cancellation or expiration of this Agreement or any of the Services provided hereunder: Section 6.09, Section 6.10, ARTICLE X, ARTICLE XI and ARTICLE XII. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any termination with respect to one or more, but less than all Services, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect with respect to any Services not terminated thereby.
ARTICLE XI
INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY
Section 11.01 General Indemnification
Subject to Section 11.02, Section 11.03 and Section 11.04, each Party agrees to indemnify and hold the other Party, its Affiliates and its and their respective directors, officers, shareholders, employees, successors and assigns harmless from any Indemnifiable Losses arising out of:

- 27 -


 

  (a)   any representation or warranty made by such Party in ARTICLE V not having been true and correct as of the date of this Agreement;
 
  (b)   any material breach of any covenant or agreement of such Party under this Agreement;
 
  (c)   physical injury or property damage caused by the grossly negligent or intentional acts of such Party, or its agents, employees or contractors; and
 
  (d)   the failure by a Party to provide timely notice of any material litigation or claim involving the other Party in accordance with Section 6.03, but only to the extent that such other Party is materially prejudiced thereby.
Section 11.02 Exclusions
  (a)   BANA will not be liable for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any action in good faith pursuant to this Agreement (where such action or inaction does not constitute a breach of this Agreement), or for any action or inaction in accordance with the direction or consent of Client.
 
  (b)   In addition to the foregoing and not in limitation thereof, and unless otherwise expressly set forth herein, BANA will have no liability or obligation for any representation or warranty or contractual obligation to any Investor, including Fannie Mae and Ginnie Mae, other than as set forth in this Agreement.
 
  (c)   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, BANA will not be construed to have made any representation, warranty or guarantee as to the Mortgagors’ obligations to make payments under the Mortgage Loans.
Section 11.03 Procedures
The indemnification obligations set forth in Section 11.01 will not apply unless the Party claiming indemnification:
  (a)   Notifies the other promptly in writing of any matters in respect of which the indemnity may apply and of which the notifying Party has knowledge in order to allow the indemnitor the opportunity to investigate and defend the matter; provided, however, that the failure to so notify will only relieve the indemnitor of its obligations under this ARTICLE XI if and to the extent that the indemnitor is materially prejudiced thereby; and
 
  (b)   Gives the other Party full opportunity to control the response thereto and the defense thereof, including any agreement relating to the settlement thereof; provided, however, that the indemnitee will have the right to participate in any legal proceeding to contest and defend a claim for indemnification involving a third party and to be represented by legal counsel of its choosing, all at the indemnitee’s cost and expense. However, if the indemnitor fails to promptly assume the defense of the claim, the party entitled to indemnification may assume the defense at the indemnitor’s cost and expense.
The indemnitor will not be responsible for any settlement or compromise made without its consent, unless the indemnitee has tendered notice and the indemnitor has then refused to assume and defend the claim and it is later determined that the indemnitor was liable to assume and defend the claim. The indemnitee agrees to cooperate in good faith with the indemnitor at the request and expense of the indemnitor.

- 28 -


 

Section 11.04 No Set-Off Rights
Neither Party nor their respective Affiliates shall have any set off or any other similar rights with respect to (i) any of the funds received by such Party pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) any other amounts claimed to be owed to the other Party or its Affiliates arising out of this Agreement or any other agreement.
ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
Section 12.01 Notices
Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by any Party to the other will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by facsimile, upon confirmation of receipt, or (b) on the second Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next day courier service. All notices shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by one party to each of the other parties to this Agreement:
If to BANA:
Bank of America, National Association
1515 W 14 th Street
AZ01-807-01-29
Tempe, AZ 85281
Telephone: 480 457 3036
Attention: Michael Kressin
With a copy to:
Bank of America, National Association
4500 Park Granada
Calabasas, CA 91302
Attention: Adam Gadsby, Director
and David Sobul, Assistant General Counsel
With a copy to:
Bank of America Merrill Lynch
One Bryant Park
New York, New York 10036
Attention: Nicholas Stimola and Legal Department, Michael J. Berg
If to Client:
Nationstar Mortgage LLC
350 Highland Drive
Lewisville, Texas 75067
Attention: General Counsel

- 29 -


 

Or to such other address as the Person to whom notice is given may have previously furnished to the others in writing in the manner set forth above (provided that notice of any change of address shall be effective only upon receipt thereof).
Section 12.02 Entire Agreement; Amendment; Survival
This Agreement, including the exhibits that are incorporated herein, constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior agreements or understandings, written or oral, express or implied, with respect thereto. This Agreement may be amended and any provision hereof waived, but only in writing signed by the Party against whom such enforcement is sought. The waiver by a Party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other subsequent breach. No representation, inducement, promise, understanding, condition or warranty not set forth herein has been made or relied upon by either Party. Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof shall confer upon any Person other than the Parties any rights or remedies hereunder. The Parties hereby agree that this Agreement is a complex commercial contract that has been negotiated and drafted jointly by sophisticated commercial Parties represented by counsel and, accordingly, that no rule of contract construction or interpretation pursuant to which ambiguities are construed against the draftsperson shall be applied to the construction or interpretation of this Agreement. The expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason will not release either Party from any liabilities or obligations set forth herein or therein which (a) the Parties have expressly agreed will survive any such expiration or termination or (b) remain to be performed or by their nature would be intended to be applicable following any such expiration or termination.
Section 12.03 Exhibits
The following schedules and exhibits to this Agreement are hereby incorporated in and made an integral part of this Agreement:
     
SCHEDULE I
  SCHEDULE OF MORTGAGE LOANS RELATING TO THE GROUP 1 ASSETS, GROUP 6 ASSETS AND GROUP 8 ASSETS
 
   
EXHIBIT A
  SUBSERVICING FEES
 
   
EXHIBIT B
  MONTHLY ADVANCE REIMBURSEMENTS FRAMEWORK FOR GROUP 1 MORTGAGE LOANS DURING INTERIM SERVICING PERIOD
 
   
EXHIBIT C
  SUBSERVICER’S STANDARD REPORTS
 
   
EXHIBIT D-1
  POOL DATA
 
   
EXHIBIT D-2
  MID-MONTH REPORT
 
   
EXHIBIT E
  HMBS RESPONSIBILITIES ADDENDUM
Section 12.04 Force Majeure
BANA will not be responsible for delays or failures in performance resulting from acts beyond its control which could not have been prevented. Such acts will include but not be limited to acts of God, strikes, lockouts, riots, acts of war or terrorism, epidemics, nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, governmental regulations superimposed after the fact, fire, communication line failures, computer viruses, power failures, earthquakes or other disasters.
Section 12.05 Assignment/Subcontracting; Merger; Binding Effect
  (a)   (i) Neither Party may, nor will it have the power to, assign this Agreement, or any part hereof, without the prior written consent of the other Party; and (ii) BANA may, subject to mutual agreement to commercially reasonable terms, assign its rights to Client’s

- 30 -


 

      payments hereunder, including any termination amount payable pursuant to ARTICLE X, to a financial institution or other third party in connection with any transaction entered into to provide financing related to this Agreement or the obligations of BANA hereunder, and any such assignee may further assign its rights hereunder in connection with such financing. The Parties acknowledge that either of them may become a party to one or more transactions in the form of a merger (including a reincorporation merger), consolidation, reorganization, stock sale or exchange with respect to 100% of its outstanding stock, sale of all or substantially all of such Party’s assets or some similar or related transaction (each a “Merger”), where the result is that the affected Party is the surviving entity and by operation of law the surviving entity assumes the rights and obligations under this Agreement or, if the affected Party is not the surviving entity, the surviving entity will assume the rights and obligations under this Agreement; provided however, that if Client effectuates a Merger during the Term without the prior written consent of BANA, BANA may terminate this Agreement and shall be reimbursed for all outstanding unreimbursed Advances on or prior to such Merger.
  (b)   BANA shall have the right to have third parties perform any of the Services; provided that BANA shall remain responsible for the proper performance thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, BANA may, without Client’s consent, perform the Services or any portion thereof from any location determined by BANA, or relocate any software or equipment used by BANA to perform the Services; provided however, that any change in service location made by BANA in its sole discretion shall not materially and adversely impact BANA’s ability to perform its obligations hereunder.
 
  (c)   Subject to the foregoing, the terms and conditions of this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties’ respective successors and permitted assigns. Each of Client and BANA shall continue to remain liable for its obligations hereunder together with any of such Party’s permitted assigns. Any attempted assignment or other transfer in violation of this Section 12.05 will be null and void and will have no force or effect.
Section 12.06 Headings
Headings of the Articles and Sections in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not be deemed to have any substantive effect.
Section 12.07 Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial
THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW WHICH SHALL GOVERN) AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PREEMPTED BY FEDERAL LAW. EACH OF BANA AND CLIENT IRREVOCABLY (I) SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND THE FEDERAL COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT; (II) WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT; (III) AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH

- 31 -


 

COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW; AND (IV) CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS UPON IT BY MAILING A COPY THEREOF BY CERTIFIED MAIL ADDRESSED TO IT AS PROVIDED FOR NOTICES HEREUNDER.
THE SELLER AND THE PURCHASER KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
Section 12.08 Relationship of the Parties
The Parties hereto are independent contractors and nothing in this Agreement will be deemed or construed as constituting either Party as partner, joint venture or fiduciary of the other, or to create any other form of legal association that would impose liability on one Party for the act or failure to act of the other. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each Party has the sole right and obligation to supervise, manage, contract, direct, procure, perform or cause to be performed all work to be performed by it pursuant to this Agreement. Client acknowledges that BANA may use subcontractors, vendors or other third parties to perform some or all of its obligations hereunder.
Section 12.09 Further Acts
The Parties agree that each shall, at its own expense (unless otherwise herein provided) at any time and from time to time after the date hereof, upon the other’s reasonable request, do, execute, acknowledge and deliver all such further acts, assignments, transfers, conveyances and assurances as may be required or reasonably advisable for the transactions provided for or contemplated by this Agreement.
Section 12.10 Counterparts
This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed, will be deemed to be an original; such counterparts, together, will constitute one and the same agreement. This Agreement and any amendments hereto, to the extent signed and delivered by facsimile or other electronic means, shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. No signatory to this Agreement shall raise the use of a facsimile machine or other electronic means to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or other electronic means as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each such Person forever waives any such defense.
Section 12.11 Severability of Provisions
If any one or more of the covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or terms will be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement and will in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the other covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement it being the intent and agreement of the Parties that this Agreement shall be deemed amended by modifying such invalid provision to the extent necessary to make it legal and enforceable while preserving its intent or, if that is not possible, by substituting therefore another provision that is legal and enforceable and achieves the same objective. If the invalidity of any part, provision, representation or warranty of this Agreement will deprive any Party of the economic benefit

- 32 -


 

intended to be conferred by this Agreement, the Parties will negotiate in good faith to develop a structure the economic effect of which is nearly as possible the same as the economic effect of this Agreement without regard to such invalidity.
Section 12.12 No Third Party Beneficiaries
This Agreement is for the sole and exclusive benefit of BANA and Client and their respective successors and shall not be deemed to be for the direct or indirect benefit of any Mortgagor, Investor, or any other Person or entity.
Section 12.13 Media Releases
Neither Party shall issue any press release relating to the relationship contemplated by this Agreement or use any trade name, trademark, service mark, or any other information which identifies the other Party in the issuing Party’s sales, marketing, or publicity activities without giving the other Party reasonable time to review and approve such release or use, with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.
END OF TEXT — SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS

- 33 -


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned Parties has caused this Transition Subservicing Agreement to be duly executed by a duly authorized representative, all as of the date first written above.
BANK OF AMERICA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
“BANA”
 
By:  
Its:  
Date:  

 


 

NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC
“Client” or “Servicer”
 
By:  
Its:  
Date:  

 


 

SCHEDULE I
SCHEDULE OF MORTGAGE LOANS
RELATING TO GROUP 1 ASSETS, GROUP 6 ASSETS AND GROUP 8 ASSETS
[PROVIDED TO THE PARTIES ELECTRONICALLY
AND AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST]
SCHEDULE 1

 


 

EXHIBIT A — (SUBSERVICING FEES)
As consideration for BANA’s performance under the Agreement, Client agrees to pay BANA the Monthly Subservicing Fee in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. Beginning with the calendar month of the related Sale Date for any Mortgage Loan related to the Group 1 Assets, Group 6 Assets and Group 8 Assets, and for each calendar month during the related Interim Servicing Period, the “Monthly Subservicing Fee” for each such Mortgage Loan subserviced at any time during the month is as follows:
     
Loan Type   Per Mortgage Loan
Group 1 Mortgage Loans, Group 6 Mortgage Loans and Group 8 Mortgage Loans subserviced by BANA during the Interim Servicing Period:
  $12 per Mortgage Loan
 
   
Any Group 1 Mortgage Loan subserviced by BANA on or after August 31, 2012; or
Any Group 6 Mortgage Loan subserviced by BANA on or after December 31, 2012; or
Any Group 8 Mortgage Loan subserviced by BANA on or after December 31, 2012.
  BANA shall be entitled to the full gross Servicing Fee related to each Mortgage Loan.
All other combinations of products and investors will be quoted on a case by case basis and an addendum to this Agreement will memorialize the agreed upon monthly subservicing fee.
BANA shall be entitled to all Float Benefit derived from all depository accounts. BANA shall be entitled to receive all Ancillary Income, subject to the Applicable Requirements.

A-1


 

EXHIBIT B — ADVANCE REIMBURSEMENT FRAMEWORK FOR GROUP 1 MORTGAGE LOANS
DURING INTERIM SERVICING PERIOD
A.   Purchase of Participation Balances
     (i) On January 5, 2012, BANA shall deliver to Client the related Monthly Subservicing Report which shall reflect all the activity on the Group 1 Mortgage Loans during the period from the October 31, 2011 Cut-off Date through December 31, 2011. Based on the related Monthly Subservicing Report, Merrill Lynch shall determine which Participations related to the Group 1 Mortgage Loans following the Cut-off Date, are (i) Ineligible Participations and (ii) the Participations eligible for inclusion in trusts related to HMBS (including sufficient commitment authority to issue such HMBS from Ginnie Mae)(“Eligible Participations”). On January 6, 2012, all such Ineligible Participations shall be sold by BANA and purchased by Client for a price equal to 100% of the Outstanding Principal Balance of such Ineligible Participations as of such date plus accrued interest thereon for the period beginning on the related Sale Date and ending on the related reimbursement date at the rate of LIBOR plus 125 basis points.
     (ii) All Eligible Participations shall be pooled into HMBS and the Client and Merrill Lynch shall enter into an HMBS trade and cause the related HMBS to be delivered in accordance with the Merrill Delivery Instructions, which settlement shall occur on or before January 17, 2012 (the “Initial Settlement Date”). The Client shall assign to BANA the trade ticket or confirmation pursuant to which Merrill Lynch has agreed to purchase the related HMBS from Client. Upon receipt of the related HMBS, Merrill Lynch will pay the related purchase price for the HMBS (the related “Purchase Proceeds”) to BANA. BANA shall net from the Purchase Proceeds the amount of all Subservicer Funded Advances not previously reimbursed at par plus accrued interest thereon for the period beginning on the related Sale Date and ending on the Initial Settlement Date at the rate of LIBOR plus 125 basis points, and BANA will remit any net remaining Purchase Proceeds to Client. To the extent the Purchase Proceeds from the HMBS sale are not sufficient to reimburse BANA for all Subservicer Funded Advances not previously reimbursed, Client will reimburse BANA out of Client’s corporate funds on the Initial Settlement Date.
B.   Reimbursement for Advances Made by BANA with respect to the Group 1 Mortgage Loans during the Interim Servicing Period
     (i) During the Interim Servicing Period, on the third (3rd) Business Day of each month, BANA shall deliver to Client the related Monthly Subservicing Report which shall reflect all the activity on the Group 1 Mortgage Loans during the related Monthly Subservicing Reporting Period. Based on the related Monthly Subservicing Report, Merrill Lynch shall determine which Participations related to the Group 1 Mortgage Loans for such Monthly Subservicing Reporting Period, are (i) Ineligible Participations and (ii) Eligible Participations. On the fourth (4 th ) Business Day of such month (each an “Ineligible Participations Reimbursement Date”), all such Ineligible Participations shall be sold by BANA and purchased by Client for a price equal to 100% of the Outstanding Principal Balance of such Ineligible Participations as of such date plus accrued interest thereon for the period beginning on the date the Subservicer Funded Advances were made and ending on the related Ineligible Participations Reimbursement Date at the rate of LIBOR plus 125 basis points. The Client shall also pay the monthly Subservicing Fee to BANA for each of the Group 1 Mortgage Loans on the related Ineligible Participations Reimbursement Date.
     (ii) All Eligible Participations shall be pooled into HMBS and the Client and Merrill Lynch shall enter into an HMBS trade and cause the related HMBS to be delivered in accordance with the Merrill Delivery Instructions, which settlement shall occur within six (6) Business Days following the related

B1-


 

Ineligible Participations Reimbursement Date (each a “Settlement Date”). The Client shall assign to BANA the trade ticket or confirmation pursuant to which Merrill Lynch has agreed to purchase the related HMBS from Client. Upon receipt of the related HMBS, Merrill Lynch will pay the related purchase price for the HMBS (the related “Purchase Proceeds”) to BANA. BANA shall net from the Purchase Proceeds the amount of all Subservicer Funded Advances not previously reimbursed at par plus accrued interest thereon for the period beginning on the date the Subservicer Funded Advances were made and ending on the related Settlement Date at the rate of LIBOR plus 125 basis points, and BANA will remit any net remaining Purchase Proceeds to Client. To the extent the Purchase Proceeds from the HMBS sale are not sufficient to reimburse BANA for all Subservicer Funded Advances not previously reimbursed, Client will reimburse BANA out of Client’s corporate funds on the related Settlement Date.
     (iii) In no event shall (a) the amount of Subservicer Funded Advances in respect of the Group 1 Mortgage Loans which were made on and after February 1, 2012 and which have not been previously reimbursed to BANA exceed $35,000,000 and (b) the amount of Advances funded by BANA in respect of the Group 8 Mortgage Loans which have not been previously reimbursed to BANA pursuant to the related Servicing Agreement exceed $1,000,000 (the Advances described in clauses (a) and (b), the “Capped Funded Advances”). During the Interim Servicing Period, in the event the aggregate Capped Funded Advances for the Group 1 Mortgage Loans exceeds $25,000,000 and the Group 8 Mortgage Loans exceeds $500,000 at any time during the month, BANA shall deliver to Client a mid-month report setting forth the information identified in Exhibit D-2 (each a “Mid-Month Report”) for the Group 1 Mortgage Loans. Upon receipt of the report, the Client and BANA shall initiate the pooling process as set forth in clause (ii) above and pool all Eligible Participations into HMBS and settle the related HMBS with Merrill Lynch within six (6) Business Days of receipt of such Mid-Month Report. The Client shall assign to BANA the trade ticket or confirmation pursuant to which Merrill Lynch has agreed to purchase the related HMBS from Client. Upon receipt of the related HMBS, Merrill Lynch will pay the related Purchase Proceeds to BANA. BANA shall net from the Purchase Proceeds the amount of all Subservicer Funded Advances not previously reimbursed at par plus accrued interest thereon for the period beginning on the date the Subservicer Funded Advances were made and ending on the related Settlement Date at the rate of LIBOR plus 125 basis points, and BANA will remit any net remaining Purchase Proceeds to Client. To the extent the Purchase Proceeds from the HMBS sale are not sufficient to reimburse BANA for all Subservicer Funded Advances not previously reimbursed, Client will reimburse BANA out of Client’s corporate funds on the related Settlement Date.

B-2


 

EXHIBIT C-1 — LIST OF SUBSERVICER’S MONTHLY SUBSERVICER REPORTS
     
LIST OF GINNIE MAE REPORTS FOR THE   DATE REPORT DELIVERED TO CLIENT
GROUP 1 MORTGAGE LOANS    
LAR
  Delivered on the 2nd Business Day of the month
 
   
PAR
  Delivered on the 2nd Business Day of the month for the prior month
 
   
SAR
  Delivered on the 2nd Business Day of the month for the prior month
 
   
RPB
  Delivered on the 2nd Business Day of the month for the prior month
 
   
UMSHmbsAcctRpt (the “Monthly HMBS Report”)
  Delivered on the 3rd Business Day of the month
 
   
SBOFM0001_199_101
  Delivered on the 3rd Business Day of the month
 
   
SBOFM0001_199_103
  Delivered on the 3rd Business Day of the month
 
*   Forms of Ginnie Mae Reports provided to Client electronically and available upon request

C-1


 

EXHIBIT C-2 — LIST OF SUBSERVICER’S MONTHLY OPERATIONAL REPORTS
     
LIST OF OPERATIONAL REPORTS   DATE REPORT DELIVERED TO CLIENT
Monthly Dashboard Report
  Delivered prior to the 15th of the month
 
   
Monthly Score Card Report
  Delivered prior to the 15th of the month
 
   
Monthly Internal Process Review Scorecard
  Delivered prior to the 30th of the month
 
   
Monthly Flash Report
  Delivered prior to the 25th of the month
 
   
12 Month Draw/Servicing Advances Report By Group
  Delivered prior to the 25th of the month
 
   
12 Month Rolling Flash Report (Draw History, Default History, repayments)
  Delivered prior to the 25th of the month
 
   
Monthly Repurchase Reports
  Delivered prior to the 15th of the month
 
   
Monthly Claims Reporting
  Delivered prior to the 15th of the month
 
   
Monthly Customer Complaint Report
  Delivered prior to the 15th of the month
 
   
Data File Extract
  Delivered prior to the 25th of the month
 
   
Monthly Funding Requirement Report
  Delivered prior to the 25th of the month
 
   
Monthly Exception Report on O/S Documents
  Delivered prior to the 15th of the month
 
   
Monthly Litigation Report
  Delivered prior to the 25th of the month
 
*   Forms of Operational Reports provided to Client electronically and available upon request

C-2


 

EXHIBIT D-1 — POOL DATA
    Loan # (ALS)
 
    Note Rate
 
    Net Note Rate (NNR = NR — G fees — ESF)
 
    GNMA Agency #
 
    Participation # (Next tail)
 
    Participation sold amount
 
    Pool #
 
    Old Sfee amount
 
    Settlement date
 
    Loan Count
 
    ARM or Fixed

D-1


 

EXHIBIT D-2 — MID-MONTH POOLING REPORT
The following fields will be included in any Mid-Month Pooling Report provided by BANA to Client:
ALS Loan Number
Investor Loan Number
Current Balance
Current Loan Limit
Current Available Line of Credit
Current Repair Admin Set Aside
Current Service Fee Set Aside
Current T&I Set Aside
Current Rate
Index
Ceiling Rate
Margin
Monthly Servicing Fees
Next Rate Adjustment Date
Product Type
Disb Term Remaining
Rate Adjustment Frequency
Scheduled Monthly Advance
Loan Status
HECM UPB (from LAR)
HECM Unsecuritized Principal Balance (from LAR)
Participation Count (from LAR)
BANA shall provide to Client such other information as may be reasonably necessary to complete pooling of any Participations

D-2


 

EXHIBIT E— HMBS RESPONSIBILITIES ADDENDUM
With respect to the Group 1 Mortgage Loans, the Client and BANA agree that BANA will perform the responsibilities as set forth below in column C during the Interim Servicing Period:
HMBS Responsibilities: Ginnie Mae HMBS Securities
         
    B    
    Performed by Client or   C
A   Client’s Participation   Performed by BANA
Ginnie Mae Guide Servicing Function   Agent   as Subcontract Servicer
Collect P&I and escrow amounts
      X
 
       
Remits funds to Client for deposit into P&I and escrow custodial accounts
      X
 
       
Withdraw funds from P&I Custodial Account
  X    
 
       
Withdraw funds from escrow custodial accounts
  X    
 
       
Supply funds for advances to security holders
  X    
 
       
Absorb losses on foreclosures not covered by FHA
  X    
 
       
Prepare and submit accounting reports to Ginnie Mae and RPB data to the RPB contractor
  X    
 
       
Sign all accounting reports and certifications to Ginnie Mae
  X    
 
       
Access documents at document custodian
  X    
 
       
Authorize withdrawal of funds from central P&I Custodial Account for payment to security holders and payment of Ginnie Mae guaranty fee
  X    
 
       
Perform accounting and monitoring functions of participations
  X    

E-1


 

EXHIBIT E
FORM OF BILL OF SALE AND
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
      BILL OF SALE, ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT , dated as of [__], (the “ Sale Date ”) is made by and between Bank of America, National Association (the “ Assignor ”) and Nationstar Mortgage LLC (the “ Assignee ”).
Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in that certain Servicing Rights Sale and Issuer Transfer Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of December 5, 2011, by and between Assignor, as Seller, and Assignee, as Purchaser.
WHEREAS , Assignee and Assignor have entered into the Agreement pursuant to which Purchaser has agreed to, among other things, purchase the Assets and to assume the Assumed Obligations;
WHEREAS , pursuant to this Bill of Sale, Assignment and Assumption Agreement, Assignor shall sell, transfer, assign and delegate to Assignee, and Assignee shall purchase, accept and assume, certain servicing assets of Assignor, and certain assets and liabilities related thereto;
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and covenants hereinafter contained, in consideration of the representations, warranties and covenants contained in the Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Bill of Sale, Assignment and Assumption Agreement on the terms set forth herein.
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the Assignor does hereby sell, convey, assign, transfer and deliver to Assignee, and Assignee does hereby purchase, acquire and accept from Assignor, all right, title, interest and security interest of Assignor in, to and all of Seller’s rights, title and interest in and to the [Group [__] Assets].
          Assignee hereby assumes and agrees to pay, discharge fully and timely and perform in accordance with their terms, the Assumed Obligations related to the [Group [__] Assets].
          The respective rights of Assignor, on the one hand, and Assignee, on the other, with respect to the Assets and the Assumed Obligations shall be governed exclusively by the Agreement, and nothing in this Bill of Sale, Assignment and Assumption Agreement shall alter any liability or obligations arising under the Agreement, which shall (without limiting the generality of the foregoing) govern, and shall contain the sole and exclusive representations, warranties and obligations of Assignee and Assignor with respect to the Assets and the Assumed Obligations. If there is any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of the Agreement and this Bill of Sale, Assignment and Assumption Agreement, the provisions of the Agreement shall govern.
          This Bill of Sale, Assignment and Assumption Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of, Assignor, Assignee and their respective successors and

Exhibit E-1


 

permitted assigns, and shall survive the execution and delivery hereof. This Bill of Sale, Assignment and Assumption Agreement is not intended and shall not be construed to confer upon any Person, other than Assignor and Assignee, any rights or remedies hereunder.
          This Bill of Sale, Assignment and Assumption Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to the choice of law principles thereof other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York.
          No waiver, modification or change of any of the provisions of this Bill of Sale, Assignment and Assumption Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the party against whom such claimed waiver, modification or change is sought to be enforced.
          This Bill of Sale, Assignment and Assumption Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
[ THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ]

Exhibit E-2


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Assignee and Assignor have caused this Bill of Sale, Assignment and Assumption Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.
         
  BANK OF AMERICA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Assignor
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC,
as Assignee
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

Exhibit E-3


 

SCHEDULE 1
GROUP 1 ASSETS
[PROVIDED TO THE PARTIES ELECTRONICALLY
AND AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST]

Schedule 1


 

SCHEDULE 2
GROUP 2 ASSETS
[PROVIDED TO THE PARTIES ELECTRONICALLY
AND AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST]

Schedule 2


 

SCHEDULE 3
GROUP 3 ASSETS
[PROVIDED TO THE PARTIES ELECTRONICALLY
AND AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST]

Schedule 3


 

SCHEDULE 4
GROUP 4 ASSETS
[PROVIDED TO THE PARTIES ELECTRONICALLY
AND AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST]

Schedule 4


 

SCHEDULE 5
GROUP 5 ASSETS
[PROVIDED TO THE PARTIES ELECTRONICALLY
AND AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST]

Schedule 5


 

SCHEDULE 6
GROUP 6 ASSETS
[PROVIDED TO THE PARTIES ELECTRONICALLY
AND AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST]

Schedule 6


 

SCHEDULE 7
GROUP 7 ASSETS
[PROVIDED TO THE PARTIES ELECTRONICALLY
AND AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST]

Schedule 7


 

SCHEDULE 8
GROUP 8 ASSETS
[PROVIDED TO THE PARTIES ELECTRONICALLY
AND AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST]

Schedule 9


 

SCHEDULE 9
SUBSERVICED REVERSE MORTGAGE LOANS
[PROVIDED TO THE PARTIES ELECTRONICALLY
AND AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST]

Schedule 7


 

SCHEDULE 10
HMBS POOL SCHEDULE
[PROVIDED TO THE PARTIES ELECTRONICALLY
AND AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST]

Schedule 11


 

SCHEDULE 11
LIST OF GINNIE MAE ISSUER TRANSFER DOCUMENTS
a.) 3 original Assignment Agreement (Appendix VIII-3) (Seller and Purchaser)
b.) 1 original Appendix VIII-4 Pool Transfer System (Seller)
c.) 1 original Corporate Resolution (Seller)
d.) 3 original Master Servicing Agreements (Purchaser)
e.) 3 original Master Custodial Agreements (Purchaser)
f.) 5 copies of current Master Custodial Agreements (Seller)
g.) 1 original Master Agreement for Participation Accounting (Purchaser)
Schedule 12

 


 

SCHEDULE 12-1
ASSUMED CONTRACTS
GROUP 2 ASSETS
1. Amended and Restated Flow Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2009, by and between Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as seller and servicer and Bank of America, National Association as purchaser.
2. Subcontract Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2009, by and between Bank of America, National Association as issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
GROUP 3 ASSETS
1. Amended and Restated Reverse Mortgage Subservicing Agreement, dated as of April 5, 2010, by and between Bank of America, National Association, as client and Reverse Mortgage Solutions, Inc., as subservicer.
GROUP 4 ASSETS
1. First Amended and Restated Flow Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2007, by and between OneWest Bank, FSB (successor servicer to Financial Freedom Senior Funding Corporation), as company and Bank of America, National Association, as purchaser.
2. Flow Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2009, by and between OneWest Bank FSB (successor servicer to Financial Freedom Acquisitions LLC), as seller and servicer and Bank of America, National Association, as purchaser.
3. Subcontract Servicing Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2009, by and between Bank of America, National Association, as issuer and OneWest Bank, FSB (successor servicer to Financial Freedom Acquisition LLC and Financial Freedom Senior Funding Corporation).
4. Custodial Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2006, by and between Bank of America, National Association and U.S. Bank National Association.
5. Amended and Restated Custodial Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2009, by and among Bank of America, National Association, as owner, Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, as custodian and OneWest Bank (successor servicer to Financial Freedom Acquisitions LLC), as servicer.
GROUP 5 ASSETS
1. Amended and Restated Flow Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2009, by and between MetLife Home Loans, a division of MetLife Bank, N.A. as seller and servicer and Bank of America, National Association as purchaser and the related acknowledgement and recognition agreement.
2. Subcontract Servicing Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2009, by and between Bank of America, National Association, Compu-Link Corporation and MetLife Home Loans, a division of MetLife Bank, N.A.
Schedule 12-1-1

 


 

Group 6 ASSETS
1. Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2011, by and among Bank of America, National Association, Mortgage Equity Conversion Asset Trust 2011-1, U.S. Bank National Association, Federal National Mortgage Association, as seller and guarantor and Reverse Mortgage Solutions, Inc.
2. Credit Risk Management Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2011, by and among Bank of America, National Association, Mortgage Equity Conversion Asset Trust 2011-1, Federal National Mortgage Association, Reverse Mortgage Solutions, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as credit risk manager.
3. Amended and Restated Trust Agreement (the “ Trust Agreement ”), dated as of May 1, 2011, among BA Residential Securitization LLC, the U.S. Bank National Association, the Seller and Federal National Mortgage Association.
4. Custodial Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2011, by and among Bank of America, National Association, Mortgage Equity Conversion Asset Trust 2011-1, U.S. Bank National Association, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, National Association, as custodian and Reverse Mortgage Solutions, Inc.
5. Custodial Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2011, by and among Bank of America, National Association, Mortgage Equity Conversion Asset Trust 2011-1, U.S. Bank National Association, ReconTrust Company, N.A., as custodian and Reverse Mortgage Solutions, Inc.
6. Custodial Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2011, by and among BAC Home Loans Servicing, LP, Mortgage Equity Conversion Asset Trust 2011-1, U.S. Bank National Association, as co-trustee and custodian and Reverse Mortgage Solutions, Inc.
GROUP 7 ASSETS
1. Purchase Facility Letter, dated as of July 1, 2006, by and between Lehman Brothers Bank, FSB, as purchaser and Bank of America, National Association, as seller and servicer.
2. Supplement No. 1 to the Purchase Facility Letter, dated as of September 1, 2006, by and between Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc. (successor to Lehman Brothers Bank, FSB,) as purchaser and Bank of America, National Association, as seller and servicer.
3. Supplement No. 1 to the Purchase Facility Letter, dated as of February 2, 2007 by and between Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc. (successor to Lehman Brothers Bank, FSB,) as purchaser and Bank of America, National Association, as seller and servicer.
4. Purchase Facility Amendment dated as of October 5, 2007, by and between Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc. (successor to Lehman Brothers Bank, FSB,), as purchaser and Bank of America, National Association, as seller and servicer.
5. Flow Purchase, Warranties and Servicing Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2006, by and between Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc. (successor to Lehman Brothers Bank, FSB) as purchaser and Bank of America, National Association as seller and servicer.
Schedule 12-1-2

 


 

6. Amendment No. 1 to Flow Purchase, Warranties and Servicing Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2007, by and between Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc. (successor to Lehman Brothers Bank, FSB) as purchaser and Bank of America, National Association, as seller and servicer.
7. Amended and Restated Flow Custodial Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2006 by and between Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc. (successor to Lehman Brothers Bank, FSB) as owner (“Owner”) and U.S. Bank Trust National Association as custodian, as assigned by Owner to Bank of America, National Association pursuant to the Assignment and Assumption, dated as of October 5, 2007 by and among the Owner, Bank of America, National Association and U.S. Bank Trust National Association.
GROUP 8 ASSETS (MECA 2006-SFG1)
1. First Amended and Restated Flow Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2006, by and between Bank of America, National Association, as purchaser and Bank of America, National Association (as successor to Seattle Savings Bank), as servicer.
2. Assignment, Assumption and Recognition Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2006, by and among Bank of America, National Association, Mortgage Equity Conversion Asset Corporation, and U.S. Bank National Association (successor to LaSalle Bank National Association) and Mortgage Equity Conversion Asset Trust 2006-SFG1.
GROUP 8 ASSETS (MECA 2006-SFG2)
1. First Amended and Restated Flow Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2006, by and between Bank of America, National Association, as purchaser and Bank of America, National Association (as successor to Seattle Savings Bank), as servicer.
2. Assignment, Assumption and Recognition Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2006, by and among Bank of America, National Association, Mortgage Equity Conversion Asset Corporation, U.S. Bank National Association (successor to LaSalle Bank National Association) and Mortgage Equity Conversion Asset Trust 2006-SFG2.
GROUP 8 ASSETS (MECA 2006-SFG3)
1. First Amended and Restated Flow Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2006, by and between Bank of America, National Association as purchaser and Bank of America, National Association (as successor to Seattle Savings Bank) as servicer.
2. Assignment, Assumption and Recognition Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, by and among Bank of America, National Association, Mortgage Equity Conversion Asset Corporation, U.S. Bank National Association (successor to LaSalle Bank National Association) and Mortgage Equity Conversion Asset Trust 2006-SFG3.
ADDITIONAL ASSUMED CONTRACT PURSUANT TO ASSIGNMENT, ASSUMPTION AND RECOGNITION AGREEMENTS IN CONNECTION WITH AN HMBS PARTICIPATION AGENT
1. GNMA HMBS Participation Agent Agreement, dated as of February 3, 2011, by and between Bank of America, National Association, as issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as participation agent.
Schedule 12-1-3

 


 

SCHEDULE 12-2
UNDERLYING SERVICING AGREEMENTS FOR THIRD-PARTY SERVICED ASSETS
GROUP 2 ASSETS
1. Amended and Restated Flow Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2009, by and between Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as seller and servicer and Bank of America, National Association as purchaser.
GROUP 3 ASSETS
1. Amended and Restated Reverse Mortgage Subservicing Agreement, dated as of April 5, 2010, by and between Bank of America, National Association, as client and Reverse Mortgage Solutions, Inc., as subservicer.
GROUP 4 ASSETS
1. First Amended and Restated Flow Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2007, by and between OneWest Bank, FSB (successor servicer to Financial Freedom Senior Funding Corporation), as company and Bank of America, National Association, as purchaser.
2. Flow Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2009, by and between OneWest Bank FSB (successor servicer to Financial Freedom Acquisitions LLC), as seller and servicer and Bank of America, National Association, as purchaser.
GROUP 5 ASSETS
1. Amended and Restated Flow Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2009, by and between MetLife Home Loans, a division of MetLife Bank, N.A. as seller and servicer and Bank of America, National Association as purchaser and the related acknowledgement and recognition agreement.
Schedule 12-2

 


 

SCHEDULE 13
SERVICING FILE DOCUMENTS
Servicing Files shall include, without limitation the following imaged documents in electronic form, as applicable and to the extent available:
a) all records of the Seller relating the origination of the Reverse Mortgage Loan, including, but not limited to, the Counseling Certificates, HECM Loan Submission Schedule, HECM Amortization Schedule, Final HUD-1 Closing Statement, any guarantees, mortgage insurance certificate issued by HUD/FHA and HECM TIL, as applicable
b) all records of the Seller relating the servicing of the Reverse Mortgage Loan
c) copy of the Mortgage Note with addenda;
d) limited power of attorney, if applicable;
e) copy of the Mortgage/Deed of Trust, certified by the governmental recording office or agency to be a true and exact copy of the recorded document;
f) copy of the final title insurance policy;
g) copy of primary mortgage insurance policy;
h) copies of recorded intervening assignments;
i) copy of the abstract of Title in states where required other than those where evidence exists indicating sent to borrower;
j) Previous assumption information, if applicable; and
k) any documents required to service the related Reverse Mortgage Loan in accordance with Applicable Law, or in accordance with the Fannie Mae Guide or the Ginnie Mae Guide, as applicable, or any other applicable regulation.
Schedule 13

 


 

SCHEDULE 14
MORTGAGE LOAN SCHEDULE FIELDS
 
 
 
 
 
1.   the Seller’s Reverse Mortgage Loan number;     
 
2.   Mortgagor’s full name (including any co-mortgagors);
 
3.   the full street address, city, state and zip code of the Mortgaged Property;
 
4.   the current Principal Limit of the Reverse Mortgage Loan;
 
5.   the current Net Principal Limit of the Reverse Mortgage Loan;
 
6.   the applicable Payment Option as of the Cut-off Date;
 
7.   the Mortgage Interest Rate as of the Cut-off Date;
 
8.   the origination date of the Reverse Mortgage Loan;
 
9.   the principal balance of the Reverse Mortgage Loan at origination and as of the Cut-off Date;
 
10.   the Maximum Claim Amount;
 
11.   for each Adjustable Rate Mortgage Loan, the adjustment frequency;
 
12.   for each Adjustable Rate Mortgage Loan, the Gross Margin;
 
13.   for each Adjustable Rate Mortgage Loan, the Index;
 
14.   for each Adjustable Rate Mortgage Loan, the next Adjustment Date following the Cut-off Date;
 
15.   for each Adjustable Rate Mortgage Loan, the lifetime Mortgage Interest Rate cap;
 
16.   a code indicating the payment status of the Reverse Mortgage Loan (e.g., performing,bankruptcy)
 
17.   the FHA case number, if applicable;
 
18.   current line of credit, if applicable;
 
19.   scheduled monthly advance, if applicable;
 
20.   current set asides, if applicable;
Schedule 14

 


 

SCHEDULE 15
DOCUMENT DEFICIENCIES RELATED TO
THE GROUP 1 ASSETS, GROUP 3 ASSETS AND GROUP 5 ASSETS
[PROVIDED TO THE PARTIES ELECTRONICALLY
AND AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST]
Schedule 15

 


 

SCHEDULE 16
Nationstar Claims Request: Data Field Requirements
Date of Request:
BAC Loan Number:
Servicing Loan Number:
Investor Loan Number:
FHA Case Number:
Customer Name:
Property Street Address:
Property City, State, Zip:
Type of Request:
Reason for Request:
Timeline for return response:
* Minimum required documentation and fields as per the FNMA guide, FNMA form 571 requirements and HUD form 27011 (not all inclusive)
Endorsement Date
Date of possession and acquisition of marketable title
Date deed or assignment filed for record or date of closing or appraisal
Date foreclosure proceedings — a. Instituted
Date foreclosure proceedings — b. date of deed in lieu
Mortgage amount — a. original
Mortgage amount — b. modified
Holding mortgagee number (payee) (10 digits)
Holding mortgagee EIN (9 digits)
UPB — current
Expiration date of extension to foreclose/assign
Date of notice/extension to convey
Date of release of bankruptcy, if applicable
Is property vacant? (yes/no)
If property is vacant, date of local HUD office approval
Is property conveyed damaged? (yes/no)
If property is damaged:
- Date of local HUD office approval and certification
- Type of damage (Tornado, Boiler explosion (condo), Fire, Damage (other), Flood, earthquake
Schedule 16

 


 

- Recovery or estimate of damage
Is mortgagee successful bidder? (yes/no)
Authorized bid amount
Mortgagee reported curtailment date
Schedule of Tax Information
- Tax Year
- Type of tax or assessment
- Collector’s property identification
- Amount paid
- Period Covered (From/To)
- Date Paid
Mortgagor’s name, SSN and property address
Brief legal description of property
Amount of monthly payment to:
a. FHA Insurance
b. Taxes
c. Hazard Insurance
d. Interest & Principal
If bankruptcy filed, date filed
If conveyed/assigned damaged, date damage occurred
Number of living units
Status of living units (vacant or occupied)
If occupied enter name of occupant
Date vacated, if applicable
Date secured, if applicable
Supplemental Claim (yes/no)
Adjustment to Loan Balance
Sale/Bid or Appraisal Value (for Coinsurance or Nonconveyance)
Escrow Balance
Total Disbursements for Protection and Preservation
Total Disbursements
Attorney/Trustee Fees Paid
Foreclosure, Acquisition, Conveyance and Other Costs
Schedule 16-2

 


 

Bankruptcy Fee (if applicable)
Rental Income
Rental Expense
Total Taxes on Deed
Recovery or Damage
Estimate or Recovery
Less Total Insurance recovery
Adjusted Amount (plus or minus)
Special Assessments
Mortgage Note Interest
From_____ To _____ Rate____%
Mortgage Insurance Premiums
Overhead Costs
Amount due from buyer at closing or at appraisal notice date
Amount owed to buyer at closing or at appraisal notice date
Additional closing instructions
Appraisal Fee
Debenture Interest Rate
Disbursements for Protection and Preservation
    Detailed list required by line item
 
    Date Paid
 
    Date work completed
 
    Description of Servicer Performed
 
    Amount Paid
 
    Debenture Interest
Disbursements for HIP, taxes, ground rents, water rates (which were liens prior
to mortgage), eviction costs and other disbursements not shown elsewhere (do
not include penalties for late payment)
    Date Paid
 
    Description
 
    Amount Paid
 
    Debenture Interest
Schedule 16-3

 


 

Attorney/Trustee Fees
    Date Paid
 
    Description
      Attorney’s Fees
 
      Trustee’s fees
    Amount Paid
 
    Debenture Interest
Taxes on Deed
    Date Paid
 
    Type
      State
 
      Other
    to Mortgagee
 
    to HUD
 
    Amount Paid
 
    Debenture Interest
Special Assessments
    Date Paid
 
    Date Lien Attached
 
    Description
 
    Amount Paid
 
    Debenture Interest
Bankruptcy
    Date Paid
 
    Description
 
    Amount Paid
 
    Debenture Interest
Mortgage Insurance Premiums
    Date Paid
 
    Period Covered (From/To)
 
    Amount Paid
 
    Debenture Interest
Appraisal Fee
Amounts due from buyer at closing or at appraisal notice date for:
    Taxes
 
    Water rates
Schedule 16-4

 


 

    Special Assessments
Amounts owed to buyer at closing or at appraisal notice date for
    Taxes
 
    Water rates
 
    Special Assessments
Additional closing costs at settlement
    Sales commission
 
    Recording fees
 
    Servicing Charge
 
    Termite Report
 
    Title Insurance
 
    Appraisal
Schedule 16-5

 

Exhibit 10.28
EXCESS SERVICING SPREAD
SALE AND ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT
by and between
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC
(Seller)
and
NIC MSR I LLC
(Purchaser)
Dated and effective as of December 8, 2011

 


 

Table of Contents
         
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS; GENERAL INTERPRETIVE PRINCIPLES
    1  
Section 1.01 Definitions
    1  
Section 1.02 General Interpretive Principles
    10  
 
       
ARTICLE II
    11  
 
       
SALE OF EXCESS SERVICING SPREAD
    11  
Section 2.01 Excess Servicing Spread
    11  
Section 2.02 Grant of Security Interest
    11  
Section 2.03 Sale Date
    11  
 
       
ARTICLE III PAYMENTS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
    13  
Section 3.01 Purchase Price and Prepayment Adjustment
    13  
Section 3.02 Payments by Purchaser
    13  
Section 3.03 Accounts
    14  
Section 3.04 Priority of Payments
    16  
Section 3.05 Withdrawals from the Reserve Account
    17  
Section 3.06 Payment to Seller of Base Servicing Fee
    17  
Section 3.07 Intent and Characterization
    17  
 
       
ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER
    17  
Section 4.01 Due Incorporation and Good Standing
    18  
Section 4.02 Authority and Capacity
    18  
Section 4.03 Owner Consents
    18  
Section 4.04 Title to the Mortgage Servicing Rights
    18  
Section 4.05 Effective Agreements
    19  
Section 4.06 No Accrued Liabilities
    19  
Section 4.07 Seller/Servicer Standing
    19  
Section 4.08 MERS Membership
    19  
Section 4.09 Agency Set-off Rights
    19  
Section 4.10 Ability to Perform; Solvency
    19  
Section 4.11 Repayment of Bank of America Loan
    20  
Section 4.12 Material Documents
    20  
 
       
ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES AS TO MORTGAGE LOANS AND SERVICING
    20  
Section 5.01 Servicing Agreements; Applicable Laws
    20  
Section 5.02 Related Escrow Accounts
    20  
Section 5.03 Accuracy of Servicing Information
    20  
Section 5.04 Excluded Loans
    21  
Section 5.05 No Purchaser Responsibility
    21  
Section 5.06 Location of Credit Files
    21  
Section 5.07 Representations Concerning the Excess Servicing Spread
    21  

 


 

         
ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER
    22  
Section 6.01 Due Incorporation and Good Standing
    22  
Section 6.02 Authority and Capacity
    22  
Section 6.03 Effective Agreements
    22  
Section 6.04 Sophisticated Purchaser
    23  
 
       
ARTICLE VII SELLER COVENANTS
    23  
Section 7.01 Servicing Obligations
    23  
Section 7.02 Cooperation
    23  
Section 7.03 Financing Statements
    24  
Section 7.04 Supplemental Information
    24  
Section 7.05 Access to Information
    24  
Section 7.06 Home Affordable Modification Program
    24  
Section 7.07 Distribution Date Data Tapes and Reports
    24  
Section 7.08 Financial Statements and Officer’s Certificates
    26  
Section 7.09 Monthly Management Calls
    26  
Section 7.10 Timely Payment of Agency Obligations
    26  
Section 7.11 Servicing Agreements
    27  
Section 7.12 Transfer of Mortgage Servicing Rights
    27  
Section 7.13 Consents to Transaction Documents
    27  
Section 7.14 Accounts
    27  
Section 7.15 Notification of Certain Events
    27  
Section 7.16 Financing; Pledge of Excess Servicing Spread
    28  
Section 7.17 Existence, etc
    28  
Section 7.18 Consent to Sub-Servicing
    29  
Section 7.19 Nonpetition Covenant
    29  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF PURCHASER
    29  
Section 8.01 Correctness of Representations and Warranties
    29  
Section 8.02 Compliance with Conditions
    29  
Section 8.03 Corporate Resolution
    30  
Section 8.04 No Material Adverse Change
    30  
Section 8.05 No Actions
    30  
Section 8.06 Consents
    30  
Section 8.07 Delivery of Transaction Documents
    30  
Section 8.08 Certificate of Seller
    30  
Section 8.09 Valuation
    31  
Section 8.10 True Sale Opinion
    31  
 
       
ARTICLE IX CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF SELLER
    31  
Section 9.01 Correctness of Representations and Warranties
    31  
Section 9.02 Compliance with Conditions
    31  
Section 9.03 Corporate Resolution
    31  
Section 9.04 Certificate of Purchaser
    31  
Section 9.05 No Material Adverse Change
    32  
Section 9.06 No Actions
    32  

ii


 

         
ARTICLE X INDEMNIFICATION; CURE OR REPURCHASE
    32  
Section 10.01 Indemnification by Seller
    32  
Section 10.02 Indemnification by Purchaser
    33  
 
       
ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS
    34  
Section 11.01 Costs and Expenses
    34  
Section 11.02 Confidentiality
    34  
Section 11.03 Broker’s Fees
    35  
Section 11.04 Relationship of Parties
    35  
Section 11.05 Survival of Representations and Warranties
    35  
Section 11.06 Notices
    35  
Section 11.07 Waivers
    36  
Section 11.08 Entire Agreement; Amendment
    36  
Section 11.09 Binding Effect
    36  
Section 11.10 Headings
    36  
Section 11.11 Applicable Law
    36  
Section 11.12 Incorporation of Exhibits
    37  
Section 11.13 Counterparts
    37  
Section 11.14 Severability of Provisions
    37  
Section 11.15 Public Announcement
    37  
Section 11.16 Assignment
    37  
Section 11.17 Third Party Beneficiaries
    37  
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A — Schedule of Mortgage Loans as of September 30, 2011
Exhibit B — Seller’s Officer Certificate
Exhibit C — Purchaser’s Officer Certificate
Exhibit D — Location of Credit Files
Exhibit E — Form of Summary Remittance Report
Exhibit F — Form of Delinquency Report
Exhibit G — Form of Disbursement Report
Exhibit H — Seller Chief Executive Office, Jurisdictions and Recording Offices

iii


 

EXCESS SERVICING SPREAD SALE AND ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT
     This EXCESS SERVICING SPREAD SALE AND ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT (as amended, restated, or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), dated as of December 8, 2011, is by and between NIC MSR I LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Purchaser ”), and Nationstar Mortgage LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Seller ”) (Purchaser and Seller will collectively be referred to as the “ Parties ” and each, a “ Party ”).
W I T N E S S E T H :
      WHEREAS , Seller and Bank of America, National Association, a national banking association, have entered into the Mortgage Servicing Rights Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2011, pursuant to which Seller acquired and assumed all right, title and interest in Mortgage Servicing Rights to a certain portfolio of residential mortgage loans owned or securitized by Freddie Mac;
      WHEREAS , by assuming all servicing rights pursuant to the Mortgage Servicing Rights Purchase and Sale Agreement, Seller is entitled to a servicing spread and other incidental fees with respect to the related Mortgage Loans;
      WHEREAS , the servicing spread exceeds the aggregate compensation that Seller requires to service the related Mortgage Loans;
      WHEREAS , Seller desires to sell, and Purchaser desires to purchase, a portion of such excess servicing spread; and
      WHEREAS , Purchaser and Seller desire to set forth the terms and conditions pursuant to which Seller will sell, transfer and assign, to Purchaser, all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to a portion of the excess servicing spread, and Purchaser will purchase and assume all right, title and interest in and to such portion of the excess servicing spread;
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and conditions and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS; GENERAL INTERPRETIVE PRINCIPLES
     Section 1.01 Definitions .
     Whenever used herein, the following words and phrases, unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings:
      90 Day Period : The meaning given to such term in Section 3.01 .

 


 

      Accepted Servicing Practices : With respect to any Mortgage Loan, those accepted and prudent mortgage servicing practices (including collection procedures) which are in accordance with applicable Agency servicing practices and procedures as set forth in the Servicing Agreements, and in a manner at least equal in quality to the servicing that Seller provides to mortgage loans which it owns in its own portfolio.
      Agency : Freddie Mac, or any successor thereto, the Federal National Mortgage Association, or any successor thereto, or the Government National Mortgage Association or any successor thereto, as applicable.
      Agreement : As defined in the introduction hereof.
      Ancillary Income : All incidental servicing fees (such as late fees, assignment transfer fees, returned check fees, special services fees, amortization schedule fees, HAMP, modification and incentive income, etc.) that are supplemental to the servicing spread payable to the servicer pursuant to the applicable servicing fee rate under the Servicing Agreements.
      Applicable Law : With reference to any Person, all laws (including common law), statutes, regulations, ordinances, treaties, judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs and orders of any court, governmental agency or authority and rules, regulations, orders, directives, licenses and permits of any Governmental Authority applicable to such Person or its property or in respect of its operations.
      Bank : Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, or any successor thereto, in its capacity as “Bank” under the Custodial Account Control Agreement or the Reserve Account Control Agreement, as applicable, or any third party custodian or trustee in similar capacity under any replacement account control agreements.
      Base Servicing Fee : With respect to a Collection Period,
     (a) for Mortgage Loans that were BA-Serviced Mortgage Loans during any part of the Collection Period, the Interim Servicing Fee and all other amounts payable to Bank of America, National Association pursuant to Section 8 of the Interim Servicing Agreement for such Collection Period, plus
     (b) for Mortgage Loans that were Nationstar-Serviced Mortgage Loans during any part of a Collection Period, an amount equal to the product of (A) the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Nationstar-Serviced Mortgage Loans as of the related Measurement Date, (B) the Base Servicing Fee Rate and (C) (i) in the case of the initial Collection Period, for Mortgage Loans whose Mortgage Servicing Rights were acquired by Seller on the November 2011 Transfer Date, 1/24, and (ii) in the case of all other Collection Periods, 1/12; provided that the Base Servicing Fee with respect to any Mortgage Loan whose Servicing Agreement is terminated during a Collection Period shall be pro-rated to the actual number of days within such Collection Period in which such Mortgage Loan was serviced by Nationstar.
      Base Servicing Fee Rate : 0.06% per annum.

2


 

      BA-Holdback : The “Holdback” as defined in the Mortgage Servicing Rights Purchase and Sale Agreement.
      BA-Serviced Mortgage Loan : A Mortgage Loan serviced by Bank of America, National Association, pursuant to the Interim Servicing Agreement.
      Business Day : Any day other than (a) a Saturday or Sunday, or (b) a day on which banking institutions in the States of California, Texas or New York are authorized or obligated by law or by executive order to be closed.
      Collateral : The meaning given to such term in Section 2.02 .
      Collateral File : With respect to each Mortgage Loan that is owned by an Agency, a file containing each of the Mortgage Loan Documents or, as applicable, copies thereof, that are required by the applicable Agency to be held by the document custodian pursuant to the Servicing Agreements.
      Collection Period : With respect to any Distribution Date, the calendar month preceding the month in which such Distribution Date occurs.
      Control : The meaning specified in Section 8-106 of the UCC.
      Credit File : Those documents, which may be originals, copies or electronically imaged, pertaining to each Mortgage Loan, held by or on behalf of Seller in connection with the servicing of the Mortgage Loan, which may include Mortgage Loan Documents and the credit documentation relating to the origination of such Mortgage Loan, and any documents gathered during the Servicing of the Mortgage Loans, prior to the Servicing Transfer Date.
      Custodial Account Agreement : The applicable deposit account agreement and other related account documentation governing the Third Party Controlled Custodial Account.
      Custodial Account Control Agreement : The account control agreement among Seller, Purchaser and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Bank, dated as of December 8, 2011, entered into with respect to the Third Party Controlled Custodial Account, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
      Custodian : A custodian of Credit Files or any part thereof.
      Cut-off Date : The opening of business on November 1, 2011.
      Distribution Date : The 10th day of each calendar month, or if such day is not a Business Day, the prior Business Day, beginning in December 2011, or such other day as mutually agreed upon by Seller and Purchaser.
      Electronic Data File : A computer tape or other electronic medium generated by or on behalf of Seller and delivered or transmitted to or on behalf of Purchaser which provides information relating to the Mortgage Loans.

3


 

      Eligible Servicing Agreement : A Servicing Agreement in respect of which the following eligibility requirements have been satisfied:
          (a) such Servicing Agreement is in full force and effect, and is in all respects genuine as appearing on its face or as represented in the books and records of Seller, and no event of default, early amortization event, termination event, or other event giving any party thereto (including with notice or lapse of time or both) the right to terminate Seller as servicer thereunder for cause has occurred and is continuing; and
          (b) Seller has not resigned or been terminated as servicer under such Servicing Agreement and has no actual knowledge of any pending or threatened action to terminate Seller, as servicer (whether for cause or without cause).
      Entitlement Holder : The meaning specified in Section 8-102(a)(7) of the UCC.
      Excess Servicing Spread : The rights of Seller, severable from each (and all) of the other rights under the applicable Servicing Agreements, to 65% of the Total Servicing Spread.
      Excess Spread Refinanced Loan Replacement Agreement : The Excess Spread Refinanced Loan Replacement Agreement, dated as December 8, 2011, by and between Seller and Purchaser, as may be amended, restated, or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time.
      Excluded Loans : Residential mortgage loans that, as of the Cut-off Date, had one or more of the following features:
          (a) is subject to any foreclosure or similar proceeding;
          (b) involves a borrower who is more than 90 days delinquent on any payment on such loan;
          (c) is in process of any modification, workout or other loss mitigation process;
          (d) is insured or guaranteed by the Federal Housing Administration or Department of Veterans Affairs;
          (e) is involved in litigation; or
          (f) involves a Mortgage Servicing Right where a portion of the servicing fee payable by the Owner has been sold by Bank of America, National Association to a third party other than Seller.
      Freddie Mac : The entity formerly known as the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, or any successor thereto.
      Freddie Mac Acknowledgment Agreement : The acknowledgment agreement by and between Freddie Mac, Seller and Purchaser, dated as of December 8, 2011, pursuant to which

4


 

Freddie Mac consents to the sale of the Excess Servicing Spread and other arrangements specified therein.
      GAAP : Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or in such other statements by such other entity as may be in general use by significant segments of the accounting profession, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.
      Governmental Authority : With respect to any Person, any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government and any court or arbitrator having jurisdiction over such Person, any of its subsidiaries or any of its properties.
      Grant : To grant, bargain, sell, warrant, alienate, remise, demise, release, convey, assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge, create and grant a security interest in and right of setoff against, deposit, set over and confirm.
      HAMP : The meaning given to such term in Section 7.06 .
      HAMP Loans : The meaning given to such term in Section 7.06 .
      Holdback Amount : $3,250,000.
      Interim Servicing Agreement : The Interim Servicing Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2011, by and between Bank of America, National Association, and Nationstar Mortgage LLC.
      Interim Servicing Fee : The meaning given to such term in the Interim Servicing Agreement.
      Lien : Any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, collateral assignment, charge, deposit, arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), security interest or preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever intended to assure payment of any indebtedness or the performance of any other obligation, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement.
      Lockbox Account : Account number 4121967343, entitled NS Payment Clearing — General, maintained with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
      Loss or Losses : Any and all direct, actual and out-of-pocket losses, damages, deficiencies, claims, costs or expenses, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, excluding (i) any amounts attributable to or arising from overhead allocations, general or administrative costs and expenses, or any cost for the time of any Party’s employees, (ii) consequential losses or damages consisting of speculative lost profits, lost investment or business opportunity, damage to reputation or operating losses, or (iii) punitive or treble damages; provided , however , that the exclusions set forth in clauses (ii) and (iii) above do not apply if and

5


 

to the extent any such amounts are actually incurred in payment to a third party or government entity.
      MBS : Collateralized mortgage obligations and other mortgage-backed securities.
      Measurement Date : With respect to any Collection Period, the first day of such Collection Period.
      MERS : Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc., or any successor thereto.
      MI : Insurance provided by private mortgage insurance companies to make payments on certain Mortgage Loans in the event that the related Mortgagor defaults in its obligation in respect of the Mortgage.
      Mortgage : Each of those mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds or deeds to secure debt creating a first lien on or an interest in real property securing a Mortgage Note and related to a Mortgage Loan.
      Mortgage Loan : Each of those mortgage loans described in Exhibit A hereto, excluding any Excluded Loans.
      Mortgage Loan Documents : With respect to each Mortgage Loan, the original Mortgage Loan documents held by a Custodian, including the Mortgage Note, and if applicable, cooperative mortgage loan related documents and a power of attorney, a New York Consolidation, Extension and Modification Agreement, or other modification document, or as otherwise set forth under the Servicing Agreements and any other documents required to properly service, through foreclosure, any Mortgaged Property.
      Mortgage Note : With respect to any Mortgage Loan, the note or other evidence of indebtedness of the Mortgagor, thereunder, including, if applicable, an allonge and lost note affidavit.
      Mortgage Servicing Rights : The rights and responsibilities of Seller with respect to servicing the Mortgage Loans under the Servicing Agreements, including any and all of the following if and to the extent provided therein: (a) all rights to service a Mortgage Loan; (b) all rights to receive servicing fees, additional servicing compensation (including without limitation any late fees, change fees, assumption fees, penalties (other than prepayment penalties) or similar payments with respect to such Mortgage Loan, and income on escrow accounts or other receipts on or with respect to the Mortgage Loan), reimbursements or indemnification for servicing the Mortgage Loan, and any payments received in respect of the foregoing and proceeds thereof; (c) the right to collect, hold and disburse escrow payments or other payments with respect to the Mortgage Loan and any amounts actually collected with respect thereto and to receive interest income on such amounts to the extent permitted by Applicable Law; (d) all accounts and other rights to payment related to any of the property described in this paragraph; (e) possession and use of any and all Credit Files pertaining to the Mortgage Loan or pertaining to the past, present or prospective servicing of the Mortgage Loan; (f) to the extent applicable, all rights and benefits relating to the direct solicitation of the related Mortgagors for refinance or modification of the Mortgage Loans and attendant right, title and interest in and to the list of such Mortgagors and

6


 

data relating to their respective Mortgage Loans; and (g) all rights, powers and privileges incident to any of the foregoing.
      Mortgage Servicing Rights Purchase and Sale Agreement : The Mortgage Servicing Rights Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2011, by and between Nationstar Mortgage LLC, as purchaser, and Bank of America, National Association, as seller, including any amendments thereto.
      Mortgaged Property : The Mortgagor’s real property, securing repayment of a related Mortgage Note, consisting of a fee simple interest in a single parcel of real property, improved by a residential dwelling.
      Mortgagor : An obligor under a residential mortgage loan.
      Nationstar-Serviced Mortgage Loan : A Mortgage Loan as to which servicing has been transferred to Seller or its designee.
      Nationstar Loan Agreement : The Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2011, by and between Nationstar Mortgage LLC, as borrower, and Bank of America, National Association, as lender.
      Objection Notice : The meaning given to such term in Section 3.03(c) .
      Owner : Freddie Mac.
      Opinion of Counsel : One or more written opinions, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the recipient, of an attorney at law admitted to practice in any state of the United States or the District of Columbia, which attorney may be counsel for Seller or Purchaser, as the case may be.
      Party or Parties : As defined in the introduction hereof.
      Permitted Liens : Liens in favor of an Agency required pursuant to the applicable Servicing Agreements.
      Person : Any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, business entity, joint stock company, trust, business trust, unincorporated organization, association, enterprise, joint venture, government, any department or agency of any government or any other entity of whatever nature.
      Pledge Agreement : The Collateral Pledge Agreement dated as of September 30, 2011, between Seller and Freddie Mac.
      Prepayment Adjustment : The meaning given to such term in Section 3.01 .
      Priority of Payments : The meaning given to such term in Section 3.02(a) .
      Purchase Price : The meaning given to such term in Section 3.01 .

7


 

      Purchase Price Percentage : 67.7%.
      Purchaser : As defined in the introduction hereof.
      Purchaser Indemnitees : The meaning given to such term in Section 10.01 .
      Related Escrow Accounts : Mortgage Loan escrow/impound accounts maintained by Seller relating to the Mortgage Servicing Rights, including accounts for buydown funds, real estate taxes and MI, flood and hazard insurance premiums.
      Remaining Expected Total Servicing Spread : The meaning given to such term in Section 3.03(c) .
      Repurchase Price : As defined in Section 10.03 of the Mortgage Servicing Rights Purchase and Sale Agreement.
      Requirement of Law : As to any Person, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.
      Reserve Account : The account specified in the Reserve Account Control Agreement and maintained by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association or another third party custodian or trustee selected by Purchaser.
      Reserve Account Agreement : The applicable deposit account agreement and other related account documentation governing the Reserve Account.
      Reserve Account Control Agreement : The account control agreement among Seller, Purchaser and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Bank, dated as of December 8, 2011, entered into with respect to the Reserve Account, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
      Reserve Account Deposit Event : The meaning given to such term in Section 3.03(c) .
      Reserve Account Required Amount : The meaning given to such term in Section 3.03(c) .
      Retained Servicing Spread : The rights of Seller, severable from each (and all) of the other rights under the applicable Servicing Agreements, to 35% of the Total Servicing Spread.
      Sale Date : Close of business on December 8, 2011, or such other date as may be mutually agreed to in writing by Seller and Purchaser.
      Seller : as defined in the introduction hereof.
      Seller Indemnities : The meaning given to such term in Section 10.02 .

8


 

      Servicing : The responsibilities, with respect to servicing the Mortgage Loans, under the Servicing Agreements.
      Servicing Agreements : The servicing agreements, as amended from time to time, and any waivers, consent letters, acknowledgments and other agreements under which Seller is the servicer of the Mortgage Loans relating to the Mortgage Servicing Rights and governing the servicing of the Mortgage Loans, or with respect to Mortgage Loans owned by the Seller, the credit and collection standards, policies, procedures and practices of Seller relating to residential mortgage loans owned and serviced by the Servicer.
      Servicing Spread Collections : For each Collection Period, the funds collected on the Mortgage Loans and allocated as the servicing fees payable to Seller as servicer of the Mortgage Loans with respect to such Collection Period pursuant to the applicable Servicing Agreement, other than Ancillary Income and, for the avoidance of doubt, other than reimbursements received for advances and other out-of-pocket expenditures from an Agency by Seller in accordance with the Servicing Agreements.
      Servicing Transfer Date : As defined in the Mortgage Servicing Rights Purchase and Sale Agreement.
      Solvent : With respect to any Person as of any date of determination, (a) the value of the assets of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities (including contingent and unliquidated liabilities) of such Person as determined in accordance with GAAP, (b) such Person is able to pay all liabilities of such Person as such liabilities mature and (c) such Person does not have unreasonably small capital. In computing the amount of contingent or unliquidated liabilities at any time, such liabilities will be computed at the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.
      Tangible Net Worth : (i) The net worth of Seller and its consolidated subsidiaries, on a combined basis, determined in accordance with GAAP, minus (ii) all intangibles determined in accordance with GAAP (including, without limitation, goodwill, capitalized financing costs and capitalized administration costs but excluding originated and purchased mortgage servicing rights or retained residual securities) and any and all advances to, investments in and receivables held from Affiliates; provided, however, that the non-cash effect (gain or loss) of any mark-to-market adjustments made directly to stockholders’ equity for fluctuation of the value of financial instruments as mandated under the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 (or any successor statement) shall be excluded from the calculation of Tangible Net Worth.
      Third Party Claim : The meaning given to such term in Section 10.01 and Section 10.02 , as applicable.
      Third Party Controlled Custodial Account : The account specified in the Custodial Account Control Agreement and maintained by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association or another third party custodian or trustee selected by Purchaser, into which all Servicing Spread Collections, all payments representing Repurchase Price payments from Bank of America,

9


 

National Association and all Servicing Agreement termination payments in respect of the Mortgage Loans shall be deposited.
      Total Servicing Spread : For each Collection Period on and after the Cut-off Date, the sum of the following: (a) the Servicing Spread Collections received during such Collection Period and remaining after payment of the Base Servicing Fee, (b) all other amounts payable by the Agencies to Seller with respect to the Mortgage Servicing Rights, including any termination fees paid by the applicable Agency to Seller for terminating Seller as the servicer of any of the Mortgage Loans, but for the avoidance of doubt, excluding all Ancillary Income and reimbursements received for advances and other out-of-pocket expenditures from an Agency by Seller in accordance with the Servicing Agreements and (c) all amounts with respect to Repurchase Prices received from Bank of America, National Association during such Collection Period, pursuant to Section 10.03 of the Mortgage Rights Purchase and Sale Agreement.
      Transaction Documents : The Mortgage Servicing Rights Purchase and Sale Agreement, the Transfer Confirmations, the Interim Servicing Agreement, the Tri-Party Agreement, the Freddie Mac Acknowledgment Agreement, the Custodial Account Agreement, the Custodial Account Control Agreement, the Reserve Account Agreement, the Reserve Account Control Agreement, the Excess Spread Refinanced Loan Replacement Agreement and this Agreement.
      Transfer Confirmation : As defined in the Mortgage Servicing Rights Purchase and Sale Agreement.
      Tri-Party Agreement : The Servicing Transfer Agreement dated as of September 30, 2011, by, between and among Bank of America, National Association, Freddie Mac and Seller (including any amendments thereto) pursuant to which Freddie Mac acknowledges that it will look solely to Bank of America, National Association, and not to Seller, for any claims relating to the selling representations and warranties on Mortgage Loans and the servicing of such Mortgage Loans prior to the applicable Servicing Transfer Date.
      UCC : The Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the applicable jurisdiction.
     Section 1.02 General Interpretive Principles .
     For purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:
          (a) The terms defined in this Agreement have the meanings assigned to them in this Agreement and include the plural as well as the singular, and the use of any gender herein shall be deemed to include the other gender;
          (b) Accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
          (c) References herein to “Articles,” “Sections,” “Subsections,” “Paragraphs,” and other subdivisions without reference to a document are to designated Articles, Sections, Subsections, Paragraphs and other subdivisions of this Agreement;

10


 

          (d) A reference to a Subsection without further reference to a Section is a reference to such Subsection as contained in the same Section in which the reference appears, and this rule shall also apply to Paragraphs and other subdivisions;
          (e) The words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision;
          (f) The term “include” or “including” shall mean without limitation by reason of enumeration, and
          (g) Any and all capitalized terms which are not defined herein shall have their respective meanings set forth in the Servicing Agreements.
ARTICLE II
SALE OF EXCESS SERVICING SPREAD
     Section 2.01 Excess Servicing Spread .
     Subject to, and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Seller does hereby irrevocably sell, transfer, and deliver to Purchaser all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the Excess Servicing Spread and all proceeds thereof, and Purchaser agrees to purchase the Excess Servicing Spread and all proceeds thereof.
     Section 2.02 Grant of Security Interest .
     In order to secure Seller’s obligations to deliver the Excess Servicing Spread and its obligations hereunder and under the Mortgage Servicing Rights Purchase and Sale Agreement, Seller hereby Grants to Purchaser a valid and continuing first priority and perfected Lien on and security interest in all of Seller’s right, title and interest in, to and under, the Third Party Controlled Custodial Account and the Reserve Account, together with all amounts deposited therein from time to time and all cash and non-cash proceeds thereof, in each case, whether now owned or existing, or hereafter acquired and arising (the “ Collateral ”).
     Section 2.03 Sale Date .
     On the Sale Date, subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions herein:
          (a) Ownership of the Excess Servicing Spread shall be transferred to Purchaser;
          (b) Each of Seller and Purchaser shall deliver or cause to be delivered duly executed copies of the following documents to which they are a party or for which they are otherwise responsible as set forth below:
          (i) This Agreement;
          (ii) The Excess Spread Refinanced Loan Replacement Agreement;

11


 

          (iii) The Freddie Mac Acknowledgment Agreement;
          (iv) The executed Custodial Account Agreement;
          (v) The executed Custodial Account Control Agreement;
          (vi) The executed Reserve Account Agreement;
          (vii) The executed Reserve Account Control Agreement;
          (viii) The duly executed corporate certificate of Seller required by Section 8.08 ;
          (ix) A certificate of good standing of Seller dated as of a date within five (5) Business Days prior to the Sale Date to be delivered by Seller;
          (x) A secretary’s certificate of Seller attaching its organizational documents, board resolutions and incumbency certificates;
          (xi) The duly executed corporate certificate of Purchaser required by Section 9.04 ;
          (xii) A certificate of good standing of Purchaser dated as of a date within five (5) Business Days prior to the Sale Date to be delivered by Purchaser;
          (xiii) An Opinion of Counsel of Seller reasonably acceptable to Purchaser regarding due authorization, authority, and enforceability of the applicable Transaction Documents to which Seller is a party, and regarding no conflicts with other material Seller agreements;
          (xiv) An Opinion of Counsel of Seller reasonably acceptable to Purchaser regarding the characterization of the sale of the Excess Servicing Spread as a true sale for bankruptcy purposes;
          (xv) A draft form of a UCC-1 financing statements relating to the sale of the Excess Servicing Spread to Purchaser on the Closing Date, and relating to the security interest of Purchaser in the Third Party Controlled Custodial Account and in the Reserve Account, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Buyer; and
          (xvi) A copy of the UCC-3 termination of financing statement to be filed in the appropriate jurisdictions relating to the termination of the lien granted by Seller to Bank of America, National Association pursuant to the Nationstar Loan Agreement;
          (c) Purchaser shall pay to Seller the portion of the Purchase Price due on the Sale Date in accordance with Section 3.02(a) .
          (d) Seller shall provide Purchaser with copies of the following:

12


 

          (i) The executed Mortgage Servicing Rights Purchase and Sale Agreement;
          (ii) The executed Interim Servicing Agreement;
          (iii) The executed Tri-Party Agreement;
          (iv) The executed Pledge Agreement;
          (v) Evidence of payment in full of the loan provided under the Nationstar Loan Agreement; and
          (vi) The Transfer Confirmations.
ARTICLE III
PAYMENTS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
     Section 3.01 Purchase Price and Prepayment Adjustment .
     In full consideration for the purchase of the Excess Servicing Spread, and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Purchaser shall pay to Seller an amount (the “ Purchase Price ”) equal to the product of (x) the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Loans as of September 30, 2011, (y) the Purchase Price Percentage and (z) 0.65; provided, that in the event full prepayments of principal balances on the Mortgage Loans exceed an annualized rate of seven percent (7%) by the end of 90 days after September 30, 2011 (the “ 90 Day Period ”), the Purchase Price shall be reduced by an amount equal to the product of (i) the excess of (x) the aggregate amount of the full prepayments on the Mortgage Loans during the 90 Day Period, over (y) an amount equal to product of (A) seven percent (7%), (B) twenty-five percent (25%) and (C) the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Loans as of September 30, 2011, (ii) 0.70% and (iii) 0.65 (the “ Prepayment Adjustment ”). Seller shall notify Purchaser in writing of the amount of the Prepayment Adjustment within 45 days of the end of the 90 Day Period and shall provide support for the calculation thereof, if any, within such 45 day period. If applicable, Seller shall remit the Prepayment Adjustment to Purchaser within 60 days of the end of the 90 Day Period.
     Section 3.02 Payments by Purchaser .
     Payments shall be paid by Purchaser to Seller by wire transfer of immediately available federal funds, to an account designated by Seller, as follows:
          (a) Purchaser will pay Seller the excess of the Purchase Price over the Holdback Amount on the Sale Date. Five Business Days prior to the release by Seller of any portion of the BA-Holdback pursuant to the Mortgage Servicing Rights Purchase and Sale Agreement, Seller shall deliver notice to Purchaser of the Mortgage Loans in respect of which the applicable portion of the BA-Holdback will be released and the date of such release. On the date the applicable portion of the BA-Holdback will be released as specified in such notice,

13


 

Purchaser shall pay to Seller a portion of the unpaid Purchase Price proportional to the portion of the BA-Holdback that will be released.
          (b) If, subsequent to the payment of the Purchase Price or the payment of any amounts due hereunder to either party, the outstanding principal balance of any Mortgage Loan is found to be in error, or if for any reason the Purchase Price or such other amounts is found to be in error, the party benefiting from the error shall pay an amount sufficient to correct and reconcile the Purchase Price or such other amounts and shall provide a reconciliation statement and other such documentation to reasonably satisfy the other party concerning the accuracy of such reconciliation. Such amounts shall be paid by the proper party within ten (10) Business Days from receipt of satisfactory written verification of amounts due. Any such request must be received by either party within 180 days of the last Servicing Transfer Date.
     Section 3.03 Accounts .
          (a) Lockbox Account . Seller shall inform the Mortgagors of Mortgage Loans to remit their mortgage payments to the Lockbox Account. Payments of all Servicing Spread Collections (net of amounts withheld by Bank of America, National Association, pursuant to and in accordance with the Interim Servicing Agreement) received on and after the date hereof shall be transferred from the Lockbox Account to the Third Party Controlled Custodial Account within one Business Day of receipt and identification thereof and in any event, within two Business Days of receipt thereof.
          (b) Third Party Controlled Custodial Account .
          (i) The Third Party Controlled Custodial Account will be established with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association or with such other third party custodian or trustee selected by Purchaser, for the sole purpose of receiving and disbursing all Servicing Spread Collections, Servicing Agreement termination payments and amounts representing Repurchase Prices received from Bank of America, National Association with respect to the Mortgage Loans. The Third Party Controlled Custodial Account will be established pursuant to the Custodial Account Control Agreement with respect to which Purchaser is an Entitlement Holder with Control. So long as permitted by the Custodial Account Control Agreement, Seller may direct the disposition of funds in the Third Party Controlled Custodial Account strictly in accordance with the Priority of Payments. Upon any material breach of a representation, warranty or covenant by Seller hereunder, Purchaser may elect to exercise Control over the Third Party Controlled Custodial Account. Seller agrees to take all actions reasonably necessary, including the filing of appropriate financing statements, to protect Purchaser’s interest in the Third Party Controlled Custodial Account.
          (ii) Seller shall inform each Agency to remit the applicable portion of any Servicing Agreement termination payments payable after the Sale Date directly to the Third Party Controlled Custodial Account. Any termination payment to be directed to the Third Party Controlled Custodial Account shall be equal to the pro rata amount by which the Mortgage Loans affected by such termination bear to all mortgage loans of

14


 

Seller affected by such termination, based upon the method in which such termination payments are calculated in accordance with the applicable Servicing Agreement.
          (iii) If, pursuant to Section 10.03 of the Mortgage Servicing Rights Purchase and Sale Agreement, Bank of America, National Association is required to remit any Repurchase Price to Seller, Seller shall direct Bank of America, National Association to deposit the Repurchase Price into the Third Party Controlled Custodial Account.
          (c) Reserve Account . The Reserve Account will be established with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association or with such other third party custodian or trustee selected by Purchaser. The Reserve Account will be established pursuant to the Reserve Account Control Agreement with respect to which Purchaser is an Entitlement Holder with Control. So long as permitted by the Reserve Account Control Agreement, Seller may direct the disposition of funds in the Reserve Account strictly in accordance with Section 3.05 . Seller agrees to take all actions reasonably necessary, including the filing of appropriate financing statements, to protect Purchaser’s interest in the Reserve Account.
     If at any time Seller’s Tangible Net Worth falls below $150,000,000 or if Seller defaults in any indebtedness in excess of $10,000,000 (each, a “ Reserve Account Deposit Event ”), Seller shall immediately notify Purchaser in writing that a Reserve Account Deposit Event has occurred. On each Distribution Date upon which a Reserve Account Deposit Event has occurred and is continuing, Seller shall be required to transfer funds in the Third Party Controlled Custodial Account to the Reserve Account in accordance with the Priority of Payments until the amount of funds in the Reserve Account is equal to the Reserve Account Required Amount. The “ Reserve Account Required Amount ” is equal to 25% of the fair market value as of the date the Reserve Account Deposit Event that is then-continuing first occurred of the Total Servicing Spread expected to be paid over the expected remaining life of the Mortgage Loans (including any Replacement Mortgage Loans) (the “ Remaining Expected Total Servicing Spread ”) determined in accordance with the following paragraph. Seller shall immediately notify Purchaser in writing if a Reserve Account Deposit Event is no longer continuing. Any funds in the Reserve Account in excess of the Reserve Account Required Amount shall be released to Seller.
     For purposes of determining the fair market value of the Remaining Expected Total Servicing Spread, Purchaser shall submit its claim for determination of the fair market value of the Remaining Expected Total Servicing Spread, together with such back-up information it deems appropriate to justify such fair market value (which value shall be considered the fair market value of the Remaining Expected Total Servicing Spread for purposes of calculating the Reserve Account Required Amount until the final determination of such fair market value in accordance with this paragraph). Within five (5) Business Days of Seller’s receipt of such determination, Seller shall notify Purchaser in writing of its acceptance or any objection to such determination of such fair market value, and if Seller objects to such determination, together with its own determination of such fair market value and any back-up information as it deems appropriate to justify such fair market value (an “ Objection Notice ”). In the event an Objection Notice is delivered, the parties shall negotiate in good faith a resolution to such objection. In the event that Seller and Purchaser are unable to resolve such objection within five (5) Business

15


 

Days of the delivery of such Objection Notice, Seller and Purchaser shall appoint a mutually acceptable nationally recognized valuation expert to determine such fair market value of the Remaining Expected Total Servicing Spread. The determination of such valuation expert shall be binding on Seller and Purchaser and the fees of such valuation expert shall be borne by Seller.
     Section 3.04 Priority of Payments .
     On each Business Day, subject to the terms and conditions of the Custodial Account Control Agreement, Seller or or, after the deliver of an Access Termination Notice pursuant to the Custodial Account Control Agreement, Purchaser) will direct the Bank to apply the monies in the Third Party Controlled Custodial Account in the following order of priority (the “ Priority of Payments ”), in every case, after giving effect to each prior item in the Priority of Payments on such Distribution:
          (a) first , from amounts in the Third Party Controlled Custodial Account attributable to Servicing Agreement termination payments paid by an Agency with respect to any Mortgage Loans, pro rata , (A) 65% of such termination payments to Purchaser, and (B) 35% of such termination payments to Seller;
          (b) second , on any Business Day from and including the first Business Day of a calendar month to but excluding the Distribution Date in such calendar month, at the option of Seller, Base Servicing Fee payable with respect to a prior Collection Period for the Nationstar-Serviced Mortgage Loans to Seller;
          (c) third , on each Distribution Date, to the extent not previously paid to Seller in accordance with paragraph second above, any accrued and unpaid Base Servicing Fee for the Nationstar-Serviced Mortgage Loans to Seller;
          (d) fourth , on each Distribution Date, pro rata , (A) any Excess Servicing Spread for the prior Collection Period (other than the portion thereof consisting of termination payments paid pursuant to paragraph first above) to Purchaser and (B) any Retained Excess Servicing Spread for the prior Collection Period (other than the portion thereof consisting of termination payments paid pursuant to paragraph first above) to Seller; provided , that if any indemnity payments are then due and payable to a Purchaser Indemnitee pursuant to Section 10.01 , such indemnity payments shall be paid to Purchaser or its designee, as applicable, from any amounts otherwise distributable pursuant to this clause (B); and provided , further , that if a Reserve Account Deposit Event has occurred and is continuing, any amounts distributable pursuant to this clause (B) after giving effect to the preceding proviso shall be transferred to the Reserve Account to the extent necessary to cause the amount of funds on deposit in the Reserve Account to equal the Reserve Account Required Amount; and
          (e) fifth , on each Distribution Date, to Seller, any other amounts remaining on deposit in the Third Party Controlled Custodial Account.
     All payments to Purchaser or Seller shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available federal funds to an account designated by Purchaser or Seller, as applicable, to Bank.

16


 

     Section 3.05 Withdrawals from the Reserve Account .
     On any Business Day, at the instruction of Purchaser, Seller shall direct the Bank to apply funds in the Reserve Account, if any, to the payment of indemnity payments payable to a Purchaser Indemnitee pursuant to Section 10.01 . If on any Business Day a Reserve Account Deposit Event is not then continuing and all outstanding indemnity payments payable to Purchaser Indemnitees have been paid in full, Seller may direct the Bank to distribute any remaining funds in the Reserve Account to, or as directed by, Seller. If there are any funds remaining in the Reserve Account after the Excess Servicing Spread and all indemnity payments payable to Purchaser Indemnities have been paid in full, Seller shall direct the Bank to distribute such remaining funds to, or as directed by, Seller.
     Section 3.06 Payment to Seller of Base Servicing Fee .
     Seller shall be entitled to payment of the Base Servicing Fee for Nationstar-Serviced Mortgage Loans only to the extent funds are available therefor in the Third Party Controlled Custodial Account. Under no circumstances shall Purchaser be liable to Bank of America, National Association or Seller for payment of the Base Servicing Fee. In the event servicing of the Mortgage Loans is transferred to sub-servicers for any reason, the servicing fees and expenses of such sub-servicers shall be paid by Seller and in no event will the amount of Servicing Spread Collections or termination payments otherwise allocable to the Excess Servicing Spread be reduced due to the payment of sub-servicing fees and expenses.
     Section 3.07 Intent and Characterization .
          (a) Seller and Purchaser intend that the sale of the Excess Servicing Spread pursuant to this Agreement constitute a valid sale of the Excess Servicing Spread from Seller to Purchaser, conveying good title to the Excess Servicing Spread free and clear of any Lien and that the beneficial interest in and title to the Excess Servicing Spread not be part of Seller’s estate in the event of the bankruptcy of Seller. Seller and Purchaser intend and agree to treat the transfer and assignment of the Excess Servicing Spread as an absolute sale for tax purposes, and as an absolute and complete conveyance of title for property law purposes. Except for financial accounting purposes, neither party intends the transactions contemplated hereby to be characterized as a loan from Purchaser to Seller.
     In the event (but only in the event) that the conveyance of the Excess Servicing Spread is characterized by a court or governmental authority as security for a loan rather than a sale, Seller will be deemed to have granted to Purchaser, and Seller hereby grants to Purchaser, a security interest in all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Excess Servicing Spread and all proceeds thereof as security for a loan in the amount of the Purchase Price.
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER
     As an inducement to Purchaser to enter into this Agreement, Seller represents and warrants to Purchaser as of the Sale Date as follows:

17


 

     Section 4.01 Due Incorporation and Good Standing .
     Seller is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Seller is qualified to transact business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is deemed necessary to service the Mortgage Loans. Seller has, in full force and effect (without notice of possible suspension, revocation or impairment), all required permits, approvals, licenses, and registrations to conduct all activities in all states in which its activities with respect to the Mortgage Loans or the Mortgage Servicing Rights require it to be licensed, registered or approved in order to service the Mortgage Loans and own the Mortgage Servicing Rights, unless the failure to obtain such permits, approvals, licenses and registrations would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Seller’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party.
     Section 4.02 Authority and Capacity .
     Seller has all requisite corporate power, authority and capacity, subject to approvals required pursuant to Section 4.03 hereof, to enter into this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party and to perform the obligations required of it hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have each been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action. This Agreement constitutes, and each other applicable Transaction Document to which Seller is a party constitutes or will constitute, a valid and legally binding agreement of Seller enforceable in accordance with its terms, and no offset, counterclaim or defense exists to the full performance by Seller of this Agreement or such other Transaction Document, except as the same may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equity principles.
     Section 4.03 Owner Consents .
     Seller has obtained all necessary approvals, agreements and consents of the Owner with respect to the transfer of the Mortgage Servicing Rights from Bank of America, National Association and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents with respect to Mortgage Loans owned by Owner on or prior to the Sale Date.
     Section 4.04 Title to the Mortgage Servicing Rights .
     Seller is the lawful owner of the Mortgage Servicing Rights, is responsible for the maintenance of the Related Escrow Accounts, and has the sole right and authority to transfer the Excess Servicing Spread as contemplated hereby. The transfer, assignment and delivery of the Excess Servicing Spread shall be free and clear of any and all claims, charges, defenses, offsets, Liens and encumbrances of any kind or nature whatsoever other than Permitted Liens. If required by the applicable Agency, such Agency has consented to the transfer of the Excess Servicing Spread with respect to Mortgage Loans owned by such Agency to Purchaser.

18


 

     Section 4.05 Effective Agreements .
     The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document by Seller, compliance with the terms hereof and thereof and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby did not, and will not, violate, conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default under, be prohibited by or require any additional approval under its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any instrument or agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound or which affects the Excess Servicing Spread, or any state or federal law, rule or regulation or any judicial or administrative decree, order, ruling or regulation applicable to it or to the Excess Servicing Spread.
     Section 4.06 No Accrued Liabilities .
     To the best of Seller’s knowledge, there are no accrued liabilities of Bank of America, National Association or of Seller with respect to the Mortgage Loans or the Mortgage Servicing Rights or circumstances under which such accrued liabilities will arise against Purchaser as purchaser of the Excess Servicing Spread.
     Section 4.07 Seller/Servicer Standing .
     Seller is an approved Freddie Mac seller/servicer in good standing with the requisite financial criteria and adequate resources to complete the transactions contemplated hereby on the conditions stated herein.
     Section 4.08 MERS Membership .
     Seller is a member in good standing under the MERS system.
     Section 4.09 Agency Set-off Rights .
     Seller has no actual notice, including any notice received from any Agency, or any reason to believe, that, other than in the normal course of Seller’s business, any circumstances exist that would result in Seller being liable to any Agency for any amount due by reason of: (i) any breach of servicing obligations or breach of mortgage selling warranty to an Agency under servicing agreements relating to Seller’s entire servicing portfolio for such Agency (including without limitation any unmet mortgage repurchase obligation), (ii) any unperformed obligation with respect to mortgage loans that Seller is servicing for an Agency under the regular servicing option or other mortgages subject to recourse agreements, (iii) any loss or damage to an Agency by reason of any inability to transfer to a purchaser of the servicing rights Seller’s selling and servicing representations, warranties and obligations, as well as any existing MBS recourse (regular servicing option) obligations, or other recourse obligations, or (iv) any other unmet obligations to an Agency under a servicing contract relating to Seller’s entire servicing portfolio with such Agency.
     Section 4.10 Ability to Perform; Solvency .
     Seller does not believe, nor does it have any reason or cause to believe, that it cannot perform each and every covenant contained in this Agreement. Seller is Solvent and the sale of

19


 

the Excess Servicing Spread will not cause Seller to become insolvent. The sale of the Excess Servicing Spread is not undertaken to hinder, delay or defraud any of the creditors of Seller. The consideration received by Seller upon the sale of the Excess Servicing Spread constitutes fair consideration and reasonably equivalent value therefor.
     Section 4.11 Repayment of Bank of America Loan .
     The loan provided under the Nationstar Loan Agreement shall be paid in full, the Nationstar Loan Agreement shall be terminated, all Liens pursuant to the Nationstar Loan Agreement shall be released and all financing statements relating to the Nationstar Loan Agreement shall be terminated as of the Sale Date.
     Section 4.12 Material Documents .
     Seller has provided Purchaser with executed copies of all material agreements and documents, and any amendments thereto as of the Sale Date, relating to Seller’s acquisition of the Mortgage Servicing Rights from Bank of America, National Association and the servicing of the Mortgage Loans.
ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES AS TO MORTGAGE
LOANS AND SERVICING
     As further inducement to Purchaser to enter into this Agreement, Seller represents and warrants to Purchaser, as of the Sale Date, as follows:
     Section 5.01 Servicing Agreements; Applicable Laws .
     Each of Bank of America, National Association and Seller has performed its obligations in all material respects in accordance with the terms of the related Mortgage Note, Mortgage, Servicing Agreements and Applicable Law.
     Section 5.02 Related Escrow Accounts .
     All Related Escrow Accounts are being, and have been, maintained in accordance with Applicable Law and in accordance with the Servicing Agreements and the terms of the related Mortgages and other Mortgage Loan documents; and, except as to payments which are past due under Mortgage Notes, all balances required by the Mortgages or other Mortgage Loan Documents to be paid to Seller for the account of the Mortgagors are on deposit in the appropriate Related Escrow Account.
     Section 5.03 Accuracy of Servicing Information .
     The information in the Schedule of Mortgage Loans in Exhibit A attached hereto pertaining to the Mortgage Loans and the Mortgage Servicing Rights, is true and correct in all material respects as of the date specified. The characteristics of the Mortgage Loans and the Mortgage Servicing Rights described in such data tapes are in the aggregate substantially similar

20


 

to that described in such Schedule of Mortgage Loans, except for ordinary changes based on routine servicing activities and the application of eligibility criteria for Excluded Loans to the Mortgage Servicing Rights to be included in this transaction.
     Section 5.04 Excluded Loans .
     As of the Cut-off Date, none of the Mortgage Loans were Excluded Loans.
     Section 5.05 No Purchaser Responsibility .
     Notwithstanding the sale of the Mortgage Servicing Rights for the Mortgage Loans by Bank of America, National Association to Seller, based on and subject to the terms of the Tri-Party Agreement, Bank of America, National Association retains any remaining obligations to Owner under the Servicing Agreements with Owner for the Mortgage Loans, including repurchase, indemnification and make-whole obligations, in respect of a breach of the selling representations and warranties in connection with the sale of the Mortgage Loans to Owner, or the failure of Bank of America, National Association or prior servicers to comply with the servicing obligations with respect to the Mortgage Loans prior to the applicable Servicing Transfer Date. Purchaser shall have no responsibility, liability or other obligation whatsoever under any Servicing Agreement or with respect to any Mortgage Loan, or to make any advance thereunder, or to pay any servicing fees.
     Section 5.06 Location of Credit Files .
     All of the Mortgage Documents are held by custodians in the locations specified in Exhibit D , unless temporarily removed for enforcement purposes in the normal course of servicing. Seller will notify Purchaser in writing of any changes in locations of the Mortgage Documents in Exhibit D .
     Section 5.07 Representations Concerning the Excess Servicing Spread .
          (a) Seller has not assigned, pledged, conveyed, or encumbered the Excess Servicing Spread to any other Person (other than Permitted Liens) and immediately prior to the sale of the Excess Servicing Spread, Seller was the sole owner of the Excess Servicing Spread and had good and marketable title thereto (subject to the rights of Freddie Mac under the Servicing Agreements and the Tri-Party Agreement), free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens), and no Person, other than Purchaser, has any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on the Excess Servicing Spread. No security agreement, financing statement, equivalent security or lien instrument or continuation statement covering all or any part of the Excess Servicing Spread which has been signed by Seller or which Seller has authorized any other Person to sign or file or record, is on file or of record with any public office, except such as may have been terminated or filed by or on behalf of Purchaser.
          (b) The grant of a security interest by Seller to Purchaser on the Excess Servicing Spread does not and will not violate any Requirement of Law, the effect of which violation is to render void or voidable such assignment.

21


 

          (c) Upon the filing of financing statements on Form UCC-1 naming Purchaser as “Secured Party” and Seller as “Debtor”, and describing the Excess Servicing Spread, in the jurisdictions and recording offices listed on Exhibit H attached hereto, the security interests granted hereunder in the Excess Servicing Spread will constitute perfected first priority security interests under the Uniform Commercial Code in all right, title and interest of Purchaser in, to and under the Excess Servicing Spread.
          (d) Purchaser has and will continue to have the full right, power and authority to pledge the Excess Servicing Spread, and the Excess Servicing Spread may be further assigned without any requirement, in each case, subject only to applicable Agency consent.
          (e) Each Servicing Agreement (other than with respect to Mortgage Loans owned by Seller) constitutes an Eligible Servicing Agreement.
ARTICLE VI
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER
     As an inducement to Seller to enter into this Agreement, Purchaser represents and warrants as of the Sale Date as follows:
     Section 6.01 Due Incorporation and Good Standing .
     Purchaser is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Purchaser is qualified to transact business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is deemed necessary .
     Section 6.02 Authority and Capacity .
     Purchaser has all requisite corporate power, authority and capacity to enter into this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party and to perform the obligations required of it hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have each been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action. This Agreement constitutes, and each other applicable Transaction Document to which Purchaser is a party constitutes or will constitute, a valid and legally binding agreement of Purchaser enforceable in accordance with its terms, and no offset, counterclaim or defense exists to the full performance by Purchaser of this Agreement or such other Transaction Document, except as the same may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equity principles.
     Section 6.03 Effective Agreements .
     The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party by Purchaser, its compliance with the terms hereof and thereof and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not violate, conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default under, be prohibited by or require any

22


 

additional approval under its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any instrument or agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or any state or federal law, rule or regulation or any judicial or administrative decree, order, ruling or regulation applicable to it, in each case which violation, conflict, breach or requirement would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Purchaser’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement and any other Transaction Document to which it is a party.
     Section 6.04 Sophisticated Purchaser .
     Purchaser is a sophisticated investor and its bid and decision to purchase the Excess Servicing Spread is based upon Purchaser’s own independent experience, knowledge, due diligence and evaluation of this transaction. Purchaser has relied solely on such experience, knowledge, due diligence and evaluation and has not relied on any oral or written information provided by Seller other than the representations and warranties made by Seller herein.
ARTICLE VII
SELLER COVENANTS
     Seller covenants and agrees as follows:
     Section 7.01 Servicing Obligations .
          (a) Pursuant to the Mortgage Servicing Rights Purchase and Sale Agreement, with respect to each Mortgage Loan, either Bank of America, National Association or Seller shall pay, perform and discharge all liabilities and obligations relating to the Servicing, including all liabilities and obligations under the Mortgage Loan Documents, Applicable Law and the Servicing Agreements; and shall pay, perform and discharge all the rights, obligations and duties with respect to the Related Escrow Accounts as required by the applicable Agency, the Servicing Agreements, the Mortgage Loan Documents and all Applicable Law.
          (b) Under no circumstances shall Purchaser be responsible for the Servicing acts and omissions of Bank of America, National Association, Seller or any other servicer or any originator of the Mortgage Loans, or for any servicing related obligations or liabilities of any servicer in the Servicing Agreements or of any Person under the Mortgage Loan Documents, or for any other obligations or liabilities of either Bank of America, National Association or Seller.
          (c) Upon termination of any Servicing Agreement, Seller shall remain liable to Purchaser and the applicable Agency for all liabilities and obligations incurred by Servicer or its designee while Seller or its designee was acting as Servicer thereunder.
     Section 7.02 Cooperation .
     Seller shall cooperate with and assist Purchaser, as reasonably requested, in carrying out the purposes of this Agreement. Seller will cooperate and assist Purchaser, as reasonably requested and at the reasonable expense of Purchaser, in obtaining consents from any Agency as may be required or advisable to assign, transfer, deliver, hypothecate, pledge, subdivide, finance

23


 

or otherwise deal with the Excess Servicing Spread. If Seller is terminated under any Servicing Agreement, Seller shall cooperate fully and at its own expense in transferring such Servicing.
     Section 7.03 Financing Statements .
     Seller hereby authorizes the filing of any financing statements or continuation statements, and amendments to financing statements, in any jurisdictions and with any filing offices as Purchaser may determine, in its sole discretion, are necessary or advisable to perfect the sale of the Excess Servicing Spread and the security interests granted to Purchaser in connection herewith. Seller agrees to execute financing statements in form reasonably acceptable to Purchaser and Seller at the request of Purchaser in order to reflect Purchaser’s interest in the Excess Servicing Spread, the Third Party Controlled Custodial Account and the Reserve Account.
     Section 7.04 Supplemental Information .
     From time to time prior to and after the applicable Servicing Transfer Date with respect to each Mortgage Loan, Seller promptly shall furnish Purchaser such incidental information, which is reasonably available to Seller, supplemental to the information contained in the documents and schedules delivered pursuant to this Agreement, as may reasonably be requested to monitor performance of the Mortgage Loans and the payment of the Excess Servicing Spread.
     Section 7.05 Access to Information .
     From time to time, at such times as are reasonably convenient to Seller, Purchaser or its designees may conduct audits or visit and inspect any of the Mortgage Loans or places where the Credit Files are located, to examine the Credit Files, internal controls and procedures maintained by Seller and its agents, and take copies and extracts therefrom, and to discuss Seller’s affairs with its officers, employees and, upon notice to Seller, independent accountants. Seller hereby authorizes such officers, employees and independent accountants to discuss with Purchaser the affairs of Seller. Any audit provided for herein will be conducted in accordance with Seller’s rules respecting safety and security on its premises, in accordance with applicable privacy and confidentiality laws and without materially disrupting operations.
     Section 7.06 Home Affordable Modification Program .
     With respect to any Mortgage Loans that have been modified or that are or will be in a modification trial period as part of the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Home Affordable Modification Program (“ HAMP ”) (such Mortgage Loans, the “ HAMP Loans ”), Seller represents and warrants that it will continue to service such HAMP Loan in accordance with the HAMP terms and will ensure the timely compliance and filing of any appropriate HAMP documentation with the applicable regulator.
     Section 7.07 Distribution Date Data Tapes and Reports .
     Seller shall deliver the following to Purchaser two Business Days prior to each Distribution Date:

24


 

          (a) An Electronic Data File in form and substance acceptable to Purchaser containing, for each Mortgage Loan, principal, interest and Servicing Spread Collections, and delinquency status (i.e. 30, 60, 90, FCL, REO) as of the last day of the prior Collection Period;
          (b) A Summary Activity Report with respect to the Mortgage Loans with respect to the prior Collection Period containing:
          (i) Aggregate Beginning Principal Balance as of the first and last date of the Collection Period,
          (ii) Aggregate Regular Principal Collected,
          (iii) Aggregate Noncash Principal,
          (iv) Aggregate Interest Collected,
          (v) Aggregate Liquidation Principal,
          (vi) Aggregate Curtailments,
          (vii) Liquidations,
          (viii) Short Sales,
          (ix) Aggregate Principal Balance of Refinanced Mortgage Loans, and (1) for each Refinanced Loan, the Principal Balance, the applicable Servicing Spread, the final maturity date, the mortgage interest rate, the loan-to-value ratio and the FICO score, and (2) for each Mortgage Loan that was refinanced by a lender other than Sender or an affiliate thereof, to the extent such information is known to Seller in the ordinary course of business, the name of such lender and the mortgage interest rate of the newly originated residential mortgage loan;
          (c) A Delinquency Report with respect to the Mortgage Loans containing:
          (i) The aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Loans and percentages of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Loans in each of the following categories as of the last day of the prior Collection Period:
                    (1) Current Mortgage Loans,
                    (2) 0-29 days delinquent,
                    (3) 30-59 days delinquent,
                    (4) 60-89 days delinquent,
                    (5) 90 days or more delinquent,
                    (6) Mortgage Loans in Foreclosure,

25


 

                    (7) Mortgage Loans with respect to which the related Mortgaged Properties have become real estate owned properties, and
                    (8) Mortgage Loans in which the Mortgagor is in bankruptcy;
          (ii) For each of the above categories, a roll report showing the migration of Mortgage Loans in such category from the last day of the second prior Collection Period;
          (d) A Disbursement Report for such Distribution Date containing:
          (i) The Servicing Spread Collections for the prior Collection Period,
          (ii) The Base Servicing Fee paid to each of Bank of America, National Association and to Seller (broken down by components),
          (iii) The amount of the Excess Servicing Spread paid to Purchaser,
          (iv) The amount of funds, if any, transferred to the Reserve Account,
          (v) The amount of Purchaser Indemnities, if any, paid from each of the Third Party Controlled Custodial Account or the Reserve Account, and
          (vi) The amount of funds paid to Seller from the Reserve Account.
     Section 7.08 Financial Statements and Officer’s Certificates .
          (a) If Seller’s financial statements are not filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and are not publicly available, Seller shall deliver to Purchaser copies of Seller’s most recent audited quarterly financial statements within 45 days of the end of each of Seller’s fiscal quarters and its most recent audited annual financial statements within 90 days of the end of each of Seller’s fiscal years.
          (b) Within 45 days of the end of each of Seller’s fiscal quarters, Seller shall deliver to Purchaser a certificate from a duly authorized officer of Seller certifying whether or not Seller has a Tangible Net Worth of at least $150,000,000 (and shall provide a calculation of its determination of its Tangible Net Worth) and whether or not Seller is in default in any indebtedness in excess of $10,000,000.
     Section 7.09 Monthly Management Calls .
     Within five Business Days after each Distribution Date, Seller shall make its management team and other appropriate officers and employees available to Purchaser to discuss by telephone the performance of the Mortgage Loans and the performance of the parties under the Transaction Documents.
     Section 7.10 Timely Payment of Agency Obligations .

26


 

     Seller shall pay all of its obligations to the Agencies in a timely manner so as to avoid exercise of any right of set-off by any Agency against Seller.
     Section 7.11 Servicing Agreements .
     Seller will service the Mortgage Loans in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices and will perform its obligations in all material respects in accordance with the Servicing Agreements and Applicable Law. Without the express written consent of Purchaser (which consent may be withheld in its absolute discretion), Seller shall not (a) terminate or amend its Mortgage Servicing Rights, (b) expressly provide any required consent to any termination, amendment or modification of any Servicing Agreements either verbally or in writing, or (c) expressly provide any required consent to any termination, amendment or modification of any other servicing agreements or enter into any other agreement or arrangement with any Agency that may be reasonably material to Purchaser either verbally or in writing. Seller shall conduct its business and perform its obligations under the Servicing Agreements and under the Pledge Agreement in a manner such that the applicable Agency will not have cause to terminate any Servicing Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the prohibitions contained in this Section 7.11 apply to any amendments or modifications of the Servicing Agreements applicable to Mortgage Loans owned by Seller which do not affect the Total Servicing Spread with respect to such Mortgage Loans.
     Section 7.12 Transfer of Mortgage Servicing Rights .
     If Seller intends to assign, transfer or sell any of its Mortgage Servicing Rights to a replacement servicer, to the extent permitted by law, (a) Seller shall consult with Purchaser and Purchaser shall participate in the assignment, transfer and sale of such Mortgage Servicing Rights, and (b) Seller shall obtain the written consent of Purchaser prior to any assignment, transfer or sale thereof.
     Section 7.13 Consents to Transaction Documents .
     Seller shall not terminate, amend, amend and restate, modify or waive any conditions or provisions of any Transaction Document without the express written consent of Purchaser, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.
     Section 7.14 Accounts .
     Seller shall inform the Mortgagors of Mortgage Loans at its own expense to remit their mortgage payments to the Lockbox Account, and any change in such instructions shall only be permitted with the express written consent of Purchaser.
     Section 7.15 Notification of Certain Events .
     Seller shall promptly notify Purchaser of any event which, with the passage of time, could reasonably be expected to result in a termination of any servicing agreement between Seller and any Agency. Seller shall provide Purchaser with copies of any notices from the Agencies of any breach, potential breach, default or potential default by Seller under any servicing agreement between Seller and such Agencies, and with copies of any notices from the

27


 

Agencies of any termination, potential termination or threatened termination of any servicing agreement entered into between Seller and such Agencies. Seller shall promptly forward copies of any material notices received from the Agencies or from any Governmental Authority with respect to the Mortgage Loans. Seller shall provide Purchaser with (a) copies of all amendments to the Transaction Documents, the Servicing Agreements (other than with respect to Mortgage Loans owned by Seller) and the agreements relating to Seller’s acquisition of the Mortgage Servicing Rights from Bank of America, National Association, (b) with respect to Mortgage Loans owned by Seller, copies of all material amendments to the Servicing Agreements, and (c) copies of any other agreements Seller enters into with any Agency that may be reasonably material to Purchaser, in each case, promptly after execution thereof.
     Section 7.16 Financing; Pledge of Excess Servicing Spread .
     Seller shall not pledge, obtain Seller financing for, or otherwise permit any Lien of any creditor of Seller to exist on, any portion of the Servicing Spread Collections without the prior written consent of Purchaser. Seller’s financial statements shall contain footnotes indicating that the Excess Servicing Spread has been sold, and Seller does not maintain any ownership interest therein.
     Section 7.17 Existence, etc .
     Seller shall:
          (a) preserve and maintain its legal existence and all of its material licenses required to service the Mortgage Loans;
          (b) comply with the requirements of all Applicable Laws, rules, regulations and orders of Governmental Authorities (including, without limitation, truth in lending and real estate settlement procedures) if failure to comply with such requirements could be reasonably likely (either individually or in the aggregate) to have a material adverse effect on its ability to perform its obligations hereunder or under any other Transaction Document;
          (c) keep adequate records and books of account, in which complete entries will be made in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, and maintain adequate accounts and reserves for all taxes (including income taxes), all depreciation, depletion, obsolescence and amortization of its properties, all contingencies, and all other reserves;
          (d) not move its chief executive office or chief operating office from the addresses referred to in Exhibit H unless it shall have provided Purchaser not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice of such change;
          (e) pay and discharge all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed on it or its income or profits or on any of its property prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, except for any such tax, assessment, charge or levy the payment of which is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and against which adequate reserves are being maintained. Seller and its subsidiaries shall file on a timely basis all federal, and material state and local tax and information returns, reports and any other information statements or schedules required to be filed by or in respect of it;

28


 

          (f) keep in full force and effect the provisions of its charter documents, by-laws, operating agreements or similar organizational documents in each case to the extent reasonably necessary to perform its obligations hereunder or under any other Transaction Documents;
          (g) keep in full force and effect all agreements and instruments by which it or any of its properties may be bound and all applicable decrees, orders and judgments, in each case to the extent reasonably necessary to perform its obligations hereunder or under any other Transaction Document; and
          (h) comply with its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and with the Pledge Agreement and each other agreement entered into with Freddie Mac and each other Agency.
     Section 7.18 Consent to Sub-Servicing .
     Subject to the rights of an applicable Agency, Seller will not permit any Person other than Bank of America, National Association to service the BA-Serviced Mortgage Loans or any Person other than Seller to service or sub-service the Nationstar-Serviced Mortgage Loans without the prior written consent of Purchaser, in each case other than third-party vendors customarily employed by servicers in the ordinary course of business in accordance with prudent mortgage servicing practices.
     Section 7.19 Nonpetition Covenant .
     Seller shall not, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of the Excess Servicing Spread, petition or otherwise invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against Purchaser under any insolvency law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of Purchaser or any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of Purchaser.
ARTICLE VIII
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF PURCHASER
     The obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions as of the Sale Date:
     Section 8.01 Correctness of Representations and Warranties .
     The representations and warranties made by Seller in this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which Seller is a party are true and correct in all material respects.
     Section 8.02 Compliance with Conditions .

29


 

     All of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document required to be complied with and performed by Seller shall have been duly complied with and performed in all material respects.
     Section 8.03 Corporate Resolution .
     Purchaser shall have received from Seller a certified copy of its corporate resolution approving the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, together with such other certificates of incumbency and other evidences of corporate authority as Purchaser or its counsel may reasonably request.
     Section 8.04 No Material Adverse Change .
     Between the date of execution of this Agreement and the Sale Date, there shall not have been any change to Seller’s financial condition or in the Mortgage Servicing Rights, the Mortgage Loans, the Related Escrow Accounts or to Seller’s relationship with, or authority from, any Agency that in each case will likely materially and adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
     Section 8.05 No Actions .
     There shall not have been commenced or, to the best of Seller’s knowledge, threatened any action, suit or proceeding which will likely materially and adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document.
     Section 8.06 Consents .
     The parties shall have obtained all consents, approvals or other requirements of third parties required for the consummation of the transactions, including Owner approval as contemplated by Section 4.03 .
     Section 8.07 Delivery of Transaction Documents .
     Seller shall have delivered copies of each executed Transaction Document that is entered into on the Sale Date or that was entered into prior to the Sale Date to Purchaser.
     Section 8.08 Certificate of Seller .
     Seller shall have provided Purchaser a certificate, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B , signed by an authorized officer of Seller dated as of such date, applicable to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, to the effect that: (a) each of Seller’s representations and warranties made in this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which Seller is a party is true and correct in all material respects as of such date; (b) all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which Seller is a party that required to be complied with and performed by Seller at or prior to the Sale Date have been duly complied with and performed in all material respects; and (c) the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 and in Section 8.05 have been satisfied.

30


 

     Section 8.09 Valuation .
     Phoenix Capital Inc. shall have delivered to Purchaser its opinion that the Base Servicing Fee of the Mortgage Loans and the Purchase Price of the Excess Servicing Spread is fair and reasonable.
     Section 8.10 True Sale Opinion .
     Bingham McCutchen LLP shall have furnished their written opinion, in form and substance satisfactory to Purchaser, dated the Sale Date, with respect to the characterization of the transfer of the Excess Servicing Spread by Seller to Purchaser as a sale.
ARTICLE IX
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF SELLER
     The obligations of Seller under this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions as of the Sale Date:
     Section 9.01 Correctness of Representations and Warranties .
     The representations and warranties made by Purchaser in this Agreement are, and shall continue to be, true and correct in all material respects.
     Section 9.02 Compliance with Conditions .
     All of the terms, conditions, covenants and obligations of this Agreement required to be complied with and performed by Purchaser shall have been duly complied with and performed in all material respects.
     Section 9.03 Corporate Resolution .
     Seller shall have received from Purchaser a certified copy of its corporate resolution approving the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, together with such other certificates of incumbency and other evidences of corporate authority as Seller or its counsel may reasonably request.
     Section 9.04 Certificate of Purchaser .
     Purchaser shall have provided Seller a certificate, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C , signed by an authorized officer of Purchaser dated as of such date, applicable to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, to the effect that: (a) each of Purchaser’s representations and warranties made in this Agreement is true and correct in all material respects as of such date; (b) all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of this Agreement required to be complied with and performed by Purchaser at or prior to the Sale Date have been duly complied with and performed in all material respects; and (c) the conditions set forth in Section 9.05 and in Section 9.06 have been satisfied.

31


 

     Section 9.05 No Material Adverse Change .
     Between the date of execution of this Agreement and the Sale Date, there shall not have been any change to Purchaser’s financial condition that will likely materially and adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
     Section 9.06 No Actions .
     There shall not have been commenced or, to the best of Purchaser’s knowledge, threatened any action, suit or proceeding that will likely materially and adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
ARTICLE X
INDEMNIFICATION; CURE OR REPURCHASE
     Section 10.01 Indemnification by Seller .
     Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold Purchaser, its affiliates and its and their respective directors, managers, officers, employees, agents, representatives and advisors (the “ Purchaser Indemnitees ”) harmless from and shall reimburse the applicable Purchaser Indemnitee for any Losses suffered or incurred by any Purchaser Indemnitee after the Sale Date which results from:
          (a) Any material breach of a representation or warranty by Seller, or non-fulfillment of any covenant or obligation of Seller, contained in this Agreement;
          (b) Any servicing act or omission of Bank of America, National Association or any prior servicer relating to any Mortgage Loan and any act or omission of any party related to the origination of any Mortgage Loan;
          (c) Any act, error or omission of Seller in servicing any of the Mortgage Loans, including improper action or failure to act when required to do so;
          (d) Litigation, proceedings, governmental investigations, orders, injunctions or decrees resulting from any of the items described in Section 10.01(a) — (c) above; and
          (e) Any exercise of any rights of setoff or other netting arrangements by any Agency against Seller that results in a decrease in Servicing Agreements termination payments due to Seller with respect to the Mortgage Loans from the Agency or in a shortfall of funds to pay the Excess Servicing Spread;
provided , however , that the applicable Purchaser Indemnitee has taken all reasonable and appropriate actions to mitigate any such losses, damages, deficiencies, claims, causes of action or expenses, which such failure of mitigation shall not relieve Seller of its indemnification obligations in this Section 10.01 but may affect the amount of such obligation. Purchaser shall notify Seller promptly after receiving written notice of the assertion of any litigation, proceedings, governmental investigations, orders, injunctions, decrees or any third party claims

32


 

subject to indemnification under this Agreement (each, a “ Third Party Claim ”). Upon receipt of such notice of a Third Party Claim, Seller shall have the right to assume the defense of such Third Party Claim using counsel of its choice reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Purchaser Indemnitee, but may not enter into any settlement without the prior written consent of the applicable Purchaser Indemnitee, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. A Purchaser Indemnitee shall have the right to select separate counsel and to otherwise separately defend itself at its own expense but shall not consent to the entry of a judgment or enter into any settlement with respect to the Third Party Claim without the prior written consent of Seller, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any exercise of such rights by a Purchaser Indemnitee shall not relieve Seller of its obligations and liabilities under this Section 10.01 or any other provision of this Agreement. With respect to any Third Party Claim subject to indemnification under this Agreement, the applicable Purchaser Indemnitee shall be required to cooperate in good faith with Seller to ensure the proper and adequate defense of such Third-Party Claim. For the avoidance of doubt, Seller’s obligations for Purchaser Indemnities shall not be limited to funds available in the Third Party Controlled Custodial Account or the Reserve Account.
     Section 10.02 Indemnification by Purchaser .
     Purchaser shall indemnify, defend and hold Seller, its affiliates and its and their respective directors, managers, officers, employees, agents, representatives and advisors (the “ Seller Indemnitees ”) harmless from and shall reimburse the applicable Seller Indemnitee for any Losses suffered or incurred by any Seller Indemnitee which result from:
          (a) Any material breach of a representation or warranty by Purchaser, or non-fulfillment of any covenant or obligation of Purchaser contained in this Agreement; and
          (b) Litigation, proceedings, governmental investigations, orders, injunctions or decrees, the basis for which occurred after the Sale Date, resulting from any of the items described in Section 10.02(a) above;
provided , however , that the applicable Seller Indemnitee has taken all reasonable and appropriate actions to mitigate any such losses, damages, deficiencies, claims, causes of action or expenses, which such failure of mitigation shall not relieve Purchaser of its indemnification obligations in this Section 10.02 but may affect the amount of such obligation. Seller shall notify Purchaser promptly after receiving written notice of the assertion of any litigation, proceedings, governmental investigations, orders, injunctions, decrees or any third party claims subject to indemnification under this Agreement (each, a “ Third Party Claim ”). Upon receipt of such notice of a Third Party Claim, Purchaser shall have the right to assume the defense of such Third Party Claim using counsel of its choice reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Seller Indemnitee, but may not enter into any settlement without the prior written consent of Purchaser, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. A Seller Indemnitee shall have the right to select separate counsel and to otherwise separately defend itself but shall not consent to the entry of a judgment or enter into any settlement with respect to the Third Party Claim without the prior written consent of Purchaser, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any exercise of such rights by a Seller Indemnitee shall not relieve Purchaser of its obligations and liabilities under this Section 10.02 or any other provision of this Agreement. With respect to any Third

33


 

Party Claim subject to indemnification under this Agreement, the applicable Seller Indemnitee shall be required to cooperate in good faith with Purchaser to ensure the proper and adequate defense of such Third-Party Claim.
ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS
     Section 11.01 Costs and Expenses .
     Except as otherwise provided herein, Purchaser and Seller shall each pay the expenses incurred by it or its affiliates in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
     Section 11.02 Confidentiality .
     Each party understands that certain information which it has been furnished and will be furnished in connection with this transaction, including, but not limited to information concerning business procedures, servicing fees or prices, Non Public Personal Information and/or Personally Identifiable Financial Information (as those terms are defined in Sections 573.3(n) and (o) of the Office of Thrift Supervision Regulations on Privacy of Consumer Information published at 12 C.F.R. Chapter V implementing Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act), policies or plans of the other party or any of its affiliates, is confidential and proprietary, and each party agrees that it will maintain the confidentiality of such information and will not disclose it to others (except for its affiliates and its and their respective directors, managers, officers, employees, financing sources, agents, representatives and advisors), or use it except in connection with the proposed acquisition contemplated by this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the party furnishing such information. Information which is generally known in the industry concerning a party or among such party’s creditors generally or which has been disclosed to the other party by third parties who have a right to do so shall not be deemed confidential or proprietary information for these purposes. If Purchaser, any of its affiliates or any officer, director, employee or agent of any of the foregoing is at any time requested or required to disclose any information supplied to it in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, Purchaser agrees to provide Seller with prompt notice of such request(s) so that Seller may seek an appropriate protective order and/or waive Purchaser’s compliance with the terms of this Section 11.02 . If Seller, any of its affiliates or any officer, director, employee or agent of any of the foregoing is at any time requested or required to disclose any information supplied to it in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, Seller agrees to provide Purchaser with prompt notice of such request(s) so that Purchaser may seek an appropriate protective order and/or waive Seller’s compliance with the terms of this Section 11.02 . Notwithstanding the terms of this Section 11.02 , if, in the absence of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, Purchaser or Seller is nonetheless, in the opinion of its counsel, compelled to disclose information concerning the other party to any tribunal or else stand liable for contempt or suffer other censure or penalty, Purchaser or Seller may disclose such information to such tribunal without liability hereunder. If the proposed acquisition is not consummated, each party agrees to promptly return to the other, promptly upon request, all confidential materials, and all copies thereof, which have been furnished to it in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

34


 

     Section 11.03 Broker’s Fees .
     Each party hereto represents and warrants to the other that it has made no agreement to pay any finder’s, agent’s, broker’s or originator’s fee arising out of or in connection with the subject matter of this Agreement, other than Purchaser’s agreement with Phoenix Capital Inc. In the event Purchaser has entered or enters into an agreement to pay any finder’s, agent’s, broker’s, advisor’s or originator’s fee arising out of or in connection with the subject matter of this Agreement, Purchaser shall be solely responsible for all such fees. The parties hereto shall indemnify and hold each other harmless from and against any such obligation or liability and any expense incurred in investigating or defending (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) any claim based upon the other party’s actions in connection with such obligation.
     Section 11.04 Relationship of Parties .
     The Parties intend that the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents constitute arms-length transactions among third parties. Nothing contained in the Transaction Documents will establish any fiduciary, partnership, joint venture or similar relationship between or among the Parties except to the extent otherwise expressly stated therein.
     Section 11.05 Survival of Representations and Warranties .
     Each party hereto covenants and agrees that the representations and warranties in this Agreement, and in any document delivered or to be delivered pursuant hereto, shall survive the Sale Date and each applicable Servicing Transfer Date.
     Section 11.06 Notices .
     All notices, requests, demands and other communications which are required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given if personally delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid or by prepaid overnight delivery service:
          (a) If to Purchaser, to:
Fortress Investment Group
1345 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10105
Attn: Brian Sigman
Chief Financial Officer
(212) 479-5343
          (b) If to Seller, to:
Nationstar Mortgage LLC
350 Highland Drive
Lewisville, Texas 75067
Attn: Ron L. Fountain

35


 

Senior Vice President — Associate General Counsel
(469) 549-3163
or to such other address as Purchaser or Seller shall have specified in writing to the other.
     Section 11.07 Waivers .
     Either Purchaser or Seller may, by written notice to the other:
          (a) Extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other transactions of the other; and
          (b) Waive compliance with or performance of any of the terms, conditions, covenants or obligations required to be complied with or performed by the other hereunder.
     The waiver by Purchaser or Seller of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other subsequent breach.
     Section 11.08 Entire Agreement; Amendment .
     This Agreement and the related Transaction Documents constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the sale of the Excess Servicing Spread and supersedes all prior agreements with respect thereto. This Agreement may be amended only in a written instrument signed by both Seller and Purchaser.
     Section 11.09 Binding Effect .
     This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Parties and their successors and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer on any Person other than the Parties and their successors and assigns, any rights, obligations, remedies or liabilities.
     Section 11.10 Headings .
     Headings on the Articles and Sections in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not be deemed to have any substantive effect.
     Section 11.11 Applicable Law .
     This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, except to the extent preempted by Federal law. This Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under the laws of the State of New York. In addition to any other rights available under this Agreement or otherwise available at law or in equity but subject to the terms hereof, Purchaser shall have all rights and remedies of a secured party with respect to the Collateral under the laws of the State of New York and under any other applicable law to enforce the assignments and security interests contained herein and,

36


 

in addition, shall have the right, subject to compliance with any mandatory requirements of applicable law and the terms of this Agreement, to sell or apply any rights and other interests with respect to the Collateral assigned or pledged hereby in accordance with the terms hereof at public and private sale in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The parties agree to waive trial by jury in the event of any dispute under this Agreement.
     Section 11.12 Incorporation of Exhibits .
     The Exhibits attached hereto shall be incorporated herein and shall be understood to be a part hereof as though included in the body of this Agreement.
     Section 11.13 Counterparts .
     This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original and all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.
     Section 11.14 Severability of Provisions .
     If any one or more of the covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be for any reason whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement or of the rights of the parties hereto.
     Section 11.15 Public Announcement .
     No public release or statement concerning the subject matter of this Agreement shall be made by either party without the express written consent and approval of the other party, except as required by law or stock exchange rule.
     Section 11.16 Assignment .
     Seller may not assign, transfer, sell or subcontract all or any part of this Agreement, any interest herein or any of Seller’s interest in the Servicing Spread Collections other than the interest sold hereby without the prior written consent of Purchaser, provided that any successor to Seller must assume Seller’s obligations under this Agreement. Purchaser shall have the unrestricted right to further assign, transfer, deliver, hypothecate, pledge, subdivide or otherwise deal with the Excess Servicing Spread or its rights under this Agreement on whatever terms Purchaser shall determine.
     Section 11.17 Third Party Beneficiaries .
     This Agreement does not and is not intended to confer any rights or remedies upon any person or entity other than Purchaser and Seller, except as provided in Section 10.01 and in Section 10.02 , provided that Purchaser and Seller reserve the right to modify any term of, or terminate, this Agreement, without the consent of any Purchaser Indemnitee or Seller Indemnitee.

37


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned parties to this Agreement has caused this Agreement to be duly executed in its corporate name by one of its duly authorized officers, all as of the date first above written.
             
    NIC MSR I LLC    
    Purchaser    
 
           
    By: NIC MSR LLC, as Member    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Brian Sigman
 
   
 
  Name:   Brian Sigman    
 
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
 
           
    NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC    
    Seller    
 
           
 
  By:
Name:
  /s/ Gregory Oniu
 
Gregory Oniu
   
 
  Title:   Senior Vice President    

38


 

EXHIBIT A
SCHEDULE OF MORTGAGE LOANS
AS OF SALE DATE
[SEPARATELY DELIVERED]

 


 

EXHIBIT B
SELLER’S OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE
(To be supplied on the Sale Date)
     I, _____________________________, a [Vice President] of Nationstar Mortgage LLC (the “Company”), pursuant to Section 8.08 of the Excess Servicing Spread Sale and Assignment Agreement by and between NIC MSR I LLC and the Company, dated as of December 8, 2011 (the “Agreement”), hereby certify on behalf of the Company that:
  (i)   Each of the Company’s representations and warranties made in the Agreement is true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof;
 
  (ii)   All of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Agreement required to be complied with and performed by the Company at or prior to the date hereof have been duly complied with and performed in all material respects; All conditions set forth in Sections 8.04 and 8.05 have been satisfied; and
 
  (iii)   As of the date hereof, the Company has a Tangible Net Worth (as defined in the Agreement) of at least $150,000,000, and is not in default in any indebtedness in excess of $10,000,000.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate as of December 8, 2011.
             
 
  By:    
 
   

 


 

EXHIBIT C
PURCHASER’S OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE
(To be supplied on the Sale Date)
     I, Brian Sigman, Chief Financial Officer of NIC MSR LLC, the sole member of NIC MSR I LLC (the “ Company ”), pursuant to Section 9.05 of the Excess Servicing Spread Sale and Assignment Agreement by and between the Company and Nationstar Mortgage LLC, dated as of December 8, 2011 (the “ Agreement ”), hereby certify on behalf of the Company that:
  (i)   Each of the Company’s representations and warranties made in the Agreement is true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof;
 
  (ii)   All of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Agreement required to be complied with and performed by the Company at or prior to the date hereof have been duly complied with and performed in all material respects; and
 
  (iii)   All conditions set forth in Sections 9.05 and 9.06 have been satisfied.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate as of December 8, 2011.
             
    NIC MSR LLC    
         
    By: NIC MSR LLC, as member    
 
           
 
  By:    
 
   

 


 

EXHIBIT D
LOCATION OF CREDIT FILES
350 Highland Drive
Lewisville, Texas 75067

 


 

EXHIBIT E
FORM OF SUMMARY REMITTANCE REPORT
[TO COME]

 


 

EXHIBIT F
FORM OF DELINQUENCY REPORT
[TO COME]

 


 

EXHIBIT G
FORM OF DISBURSEMENT REPORT
[TO COME]

 


 

EXHIBIT H
SELLER JURISDICTIONS AND RECORDING OFFICES
Chief Executive Office:
350 Highland Drive
Lewisville, Texas 75067
Recording Office:
Secretary of State, State of Delaware

 

Exhibit 10.29
EXCESS SPREAD REFINANCED LOAN REPLACEMENT AGREEMENT
by and between
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC
(Seller)
and
NIC MSR I LLC
(Purchaser)
Dated and effective as of December 8, 2011

 


 

Table of Contents
         
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS; GENERAL INTERPRETIVE PRINCIPLES
    1  
Section 1.01 Definitions
    1  
Section 1.02 General Interpretive Principles
    3  
 
       
ARTICLE II REPLACEMENT OF MORTGAGE LOANS
    4  
Section 2.01 Refinancing and Substitution of Mortgage Loans
    4  
Section 2.02 Criteria for Replacement Mortgage Loans
    4  
Section 2.03 Refinancing Incentives
    6  
Section 2.04 Procedures for Replacement Mortgage Loans
    7  
Section 2.05 Assignment of Replacement Mortgage Loan Excess Servicing Spread
    8  
Section 2.06 Base Servicing Fees with respect to Replacement Mortgage Loans
    9  
Section 2.07 Intent and Characterization
    9  
 
       
ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
    10  
Section 3.01 Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Seller
    10  
Section 3.02 Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Purchaser
    11  
 
       
ARTICLE IV MISCELLANEOUS
    11  
Section 4.01 Costs and Expenses
    11  
Section 4.02 Confidentiality
    11  
Section 4.03 Survival of Representations and Warranties
    12  
Section 4.04 Notices
    12  
Section 4.05 Waivers
    12  
Section 4.06 Entire Agreement; Amendment
    12  
Section 4.07 Binding Effect
    12  
Section 4.08 Headings
    13  
Section 4.09 Applicable Law
    13  
Section 4.10 Incorporation of Exhibits
    13  
Section 4.11 Counterparts
    13  
Section 4.12 Severability of Provisions
    13  
Section 4.13 Assignment
    13  
Section 4.14 Third Party Beneficiaries
    13  
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A — Form of Assignment Agreement
Exhibit B — Example of calculations of Maximum Retained Refinancing Loan Amounts
Annex A

i


 

EXCESS SPREAD REFINANCED LOAN REPLACEMENT AGREEMENT
     This EXCESS SPREAD REFINANCED LOAN REPLACEMENT AGREEMENT (as amended, restated, or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), dated as of December 8, 2011, is by and between NIC MSR I LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Purchaser ”), and Nationstar Mortgage LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Seller ”) (the Purchaser and the Seller will collectively be referred to as the “ Parties ” and each, a “ Party ”).
W I T N E S S E T H :
      WHEREAS , Seller and Purchaser have entered into the Excess Servicing Spread Sale and Assignment Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, restated, or otherwise modified and in effect, the “ Excess Servicing Spread Sale and Assignment Agreement ”), pursuant to which Purchaser will purchase and assume all right, title and interest in the excess servicing spread with respect to a portfolio of residential mortgage loans;
      WHEREAS , Seller desires to retain the right to refinance the residential mortgage loans in the portfolio, and Purchaser is willing to grant such right, as long as the newly-originated residential mortgage loans or replacement residential mortgage loans are included in the portfolio in replacement of the refinanced residential mortgage loans as described herein; and
      WHEREAS , Purchaser and Seller desire to set forth the terms and conditions pursuant to which residential mortgage loans in the portfolio may be refinanced and replaced in the portfolio.
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and conditions and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS; GENERAL INTERPRETIVE PRINCIPLES
     Section 1.01 Definitions .
     Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms have the meanings given to such terms in the Excess Servicing Spread Sale and Assignment Agreement. Whenever used herein, the following words and phrases, unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings:
      Agreement : As defined in the introduction hereof.
      Assignment Agreement : An assignment agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A to this Agreement or in such other form as mutually agreed upon by the Parties.

1


 

      Available Portfolio : As defined in Section 2.04(a) hereof.
      Base Agreement : The Excess Servicing Spread Sale and Assignment Agreement or a Third Party Base Agreement, as applicable.
      Excess Refinancing Percentage : As defined in Section 2.03 hereof.
      Excess Servicing Spread Sale and Assignment Agreement : As defined in the recitals to this Agreement.
      Maximum Retained Refinancing Loan Amount : As defined in Section 2.03 hereof.
      Mortgage Loan : Each of the mortgage loans described in Exhibit A to the Excess Servicing Spread Sale and Assignment Agreement, as supplemented by the terms of this Agreement.
      New Mortgage Loan : As defined in Section 2.02(a)(ii)(1) hereof.
      Party or Parties : As defined in the introduction hereof.
      Purchaser : As defined in the introduction hereof.
      Quarterly Collection Period : As defined in Section 2.03 hereof.
      Refinanced Mortgage Loan : A Mortgage Loan that has been refinanced in whole or in part by Seller or an affiliate thereof.
      Refinancing Date : The date on which a Mortgage Loan (including a Mortgage Loan that was a Replacement Mortgage Loan) is refinanced by Seller or an affiliate thereof.
      Refinancing Split Percentage : As defined in Section 2.03 hereof.
      Related Collection Period : With respect to a Replacement Date, the Collection Period in the third calendar month prior to such Replacement Date, and with respect to a Replacement Loan Identification Date, the second calendar month prior to such Replacement Loan Identification Date.
      Replacement Agreement Third Party : As defined in Section 2.05(a)(iv) hereof.
      Replacement Date : With respect to a Refinanced Mortgage Loan and its related Replacement Mortgage Loan, the Distribution Date in the third calendar month following the Refinanced Mortgage Loan’s Refinancing Date.
      Replacement Loan Identification Date : With respect to a Refinanced Mortgage Loan and its related Replacement Mortgage Loan, the 25th day of the second calendar month following the Refinanced Mortgage Loan’s Refinancing Date.

2


 

      Replacement Mortgage Loan : A residential mortgage loan that satisfies the conditions set forth in Section 2.02(a) and which is required to be designated by Seller as a Mortgage Loan hereunder in substitution of a Refinanced Mortgage Loan.
      Replacement Mortgage Loan Excess Spread : For any Replacement Mortgage Loan and for each applicable Collection Period, (a) 65% of the Servicing Spread Collections with respect to such Replacement Mortgage Loan remaining after payment of the applicable Base Servicing Fee for the Replacement Mortgage Loan, (b) 65% of all other amounts payable by the applicable Agency to Seller with respect to the Mortgage Loans, including any termination fees payable by an Agency to Seller for terminating the Seller as the servicer of any of the Mortgage Loans but for the avoidance of doubt, excluding all Ancillary Income and reimbursements received for advances and other out-of-pocket expenditures from an Agency by Seller in accordance with the Servicing Agreements and (c) 65% of any Repurchase Price received from Bank of America, National Association, pursuant to Section 10.03 of the Mortgage Rights Purchase and Sale Agreement.
      Replacement Portfolio : As defined in Section 2.04(a) hereof.
      Replacement Shortfall : As defined in Section 2.03 hereof.
      Retained Portfolio : As defined in Section 2.04(a) hereof.
      Retained Replacement Mortgage Loan Excess Spread : For any Replacement Mortgage Loan and for each applicable Collection Period, (a) 35% of the Servicing Spread Collections with respect to such Replacement Mortgage Loan remaining after payment of the applicable Base Servicing Fee for the Replacement Mortgage Loan, (b) 35% of all other amounts payable by the applicable Agency to Seller with respect to the Mortgage Loans, including any termination fees payable by an Agency to Seller for terminating the Seller as the servicer of any of the Mortgage Loans but for the avoidance of doubt, excluding all Ancillary Income and reimbursements received for advances and other out-of-pocket expenditures from an Agency by Seller in accordance with the Servicing Agreements and (c) 35% of any Repurchase Price received from Bank of America, National Association, pursuant to Section 10.03 of the Mortgage Rights Purchase and Sale Agreement.
      Selection Period : As defined in Section 2.04(b) hereof.
      Seller : As defined in the introduction hereof.
      Third Party Assignment : As defined in Section 2.05(a)(iv) hereof.
      Third Party Base Agreement : As defined in Section 2.05(a)(iv) hereof.
      Third Party Spread : As defined in Section 2.05(a)(iv) hereof.
     Section 1.02 General Interpretive Principles .
     For purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

3


 

          (a) The terms defined in or incorporated by reference into this Agreement have the meanings assigned to them in this Agreement or the Excess Servicing Spread Sale and Assignment Agreement, as applicable, and include the plural as well as the singular, and the use of any gender herein shall be deemed to include the other gender;
          (b) Accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
          (c) References herein to “Articles,” “Sections,” “Subsections,” “Paragraphs,” and other subdivisions without reference to a document are to designated Articles, Sections, Subsections, Paragraphs and other subdivisions of this Agreement;
          (d) A reference to a Subsection without further reference to a Section is a reference to such Subsection as contained in the same Section in which the reference appears, and this rule shall also apply to Paragraphs and other subdivisions;
          (e) The words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision; and
          (f) The term “include” or “including” shall mean without limitation by reason of enumeration.
ARTICLE II
REPLACEMENT OF MORTGAGE LOANS
     Section 2.01 Refinancing and Substitution of Mortgage Loans .
     Subject to, and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and, more particularly, the conditions of this Article II , if Seller refinances any Mortgage Loan, it shall designate a residential mortgage loan as a Replacement Mortgage Loan and assign the Replacement Mortgage Loan Excess Spread with respect to such Replacement Mortgage Loan on the applicable Replacement Date to Purchaser as provided in this Agreement.
     Section 2.02 Criteria for Replacement Mortgage Loans .
          (a) As of the applicable Replacement Date, unless otherwise agreed upon by Seller and Purchaser, either:
               (i) a Replacement Mortgage Loan shall satisfy the following criteria:
  (1)   All consents, if any, required by the applicable Agency or any other Person, if any, to assign the related Replacement Mortgage Loan Excess Servicing Spread with respect to such Replacement Mortgage Loan shall have been obtained;

4


 

  (2)   The servicing fee rate for the Replacement Mortgage Loan is not less than 0.25% per annum; and
 
  (3)   The Replacement Mortgage Loan is secured by the same property as the Refinanced Mortgage Loan, and at least one of the Mortgagors of the Replacement Mortgage Loan was a Mortgagor of the Refinanced Mortgage Loan; or
               (ii) if Seller is unable to satisfy the conditions in Section 2.02(a)(i) after using commercially reasonable efforts, Seller shall use its best efforts to substitute the Refinanced Mortgage Loan with a Replacement Mortgage Loan satisfying the following criteria:
  (1)   The servicing fee rate for the Replacement Mortgage Loan is equal to or greater than the servicing fee rate of the residential mortgage loan whose proceeds were used to repay the Refinanced Mortgage Loan in whole or in part (the “ New Mortgage Loan ”) and, in any event, not less than 0.25% per annum;
 
  (2)   The interest accrual rate per annum on the Replacement Mortgage Loan is within 12.5 basis points per annum of the interest accrual rate on the New Mortgage Loan;
 
  (3)   The final maturity date of the Replacement Mortgage Loan is within six months of the final maturity date of the New Mortgage Loan;
 
  (4)   The remaining credit characteristics of the Replacement Mortgage Loan (other than as specified in clauses (1) , (2) and (3) above) are substantially the same as the credit characteristics of the New Mortgage Loan;
 
  (5)   The Replacement Mortgage Loan is current as of the applicable Replacement Date; and
 
  (6)   The Replacement Mortgage Loan is not subject to any foreclosure or similar proceeding as of the applicable Replacement Date; is not in process of any modification, workout or other loss mitigation process; and is not involved in litigation.
     (b) If a Replacement Mortgage Loan would otherwise meet the criteria set forth in Section 2.02(a) but has not been sold to an Agency as of the Replacement Loan Identification Date, in lieu of substituting a loan pursuant to Section 2.02(a)(ii) above, the Seller may include such Replacement Mortgage Loan in the Available Portfolio; provided (i) the servicing fee rate for such Replacement Mortgage Loan shall be deemed to be 0.30% per annum and (ii) if at any time such Replacement Mortgage Loan fails to meet the criteria set forth in

5


 

Section 2.02(a) , the Seller shall be required to substitute a loan for such Replacement Mortgage Loan pursuant to Section 2.02(a)(ii) above.
     (c) Seller shall not be in breach of Section 2.01 on any Replacement Date if, after using best efforts to select Replacement Mortgage Loans to substitute Refinanced Mortgage Loans pursuant to Section 2.02(a)(ii) , the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the residential mortgage loans in the Available Portfolio as of such Replacement Date is equal to or greater than 90% of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Refinanced Mortgage Loans that were refinanced during the Related Collection Period as measured on the opening of business on their respective Refinancing Date.
     Section 2.03 Refinancing Incentives .
     For any Replacement Date beginning with the Replacement Date in June 2012, Seller shall not be required to substitute Replacement Mortgage Loans for Refinanced Mortgage Loans in an aggregate principal amount up to the Maximum Retained Refinancing Loan Amount. For purposes of this Section 2.03 , the following definitions shall apply:
      Replacement Shortfall: With respect to any Replacement Date and the Related Collection Period, the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the New Mortgage Loans that were originated by Seller or an affiliate thereof during the Related Collection Period as measured on the opening of business on their respective Refinancing Date, minus the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the residential mortgage loans in the Available Portfolio as of such Replacement Date.
 
      Excess Refinancing Percentage : With respect to any Replacement Date, a percentage equal to the excess, if any, of (a) a fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is equal to the aggregate principal balance of New Mortgage Loans that were originated by Seller or an affiliate thereof over the Related Collection Period and the two Collection Periods prior to such Related Collection Period (the “ Quarterly Collection Period ”) as measured on the opening of business on their respective Refinancing Date, minus the aggregate Replacement Shortfall over such Quarterly Collection Period, and the denominator of which is the aggregate principal balance of all voluntary prepayments received on the Mortgage Loans over the Quarterly Collection Period, over (b) 35%.
 
      Refinancing Split Percentage : With respect to any Replacement Date, the Refinancing Split Percentage shown in the column of the table below corresponding to the Excess Refinancing Percentage therein:
         
Three Month Average Recapture   Excess Refinancing   Refinancing Split
Percentage   Percentage   Percentage
35% or Less
  0%   0%
> 35%, <= 40%
  >0.00% and <=5.00%   25%
> 40%, <= 45%
  >5.00% and <=10.00%   30%

6


 

         
Three Month Average Recapture   Excess Refinancing   Refinancing Split
Percentage   Percentage   Percentage
> 45%, <= 50%
  >10.00% and <=15.00%   35%
> 50%, <= 55%
  >15.00% and <=20.00%   40%
> 55%, <= 60%
  >20.00% and <=25.00%   45%
Greater than 60%
  >25.00%   50%
      Maximum Retained Refinancing Loan Amount : With respect to any Replacement Date, an amount, not less than zero, equal to the sum of (a) the product of (i) the Refinancing Split Percentage, if any, applicable to such Replacement Date, (ii) the Excess Refinancing Percentage applicable to such Replacement Date and (iii) the aggregate principal balance of New Mortgage Loans that were refinanced with Seller or an affiliate thereof during the Related Collection Period, plus (b) the Carryover Retained Amount, minus (c) the applicable Replacement Shortfall.
 
      Carryover Retained Amount : With respect to any Replacement Date beginning with the Replacement Date in July 2012, the excess , if any, of the Maximum Retained Refinancing Loan Amount for the prior Replacement Date over the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Loans that were retained by Seller pursuant to this Section 2.03 on the prior Replacement Date.
     Section 2.04 Procedures for Replacement Mortgage Loans .
          (a) Not later than the Replacement Loan Identification Date, Seller shall (i) notify Purchaser of the identity of each Mortgage Loan that became a Refinanced Mortgage Loan during the Related Collection Period, (ii) calculate the Excess Refinancing Percentage, the Refinancing Split Percentage, the Maximum Retained Refinancing Loan Amount and the Carryover Retained Amount for the following Replacement Date, and notify Purchaser of such amounts in writing, (iii) provide Purchaser with a list of potential Replacement Mortgage Loans (the “ Available Portfolio ”), selected on the basis that the Excess Refinancing Percentage is equal to zero, and (iv) provide Purchaser with a list of residential mortgage loans selected from the Available Portfolio to be designated as Mortgage Replacement Loans (the “ Replacement Portfolio ”) on the following Replacement Date and a list of residential mortgage loans selected from the Available Portfolio to be excluded from the pool of Replacement Mortgage Loans (the “ Retained Portfolio ”) on the following Replacement Date in accordance with Section 2.03 .
          (b) Purchaser may submit an objection to the proposed Available Portfolio, the proposed Replacement Portfolio or the proposed Retained Portfolio not later than five Business Days following receipt of the notice of the proposed portfolios pursuant to Section 2.04(a) . If Purchaser submits an objection, Seller and Buyer shall work together in good faith over the next five Business Days (the “ Selection Period ”) to mutually agree on the Replacement Portfolio and the Retained Portfolio. During the Selection Period, Seller may suggest alternative Replacement Mortgage Loans that meet the criteria of Section 2.02(a)(ii) . If Seller and Purchaser are unable to agree on a Replacement Portfolio and a Retained Portfolio (if applicable) by close of business on the Business Day prior to the Replacement Date, Seller and Purchaser may modify the percentages in the definitions of Replacement Mortgage Loan Excess Spread,

7


 

Retained Replacement Mortgage Loan Express Spread, Excess Servicing Spread, Retained Servicing Spread and in the Priority of Payments, as applicable, to reflect the relative values that Seller and Purchaser would have had in the Excess Servicing Spread and Retained Servicing Spread but for the inability of Seller and Purchaser to mutually agree on such portfolios.
          (c) Unless mutually agreed upon by Seller and Purchaser, the Retained Portfolio and the Replacement Portfolio with respect to any Replacement Date shall satisfy the following criteria:
          (i) The aggregate outstanding principal balance of the residential mortgage loans in the Retained Portfolio shall not exceed the Maximum Retained Refinancing Loan Amount;
          (ii) The weighted average servicing fee rate for the residential mortgage loans in the Retained Portfolio shall be substantially equal to the weighted average servicing fee rate for the Replacement Mortgage Loans in the Replacement Portfolio;
          (iii) The weighted average interest accrual rate per annum of the residential mortgage loans in the Retained Portfolio shall be within 12.5 basis points per annum of the weighted average interest rate of the Replacement Mortgage Loans in the Replacement Portfolio;
          (iv) The weighted average final maturity date of the residential mortgage loans in the Retained Portfolio shall be within six months of the weighted average final maturity date of the Replacement Mortgage Loans in the Replacement Portfolio; and
          (v) The remaining credit characteristics of the pool of residential mortgage loans in the Retained Portfolio (other than as specified in clauses (ii) , (iii) and (iv) above) shall be substantially the same as the credit characteristics of the pool of Replacement Mortgage Loans in the Replacement Portfolio.
          (d) Exhibit B provides an example of the calculations to be made pursuant to this Section 2.04 .
     Section 2.05 Assignment of Replacement Mortgage Loan Excess Servicing Spread .
          (a) Subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions in this Agreement, on each Replacement Date, Seller shall execute and deliver an Assignment Agreement for the Replacement Mortgage Loan Excess Servicing Spread to be assigned on such Replacement Date with respect to Replacement Mortgage Loans; provided , however , that
          (i) Purchaser shall be entitled to all Replacement Mortgage Loan Excess Spread and Seller shall be entitled to all Retained Replacement Mortgage Loan Excess spread arising with respect to each such Replacement Mortgage Loan on and after the Refinancing Date with respect to the related Refinanced Mortgage Loan,

8


 

          (ii) Seller shall deposit all Servicing Spread Collections received with respect to such Replacement Mortgage Loans on and after the Refinancing Date with respect to the related Refinanced Mortgage Loans into the Third Party Controlled Collection Account (other than amounts on deposit in the Lockbox Account, which shall be deposited into the Third Party Controlled Collection Account in accordance with the Excess Servicing Spread Sale and Assignment Agreement) not later than the Replacement Date,
          (iii) for each Replacement Mortgage Loan that was originated on or after the Refinancing Date of the related Refinanced Mortgage Loan, Seller shall deposit all Servicing Spread Collections with respect to amounts prepaid at the time of closing of such Replacement Mortgage Loan, if applicable, into the Third Party Controlled Custodial Account not later than the Replacement Date,
          (iv) if the Purchaser’s rights under this Agreement have been assigned to a third party that is not a party or an assignee of the Excess Servicing Spread Sale and Assignment Agreement (a “ Third Party Assignment ”), such third party (a “ Replacement Agreement Third Party ”) shall have entered into a new agreement (a “ Third Party Base Agreement ”) with Seller or Seller’s assignee that provides such Replacement Agreement Third Party with the same rights with respect to any Replacement Mortgage Loan Excess Spread arising after the date of the Third Party Assignment (“ Third Party Spread ”) that Purchaser would have under the Excess Servicing Spread Sale and Assignment if the Third Party Assignment had not occurred; it being understood that Purchaser shall not have any rights in, and the Excess Spread Sale and Assignment Agreement shall not apply to, any Third Party Spread.
          (b) Upon delivery of an Assignment Agreement,
          (i) Each of the Replacement Mortgage Loans whose Replacement Loan Excess Servicing Spread is assigned thereunder shall be deemed to be a “Mortgage Loan” for all purposes of the Base Agreement, mutatis mutandi s, subject to the terms and conditions thereof and hereof; and
          (ii) Each reference in the Excess Servicing Spread Sale and Assignment Agreement to the “Sale Date” (or such comparable definition in any other Base Agreement) shall be deemed to refer to the Refinancing Date.
     Section 2.06 Base Servicing Fees with respect to Replacement Mortgage Loans .
     Notwithstanding any provision of the Base Agreement to the contrary, the Base Servicing Fee with respect to Replacement Mortgage Loan shall begin to accrue as of the Collection Period prior to the applicable Replacement Date. In no event shall Base Servicing Fees accrue concurrently on any day for a Refinanced Mortgage Loan and for a Replacement Mortgage Loan.
     Section 2.07 Intent and Characterization .
          (a) Seller and Purchaser intend that the assignments of the Replacement Mortgage Loan Excess Spread pursuant to this Agreement and each Assignment Agreement

9


 

constitute valid sales of such Replacement Mortgage Loan Excess Spread from Seller to Purchaser, conveying good title thereto free and clear of any Lien, and that the beneficial interest in and title to such Replacement Mortgage Loan Excess Spread not be part of Seller’s estate in the event of the bankruptcy of Seller. Seller and Purchaser intend and agree to treat the transfer and assignment of the Replacement Mortgage Loan Excess Spread as an absolute sale for tax purposes, and as an absolute and complete conveyance of title for property law purposes. Except for financial accounting purposes, neither party intends the transactions contemplated hereby to be characterized as a loan from Purchaser to Seller.
          (b) In the event (but only in the event) that the conveyance of the Replacement Mortgage Loan Excess Spread is characterized by a court or governmental authority as security for a loan rather than a sale, Seller will be deemed to have granted to Purchaser, and Seller hereby grants to Purchaser, a security interest in all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Replacement Mortgage Loan Excess Spread and all proceeds thereof as security for a loan in an amount equal to the product of (x) the aggregate outstanding Replacement Mortgage Loan principal balance as of the Replacement Date, (y) the Purchase Price Percentage and (z) 0.65.
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
     Section 3.01 Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Seller .
          (a) As an inducement to Purchaser to enter into this Agreement, Seller affirms each of its representations, warranties and covenants in the Excess Servicing Spread Sale and Assignment Agreement, which representations, warranties and covenants are hereby incorporated into this Agreement; provided , however , that the Parties acknowledge that Replacement Mortgage Loans are not required to be owned by the Owner.
          (b) Seller shall own all Mortgage Servicing Rights with respect to each Replacement Mortgage Loan and shall be entitled to all Servicing Spread Collections with respect to each Replacement Mortgage Loan other than the Replacement Mortgage Loan Excess Spread assigned to the Purchaser hereunder.
          (c) Seller shall inform each Mortgagor of a Replacement Mortgage Loan to remit its mortgage payments to the Lockbox Account.
          (d) Seller shall remain liable for all obligations with respect to the origination of each Replacement Mortgage Loan and, if applicable, for all obligations with respect to the sale of such Replacement Mortgage Loan to the applicable Agency.
          (e) Each agreement or arrangement that Seller enters into to purchase Mortgage Servicing Rights shall be entered into on an arm’s length contractual basis in the ordinary course of business and shall have market terms applicable for the type of Mortgage Servicing Rights to be acquired thereby. Seller shall not enter into any agreement or

10


 

arrangement with a third party intended to encourage the refinancing of any Mortgage Loan by any Person other than Seller.
          (f) Seller shall cooperate with and assist any Replacement Agreement Third Party in drafting and entering into a Third Party Base Agreement as reasonably requested.
     Section 3.02 Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Purchaser . As an inducement to Seller to enter into this Agreement, Purchaser affirms each of its representations, warranties and covenants in the Excess Servicing Spread Sale and Assignment Agreement, which representations, warranties and covenants are hereby incorporated into this Agreement.
ARTICLE IV
MISCELLANEOUS
     Section 4.01 Costs and Expenses .
     Except as otherwise provided herein, Purchaser and Seller shall each pay the expenses incurred by it or its affiliates in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
     Section 4.02 Confidentiality .
     Each Party understands that certain information which it has been furnished and will be furnished in connection with this transaction, including, but not limited to information concerning business procedures, servicing fees or prices, Non Public Personal Information and/or Personally Identifiable Financial Information (as those terms are defined in Sections 573.3(n) and (o) of the Office of Thrift Supervision Regulations on Privacy of Consumer Information published at 12 C.F.R. Chapter V implementing Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act), policies or plans of the other party or any of its affiliates, is confidential and proprietary, and each party agrees that it will maintain the confidentiality of such information and will not disclose it to others (except for its affiliates and its and their respective directors, managers, officers, employees, financing sources, agents, representatives and advisors), or use it except in connection with the proposed acquisition contemplated by this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the party furnishing such information. Information which is generally known in the industry concerning a Party or among such Party’s creditors generally or which has been disclosed to the other Party by third parties who have a right to do so shall not be deemed confidential or proprietary information for these purposes. If Purchaser, any of its affiliates or any officer, director, employee or agent of any of the foregoing is at any time requested or required to disclose any information supplied to it in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, Purchaser agrees to provide Seller with prompt notice of such request(s) so that Seller may seek an appropriate protective order and/or waive Purchaser’s compliance with the terms of this Section 4.02 . If Seller, any of its affiliates or any officer, director, employee or agent of any of the foregoing is at any time requested or required to disclose any information supplied to it in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, Seller agrees to provide Purchaser with prompt notice of such request(s) so that Purchaser may seek an appropriate protective order and/or waive Seller’s compliance with the terms of this Section 4.02 . Notwithstanding the terms of this Section 4.02 , if, in the absence of a protective order or the

11


 

receipt of a waiver hereunder, Purchaser or Seller is nonetheless, in the opinion of its counsel, compelled to disclose information concerning the other party to any tribunal or else stand liable for contempt or suffer other censure or penalty, Purchaser or Seller may disclose such information to such tribunal without liability hereunder. If the proposed acquisition is not consummated, each party agrees to promptly return to the other, promptly upon request, all confidential materials, and all copies thereof, which have been furnished to it in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
     Section 4.03 Survival of Representations and Warranties .
     Each party hereto covenants and agrees that the representations and warranties in this Agreement, and in any document delivered or to be delivered pursuant hereto, shall survive each applicable Replacement Date.
     Section 4.04 Notices .
     All notices, requests, demands and other communications which are required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given if personally delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid or by prepaid overnight delivery service to the specified in or otherwise provided in accordance with the Excess Servicing Spread Sale and Assignment Agreement.
     Section 4.05 Waivers .
     Either Purchaser or Seller may, by written notice to the other:
          (a) Extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other transactions of the other; and
          (b) Waive compliance with or performance of any of the terms, conditions, covenants or obligations required to be complied with or performed by the other hereunder.
     The waiver by Purchaser or Seller of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other subsequent breach.
     Section 4.06 Entire Agreement; Amendment .
     This Agreement and the related Transaction Documents constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and supersede all prior agreements with respect thereto. This Agreement may be amended only in a written instrument signed by both Seller and Purchaser.
     Section 4.07 Binding Effect .
     This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Parties and their successors and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer on any Person other than the Parties and their successors and assigns, any rights, obligations, remedies or liabilities.

12


 

     Section 4.08 Headings .
     Headings on the Articles and Sections in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not be deemed to have any substantive effect.
     Section 4.09 Applicable Law .
     This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, except to the extent preempted by Federal law. The parties agree to waive trial by jury in the event of any dispute under this Agreement.
     Section 4.10 Incorporation of Exhibits .
     The Exhibits attached hereto shall be incorporated herein and shall be understood to be a part hereof as though included in the body of this Agreement.
     Section 4.11 Counterparts .
     This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original and all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.
     Section 4.12 Severability of Provisions .
     If any one or more of the covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be for any reason whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement or of the rights of the parties hereto.
     Section 4.13 Assignment .
     Seller may not assign all or any part of this Agreement, or any interest herein, without the prior written consent of Purchaser, provided that any successor to Seller must assume Seller’s obligations under this Agreement. Purchaser shall have the unrestricted right to further assign, transfer, deliver, hypothecate, pledge, subdivide or otherwise deal with its rights under this Agreement on whatever terms Purchaser shall determine; provided that in the case of any Third Party Assignment, the Replacement Agreement Third Party and Seller shall enter into a Third Party Base Agreement that provides such Replacement Agreement Third Party with the same rights with respect to the Third Party Spread that Purchaser would have had under the Excess Servicing Spread Sale and Assignment Agreement if the Third Party Assignment had not occurred.
     Section 4.14 Third Party Beneficiaries .
     This Agreement does not and is not intended to confer any rights or remedies upon any person or entity other than Purchaser and Seller.

13


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned parties to this Agreement has caused this Agreement to be duly executed in its corporate name by one of its duly authorized officers, all as of the date first above written.
             
    NIC MSR I LLC
Purchaser
   
 
           
 
  By:   NIC MSR LLC, as Member    
 
           
 
  By:
Name:
  /s/ Brian Sigman
 
Brian Sigman
   
 
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
 
           
    NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC
Seller
   
 
           
 
  By:
Name:
  /s/ Gregory Oniu
 
Gregory Oniu
   
 
  Title:   Senior Vice President    

14


 

EXHIBIT A
FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT FOR REPLACEMENT MORTGAGE LOANS
     Subject to, and upon the terms and conditions of the Excess Servicing Spread Sale and Assignment Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2011 (the “ Agreement ”), by and between Nationstar Mortgage LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Seller ”) and NIC MSR I LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with its successors assigns, the “ Purchaser ”), Seller hereby assigns, transfers and delivers to Purchaser all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to Replacement Mortgage Loan Excess Spread for each of the Replacement Mortgage Loans set forth in Annex A attached hereto and all proceeds thereof, and agrees that as of the applicable Refinancing Date, the applicable Replacement Mortgage Loan shall be deemed to be a “Mortgage Loan” for all purposes of the Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this Assignment Agreement have the meanings given to such terms in, or incorporated by reference into, the Agreement.
     All of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Agreement required to be complied with and performed by Seller on or prior to the date hereof have been duly complied with and performed in all material respects.
             
    NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC    
    Seller    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
   
 
  Name:        
 
     
 
   
 
  Title:        
 
     
 
   

15


 

Exhibit B
Example of calculations of Maximum Retained Refinancing Loan Amounts
             
Recaptured Loan Incentive   Range of Loans Retained as a Percentage of
3 Month Avg   Retained   Total Recapture
Recapture   Percentage (1)   Nationstar   Portfolio
35% or Less
  0%   0.00%   100.00%
> 35%, <= 40%
  25%   0.00% to 1.25%   100.00% to 98.75%
> 40%, <= 45%
  30%   1.50% to 3.00%   98.50% to 97.00%
> 45%, <= 50%
  35%   3.50% to 5.25%   96.50% to 94.75%
> 50%, <= 55%
  40%   6.00% to 8.00%   94.00% to 92.00%
> 55%, <= 60%
  45%   9.00% to 11.25%   91.00% to 88.75%
> 60%, <= 65%
  50%   12.50% to 15.00%   87.50% to 85.00%
> 65%, <= 70%
  50%   15.00% to 17.50%   85.00% to 82.50%
> 70%, <= 75%
  50%   17.50% to 20.00%   82.50% to 80.00%
Greater than 75%
  50%   20.00% to 32.50%   80.00% to 67.50%
 
1   Represents the percentage of loans Nationstar retains above 35% recapture.

16


 

Annex A
[ATTACH ANNEX A, WHICH MAY BE ON COMPUTER TAPE, COMPACT DISK, OR MICROFICHE, CONTAINING THE
INFORMATION SET FORTH BELOW]
                                                                 
                                (e)                            
                                Principal                            
                (c)           Balance of                           (j)
        (b)   Principal   (d)   Replacement                   (i)   (65% of column
        Loan # of   Balance of   Loan # of   Mortgage                   (column (g) —   (i))
(a)   Refinanced   Refinanced   Replacement   Loan as of the   (g)   (h)   column (h))   Replacement
Refinancing   Mortgage   Mortgage   Mortgage   Replacement   Servicing   Base Servicing   Net Servicing Fee   Mortgage Loan
Date   Loan   Loan   Loan   Date   Fee Rate   Fee Rate   Rate   Excess Spread

17

Exhibit 10.30
     
Fannie Mae
Letterhead
  3900 Wisconsin Avenue, NW
Washington, DC 20016-2892
202 752 7000
As Soon As Pooled Plus ® Agreement  *
Dated as of   March 24, 2009
Between:   Fannie Mae and
Lender:   NationStar Mortgage, LLC
This As Soon As Pooled Plus ® Agreement (this “ ASAP Plus Agreement ”) is entered into between the Lender and Fannie Mae to allow the Lender to deliver closed and funded one-to-four family residential mortgage loans, each secured by related mortgages and deeds of trust (such mortgage loans, mortgages, and deeds of trust, collectively, the “ Mortgage Loans ”) to Fannie Mae and receive funding from Fannie Mae in exchange for such Mortgage Loans before the Lender has (i) grouped them into pools to be securitized by Fannie Mae, or (ii) delivered them to Fannie Mae via Whole Loan Execution.
Fannie Mae and the Lender hereby agree as follows:
1. Applicability
     This ASAP Plus Agreement is made pursuant to, and shall be deemed to be a part of, the Mortgage Selling and Servicing Contract between Fannie Mae and the Lender and, except as otherwise provided herein, shall be subject to the Guides and applicable provisions of the other Collateral Documents (collectively referred to herein as the “ Agreement ”). The Lender and Fannie Mae may enter into transactions from time to time in accordance with the requirements set forth in this ASAP Plus Agreement notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Guides. Nothing in the Agreement is intended to or shall be construed to confer upon the Lender the right to make a delivery of Mortgage Loans to Fannie Mae or to confer upon Fannie Mae the obligation to accept a delivery of Mortgage Loans from the Lender.
2. Definitions
     The following terms and definitions apply to each sale of Mortgage Loans made pursuant to this ASAP Plus Agreement:
     (a) “ Act of Insolvency ” with respect to Lender: (i) the commencement by Lender as debtor of any case or proceeding under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or similar law, or Lender seeking the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, or similar official for Lender or any substantial part of its property, or (ii) the commencement of an involuntary bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding against Lender, which proceeding is not dismissed within 15 days, or (iii) the making by Lender of a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (iv) the admission in writing by Lender of Lender’s inability to pay Lender’s debts as they become due.
*  In November 2011, Nationstar Mortgage LLC received an increase to $200 million in the total limit on its As Soon As Pooled Plus Agreement. There was no written amendment executed in conjunction with this increase.

 


 

     (b) “ Additional Mortgage Loans ”: Mortgage Loans which meet the eligibility requirements of Section 6 hereof and are provided by Lender to Fannie Mae pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof.
     (c) “ Agreement ”: the meaning specified in Section 1 hereof.
     (d) “ ASAP Sale Agreement ”: the current As Soon As Pooled Sale Agreement between Lender and Fannie Mae.
     (e) “ Business Day ”: any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which Fannie Mae or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York is closed for business.
     (f) “ Collateral Documents ”: the Mortgage Selling and Servicing Contract, the Guides, the ASAP Sale Agreement, the Funding Express Agreement and any applicable provisions of any master pool purchase agreement, MBS purchase contract, or other document governing the delivery of mortgages, mortgage loans, deeds of trust, and other mortgage documents between the Lender and Fannie Mae.
     (g) “ Confirmation ”: the meaning specified in Section 4 hereof.
     (h) “ DDF Unit ”: Fannie Mae’s Document Delivery Facility as defined in the Guides.
     (i) “ Fannie Mae Margin Amount ”: with respect to any Mortgage Loan as of any date, the amount obtained by multiplying a percentage, agreed to by Fannie Mae and the Lender prior to delivery of such Mortgage Loan by the Lender to Fannie Mae hereunder, to the Repurchase Price for such Mortgage Loan as of such date.
     (j) “ Funding Express ”: that method, as described in the Funding Express Agreement, for transmitting Mortgage Loan data from Lender to Fannie Mae.
     (k) “ Funding Express Agreement ”: the agreement between the Lender and Fannie Mae governing Fannie Mae’s Funding Express application, which is used by Lender to transmit required Mortgage Loan data to Fannie Mae to initiate delivery of Mortgage Loans or Additional Mortgage Loans pursuant to this ASAP Plus Agreement.
     (l) “ Guides ”: the Fannie Mae Selling Guide and the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide, each as amended from time to time.
     (m) “ Income ”: with respect to any Mortgage Loan at any time, any principal, interest or other amounts paid thereon.
     (n) “ Loan Number ”: the unique identifier assigned by Fannie Mae to each Mortgage Loan.
     (o) “ Margin Deficit ”: an unpaid Fannie Mae Margin Amount.
     (p) “ Market Value ”: with respect to any Mortgage Loan as of any date, the most recent price quotation for such Mortgage Loan on such date obtained from Fannie Mae.

2


 

     (q) “ Mortgage Documents ”: any document which the Lender is required to deliver by the Guides to Fannie Mae or a third-party document custodian.
     (r) “ Mortgage Loan ”: a residential mortgage loan, secured by a mortgage or deed of trust, which is eligible for purchase by Fannie Mae under the Guides and that is transferred by Lender to Fannie Mae hereunder, either on a Purchase Date or as an Additional Mortgage Loan pursuant to Section 7 hereof.
     (s) “ Mortgage Selling and Servicing Contract ”: that current contract between Fannie Mae and the Lender, relating to the sale and servicing of Mortgage Loans.
     (t) “ Price Differential ”: with respect to any Mortgage Loan as of any date, the aggregate amount obtained by multiplying the Pricing Rate for such Mortgage Loan times the Purchase Price for such Mortgage Loan, as calculated on a daily basis during the period commencing on (and including) the Purchase Date for such Mortgage Loan and ending on (but excluding) the date used to determine such Price Differential.
     (u) “ Pricing Rate ”: the per annum percentage rate (as calculated on a 360-day year basis on each Business Day and as effective until the next Business Day) for determination of the Price Differential, as set forth in the related Confirmation.
     (v) “ Prime Rate ”: the rate that Citibank, N.A. or any successor thereto announces publicly from time to time to be its base or prime rate of interest, or if at any time Citibank, N.A. shall cease to announce its base or prime rate of interest, then the rate that is published in the Wall Street Journal as the “prime rate.” For any particular day, the Prime Rate shall be that rate most recently announced or published as of 8:30 a.m. (Eastern Time) on such day.
     (w) “ Purchase Date ”: the date agreed upon by Fannie Mae and the Lender as the date for purchase of a Mortgage Loan in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(a) of this ASAP Plus Agreement.
     (x) “ Purchase Price ”: on a Purchase Date, the price at which a Mortgage Loan is purchased by Fannie Mae from the Lender, determined as provided in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 and set forth in the related Confirmation.
     (y) “ Repurchase Date ”: for each Mortgage Loan, that day on which Lender has, pursuant to Section 5(b) hereof, been deemed to have taken delivery of such Mortgage Loan and redelivered it to Fannie Mae either pursuant to the ASAP Sale Agreement or via Whole Loan Execution.
     (z) “ Repurchase Price ”: the price at which a Mortgage Loan is to be transferred from Fannie Mae to Lender, which Repurchase Price shall equal the sum of the Purchase Price for such Mortgage Loan and the Price Differential with respect to such Mortgage Loan as of the date of such determination.
     (aa) “ Whole Loan Execution ”: that procedure, as set forth in the Guides, for sale of Mortgage Loans to Fannie Mae for cash.

3


 

Any capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to such terms in the Guides and the Mortgage Selling and Servicing Contract between Fannie Mae and the Lender.
3. Initiation of an As Soon As Pooled Plus Transaction
     (a) In order to initiate an As Soon As Pooled Plus transaction hereunder, the Lender must deliver a Mortgage Loan via a Funding Express transmission to Fannie Mae by no later than 12:00 noon (Eastern time) at least one Business Day prior to the Purchase Date therefor. The Lender must accurately complete each open data field provided in the Funding Express transmission for such Mortgage Loan. The Lender must then request approval to make delivery of such Mortgage Loan under this ASAP Plus Agreement by contacting Fannie Mae’s Capital Markets Sales Desk by telephone not later than 2:00 p.m. (Eastern time) on the Business Day preceding the Purchase Date, in order to establish the terms of the transaction, including the Purchase Price, the Pricing Rate, the applicable margin percentage and the Purchase Date. Any delay by the Lender in sending the Funding Express transmission or in agreeing to the terms of the transaction will result in a Purchase Date not earlier than the second Business Day following the Funding Express transmission.
     (b) Not later than 9:00 a.m. (Eastern time) on the Purchase Date, the Lender will deliver a complete and accurate Mortgage Document package consistent with the terms of the related Funding Express transmission to the DDF Unit, in accordance with the terms of the Guides. The Lender must either (i) attach an As Soon As Pooled ® Plus label (which can be obtained from the Fannie Mae regional office or the Capital Markets Sales Desk) to the envelope bearing such Mortgage Documents, or (ii) write the words “As Soon As Pooled Plus” in blue ink on such envelope. Any failure by the Lender to comply with these conditions, or any failure of the Mortgage Documents to be in a form required by the Guides or any related MBS pool purchase contract, will result in the delay of the Purchase Date under this Agreement and the imposition of funding costs on the Lender or cancellation of the proposed transaction, as determined by Fannie Mae.
     (c) If Fannie Mae elects to purchase a Mortgage Loan delivered in an As Soon As Pooled Plus transaction pursuant to Section 3 hereof, Fannie Mae will remit the Purchase Price of such Mortgage Loan (less the amount of any unpaid Margin Deficit) to the Lender on the Purchase Date by wire transfer in accordance with the provisions of Annex I hereto, upon the certification by the DDF Unit that the Mortgage Document package is complete, accurate and consistent with the terms of the related Funding Express transmission.
4. Confirmation of an As Soon As Pooled Plus Transaction
     Upon agreeing to accept the delivery of a Mortgage Loan hereunder, Fannie Mae shall promptly transmit to the Lender a written confirmation of such acceptance (a “ Confirmation ”). The Confirmation shall (i) describe such Mortgage Loan by its Loan Number, (ii) identify the Lender, (iii) set forth the Purchase Date, the Purchase Price, and the Pricing Rate for such Mortgage Loan, and (iv) set forth any additional terms or conditions of such transaction not inconsistent with this ASAP Plus Agreement. The Confirmation, together with this ASAP Plus Agreement, shall constitute conclusive evidence of the terms agreed between Fannie Mae and Lender with respect to the acquisition of the Mortgage Loans to which the Confirmation relates,

4


 

unless, with respect to such Confirmation, specific objection is made by the Lender promptly (and, in any case, within twenty-four hours) after receipt thereof. In the event of any conflict between the terms of such Confirmation and this ASAP Plus Agreement, this ASAP Plus Agreement shall prevail.
5. Completion of As Soon As Pooled Plus Transactions/Redelivery
     (a) On each Business Day, the Pricing Rate for each Mortgage Loan shall be subject to adjustment.
     (b) The Lender shall repurchase each Mortgage Loan on a date that is not more than 60 days after the Purchase Date related to such Mortgage Loan. Immediately after such repurchase, the Lender shall redeliver such Mortgage Loan to Fannie Mae pursuant to the ASAP Sale Agreement or via Whole Loan Execution. Fannie Mae will continue to act as the document custodian for the Mortgage Documents relating to such Mortgage Loan pursuant to the Guides throughout the repurchase and redelivery contemplated hereby.
     (c) On each Repurchase Date, Fannie Mae will calculate (i) the price Fannie Mae is to pay for delivery of each Mortgage Loan redelivered to it on such Repurchase Date pursuant to the ASAP Sale Agreement or via Whole Loan Execution, (ii) the Repurchase Price which the Lender is obligated to pay to Fannie Mae to repurchase such Mortgage Loan, and (iii) any Margin Deficit payable with respect to any Mortgage Loan that Lender has not redelivered to Fannie Mae pursuant to Section 5(b) hereof. Fannie Mae shall pay the amount calculated in clause (i) above to Lender by wire to the account of the Lender set forth in Annex I . Lender shall pay Fannie Mae the amounts calculated in clause (ii) and (iii) above by wire to the account of Fannie Mae set forth in Annex I . The parties agree that such payment obligations may be applied against each other and netted.
6. Eligible Mortgages
     Each Mortgage Loan sold to Fannie Mae in each As Soon As Pooled Plus transaction must: (i) meet the eligibility requirements of the Mortgage Selling and Servicing Contract, the Guides and any applicable pool purchase contract; (ii) have been closed and funded at least one Business Day before the date of the Funding Express transmission with respect thereto and no longer subject to any applicable right of rescission; and (iii) be eligible for delivery into “TBA” Pools (or other pools as approved by Fannie Mae), or have such other terms as have been approved by Fannie Mae.
7. Margin Maintenance
     (a) The Lender agrees that if at any time the aggregate Market Value of all Mortgage Loans delivered by it to Fannie Mae pursuant to this ASAP Plus Agreement but not yet repurchased by Lender pursuant to Section 5(b) hereof is less than the aggregate Fannie Mae Margin Amount for all Mortgage Loans, then upon its receipt of notice from Fannie Mae delivered pursuant to Annex I hereto, Lender shall transfer to Fannie Mae either cash or Additional Mortgage Loans (as determined in Lender’s discretion) acceptable to Fannie Mae, so that the sum of such cash and the aggregate Market Value of the Mortgage Loans, including any

5


 

such Additional Mortgage Loans, will thereupon equal or exceed such aggregate Fannie Mae Margin Amount.
     (b) With respect to any Mortgage Loan delivered by the Lender to Fannie Mae hereunder, Fannie Mae may require the Lender to cure a Margin Deficit, as provided in Section 7(a) hereof, whenever such a Margin Deficit exists with respect to such Mortgage Loan hereunder (calculated without regard to any other Mortgage Loan outstanding under this Agreement).
8. Income Payments on the Mortgage Loans; Servicing of the Mortgage Loans
     (a) Lender shall service each Mortgage Loan purchased by Fannie Mae pursuant to this Agreement on behalf of Fannie Mae in accordance with the Guides. Lender shall not transfer servicing of any of such Mortgage Loans without Fannie Mae’s prior written approval.
     (b) Lender shall hold all Income that is received during, or that is attributable to, the period between the Purchase Date and the Repurchase Date on any Mortgage Loan in a segregated bank account designated in the name of Fannie Mae. Lender further acknowledges and agrees that: (i) at all times such Income is the property of Fannie Mae; (ii) it will not commingle such Income with any other funds; (iii) it has granted Fannie Mae a security interest in all Income and other proceeds that it receives during, or that is attributable to, the period between the Purchase Date and the Repurchase Date on any Mortgage Loan; and (iv) it shall be obligated to provide Fannie Mae, upon one Business Day’s written notice from Fannie Mae to Lender, with an accounting with respect to such Mortgage Loan and all Income and other proceeds related to such Mortgage Loan.
     (c) Lender shall provide written notice to Fannie Mae of, and allow Fannie Mae to attend, any meetings to which creditors of the Lender are invited. If the Lender is a mortgage banker, Lender shall submit a Mortgage Bankers’ Financial Reporting Form (Form 1002) to Fannie Mae within 60 days after the end of each calendar quarter (unless such calendar quarter ends on December 31, in which case Lender shall submit Form 1002 within 90 days of the end of such calendar quarter).
9. Absolute Sale of Mortgage Loans
     (a) The Lender and Fannie Mae intend and agree that each delivery of a Mortgage Loan accepted by Fannie Mae pursuant to this ASAP Plus Agreement shall constitute a true, absolute and unconditional sale by the Lender and purchase by Fannie Mae of that Mortgage Loan. By delivering a Mortgage Loan to Fannie Mae pursuant to this ASAP Plus Agreement, the Lender agrees, represents and warrants that (i) all of its right, title and interest in such Mortgage Loan is sold, transferred, set over and otherwise conveyed to Fannie Mae as of the Purchase Date for such Mortgage Loan, including, without limitation, all right, title, and interest in the Income related thereto; and (ii) as of such date, the Lender no longer holds any “equitable interest” in such Mortgage Loan, as such term is used in Section 541(d) of the Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended. No delay in the presentation or delivery of any document needed to complete the Mortgage Documentation package with respect to any Mortgage Loan shall have any effect on the absolute nature of the sale of such Mortgage Loan to Fannie Mae hereunder.

6


 

     (b) If, notwithstanding this mutual intent of the Lender and Fannie Mae, and the Lender’s agreements, representations and warranties as provided in Section 9(a) hereof, the transfer and sale of a Mortgage Loan is determined by a court or another appropriate forum to be a financing rather than a sale, the Lender shall be deemed to have granted Fannie Mae a first priority perfected security interest in and upon all of the Lender’s right, title, and interest in and to such Mortgage Loan, including, without limitation, all right, title, and interest in the Income related thereto, related custodial, collection and escrow accounts, related mortgage and servicing files and documents and all products and proceeds of any of the foregoing, as security for the payment to Fannie Mae of principal, interest, and other sums due with respect to such Mortgage Loan, and the Lender agrees to execute all endorsements and assignments necessary in order to reflect the ownership interests of Fannie Mae, as intended by this ASAP Plus Agreement.
10. Payment and Transfer
     Unless otherwise mutually agreed, all transfers of funds hereunder shall be in immediately available funds. All funds remitted to Lender by Fannie Mae on the Purchase Date for each Mortgage Loan will be made in accordance with the provisions of Annex I .
11. Substitution; Repurchase
     After the Purchase Date related to any Mortgage Loan, Lender may not substitute other Mortgage Loans for such Mortgage Loan or repurchase such Mortgage Loan (except as required by Fannie Mae in accordance with this ASAP Plus Agreement or the Collateral Documents).
12. Representations and Warranties of Lender
     (a) In addition to the representations and warranties of the Lender contained in the Collateral Documents, the Lender represents and warrants, as of the date of this ASAP Plus Agreement and is deemed to represent and warrant as of each Purchase Date under this ASAP Plus Agreement, that: (i) it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this ASAP Plus Agreement, to enter into the transactions contemplated hereunder and to perform its obligations hereunder; (ii) it will engage in such transactions as principal; (iii) the person signing this ASAP Plus Agreement is duly authorized to do so on its behalf; (iv) the execution, delivery and performance of this ASAP Plus Agreement and the transactions hereunder will not violate any law, ordinance, charter, by-law or rule applicable to it; (v) the Lender is not in breach of the terms, conditions or provisions contained in, or in default under, any agreement by which it is bound or by which any of its assets are affected; (vi) Lender has executed each Collateral Document and each Collateral Document is in full force and effect and the Lender is not in default under any Collateral Document; (vii) Lender does not sell to Fannie Mae all the mortgage loans that it originates; and (viii) Lender has not, without the written consent of Fannie Mae, transferred the servicing of any Mortgage Loans that it services on behalf of Fannie Mae pursuant to this ASAP Plus Agreement or any other agreement between Fannie Mae and the Lender.
     (b) The Lender further represents and warrants as of each Purchase Date that: (i) each Mortgage Loan sold by it to Fannie Mae on such Purchase Date under this ASAP Plus Agreement meets the requirements of the Agreement; (ii) all of the Mortgage Documents relating to such Mortgage Loans, including the mortgage notes, are complete in all material

7


 

respects and under Lender’s exclusive ownership and control; (iii) the Lender owns all rights, title, and interest in and to each such Mortgage Loan, possesses unencumbered title to the mortgages securing such Mortgage Loans and has full right and authority to transfer such Mortgage Loans to Fannie Mae; (iv) there is no interest in any Mortgage Loan which has been sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or hypothecated on such Purchase Date that is held by any party other than Fannie Mae; (v) no servicing agreement has been entered into with respect to such Mortgage Loans, or any such servicing agreement has been terminated, and there are no restrictions that would impair the ability of Fannie Mae to service such Mortgage Loans; (vi) each of the Lender and Fannie Mae is responsible for making its own determination as to the appropriate accounting treatment for the transactions contemplated by this ASAP Plus Agreement; and (vii) it has neither made to nor received from Fannie Mae any representation as to the appropriate accounting treatment for the transactions contemplated by this ASAP Plus Agreement.
     (c) In addition, the Lender hereby represents and warrants by checking the appropriate box below, that:
     ___ it is not a federally insured institution or an affiliate or subsidiary of a federally insured institution; or
     ___ it is a federally insured institution or an affiliate or subsidiary of a federally insured institution, and (i) the sale to Fannie Mae of the Mortgage Loans delivered pursuant to the Agreement has been either (a) specifically approved by the Board of Directors of the Lender, as reflected in the minutes of its meetings, or (b) approved by an officer of the Lender who was duly authorized by the Board of Directors of the Lender to enter into such types of transactions, as reflected in the minutes of its meetings, and (ii) this ASAP Plus Agreement, together with the Collateral Documents and the Guides, constitutes the “written agreement” governing the Lender’s sale to Fannie Mae of the Mortgage Loans delivered pursuant hereto and the Lender (or any successor thereto) shall continuously maintain all components of such “written agreement” as an official record.
13. Events of Default
     In the event that (i) the Lender fails to redeliver a Mortgage Loan within 60 days of its related Purchase Date pursuant to the ASAP Sale Agreement or via Whole Loan Execution, (ii) Lender materially breaches any representation or warranty made by it in the Agreement, (iii) the Lender fails to comply (after one Business Day’s notice) with Section 7 hereof, (iv) the Lender fails to comply with any other provision of this ASAP Plus Agreement, (v) the Lender defaults in the payment, performance or observance of any term, condition or provision contained in any financing agreement or other agreement for borrowed money, (vi) an Act of Insolvency occurs with respect to the Lender, (vii) the Lender fails to maintain its status as an approved Fannie Mae Seller/Servicer, (viii) the Lender is in default under any Collateral Document or any other agreement between Fannie Mae and the Lender, or (ix) the Lender shall admit its inability to, or its intention not to, perform any of its obligations hereunder or under any other financing agreement or agreement for borrowed money (each an “ Event of Default ”):

8


 

     (a) Immediately upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, the Lender shall give notice to Fannie Mae by telephone, promptly confirmed in writing, of the occurrence of an Event of Default and specifying the details of such default.
     (b) The Lender acknowledges and agrees that an Event of Default shall constitute a breach of each Collateral Document and shall entitle Fannie Mae to exercise all rights and remedies set forth in such Collateral Documents.
     (c) Fannie Mae shall have, in addition to its rights hereunder and under the Collateral Documents, any rights otherwise available to it under any agreement or applicable law, including but not limited to the following:
          (i) At the option of Fannie Mae, exercised by written notice to the Lender (which option shall be deemed to have been exercised, even if no notice is given, immediately upon the occurrence of an Act of Insolvency), the Repurchase Date for each Mortgage Loan hereunder shall be deemed to have immediately occurred on the date of the Act of Insolvency, and any pending transaction for which Fannie Mae has not remitted payment to the Lender shall be deemed to be cancelled on the date of the Act of Insolvency;
          (ii) If Fannie Mae exercises or is deemed to have exercised the option referred to in subsection (i) of this Section, (A) Lender’s obligations hereunder to repurchase all Mortgage Loans shall thereupon become immediately due and payable, (B) to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Repurchase Price with respect to each such Mortgage Loan shall be increased by the aggregate amount obtained by multiplying (x) the greater of the then-applicable Pricing Rate for such Mortgage Loan or the sum of the Prime Rate and 3 percentage points (300 basis points) times (y) the Repurchase Price for such Mortgage Loan as of the Repurchase Date as determined pursuant to subsection (i) of this Section (decreased as of any day by either (1) any proceeds from the sale of Mortgage Loans pursuant to subsection (iii)(A) of this Section, (2) any credit given by Fannie Mae pursuant to subsection (iii)(B) of this Section, or (3) any Income delivered by Lender to Fannie Mae) on a 360 day per year basis for the actual number of days during the period from and including the date of the Event of Default giving rise to such option to but excluding the date of payment of the Repurchase Price as so increased, and (C) Lender shall immediately deliver to Fannie Mae any Income with respect to such Mortgage Loan then in Lender’s possession. In the event that Lender repurchases all such Mortgage Loans, Fannie Mae, in its discretion, may elect to require the Lender to redeliver such Mortgage Loans under the ASAP Sale Agreement, to the extent applicable;
          (iii) After one Business Day’s notice to the Lender (which notice need not be given if an Act of Insolvency shall have occurred), Fannie Mae may (A) immediately sell, in a recognized market at such price as Fannie Mae may reasonably deem satisfactory, any or all Mortgage Loans not then redelivered pursuant to the ASAP Sale Agreement or via Whole Loan Execution and apply the proceeds thereof to the aggregate unpaid Repurchase Price of such Mortgage Loans and any other amounts owing by the Lender, or (B) in lieu of selling all or a portion of such Mortgage Loans, give the Lender credit for such Mortgage Loans in an amount

9


 

equal to the most recent bid quotation provided by Fannie Mae as of such date, against the aggregate unpaid Repurchase Price for such Mortgage Loans and any other amounts owing by Lender hereunder; and
          (iv) Lender shall be liable for the amount of losses or damages suffered or incurred by Fannie Mae in connection with or as a consequence of any Event of Default, including all reasonable legal or other expenses, together with interest accruing daily thereon at a rate equal to the greater of the Pricing Rate for the related Mortgage Loan on such day or the sum of the Prime Rate and 3 percentage points (300 basis points).
     (d) Lender’s obligation to pay Fannie Mae the Repurchase Price for each Mortgage Loan deter mined as provided in this Section 13, together with any losses or damages, accrued interest, and any other adjustments, penalties, fees or costs as a result of such Event of Default shall be immediately due and payable.
14. Single Agreement
     Fannie Mae and the Lender acknowledge that, and have entered into and will enter into each transaction hereunder in consideration of and in reliance upon the fact that, all deliveries of Mortgage Loans hereunder constitute a single business and contractual relationship and have been made in consideration of each other. Accordingly, each of Fannie Mae and the Lender agrees (i) to perform all of its obligations hereunder in respect of each Mortgage Loan, (ii) that each of them shall be entitled to set off mutual debts and claims hereunder, and (iii) that payments, deliveries and other transfers made by either of them hereunder in respect of any Mortgage Loan shall be deemed to have been made in consideration of payments, deliveries and other transfers in respect of any other Mortgage Loans hereunder, and the obligations to make any such payments, deliveries and other transfers hereunder may be applied against each other and netted. The Lender hereby acknowledges and agrees that a default in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder in respect of any Mortgage Loan shall constitute a default by it in respect of all Mortgage Loans and all transactions between the parties under the Agreement.
15. Notices and Communications
     Unless another address is specified in writing by the party to whom any notice or other communication is to be given, all notices or communications shall be in writing or confirmed in writing and delivered at the respective addresses set forth in Annex I attached hereto.
16. Entire Agreement; Severability.
     This ASAP Plus Agreement (and any Collateral Documents incorporated herein) contains the entire agreement between the Parties relating to the transactions contemplated by this ASAP Plus Agreement and supersedes all previous understandings and agreements, whether written or oral, between the Parties relating to these transactions. Each of the Lender and Fannie Mae acknowledge that, in agreeing to enter into the Agreement, it has not relied on any representation, warranty, marketing document, collateral contract or other assurance (except for those set out in this ASAP Plus Agreement and any Collateral Documents incorporated herein) made by or on behalf of any other party or any other person prior to the execution of this ASAP

10


 

Plus Agreement. This ASAP Plus Agreement may only be amended in writing executed by both the Lender and Fannie Mae. In the event of any conflict between the provisions herein and the provisions of any Collateral Document, the provisions herein shall prevail. Each provision herein shall be treated as separate and independent from any other provision herein and shall be enforceable notwithstanding the unenforceability of any such other provision or agreement.
17. Non-assignability; Termination; No Commitment of Funds
     (a) The rights and obligations of the parties under this ASAP Plus Agreement shall not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party. A direct or indirect change in control of the Lender or a merger of the Lender with another entity shall be deemed to be an assignment of the Agreement. This ASAP Plus Agreement may be terminated by either party upon giving written notice to the other, provided, however, that any such termination will not affect any transaction outstanding as of the date of such termination, including the Lender’s obligation to redeliver any Mortgage Loan to Fannie Mae pursuant to the provisions of Section 5 hereof.
     (b) Both Fannie Mae and the Lender recognize that it is neither the intent of the parties nor of this ASAP Plus Agreement to provide a commitment of funds and that under no circumstances is Fannie Mae obligated to accept deliveries of Mortgage Loans from the Lender hereunder. Each transaction is subject to the approval of Fannie Mae in its absolute discretion.
18. Governing Law
     This ASAP Plus Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the District of Columbia without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof.
19. Advertising and Distribution.
     Promotion, advertising, circulars, press releases, and other public statements or representations concerning the terms of the Agreement may not be distributed or made without Fannie Mae’s prior written consent. Any disclosure of the Agreement, in whole or in part, is also prohibited, unless required by applicable law or regulation (in which case, prompt prior written notice shall be given to Fannie Mae).
20. No Waivers, Etc.
     No express or implied waiver by Fannie Mae of any Event of Default or any other provision of the Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any other Event of Default or other provision of the Agreement and no exercise of any remedy hereunder by any party hereto shall constitute a waiver of its right to exercise any other remedy hereunder. No modification or waiver of any provision of the Agreement and no consent of any party to a departure herefrom shall be effective unless and until such shall be in writing and duly executed by both of the parties hereto.

11


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this As Soon As Pooled Plus Agreement as of the date first written above.
FANNIE MAE
         
By:
  /s/ Renee Schultz
 
Renee Schultz
Vice President — Capital Markets Sales Desk
   
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE, LLC
         
By:
  /s/ Jay Bray
 
Jay Bray
Chief Financial Officer
   

12


 

ANNEX I
Wiring Instructions for As Soon As Pooled Plus
Wiring Instructions for transfers of funds from Lender to Fannie Mae :
     
          Bank
  FNMA NYC
          ABA#
  021039500
          Reference
  Early Funding Desk
Address for Lender :
     
                                                                         
   
                                                                         
   
                                                                         
   
          Attn:                                                       
   
Address for Fannie Mae :
           4000 Wisconsin Avenue, NW
           Attn: Ms. Renee Schultz, Vice President, Capital Markets Sales Desk
           Washington, D.C. 20016-2899
FAX Number for DDF: 703-833-5559
Wire Instructions for transfers of funds to Lender :
NOTE — Pursuant to Fannie Mae internal procedures, the following Lender wire instructions for payments from Fannie Mae should be sent separately to the Fannie Mae address listed above on the Lender’s Letterhead .
         
                Bank
                                                                    
                ABA#
                                                                    
                Account #
                                                                    
                Additional Info
                                                                    

 

Exhibit 10.31
()
AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT
between
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
(“Buyer”)
and
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC
(“Seller”)
dated as of
October 21, 2010

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION
    1  
 
       
1.1  Defined Terms
    1  
1.2  Interpretation; Principles of Construction
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE 2 AMOUNT AND TERMS OF TRANSACTIONS
    2  
 
       
2.1  Agreement to Enter into Transactions
    2  
2.2  Transaction Limits
    3  
2.3  Description of Purchased Assets
    3  
2.4  Maximum Transaction Amounts
    3  
2.5  Use of Proceeds
    3  
2.6  Price Differential
    3  
2.7  All Transactions are “Servicing Released”
    4  
2.8  Terms and Conditions of Transactions
    4  
2.9  Additional Security Agreements
    4  
2.10  Temporary Increase of Aggregate Transaction Limit
    4  
 
       
ARTICLE 3 PROCEDURES FOR REQUESTING AND ENTERING INTO TRANSACTIONS
    5  
 
       
3.1  Policies and Procedures
    5  
3.2  Request for Transaction; Asset Data Record
    5  
3.3  Delivery of Mortgage Loan Documents
    6  
3.4  [Reserved]
    7  
3.5  Over/Under Account
    7  
3.6  Payment of Purchase Price
    9  
3.7  Warehouse Lenders
    10  
3.8  Delivery of Purchased Securities
    10  
 
       
ARTICLE 4 REPURCHASE
    10  
 
       
4.1  Repurchase Price
    10  
4.2  Repurchase Acceleration Events
    11  
4.3  Reduction of Asset Value as Alternative Remedy
    12  
4.4  Designation as Noncompliant Asset as Alternative Remedy
    12  
4.5  Illegality or Impracticability
    12  
4.6  Increased Costs
    12  
4.7  Payments Pursuant to Sale to Approved Investors
    13  
4.8  Application of Payments from Seller or Approved Investors
    13  
4.9  Method of Payment
    14  
4.10  Notification of Payment
    14  
4.11  Authorization to Debit
    15  
4.12  Book Account
    15  
4.13  Full Recourse
    15  
 
       
ARTICLE 5 FEES
    15  
 
       
5.1  Payment of Fees
    15  

- i -


 

         
    Page
ARTICLE 6 SECURITY; SERVICING; MARGIN ACCOUNT MAINTENANCE; CUSTODY OF MORTGAGE LOAN DOCUMENTS; REPURCHASE TRANSACTIONS; DUE DILIGENCE
    15  
 
       
6.1  Precautionary Grant of Security Interest in Purchased Assets
    15  
6.2  Servicing
    16  
6.3  Margin Account Maintenance
    21  
6.4  Custody of Mortgage Loan Documents
    22  
6.5  Repurchase and Release of Purchased Assets
    24  
6.6  Repurchase Transactions
    24  
6.7  Periodic Due Diligence
    24  
 
       
ARTICLE 7 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
    25  
 
       
7.1  Initial Transaction
    25  
7.2  All Transactions
    27  
7.3  [Reserved]
    29  
7.4  Satisfaction of Conditions
    29  
 
       
ARTICLE 8 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
    29  
 
       
8.1  Representations and Warranties Concerning Seller
    29  
8.2  Representations and Warranties Concerning Purchased Assets
    34  
8.3  Continuing Representations and Warranties
    34  
8.4  Amendment of Representations and Warranties
    34  
 
       
ARTICLE 9 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
    34  
 
       
9.1  Financial Statements and Other Reports.
    34  
9.2  Inspection of Properties and Books
    35  
9.3  Notice
    35  
9.4  Existence, Etc.
    37  
9.5  Servicing of Mortgage Loans
    37  
9.6  Evidence of Purchased Assets
    37  
9.7  Defense of Title; Protection of Purchased Items
    38  
9.8  Further Assurances
    38  
9.9  Fidelity Bonds and Insurance
    38  
9.10  Wet Mortgage Loans
    38  
9.11  Sharing of Information
    39  
9.12  ERISA
    39  
9.13  Additional Repurchase or Warehouse Facility
    40  
9.14  MERS
    40  
9.15  Agency Audit and Approval Maintenance
    40  
9.16  Most Favored Status
    40  
 
       
ARTICLE 10 NEGATIVE COVENANTS
    40  
 
       
10.1  Debt
    40  
10.2  Lines of Business
    40  
10.3  Debt and Subordinated Debt
    41  
10.4  Loss of Eligibility
    41  
10.5  Financial Covenants and Ratios
    41  
10.6  Loans to Officers, Employees and Shareholders
    41  
10.7  Liens on Purchased Assets and Purchased Items
    41  

- ii -


 

         
    Page
10.8  Transactions with Affiliates
    41  
10.9  Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets and Change of Control
    41  
10.10  Payment of Dividends and Retirement of Stock
    42  
10.11  Purchased Items
    42  
10.12  Secondary Marketing, Underwriting, Third Party Origination and Interest Rate Risk Management Practices
    42  
 
       
ARTICLE 11 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
    42  
 
       
11.1  Events of Default
    42  
11.2  Remedies
    45  
11.3  Treatment of Custodial Account
    46  
11.4  Sale of Purchased Assets
    47  
11.5  No Obligation to Pursue Remedy
    47  
11.6  No Judicial Process
    47  
11.7  Reimbursement of Costs and Expenses
    47  
11.8  Application of Proceeds
    48  
11.9  Rights of Set-Off
    48  
11.10  Reasonable Assurances
    49  
 
       
ARTICLE 12 INDEMNIFICATION
    49  
 
       
12.1  Indemnification
    49  
12.2  Reimbursement
    49  
12.3  Payment of Taxes
    50  
12.4  Buyer Payment
    51  
12.5  Agreement not to Assert Claims
    51  
12.6  Survival
    51  
 
       
ARTICLE 13 TERM AND TERMINATION
    51  
 
       
13.1  Term
    51  
13.2  Termination
    51  
13.3  Extension of Term
    52  
 
       
ARTICLE 14 GENERAL
    52  
 
       
14.1  Integration; Servicing Provisions Integral and Non-Severable
    52  
14.2  Amendments
    53  
14.3  No Waiver
    53  
14.4  Remedies Cumulative
    53  
14.5  Assignment
    53  
14.6  Successors and Assigns
    53  
14.7  Participations
    53  
14.8  Invalidity
    53  
14.9  Additional Instruments
    53  
14.10  Survival
    54  
14.11  Notices
    54  
14.12  Governing Law
    54  
14.13  Submission to Jurisdiction; Service of Process; Waivers
    55  
14.14  Waiver of Jury Trial
    55  
14.15  Counterparts
    55  
14.16  Headings
    55  

- iii -


 

         
    Page
14.17  Joint and Several Liability of Each Seller
    55  
14.18  Confidential Information
    55  
14.19  Intent
    57  
14.20  Right to Liquidate
    57  
14.21  Insured Depository Institution
    57  
14.22  Netting Contract
    57  
14.23  Tax Treatment
    57  
14.24  Examination and Oversight by Regulators
    58  
EXHIBITS
     
Exhibit A:
  Glossary of Defined Terms
Exhibit B:
  Form of Irrevocable Closing Instructions
Exhibit C:
  [Reserved]
Exhibit D:
  [Reserved]
Exhibit E:
  Form of Officer’s Certificate
Exhibit F:
  [Reserved]
Exhibit G:
  [Reserved]
Exhibit H:
  Form of Power of Attorney
Exhibit I:
  Acknowledgement of Password Confidentiality Agreement
Exhibit J:
  Wiring Instructions
Exhibit K:
  Form of Servicer Notice
Exhibit L:
  Representations and Warranties
Exhibit M:
  Existing Debt of Seller Pursuant to Section 10.1
Exhibit N:
  Form of Trade Assignment
Exhibit O:
  Form of Request for Temporary Increase
SCHEDULES
Schedule 1: Filing Jurisdictions and Offices

- iv -


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT
          THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Agreement” ) is made and entered into as of October 21, 2010 by and between Bank of America, N.A., a national banking association (“Buyer” ), and Nationstar Mortgage LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( “Seller” ).
RECITALS
  A.   Buyer and Seller entered into that certain Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of February 24, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Original Agreement ”).
 
  B.   Buyer and Seller desire to amend the Original Agreement in its entirety by amending and restating it subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
 
  C.   Seller has requested Buyer to enter into transactions with Seller whereby Seller may, from time to time, sell to Buyer certain residential mortgage loans (including the Servicing Rights related thereto), residential mortgage-backed securities, and/or other mortgage related assets and interests, against the transfer of funds by Buyer, with a simultaneous agreement by Buyer to sell to Seller such purchased assets at a date certain or on demand after the Purchase Date, against the transfer of funds by Seller (each such transaction, a “Transaction” ).
 
  D.   Buyer has agreed to enter into such Transactions, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual rights and obligations provided herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Seller and Buyer agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION
1.1   Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth in Exhibit A hereto, unless the context otherwise requires. All such defined terms shall, unless specifically provided to the contrary, have the defined meanings set forth herein when used in any other agreement, certificate or document made or delivered pursuant hereto.
 
1.2   Interpretation; Principles of Construction . The following rules of this Section 1.2 apply unless the context requires otherwise. A gender includes all genders. Where a word or phrase is defined, its other grammatical forms have a corresponding meaning. A reference to a subsection, Section, Schedule or Exhibit is, unless otherwise specified, a reference to a Section of, or schedule or exhibit to, this Agreement. A reference to a party to this Agreement or another agreement or document includes the party’s successors and permitted substitutes or assigns. A reference to an agreement or document (including any Principal Agreement) is to the agreement or document as amended, modified, novated, supplemented or replaced, except to the extent prohibited thereby or by any Principal Agreement and in effect from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. A reference to legislation or to a provision of legislation includes a modification or re-enactment of it, a legislative provision substituted for it and a regulation or statutory instrument issued under it. A reference to writing includes a facsimile transmission and

 


 

    any means of reproducing words in a tangible and permanently visible form. A reference to conduct includes, without limitation, an omission, statement or undertaking, whether or not in writing. The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder” and similar words refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The term “including” is not limiting and means “including without limitation”. In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”, the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”, and the word “through” means “to and including”.
 
    Except where otherwise provided in this Agreement, any determination, consent, approval, statement or certificate made or confirmed in writing with notice to Seller by Buyer or an authorized officer of Buyer provided for in this Agreement is conclusive and binds the parties in the absence of manifest error. A reference to an agreement includes a security interest, guarantee, agreement or legally enforceable arrangement whether or not in writing related to such agreement.
 
    A reference to a document includes an agreement (as so defined) in writing or a certificate, notice, instrument or document, or any information recorded in electronic form. Where Seller is required to provide any document to Buyer under the terms of this Agreement, the relevant document shall be provided in writing or printed form unless Buyer requests otherwise. At the request of Buyer, the document shall be provided in electronic form or both printed and electronic form.
 
    This Agreement is the result of negotiations among, and has been reviewed by counsel to, Buyer and Seller, and is the product of all parties. In the interpretation of this Agreement, no rule of construction shall apply to disadvantage one party on the ground that such party proposed or was involved in the preparation of any particular provision of this Agreement or this Agreement itself. Except where otherwise expressly stated, Buyer may give or withhold, or give conditionally, approvals and consents and may form opinions and make determinations at its sole and absolute discretion. Any requirement of good faith, discretion or judgment by Buyer shall not be construed to require Buyer to request or await receipt of information or documentation not immediately available from or with respect to Seller, a servicer of the Purchased Mortgage Loans, any other Person or the Purchased Assets themselves. All references herein or in any Principal Agreement to “good faith” means good faith as defined in Section 1-201(19) of the Uniform Commercial Code.
ARTICLE 2
AMOUNT AND TERMS OF TRANSACTIONS
2.1   Agreement to Enter into Transactions . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and provided that no Event of Default or Potential Default has occurred and is continuing, Buyer shall, from time to time during the term of this Agreement, enter into Transactions with Seller; provided , however , that (a) the Aggregate Outstanding Purchase Price as of any date shall not exceed the Aggregate Transaction Limit and (b) the Aggregate Outstanding Purchase Price for any Type of Transaction shall not exceed the applicable Type Sublimit. Buyer shall have the obligation to enter into a Transactions with an Aggregate Outstanding Purchase Price equal to or less than the Committed Amount, and Buyer shall have no obligation to enter into Transactions with respect to the Uncommitted Amount. All purchases of Assets shall be first deemed committed up to the Committed Amount and then the remainder, if any, shall be deemed uncommitted up the Uncommitted Amount. Seller may request Transactions in excess of the Aggregate Transaction Limit and Buyer may, from time to time, in its sole and absolute

- 2 -


 

    discretion, consent to a Temporary Increase of the Aggregate Transaction Limit in accordance with Section 2.10 .
 
2.2   Transaction Limits . The Aggregate Transaction Limit and each Type Sublimit shall be as set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter. Upon forty-five (45) days prior written notice to Seller, Buyer shall have the right to terminate any Transactions with respect to the Uncommitted Amount and require the repurchase of any such Purchased Assets, or reduce, whether permanently or temporarily, and without refund of any fee or other amount previously paid by Seller, the Aggregate Transaction Limit and/or each Type Sublimit by an amount up to the Uncommitted Amount. In the event of any reduction pursuant to this Section 2.2 , Buyer shall give Seller prior notice thereof, which notice shall designate (a) the effective date of any such reduction, (b) the amount of the reduction and (c) the Transaction and/or Type Sublimit limit(s) to which such reduction amount shall apply. Buyer shall not be liable to Seller for any costs, losses or damages arising from or relating to a reduction by Buyer in the Aggregate Transaction Limit or any Type Sublimit.
 
2.3   Description of Purchased Assets . With respect to each Transaction, Seller shall cause to be maintained with Buyer Purchased Assets with an Asset Value not less than, at any date, the related Purchase Price for such Transaction. With respect to each Transaction, the type of Purchased Asset shall be the type of Asset as specified in the Transactions Terms Letter as the Type, and in each case shall consist of the type of mortgage loans, mortgage related securities, or interests therein as described in Bankruptcy Code Section 101(47)(A). If there is uncertainty as to the Type of a Purchased Asset, Buyer shall determine the correct Type for such Purchased Asset.
 
2.4   Maximum Transaction Amounts . The Purchase Price for each proposed Transaction shall not exceed the lesser of:
  (a)   the Aggregate Outstanding Purchase Price for the applicable Type Sublimit (after giving effect to all Transactions then subject to the Agreement), as determined by the Type of Purchased Asset;
 
  (b)   the Aggregate Transaction Limit (as such amount may be increased from time to time in the sole discretion of Buyer as provided in the Transaction Terms Letter), minus the Aggregate Outstanding Purchase Price of all other Transactions outstanding, if any; and
 
  (c)   the Asset Value of the related Purchased Asset(s).
2.5   Use of Proceeds . Seller shall use the Purchase Price of each Transaction solely for the purpose of originating and/or acquiring the related Purchased Asset(s).
 
2.6   Price Differential .
  (a)   Pricing Rate . Notwithstanding that Buyer and Seller intend that the Transactions hereunder be sales by Seller to Buyer of the Purchased Assets for all purposes except accounting and tax purposes, Seller shall pay Buyer a Price Differential on the Purchase Price for each Purchased Asset from the Date of Disbursement until, but not including, the date on which the Repurchase Price is paid, at an annual rate equal to the Price Differential; provided , however , that if a Purchased Asset is deemed to be a Noncompliant Asset, thereafter, such Purchase Price shall bear a Price Differential at an annual rate equal to the sum of the Applicable Pricing Rate plus the Type Margin for a

- 3 -


 

      Noncompliant Asset. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Repurchase Price for a Transaction is not paid by Seller when due (whether at the Repurchase Date, upon acceleration or otherwise), the Purchase Price shall bear a Price Differential from the date due until paid in full at an annual rate equal to the Default Rate.
 
  (b)   Time for Payment . Price Differential shall be due and payable on each Payment Date which occurs prior to the date on which the Repurchase Price is paid. On the date that the Repurchase Price is paid, all accrued Price Differential not otherwise paid by Seller shall be due and payable.
 
  (c)   Computations . All computations of Price Differential and fees payable hereunder shall be based upon the actual days (including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the relevant period, and a three-hundred sixty (360) day year.
2.7   All Transactions are “Servicing Released” . The sale of Mortgage Loans (including Certified Mortgage Loans) by Seller to Buyer pursuant to Transactions under this Agreement includes the Servicing Rights related to the Mortgage Loans and all Transactions under this Agreement are “servicing released” purchase and sale transactions for all intents and purposes, it being understood that the Purchase Price paid by Buyer to Seller for each such Mortgage Loan includes a premium that compensates Seller for the Servicing Rights related to the Mortgage Loan and upon payment of the Purchase Price by Buyer to Seller, Buyer becomes the owner, or 100% beneficial owner, as the case may be, of the Mortgage Loan and the Servicing Rights related thereto.
 
2.8   Terms and Conditions of Transactions . The terms and conditions of the Transactions as set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter, this Agreement or otherwise may be changed from time to time by Buyer by providing prior notice to Seller; provided, that Buyer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide such notice at least five (5) Business Days prior to the effectiveness of such change. The terms and conditions of the Transactions Terms Letter are hereby incorporated and form a part of this Agreement as if fully set forth herein; provided however , to the extent of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Transactions Terms Letter, the Transactions Terms Letter shall control.
 
2.9   Additional Security Agreements . As may be determined necessary by Buyer from time to time, Seller agrees to cause to be executed and delivered to Buyer such additional security agreements as additional support for Seller’s obligations hereunder, which additional security agreements shall be considered “a security agreement or other arrangement or other credit enhancement” that is “related to” the Agreement and Transactions hereunder within the meaning of Bankruptcy Code Sections 101(38A)(A), 101(47)(a)(v) and 741(7)(A)(x).
 
2.10   Temporary Increase of Aggregate Transaction Limit . Seller may request a temporary increase of the Aggregate Transaction Limit (a “ Temporary Increase ”) by submitting to Buyer an executed request for Temporary Increase in the form of Exhibit O hereto (a “ Request for Temporary Increase ”), setting forth the requested increased Aggregate Transaction Limit (such increased amount, the “ Temporary Aggregate Transaction Limit ”), the effective date and time of such Temporary Increase and the date and time on which such Temporary Increase shall terminate. Buyer may from time to time, in its sole and absolute discretion, consent to such Temporary Increase, which consent shall be in writing as evidenced by Buyer’s delivery to Seller of a countersigned Request for Temporary Increase. At any time that a Temporary Increase is in effect, the Aggregate Transaction Limit shall equal the Temporary Aggregate Transaction Limit for all purposes of this Agreement and all calculations and provisions relating to the Aggregate

- 4 -


 

    Transaction Limit shall refer to the Temporary Increased Transaction Limit, including without limitation, Type Sublimits. Upon the termination of a Temporary Increase, Seller shall repurchase Purchased Assets in order to reduce the Aggregate Outstanding Purchase Price to the Aggregate Transaction Limit (as reduced by the termination of such Temporary Increase) in accordance with Section 4.2(j) .
ARTICLE 3
PROCEDURES FOR REQUESTING AND ENTERING INTO TRANSACTIONS
3.1   Policies and Procedures . In connection with the Transactions contemplated hereunder, Seller shall comply with all applicable policies and procedures of Buyer as may currently exist or as hereafter created. Such policies and procedures may be in writing, published on Buyer’s website(s) or otherwise contained in the Handbook. Buyer shall have the right to change, revise, amend or supplement its policies and procedures and the Handbook from time to time to conform to current legal requirements or Buyer practices by giving prior notice to Seller; provided, that Buyer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide such notice at least five (5) Business Days prior to the effectiveness of such change, revision, amendment or supplement.
 
3.2   Request for Transaction; Asset Data Record .
  (a)   Request for Transaction . Seller shall request a Transaction by delivering to Buyer, electronically or in writing, an Asset Data Record for each Asset intended to be the subject of the Transaction no later than the Transaction Request Deadline; provided , however , that if Seller intends to request a Transaction or series of Transactions with an aggregate Purchase Price equal to or greater than ten million ($10,000,000) dollars, Seller shall provide Buyer not fewer than one (1) Business Day prior written notice thereof. Buyer shall be under no obligation to enter into any Transaction or Transactions requested by Seller if the Purchase Price relates to the Uncommitted Amount. Assuming all conditions precedent set forth in Article 7 and otherwise in this Agreement, Buyer may, for any Transaction with respect to the Uncommitted Amount and shall, for any Transaction with respect to the Committed Amount, confirm to Seller the terms of Transactions electronically or in writing. Buyer reserves the right to reject any Transaction request that Buyer reasonably determines fails to comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement or Buyer’s then current policies and procedures.
  (b)   Failure to Enter into Transaction; Cancellation of Transaction . If Seller fails five (5) times or more to enter into a Transaction after Seller has requested a Transaction and submitted an Asset Data Record in connection with such request, for each Transaction requested by Seller thereafter for which Seller fails to enter into such Transaction, Seller shall reimburse Buyer for any reasonable out-of-pocket losses, costs and expenses incurred by Buyer in connection with such failure to enter into the Transaction, including, without limitation, costs relating to re-employment of funds obtained by Buyer and fees payable to terminate the arrangements through which such funds were obtained. In addition, if following disbursement by Buyer of the Purchase Price relating to any Transaction, Seller cancels such Transaction, regardless of the number of Transactions Seller has previously cancelled, Seller shall pay Buyer a Price Differential on such Purchase Price from the Date of Disbursement until, but not including, the date the Purchase Price is returned to Buyer.
  (c)   Form of Asset Data Record . Buyer shall have the right to revise or supplement the form of the Asset Data Record from time to time by giving prior notice thereof to Seller

- 5 -


 

      provided, that Buyer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide such notice at least five (5) Business Days prior to the effectiveness of such revision or supplement.
3.3   Delivery of Mortgage Loan Documents .
  (a)   Dry Mortgage Loans . Prior to any Transaction related to a Dry Mortgage Loan (including any Dry Mortgage Loan that is a Certified Mortgage Loan), Seller shall deliver to Buyer or its Custodian, or authorize and direct the Closing Agent to deliver to Buyer or its Custodian, the related Mortgage Loan Documents in accordance with and pursuant to the terms of Section 7.2 hereof and the Custodial Agreement.
 
  (b)   Wet Mortgage Loans . With respect to a Transaction the subject of which is a Wet Mortgage Loan, Seller shall deliver to Buyer or its Custodian, or authorize and direct the Closing Agent to deliver to Buyer or its Custodian, the related Mortgage Loan Documents within the Wet Mortgage Loans Maximum Dwell Time in accordance with and pursuant to the terms of Section 7.2 hereof and the Custodial Agreement.
 
  (c)   Certified Mortgage Loans . With respect to a Transaction the subject of which is a Certified Mortgage Loan, Seller shall deliver to Buyer or the Custodian, as applicable, the related Agency Documents in accordance with and pursuant to the terms of Section 7.2 hereof and the Custodial Agreement and Seller shall cause Custodian to deliver a Certified Mortgage Loan Trust Receipt to Buyer with respect to such Mortgage Loans in accordance with the terms of the Custodial Agreement. In addition, Seller shall deliver to Buyer within two (2) Business Days of the related Pooling Date for any Certified Mortgage Loan that is a Pooled Mortgage Loan, a duly executed Trade Assignment together with a true and complete copy of the Purchase Commitment with respect to the related Mortgage-Backed Security.
 
  (d)   Government Mortgage Loans . If a Government Mortgage Loan is subject to a Transaction, Seller shall, at the request of Buyer, deliver to Buyer or its Custodian, within forty five (45) calendar days following the Purchase Date for such Mortgage Loan, the FHA Mortgage Insurance Contract or the VA Loan Guaranty Agreement, as applicable, or evidence of such insurance or guaranty, as applicable, including proof of payment of the premium and the case number so Buyer can access the information on the computer system maintained by FHA or the VA.
 
  (e)   Mortgage Loan Documents in Seller’s Possession . At all times during which the Mortgage Loan Documents related to any Purchased Mortgage Loan are in the possession of Seller, and until such Purchased Mortgage Loan is repurchased by Seller, Seller shall hold such Mortgage Loan Documents in trust separate and apart from Seller’s own documents and assets and for the exclusive benefit of Buyer and shall act only in accordance with Buyer’s written instructions thereto. Such Mortgage Loan Documents should be clearly marked as subject to delivery to Buyer.
 
  (f)   Other Mortgage Loan Documents in Seller’s Possession . With respect to each Purchased Mortgage Loan, until such Purchased Mortgage Loan is repurchased by Seller, Seller shall hold in trust separate and apart from Seller’s own documents and assets and for the exclusive benefit of Buyer all mortgage loan documents related to such Purchased Mortgage Loan and not delivered to Buyer, including, without limitation, the Other Mortgage Loan Documents, as applicable. All such mortgage loan documents shall be clearly marked as subject to delivery to Buyer.

- 6 -


 

3.4   [Reserved] .
 
3.5   Over/Under Account.
 
  (a)   Minimum Balance . Seller shall at all times maintain a margin balance in the Over/Under Account of not less than that amount set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter, which account shall be used to assist in settling the Transactions and any other obligations under this Agreement. Buyer shall not be required to segregate and hold funds deposited by or on behalf of Seller in the Over/Under Account separate and apart from Buyer’s own funds or funds deposited by or held for others.
 
  (b)   Deposits .
  (i)   Seller . Seller shall deposit margin in the form of funds in the Over/Under Account in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 3.5(a) .
 
  (ii)   Buyer . Buyer shall credit to the Over/Under Account all amounts in excess of those amounts due to Buyer in accordance with the Principal Agreements on the date Buyer receives or has received both (1) a payment by Seller or an Approved Investor pursuant to a Purchase Commitment and (2) a Purchase Advice relating to such payment without discrepancy; provided, however, that funds and Purchase Advices received by Buyer after that time set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter, shall be deemed to have been received on the next Business Day. Buyer shall use reasonable efforts to notify Seller if there is a discrepancy between a wire transfer and the related Purchase Advice, and thereafter, Seller shall notify Buyer as to whether Buyer should accept such settlement payment despite the discrepancy between the amount received and the related Purchase Advice; provided, however, that if an Event of Default or Potential Default has occurred and is continuing, Buyer is not obligated to receive approval from Seller prior to accepting any amounts received and releasing the related Purchased Assets.
 
  (iii)   Settlement Statement . Buyer shall deliver to Seller via facsimile or make available to Seller via the Internet within one (1) Business Day following settlement of a Transaction, or as soon thereafter as is reasonably possible, a settlement statement, which includes an explanation of all amounts credited by Buyer to the Over/Under Account to settle the Transaction.
  (c)   Withdrawals .
  (i)   Seller . If the amount credited to the Over/Under Account creates a balance in excess of the minimum margin balance required pursuant to Section 3.5(a) above, provided that no Potential Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Seller may submit a written request to Buyer for return or payment of such excess funds. If any such request is received by Buyer prior to 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on a Business Day, Buyer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to wire such requested excess funds to Seller by the end of such Business Day and in no event no later than two (2) Business Days after Buyer’s receipt of such request. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 3.5(c)(i) to the contrary, Buyer reserves the right to reject any request for

- 7 -


 

      excess funds from the Over/Under Account if Buyer determines that such excess funds shall be used to satisfy Seller’s outstanding obligations under this Agreement or are subject to other rights as provided in this Agreement.
  (ii)   Buyer . Buyer may, from time to time and without separate authorization by Seller or notice to Seller, withdraw funds from the Over/Under Account to settle amounts owed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or to otherwise satisfy Seller’s obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation:
  (1)   with respect to any Transaction the subject of which is a Wet Mortgage Loan, to deliver the Haircut to the Closing Agent;
 
  (2)   to reimburse itself for any reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Buyer in connection with this Agreement, as permitted herein;
 
  (3)   to pay itself any Price Differential on a Purchase Price that is due and owing;
 
  (4)   to Seller as provided in Section 3.5(c)(i) ;
 
  (5)   as security for the performance of Seller’s obligations hereunder;
 
  (6)   without limiting the generality of Section 3.5(c)(ii)(5) , as security for a Transaction as provided in Section 6.3(a) or as repayment of a Repurchase Price as provided in Section 6.3(b) ; and
 
  (7)   in the exercise of Buyer’s or its Affiliates rights under Section 6.3(d) or Section 11.8 .
  (d)   Failure to Maintain Balance . If, at any time, Seller fails to maintain in the Over/Under Account the minimum margin balance as required hereunder, in addition to any other rights and remedies that Buyer may have against Seller, Buyer shall have the right to immediately stop entering into Transactions with Seller and/or to charge Seller accrued interest on that portion of the minimum margin balance that Seller has failed to maintain, at the Default Rate, from the time that such balance failed to be maintained until the time that funds are deposited into or held in the Over/Under Account to comply with such minimum margin balance requirements hereunder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that should the balance in the Over/Under Account become negative, Seller will continue to owe Buyer accrued interest as provided herein.
 
  (e)   Security Interest . Any funds of Seller at any time deposited or held in the Over/Under Account, whether such funds are required to be deposited and held in the Over/Under Account pursuant to this Section 3.5 or otherwise, are hereby pledged by Seller as security for its obligations under this Agreement, and Seller hereby grants a security interest in such funds to Buyer, and such pledge and security interest shall be considered “a security agreement or other arrangement or other credit enhancement” that is “related to” the Agreement and Transactions hereunder within the meaning of Bankruptcy Code Sections 101(38A)(A), 101(47)(a)(v) and 741(7)(A)(x).

- 8 -


 

3.6   Payment of Purchase Price .
  (a)   Payment of Purchase Price . On the Purchase Date for each Transaction, ownership of the Purchased Assets, including the Servicing Rights related to Purchased Assets consisting of Purchased Mortgage Loans (including Certified Mortgage Loans), shall be transferred to Buyer against the simultaneous transfer of the Purchase Price to Seller simultaneously with the delivery to Buyer of the Purchased Assets relating to each Transaction. With respect to the Purchased Assets being sold by Seller on the Purchase Date, Seller hereby sells, transfers, conveys and assigns to Buyer or its designee without recourse, but subject to the terms of this Agreement, all the right, title and interest of Seller in and to the Purchased Assets, including the Servicing Rights related to Purchased Assets consisting of Purchased Mortgage Loans (including Certified Mortgage Loans), together with all right, title and interest of Seller in and to the proceeds of such Purchased Assets.
 
  (b)   Methods of Payment . On the Purchase Date for each Transaction:
  (i)   Buyer shall pay the Purchase Price for all Transactions by wire transfer in accordance with Seller’s wire instructions set forth on Exhibit J . Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer shall not be obligated to pay the Purchase Price under any method of payment to any warehouse lender that is not an Approved Payee. Further, the payment of the Purchase Price by Buyer to any warehouse lender that is not an Approved Payee shall not make such warehouse lender an Approved Payee. Any funds disbursed by Buyer to Seller or its Approved Payee shall be subject to all applicable federal, state and local laws, including, without limitation, regulations and policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System on Reduction of Payments System Risk. Seller acknowledges that as a result of such applicable laws, regulations and policies, equipment malfunction, Buyer’s approval procedures or circumstances beyond the reasonable control of Buyer, the payment of a Purchase Price may be delayed. Buyer shall not be liable to Seller for any costs, losses or damages arising from or relating to any such delays, or
 
  (ii)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a Purchased Asset is the subject of third party financing, Buyer may pay all or any portion of the Purchase Price directly to the warehouse or other lender that has a security interest in the Purchased Asset to satisfy the related indebtedness and obtain a release of such security interest.
  (c)   Transaction Limitations and Other Restrictions Relating to Closing Agents . Notwithstanding that a particular Transaction request will not exceed the Aggregate Transaction Limit or applicable Type Sublimit, if the payment of the Purchase Price for such Transaction to the related Closing Agent will violate Buyer’s applicable policies and procedures (as contained in the Handbook or otherwise) regarding payments to Closing Agents, Buyer may refuse to pay the Purchase Price to such Closing Agent.
 
  (d)   Return of Purchase Price . If a Wet Mortgage Loan subject to a Transaction is not closed on the same day on which the Purchase Price was funded, Seller shall immediately return, or cause to be immediately returned, the Purchase Price to Buyer by wire transfer in accordance with Buyer’s wire instructions set forth on Exhibit J . Further, Seller shall pay Buyer all fees and any Price Differential thereon immediately upon notification from

- 9 -


 

      Buyer; provided , however , that Price Differential shall continue to accrue until the Purchase Price is returned to Buyer.
3.7   Warehouse Lenders .
  (a)   Warehouse Lenders . In order for a warehouse lender to be designated an Approved Payee with respect to any Purchase Price, Seller shall submit to Buyer a written request, including the name and address of the warehouse lender, demonstrating a need for such designation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer reserves the right to refuse to designate any warehouse lender as an Approved Payee, or, alternatively, to require additional terms and conditions in order for Buyer to pay a Purchase Price to the warehouse lender.
 
  (b)   Approval Process . Buyer shall review the applicable documents and notify Seller within two (2) Business Days as to whether such warehouse lender has been designated by Buyer to be an Approved Payee with respect to such Purchase Price. Buyer may withdraw its approval of any warehouse lender as an Approved Payee if Buyer becomes aware of any facts or circumstances at any time related to such or warehouse lender which Buyer determines materially and adversely affects the warehouse lender or otherwise makes the warehouse lender unacceptable as an Approved Payee.
3.8   Delivery of Purchased Securities . Buyer shall release its interests in Purchased Mortgage Loans that are Certified Mortgage Loans that are Pooled Mortgage Loans subject to a Transaction simultaneously with the Settlement Date of a Mortgage-Backed Security that is backed by such Purchased Mortgage Loans. Provided that such Mortgage-Backed Security is an Eligible Security and has been issued to the Depository in the name of Buyer or Buyer’s nominee, from and after such Settlement Date, the Mortgage-Backed Security shall replace such Purchased Mortgage Loans as the Asset that is subject to the Transaction.
ARTICLE 4
REPURCHASE
4.1   Repurchase Price .
  (a)   Payment of Repurchase Price . The Repurchase Price for each Purchased Asset shall be payable in full and by wire transfer in accordance with Buyer’s wire instructions set forth on Exhibit J upon the earliest to occur of (i) the Repurchase Date of the related Transaction, (ii) the occurrence of any Repurchase Acceleration Event with respect to such Purchased Asset, (iii) at Buyer’s sole option, upon the occurrence or during the continuance of an Event of Default, or (iv) the Expiration Date. Such obligation to repurchase exists without regard to any prior or intervening liquidation or foreclosure with respect to any Purchased Asset. While it is anticipated that Seller will repurchase each Purchased Asset on its related Repurchase Date, Seller may repurchase any Purchased Asset hereunder on demand without any pre-payment penalty or premium.
 
  (b)   Effect of Payment of Repurchase Price . On the Repurchase Date (or such other date on which the Repurchase Price is received in full by Buyer), termination of the related Transaction will be effected by the repurchase by Seller or its designee of the Purchased Assets and the simultaneous transfer of the Repurchase Price to an account of Buyer, or transfer of additional Asset(s) (in each case subject to the provisions of Section 6.5 ), and all of Buyer’s rights, title and interests therein shall then be conveyed to Seller or its

- 10 -


 

      designee; provided that, Buyer shall not be deemed to have terminated or conveyed its interests in such Purchased Assets if an Event of Default shall then be continuing or shall be caused by such repurchase or if such repurchase gives rise to or perpetuates a Margin Deficit that is not satisfied in accordance with Section 6.3(b) . Seller is obligated to obtain the Mortgage Loan Documents from Custodian at Seller’s expense on the Repurchase Date.
4.2   Repurchase Acceleration Events . The occurrence of any of the following events shall be a Repurchase Acceleration Event with respect to on or more Purchased Assets, as the case may be:
  (a)   Buyer has determined that the Purchased Asset is a Defective Asset;
 
  (b)   thirty (30) calendar days elapse from the date the Mortgage Loan Documents relating to a Purchased Mortgage Loan were delivered to an Approved Investor and such Approved Investor has not returned the Mortgage Loan Documents or purchased the Purchased Mortgage Loan, unless an extension is granted by Buyer;
 
  (c)   ten (10) Business Days elapse from the date a Mortgage Loan Document relating to the Purchased Mortgage Loan was delivered to Seller for correction or completion or for servicing purposes, without being returned to Buyer or its designee;
 
  (d)   Seller fails to deliver to Buyer the related Mortgage Loan Documents relating to a Purchased Mortgage Loan that is a Wet Mortgage Loan within the Wet Mortgage Loans Maximum Dwell Time or any Mortgage Loan Document delivered to Buyer, upon examination by Buyer, is found not to be in compliance with the requirements of this Agreement or the related Purchase Commitment and is not corrected within the Wet Mortgage Loans Maximum Dwell Time;
 
  (e)   regardless of whether a Purchased Mortgage Loan is a Defective Asset, a foreclosure or similar type of proceeding is initiated with respect to such Mortgage Loan;
 
  (f)   the further sale of the Purchased Asset by Seller to other than an Approved Investor;
 
  (g)   (i) with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loan that has been pooled to support a Mortgage-Backed Security issued by Seller and fully guaranteed by Ginnie Mae for which Buyer has executed a Form HUD 11711A, Custodian ceases to hold the Mortgage Loan File and the related Mortgage Loan Documents in respect thereof for the sole and exclusive benefit of Buyer at any time prior to the issuance of the related Mortgage-Backed Security, or (ii) with respect to all other Purchased Mortgage Loans, Custodian ceases to hold the Mortgage Loan File and the related Mortgage Loan Documents in respect thereof a Purchased Mortgage Loan for the sole and exclusive benefit of Buyer at any time;
 
  (h)   with respect to Purchased Mortgage Loans that are Pooled Mortgage Loans, if the Applicable Agency shall not have issued the related Mortgage-Backed Security to the Depository in the name of Buyer or Buyer’s nominee on the related Settlement Date;
 
  (i)   with respect to Purchased Securities, if Buyer shall not have received the related Takeout Price from the Approved Investor on the related Settlement Date;

- 11 -


 

  (j)   following the termination of a Temporary Increase, the Aggregate Outstanding Purchase Price exceeds the Aggregate Transaction Limit (as reduced by the termination of such Temporary Increase); or
 
  (k)   with respect to all Purchased Assets, in the event that neither Jay Bray nor Tony Barone occupies one of the positions identified in the definition of Executive Management.
4.3   Reduction of Asset Value as Alternative Remedy . In lieu of requiring full repayment of the Repurchase Price upon the occurrence of a Repurchase Acceleration Event, Buyer may elect to reduce the Asset Value of the related Purchased Asset (to as low as zero) and accordingly require a full or partial repayment of such Repurchase Price or the delivery of other funds or collateral, which additional assets shall be “margin payments” or “settlement payments” as such terms are defined in Bankruptcy Code Sections 741(5) and (8), respectively.
 
4.4   Designation as Noncompliant Asset as Alternative Remedy . In lieu of requiring full repayment of the Repurchase Price upon the occurrence of a Repurchase Acceleration Event, Buyer may elect to deem the related Purchased Asset a Noncompliant Asset, provided that (a) after such Purchased Asset is deemed to be a Noncompliant Asset, the aggregate original Asset Value of all Noncompliant Assets does not exceed the Type Sublimit for Noncompliant Assets; (b) the Asset Value of the Noncompliant Asset is greater than the Repurchase Price or Seller provides Additional Purchased Assets or repays part of the Repurchase Price as provided in Section 6.3 in each case as a “margin payment” as such term is defined in Bankruptcy Code Section 741(5); and (c) Seller delivers to Buyer all documentation relating to the Purchased Asset reasonably requested by Buyer.
 
4.5   Illegality or Impracticability . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Buyer determines, in good faith, that any law, regulation, treaty or directive or any change therein or in the interpretation or application thereof, or any circumstance materially and adversely affecting the London interbank market, the repurchase market for mortgage loans or mortgage-backed securities or the source or cost of Buyer’s funds, shall make it unlawful or impractical for Buyer to enter into or maintain Transactions as contemplated by this Agreement (a) the commitment of Buyer hereunder to enter into or to continue to maintain Transactions shall be cancelled and (b) the Repurchase Price for each Transaction then outstanding shall be due and payable upon the earlier to occur of (i) the date required by any financial institution providing funds to Buyer, (ii) sale of the Purchased Asset in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and (iii) the date as of which Buyer determines that such Transactions are unlawful or impractical; provided, that Buyer shall not be liable to Seller for any costs, losses or damages arising from or relating from any actions taken by Buyer pursuant to this Section 4.5 .
 
4.6   Increased Costs .
  (a)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Buyer determines, in good faith, that if any change in any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority or any change in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by Buyer with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof (i) subjects Buyer to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement or any Purchased Asset (excluding net income taxes) or changes the basis of taxation of payments to Buyer in respect thereof, (ii) imposes, modifies or holds applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory advance or similar requirement against assets held by deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of

- 12 -


 

      Transactions or extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by any office of Buyer which is not otherwise included in the determination of the Applicable Pricing Rate hereunder, or (iii) imposes on Buyer any other condition, the result of which is to increase the cost to Buyer, by an amount which Buyer deems to be material, of effecting or maintaining purchases hereunder, or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any such case, Seller shall promptly pay Buyer such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Buyer for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable thereafter incurred.
 
  (b)   If Buyer has determined, in good faith, that the adoption of or any change in any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority regarding capital adequacy or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by Buyer or any corporation controlling Buyer with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof has the effect of reducing the rate of return on Buyer’s or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which Buyer or such corporation but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration Buyer’s or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by Buyer to be material, then from time to time, Seller shall promptly pay to Buyer such additional amount or amounts as will thereafter compensate Buyer for such reduction.
    If Buyer becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this Section 4.6 , it shall promptly notify Seller of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled. A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this subsection submitted by Buyer to Seller shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error or bad faith.
 
4.7   Payments Pursuant to Sale to Approved Investors . Seller shall direct each Approved Investor purchasing a Purchased Asset to pay directly to Buyer, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, the applicable Takeout Price in full and without set-off on the date set forth in the applicable Purchase Commitment. In addition, Seller shall provide Buyer with a Purchase Advice relating to such payment. Seller shall not direct the Approved Investor to pay to Buyer an amount less than the full Takeout Price or modify or otherwise change the wire instructions for payment of the Takeout Price provided to Approved Investor by Buyer. Buyer shall apply all amounts received for the account of Seller in accordance with Section 4.8 below and credit all amounts due Seller to the Over/Under Account in accordance with Section 3.5(b)(ii) above. Buyer may reject any amount received from an Approved Investor and not release the related Purchased Asset if (a) Buyer does not receive a Purchase Advice in respect of any wire transfer, (b) Buyer does not receive the full Takeout Price, without set-off or (c) the amount received is not sufficient to pay the related Repurchase Price in full. Alternatively, in lieu of rejecting an amount received by Buyer from an Approved Investor, at Buyer’s option, if the amount received from the Approved Investor does not equal or exceed the related Repurchase Price, Buyer may accept the amount received from the Approved Investor and deduct the remaining amounts owed by Seller from the Over/Under Account or demand payment of such remaining amount from Seller. If Seller receives any funds intended for Buyer, Seller shall segregate and hold such funds in trust for Buyer and immediately pay to Buyer all such amounts by wire transfer of immediately available funds together with providing Buyer with a settlement statement for the transaction.
 
4.8   Application of Payments from Seller or Approved Investors . Unless Buyer determines otherwise, payments made directly by Seller or an Approved Investor to Buyer shall be applied in the following order of priority:

- 13 -


 

  (a)   first , to any amounts due and owing to Buyer pursuant to Section 6.3 ;
 
  (b)   second , to all costs, expenses and fees incurred or charged by Buyer under this Agreement that are due and owing and related to the Transaction in connection with which the payment is made;
 
  (c)   third , to all costs, expenses and fees incurred or charged by Buyer under this Agreement that are due and owing and not related to a specific Transaction;
 
  (d)   fourth , to the Price Differential due and owing on the Purchase Price in connection with which the payment is made;
 
  (e)   fifth , to the Price Differential on any Purchase Prices related to any other Transactions that are outstanding, due and owing, applied first to the Transaction with the earliest date;
 
  (f)   sixth , to the amount of the Repurchase Price for the Transaction in connection with which the payment is made;
 
  (g)   seventh , to the amount of any Repurchase Prices related to any other Transactions that are outstanding, due and owing, applied first to the Transaction with the earliest date; and
 
  (h)   eighth , to the amount of all other obligations then due and owing by Seller to Buyer under this Agreement and the Principal Agreements.
    Buyer and Seller intend and agree that all such payments shall be “settlement payments” as such term is defined in Bankruptcy Code Section 741(8). After the settlement payments have been applied as set forth above, Buyer shall deposit in the Over/Under Account any amounts that remain.
4.9   Method of Payment . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments hereunder must be received by Buyer on the date when due and shall be made in United States dollars by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with Buyer’s wire instructions set forth on Exhibit J . Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and with respect to payments of the Purchase Price, the Price Differential thereon shall be payable at the Applicable Pricing Rate during such extension. All payments made by or on behalf of Seller with respect to any Transaction shall be applied to Seller’s account in accordance with Section 3.5(b)(ii) and Section 4.8 above and shall be made in such amounts as may be necessary in order that all such payments after withholding for or on account of any present or future taxes, levies, imports, duties or other similar charges of whatsoever nature imposed by any government or any political subdivision or taxing authority hereof, other than any taxes on or measured by the net income of Buyer pursuant to the state, federal and local tax laws of the jurisdiction where Buyer’s principal office or offices or lending office or offices are located, compensate Buyer for any additional cost or reduced amount receivable of making or maintaining Transactions as a result of such taxes, imports, duties or other charges. All payments to be made by or on behalf of Seller with respect to any Transaction shall be made without set-off, counterclaim or other defense.
 
4.10   Notification of Payment . Seller shall provide Buyer not fewer than one (1) Business Day prior written notice if Seller or an Approved Investor intends to remit a payment to Buyer equal to or greater than twenty million ($20,000,000) dollars.

- 14 -


 

4.11   Authorization to Debit . In addition to any other authorizations to and rights of Buyer hereunder, Seller hereby expressly authorizes Buyer to debit any account maintained by Seller with any depository institution into which any funds related to the Purchased Assets or related Purchased Items have been deposited (other than escrow accounts maintained for the benefit of the related Mortgagors), including without limitation, any operating, settlement or custodial account, for any and all amounts due Buyer hereunder. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing debit rights of Buyer shall not apply to Purchased Assets which have been repurchased by Seller pursuant to Section 6.5 .
 
4.12   Book Account . Buyer and Seller shall maintain an account on their respective books of all Transactions entered into between Buyer and Seller and for which the Repurchase Price has not yet been paid. As a courtesy to Seller, Buyer shall provide such information to Seller via the Internet or by telephone or facsimile, if Seller is unable to access the information via the Internet. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller shall be responsible for maintaining its own book account and records of Transactions entered into with Buyer, amounts due to Buyer in connection with such Transactions and for paying such amounts when due. Failure of Buyer to provide Seller with information regarding any Transaction shall not excuse Seller’s timely performance of all obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, payment obligations under this Agreement.
 
4.13   Full Recourse . The obligations of Seller from time to time to pay the Repurchase Price, Margin Deficit payments, settlement payments and all other amounts due under this Agreement shall be full recourse obligations of Seller.
ARTICLE 5
FEES
5.1   Payment of Fees . Seller shall pay to Buyer those fees set forth in this Agreement and the Transactions Terms Letter when they become due and owing. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Facility Fee shall be paid on or before the Effective Date and if this Agreement is renewed, thereafter on or before the anniversary of the Effective Date. Further, the Unused Facility Fee shall be paid monthly in arrears, on the Payment Date of each month, for each preceding Calculation Period. Buyer shall be entitled to withdraw from the Over/Under Account or retain from payments made by Seller or an Approved Investor, subject to Section 4.6 , or set off against any Purchase Prices to be paid by Buyer any fees permitted under this Agreement that are due and owing. If such amounts on deposit in the Over/Under Account or payments received in connection with a Transaction or Purchase Prices to be paid by Buyer are not sufficient to pay Buyer all fees owed, Buyer shall notify Seller and Seller shall pay to Buyer, within one (1) Business Day, all unpaid fees.
ARTICLE 6
SECURITY; SERVICING; MARGIN ACCOUNT MAINTENANCE;
CUSTODY OF MORTGAGE LOAN DOCUMENTS;
REPURCHASE TRANSACTIONS; DUE DILIGENCE
6.1   Precautionary Grant of Security Interest in Purchased Assets . With respect to the Purchased Assets, although the parties intend that all Transactions hereunder be sales and purchases (other than for accounting and tax purposes) and not loans, and without prejudice to the provisions of Section 6.6 and the expressed intent of the parties, if any Transactions are deemed to be loans, as security for the performance of all of Seller’s obligations hereunder, Seller hereby pledges, assigns and grants to Buyer a continuing first priority security interest in and lien upon the

- 15 -


 

    Purchased Assets and related Purchased Items and Buyer shall have all the rights and remedies of a “secured party” under the Uniform Commercial Code with respect to the Purchased Assets and related Purchased Items. Possession of any promissory notes, instruments or documents by the Custodian shall constitute possession on behalf of Buyer.
 
    Seller acknowledges that it has no rights to the Servicing Rights related to any Purchased Mortgage Loan (including Certified Mortgage Loans). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, if any determination is made that the Servicing Rights related to such Purchased Mortgage Loans were not sold by Seller to Buyer or that the Servicing Rights are not an interest in such Purchased Mortgage Loans and are severable from the Purchased Mortgage Loans despite Buyer’s and Seller’s express intent herein to treat them as included in the purchase and sale transaction, Seller hereby pledges, assigns and grants to Buyer a continuing first priority security interest in and lien upon the Servicing Rights related to such Purchased Mortgage Loans, and Buyer shall have all the rights and remedies of a “secured party” under the Uniform Commercial Code with respect thereto. In addition, Seller further grants, assigns and pledges to Buyer a first priority security interest in and lien upon (i) all documentation and rights to receive documentation related to such Servicing Rights and the servicing of each of the Purchased Mortgage Loans, (ii) all Income related to the Purchased Mortgage Loans received by Seller, (iii) all rights to receive such Income, (iv) all other Purchased Assets, and (v) all products, proceeds and distributions relating to or constituting any or all of the foregoing (collectively, and together with the pledge of Servicing Rights in the immediately preceding sentence, the “ Related Credit Enhancement ”). The Related Credit Enhancement is hereby pledged as further security for Seller’s obligations to Buyer hereunder.
 
    At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of Buyer, and at the sole expense of Seller, Seller will promptly and duly execute and deliver, or will promptly cause to be executed and delivered, such further instruments and documents and take such further action as Buyer may request for the purpose of obtaining or preserving the full benefits of this Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted, including, without limitation, the filing of any financing or continuation statements under the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the Purchased Assets and related Purchased Items and the liens created hereby. Seller also hereby authorizes Buyer to file any such financing or continuation statement in a manner consistent with this Agreement to the extent permitted by applicable law. For purposes of the Uniform Commercial Code and all other relevant purposes, this Agreement shall constitute a security agreement.
6.2   Servicing .
  (a)   Servicing Rights Owned by Buyer; Buyer’s Right to Appoint Servicer . In recognition that each Purchased Mortgage Loan is sold by Seller to Buyer on a servicing released basis and Buyer is the owner of the Servicing Rights related to each such Purchased Mortgage Loan, Buyer shall have the sole right to appoint the Servicer for each Purchased Mortgage Loan.
 
  (b)   Appointment of Servicer . Subject to Buyer’s right to appoint a successor Servicer at its discretion, Buyer hereby appoints Seller as the Servicer to subservice the Purchased Mortgage Loans on behalf of Buyer as agent for Buyer for the period between the Purchase Date and the Repurchase Date of the Purchased Mortgage Loans. The right of Seller to service the Purchased Mortgage Loans is on an interim basis only and does not provide or confer a contractual, ownership or other right for Seller to service the Purchased Mortgage Loans, it being understood that upon payment of the Purchase Price,

- 16 -


 

      Buyer owns the Servicing Rights and may assume servicing or appoint a Successor Servicer at any time. Further, the fact that Seller may be entitled to a servicing fee for interim servicing of the Purchased Mortgage Loans or that Buyer may provide a separate notice of default to Seller regarding the servicing of the Purchased Mortgage Loans shall not affect or otherwise change Buyer’s ownership of the Servicing Rights related to the Purchased Mortgage Loans.
 
  (c)   Interim Servicing Period; No Servicing Fee or Income . Seller’s right to interim service a Purchased Mortgage Loan shall commence on the related Purchase Date and shall automatically terminate without notice on the earlier of (i) sixty (60) days after the related Purchase Date or (ii) the actual date Seller repurchases the Purchased Mortgage Loan. If the interim servicing period expires with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loan for any reason other than Seller repurchasing the Mortgage Loan, then upon mutual written agreement of Buyer and Seller, Seller shall continue to interim service the Purchased Mortgage Loan for a thirty (30) day extension period. Such extension period shall automatically expire without notice unless Buyer and Seller mutually agree in writing to one or more additional thirty (30) day extension period(s), provided, however, that absent mutual written agreement to extend, or continue to extend, the interim servicing period, Seller shall transfer servicing of the Purchased Mortgage Loan (which shall include the delivery of all Servicing Records related to such Purchased Mortgage Loan) to Buyer or its designee in accordance with the instructions of Buyer and any other applicable requirements of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, upon expiration of the interim servicing period (including the expiration of any extension period) with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loan, Seller shall have no right to service the related Purchased Mortgage Loan nor shall Buyer have any obligation to extend the interim servicing period (or continue to extend the interim servicing period), it being understood that upon such expiration, Seller shall promptly transfer the servicing of the related Purchased Mortgage Loan to Buyer or its designee in accordance with the instructions of Buyer and any other applicable requirements of this Agreement. Buyer shall have no obligation to pay Seller, nor shall Seller have any right to deduct or retain, any servicing fee or similar compensation in connection with the interim servicing of a Purchased Mortgage Loan.
 
  (d)   Servicing Agreement . If there is a Servicer of the Purchased Mortgage Loans other than Seller, Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer, Seller shall enter into a Servicing Agreement with the Servicer on behalf of Buyer, which such Servicing Agreement shall be on terms agreed to by Buyer, and which shall include, at a minimum, (i) a recognition by the Servicer of Buyer’s interests and rights to the Purchased Mortgage Loans as provided under this Agreement, including, without limitation, Buyer’s ownership of the Servicing Rights related to the Purchased Mortgage Loans; (ii) an obligation for the Servicer to subservice the Purchased Mortgage Loans consistent with the degree of skill and care that the Servicer customarily requires with respect to similar Mortgage Loans owned or managed by it but in no event no less than in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices; (iii) an obligation to comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations; (iv) an obligation to maintain all state and federal licenses necessary for it to perform its subservicing responsibilities; (v) an obligation not to impair the rights of Buyer in any Purchased Mortgage Loan or any payment thereto, and (vi) an obligation to collect all Income in respect of the Purchased Mortgage Loans on behalf of Buyer, in trust, in segregated custodial accounts and remit such Income to the Custodial Account on a monthly basis by no later than each Payment Date. Further, such Servicing Agreement shall contain express reporting requirements and other rights to allow Buyer to inspect the records of the Servicer with respect to the Purchased Mortgage Loans.

- 17 -


 

      Buyer may terminate the subservicing of any Purchased Mortgage Loan with the then existing Servicer in accordance with either Section 6.2(f) or Section 6.2(m) .
  (e)   Servicing Obligations of Seller . To the extent Seller shall subservice any Purchased Mortgage Loan on behalf of Buyer, Seller shall:
  (i)   Service and administer the Purchased Mortgage Loans on behalf of Buyer in accordance with prudent mortgage loan servicing standards and procedures generally accepted in the mortgage banking industry and in accordance with the degree of care and servicing standards generally prevailing in the industry, including all applicable requirements of the Agency Guidelines, applicable law, FHA Regulations and VA Regulations and the requirements of any private mortgage insurer, as applicable, and the requirements of any applicable Purchase Commitment and the Approved Investor, so that neither the eligibility of the Purchased Mortgage Loan and any related Purchased Security for purchase under such Purchase Commitment nor the FHA Mortgage Insurance, VA guarantee or any other applicable insurance or guarantee in respect of such Purchased Mortgage Loans, if any, is voided or reduced by such servicing and administration;
 
  (ii)   Subject to Section 6.2(f) , and to the extent not otherwise held by the Custodian, Seller shall at all times maintain and safeguard the Mortgage Loan File for the Purchased Mortgage Loan in accordance with applicable law and lending industry custom and practice and shall hold the Mortgage Loan File in trust for Buyer, and in any event shall maintain and safeguard photocopies of the documents delivered to Buyer pursuant to Section 3.3 , and accurate and complete records of its servicing of the Purchased Mortgage Loan; Seller’s possession of such Mortgage Loan File is for the sole purpose of subservicing such Purchased Mortgage Loan and such retention and possession by Seller is in a custodial capacity only;
 
  (iii)   Buyer may, at any time during Seller’s business hours on reasonable notice, examine and make copies of such documents and records, or require delivery of the originals of such documents and records to Buyer or its designee;
 
  (iv)   Seller shall deliver to Buyer all such reports with respect to the Purchased Mortgage Loans required in the Transactions Terms Letter at the times and on the dates set forth therein. In addition, at Buyer’s request, Seller shall promptly deliver to Buyer reports regarding the status of any Purchased Mortgage Loan being subserviced by it, which reports shall include, but shall not be limited to, a description of any default thereunder for more than thirty (30) days or such other circumstances that could reasonably be expected to cause a material adverse effect with respect to such Purchased Mortgage Loan, Buyer’s title to such Purchased Mortgage Loan or the collateral securing such Purchased Mortgage Loan; Seller is required to deliver such reports until the repurchase of the Purchased Mortgage Loan by Seller; and
 
  (v)   Seller shall immediately notify Buyer if Seller becomes aware of any payment default that occurs under a Purchased Mortgage Loan.

- 18 -


 

  (f)   Sale or Transfer of Servicing Rights by Buyer . Buyer may sell or transfer any rights to service a Purchased Mortgage Loan without the prior written consent of Seller or any Servicer.
 
  (g)   Release of Mortgage Loan Files . Seller shall release its custody of the contents of any Mortgage Loan File only in accordance with the written instructions of Buyer, except when such release is required as incidental to Seller’s subservicing of the Purchased Mortgage Loan, is required to complete the Purchase Commitment, or as required by law.
 
  (h)   Right to Appoint Successor Servicer . Buyer reserves the right, in its discretion, to appoint a successor servicer to service any Purchased Mortgage Loan (each a “Successor Servicer” ). In the event of such an appointment, Seller or the Servicer, as applicable, shall perform all acts and take all action so that any part of the Mortgage Loan File and related Servicing Records held by Seller or the Servicer, together with all funds in the Custodial Account and other receipts relating to such Purchased Mortgage Loan, are promptly delivered to the Successor Servicer. Seller shall have no claim for servicing Fees, lost profits or other damages if Buyer appoints a Successor Servicer hereunder.
 
  (i)   Custodial Account .
  (i)   Seller shall establish and maintain a segregated time or demand deposit account for the benefit of Buyer (each, a “Custodial Account” ) with an Eligible Bank and shall promptly deposit (but in no event later than twenty-four (24) hours after receipt) into the Custodial Account all Income received with respect to each Purchased Asset sold hereunder (other than any interest accrued thereon during the period of time up to but not including the Purchase Date for a Purchased Mortgage Loan). The Custodial Account may not be a deposit account that is established to serve as a custodial account for mortgage loans that Seller services for other parties. Under no circumstances shall Seller deposit any of its own funds into a Custodial Account or otherwise commingle its own funds with funds belonging to Buyer as owner of any Purchased Asset. If Seller fails to segregate any funds and commingles them with any source in breach of this Agreement, Seller agrees that its share of the commingled funds are assumed to have been spent first with any remaining balance to be deemed to belong to Buyer.
  (ii)   Seller hereby grants to Buyer a continuing first-priority security interest in all right, title, and interest in and to the Custodial Account. Seller shall, as a condition precedent to Buyer’s obligation to enter into any Transaction hereunder, perfect Buyer’s security interest in the Custodial Account, and either (A) cause the Eligible Bank to agree to comply at any time with instructions from Buyer to such Eligible Bank directing the disposition of funds from time to time credited to such Custodial Account, without further consent of Seller or any other Person, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer or (B) arrange for Buyer to become the customer of the Eligible Bank with respect to the Custodial Account, with Seller being permitted to exercise rights to withdraw funds from such Custodial Account as specified in Section 6.2(i)(iii) below (together, the “Control Agreement” ).
  (iii)   Any Income received with respect to a Purchased Asset purchased hereunder (other than any interest accrued thereon during the period of time up to but not including the Purchase Date for a Purchased Mortgage Loan), shall be segregated

- 19 -


 

      as described above and held in trust for the exclusive benefit of Buyer as the owner of such Purchased Asset and shall be released only as follows:
  (1)   after the Repurchase Price for such Purchased Asset has been paid in full to Buyer, all amounts previously deposited in the Custodial Account with respect to such Purchased Asset and then in the Custodial Account shall be released by Buyer to Seller or transferred to the Approved Investor or its designee if authorized by Seller;
 
  (2)   if a Successor Servicer is appointed by Buyer, all amounts deposited in the Custodial Account with respect to Purchased Mortgage Loans to be so subserviced shall be transferred into an account established by the Successor Servicer pursuant to its agreement with Buyer; and
 
  (3)   prior to a Potential Default or an Event of Default, the Eligible Bank shall honor all withdrawal, payment, transfer or other fund disposition or other instructions received from Seller (but not those from Buyer) concerning the Custodial Account; provided, that upon the occurrence of a Potential Default or an Event of Default hereunder (and without the Seller’s consent), the Eligible Bank shall (i) in no event (A) transfer funds from the Custodial Account without prior written consent of the Buyer, (B) act on the instruction of any party other than the Buyer, or (C) cause or permit withdrawals from the Custodial Account in any manner not approved by the Buyer in writing, and (ii) Buyer shall have the right to withdraw all funds then held in the Custodial Account with respect to Purchased Assets and shall have no obligation to release or transfer any such funds to Seller or to any Approved Investor
  (j)   Location of Custodial Account . Seller shall not change the identity or location of a Custodial Account without thirty (30) days prior notice to Buyer. Seller shall from time to time, at its own cost and expense, execute such directions to the depository Eligible Bank, and other papers, documents or instruments as may be reasonably requested by Buyer to reflect Buyer’s ownership interest in each Custodial Account.
 
  (k)   Accounting of Custodial Account . If Buyer so requests, Seller shall promptly notify Buyer of each deposit in the Custodial Account, and each withdrawal from the Custodial Account, made by it with respect to the Purchased Asset. Seller shall promptly deliver to Buyer photocopies of all periodic bank statements and other records relating to the Custodial Account as Buyer may from time to time request.
 
  (l)   Servicer Notice . As a condition precedent to Buyer funding the Purchase Price for any Purchased Mortgage Loan serviced by a Servicer other than Seller, Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer, Seller shall provide to Buyer a Servicer Notice addressed to and agreed to by the Servicer, advising the Servicer of such matters as Buyer may reasonably request, including, without limitation, recognition by the Servicer of Buyer’s interest in such Purchased Mortgage Loans and ownership of the Servicing Rights related thereto and the Servicer’s agreement that upon receipt of notice of an Event of Default from Buyer, it will follow the instructions of Buyer with respect to the subservicing of the Purchased Mortgage Loans.

- 20 -


 

  (m)   Notification of Servicer Defaults . If Seller should discover that, for any reason whatsoever, any entity responsible to Seller by contract for managing or servicing any such Purchased Mortgage Loan has failed to perform fully Seller’s obligations under this Agreement or any of the obligations of such entities with respect to the Purchased Mortgage Loans, Seller shall promptly notify Buyer.
 
  (n)   Termination . Buyer shall have the right at any time to immediately terminate the Seller’s or the Servicer’s right, as applicable, to subservice the Purchased Mortgage Loans due to a Servicing Termination Event or for any other any reason without payment of any penalty or termination fee. Seller shall cooperate, or cause the Servicer to cooperate, in transferring the servicing of the Purchased Mortgage Loans to a successor subservicer appointed by Buyer.
 
  (o)   Buyer’s Right to Service . Buyer or its designee, at the Buyer’s discretion, shall be entitled to service some or all of the Purchased Assets that are Purchased Mortgage Loans, including, without limitation, receiving and collecting all sums payable in respect of same. Upon Buyer’s determination and written notice to Seller or the Servicer, as applicable, that Buyer desires to service some or all of the Purchased Mortgage Loans, Seller shall promptly cooperate, or shall cause the Servicer to promptly cooperate, with all instructions of Buyer and do or accomplish all acts or things necessary to effect the transfer of the servicing to Buyer or its designee, at Seller’s sole expense. Upon Buyer’s or its designee’s servicing of the Purchased Mortgage Loans, (i) Buyer may, in its own name or in the name of Seller or otherwise, demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable on account of or in exchange for the Purchased Mortgage Loan(s), but shall be under no obligation to do so; (ii) Seller shall, if Buyer so requests, pay to Buyer all amounts received by Seller upon or in respect of the Purchased Mortgage Loan(s) or other Purchased Items, advising Buyer as to the source of such funds; and (iii) all amounts so received and collected by Buyer shall be held by it as part of the Purchased Items or applied against any outstanding Repurchase Price owed Buyer.
6.3   Margin Account Maintenance .
  (a)   Asset Value . Buyer shall have the right to determine the Asset Value of each Purchased Asset on a daily basis.
 
  (b)   Margin Deficit and Margin Call . If Buyer shall determine in good faith at any time that (x) the Asset Value of a Purchased Asset subject to a Transaction is less than the related Purchase Price for such Purchased Asset, (y) the aggregate Asset Value of all Purchased Assets subject to one or more Transactions is less than the Aggregate Outstanding Purchase Price for such Transaction or Transactions, or (z) the aggregate Asset Value of all Purchased Assets subject to all Transactions is less than the Aggregate Outstanding Purchase Price for such Transactions (in any such case, a “Margin Deficit” ), then Buyer may, at its sole option and by notice to Seller (as such notice is more particularly set forth below, a “Margin Call” ), require Seller to either:
  (i)   transfer to Buyer or its designee cash or, at Buyer’s sole option, Eligible Assets approved by Buyer ( “Additional Purchased Assets” ) so that (x) the individual Asset Value of such Purchased Asset, (y) the aggregate Asset Value of such Purchased Assets subject to such Transaction, or (z) the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Assets subject to Transactions, as the case may be, including any

- 21 -


 

      such cash or Additional Purchased Assets tendered by Seller, will thereupon equal or exceed the individual or Aggregate Outstanding Purchase Price(s), as applicable; or
 
  (ii)   pay one or more Repurchase Prices in an amount sufficient to reduce the outstanding Purchase Prices in an amount equal to or below the Asset Value of the Purchased Asset(s).
    If Buyer delivers a Margin Call to Seller on or prior to 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on any Business Day, then Seller shall transfer cash or Additional Purchased Assets, as applicable, to Buyer no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) that same day. If Buyer delivers a Margin Call to Seller after 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on any Business Day, Seller shall be required to transfer cash or Additional Purchased Assets no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the next subsequent Business Day. Notice of a Margin Call may be provided by Buyer to Seller electronically or in writing, such as via electronic mail or posting such notice on Buyer’s customer website(s).
  (c)   Buyer’s Discretion . Buyer’s election not to make a Margin Call at any time there is a Margin Deficit shall not in any way limit or impair its right to make a Margin Call at any time a Margin Deficit exists.
 
  (d)   Over/Under Account . Buyer may withdraw from the Over/Under Account amounts equal to any Margin Deficit which is not otherwise satisfied by Seller within the time frames provided in this Section 6.3 .
 
  (e)   Credit to Repurchase Price . Any cash transferred to Buyer pursuant to this Section 6.3 shall be credited to the Repurchase Price of the related Transaction(s).
6.4   Custody of Mortgage Loan Documents .
  (a)   Custodial Arrangements . With respect to Purchased Mortgage Loans, Buyer may appoint any Person to act as the Custodian to hold possession of the Mortgage Loan Documents and the Agency Documents (or a portion thereof) and to take actions at the direction of Buyer. If any Person other than Buyer is appointed as Custodian, it shall be a condition precedent to Buyer entering into any Transactions hereunder that Seller, Buyer and Custodian enter into a Custodial Agreement acceptable to Buyer. Seller hereby consents to any and all such appointments and agrees to deliver the Mortgage Loan Documents and certain of the Agency Documents to the Custodian upon the direction of Buyer. Seller further agrees that (i) the Custodian shall be exclusively the agent, bailee and/or custodian of Buyer; (ii) receipt of the Mortgage Loan Documents or the Agency Documents by the Custodian shall be constructive receipt by Buyer of such documents; (iii) Seller shall not have and shall not attempt to exercise any degree of control over the Custodian or any Mortgage Loan Document or Agency Document held by the Custodian; and (iv) Buyer shall not be liable for any act or omission by the Custodian selected by Buyer with reasonable care.
 
  (b)   Temporary Withdrawal of Mortgage Loan Documents for Correction . Buyer may permit Seller to withdraw, for a period not to exceed ten (10) Business Days, specified Mortgage Loan Documents for the purpose of correcting or completing such documents or servicing the related Purchased Mortgage Loan; provided , however , that unless otherwise agreed to by Buyer in writing, in no event shall the outstanding balance of the

- 22 -


 

      Transactions related to such Mortgage Loan Documents exceed the file limit specified in Section 9 of the Custodial Agreement; provided , further , that any Mortgage Loan Documents that are withdrawn by or at the request of Seller and delivered to a Person other than Seller shall at all times be covered by one or more Bailee Agreements, true and complete and fully executed copies of which shall be delivered to Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer shall be deemed to be in possession of any Mortgage Loan Documents released pursuant to this Section 6.4(b) , and the interest of Buyer in the related Purchased Mortgage Loan shall continued unimpaired until the Mortgage Loan Documents are returned to, or the Repurchase Prices with respect thereto are received by, Buyer.
 
  (c)   Delivery of Mortgage Loan Documents to Approved Investors . Provided that no Potential Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, upon the written request of Seller, Buyer may, at its option, deliver to an Approved Investor set forth in the related Purchase Commitment, or its custodian, the Mortgage Loan Documents relating to a specified Purchased Mortgage Loan. All such Purchased Mortgage Loans and the related Mortgage Loan Documents shall at all times be covered by one or more Bailee Agreements, and Buyer or its designee will not release Mortgage Loan Files to an Approved Investor unless Buyer or its Custodian has received a true and complete and fully executed Bailee Agreement from the Approved Investor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer shall be deemed to be in possession of any Mortgage Loan Documents released pursuant to this Section 6.4(c) , and the interest of Buyer in the related Purchased Mortgage Loan shall continue unimpaired until the Mortgage Loan Documents are returned to, or the Repurchase Prices with respect thereto are received by, Buyer. If the Approved Investor does not purchase a Purchased Mortgage Loan as contemplated by the related Purchase Commitment, Seller shall, upon the request of Buyer, assist Buyer in the recovery of any Mortgage Loan Documents not returned by the Approved Investor to Buyer.
 
  (d)   Delivery of Mortgage Loan Documents Relating to Mortgage-Backed Securities . Upon the written request of Seller, Buyer may, at its option, deliver to the certifying custodian or permit the delivery to the certifying custodian of the Mortgage Loan Documents relating to those Purchased Mortgage Loans that will be pooled to support a Mortgage-Backed Security. All such Purchased Mortgage Loans and the related Mortgage Loan Documents shall at all times be covered by a Bailee Agreement, and Buyer or its designee will not release Mortgage Loan Documents to a certifying custodian unless Buyer or its designee has received a signed tri-party custodial agreement from such custodian, in a form acceptable to Buyer. Buyer shall have no obligation to release or permit the release of any Mortgage Loan Documents to any certifying custodian that will not sign a custodial agreement acceptable to Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer shall be deemed to be in possession of any Mortgage Loan Documents released pursuant to this Section 6.4(d) , and the interest of Buyer in the related Purchased Mortgage Loan shall continue unimpaired until the Mortgage Loan Documents are returned to, or proceeds thereof are received by, Buyer. Seller shall pay for all costs of the certifying custodian and use its best efforts to ensure that the issuer delivers the Mortgage-Backed Securities to the Buyer on the related Settlement Date.

- 23 -


 

6.5   Repurchase and Release of Purchased Assets . Provided that no Event of Default or Potential Default has occurred and is continuing, Seller may repurchase a Purchased Asset by either:
  (a)   paying, or causing an Approved Investor to pay, to Buyer, subject to Sections 4.6 and 4.7 above, the Repurchase Price; or
  (b)   transferring to Buyer additional Assets satisfactory to Buyer and/or cash, in aggregate amounts sufficient to cover the amount by which the aggregate amount of Transactions then outstanding hereunder (plus accrued interest and accrued fees with respect thereto) exceeds the Asset Value of the existing Purchased Assets, excluding the Purchased Assets to be released; provided that (i) such additional Assets shall be deemed part of a new Transaction, (ii) the conditions precedent in Section 7.2 shall be satisfied prior to any such transfer, and (iii) any such transfer shall only relate to repurchases of Purchased Assets with respect to the Committed Amount.
    Upon receipt of the applicable amount, as set forth above, Buyer shall (i) with respect to Purchased Mortgage Loans, deliver or shall cause the Custodian to deliver the related Mortgage Loan Documents to Seller or Seller’s designee, if such documents have not already been delivered pursuant to a Bailee Agreement, and (ii) with respect to Purchased Securities, deliver the Purchased Security to the Seller or Approved Investor, as applicable, on a delivery versus payment basis. If any such release gives rise to or perpetuates a Margin Deficit, Buyer shall notify Seller of the amount thereof and Seller shall thereupon satisfy the Margin Call in the manner specified in Section 6.3(b) . Buyer shall have no obligation to release a repurchased Purchased Asset or terminate its security interest in such Purchased Asset until such Margin Call is satisfied.
6.6   Repurchase Transactions . Beginning on the related Purchase Date and prior to the related Repurchase Date, Buyer shall have free and unrestricted use of all Purchased Assets and may in its discretion and without notice to Seller engage in repurchase transactions with respect to any or all of the Purchased Mortgage Loans or otherwise pledge, hypothecate, assign, transfer or convey any or all of the Purchased Assets (such transactions, “Repurchase Transactions” ); provided, however, so long as an Event of Default shall not have occurred, Buyer shall sell to Seller on the applicable Repurchase Date the actual Purchased Assets and not equivalents thereof. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall obligate Buyer to segregate any Purchased Asset or Purchased Item delivered to Buyer by Seller. Seller shall not be responsible for any additional obligations, costs or fees in connection with such Repurchase Transactions. Seller shall not take any action inconsistent with Buyer’s ownership of a Purchased Asset and shall not claim any legal, beneficial or other interest in such a Purchased Asset other than the limited right and obligations to provide servicing of such Purchased Mortgage Loans where Buyer designates Seller as servicer as provided in Section 6.2 .
6.7   Periodic Due Diligence . Seller acknowledges that Buyer has the right at any time during the term of this Agreement to perform continuing due diligence reviews with respect to the Purchased Assets, for purposes of verifying compliance with the representations, warranties, covenants and specifications made hereunder or under any other Principal Agreement, or otherwise, and Seller agrees that upon reasonable (but no less than one (1) Business Day’s) prior notice to Seller (provided that upon the occurrence of a Potential Default or an Event of Default, no such prior notice shall be required), Buyer or its authorized representatives will be permitted during normal business hours to examine, inspect, make copies of, and make extracts of, the Mortgage Loan Files, the Servicing Records and any and all documents, records, agreements, instruments or information relating to such Purchased Assets in the possession, or under the control, of Seller,

- 24 -


 

    Custodian or Servicer. Further, Seller will make available to Buyer knowledgeable financial or accounting officer and will instruct such officer to answer candidly and fully, at no cost to Buyer, any and all questions that any authorized representative of Buyer may address to them in reference to the Mortgage Loan Files and Purchased Assets. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Seller acknowledges that Buyer shall purchase Assets from Seller based solely upon the information provided by Seller to Buyer in the Asset Data Records and the representations, warranties and covenants contained herein, and that Buyer, at its option, has the right, at any time to re-underwrite any of the Purchased Assets itself or engage a third party underwriter to perform such re-underwriting. Seller agrees to cooperate with Buyer and any third party underwriter in connection with such re-underwriting, including, but not limited to, providing Buyer and any third party underwriter with access to any and all documents, records, agreements, instruments or information relating to such Purchased Assets in the possession, or under the control, of Seller. Seller and Buyer further agree that all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Buyer in connection with Buyer’s activities pursuant to this Section 6.7 shall be paid by Seller.
ARTICLE 7
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
7.1   Initial Transaction . As conditions precedent to Buyer considering whether to enter into the initial Transaction hereunder:
  (a)   Seller shall have delivered to Buyer, in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer:
  (i)   Each of the Principal Agreements duly executed by each party thereto and in full force and effect, free of any modification, breach or waiver;
  (ii)   subject to Section 9.17 , an opinion of Seller’s counsel as to such matters as Buyer may reasonably request, including, without limitation, with respect to Buyer’s first priority lien on and perfected security interest in the Purchased Assets and Purchased Items; a non-contravention, enforceability and corporate opinion with respect to Seller, if any; an opinion with respect to the inapplicability of the Investment Company Act of 1940 to Seller; and a Bankruptcy Code opinion with respect to the matters outlined in Section 14.19 , each in form and substance acceptable to Buyer;
  (iii)   a Power of Attorney duly executed by Seller and notarized;
  (iv)   a certified copy of Seller’s articles or certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or corresponding organizational documents if Seller is not a corporation) and, if required by Buyer, a certificate of good standing issued by the appropriate official in Seller’s jurisdiction of organization, in each case, dated no less recently than fourteen (14) days prior to the Effective Date;
  (v)   a certificate of Seller’s corporate secretary, in form and substance acceptable to Buyer, dated as of the Effective Date, as to the incumbency and authenticity of the signatures of the officers of Seller executing the Principal Agreements and the resolutions of the board of directors of Seller (or its equivalent governing body or Person), in form and substance acceptable to Buyer;

- 25 -


 

  (vi)   independently audited financial statements of Seller (and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis) for each of the two (2) fiscal years most recently ended (if available), containing a balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows, all prepared in accordance with GAAP, applied on a basis consistent with prior periods, and otherwise acceptable to Buyer, together with an auditor’s opinion that is unqualified or otherwise is consented to in writing by Buyer;
  (vii)   if more than six (6) months has passed since the close of the most recently ended fiscal year, interim financial statements of Seller covering the period from the first day of the current fiscal year to the last day of the most recently ended month;
  (viii)   [reserved];
  (ix)   copies of Seller’s errors and omissions insurance policy or mortgage impairment insurance policy and blanket bond coverage policy or certificates of insurance for such policies, all in form and content satisfactory to Buyer, showing compliance by Seller with Section 9.9 below;
  (x)   if required by Buyer, a subordination agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer, executed by any Person which is, as of the Effective Date, a creditor of Seller, including each Affiliate of Seller that is a creditor of Seller;
  (xi)   an Acknowledgement of Confidentiality of Password Agreement;
  (xii)   the Facility Fee, if applicable;
  (xiii)   the Control Agreement in a form reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, duly executed by Seller and the related Eligible Bank;
  (xiv)   a copy of Seller’s underwriting guidelines for Mortgage Loans, as amended from time to time; and
  (xv)   such other documents as Buyer or its counsel may reasonably request.
  (b)   Buyer shall have determined that it has received satisfactory evidence that the appropriate Uniform Commercial Code Financial Statements (UCC-1) and/or such other instruments as may be necessary in order to create in favor of Buyer, a perfected first priority security interest in the Purchased Mortgage Assets and related Purchased Items should any of the Transactions be deemed to be loans, and same shall have been duly executed and appropriately filed or recorded in each office of each jurisdiction in which such filings and recordation’s are required to perfect such first priority security interest.
  (c)   Buyer shall have determined that it has satisfactorily completed its due diligence review of Seller’s operations, business, financial condition and underwriting and origination of Mortgage Loans.
  (d)   Seller shall have provided evidence, satisfactory to Buyer, that Seller has all Approvals and such Approvals are in good standing.

- 26 -


 

7.2   All Transactions . As conditions precedent to Buyer (or Custodian if set forth below) considering whether to enter into any Transaction hereunder (including the initial Transaction), or whether to continue a Transaction, in the case of a Transaction in respect of Mortgage Loans which convert to Certified Mortgage Loans on the related Pooling Date or a Transaction in respect of Certified Mortgage Loans which convert to a Mortgage-Backed Security on the related Settlement Date, as applicable:
  (a)   Seller shall have delivered to Buyer, in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer and not later than the Transaction Request Deadline:
  (i)   an Asset Data Record for the Assets subject to the proposed Transaction, which Asset Data Record may be an individual record or part of a group report and shall be authenticated by Seller with the PIN or the handwritten signature of an authorized officer of Seller;
 
  (ii)   to Custodian, a complete Mortgage Loan File for each Mortgage Loan subject to the proposed Transaction, unless such Mortgage Loan is a Wet Mortgage Loan;
 
  (iii)   a true and complete copy of a Purchase Commitment for the Assets subject to the proposed Transaction, unless the Transactions Terms Letter states otherwise;
 
  (iv)   written evidence that all Transaction Requirements have been satisfied; and
 
  (v)   such other documents pertaining to the Transaction as Buyer may reasonably request, from time to time.
  (b)   (i) On or prior to the Pooling Date for any Certified Mortgage Loan that is a Pooled Mortgage Loan, Seller shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Buyer (A) to Buyer an executed Certified Mortgage Loan Trust Receipt from the Custodian relating to such Mortgage Loan in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer, (B) all documents, schedules and forms required by and in accordance with Section 6(a)(iii) of the Custodial Agreement, to Custodian (or otherwise made available to Custodian), and (C) to Buyer (1) a copy of the fully completed Form HUD 11705 (Schedule of Subscribers), Fannie Mae Form 2014 (Delivery Schedule) or Freddie Mac Form 381 (Contract Delivery Summary) and Freddie Mac Form 939 (Settlement and Information Multiple Registration Form), as applicable, designating Buyer as the party authorized to receive the related Mortgage-Backed Securities, duly executed by Seller, and (2) a copy of the Form HUD 11706 (Schedule of Pooled Mortgages) and the reverse side of Form HUD 11706 (Initial Certification), Fannie Mae Form 2005 (Schedule of Mortgages with Magnetic Tape Format Instructions), or Freddie Mac Form 11 (Mortgage Submission Schedule) and Freddie Mac Form 13SF (Mortgage Submission Voucher) or Selling System computer tape, as applicable, that has been delivered to the applicable Agency indicating Custodian’s initial certification of the Certified Mortgage Loans; and
 
      (ii) On or prior to the or Purchase Date for any Certified Mortgage Loan that is a Portfolio Mortgage Loan, Seller shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Buyer (A) to Buyer an executed Certified Mortgage Loan Trust Receipt from the Custodian relating to such Mortgage Loan in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer, (B) all documents, schedules and forms required by and in accordance with Section 6(a)(iii) of the Custodial Agreement, to Custodian (or otherwise made available to Custodian), and (C) to Buyer, copy of the Form HUD 11706 (Schedule of Pooled Mortgages) and the reverse side of

- 27 -


 

      Form HUD 11706 (Initial Certification), Fannie Mae Form 2005 (Schedule of Mortgages with Magnetic Tape Format Instructions), or Freddie Mac Form 11 (Mortgage Submission Schedule) and Freddie Mac Form 13SF (Mortgage Submission Voucher) or Selling System computer tape, as applicable, that has been delivered to the applicable Agency indicating Custodian’s initial certification of the Certified Mortgage Loans (collectively, with the documents set forth subclause (b)(i) above, the “ Agency Documents ”)
 
  (c)   On or prior to the related Settlement Date for any Mortgage-Backed Security, Seller shall have provided Buyer with the CUSIP number for such Mortgage-Backed Security.
 
  (d)   Seller shall have paid all fees (including Facility Fees and Unused Facility Fees), expenses, indemnity payments and other amounts that are then due and owing under the Principal Agreements;
 
  (e)   No rescission notice and/or notice of right to cancel shall have been improperly delivered to the Mortgagor in respect of any Eligible Mortgage Loan, and the rescission period related to such Eligible Mortgage Loan shall have expired;
 
  (f)   Seller shall have designated an Approved Payee, if applicable, to whom such funds shall be delivered;
 
  (g)   The representations and warranties of Seller set forth in Article 8 hereof shall be true and correct in all material respects as if made on and as of the date of each Transaction. At the request of Buyer, Buyer shall have received an officer’s certificate signed by a responsible officer of Seller certifying as to the truth and accuracy of same;
 
  (h)   If required by Buyer, Seller shall have performed all agreements to be performed by it hereunder, and after giving effect to the requested Transaction, there shall exist no Event of Default or Potential Default hereunder;
 
  (i)   No Potential Default, Event of Default or a Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred and be continuing;
 
  (j)   If applicable, a Servicing Agreement duly executed by the Servicer and Seller and a Servicer Notice duly executed by the Servicer;
 
  (k)   Buyer shall have received a security release certification for each Purchased Mortgage Loan that is subject to a security interest (including any precautionary security interest) in immediately prior to the Purchase Date that is duly executed by the related secured party and Seller and in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer, and such secured party shall have filed Uniform Commercial Code termination statements in respect of any Uniform Commercial Code filings made in respect of such Purchased Mortgage Loan, and each such release and Uniform Commercial Code termination statement has been delivered to Buyer prior to each Transaction and to the Custodian as part of the Mortgage Loan File.
 
  (l)   A copy of any amendments or updates to Seller’s underwriting guidelines certified by Seller to be a true and complete copy (to the extent not already delivered to Buyer) that clearly identifies the changes to the underwriting guidelines;

- 28 -


 

  (m)   For each Purchased Asset subject to a Purchase Commitment or other hedging arrangement, an assignment of such Purchase Commitment or hedging arrangement duly executed by Seller and the related Approved Investor or hedging party, as applicable, and in favor of Buyer;
 
  (n)   Seller shall have deposited all amounts required under Section 6.2(i) into the Custodial Account; and
 
  (o)   On or prior to the Pooling Date or Purchase Date for any Eligible Certified Mortgage Loan, to the extent not provided on or prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall have delivered to Buyer, in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer, the Freddie Mac Agreement or the Fannie Mae Agreement, as applicable based on the Agency such Mortgage Loans were certified by, duly executed by each party thereto and in full force and effect, free of any modification, breach or waiver.
    For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding that foregoing conditions may be satisfied with respect to any Transaction request, Buyer shall be under no obligation to enter into any Transaction with respect to the Uncommitted Amount and whether the Buyer enters into any Transaction with respect to the Uncommitted Amount shall be at the discretion of Buyer.
 
7.3   [Reserved] .
 
7.4   Satisfaction of Conditions . The entering into of any Transaction prior to or without the fulfillment by Seller of all the conditions precedent thereto, whether or not known to Buyer, shall not constitute a waiver by Buyer of the requirements that all conditions, including the non-performed conditions, shall be required to be satisfied with respect to all Transactions. All conditions precedent hereunder are imposed solely and exclusively for the benefit of Buyer and may be freely waived or modified in whole or in part by Buyer. Any waiver or modification asserted by Seller to have been agreed by Buyer must be in writing. Buyer shall not be liable to Seller for any costs, losses or damages arising from Buyer’s determination that Seller has not satisfactorily complied with any applicable condition precedent.
ARTICLE 8
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
8.1   Representations and Warranties Concerning Seller . Seller represents and warrants to and covenants with Buyer that the following representations and warranties are true and correct as of the Effective Date through and until the date on which all obligations of Seller under this Agreement are fully satisfied.
  (a)   Due Formation and Good Standing . Seller is (i) duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) has the full legal power and authority and has all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals, necessary to own its property and to carry on its business as currently conducted, and (iii) is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the transaction of its business makes such qualification necessary.
 
  (b)   Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance by Seller of the Principal Agreements and all other documents and transactions contemplated thereby, are within Seller’s corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not constitute or will not result in (i) a breach of any of the terms, conditions or

- 29 -


 

      provisions of Seller’s articles or certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or corresponding organizational documents if Seller is not a corporation); (ii) a material breach of any legal restriction or any agreement or instrument to which Seller is now a party or by which it is bound; (iii) a material default or an acceleration under any of the foregoing; or (iv) the violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree to which Seller or its property is subject.
 
  (c)   Enforceable Obligation . The Principal Agreements and all other documents contemplated thereby constitute legal, binding and valid obligations of Seller, enforceable against Seller in accordance with their respective terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditor’s rights.
 
  (d)   Approvals . The execution and delivery of the Principal Agreements and all other documents contemplated thereby and the performance of Seller’s obligations thereunder do not require any license, consent, approval, authorization or other action of any Governmental Authority or any other Person, or if required, such license, consent, approval, authorization or other action has been obtained prior to the Effective Date.
 
  (e)   Compliance with Laws . Seller is not in violation of any of its articles or certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or corresponding organizational documents if Seller is not a corporation), of any provision of any applicable law, or of any judgment, award, rule, regulation, order, decree, writ or injunction of any court or public regulatory body or authority that might have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Seller.
 
  (f)   Financial Condition . All financial statements of Seller delivered to Buyer fairly and accurately present the financial condition of the parties for whom such statements are submitted. The financial statements of Seller have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved, and there are no contingent liabilities not disclosed thereby that would adversely affect the financial condition of Seller. Since the close of the period covered by the latest financial statement delivered to Buyer with respect to Seller, there has been no material adverse change in the assets, liabilities or financial condition of Seller nor is Seller aware of any facts that, with or without notice or lapse of time or both, would or could result in any such material adverse change. No event has occurred, including, without limitation, any litigation or administrative proceedings, and no condition exists or, to the knowledge of Seller, is threatened, that (i) might render Seller unable to perform its obligations under the Principal Agreements and all other documents contemplated thereby; (ii) would constitute a Potential Default or Event of Default; or (iii) might have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Seller.
 
  (g)   Credit Facilities . The only credit facilities, including repurchase agreements for mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities, of Seller that are presently in effect and are secured by mortgage loans or provide for the purchase, repurchase or early funding of mortgage loan sales, are with Persons disclosed to Buyer at the time of application, or thereafter disclosed to and approved by Buyer, or warehouse lenders that are Approved Payees.
 
  (h)   Title to Assets . Seller has good, valid, insurable (in the case of real property) and marketable title to all of its properties and other assets, whether real or personal, tangible or intangible, reflected on the financial statements delivered to Buyer with respect to Seller, except for such properties and other assets that have been disposed of in the

- 30 -


 

    ordinary course of business of Seller’s mortgage banking business, and all such properties and other assets are free and clear of all liens except as disclosed in such financial statements.
 
  (i)   Litigation . There are no actions, claims, suits, investigations or proceedings pending, or to the knowledge of Seller, threatened or reasonably anticipated against or affecting Seller or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any of the property thereof in any court or before or by any arbitrator, government commission, board, bureau or other administrative agency that, if adversely determined, may reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
  (j)   Payment of Taxes . Seller has timely filed all tax returns and reports required to be filed and has paid all taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied upon it or its property or income that are due and payable, including interest and penalties, or has provided adequate reserves for the payment thereof. Any taxes, fees and other governmental charges payable by Seller in connection with a Transaction and the execution and delivery of the Principal Agreements have been paid.
 
  (k)   No Defaults . Seller is not in default under any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, agreement or other instrument or contractual or legal obligation to which it is a party or by which it is bound in any respect that may reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
  (l)   ERISA . Seller is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of ERISA and the Code, and no Reportable Event has occurred under any Plan maintained by Seller. The present value of all accumulated benefit obligations under each Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair market value of the assets of such Plan, and the present value of all accumulated benefit obligations of all Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair market value of the assets of all such Plans. Seller and its Subsidiaries do not provide any material medical or health benefits to former employees other than as required by the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, as amended, or similar state or local law (collectively, “COBRA” ) at no cost to the employer. The assets of Seller are not “plan assets” within the meaning of 29 CFR 2510.3-101 as modified by section 3(42) of ERISA.
 
  (m)   Approved Mortgagee . Seller is an approved FHA, VA, Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and/or Freddie Mac seller, issuer, mortgagee and/or servicer and is in good standing with these agencies.
 
  (n)   True and Complete Disclosure . The information, reports, financial statements, exhibits and schedules furnished in writing by or on behalf of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries to Buyer in connection with the negotiation, preparation or delivery of this Agreement and the other Principal Agreements or included herein or therein or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, when taken as a whole, do not contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements herein or therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. All written information furnished after the date hereof by or on behalf of Seller or any of its

- 31 -


 

      Subsidiaries to Buyer in connection with this Agreement and the other Principal Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will be true, complete and accurate in every material respect, or (in the case of projections) based on reasonable estimates, on the date as of which such information is stated or certified. There is no fact known to Seller that, after due inquiry, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been disclosed herein, in the other Principal Agreements or in a report, financial statement, exhibit, schedule, disclosure letter or other writing furnished to Buyer for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.
 
  (o)   Ownership; Priority of Liens . Seller owns all Mortgage Loans identified in the Transactions Terms Letter that are to become Purchased Mortgage Loans, and any Transaction shall convey all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to such Purchased Mortgage Loans, including the Servicing Rights related thereto, and other Purchased Items to Buyer. This Agreement creates in favor of Buyer, a valid, enforceable first priority lien and security interest in the Purchased Mortgage Loans and other Purchased Items, prior to the rights of all third Persons and subject to no other liens.
 
  (p)   Investment Company Act . Neither Seller nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
 
  (q)   Filing Jurisdictions; Relevant States . Schedule 1 hereto sets forth all of the jurisdictions and filing offices in which a financing statement should be filed in order for Buyer to perfect its security interest in the Purchased Items. Schedule 1 hereto sets forth all of the states or other jurisdictions in which Seller originates Mortgage Loans in its own name or through brokers on the date of this Agreement.
 
  (r)   Seller Solvent; Fraudulent Conveyance . As of the date hereof and immediately after giving effect to each Transaction, the fair value of the assets of Seller is greater than the fair value of the liabilities (including, without limitation, contingent liabilities if and to the extent required to be recorded as a liability on the financial statements of Seller in accordance with GAAP) of Seller and Seller is and will be solvent, is and will be able to pay its debts as they mature and does not and will not have an unreasonably small capital to engage in the business in which it is engaged and proposes to engage. Seller does not intend to incur, or believe that it has incurred, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature. Seller is not contemplating the commencement of insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or consolidation proceedings or the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, conservator, trustee or similar official in respect of Seller or any of its assets. Seller is not transferring any Asset with any intent to hinder, delay or defraud any of its creditors.
 
  (s)   Custodial Account . All funds required to be segregated and deposited into the Custodial Account have been so segregated and deposited.
 
  (t)   Chief Executive Office . Seller’s chief executive office on is located at 350 Highland Drive, Lewisville, Texas 75067.
 
  (u)   True Sales . For each Purchased Asset with respect to which the originator or prior owner is an Affiliate of Seller, any and all interest of such originator or prior owner has been sold, transferred, conveyed and assigned to Seller pursuant to a legal and true sale and such originator or prior owner retains no interest in such Purchased Asset, and if so

- 32 -


 

      requested by Buyer, such sale is covered by an opinion of counsel to that effect in form and substance acceptable to Buyer.
 
  (v)   No Adverse Selection . Seller used no selection procedures that identified the Mortgage Loans offered for sale to Buyer hereunder as being less desirable or valuable than other comparable Mortgage Loans owned by Seller.
 
  (w)   No Broker . Seller has not dealt with any broker, investment banker, agent, or other person, except for Buyer, who may be entitled to any commission or compensation in connection with the sale of Purchased Mortgage Loans pursuant to this Agreement; provided, that if Seller has dealt with any broker, investment banker, agent, or other person, except for Buyer, who may be entitled to any commission or compensation in connection with the sale of Purchased Mortgage Loans pursuant to this Agreement, such commission or compensation shall have been paid in full by Seller.
 
  (x)   MERS . Seller is a member of MERS in good standing.
 
  (y)   Agency Approvals . Seller has all requisite Approvals and is in good standing with each Agency, with no event having occurred or Seller having any reason whatsoever to believe or suspect will occur, including, without limitation, a change in insurance coverage which would either make the Seller unable to comply with the eligibility requirements for maintaining all such applicable approvals or require notification to the relevant Agency or to HUD, FHA or VA.
 
  (z)   Custodian . If the Custodian is a Person other than Buyer, such Custodian is an eligible custodian under each applicable Agency Guide and Agency Program, and is not an Affiliate of Seller.
 
  (aa)   No Adverse Actions . Seller has not received from any Agency, HUD, FHA or VA a notice of extinguishment or a notice indicating material breach, default or material non-compliance which Buyer reasonably determines may entitle such Agency or HUD, FHA or VA to terminate, suspend, sanction or levy penalties against Seller, or a notice from any Agency, HUD, FHA or VA indicating any adverse fact or circumstance in respect of Seller which Buyer reasonably determines may entitle such Agency or HUD, FHA or VA, as the case may be, to revoke any Approval or otherwise terminate, suspend Seller as an approved issuer, seller or servicer, as applicable, or with respect to which such adverse fact or circumstance has caused any Agency, HUD, FHA or VA to terminate Seller.
 
  (bb)   Accuracy of Wire Instructions . With respect to each Purchased Mortgage Loan subject to a Purchase Commitment by an Agency, as applicable, (1) either the wire transfer instructions as set forth in Freddie Mac Form 987 (Wire Transfer Authorization for a Cash Warehouse Delivery) are identical to Buyer’s designated wire instructions or the Buyer has approved such wire transfer instructions in writing in its sole discretion, or (2) either the payee number set forth on Fannie Mae Form 1068 (Fixed-Rate, Graduated-Payment, or Growing-Equity Mortgage Asset Schedule) or Fannie Mae Form 1069 (Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Asset Schedule), as applicable, is identical to the payee number that has been identified by Buyer in writing as Buyer’s payee number or the Buyer has approved the related payee number in writing in its sole discretion. With respect each Certified Mortgage Loan that is a Pooled Mortgage Loan, the Form HUD 11705 (Schedule of Subscribers), Fannie Mae Form 2014 (Delivery Schedule) or Freddie Mac Form 381 (Contract Delivery Summary) and Freddie Mac Form 939 (Settlement and

- 33 -


 

      Information Multiple Registration Form), as applicable, are duly executed by Seller and designate Buyer as the party authorized to receive the related Mortgage-Backed Securities.
8.2   Representations and Warranties Concerning Purchased Assets . Seller represents and warrants to and covenants with Buyer that the representations and warranties contained on Exhibit L hereto are true and correct with respect to each Purchased Asset as of the related Purchase Date through and until the date on which such Purchased Asset is repurchased by Seller.
 
8.3   Continuing Representations and Warranties . By submitting an Asset Data Record hereunder, Seller shall be deemed to have represented and warranted the truthfulness and completeness of the representations and warranties set forth in Exhibit L hereto.
 
8.4   Amendment of Representations and Warranties . From time to time as determined necessary by Buyer, Buyer may amend the representations and warranties set forth in Exhibit L hereto. Any such amendment shall not apply to Transactions entered into prior to the effective date of the amendment and in no event shall the amendment apply to any Transaction on a retroactive basis.
ARTICLE 9
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
     Seller hereby covenants and agrees with Buyer that during the term of this Agreement and for so long as there remain any obligations of Seller to be paid or performed under the Principal Agreements:
9.1   Financial Statements and Other Reports.
  (a)   Interim Statements . Seller shall deliver to Buyer financial statements of Seller, including statements of income and changes in shareholders’ equity for the period from the beginning of such fiscal year to the end of such month or quarter, within the time frame required in the Transactions Terms Letter, and the related balance sheet as of the end of such month or quarter, within the time frame required in the Transactions Terms Letter, all in reasonable detail and certified by the chief financial officer of Seller, subject, however, to year-end audit adjustments;
 
  (b)   Annual Statements . Seller shall deliver to Buyer, within the time frame required in the Transactions Terms Letter, audited financial statements of Seller, including statements of income and changes in shareholders’ equity for such fiscal year and the related balance sheet as at the end of such fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and accompanied by an opinion of a certified public accounting firm reasonably satisfactory to Buyer including a management representation letter signed by the chief financial officer of Seller stating that the financial statements fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of Seller as of the end of, and for, such year;
 
  (c)   Officer’s Certificate . Together with the financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 9.1(a) and (b) , Seller shall deliver to Buyer an officer’s certificate substantially in a form to be provided by Buyer;
 
  (d)   [Reserved] ;
 
  (e)   Hedging Reports . Seller shall deliver to Buyer, or cause to be delivered to Buyer, not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on each Monday, or Tuesday if Monday is not

- 34 -


 

      a Business Day, or as reasonably requested by Buyer, a reconciliation report, in a form reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, including, without limitation, a report of all outstanding Transactions and their related Purchase Commitments, availability under unused Purchase Commitments and all amounts outstanding and available under other warehouse lines of credit, repurchase agreements and similar credit facilities. To the extent Seller retains any Person(s) to perform hedging services on behalf of Seller, Seller hereby grants Buyer authority to contact, request and receive hedging reports directly from such Person(s) at no cost to Buyer. Further, Seller shall instruct such Person(s), upon reasonable notice from Buyer and during normal business hours, to answer candidly and fully, at no cost to Buyer, any and all questions that Buyer may address to them in reference to the hedging reports of Seller. Seller may have its representatives in attendance at any meetings between Buyer and such Person(s) held in accordance with this authorization; and
 
  (f)   Reports and Information Regarding Purchased Assets . Seller shall deliver to Buyer, with reasonable promptness, copies of any reports related to the Purchased Assets and any other information in Seller’s possession related to the Purchased Assets as Buyer may request.
 
  (g)   Other Reports . As may be reasonably requested by Buyer from time to time, Seller shall deliver to Buyer, within thirty (30) days of filing or receipt (i) copies of all regular or periodic financial or other reports, if any, that Seller files with any governmental, regulatory or other agency and (ii) copies of all audits, examinations and reports concerning the operations of Seller from any Approved Investor, Insurer or licensing authority. Seller shall also deliver to Buyer, with reasonable promptness, such further information reasonably related to the business, operations, properties or financial condition of Seller, in such detail and at such times as Buyer may request. Seller understands and agrees that all reports and information provided to Buyer by or relating to Seller may be disclosed to Buyer’s Affiliates.
9.2   Inspection of Properties and Books . At no cost to Buyer, Seller shall permit authorized representatives of Buyer to discuss the business, operations, assets and financial condition of Seller and its Affiliates and Subsidiaries with its officers and employees and to examine its books of account and make copies and/or extracts thereof, upon reasonable notice to Seller at Seller’s place of business during normal business hours. Further, Seller will provide its accountants with a copy of this Agreement promptly after the execution hereof and will instruct its accountants to answer candidly and fully, at no cost to Buyer, any and all questions that any authorized representative of Buyer may address to them in reference to the financial condition or affairs of Seller and its Affiliates and Subsidiaries. Seller may have its representatives in attendance at any meetings between the officers or other representatives of Buyer and Seller’s accountants held in accordance with this authorization.
 
9.3   Notice . Seller shall give Buyer prompt (but in no event later than three (3) Business Days after becoming aware, except for clause (o), with respect to which notice shall be provided immediately upon becoming aware) written notice, in reasonable detail, of:
  (a)   [Reserved]
 
  (b)   any action, suit or proceeding instituted by or against Seller in any federal or state court or before any commission or other regulatory body (federal, state or local, foreign or domestic), or any such action, suit or proceeding threatened against Seller, in any case, if

- 35 -


 

      such action, suit or proceeding, or any such action, suit or proceeding threatened against Seller, (i) is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect if determined adversely, or (ii) questions or challenges the validity or enforceability of any of the Principal Agreements.
 
  (c)   the filing, recording or assessment of any federal, state or local tax lien against it, or any of its assets;
 
  (d)   the occurrence of any Potential Default or Event of Default;
 
  (e)   the actual or threatened suspension, revocation or termination of Seller’s licensing or eligibility, in any respect, as an approved, licensed lender, seller, mortgagee or servicer;
 
  (f)   the suspension, revocation or termination of any existing credit or investor relationship to facilitate the sale and/or origination of residential mortgage loans;
 
  (g)   any demand(s), whether on an individual or in the aggregate on a rolling six month basis, by an Approved Investor or Insurer for (i) the repurchase of a mortgage loan(s) if the unpaid principal balance of the mortgage loan(s) subject to such demand(s) is equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000) dollars or (ii) indemnification if the demanded indemnification amount(s) is equal to or greater than two hundred and fifty thousand ($250,000) dollars;
 
  (h)   any potential or existing Purchased Mortgage Loan where a director, officer, shareholder, member, partner or owner of Seller is the Mortgagor or guarantor or where the related Mortgaged Property is being sold by a director, officer, shareholder, member, partner or owner of Seller;
 
  (i)   any Purchased Asset ceases to be an Eligible Asset;
 
  (j)   any Approved Investor that threatens to set-off amounts owed by Seller to such Approved Investor against the purchase proceeds owed by the Approved Investor to Seller for the Purchased Assets (excluding amounts owed by Seller to the Approved Investor which are directly related to Purchased Mortgage Loans and which are expressly allowed to be set-off by the Approved Investor pursuant to the Bailee Agreement);
 
  (k)   any change in the Executive Management or Key Personnel of Seller;
 
  (l)   any other action, event or condition of any nature that may reasonably be expected to lead to or result in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Seller or that, without notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default under any material agreement, instrument or indenture to which Seller is a party or to which Seller, its properties or assets may be subject;
 
  (m)   any (i) change to the location of its chief executive office/chief place of business from that specified in Section 8.1(t) , (ii) change in the name, identity or corporate structure (or the equivalent) or change in the location where Seller maintains its records with respect to the Purchased Items, or (iii) reincorporation or reorganization of Seller under the laws of another jurisdiction;

- 36 -


 

  (n)   upon Seller becoming aware of any penalties, sanctions or charges levied, or threatened to be levied, against Seller or any change or threatened change in Approval status, or the commencement of any Agency Audit, investigation, or the institution of any action or the threat of institution of any action against Seller by any Agency, HUD, FHA or VA or any other agency, or any supervisory or regulatory Governmental Authority supervising or regulating the origination or servicing of mortgage loans by, or the issuer or seller status of, Seller;
 
  (o)   with respect to a Purchased Mortgage loan that is a Government Mortgage Loan, upon Seller becoming aware of any fact or circumstance which would cause (a) such Mortgage Loan to be ineligible for FHA Mortgage Insurance or a VA Loan Guaranty, as applicable, (b) FHA or VA to deny or reject a Mortgagor’s application for FHA Mortgage Insurance or a VA Loan Guaranty, respectively, or (c) FHA or VA to deny or reject any claim under any FHA Mortgage Insurance Contract or a VA Loan Guaranty, respectively.
 
  (p)   upon Seller becoming aware of any termination or threatened termination by any Agency of the Custodian as an eligible custodian; and
 
  (q)   any change to the date on which Seller’s fiscal year begins from Seller’s current fiscal year beginning date.
9.4   Existence, Etc. Seller shall (i) preserve and maintain its legal existence and all of its material rights, privileges, licenses and franchises necessary for Seller to conduct its business and to perform its obligations under the Principal Agreements, (ii) comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of Governmental Authorities (including, without limitation, truth in lending, real estate settlement procedures and all environmental laws) if the failure to comply with such requirements would be reasonably likely (either individually or in the aggregate) to have a Material Adverse Effect, (iii) maintain adequate records and books of account, in which complete entries will be made in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, and (iv) pay and discharge all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed on it or on its income or profits or on any of its properties prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, except for any such tax, assessment, charge or levy the payment of which is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and against which adequate reserves are being maintained.
 
9.5   Servicing of Mortgage Loans . Subject to Section 6.2 above, Seller shall subservice all Purchased Mortgage Loans at Seller’s expense and without charge of any kind to Buyer. Seller may delegate its obligations hereunder to subservice the Purchased Mortgage Loans (subject to Section 6.2 ) to an independent servicer provided that such independent subservicer and the related Servicing Agreement has been approved by Buyer and such independent subservicer has executed a Servicing Agreement with Buyer. The failure of Seller to obtain the prior approval of Buyer regarding the delegation of its subservicing obligations to an independent subservicer and/or the failure of the independent subservicer to execute and return to Buyer a Servicing Agreement shall be considered an Event of Default hereunder. In any event, Seller or its delegate shall subservice such Purchased Mortgage Loans with the degree of care and in accordance with the subservicing standards generally prevailing in the industry, including those required by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae.
 
9.6   Evidence of Purchased Assets . Seller shall indicate on its books and records (including its computer records) that each Purchased Asset has been included in the Purchased Assets and, at the request of Buyer, place on each of its written records pertaining to the Purchased Assets a

- 37 -


 

    legend, in form and content satisfactory to Buyer, indicating that such Purchased Assets has been sold to Buyer.
 
9.7   Defense of Title; Protection of Purchased Items . Seller warrants and will defend the right, title and interest of Buyer in and to all Purchased Items against all adverse claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever. Seller will comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations of any Governmental Authority applicable to Seller or relating to the Purchased Items and cause the Purchased Items to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations of any such Governmental Authority. Seller shall allow Buyer (a) to inspect any Mortgaged Property relating to a Purchased Mortgage Loan; (b) to appear in or intervene in any proceeding or matter affecting any Purchased Asset or other Purchased Items or the value thereof; (c) to initiate, commence, appear in and defend any foreclosure, action, bankruptcy or proceeding which could affect Buyer’s ownership or security of the Purchased Items or the value thereof, or the rights and powers of Buyer; (d) to contest by litigation or otherwise any lien asserted against the Purchased Assets or other Purchased Items or against the related Mortgaged Property, the improvements, or the personal property identified therein; and/or (e) to make payments on account of such encumbrances, charges, or liens and to service any Purchased Mortgage Loan and take any action it may deem appropriate to collect any Purchased Items or any part thereof or to enforce any rights with respect thereto. All reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees (including, but not limited to, those incurred on appeal), that Buyer may incur with respect to any of the foregoing and any expenditures it may make to protect or preserve the Purchased Items or the rights of Buyer, shall be for the account of Seller. Seller shall repay the same to Buyer upon demand with interest, at the Default Rate, from the date any such expenditure shall have been made until it is repaid.
 
9.8   Further Assurances . Seller shall, at its expense, promptly procure, execute and deliver to Buyer, upon request, all such other and further documents, agreements and instruments in compliance with or accomplishment of the covenants and agreements of Seller in this Agreement.
 
9.9   Fidelity Bonds and Insurance . Seller shall maintain an insurance policy, in a form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each Agency, covering against loss or damage relating to or resulting from any breach of fidelity by Seller, or any officer, director, employee or agent of Seller, any loss or destruction of documents (whether written or electronic), fraud, theft, misappropriation and errors and omissions. This policy shall be at a minimum in such amounts required by the applicable Agency. Seller shall notify Buyer of any material change in the terms of any such insurance.
 
9.10   Wet Mortgage Loans . In the event that Buyer waives the condition precedent set forth in Section 7.2(d) in respect of a Wet Mortgage Loan that is an Eligible Mortgage Loan, Seller shall provide to the applicable Closing Agent (with a copy to Buyer), (i) the Irrevocable Closing Instructions and (ii) final closing instructions which shall, without limitation, make reference to the Irrevocable Closing Instructions and stipulate the title insurance company that will be issuing the applicable title insurance policy and Closing Protection Letter, which title insurance company shall be an Acceptable Title Insurance Company. In no event shall Seller use such final closing instructions to modify or attempt to modify the terms of the Irrevocable Closing Instructions unless such modifications are agreed to in advance and in writing by Buyer. Seller shall not otherwise modify or attempt to modify the terms of the Irrevocable Closing Instructions without Buyer’s prior written approval. If the Closing Agent is not an Acceptable Title Insurance Company, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 3.7(a)(i) , Seller shall also (a) confirm that the closing is covered by a blanket Closing Protection Letter issued to Buyer by the title insurance company stipulated in the final closing instructions, and shall provide a copy of

- 38 -


 

    such Closing Protection Letter to Buyer; or (b) provide to Buyer a Closing Protection Letter covering the closing issued to Seller by the title insurance company stipulated in the final closing instructions.
 
9.11   Sharing of Information . Notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Principal Agreement to the contrary, Seller shall allow Buyer to exchange information related to Seller, the Transactions hereunder and the terms and conditions of the Principal Agreements with Persons who are providing or are contemplating providing credit of any kind to Seller and Seller shall permit each such Person to share such information with Buyer.
 
9.12   ERISA . As soon as reasonably possible, and in any event within fifteen (15) days after Seller knows or has reason to believe that any of the events or conditions specified below with respect to any Plan has occurred or exists, a statement signed by a senior financial officer of Seller setting forth details respecting such event or condition and the action, if any, that Seller or its ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto (and a copy of any report or notice required to be filed with or given to PBGC by Seller or an ERISA Affiliate with respect to such event or condition):
  (a)   any Reportable Event or failure to meet minimum funding standards, provided that a failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code or Sections 302 or 303 of ERISA, including, without limitation, the failure to make on or before its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code or Section 303(j) of ERISA, shall be a reportable event regardless of the issuance of any waivers in accordance with Section 412(d) of the Code or any request for a waiver under Section 412(c) of the Code for any Plan;
 
  (b)   the distribution under Section 4041(c) of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate any Plan or any action taken by Seller or an ERISA Affiliate to terminate any Plan;
 
  (c)   the institution by PBGC of proceedings under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, or the receipt by Seller, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate of a notice from a Multiemployer Plan that such action has been taken by PBGC with respect to such Multiemployer Plan;
 
  (d)   the complete or partial withdrawal from a Multiemployer Plan by Seller, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate that results in liability under Section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA (including the obligation to satisfy secondary liability as a result of a purchaser default) or the receipt by Seller, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate of notice from a Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA or that it intends to terminate or has terminated under Section 4041A of ERISA;
 
  (e)   the institution of a proceeding by a fiduciary of any Multiemployer Plan against Seller, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate to enforce Section 515 of ERISA, which proceeding is not dismissed within 30 days; and
 
  (f)   the adoption of an amendment to any Plan that, pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) of the Code, would result in the loss of tax-exempt status of the trust of which such Plan is a part if Seller, any Subsidiary or an ERISA Affiliate fails to timely provide security to such Plan in accordance with the provisions of said Sections.

- 39 -


 

9.13   Additional Repurchase or Warehouse Facility . Seller shall maintain throughout the term of this Agreement, with a nationally recognized and established counterparty (other than Buyer) at least one loan repurchase or warehouse facility that provides funding on a committed basis in an amount equal to at least the Committed Amount, and accommodates wet mortgage loans in an amount not less than the amount provided hereunder.
 
9.14   MERS . Seller will comply in all material respects with the rules and procedures of MERS in connection with the servicing of all Purchased Mortgage Loans that are registered with MERS for as long as such Purchased Mortgage Loans are so registered.
 
9.15   Agency Audit and Approval Maintenance . Seller shall (i) at all times maintain copies of relevant portions of all Agency Audits in which there are material adverse findings, including without limitation notices of defaults, notices of termination of approved status, notices of imposition of supervisory agreements or interim servicing agreements, and notices of probation, suspension, or non-renewal, (ii) provide Buyer with copies of such Agency Audits promptly upon Buyer’s request, and (iii) take all actions necessary to maintain its respective Approvals.
 
9.16   Most Favored Status . Seller and Buyer each agree that should Seller or any Affiliate thereof enter into a repurchase agreement, warehouse facility, guaranty or similar credit facility with The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC which by its terms provides more favorable terms with respect to any of the financial covenants appearing under the headings “Financial Covenants” in the Transactions Terms Letter (a “More Favorable Agreement” ), then the terms of this Agreement or the Transactions Terms Letter, this Agreement or the Transaction Terms Letter, as applicable, shall be deemed automatically amended to include such more favorable terms contained in such More Favorable Agreement, such that such terms operate in favor of Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer; provided , that in the event that such More Favorable Agreement is terminated, upon notice by Seller to Buyer of such termination, the original terms of this Agreement shall be deemed to be automatically reinstated. Seller and Buyer further agree to execute and deliver any new guaranties, agreements or amendments to this Agreement evidencing such provisions; provided that the execution of such amendment shall not be a precondition to the effectiveness of such amendment, but shall merely be for the convenience of the parties hereto. Promptly upon Seller or any Affiliate thereof entering into a repurchase agreement or other credit facility with any Person other than Buyer, Seller shall deliver to Buyer a true, correct and complete copy of such repurchase agreement, loan agreement, guaranty or other financing documentation and all amendments thereto.
ARTICLE 10
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
          Seller hereby covenants and agrees with Buyer that during the term of this Agreement and for so long as there remain any obligations of Seller to be paid or performed under this Agreement, Seller shall comply with the following:
10.1   Debt . Seller shall provide Buyer with written notice as soon as practicable but in no event more than ten (10) Business Days after incurring any additional material Debt, other than (i) the Existing Debt in amounts not to exceed the amounts permitted, if any, in the Transactions Terms Letter, (ii) Debt incurred with Buyer or its Affiliates, and (iii) usual and customary accounts payable for a mortgage company.
 
10.2   Lines of Business . Seller shall not engage to any substantial extent in any line or lines of business activity other than the businesses generally carried on by it as of the Effective Date.

- 40 -


 

10.3   Debt and Subordinated Debt . Seller shall not, either directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of Buyer, pay any Debt or Subordinated Debt if such payment shall cause a Potential Default or Event of Default. Further, if a Potential Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and for as long as such is occurring, Seller shall not, either directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of Buyer, make any payment of any kind thereafter on such Debt or Subordinated Debt until all obligations of Seller hereunder have been paid and performed in full.
 
10.4   Loss of Eligibility . Seller shall not, either directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of Buyer, take, or fail to take, any action that would cause Seller to lose all or any part of its status as an eligible lender, seller, mortgagee or servicer or willfully terminate its status as an eligible lender, seller, mortgagee or servicer without forty-five (45) days prior written notice to Buyer.
 
10.5   Financial Covenants and Ratios . Seller shall comply with any financial covenants and/or financial ratios set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter.
 
10.6   Loans to Officers, Employees and Shareholders . Seller shall not, either directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of Buyer, make any personal loans or advances to any officers, employees, shareholders, members, partners or owners of Seller in an aggregate amount exceeding ten percent (10%) of Seller’s Tangible Net Worth; provided, however, that Seller shall be entitled to make a personal loan or advance to a majority shareholder, member, partner or owner of Seller without the prior written consent of Buyer provided that (i) a Potential Default or an Event of Default is not existing and will not occur as a result thereof, and (ii) such loan or advance is clearly reflected on Seller’s financial reports provided to Buyer.
 
10.7   Liens on Purchased Assets and Purchased Items . Seller acknowledges that with each Transaction it shall have sold the Purchased Assets and related Purchased Items and shall have granted to Buyer a first priority security interest in such assets in the event such Transaction is deemed a loan. Accordingly, Seller shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any lien upon the Purchased Assets or the Purchased Items, other than as granted to Buyer herein.
 
10.8   Transactions with Affiliates . Seller shall not, directly or indirectly, enter into any transaction with its Affiliates, if any, without the prior written consent of Buyer, including, without limitation, (a) making any loan, advance, extension of credit or capital contribution to an Affiliate, (b) transferring, selling, pledging, assigning or otherwise disposing of any of its assets to or on behalf of an Affiliate, (c) purchasing or acquiring assets from an Affiliate, or (d) paying management fees to or on behalf of an Affiliate; provided, however, that Seller may, without the prior written consent of Buyer, and provided that a Potential Default or an Event of Default is not existing and will not occur as a result thereof, engage in a transaction(s) with any or all of its Affiliates if (i) such transaction is in the ordinary course of Seller’s mortgage banking business, and (ii) such transaction is upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to Seller had Seller entered into a comparable arm length’s transaction with a Person which is not an Affiliate.
 
10.9   Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets and Change of Control . Seller shall not, directly or indirectly, (a) wind up, liquidate or dissolve its affairs; (b) enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation with any Person; (c) convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of, or agree to do any of the foregoing at any future time, all or substantially all of its property or assets; (d) form or enter into any partnership, joint venture, syndicate or other combination which could have a Material Adverse Effect; or (e) allow a Change of Control to occur with respect to Seller, without prior written consent of Buyer; provided, however, that Seller may, without the prior written consent of Buyer, and provided that a Potential Default or an Event of Default is not existing and

- 41 -


 

    will not occur as a result thereof: (i) merge or consolidate with any Person if Seller is the surviving and controlling entity and (ii) in the ordinary course of Seller’s mortgage banking business, sell equipment that is uneconomic or obsolete and acquire Mortgage Loans for resale and sell Mortgage Loans.
10.10   Payment of Dividends and Retirement of Stock . Seller shall not, without the prior written consent of Buyer, (a) declare or pay any dividends upon its shares of stock now or hereafter outstanding, except dividends payable in the capital stock of Seller, or make any distribution of assets to its shareholders, whether in cash, property or securities, or (b) acquire, purchase, redeem or retire shares of its capital stock now or hereafter outstanding for value, provided however, that Seller may pay dividends as set forth within the Transactions Terms Letter.
 
10.11   Purchased Items . Seller shall not attempt to resell, reassign, retransfer or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, or pledge or otherwise encumber (except pursuant to this Agreement) any of the Purchased Assets or other Purchased Items or any interest therein. Seller shall not, without prior written consent of Buyer, amend or modify, or waive any of the terms and conditions of, or settle or compromise any claim in respect of, any Purchased Item.
 
10.12   Secondary Marketing, Underwriting, Third Party Origination and Interest Rate Risk Management Practices . Seller shall provide Buyer with written notice as soon as practicable but in no event more than ten (10) Business Days after effecting a change in any material respect to secondary marketing, underwriting, third party origination and interest rate risk management practices of Seller that exist as of the Effective Date. By way of example but not limitation, any change to Seller’s hedging strategy, any change to add a new line of Mortgage Loan products or any substantive change to add third party origination shall be considered material changes subject to the notice requirement in the immediately preceding sentence.
ARTICLE 11
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
11.1   Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following conditions or events shall be an Event of Default:
  (a)   failure of Seller to transfer the Purchased Assets to Buyer on the applicable Purchase Date (provided Buyer has tendered the related Purchase Price);
 
  (b)   failure of Seller to (i) repurchase the Purchased Assets on the applicable Repurchase Date, (ii) repurchase Purchased Assets pursuant to Section 2.10 , or (iii) perform its obligations under Section 6.3(b);
 
  (c)   failure of Seller to pay any other amount due under the Principal Agreements within two (2) Business Days following the applicable due date;
 
  (d)   Seller or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Seller shall default under, or fail to perform as required under, or shall otherwise breach the terms of any instrument, agreement or contract between Seller or such other entity, on the one hand, and Buyer or any of Buyer’s Affiliates on the other; or Seller or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Seller shall default under, or fail to perform as requested under, the terms of any repurchase agreement, loan and security agreement or similar credit facility or agreement for borrowed funds entered into by Seller or such other entity and any third party, which

- 42 -


 

      default or failure entitles any party to require acceleration or prepayment of any indebtedness thereunder;
 
  (e)   the aggregate original Asset Value of those Purchased Assets that are deemed to be Noncompliant Assets is greater than or equal to the Type Sublimit for Noncompliant Assets for more than two (2) consecutive Business Days;
 
  (f)   the aggregate original Asset Value of those Purchased Assets that are deemed to be Defective Assets is greater than or equal to ten percent (10%) of the outstanding Transactions for more than five (5) consecutive Business Days;
 
  (g)   any representation, warranty or certification made or deemed made herein or in any other Principal Agreement by Seller or any certificate furnished to Buyer pursuant to the provisions thereof, shall prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect as of the time made or furnished (other than the representations and warranties set forth in Section 8.2 which shall be considered solely for the purpose of determining the Asset Value of the Purchased Assets; unless (i) Seller shall have made any such representations and warranties with knowledge that they were materially false or misleading at the time made or (ii) any such representations and warranties have been determined by Buyer to be materially false or misleading on a regular basis) and such occurrence shall not have been remedied within three (3) Business Days;
 
  (h)   the failure of Seller to perform, comply with or observe any term, covenant or agreement applicable to Seller as contained in Section 10.5 of this Agreement, irrespective of any cure period;
 
  (i)   the failure of Seller to perform, comply with or observe any term, covenant or agreement applicable to Seller as contained in Section 9.3(d) , Section 9.4(i) , Section 9.4(ii) , Section 10.4 , Section 10.7 , Section 10.8 , Section 10.9 , Section 10.10 , or Section 10.11 of this Agreement or in the Transactions Terms Letter, and such occurrence shall not have been remedied within the cure period provided therein, or if no such cure period is provided, within one (1) Business Day of the earlier to occur of (i) the receipt by Seller of notice thereof by any Person or (ii) the discovery of such failure by Seller;
 
  (j)   the failure of Seller to perform, comply with or observe any other term, covenant or agreement applicable to Seller as contained in this Agreement and not listed in Section 11.1(h) or Section 11.1(i) and such occurrence shall not have been remedied within the cure period provided therein, or if no such cure period is provided, within five (5) Business Days the earlier to occur of (i) the receipt by Seller of notice thereof by any Person or (ii) the discovery of such failure by Seller;
 
  (k)   an Insolvency Event shall have occurred with respect to Seller or any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries; or Seller shall admit in writing its inability to, or intention not to, perform any of its obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Principal Agreements; or Buyer shall have determined in good faith that Seller is unable to meet its financial commitments as they come due;
 
  (l)   one or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against Seller or any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries involving a liability of two million ($2,000,000) dollars or more (to the extent that it is, in the reasonable determination of Buyer, uninsured and provided that any insurance or other credit posted in connection with an appeal shall not be deemed

- 43 -


 

      insurance for these purposes), and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within sixty (60) days after entry thereof;
 
  (m)   any Plan maintained by Seller, any Subsidiary of Seller or any ERISA Affiliate shall be terminated within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA or a trustee shall be appointed by an appropriate United States District Court to administer any Plan, or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (or any successor thereto) shall institute proceedings to terminate any Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan if as of the date thereof Seller’s liability, any such Subsidiary’s liability or any ERISA Affiliate’s liability to the PBGC, the Plan or any other entity on termination under the Plan exceeds the then current value of assets accumulated in such Plan by more than fifty thousand ($50,000) dollars (or in the case of a termination involving Seller as a “substantial employer” (as defined in Section 4001 (a)(2) of ERISA) the withdrawing employer’s proportionate share of such excess shall exceed such amount);
 
  (n)   Seller as employer under a Multiemployer Plan shall have made a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan and the plan sponsor of such Multiemployer Plan shall have notified such withdrawing employer that such employer has incurred a withdrawal liability in (i) an annual amount exceeding fifty thousand ($50,000) dollars, or (ii) an aggregate amount exceeding five hundred thousand ($500,000) dollars;
 
  (o)   (i) any Person shall engage in any “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Plan, (ii) a determination that a Plan is “at risk” (within the meaning of Section 303 of ERISA) or any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan shall arise on the assets of Buyer or any ERISA Affiliate, (iii) a Reportable Event shall occur with respect to, or proceedings shall commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, to administer or to terminate, any Plan, which Reportable Event or commencement of proceedings or appointment of a trustee is, in the reasonable opinion of Buyer, likely to result in the termination of such Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (iv) any Plan shall terminate for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (v) Seller or any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate shall, or in the reasonable opinion of Buyer is likely to, incur any liability in connection with a withdrawal from, or the insolvency or reorganization of, a Multiemployer Plan, (vi) Seller or any ERISA Affiliate shall file an application for a minimum funding waiver under section 302 of ERISA or section 412 of the Code with respect to any Plan, (vii) any obligation for post-retirement medical costs (other than as required by COBRA) exists, or (viii) any other event or condition shall occur or exist with respect to a Plan; and in each case in clauses (i) through (viii) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ix) the assets of Seller become plan assets within the meaning of 29 CFR 2510.3-101 as modified by section 3(42) of ERISA;
 
  (p)   any Governmental Authority or any person, agency or entity acting or purporting to act under governmental authority shall have taken any action to (i) condemn, seize or appropriate, or to assume custody or control of, all or any substantial part of the property or assets of Seller or any its Affiliates or Subsidiaries; (ii) displace the management of Seller or any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries or to curtail its authority in the conduct of their respective business; or (iii) to remove, limit or restrict the approval of Seller or any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries as an issuer, buyer or a seller/servicer of Mortgage Loans

- 44 -


 

    or securities backed thereby, and any such action provided for in this subsection (o) shall not have been discontinued or stayed within thirty (30) days;
 
  (q)   Seller shall purport to disavow its obligations hereunder or shall contest the validity or enforceability of the Principal Agreements or Buyer’s interest in any Purchased Asset or other Purchased Items;
 
  (r)   a default shall occur and be continuing beyond the expiration of any applicable grace period under any other Principal Agreement;
 
  (s)   a Material Adverse Effect shall occur;
 
  (t)   [reserved];
 
  (u)   any Principal Agreement shall for whatever reason (including an event of default thereunder) be terminated, without the consent of Buyer (other than, with respect to the Custodial Agreement, due to the resignation of the Custodian for reasons other than a breach by Seller of the Custodial Agreement), or this Agreement shall for any reason cease to create a valid, first priority security interest or ownership interest upon transfer in any of the Purchased Items;
 
  (v)   a breach of any of Seller’s or Servicer’s subservicing obligations, including, but not limited to, its failure to deposit any funds required to be deposited under Section 6.2(g) into the Custodial Account;
 
  (w)   if Seller is a member of MERS, Seller’s membership in MERS is terminated for any reason;
 
  (x)   Seller shall fail to maintain all requisite Approvals; or
 
  (y)   a Servicing Termination Event shall occur.
    With respect to any Event of Default which requires a determination to be made as to whether such Event of Default has occurred, such determination shall be made in Buyer’s good faith discretion.
11.2   Remedies . Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Buyer may, by notice to Seller, declare all or any portion of the Repurchase Prices related to the outstanding Transactions to be immediately due and payable whereupon the same shall become immediately due and payable, and the obligation of Buyer to enter into Transactions shall thereupon terminate; provided that the acceleration of all Repurchase Prices and termination of Buyer’s obligation to enter into Transactions shall immediately occur upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 11.1(k) , (n) or (o) , notwithstanding that Buyer may not have provided any such notice to Seller. Further, it is understood and agreed that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Seller shall strictly comply with the negative covenants contained in Article 10 hereunder and in no event shall Seller declare and pay any dividends, incur additional Debt or Subordinated Debt, make payments on existing Debt or Subordinated Debt or otherwise distribute or transfer any of Seller’s property and assets to any Person without the prior written consent of Buyer. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Buyer may also, at its option, exercise any or all of the following rights and remedies:

- 45 -


 

  (a)   enter the office(s) of Seller and take possession of any of the Purchased Assets including any records that pertain to the Purchased Assets;
 
  (b)   communicate with and notify Mortgagors of the Purchased Mortgage Loans and obligors under other Purchased Assets or on any portion thereof, whether such communications and notifications are in verbal, written or electronic form, including, without limitation, communications and notifications that the Purchased Assets have been assigned to Buyer and that all payments thereon are to be made directly to Buyer or its designee; settle compromise, or release, in whole or in part, any amounts owing on the Purchased Mortgage Loans or other Purchased Assets or any portion of the Purchased Assets, on terms acceptable to Buyer; enforce payment and prosecute any action or proceeding with respect to any and all Purchased Assets; and where any Purchased Mortgage Loan or other Purchased Assets is in default, foreclose upon and enforce security interests in, such Purchased Assets by any available judicial procedure or without judicial process and sell property acquired as a result of any such foreclosure;
 
  (c)   collect payments from Mortgagors and/or assume servicing of, or contract with a third party to subservice, any or all Purchased Mortgage Loans requiring servicing and/or perform any obligations required in connection with Purchase Commitments, such third party’s fees to be paid by Seller. In connection with collecting payments from Mortgagors and/or assuming servicing of any or all Purchased Mortgage Loans, Buyer may take possession of and open any mail addressed to Seller, remove, collect and apply all payments for Seller, sign Seller’s name to any receipts, checks, notes, agreements or other instruments or letters or appoint an agent to exercise and perform any of these rights. If Buyer so requests, Seller shall promptly forward to Buyer or its designee, all further mail and all “trailing” documents, such as title insurance policies, deeds of trust, and other documents, and all loan payment histories, both in paper and electronic format, in each case, as same relate to the Purchased Mortgage Loans;
 
  (d)   proceed against Seller under this Agreement;
 
  (e)   sell, without notice or demand of any kind, at a public or private sale and at such price or prices as Buyer may deem to be commercially reasonable for cash or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk, any or all or portions of the Purchased Assets on a servicing-retained or servicing-released basis; provided that Buyer may purchase any or all of the Purchased Assets at any public or private sale; provided further that Seller shall remain liable to Buyer for any amounts that remain owing to Buyer following any such sale and/or credit;
 
  (f)   enter into one or more hedging arrangements covering all or a portion of the Purchased Assets; and/or
 
  (g)   pursue any rights and/or remedies available at law or in equity against Seller.
11.3   Treatment of Custodial Account . During the existence of an Event of Default, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Seller shall have no right to withdraw or release any funds in the Custodial Account to itself or for its benefit, nor shall it have any right to set-off any amount owed to it by Buyer against funds held by it for Buyer in the Custodial Account. During the existence of an Event of Default, Seller shall promptly remit to or at the direction of Buyer all funds related to the Purchased Assets in the Custodial Account.

- 46 -


 

11.4   Sale of Purchased Assets . With respect to any sale of Purchased Assets pursuant to Section 11.2(e) , Seller acknowledges and agrees that it may not be possible to purchase or sell all of the Purchased Assets on a particular Business Day, or in a transaction with the same purchaser, or in the same manner because the market for such Purchased Assets may not be liquid. Seller further agrees that in view of the nature of the Purchased Assets, liquidation of a Transaction or the underlying Purchased Assets does not require a public purchase or sale. Accordingly, Buyer may elect the time and manner of liquidating any Purchased Asset and nothing contained herein shall obligate Buyer to liquidate any Purchased Asset on the occurrence of an Event of Default or to liquidate all Purchased Assets in the same manner or on the same Business Day or constitute a waiver of any right or remedy of Buyer. Seller hereby waives any claims it may have against Buyer arising by reason of the fact that the price at which the Purchased Assets may have been sold at such private sale was less than the price which might have been obtained at a public sale or was less than the aggregate Repurchase Price amount of the outstanding Transactions, even if Buyer accepts the first offer received and does not offer the Purchased Assets, or any part thereof, to more than one offeree. Seller hereby agrees that the procedures outlined in Section 11.2(e) and this Section 11.4 for disposition and liquidation of the Purchased Assets are commercially reasonable. Seller further agrees that it would not be commercially unreasonable for Buyer to dispose of the Purchased Assets or any portion thereof by using internet sites that provide for the auction of assets similar to the Purchased Assets, or that have the reasonable capability of doing so, or that match buyers and sellers of assets.
 
11.5   No Obligation to Pursue Remedy . Buyer shall have the right to exercise any of its rights and/or remedies without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind other than as expressly set forth herein, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Seller. Seller further waives any right to require Buyer to (a) proceed against any Person, (b) proceed against or exhaust all or any of the Purchased Assets or pursue its rights and remedies as against the Purchased Assets in any particular order, or (c) pursue any other remedy in its power. Buyer shall not be required to take any steps necessary to preserve any rights of Seller against holders of mortgages prior in lien to the lien of any Purchased Asset or to preserve rights against prior parties. No failure on the part of Buyer to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy provided hereunder, at law or in equity shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise by Buyer of any right, power or remedy provided hereunder, at law or in equity preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. Without intending to limit the foregoing, all defenses based on the statute of limitations are hereby waived by Seller. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided at law or in equity.
 
11.6   No Judicial Process . Buyer may enforce its rights and remedies hereunder without prior judicial process or hearing, and Seller hereby expressly waives, to the extent permitted by law, any right Seller might otherwise have to require Buyer to enforce its rights by judicial process. Seller also waives, to the extent permitted by law, any defense Seller might otherwise have to its obligations under this Agreement arising from use of nonjudicial process, enforcement and sale of all or any portion of the Purchased Assets or from any other election of remedies. Seller recognizes that nonjudicial remedies are consistent with the usages of the trade, are responsive to commercial necessity and are the result of a bargain at arm’s length.
 
11.7   Reimbursement of Costs and Expenses . Buyer may, but shall not be obligated to, advance any sums or do any act or thing necessary to uphold and enforce the lien and priority of, or the security intended to be afforded by, any Purchased Asset, including, without limitation, payment of delinquent taxes or assessments and insurance premiums. All advances, charges, reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and losses resulting

- 47 -


 

    from any hedging arrangements entered into by Buyer pursuant to Section 11.2(f) , incurred or paid by Buyer in exercising any right, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement, or in the enforcement hereof, together with interest thereon, at the Default Rate, from the time of payment until repaid, shall become a part of the Repurchase Price.
11.8   Application of Proceeds . The proceeds of any sale or other enforcement of Buyer’s interest in all or any part of the Purchased Assets shall be applied by Buyer:
  (a)   first , to the payment of the costs and expenses of such sale or enforcement, including reasonable compensation to Buyer’s agents and counsel, and all expenses, liabilities and advances made or incurred by or on behalf of Buyer in connection therewith;
 
  (b)   second , to the costs of cover and/or related hedging transactions;
 
  (c)   third , to the payment of any other amounts due under this Agreement other than the aggregate Repurchase Price;
 
  (d)   fourth , to the payment of the aggregate Repurchase Price;
 
  (e)   fifth , to all other obligations owed by Seller under this Agreement and the other Principal Agreements; and
 
  (f)   sixth , in accordance with Buyer’s exercise of its rights under Section 11.9 hereof.
11.9   Rights of Set-Off . Buyer shall have the following rights of set-off:
  (a)   If Seller shall default in the payment or performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement, Buyer shall have the right, at any time, and from time to time, without notice, to set-off claims and to appropriate or apply any and all deposits of money or property or any other indebtedness at any time held or owing by Buyer to or for the credit of the account of Seller against and on account of the obligations and liabilities of Seller under this Agreement, irrespective of whether or not Buyer shall have made any demand hereunder and whether or not said obligations and liabilities shall have become due; provided, however, that the aforesaid right to set-off shall not apply to any deposits of escrow monies being held on behalf of the Mortgagors related to the Purchased Mortgage Loans or other third parties. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Buyer shall be entitled to set-off claims and apply property held by Buyer with respect to any Transaction against obligations and liabilities owed by Seller to Buyer with respect to any other Transaction. Buyer may set off cash, the proceeds of any liquidation of the Purchased Assets and all other sums or obligations owed by Buyer to Seller against all of Seller’s obligations to Buyer, whether under this Agreement, under a Transaction, or under any other agreement between the parties, or otherwise, whether or not such obligations are then due, without prejudice to Buyer’s right to recover any deficiency. Buyer agrees promptly to notify Seller after any such set-off and application made by Buyer; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.
 
  (b)   In addition to the rights in subsection (a), Buyer and its Affiliates (collectively, “Bank of America Related Entities” ), shall have the right to set-off and to appropriate or apply any and all deposits of money or property or any other indebtedness at any time held or owing by the Bank of America Related Entity to or for the credit of the account of Seller

- 48 -


 

      and its Affiliates against and on account of the obligations of Seller under any agreement(s) between Seller and/or its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Bank of America Related Entity, on the other hand, irrespective of whether or not the Bank of America Related Entity shall have made any demand hereunder and whether or not said obligations shall have matured. In exercising the foregoing right to set-off, any Bank of America Related Entity shall be entitled to withdraw funds in the Over/Under Account which are being held for or owing to Seller to set-off against any amounts due and owing by Seller to the Bank of America Related Entity. If a Bank of America Related Entity other than Buyer intends to exercise its right to set-off in this subsection (b), such Bank of America Related Entity shall provide Seller prior notice thereof, and upon Seller’s receipt of such notice, if the basis for such right to set-off is Seller’s breach or default of its obligations to the Bank of America Related Entity, Seller shall have three (3) Business Days to cure any such breach or default in order to avoid such set-off.
11.10   Reasonable Assurances . If, at any time during the term of the Agreement, Buyer has reason to believe that Seller is not conducting its business in accordance with, or otherwise is not satisfying: (i) all applicable statutes, regulations, rules, and notices of federal, state, or local governmental agencies or instrumentalities, all applicable requirements of Approved Investors and Insurers and prudent industry standards or (ii) all applicable requirements of Buyer, as set forth in this Agreement, then, Buyer shall have the right to demand, pursuant to notice from Buyer to Seller specifying with particularity the alleged act, error or omission in question, reasonable assurances from Seller that such a belief is in fact unfounded, and any failure of Seller to provide to Buyer such reasonable assurances in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, within the time frame specified in such notice, shall itself constitute an Event of Default hereunder, without a further cure period. Seller hereby authorizes Buyer to take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to confirm the continued eligibility of Seller for Transactions hereunder, including without limitation (i) ordering credit reports and/or appraisals with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loan, (ii) contacting Mortgagors, licensing authorities and Approved Investors or Insurers, and (iii) performing due diligence reviews on the Purchased Assets and related Mortgage Loan Files pursuant to Section 6.7 .
ARTICLE 12
INDEMNIFICATION
12.1   Indemnification . Seller shall indemnify and hold harmless Buyer, its Affiliates and any of their respective officers, directors, employees and agents (each, an “Indemnified Party” ) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind whatsoever (including reasonable fees and disbursements of its counsel) that may be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against such Indemnified Party in any way relating to or arising out of the Principal Agreements, any other document referred to therein or any of the transactions contemplated thereby, or any Purchased Asset or Seller’s obligations thereunder, except for liabilities, losses and damages solely resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party. Seller also agrees to reimburse an Indemnified Party as and when billed by such Indemnified Party for all such Indemnified Party’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or the preservation of such Indemnified Party’s rights under this Agreement, any other Principal Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby, including without limitation the reasonable fees and disbursements of its counsel.
 
12.2   Reimbursement . Seller shall reimburse Buyer for all expenses required in the Transactions Terms Letter to be reimbursed when they become due and owing. In addition, Seller agrees to

- 49 -


 

    pay as and when billed by Buyer all of the out-of pocket costs and expenses incurred by Buyer in connection with (i) the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby including, without limitation, all the due diligence, inspection, testing and review costs and expenses incurred by Buyer with respect to Purchased Assets prior to the Effective Date or pursuant to Section 6.7 , or otherwise, (ii) the development, preparation and execution of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, any Principal Agreement or any other documents prepared in connection therewith, and (iii) all the reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel to Buyer incurred in connection with any of the foregoing.
12.3   Payment of Taxes .
  (a)   All payments made by Seller under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities (including penalties, interest and additions to tax) with respect thereto imposed by any Governmental Authority, excluding income taxes, branch profits taxes, franchise taxes or any other tax imposed on the net income by the United States, a state or a foreign jurisdiction under the laws of which Buyer is organized or of its applicable lending office, or any political subdivision thereof (collectively, “Taxes” ), all of which shall be paid by Seller for its own account not later than the date when due. If Seller is required by law or regulation to deduct or withhold any Taxes from or in respect of any amount payable hereunder, it shall: (i) make such deduction or withholding; (ii) pay the amount so deducted or withheld to the appropriate Governmental Authority not later than the date when due; (iii) deliver to Buyer, promptly, original tax receipts and other evidence satisfactory to Buyer of the payment when due of the full amount of such Taxes; and (iv) pay to Buyer such additional amounts as may be necessary so that such Buyer receives, free and clear of all Taxes, a net amount equal to the amount it would have received under this Agreement, as if no such deduction or withholding had been made. In addition, Seller agrees to pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law any current or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies (including, without limitation, mortgage recording taxes, transfer taxes and similar fees) imposed by the United States or any taxing authority thereof or therein that arise from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement ( “Other Taxes” ).
 
  (b)   Seller shall pay and hold Buyer harmless from and against any and all Taxes and Other Taxes arising with respect to the Purchased Assets, the Principal Agreements and other documents related thereto and hold Buyer harmless from and against any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay or omission to pay such taxes.
 
  (c)   Any Buyer that is not incorporated under the laws of the United States, any State thereof, or the District of Columbia (a “Foreign Buyer” ) shall provide Seller with properly completed United States Internal Revenue Service ( “IRS” ) Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI or any successor form prescribed by the IRS, certifying that such Foreign Buyer is entitled to benefits under an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party which reduces the rate of withholding tax on payments of interest or certifying that the income receivable pursuant to this Agreement is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States on or prior to the date upon which each such Foreign Buyer becomes a Buyer. Each Foreign Buyer will resubmit the appropriate form on the earliest of (A) the third anniversary of the prior submission or (B) on or before the expiration of thirty (30) days after there is a “change in circumstances” with respect to

- 50 -


 

      such Foreign Buyer as defined in Treas. Reg. Section 1.1441(e)(4)(ii)(D). For any period with respect to which a Foreign Buyer has failed to provide Seller with the appropriate form or other relevant document pursuant to this Section 12.3(c) (unless such failure is due to a change in treaty, law, or regulation occurring subsequent to the date on which a form originally was required to be provided), such Foreign Buyer shall not be entitled to any “gross-up” of Taxes or indemnification under Section 12.3(b) with respect to Taxes imposed by the United States; provided, however, that should a Foreign Buyer, which is otherwise exempt from a withholding tax, become subject to Taxes because of its failure to deliver a form required hereunder, Seller shall take such steps as such Foreign Buyer shall reasonably request to assist such Foreign Buyer to recover such Taxes; provided, however, the reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Seller assisting such Foreign Buyer shall be reimbursed by Buyer to Seller.
 
  (d)   Nothing contained in this Section 12.3 shall require Buyer to make available any of its tax returns or other information that it deems to be confidential or proprietary.
12.4   Buyer Payment . If Seller fails to pay when due any costs, expenses or other amounts payable by it under this Article 12 , such amount may be paid on behalf of Seller by Buyer, in its discretion and Seller shall remain liable for any such payments by Buyer. No such payment by Buyer shall be deemed a waiver of any of Buyer’s rights under the Principal Agreements.
 
12.5   Agreement not to Assert Claims . Seller agrees not to assert any claim against any Indemnified Party, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to the Principal Agreements, the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Transactions, this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. THE FOREGOING INDEMNITY AND AGREEMENT NOT TO ASSERT CLAIMS EXPRESSLY APPLIES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, TO THE NEGLIGENCE (BUT NOT GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT) OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES.
 
12.6   Survival . Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of Seller hereunder, the covenants and obligations of Seller contained in this Article 12 shall survive the payment in full of the Repurchase Prices and all other amounts payable hereunder and delivery of the Purchased Assets by Buyer against full payment therefor.
ARTICLE 13
TERM AND TERMINATION
13.1   Term . Provided that no Event of Default or Potential Default has occurred and is continuing, and except as otherwise provided for herein, this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and continue until the Expiration Date set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter. Following expiration or termination of this Agreement, all amounts due Buyer under the Principal Agreements shall be immediately due and payable without notice to Seller and without presentment, demand, protest, notice of protest or dishonor, or other notice of default, and without formally placing Seller in default, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Seller.
 
13.2   Termination .
  (a)   Buyer may terminate this Agreement for cause at any time by providing notice to Seller. For the avoidance of doubt, cause shall be deemed to exist if (i) this Agreement or any Transaction is deemed by a court or by statute to not constitute a “repurchase agreement,” a “securities contract,” or a “master netting agreement,” as each such term is defined in

- 51 -


 

      the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) payments or security offered hereunder are deemed by a court or by statute not to constitute “settlement payments” or “margin payments” as each such term is defined in the Bankruptcy Code, (iii) this Agreement or any Transaction is deemed by a court or by statute not to constitute an agreement to provide financial accommodations as described in Bankruptcy Code Section 365(c)(1) or (iv) Buyer determines that there has been fraud, misrepresentation or any similar intentional conduct on behalf of Seller, its officers, directors, employees, agents and/or its representatives with respect to any of Seller’s obligations, responsibilities or actions undertaken in connection with this Agreement. Further, Buyer may, without cause and for any reason whatsoever, terminate this Agreement with respect to the Uncommitted Amount at any time by providing two (2) Business Days’ prior notice to Seller.
 
  (b)   Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, all outstanding amounts due to Buyer under the Principal Agreements shall be immediately due and payable without notice to Seller and without presentment, demand, protest, notice of protest or dishonor, or other notice of default, and without formally placing Seller in default, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Seller. Further, any termination of this Agreement shall not affect the outstanding obligations of Seller under this Agreement or any other Principal Agreement and all such outstanding obligations and the rights and remedies afforded Buyer in connection therewith, including, without limitation, those rights and remedies afforded Buyer under this Agreement, shall survive any termination of this Agreement. Buyer shall not be liable to Seller for any costs, loss or damages arising from or relating to a termination by Buyer in accordance with any subsection of this Section 13.2 .
13.3   Extension of Term . Upon mutual agreement of Seller and Buyer, the term of this Agreement may be extended. Such extension may be made subject to the terms and conditions hereunder and to any other terms and conditions as Buyer may determine to be necessary or advisable. Under no circumstances shall such an extension by Buyer be interpreted or construed as a forfeiture by Buyer of any of its rights, entitlements or interest created hereunder. Seller acknowledges and understands that Buyer is under no obligation whatsoever to extend the term of this Agreement beyond the initial term.
ARTICLE 14
GENERAL
14.1   Integration; Servicing Provisions Integral and Non-Severable . This Agreement, together with the other Principal Agreements, and all other documents executed pursuant to the terms hereof and thereof, constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous oral or written communications with respect to the subject matter hereof, all of which such communications are merged herein. All Transactions hereunder constitute a single business and contractual relationship and each Transaction has been entered into in consideration of the other Transactions. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the provisions of this Agreement related to the servicing and Servicing Rights of Purchased Mortgage Loans are integral, interrelated, and are non-severable from the purchase and sale provisions of the Agreement. Buyer has relied upon such provisions as being integral and non-severable in determining whether to enter into this Agreement and in determining the Purchase Price methodology for such Mortgage Loans. The integration of these servicing provisions is necessary to enable Buyer to obtain the maximum value from the sale of the Purchased Mortgage Loans by having the ability to sell the Servicing Rights related to the Purchased Mortgage Loans free from any claims or encumbrances. Further, the fact that Seller or the Servicer may be entitled to a servicing fee for interim servicing of the Purchased Mortgage

- 52 -


 

    Loans or that Buyer may provide a separate notice of default to Seller or the Servicer regarding the servicing of the Purchased Mortgage Loans shall not affect or otherwise change the intent of Seller and Buyer regarding the integral and non-severable nature of the provisions in the Agreement related to servicing and Servicing Rights nor will such facts affect or otherwise change Buyer’s ownership of the Servicing Rights related to the Purchased Mortgage Loans (including Certified Mortgage Loans).
 
14.2   Amendments . No modification, waiver, amendment, discharge or change of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same is in writing and signed by the party against whom the enforcement of such modification, waiver, amendment, discharge or change is sought.
 
14.3   No Waiver . No failure or delay on the part of Seller or Buyer in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder and no course of dealing between Seller and Buyer shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder.
 
14.4   Remedies Cumulative . The rights and remedies herein expressly provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies that Seller or Buyer would otherwise have. No notice or demand on Seller in any case shall entitle Seller to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances or constitute a waiver of the rights of Buyer to any other or further action in any circumstances without notice or demand.
 
14.5   Assignment . The Principal Agreements may not be assigned by Seller. The Principal Agreements, along with Buyer’s right, title and interest, including its security interest, in any or all of the Purchased Assets, may, at any time, be transferred or assigned, in whole or in part, by Buyer, and upon providing notice to Seller of such transfer or assignment, any transferee or assignee thereof may enforce the Principal Agreements and such security interest directly against Seller.
 
14.6   Successors and Assigns . The terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
 
14.7   Participations . Buyer may from time to time sell or otherwise grant participations in this Agreement, and the holder of any such participation, if the participation agreement so provides, (i) shall, with respect to its participation, be entitled to all of the rights of Buyer and (ii) may exercise any and all rights of set-off or banker’s lien with respect thereto, in each case as fully as though Seller were directly obligated to the holder of such participation in the amount of such participation; provided, however, that Seller shall not be required to send or deliver to any of the participants other than Buyer any of the materials or notices required to be sent or delivered by it under the terms of this Agreement, nor shall it have to act except in compliance with the instructions of Buyer.
 
14.8   Invalidity . In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had not been included.
 
14.9   Additional Instruments . Seller shall execute and deliver such further instruments and shall do and perform all matters and things necessary or expedient to be done or observed for the purpose

- 53 -


 

  of effectively creating, maintaining and preserving the security and benefits intended to be afforded by this Agreement.
 
14.10   Survival. All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements herein contained on the part of Seller shall survive any Transaction and shall be effective so long as this Agreement is in effect or there remains any obligation of Seller hereunder to be performed.
 
14.11   Notices .
  (a)   All notices, demands, consents, requests and other communications required or permitted to be given or made hereunder in writing shall be mailed (first class, return receipt requested and postage prepaid) or delivered in person or by overnight delivery service or by facsimile, addressed to the respective parties hereto at their respective addresses set forth below or, as to any such party, at such other address as may be designated by it in a notice to the other:
                     If to Seller:   That address set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter
                     If to Buyer:   Bank of America, N.A.
One Bryant Park — 11th Floor
NY1-100-11-01
New York, New York 10036

Attention: Eileen Albus, Vice President — Mortgage Finance
Telecopier No.: (646) 855-5050
Telephone No.: (646) 855-0946
      All written notices shall be conclusively deemed to have been properly given or made when duly delivered, if delivered in person or by overnight delivery service, or on the third (3rd) Business Day after being deposited in the mail, if mailed in accordance herewith, or upon transmission by the receiving party of a facsimile confirming receipt, if delivered by facsimile. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any notice of termination shall be deemed effective upon mailing, transmission, or delivery, as the case may be.
 
  (b)   All notices, demands, consents, requests and other communications required or permitted to be given or made hereunder which are not required to be in writing may also be provided electronically either (i) as an electronic mail sent and addressed to the respective parties hereto at their respective electronic mail addresses set forth below, or as to any such party, at such other electronic mail address as may be designated by it in a notice to the other or (ii) with respect to Buyer, via a posting of such notice on Buyer’s customer website(s).
                     If to Seller:   That email address(es) specified in the Transactions Terms Letter, if any.
                     If to Buyer:   Eileen.Albus@baml.com
14.12   Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the New York General Obligations Law).

- 54 -


 

14.13   Submission to Jurisdiction; Service of Process; Waivers . All legal actions between or among the parties regarding this Agreement, including, without limitation, legal actions to enforce this Agreement or because of a dispute, breach or default of this Agreement, shall be brought in the federal or state courts located in New York County, New York, which courts shall have sole and exclusive in personam, subject matter and other jurisdiction in connection with such legal actions. The parties hereto irrevocably consent and agree that venue in such courts shall be convenient and appropriate for all purposes and, to the extent permitted by law, waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same. The parties hereto further irrevocably consent and agree that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to its address set forth in Section 14.11(a) , and that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction.
 
14.14   Waiver of Jury Trial . Each of Seller and Buyer hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, any other Principal Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.
 
14.15   Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
 
14.16   Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.
 
14.17   Joint and Several Liability of Each Seller . To the extent there is more than one Person which is named as a Seller under this Agreement, each such Person shall be jointly and severally liable for the rights, covenants, obligations and warranties and representations of “Seller” as contained herein and the actions of any Person (including another Seller) or third party shall in no way affect such joint and several liability. Each such Seller acknowledges and agrees that (a) a Potential Default or an Event of Default is hereby considered a Potential Default or an Event of Default by each Seller, and (b) the Buyer shall have no obligation to proceed against one Seller before proceeding against the other Seller. Each such Seller hereby waives any defense to its obligations under this Agreement or any other Principal Agreement based upon or arising out of the disability or other defense or cessation of liability of one Seller versus the other. A Seller’s subrogation claim arising from payments to Buyer shall constitute a capital investment in another Seller (1) subordinated to any claims of Buyer, and (2) equal to a ratable share of the equity interests in such Seller.
 
14.18   Confidential Information . To effectuate this Agreement, Buyer and Seller may disclose to each other certain confidential information relating to the parties’ operations, computer systems, technical data, business methods, and other information designated by the disclosing party or its agent to be confidential, or that should be considered confidential in nature by a reasonable person given the nature of the information and the circumstances of its disclosure (collectively the “Confidential Information” ). Confidential Information can consist of information that is either oral or written or both, and may include, without limitation, any of the following: (i) any reports, information or material concerning or pertaining to businesses, methods, plans, finances, accounting statements, and/or projects of either party or their affiliated or related entities; (ii) any of the foregoing related to the parties or their related or affiliated entities and/or their present or

- 55 -


 

    future activities and/or (iii) any term or condition of any agreement (including this Agreement) between either party and any individual or entity relating to any of their business operations. With respect to Confidential Information, the parties hereby agree, except as otherwise expressly permitted in this Agreement:
  (a)   not to use the Confidential Information except in furtherance of this Agreement;
 
  (b)   to use reasonable efforts to safeguard the Confidential Information against disclosure to any unauthorized third party with the same degree of care as they exercise with their own information of similar nature; and
 
  (c)   not to disclose Confidential Information to anyone other than employees, agents or contractors with a need to have access to the Confidential Information and who are bound to the parties by like obligations of confidentiality, except that the parties shall not be prevented from using or disclosing any of the Confidential Information which: (i) is already known to the receiving party at the time it is obtained from the disclosing party; (ii) is now, or becomes in the future, public knowledge other than through wrongful acts or omissions of the party receiving the Confidential Information; (iii) is lawfully obtained by the party from sources independent of the party disclosing the Confidential Information and without confidentiality and/or non-use restrictions; or (iv) is independently developed by the receiving party without any use of the Confidential Information of the disclosing party. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Buyer may share any Confidential Information of Seller with an Affiliate of Buyer for any valid business purpose, such as, but not limited to, to assist an Affiliate in evaluating a current or potential business relationship with Seller.
    In addition, the Principal Agreements and their respective terms, provisions, supplements and amendments, and transactions and notices thereunder (other than the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions), are proprietary to Buyer and shall be held by Seller in strict confidence and shall not be disclosed to any third party without the consent of Buyer except for (i) disclosure to Seller’s direct and indirect parent companies, directors, attorneys, agents or accountants, provided that such attorneys or accountants likewise agree to be bound by this covenant of confidentiality, or are otherwise subject to confidentiality restrictions; (ii) upon prior written notice to Buyer, disclosure required by law, rule, regulation or order of a court or other regulatory body; (iii) upon prior written notice to Buyer, disclosure to any approved hedge counterparty to the extent necessary to obtain any hedging hereunder; (iv) any disclosures or filing required under Securities and Exchange Commission ( “SEC” ) or state securities’ laws; or (v) the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions, which shall not be deemed confidential; provided that in the case of (ii), (iii) and (iv), Seller shall take reasonable actions to provide Buyer with prior written notice; provided further that in the case of (iv), Seller shall not file any of the Principal Agreements other than the Agreement with the SEC or state securities office unless Seller has (x) provided at least thirty (30) days (or such lesser time as may be demanded by the SEC or state securities office) prior written notice of such filing to Buyer, and (y) redacted all pricing information and other commercial terms.
 
    If any party or any of its successors, Subsidiaries, officers, directors, employees, agents and/or representatives, including, without limitation, its insurers, sureties and/or attorneys, breaches its respective duty of confidentiality under this Agreement, the nonbreaching party(ies) shall be entitled to all remedies available at law and/or in equity, including, without limitation, injunctive relief

- 56 -


 

14.19   Intent . Seller and Buyer recognize and intend that:
  (a)   this Agreement and each Transaction hereunder constitutes a “repurchase agreement” as that term is defined in Section 101(47)(A)(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, a “securities contract” as that term is defined in Section 741(7)(A)(i) of the Bankruptcy Code and a “master netting agreement” as that term is defined in Section 101(38A)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code and that the pledge of the Related Credit Enhancement in Section 6.1 hereof constitutes “a security agreement or other arrangement or other credit enhancement” that is “related to” the Agreement and Transactions hereunder within the meaning of Sections 101(38A)(A), 101(47)(A)(v) and 741(7)(A)(xi) of the Bankruptcy Code. Seller and Buyer further recognize and intend that this Agreement is an agreement to provide financial accommodations and is not subject to assumption pursuant to Bankruptcy Code Section 365(a);
 
  (b)   Buyer’s right to liquidate the Purchased Mortgage Loans delivered to it in connection with the Transactions hereunder or to accelerate or terminate this Agreement or otherwise exercise any other remedies herein is a contractual right to liquidate, accelerate or terminate such Transaction as described in Bankruptcy Code Sections 555, 559 and 561 ;any payments or transfers of property made with respect to this Agreement or any Transaction to: (i) satisfy a Margin Deficit, (ii) comply with a Margin Call, or (iii) satisfy the provision of additional security agreements to provide enhancements to satisfy a deficiency in the Over/Under Account, shall in each case be considered a “margin payment” as such term is defined in Bankruptcy Code Section 741(5); and
 
  (c)   any payments or transfers of property by Seller (i) on account of a Haircut, (ii) in partial or full satisfaction of a repurchase obligation, or (iii) fees and costs under this Agreement or under any Transaction shall in each case constitute “settlement payments” as such term is defined in Bankruptcy Code Section 741(8).
14.20   Right to Liquidate . It is understood that either party’s right to liquidate Purchased Mortgage Loans delivered to it in connection with Transactions hereunder or to terminate or accelerate obligations under this Agreement or any individual Transaction, are contractual rights for same as described in Sections 555 and 559 of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
14.21   Insured Depository Institution . If a party hereto is an “insured depository institution” as such term is defined in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (as amended, the “FDIA” ), then each Transaction hereunder is a “qualified financial contract” as that term is defined in the FDIA and any rules, orders or policy statements thereunder except insofar as the type of assets subject to such Transaction would render such definition inapplicable.
 
14.22   Netting Contract . This Agreement constitutes a “netting contract” as defined in and subject to Title IV of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 ( “FDICIA” ) and each payment entitlement and payment obligation under any Transaction hereunder shall constitute a “covered contractual payment entitlement” or “covered contractual payment obligation”, respectively, as defined in and subject to the FDICIA except insofar as one or more of the parties hereto is not a “financial institution” as that term is defined in the FDICIA.
 
14.23   Tax Treatment . Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that it is its intent, solely for purposes of United States federal, state and local income and franchise taxes, and not for bankruptcy or any other purpose, to treat each Transaction as indebtedness of Seller that is secured by the Purchased Assets and that the Purchased Assets are owned by Seller in the absence

- 57 -


 

  of an Event of Default by Seller. All parties to this Agreement agree to such treatment and agree to take no action inconsistent with this treatment, unless required by law.
 
14.24   Examination and Oversight by Regulators . Seller agrees that the transactions with Buyer under this Agreement may be subject to regulatory examination and oversight, including, without limitation, examination and oversight by the Office of Thrift Supervision ( “OTS” ). Seller shall comply with all regulatory requirements of Buyer and Seller shall grant regulatory agencies, including, but not limited to, the OTS, the right to audit the books and records of Seller in order to monitor or verify Seller’s performance under and compliance with the terms of this Agreement.
(Signature page to follow)

- 58 -


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
             
BUYER :   BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.    
 
           
 
  By:
Name:
  /s/ Craig Weakley
 
Craig Weakley
   
 
  Title:   Managing Director    
 
           
SELLER :
  NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC    
 
           
 
  By:
Name:
  /s/ Gregory Oniu
 
Gregory Oniu
   
 
  Title:   Senior Vice President    


 

EXHIBIT A
GLOSSARY OF DEFINED TERMS
Acceptable Title Insurance Company : A nationally recognized title insurance company that has not been disapproved by Buyer in a writing provided to Seller.
Accepted Servicing Practices : With respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loan, those mortgage servicing practices of prudent mortgage lending institutions which service mortgage loans of the same type as such Purchased Mortgage Loan in the jurisdiction where the related Mortgaged Property is located.
Acknowledgement of Confidentiality of Password Agreement : That certain Acknowledgement of Confidentiality of Password Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit I .
Additional Purchased Assets : Those additional Eligible Assets or cash provided by Seller to Buyer pursuant to Section 6.3 of this Agreement.
Affiliate : With respect to any specified entity, any other entity controlling or controlled by or under common control with such specified entity. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to a specified entity means the power to direct the management and policies of such entity, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” having meanings correlative to the foregoing.
Agency : Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae, as applicable.
Agency Audit : Any Agency, HUD, FHA and VA audits, examinations, evaluations, monitoring reviews and reports of its origination and servicing operations (including those prepared on a contract basis for any such Agency).
Agency Documents : As defined in Section 7.2(b) of the Agreement.
Agency Eligible Mortgage Loan : A Mortgage Loan that is originated in Strict Compliance with the Agency Guides and the eligibility requirements specified for the applicable Agency Program, and is eligible for sale to or securitization by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae.
Agency Guides : The Ginnie Mae Guide, the Fannie Mae Guide, the Freddie Mac Guide, the FHA Regulations and/or the VA Regulations, as the context may require, in each case as such guidelines have been or may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (i) by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, the FHA or the VA as applicable, in the ordinary course of business and, with respect to material amendments, supplements or other modifications, as to which Buyer shall not have reasonably objected within ten (10) days of receiving notice of such or (ii) by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, the FHA or the VA as applicable, at the request of Seller and as to which (x) Seller has given notice to Buyer of any such material amendment, supplement or other modification and (y) Buyer shall not have reasonably objected.
Agency Program : The Ginnie Mae Program, the Fannie Mae Program and/or the Freddie Mac Program, as the context may require.
Aggregate Outstanding Purchase Price : The aggregate outstanding Purchase Price of all Transactions or specified Purchased Assets, as the case may be, as of any date of determination.

A - 1


 

Aggregate Transaction Limit : The maximum aggregate principal amount of Transactions (measured by the related outstanding Purchase Price) that may be outstanding at any one time, as set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter.
Applicable Pricing Rate : With respect to any date of determination, the greater of (i) the daily rate per annum (rounded up to three (3) decimal places) for one-month U.S. dollar denominated deposits as offered to prime banks in the London interbank market ( “One-Month LIBOR” ) as published on Bloomberg or in the Wall Street Journal as of such date of determination, and (ii) if applicable, the LIBOR Floor. It is understood that the Applicable Pricing Rate shall be adjusted on a daily basis.
Approvals : With respect to Seller, the approvals obtained by the applicable Agency in designation of Seller as a Ginnie Mae-approved issuer, a Ginnie Mae-approved servicer, a FHA-approved mortgagee, a VA-approved lender, a Fannie Mae-approved lender or a Freddie Mac-approved Seller/Servicer, as applicable, in good standing.
Approved Investor : Any of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae or a financially responsible private institution deemed acceptable by Buyer in its good faith discretion, purchasing Purchased Mortgage Loans or Mortgage-Backed Securities on a forward basis from Seller pursuant to a Purchase Commitment.
Approved Payee : A warehouse lender approved by Buyer in accordance with Section 3.7(b) .
Asset : A Mortgage Loan (including a Certified Mortgage Loan), or a Mortgage-Backed Security, as the context may require.
Asset Data Record : A document, in the form required by Buyer and as may from time to time be amended by Buyer, as such form may be set forth in the Handbook, completed by Seller and submitted to Buyer with respect to each Purchased Asset.
Asset Value : With respect to each Purchased Asset for any date of determination, an amount equal to the following, as applicable, as same may be reduced in accordance with Section 4.3 , in each case, including the related Servicing Rights assigned to Seller:
(a) if the Purchased Asset has Standard Status, the related Type Purchase Price Percentage multiplied by the least of: (i) Market Value of such Purchased Asset; (ii) the unpaid principal balance of such Eligible Asset; (iii) the purchase price paid by Seller for such Eligible Asset if it is a Mortgage Loan, if applicable; and (iv) the Takeout Price committed by the related Approved Investor, if applicable;
(b) if the Purchased Asset is a Noncompliant Asset, the related Type Purchase Price Percentage for a Noncompliant Asset multiplied by the least of: (i) Market Value of such Purchased Asset; (ii) the unpaid principal balance of such Eligible Asset; (iii) the purchase price paid by Seller for such Eligible Asset if it is a Mortgage Loan, if applicable; and (iv) the Takeout Price committed by the related Approved Investor, if applicable; or
(c) if the Purchased Asset is a Defective Asset, zero.
Assignment : A duly executed assignment to Buyer in recordable form of a Purchased Mortgage Loan, of the indebtedness secured thereby and of all documents and rights related to such Purchased Mortgage Loan.
Bailee Agreement : A bailee agreement substantially in the form acceptable to Buyer.

A - 2


 

Bankruptcy Code : Title 11 of the United States Code, now or hereafter in effect, as amended, or any successor thereto.
Business Day : Any day, excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day that is a legal holiday under the laws of the State of California.
Buyer’s Correspondent Guidelines : The standards, procedures and guidelines of Buyer and its Affiliates for underwriting Mortgage Loans, a copy of which has been made available to Seller.
Calculation Period : With respect to: (a) the initial Payment Date on which an Unused Facility Fee is due, the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the last day of the month in which such Effective Date occurs, (b) for each subsequent Payment Date on which an Unused Facility Fee is due, the prior monthly period and (c) with respect to the month the Agreement is terminated pursuant to the terms herein, the period beginning on the first day of that month and ending on the Expiration Date.
Cash Equivalents : Any (a) securities with maturities of ninety (90) days or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or any agency thereof, (b) certificates of deposit and Eurodollar time deposits with maturities of ninety (90) days or less from the date of acquisition and overnight bank deposits of any commercial bank having capital, surplus and retained earnings in excess of $70,000,000, (c) repurchase obligations of any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition, having a term of not more than seven days with respect to securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government, (d) commercial paper of a domestic issuer rated at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or p-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s and in either case maturing within ninety (90) days after the day of acquisition, (e) securities with maturities of ninety (90) days or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by any foreign government, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) are rated at least A by S&P or A by Moody’s, (f) securities with maturities of ninety (90) days or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition, or (g) shares of money market, mutual or similar funds which invest exclusively in assets satisfying the requirements of clauses (a) through (f) of this definition.
Certified Mortgage Loan : A Pooled Mortgage Loan or a Portfolio Mortgage Loan, as the context may require.
Certified Mortgage Loan Trust Receipt : A trust receipt issued by Custodian evidencing the Certified Mortgage Loans and the Mortgage Loan Files related thereto, it holds, in the form attached to the Custodial Agreement as Exhibit 1-C (if such Certified Mortgage Loans are Pooled Mortgage Loans) or Exhibit 1-D (if such Certified Mortgage Loans are Portfolio Mortgage Loans), as applicable, and delivered to Buyer by Custodian in accordance with Section 6(a)(iii) thereof.
Change of Control : Change of Control shall mean any of the following:
(a) if Seller is a corporation, any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act” )), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities of Seller under an employee benefit plan of Seller, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Seller representing 50% or more of (A) the outstanding shares of common stock of Seller or (B) the combined voting power of Seller’s then-outstanding securities;

A - 3


 

(b) if Seller is a legal entity other than a corporation, the majority voting control of Seller, or its equivalent, under Seller’s governing documents is transferred to any Person;
(c) Seller is party to a merger or consolidation, or series of related transactions, which results in the voting securities or majority voting control interest of Seller outstanding immediately prior thereto failing to continue to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities or a majority voting controlling interest of the surviving or another entity) at least fifty (50%) percent of the combined voting power of the voting securities or majority voting control interest of Seller or such surviving or other entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation;
(d) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of Seller’s assets (or consummation of any transaction, or series of related transactions, having similar effect);
(e) there occurs a change in the composition of the Board of Directors or governing body of Seller within a six (6) month period, as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors or governing body members are incumbent; provided , however , that this provision (e) shall not apply in the event the composition of the Board of Directors or governing body changes as a result of Seller availing itself of the public or private debt or equity markets;
(f) the dissolution or liquidation of Seller; or
(g) any transaction or series of related transactions that has the substantial effect of any one or more of the foregoing.
Closed-End Second Lien Mortgage Loan : Unless defined otherwise in the Transactions Terms Letter, a second lien mortgage loan for a fixed amount drawn at closing and underwritten in accordance with Seller’s underwriting guidelines for second lien mortgages, as same have been approved by Buyer.
Closing Agent : The Person designated by Seller to receive Purchase Prices from Buyer, for the account of Seller, for the purpose of funding a Purchased Mortgage Loan.
Closing Protection Letter : A document issued by a title insurance company to Seller and/or Buyer and relied upon by Buyer to provide closing protection for one or more mortgage loan closings and to insure Seller and/or Buyer, without limitation, against embezzlement by the Closing Agent and loss or damage resulting from the failure of the Closing Agent to comply with all applicable closing instructions.
COBRA : As defined in Section 8.1(l) .
Committed Amount : The portion of the Aggregate Transaction Limit that is committed, as set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter.
Contingent Obligations : Any obligation of Seller arising from an existing condition or situation that involves uncertainty as to outcome and that will be resolved by the occurrence or nonoccurrence of some future event, including, without limitation, any obligation guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Debt, leases, dividends or other obligations of any other Person in any manner, whether directly or indirectly; provided; however, that endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business shall not be included. With respect to guarantees, the amount of the Contingent Obligation shall be equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of the guarantee or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof, as determined by Buyer.

A - 4


 

Control Agreement : The agreement to perfect Buyer’s security interest in the Custodial Account as described in Section 6.2(i) of this Agreement.
Conventional Conforming Mortgage Loan : Unless defined otherwise in the Transactions Terms Letter, a first lien mortgage loan that fully conforms to all underwriting standards, loan amount limitations and other requirements of that standard Agency mortgage loan purchase program accepting only the highest quality mortgage loans underwritten without dependence on expanded criteria provisions, or that is approved by Desktop Underwriter or Loan Prospector.
Current Assets : Those assets set forth in the consolidated balance sheet of Seller, prepared in accordance with GAAP, as current assets, defined as those assets that are now cash or will by their terms or disposition be converted to cash within one (1) year of the date of the determination.
Current Liabilities : Those liabilities set forth in the consolidated balance sheet of Seller, prepared in accordance with GAAP, as current liabilities, defined as those liabilities due upon demand or within one (1) year of the date of determination.
Custodial Account : The account described at Section 6.2(i) of this Agreement.
Custodial Agreement : The Amended and Restated Custodial Agreement executed among Buyer, Seller and Custodian with respect to this Agreement, as the same shall be modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time.
Custodian : The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. or such other custodian selected by Buyer.
Date of Disbursement : The date of disbursement shall mean (i) with respect to a wire transfer, the date such funds are wired, (ii) with respect to a cashiers check, the date such check is issued by the bank and (iii) with respect to a funding draft, the date that the draft is posted by the bank on which the draft is drawn.
Debt : The debt of Seller consisting of, without duplication: (a) indebtedness for borrowed money, including principal, interest, fees and other charges; (b) obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; (c) obligations to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services; (d) obligations as lessee under leases that shall have been or should be in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capital leases; (e) obligations secured by any lien upon property or assets owned by Seller, even though Seller has not assumed or become liable for payment of such obligations; (f) obligations in connection with any letter of credit issued for the account of Seller; (g) obligations under direct or indirect guarantees in respect of and obligations, contingent or otherwise, to purchase or otherwise acquire, or otherwise assure a creditor against loss in respect of, indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to above; and (h) all Contingent Obligations.
Default Rate : The lesser of (i) the Applicable Pricing Rate, plus four percent (4.00%) or (ii) the maximum nonusurious interest rate, if any, that at any time, or from time to time, may be contracted for, taken, reserved, charged or received under the laws of the United States and the State of New York, per annum.
Defective Asset : A Purchased Asset:
(a)   that is not or at any time ceases to be an Eligible Asset;

A - 5


 

(b)   that has not been repurchased within the Maximum Dwell Time for a Noncompliant Asset or is ineligible to be a Noncompliant Asset because the Aggregate Outstanding Purchase Price of other Purchased Assets that are deemed to be Noncompliant Assets is equal to or exceeds the permitted Type Sublimit for Noncompliant Assets (to the extent of any such Type Sublimit is set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter);
(c)   that is a Mortgage Loan and is the subject of fraud by any Person involved in the origination of such Mortgage Loan and such fraud shall not have been remedied within three (3) Business Days after receipt of notice from Buyer to do so;
(d)   that is a Mortgage Loan where the related Mortgaged Property is the subject of material damage or waste and such damage or waste shall not have been remedied within three (3) Business Days after receipt of notice from Buyer to do so;
(e)   in connection with which any other breach of a warranty or representation set forth in Section 8.2 occurs; or
(f)   that is a Mortgage Loan where the related Mortgagor fails to make the first payment due under the Mortgage Note on or before the applicable due date, including any days of grace, and such default shall not have been remedied within three (3) Business Days after receipt of notice from Buyer to do so; provided, however, that with respect to any Nonperforming/Subperforming Mortgage Loan where specific payment conditions have been set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter, such Nonperforming/Subperforming Mortgage Loan shall only be deemed a Defective Asset for failure of the Mortgagor to make payment if such failure constitutes a breach of the such specific payment conditions.
Depository : The Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or as otherwise defined in the glossary of the Ginnie Mae Guide, the Fannie Mae Guide or the Freddie Mac Guide, as applicable.
Dry Mortgage Loan : A Mortgage Loan for which Buyer or its Custodian has possession of the related Mortgage Loan Documents, in a form and condition acceptable to Buyer, prior to the payment of the Purchase Price.
Effective Date : That effective date set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter.
Electronic Tracking Agreement : An Electronic Tracking Agreement in a form acceptable to Buyer.
Eligible Asset : With respect to any Transaction (i) from and after the related Purchase Date, an Eligible Mortgage Loan (including an Eligible Certified Mortgage Loan that is a Portfolio Mortgage Loan), (ii) from and after the related Pooling Date, an Eligible Certified Mortgage Loan, and (iii) from and after the related Settlement Date, an Eligible Security, as the context may require.
Eligible Bank : A bank selected by Seller and approved by Buyer in writing and authorized to conduct trust and other banking business in any state in which Seller conducts operations.
Eligible Certified Mortgage Loan : A Certified Mortgage Loan that meets the eligibility criteria set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter.
Eligible Mortgage Loan : A Mortgage Loan that meets the eligibility criteria set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter.

A - 6


 

Eligible Security : A Mortgage-Backed Security that meets the eligibility criteria set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter.
ERISA : The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time and any successor statute.
ERISA Affiliate : Any person (as defined in section 3(9) of ERISA) that together with Seller or any of its Subsidiaries would be a member of the same “controlled group” within the meaning of Section 414(b), (m), (c) and (o) of the Internal Review Code of 1986, as amended.
Executive Management : Chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief operating officer, president and chairman of the board of directors.
Existing Debt : Debt of Seller existing on the date of this Agreement, as set forth on Exhibit M hereto.
Expanded Criteria Mortgage Loan : Unless defined otherwise in the Transactions Terms Letter, a first lien mortgage loan underwritten to the same high credit standards as a Conventional Conforming Mortgage Loan except with respect to loan programs and parameters that may have broader specifications of eligibility.
Event of Default : Any of the conditions or events set forth in Section 11.1 .
Expiration Date : The earliest of (i) the Expiration Date set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter, (ii) at Buyer’s option, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and (iii) the date on which this Agreement shall terminate in accordance with the provisions hereof or by operation of law.
Facility Fee : The non-refundable, annual commitment fee, as set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter.
Fannie Mae : The Federal National Mortgage Association and any successor thereto.
Fannie Mae Agreement : The Wiring Instruction and Release of Interest Agreement, to be entered into, by and among the Buyer, Seller, the Custodian and Fannie Mae.
Fannie Mae Guide : The Fannie Mae MBS Selling and Servicing Guide, as such Guide may hereafter from time to time be amended.
Fannie Mae Program : The Fannie Mae Guaranteed Mortgage-Backed Securities Programs, as described in the Fannie Mae Guide.
FHA : The Federal Housing Administration of the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development and any successor thereto.
FHA Mortgage Insurance : Mortgage insurance authorized under Sections 203(b), 213, 221(d)(2), 222, and 235 of the Federal Housing Administration Act and provided by the FHA.
FHA Mortgage Insurance Contract : The contractual obligation of the FHA respecting the insurance of a Mortgage Loan.
FHA Regulations : The regulations promulgated by HUD under the FHA Act, codified in 24 Code of Federal Regulations, and other HUD issuances relating to Government Loans, including the related handbooks, circulars, notices and mortgagee letters.

A - 7


 

FICO Score : The credit score of the Mortgagor provided by Fair, Isaac & Company, Inc. or such other organization providing credit scores on the origination date of a Mortgage Loan.
Foreign Buyer : As defined in Section 12.3(c) .
Freddie Mac : The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and any successor thereto.
Freddie Mac Agreement : The Repurchase Addendum to Freddie Mac Forms 996 and 996E, to be entered into, by and among the Buyer, Seller, the Custodian and Freddie Mac.
Freddie Mac Guide : The Freddie Mac Sellers’ and Servicers’ Guide, as such Guide may hereafter from time to time be amended.
Freddie Mac Program : The Freddie Mac Home Mortgage Guarantor Program or the Freddie Mac FHA/VA Home Mortgage Guarantor Program, as described in the Freddie Mac Guide.
GAAP : Generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession and that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.
Ginnie Mae : Government National Mortgage Association or any successor thereto.
Ginnie Mae Guide : The Ginnie Mae Mortgage-Backed Securities Guide I or II, as such Guide may hereafter from time to time be amended.
Ginnie Mae Program : The Ginnie Mae Mortgage-Backed Securities Programs, as described in the Ginnie Mae Guide.
Government Mortgage Loan : Unless defined otherwise in the Transactions Terms Letter, a first lien mortgage loan, other than a Nonperforming/Subperforming Mortgage Loan, that is (a) eligible for FHA Mortgage Insurance and is so insured or is subject to a current binding and enforceable commitment for such insurance pursuant to the provisions of the National Housing Act, as amended, and is originated in Strict Compliance with the Ginnie Mae Guide and is eligible for inclusion in a Ginnie Mae mortgage-backed security pool; or (b) eligible to be guaranteed by the VA and is so guaranteed or is subject to a current binding and enforceable commitment for such guarantee pursuant to the provisions of the Servicemen’s Readjustment Act, as amended, and is otherwise eligible for inclusion in a Ginnie Mae mortgage-backed security pool.
Governmental Authority : With respect to any Person, any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government and any court or arbitrator having jurisdiction over such Person, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its properties.
Handbook : The guide prepared by Buyer containing additional policies and procedures, as same may be amended from time to time.
Haircut : With respect to each Transaction, if the Purchase Price is less than par, an amount equal to the difference between par and the Purchase Price, which shall be considered a “settlement payment” as defined in Bankruptcy Code Section 741(8).

A - 8


 

HELOC 1st Mortgages : Unless defined otherwise in the Transactions Terms Letter, a first lien mortgage loan that is a home equity line of credit underwritten in accordance with Seller’s underwriting guidelines for HELOCs, as same have been approved by Buyer.
HELOC Mortgage Loan : Unless defined otherwise in the Transactions Terms Letter, a home equity line of credit underwritten in accordance with Seller’s underwriting guidelines for HELOCs, as same have been approved by Buyer.
HUD : The United States Department of Housing and Urban Development or any successor thereto.
Income : With respect to any Purchased Asset at any time, any principal and/or interest thereon and all dividends, Proceeds and other collections and distributions thereon.
Indemnified Party or Indemnified Parties : As defined in Section 12.1 .
Insolvency Event : The occurrence of any of the following events:
(a) such Person shall become insolvent or generally fail to pay, or admit in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due, or shall voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or seeking dissolution, liquidation or reorganization or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or liquidator for itself or a substantial portion of its property, assets or business or to effect a plan or other arrangement with its creditors, or shall file any answer admitting the jurisdiction of the court and the material allegations of an involuntary petition filed against it in any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding, or shall be adjudicated bankrupt, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or such Person, or a substantial part of its property, assets or business, shall be subject to, consent to or acquiesce in the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or liquidator for itself or a substantial property, assets or business;
(b) corporate action shall be taken by such Person for the purpose of effectuating any of the foregoing;
(c) an order for relief shall be entered in a case under the Bankruptcy Code in which such Person is a debtor; or
(d) involuntary proceedings or an involuntary petition shall be commenced or filed against such Person under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or seeking the dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of such Person or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or liquidator for such Person or of a substantial part of the property, assets or business of such Person, or any writ, order, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process shall be issued or levied against a substantial part of the property, assists or business of such Person, and such proceeding or petition shall not be dismissed, or such execution or similar process shall not be released, vacated or fully bonded, within sixty (60) days after commencement, filing or levy, as the case may be.
Insurer : A private mortgage insurer, which is acceptable to Buyer.
Irrevocable Closing Instructions : Closing instructions, including wire instructions, in the form of Exhibit B issued in connection with funds disbursed for the funding of a Wet Mortgage Loan.
Jumbo Mortgage Loan : Unless defined otherwise in the Transactions Terms Letter, a first lien mortgage loan underwritten to the same high standards as a Conventional Conforming Mortgage Loan except with

A - 9


 

respect to the original principal balance, which is greater than that permitted by the Agencies but less than $1,500,000.
Key Personnel : Any employee, officer, director, agent or representative of Seller identified in the Transactions Terms Letter as a Key Person.
LIBOR Floor : As defined in the Transactions Terms Letter.
Liquidity : As defined in the Transactions Terms Letter.
Margin Call : A margin call, as defined and described in Section 6.3 .
Margin Deficit : A margin deficit, as defined and described in Section 6.3 .
Market Value : With respect to an Asset, the fair market value of the Asset as determined by Buyer in its sole good faith discretion without regard to any market value assigned to such Asset by Seller. Buyer’s determination of Market Value shall be conclusive upon the parties, absent manifest error on the part of Buyer.
Material Adverse Effect : The occurrence of (i) a material and adverse change with respect to the business, operations, properties or financial condition of Seller, (ii) a material adverse effect on the ability of Seller to perform its obligations under any of the Principal Agreements to which it is a party, (iii) a material adverse effect on the validity or enforceability against Seller of any of the Principal Agreements, (iv) a material adverse effect on the rights and remedies of Buyer under any of the Principal Agreements, or (v) a material adverse effect on the marketability, collectability, value or enforceability of a material portion of the Purchased Assets in case of any of (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v), as such material adverse effect is determined by Buyer in its good faith determination.
Maximum Dwell Time : The maximum number of days a Purchased Asset can be not repurchased by Seller before such Purchased Asset may be deemed to be a Noncompliant Asset and with respect to a Noncompliant Asset, the maximum number of days that a Purchased Asset can be deemed to be a Noncompliant Asset before such Noncompliant Asset may be deemed to be a Defective Asset, all as set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter.
MERS : Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor in interest thereto.
Mortgage : A first-lien or second-lien mortgage, deed of trust, security deed or similar instrument on improved real property.
Mortgage-Backed Security : Any fully-modified pass-through mortgage-backed security that is (i) either issued by Seller and fully guaranteed by Ginnie Mae or issued and fully guaranteed with respect to timely payment of interest and ultimate payment of principal by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac; (ii) evidenced by a book-entry account in a depository institution having book-entry accounts at the applicable Depository; and (iii) backed by a Pool, in substantially the principal amount and with substantially the other terms as specified with respect to such Mortgage-Backed Security in the related Purchase Commitment.
Mortgage Loan : An Agency Eligible Mortgage Loan, Conventional Conforming Mortgage Loan, Government Mortgage Loan, Jumbo Mortgage Loan, Super Jumbo Plus Mortgage Loan, Expanded Criteria Mortgage Loan, Subprime Mortgage Loan, Closed-End Second Lien Mortgage Loan, HELOC

A - 10


 

Mortgage Loan or Nonperforming/Subperforming Mortgage Loan, as further specified in the Transactions Terms Letter, which Mortgage Loan may be either a Dry Mortgage Loan or a Wet Mortgage Loan.
Mortgage Loan Documents : With respect to each Purchased Mortgage Loan:
(a) the original Mortgage Note evidencing the Mortgage Loan, bearing all intervening endorsements from the originator to the last endorsee endorsed, “Pay to the order of ____________, without recourse” and signed in the name of the last endorsee by an officer of the last endorsee;
(b) the originals of all intervening assignments of mortgage with evidence of recording thereon or copies stamp certified by an authorized officer of Seller to have been sent for recording;
(c) except with respect to a Mortgage Loan that is registered with MERS, an original Assignment in blank, executed by Seller, for the Mortgage securing the Mortgage Note, in recordable form but unrecorded;
(d) a copy of the Mortgage securing the Mortgage Note bearing evidence of the recordation of such Mortgage with the appropriate Governmental Authority, together with a certificate from Seller, the applicable title insurance company, the applicable Closing Agent or the applicable recorder’s office, certifying that such copy represents a true and correct reproduction of the original and that such original has been duly recorded or delivered for recordation in the appropriate records of the jurisdiction in which the related Mortgaged Property is located, or if such recording information is unavailable because the document has not yet come back from the applicable recording office, then a copy of evidence that such original Mortgage was sent out for recording by a Closing Agent; and
(e) an original or copy of the title insurance policy insuring the first lien or second lien position of the Mortgage, as applicable, in at least the original principal amount of the related Mortgage Note and containing only those exceptions permitted by the Purchase Commitment or an unconditional commitment to issue such a title insurance policy.
Mortgage Loan File : With respect to each Mortgage Loan, that file that contains the Mortgage Loan Documents and is delivered to Buyer or its Custodian.
Mortgage Note : A promissory note secured by a Mortgage and evidencing a Mortgage Loan.
Mortgaged Property : The real property securing repayment of the debt evidenced by a Mortgage Note.
Mortgagor : The obligor of a Mortgage Loan.
Multiemployer Plan : A multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
Noncompliant Asset : If applicable per the Transactions Terms Letter, as of any date of determination, a Purchased Asset that has been:
(a) not repurchased within the Maximum Dwell Time permitted, given the Type of Purchased Asset, but less than the Maximum Dwell Time for Noncompliant Assets;
(b) rejected by the Approved Investor set forth in the related Purchase Commitment; or
(c) if such Asset is a Purchased Mortgage Loan, it is determined to be ineligible for sale as a Purchased Mortgage Loan of the type originally stipulated.

A - 11


 

Nonperforming/Subperforming Mortgage Loan : Unless defined otherwise in the Transactions Terms Letter, a first or second lien Mortgage Loan that when originated qualified as a Conventional Conforming Mortgage Loan, Government Mortgage Loan, Expanded Criteria Mortgage Loan, Subprime Mortgage Loan, Closed-End Second Lien Mortgage Loan or HELOC Mortgage Loan, however, such Mortgage Loan has a history of late payments during the past twelve months (the exact number permitted late payment to be determined by Buyer) or is currently past due more than thirty (30) days.
Other Mortgage Loan Documents : In addition to the Mortgage Loan Documents, the following: (i) the original recorded Mortgage, if not included in the Mortgage Loan Documents; (ii) a copy of the preliminary title commitment showing the policy number or preliminary attorney’s opinion of title and the original policy of mortgagee’s title insurance or unexpired commitment for a policy of mortgagee’s title insurance, if not included in the Mortgage Loan Documents; (iii) the original Closing Protection Letter and a copy of the Irrevocable Closing Instructions; (iv) the original Purchase Commitment; (v) the original FHA certificate of insurance or commitment to insure, the VA certificate of guaranty or commitment to guaranty and the private mortgage insurer’s certificate or commitment to insure, as applicable; (vi) the survey, flood certificate, hazard insurance policy and flood insurance policy, as applicable; (vii) the original of any assumption, modification, consolidation or extension agreements, with evidence of recording thereon or copies stamp certified by an authorized officer of Seller to have been sent for recording, if any; (viii) copy of each instrument necessary to complete identification of any exception set forth in the exception schedule in the title policy; (ix) the loan application; (x) verification of employment and income, if applicable; (xi) verification of source and amount of downpayment; (xii) credit report on Mortgagor; (xiii) appraisal of Mortgaged Property; (xiv) the original executed disclosure statement; (xv) Tax receipts, insurance premium receipts, ledger sheets, payment records, insurance claim files and correspondence, current and historical computerized data files, underwriting standards used for origination and all other related papers and records; (xvi) the original of any guarantee executed in connection with the Mortgage Note (if any); (xvii) the original of any security agreement, chattel mortgage or equivalent document executed in connection with the Mortgage; (xviii) all copies of power of attorneys or similar instruments, if applicable; and (xix) all other documents relating to the Purchased Mortgage Loan.
Other Taxes : As defined in Section 12.3(a) .
Over/Under Account : That account maintained by Buyer, as described in Section 3.5 .
Payment Date : The fifth (5 th ) day of each month, or if such date is not a Business Day, the Business Day immediately preceding the fifth (5 th ) day of the month; provided, however, Buyer may change the Payment Date from time to time upon thirty (30) days prior notice to Seller.
PBGC : The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and any successor thereto.
Person : Includes natural persons, corporations, limited partnerships, general partnerships, limited liability companies, joint stock companies, joint ventures, associations, companies, trusts, banks, trust companies, land trusts, business trusts or other organizations, whether or not legal entities, and governments and agencies and political subdivisions thereof.
Plan : Any Multiemployer Plan or single-employer plan as defined in section 4001 of ERISA, that is maintained and contributed to by (or to which there is an obligation to contribute of), or at any time during the five (5) calendar years preceding the date of this Agreement was maintained or contributed to by (or to which there is an obligation to contribute of), Seller or by a Subsidiary of Seller or an ERISA Affiliate.

A - 12


 

Pool : A pool of fully amortizing first lien residential Mortgage Loans eligible in the aggregate to back a Mortgage-Backed Security.
Pooled Mortgage Loan : Any Purchased Mortgage Loan that is part of a Pool of Purchased Mortgage Loans certified by Custodian to an Agency to be swapped for a Mortgage-Backed Security backed by such Pool in accordance with the terms of the applicable Agency Guide.
Pooling Date : With respect to Certified Mortgage Loans that are Pooled Mortgage Loans, the date on which an Agency pool number is assigned to the related Pool.
Portfolio Mortgage Loan : Any Purchased Mortgage Loan that is certified by Custodian to an Agency for purchase of such Purchased Mortgage Loan by such Agency in accordance with the terms of the applicable Agency Guide.
Potential Default : The occurrence of any event or existence of any condition that, but for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.
Power of Attorney : That certain power of attorney attached hereto as Exhibit H .
Price Differential : For each Transaction, the sum of the Applicable Pricing Rate plus the applicable Type Margin.
Principal Agreements : This Agreement, the Transactions Terms Letter, the Electronic Tracking Agreement, the Control Agreement, the Custodial Agreement, any Servicing Agreement together with the related Servicer Notice, any Trade Assignments and related Purchase Commitments, the Fannie Mae Agreement, the Freddie Mac Agreement, and all other documents and instruments evidencing the Transactions, as same may from time to time be supplemented, modified or amended, and any other agreement entered into between Buyer and Seller in connection herewith or therewith.
Proceeds : Whatever is receivable or received when Purchased Assets or proceeds is sold, collected, exchanged or otherwise disposed of, whether such disposition is voluntary or involuntary, and includes, without limitation, all rights to payment, including return premiums, with respect to any insurance relating thereto and all escrow withholds and escrow payments for Property Charges; provided, however, that in no event shall such proceeds include payments made or collections in respect of servicing advance receivables.
Property Charges : All taxes, fees, assessments, water, sewer and municipal charges (general or special) and all insurance premiums, leasehold payments or ground rents.
Purchase Advice : In connection with each wire transfer to be made to Buyer by Seller or an Approved Investor, a written or electronic notification setting forth (a)(i) the loan number assigned by Seller or last name of the Mortgagor for each Mortgage Loan that is related to the Transaction in connection with which a payment is being made, or (ii) the CUSIP in respect of any related Mortgage-Backed Security; (b) the amount of the wire transfer to be applied in the Transaction; and (c) the total amount of the wire.
Purchase Commitment : A trade ticket or other written commitment, in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer, issued in favor of Seller by an Approved Investor pursuant to which that Approved Investor commits to (i) purchase one or more Purchased Mortgage Loans or Purchased Securities, and as to which the Takeout Price for such Purchased Mortgage Loans or Purchased Securities is for an amount that is not less than the outstanding Repurchase Price for such Purchased Assets, together with the related correspondent, whole loan or forward purchase agreement by and between Seller and the Approved

A - 13


 

Investor governing the terms and conditions of any such purchases, all in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer.
Purchase Date : The date on which Buyer purchases a Purchased Asset from Seller. If the Purchase Price is made by wire transfer, the Purchase Date shall be the date such funds are wired. If the Purchase Price is made by a cashiers check, the Purchase Date shall be the date such check is issued by the bank. If the Purchase Price is paid by a funding draft, the Purchase Date shall be the date that the draft is posted by the bank on which the draft is drawn.
Purchase Price : The price at which each Asset is transferred by Seller to Buyer which, except as otherwise may be set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter, shall be equal to the applicable Type Purchase Price Percentage multiplied by the least of (i) the unpaid principal balance of such Asset, (ii) the Market Value of the Asset, (iii) the purchase price committed by the related Approved Investor, if applicable or (iv) the purchase price paid by Seller for such Asset, if applicable. For the sake of clarity, the Purchase Price for each Mortgage-Backed Security shall be the same Purchase Price that was paid for the Purchased Mortgage Loans backing such Mortgage-Backed Security.
Purchased Assets : Purchased Mortgage Loans (including Certified Mortgage Loans) and Purchased Securities. The term “Purchased Assets” with respect to any Transaction at any time shall also include Additional Purchased Assets delivered pursuant to Section 6.3 of this Agreement.
Purchased Items : All now existing and hereafter arising right, title and interest of Seller in, under and to the following:
     (a) all Purchased Mortgage Loans, now owned or hereafter acquired, including all Mortgage Notes and Mortgages evidencing such Mortgage Loans and the related Mortgage Loan Documents, for which a Transaction has been entered into between Buyer and Seller hereunder and for which the Repurchase Price has not been paid in full or a Mortgage-Backed Security has not been issued to Buyer and all Mortgage Loans, including all Mortgage Notes and Mortgages evidencing such Mortgage Loans and the related Mortgage Loan Documents, which, from time to time, are delivered, or caused to be delivered, to Buyer (including delivery to a custodian or other third party on behalf of Buyer) as additional security for the performance of Seller’s obligations hereunder;
     (b) all Purchased Securities now owned or hereafter acquired, that are supported by Purchased Mortgage Loans, all right to the payment of monies in non-cash distributions on account thereof and all new, substituted and additional securities at any time issued with respect thereto;
     (c) all Income relating to the Purchased Assets and all rights to receive such Income;
     (d) the Custodial Account and all amounts on deposit therein;
     (e) all rights of Seller under all related Purchase Commitments (including the right to receive the related Takeout Price, purchase agreements or other hedging arrangements, agreements, contracts or take-out commitments relating to or constituting any or all of the foregoing, now existing and hereafter arising, covering any part of the Purchased Assets, and all rights to receive documentation relating thereto, and all rights to deliver Purchased Mortgage Loans and Purchased Securities to permanent investors and other purchasers pursuant thereto and all Proceeds resulting from the disposition of such Purchased Assets;

A - 14


 

     (f) all now existing and hereafter established accounts maintained with broker-dealers by Seller for the purpose of carrying out transactions under Purchase Commitments relating to any part of the Purchased Assets;
     (g) all now existing and hereafter arising rights of Seller to service, administer and/or collect on the Purchased Assets hereunder and any and all rights to the payment of monies on account thereof;
     (h) all Servicing Rights related to the Purchased Mortgage Loans, all related Servicing Records, and all rights of Seller to receive from any third party or to take delivery of any Servicing Records or other documents which constitute a part of the Mortgage Loan Files, all rights of Seller to receive from any third party or to take delivery of any records or other documents which constitute a part of the Mortgage Loan Files;
     (i) all now existing and hereafter arising accounts, contract rights and general intangibles constituting or relating to any of the Purchased Assets;
     (j) all mortgage and other insurance and all commitments issued by Insurers to insure or guaranty any Purchased Asset, including, without limitation, all FHA Mortgage Insurance Contracts and VA Loan Guaranty Agreements relating to such Purchased Assets and the right to receive all insurance proceeds and condemnation awards that may be payable in respect of the premises encumbered by any Mortgage; and all other documents or instruments delivered to Buyer in respect of the Purchased Assets;
     (k) All documents, files, surveys, certificates, correspondence, appraisals, computer programs, tapes, discs, cards, accounting records and other information and data of Seller relating to Purchased Assets;
     (l) All rights, but not any obligations or liabilities, of Seller with respect to the Approved Investors;
     (m) All property of Seller, in any form or capacity now or at any time hereafter in the possession or control of Buyer, including, without limitation, all deposit accounts and any funds at any time held therein, into which Proceeds of the foregoing Purchased Assets are at any time deposited;
     (n) All products and Proceeds of the foregoing Purchased Assets; and
     (o) Any funds of Seller at any time deposited or held in the Over/Under Account.
Purchased Mortgage Loan : A Mortgage Loan that has been purchased by Buyer from Seller in connection with a Transaction (including a Certified Mortgage Loan) and which has not been repurchased by Seller hereunder.
Purchased Security : A Mortgage-Backed Security backed by Mortgage Loans that, immediately prior to the related Settlement Date, were Purchased Mortgage Loans, and issued to the Depository in the name of Buyer or Buyer’s nominee on the Settlement Date and all documents, instruments, chattel paper, and general intangibles and all products and proceeds relating to or constituting any or all of the foregoing.
Purchased Security Takeout Date : With respect to a Purchased Security, the date specified in the related Purchase Commitment on which the sale of such Purchased Security to the Takeout Investor will be settled on a delivery-versus-payment basis.

A - 15


 

Reportable Event : An event described in Section 4043(b) of ERISA with respect to a Plan as to which the thirty (30) days notice requirement has not been waived by the PBGC.
Repurchase Acceleration Event : Any of the conditions or events set forth in Section 4.2 .
Repurchase Date : The date on which Seller is to repurchase a Purchased Asset subject to a Transaction from Buyer, which is either (i) the date specified in the related Transactions Terms Letter and/or Asset Data Record, or (ii) the date identified to Buyer by Seller as the date that the related Purchased Asset is to be sold pursuant to a Purchase Commitment; provided , however , that if the Repurchase Date is not a date within the Maximum Dwell Time, Buyer may, at its discretion, deem such Purchased Asset a Noncompliant Asset and Buyer may pursue any rights and remedies accorded Buyer hereunder as a result thereof, including, without limitation, charging Seller any applicable fees as a result thereof. The Repurchase Date for each Purchased Asset shall in no event occur later than one (1) year after the Purchase Date of such Purchased Asset.
Repurchase Price : The price at which a Purchased Asset is to be transferred from Buyer or its designee to Seller upon termination of a Transaction, which shall be determined as the sum of (i) the Purchase Price, (ii) any applicable fees and indemnities owed by Seller in connection with the Purchased Asset and (iii) the Price Differential due on such Purchase Price pursuant to Section 2.6 as of the date of such determination.
Repurchase Transaction : A repurchase transaction, as defined and described in Section 6.6 .
Request for Temporary Increase : As defined in Section 2.10 .
Selling System : The Freddie Mac automated system by which sellers and servicers of mortgage loans to Freddie Mac transfer mortgage summary and record data or mortgage accounting and servicing information from their computer system or service bureau to Freddie Mac, as more fully described in the Freddie Mac Guide.
Servicer : Nationstar Mortgage LLC, or such other entity responsible for servicing of the Purchased Mortgage Loans, which is acceptable to Buyer and approved by Buyer in writing, or any successor or permitted assigns.
Servicer Notice : The notice acknowledged by the Servicer substantially in the form of Exhibit K hereto.
Servicing Agreement : If the Purchased Mortgage Loans are serviced by any third party servicer, the agreement with that third party in form and substance acceptable to Buyer.
Servicing Records : All servicing agreements, files, documents, records, data bases, computer tapes, copies of computer tapes, proof of insurance coverage, insurance policies, appraisals, other closing documentation, payment history records, and any other records relating to or evidencing the servicing of a Mortgage Loan.
Servicing Rights : The contractual, possessory or other rights of Seller or any other Person, whether arising under the Servicing Agreement, the Custodial Agreement or otherwise, to administer or service a Mortgage Loan or to possess related Servicing Records.
Servicing Termination Event : The occurrence of any of the following conditions or events shall be a Servicing Termination Event:

A - 16


 

  (a)   Seller ceases to meet the qualifications for maintaining all Approvals, such Approvals are revoked or such Approvals are materially modified;
 
  (b)   Seller becomes subject to any penalties and/or sanctions by any Agency, HUD, FHA, or VA; or
 
  (c)   Seller fails to service the Eligible Assets subject to Transactions materially in accordance with applicable Agency Guides resulting in a diminution in value of any such Eligible Asset.
Settlement Date : With respect to a Mortgage-Backed Security, the date on which the Applicable Agency delivers such Mortgage-Backed Security to the Depository and it is registered as a book-entry security in the name of the Depository.
Standard Status : As of any date of determination, when a Purchased Asset has been subject to a Transaction for less than the Maximum Dwell Time and is not a Noncompliant Asset or a Defective Asset.
Strict Compliance : The compliance of Seller and Mortgage Loans that are intended to be Agency Eligible Mortgage Loans with the requirements of the applicable Agency Guide, as applicable and as amended by any agreements between Seller and the applicable Agency, sufficient to enable Seller to issue and Ginnie Mae to guarantee or Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac to issue and guarantee a Mortgage-Backed Security; provided , that until copies of any such agreements between Seller and Ginnie Mae have been provided to Buyer by Seller and agreed to by Buyer, such agreements shall be deemed, as between Seller and Buyer, not to amend the requirements of the applicable Agency Guide.
Subordinated Debt : Debt of Seller that has been subordinated to Buyer as provided in this Agreement or as otherwise approved by Buyer.
Subsidiary : With respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership or other entity of which at least a majority of the securities or other ownership interests having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions of such corporation, partnership or other entity (irrespective of whether or not at the time securities or other ownership interests of any other class or classes of such corporation, partnership or other entity shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.
Successor Servicer : The subservicer of the Purchased Mortgage Loans appointed by Buyer as described in Section 6.2(h) of this Agreement.
Super Jumbo Plus Mortgage Loan : Unless defined otherwise in the Transactions Terms Letter, a first lien mortgage loan underwritten to the same high standards as a Conventional Conforming Mortgage Loan except with respect to the original principal balance, which is greater than one million five hundred thousand ($1,500,000) dollars.
Takeout Price : the purchase price to be paid for a Purchased Asset by the related Approved Investor pursuant to the related Purchase Commitment.
Tangible Net Worth : As defined in the Transactions Terms Letter.

A - 17


 

Taxes : As defined in Section 12.3(a) .
Temporary Increase : As defined in Section 2.10 .
Temporary Aggregate Transaction Limit : As defined in Section 2.10 .
Total Liabilities : As defined in the Transactions Terms Letter.
Trade Assignment : An assignment to Buyer of a forward trade between an Approved Investor and Seller with respect to one or more Purchased Assets or Purchased Securities, as applicable, in each case in substantially the form of Exhibit N hereto), together with the related Purchase Commitment that has been fully executed, is enforceable and is in full force and effect and confirms the details of such forward trade.
Transaction : A transaction between Buyer and Seller as contemplated under this Agreement.
Transaction Request Deadline : That time, as set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter, by which Seller must submit to Buyer certain documents in order to initiate a Transaction.
Transaction Requirements : Those terms and conditions, as set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter, applicable to a specific Type of Purchased Asset.
Transactions Terms Letter : The document executed by Buyer and Seller, referencing this Agreement and setting forth certain specific terms, and any additional terms, with respect to this Agreement.
Type : A specific type of Purchased Asset, as set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter.
Type Margin : With respect to each Type of Purchased Asset that corresponds to the Type, the corresponding annual rate of interest that shall be added to the Applicable Pricing Rate to determine the annual rate of interest for the related Purchase Price, as set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter.
Type Purchase Price Percentage : With respect to each Type of Purchased Asset that corresponds to the Type, the corresponding purchase price percentage, as set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter.
Type Sublimit : Any of the applicable Type Sublimits, as set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter.
Uncommitted Amount : The portion of the Aggregate Transaction Limit that is uncommitted, as set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter or such other amount as may be determined by Buyer in its sole discretion.
Underwriter Approval : Written evidence, in form and substance acceptable to Buyer, that a Purchased Mortgage Loan has been underwritten to the satisfaction of the Approved Investor issuing the applicable Purchase Commitment.
Uniform Commercial Code : The Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction.
Unused Facility Fee : A fee, as set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter or otherwise indicated on Buyer’s then current schedule of fees, payable by Seller monthly in arrears based upon the unused portion of the Committed Amount; provided , however , that no fee shall be due if the average difference between the Committed Amount and actual Aggregate Outstanding Purchase Price of all Transactions, calculated on a daily basis, during such month is less than that percent of the Committed Amount set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter.

A - 18


 

VA : The Department of Veterans Affairs and any successor thereto.
VA Loan Guaranty Agreement : The obligation of the United States to pay a specific percentage of a Mortgage Loan (subject to a maximum amount) upon default of the Mortgagor pursuant to the Servicemen’s Readjustment Act, together with all amendments, modifications, supplements and restatements thereto.
VA Regulations : Regulations promulgated by the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs pursuant to the Servicemen’s Readjustment Act, as amended, codified in 38 Code of Federal Regulations, and other VA issuances relating to Government Loans, including related handbooks, circulars and notices.
Warehouse Credit : The aggregate amount of credit, committed and uncommitted, available to Seller through warehouse lines of credit, repurchase facilities or similar mortgage finance arrangements.
Wet Mortgage Loan : A closed and fully funded Mortgage Loan as to which Buyer purchases from Seller prior to receipt by Buyer or its Custodian of the related Mortgage Loan Documents, subject to Seller’s obligation to deliver the related Mortgage Loan Documents within the applicable Maximum Dwell Time.
Wet Mortgage Loans Maximum Dwell Time : That period of time, as set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter, by which Seller must deliver to Buyer or its designee the Mortgage Loan Documents for a Wet Mortgage Loan.
Wet Mortgage Loans Sublimit : The maximum aggregate principal amount of Purchased Mortgage Loans that may be Wet Mortgage Loans at any time, as set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter.

A - 19


 

EXHIBIT B
FORM OF IRREVOCABLE CLOSING INSTRUCTIONS
    [DATE]
         
 
      (“Closing Agent”)
     
 
       
     
 
       
     
 
       
Dear
       
 
 
 
   
Re:
  Irrevocable Closing Instructions    
Closing Protection Letter Issued By, if applicable:                                          
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This letter is being sent in accordance with that Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of October 21, 2010 (the “Agreement”) between Nationstar Mortgage LLC (“Seller”) and Bank of America, N.A. (“Buyer”), the terms of which do not affect Closing Agent except as set forth herein.
Pursuant to the Agreement, you have been identified as either:
  the title insurer to close and provide title insurance on certain mortgage loans made by Seller; or
  the closing agent to close and fund certain mortgage loans made by Seller and covered by the above referenced closing protection letter (the “Mortgage Loans”).
From time to time, Buyer will wire to you, for the account of Seller, funds requested by Seller under the terms of the Agreement to be used by you for the purpose of funding such Mortgage Loan(s) and for no other purpose. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, you are not to distribute any of such funds to Seller. You must immediately return the funds to Buyer at the following account if one of the following conditions occurs:
  You do not close any Mortgage Loan within forty-eight (48) hours of the time you receive the applicable funds; or
 
  You receive funds for a Mortgage Loan for which you have not been instructed by Seller to (a) obtain title insurance from the title insurance company specified in the above referenced closing protection letter or (b) underwrite the title insurance.
     
Bank:
  Bank of America, N.A.
ABA No.:
  026009593 
Account No.:
  1233460784 
Credit:
  Warehouse Lending — Payoff Account
Reference:
  Nationstar Mortgage LLC

B - 1


 

If the Mortgage Loan Documents (as described below) have not been delivered to Seller prior to the funding of the Transaction, within forty eight (48) hours of closing any Mortgage Loan, unless otherwise instructed by Buyer, you must deliver to Seller, the following Mortgage Loan Documents:
  (a)   the original mortgage note evidencing the Mortgage Loan, endorsed by Seller in blank, with a complete chain from the originator to Seller;
 
  (b)   if in your possession, an original assignment in blank executed by Seller for the mortgage or deed of trust securing the mortgage note, in recordable form but unrecorded, with a complete chain of intervening assignments from the originator to Seller;
 
  (c)   a certified copy of the executed mortgage or deed of trust securing the mortgage note; and
 
  (d)   an original or copy of the title insurance policy insuring the first lien or second lien position of the mortgage or deed of trust, as applicable, in at least the original principal amount of the related mortgage note and containing only those exceptions permitted by the purchase commitment, as set forth in the final closing instructions referred to below, or an unconditional commitment to issue such a title insurance policy, or a preliminary report and instructions received from Seller relating to the issuance of such a title insurance policy.
With respect to each Mortgage Loan for which you act as Closing Agent, Seller will deliver to you final closing instructions specific to such Mortgage Loan. In the event that the terms of the final closing instructions contradict the terms of these irrevocable closing instructions, the terms of these irrevocable closing instructions shall govern. Permission to change the scheduled closing date for any Mortgage Loan beyond the time permitted herein or permission to otherwise deviate from these irrevocable closing instructions must be furnished to you in a writing signed by Buyer and Seller.
By your participation in the closing and funding of a Mortgage Loan as Closing Agent, you agree to act as Buyer’s bailee with respect to such Mortgage Loan and the Mortgage Loan Documents referenced above and you thereby acknowledge your responsibility to Buyer as holder of an interest in such Mortgage Loan and to care for and protect Buyer’s interest in such Mortgage Loan. Facsimile signatures on these instructions shall be deemed valid and binding to the same extent as the original.
                     
Sincerely,                
 
                   
Bank of America, N.A.       Nationstar Mortgage LLC    
 
                   
By:
          By:        
 
 
 
         
 
   
Name:
          Name:        
 
 
 
         
 
   
Title:
          Title:        
 
 
 
         
 
   

B - 2


 

EXHIBIT C
[RESERVED]

C - 1


 

EXHIBIT D
[RESERVED]

D - 1


 

EXHIBIT E
FORM OF OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE
[BANA TO PROVIDE UPDATED FORM]

E - 1


 

EXHIBIT F
[RESERVED]

F - 1


 

EXHIBIT G
[RESERVED]

G - 1


 

EXHIBIT H
FORM OF POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS :
WHEREAS, Bank of America, N.A. (“Buyer”) and Nationstar Mortgage LLC (“Seller”) have entered into the Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of October 21, 2010 (the “Agreement”), pursuant to which Buyer has agreed to purchase from Seller certain mortgage loans from time to time, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein;
WHEREAS, Seller has agreed to give to Buyer a power of attorney on the terms and conditions contained herein in order for Buyer to take any action that Buyer may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of the Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE, Seller hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Buyer its true and lawful Attorney-in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead and for its use and benefit, to do and perform the following in connection with assets purchased by Buyer from Seller under the Agreement (the “Purchased Assets”) or as otherwise provided below:
  (1)   to receive, endorse and collect all checks made payable to the order of Seller representing any payment on account of the Purchased Assets;
 
  (2)   to assign or endorse any mortgage, deed of trust, promissory note or other instrument relating to the Purchased Assets;
 
  (3)   to correct any assignment, mortgage, deed of trust or promissory note or other instrument relating to the Purchased Assets, including, without limitation, unendorsing and re-endorsing a promissory note to another investor;
 
  (4)   to complete and execute lost note affidavits or other lost document affidavits relating to the Purchased Assets;
 
  (5)   to issue title requests and instructions relating to the Purchased Assets;
 
  (6)   to give notice to any individual or entity of its interest in the Purchased Assets under the Agreement; and
 
  (7)   upon termination of Seller as Servicer by Buyer as permitted under the Agreement, to service and administer the Purchased Assets, including, without limitation, the receipt and collection of all sums payable in respect of the Purchased Assets.
Seller hereby ratifies and confirms all that said Attorney-in-Fact shall lawfully do or cause to be done by authority hereof.
Third parties without actual notice may rely upon the power granted under this Power of Attorney upon the exercise of such power by the Attorney-in-Fact.

H - 1


 

         
NATIONSTAR
  MORTGAGE LLC    
 
       
By:
       
 
 
 
   
Name:
       
 
 
 
   
Title:
       
 
 
 
   
WITNESS my hand this ____ day of _____________, 20_.
STATE OF                                          
County of                                          
     This instrument was acknowledged, subscribed and sworn to before me this _____ day of _________, by ____________________________
                 
 
 
         
 
Notary Public
   
 
               
My Commission Expires:
               
 
 
 
           
 
          Notary Seal:    

H - 2


 

EXHIBIT I
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF PASSWORD CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT
Nationstar Mortgage LLC (“Seller”) has entered into a Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement with Bank of America, N.A. (“Buyer”). In connection therewith, Seller is being provided access to the website at www.bankofamerica.com/warehouselending (the “Website”). As consideration for being provided access to and use of the Website, Seller agrees that:
1.   Seller may only access the Website by using a user name and password issued by Buyer.
2.   Buyer reserves the right to revoke or deactivate any user name and/or password at any time.
3.   Seller shall designate in writing an authorized representative (the “Authorized Representative”) to communicate with Buyer regarding the authorized users of the Website. The Authorized Representative shall be responsible for notifying Buyer of any changes, additions or deletions to the authorized users. Under no circumstances may user names and passwords be transferred between authorized users. Seller shall be solely responsible for all actions of its Authorized Representative and shall immediately notify Buyer of any change in its Authorized Representative. Buyer shall be entitled to rely on the authority and directions of the Authorized Representative without further inquiry. Authorized Representative shall communicate with Buyer in writing or via telephone by dialing (877) 425-3463, Option 5
4.   Seller shall be solely responsible for safeguarding access to user names and passwords and for implementing controls to prevent unauthorized usage of the Website.
5.   Seller is responsible for all requests, approvals and other transactions on the Website accessed through user names and/or passwords issued to Seller.
6.   Buyer shall be entitled to rely on all requests, approvals and other communications made on the Website through a user name and/or password issued to Seller until such time as:
  (a)   Seller provides Buyer with written instructions to the contrary; and
 
  (b)   Buyer has sufficient time to notify the appropriate employees and modify its computerized systems to deactivate the affected user name and/or password.
7.   Any dispute regarding the use of user names and/or passwords shall be resolved in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement.
By signing below you acknowledge your agreement to the terms and conditions set forth herein. Facsimile signatures shall be deemed valid and binding to the same extent as the original.
SELLER AUTHORIZATIONS:
Any of the persons whose signatures and titles appear below, or attached hereto, are authorized, acting singly, to act for the Seller under this Agreement as an Authorized Representative.
                                 
By:
          By:           By:        
 
 
 
         
 
         
 
   
Name:
          Name:           Name:        
 
 
 
         
 
         
 
   
Title:
          Title:           Title:        
 
 
 
         
 
         
 
   

I - 1


 

                         
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC                    
 
                       
Print Name:           Number Assigned:        
 
 
 
             
 
   
Signature:
          Date:            
                     

I - 2


 

EXHIBIT J
WIRING INSTRUCTIONS
Seller’s Wire Instructions :
Account #: 4121888200
Account Holder’s name: Nationstar Mortgage LLC
ABA #: 121000248
Bank name: Wells Fargo
Buyer’s Wire Instructions :
Bank: Bank of America, N.A.
ABA No.: 026009593
Account No.: 1233460784
Reference: Nationstar Mortgage LLC
These wiring instructions may not be changed except by an authorized representative of Buyer or Seller, as applicable. Buyer shall be entitled to rely on these wiring instructions without further inquiry or verification.

J - 1


 

EXHIBIT K
FORM OF SERVICER NOTICE
[Date]
[_______________], as Servicer
[ADDRESS]
Attention: __________________
Re:   Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of October 21, 2010 (the “Repurchase Agreement”), by and between Nationstar Mortgage LLC (the “Seller”) and Bank of America, N.A. (the “Buyer”).
     Ladies and Gentlemen:
     [_______________________] (“Servicer”) is servicing certain mortgage loans for Seller pursuant to that certain Servicing Agreement between Servicer and Seller. Pursuant to the Repurchase Agreement between Buyer and Seller, Servicer is hereby notified that Seller may from time to time sell to Buyer certain mortgage loans which are then currently being serviced by Servicer.
     Upon receipt of notice from Buyer in which Buyer shall identify the mortgage loans which are then sold to Buyer under the Repurchase Agreement (the “Mortgage Loans”), Servicer shall segregate all amounts collected on account of such Mortgage Loans, hold them in trust for the sole and exclusive benefit of Buyer, and remit such collections in accordance with Buyer’s written instructions. Further, Servicer shall follow the instructions of Buyer with respect to the Mortgage Loans, and shall deliver to Buyer any information with respect to the Mortgage Loans as reasonably requested by Buyer.
     Notwithstanding any contrary information which may be delivered to the Servicer by Seller, Servicer may conclusively rely on any information delivered by Buyer, and Seller shall indemnify and hold the Servicer harmless for any and all claims asserted against it for any actions taken in good faith by the Servicer in connection with the delivery of such information.
     Please acknowledge receipt of this instruction letter by signing in the signature block below and forwarding an executed copy to Buyer promptly upon receipt. Any notices to Buyer should be delivered to the following addresses: Bank of America, N.A., [ADDRESS]; Attention: [________]; Telephone: [_______]; Facsimile: [_______].
             
    Very truly yours,    
 
           
    [                      ]    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
  Name:  
 
   
 
  Title:        
         
ACKNOWLEDGED:    
 
       
[                      ], as Servicer    
 
       
By:
       
Title:
 
 
   

K - 1


 

Telephone:
Facsimile:

K - 2


 

EXHIBIT L
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Representations and Warranties Concerning Purchased Assets . Seller represents and warrants to and covenants with Buyer that the following are true and correct with respect to each Purchased Asset as of the related Purchase Date through and until the date on which such Purchased Asset is repurchased by Seller or with respect to which Buyer otherwise receives the Repurchase Price in full therefor:
  (a)   Eligible Asset . The Mortgage Loan is an Eligible Mortgage Loan or an Eligible Certified Mortgage Loan, or the Purchased Security is an Eligible Security, as applicable. The Mortgage Loan is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Mortgagor thereunder, enforceable in accordance with its terms and subject to no offset, defense or counterclaim, obligating Mortgagor to make the payments specified therein.
 
  (b)   Purchase Commitment; Trade Assignment . Unless otherwise stated in the Transactions Terms Letter, the Asset is covered by a Purchase Commitment that permits assignment thereof to Buyer, (i) does not exceed the availability under such Purchase Commitment (taking into consideration mortgage loans or securities, as applicable, which have been purchased by the respective Approved Investor under the Purchase Commitment), (ii) conforms to the requirements and the specifications set forth in such Purchase Commitment and the related regulations, rules, requirements and/or handbooks of the applicable Approved Investor, and (iii) is eligible for sale to and insurance or guaranty by, respectively the applicable Approved Investor and any applicable insurer. Each such Purchase Commitment is enforceable, in full force and effect, and if such Asset is a Certified Mortgage Loan that is a Pooled Mortgage Loan or a Mortgage-Backed Security, such Purchase Commitment is validly and effectively assigned to Buyer pursuant to a Trade Assignment. Each such Trade Assignment is enforceable and in full force and effect. Each Purchase Commitment and Trade Assignment is a legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).
 
  (c)   Asset Data Record . The information contained in the Asset Data Record is true, correct and complete.
 
  (d)   Origination and Servicing . The Mortgage Loan was originated by or in conjunction with a mortgagee approved by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development pursuant to Sections 203 and 211 of the National Housing Act, a savings and loan association, a savings bank, a commercial bank, credit union, insurance company or similar banking institution which is supervised and examined by a federal or state authority. The Mortgage Loan has been originated and serviced in compliance with Accepted Servicing Practices, applicable Approved Investor and Insurer requirements and all applicable federal, state and local statutes, regulations and rules, including, without limitation, the Federal Truth-in-Lending Act of 1968, as amended, and Regulation Z thereunder, the Federal Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Federal Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Federal Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act of 1974, as amended, and Regulation X thereunder, and all applicable usury, licensing, real property, consumer protection and other laws.

L - 1


 

  (e)   Compliance with Applicable Laws . Any and all requirements of any federal, state or local law including, without limitation, usury, truth-in-lending, real estate settlement procedures, consumer credit protection, equal credit opportunity or disclosure laws applicable to the Mortgage Loan have been complied with, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not involve the violation of any such laws or regulations, and Seller shall maintain or shall cause its agent to maintain in its possession, available for the inspection of Buyer, and shall deliver to Buyer, upon demand, evidence of compliance with all such requirements.
 
  (f)   Validity of Mortgage Documents . The Mortgage Loan is evidenced by instruments acceptable to FHA, VA, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or the Approved Investor, as applicable, given the type of Mortgage Loan. The Mortgage Loan Documents, Other Mortgage Loan Documents and any other agreement executed and delivered by a Mortgagor or guarantor, if applicable, in connection with a Mortgage Loan, and all signatures thereon, are genuine, and each such document is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the maker thereof enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy or other laws affecting the enforcement of creditor’s rights generally, and there are no rights of rescission, set-offs, counterclaims or other defenses with respect thereto. All parties to the Mortgage Loan Documents, Other Mortgage Loan Documents and any other agreement executed and delivered by a Mortgagor or guarantor, if applicable, had legal capacity to enter into the Mortgage Loan and to execute and deliver any such instrument or agreement and such instrument or agreement has been duly and properly executed by such related parties. Seller has reviewed all of the documents constituting the Mortgage File and has made such inquiries as it deems necessary to make and confirm the accuracy of the representations set forth herein. To the best of Seller’s knowledge, except as disclosed to Buyer in writing, all tax identifications and property descriptions are legally sufficient; and tax segregation, where required, has been completed.
 
  (g)   No Outstanding Charges . All taxes, governmental assessments, insurance premiums, water, sewer and municipal charges, leasehold payments or ground rents which previously became due and owing have been paid, or an escrow of funds has been established in an amount sufficient to pay for every such item which remains unpaid and which has been assessed but is not yet due and payable. Neither Seller nor any originator from which Seller acquired the Mortgage Loan has advanced funds, or induced, solicited or knowingly received any advance of funds by a party other than the Mortgagor, directly or indirectly, for the payment of any amount required under the Mortgage Loan, except for interest accruing from the date of the Mortgage Note or date of disbursement of the proceeds of the Mortgage Loan, whichever is earlier, to the day which precedes by one month the due date of the first installment of principal and interest thereunder.
 
  (h)   Private Mortgage Insurance . Each Conventional Conforming Mortgage Loan is insured by a policy of private mortgage insurance in the amount required by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, as applicable, and by an Insurer and all provisions of such private mortgage insurance policy have been and are being complied with, such policy is in full force and effect and all premiums due thereunder have been paid. There are no defenses, counterclaims or rights of setoff affecting the Conventional Conforming Mortgage Loan or affecting the validity or enforceability of any private mortgage insurance applicable to such Mortgage Loan.
 
  (i)   Original Terms Unmodified . The terms of the Mortgage Note and Mortgage have not been impaired, waived, altered or modified in any respect, from the date of origination; except by a written instrument which has been recorded, if necessary to protect the interests of Buyer, and which has been delivered to Custodian; provided, that none of the payment terms, interest rate, maturity date or other material terms have been impaired, waived, altered or modified in any respect. The substance of any such waiver, alteration or modification has been approved by the

L - 2


 

      title insurer, to the extent required. No Mortgagor in respect of the Mortgage Loan has been released, in whole or in part, except in connection with an assumption agreement approved by the title insurer, to the extent required by such policy, and which assumption agreement is part of the Mortgage File delivered to Custodian.
  (j)   No Defenses . The Mortgage Loan is not subject to any right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense, including, without limitation, the defense of usury, nor will the operation of any of the terms of the Mortgage Note or the Mortgage, or the exercise of any right thereunder, render either the Mortgage Note or the Mortgage unenforceable, in whole or in part and no such right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense has been asserted with respect thereto, and no Mortgagor in respect of the Mortgage Loan was a debtor in any state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding at the time the Mortgage Loan was originated. Seller has no knowledge nor has it received any notice that any Mortgagor in respect of the Mortgage Loan is a debtor in any state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.
 
  (k)   No Satisfaction of Mortgage . The Mortgage has not been satisfied, canceled, subordinated or rescinded, in whole or in part, and the Mortgaged Property has not been released from the lien of the Mortgage, in whole or in part, nor has any instrument been executed that would effect any such release, cancellation, subordination or rescission. Seller has not waived the performance by the Mortgagor of any action, if the Mortgagor’s failure to perform such action would cause the Mortgage Loan to be in default, nor has Seller waived any default resulting from any action or inaction by the Mortgagor.
 
  (l)   No Defaults . There is no default, breach, violation or event of acceleration existing under the Mortgage or the related Mortgage Note, and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or with notice and the expiration of any grace or cure period, would constitute a default, breach, violation or event of acceleration, and neither Seller nor its predecessors have waived any default, breach, violation or event of acceleration.
 
  (m)   No Waiver . The terms of the Mortgage Loan have not been waived, impaired, changed or modified, except to the extent such amendment or modification has been disclosed to Buyer in writing and does not affect the salability of the Mortgage Loan pursuant to the applicable Purchase Commitment; provided, that none of the payment terms, interest rate, maturity date or other material terms have been waived, impaired, changed or modified in any respect.
 
  (n)   Customary Provisions . The Mortgage Note has a stated maturity. The Mortgage contains customary and enforceable provisions such as to render the rights and remedies of the holder thereof adequate for the realization against the Mortgaged Property of the benefits of the security provided thereby. There is no homestead or other exemption or other right available to the Mortgagor or any other person, or restriction on Seller or any other person, including without limitation, any federal, state or local, law, ordinance, decree, regulation, guidance, attorney general action, or other pronouncement, whether temporary or permanent in nature, that would interfere with, restrict or delay, either (y) the ability of Seller, Buyer or any servicer, subservicer or any successor servicer or successor subservicer to sell the related Mortgaged Property at a trustee’s sale or otherwise, or (z) the ability of Seller, Buyer or any servicer or any successor servicer to foreclose on the related Mortgage. The Mortgage Note and Mortgage are on forms acceptable to Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae.
 
  (o)   Location and Type of Mortgaged Property . The Mortgaged Property consists of a single parcel of real property with a detached single family residence erected thereon, or a two- to four-family dwelling, or such other dwelling(s) conforming with the applicable Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac

L - 3


 

      requirements regarding such dwellings or conforming to underwriting guidelines acceptable to Buyer in its sole discretion; provided that no residence or dwelling is condominium unit (unless the related Mortgage Loan was originated in compliance with the Agency Guidelines), a mobile home, a manufactured home or a cooperative apartment. No Mortgage Loan is secured by a multi-family, mixed-use or commercial property, nor is any portion of the Mortgaged Property used for commercial purposes.
  (p)   Location of Improvements; No Encroachments . All improvements which were considered in determining the appraised value of the Mortgaged Property lie wholly within the boundaries and building restriction lines of the Mortgaged Property, and no improvements on adjoining properties encroach upon the Mortgaged Property. No improvement located on or being part of the Mortgaged Property is in violation of any applicable zoning and building law, ordinance or regulation.
 
  (q)   Occupancy of the Mortgaged Property . As of the Purchase Date the Mortgaged Property is lawfully occupied under applicable law. All inspections, licenses and certificates required to be made or issued with respect to all occupied portions of the Mortgaged Property and, with respect to the use and occupancy of the same, including but not limited to certificates of occupancy and fire underwriting certificates, have been made or obtained from the appropriate authorities. Seller has not received notification from any Governmental Authority that the Mortgaged Property is in material non-compliance with such laws or regulations, is being used, operated or occupied unlawfully or has failed to have or obtain such inspection, licenses or certificates, as the case may be. Seller has not received notice of any violation or failure to conform with any such law, ordinance, regulation, standard, license or certificate. The Mortgaged Property is “owner-occupied” and the related Mortgagor occupies the Mortgaged Property as such Mortgagor’s primary residence.
 
  (r)   Lien Position . The Mortgage Loan is secured by a valid first priority lien on the Mortgaged Property, including all buildings on the Mortgage Property, under the laws of the state where the related mortgaged property in located; provided, however, that if the Mortgage Loan is a Closed-End Second Lien Mortgage Loan or HELOC Mortgage Loan, it is secured by a valid second lien on the Mortgaged Property. The lien of the Mortgage is subject only to:
  (i)   if the Mortgage Loan is a Closed-End Second Lien Mortgage Loan or HELOC Mortgage Loan, the corresponding first lien;
 
  (ii)   the lien of current real property taxes and assessments not yet due and payable;
 
  (iii)   covenants, conditions and restrictions, rights of way, easements and other matters of the public record as of the date of recording acceptable to prudent mortgage lending institutions generally and specifically referred to in Buyer’s title insurance policy delivered to the originator of the Mortgage Loan and (a) referred to or otherwise considered in the appraisal made for the originator of the Mortgage Loan or (b) which do not adversely affect the appraised value of the Mortgaged Property set forth in such appraisal; and
 
  (iv)   other matters to which like properties are commonly subject which do not materially interfere with the benefits of the security intended to be provided by the Mortgage or the use, enjoyment, value or marketability of the related Mortgaged Property.

L - 4


 

  (s)   Any security agreement, chattel mortgage or equivalent document related to and delivered in connection with the Mortgage Loan establishes and creates a valid, subsisting and enforceable first lien and first priority security interest on the property described therein and Seller has full right to pledge and assign the same to Buyer. The Mortgaged Property was not, as of the date of origination of the Mortgage Loan, subject to a mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt or other security instrument creating a lien subordinate to the lien of the Mortgage.
 
  (t)   No Future Advances . The full original principal amount of each Mortgage Loan, net of any discounts, has been fully advanced or disbursed to the Mortgagor named therein, unless otherwise expressly agreed by the parties in writing. All costs, fees and expenses incurred in making or closing the Mortgage Loan and the recording of the Mortgage were paid, and the Mortgagor is not entitled to any refund of any amounts paid or due under the Mortgage Note or Mortgage. There is no requirement for future advances and any and all requirements as to completion of any on-site or off-site improvements and as to disbursements of any escrow funds therefor have been satisfied.
 
  (u)   Ownership . Seller owns and has full right to sell the Asset to Buyer free and clear of any encumbrance, equity, participation interest, lien, pledge, charge, claim or security interest, and has full right and authority subject to no interest or participation of, or agreement with, any other party, to sell each Asset pursuant to this Agreement and following the sale of each Mortgage Loan, Buyer will own such Asset free and clear of any encumbrance, equity, participation interest, lien, pledge, charge, claim or security interest except any such security interest created pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
 
  (v)   Doing Business . All parties which have had any interest in the Mortgage Loan, whether as mortgagee, assignee, pledgee or otherwise, are (or, during the period in which they held and disposed of such interest, were) (i) in compliance with any and all applicable licensing requirements of the laws of the state wherein the Mortgaged Property is located, and (ii) either (A) organized under the laws of such state, (B) qualified to do business in such state, (C) a federal savings and loan association, a savings bank or a national bank having a principal office in such state, or (D) not doing business in such state.
 
  (w)   Hazard Insurance . The Mortgage Loan is covered by a policy of hazard insurance and insurance against other insurable risks and hazards as are customary in the area where the Mortgaged Property is located as required by the applicable Approved Investor and in accordance with the Seller’s underwriting guidelines, the Buyer’s Correspondent Guidelines and the Agency Guides, as applicable, in an amount not less than the greatest of (i) 100% of the replacement cost of all improvements to the Mortgaged Property, (ii) the outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Loan, and (iii) the amount necessary to avoid the operation of any co-insurance provisions with respect to the Mortgaged Property or such maximum lesser amount as permitted by the applicable Approved Investor and applicable law, all in a form usual and customary in the industry and that is in full force and effect, and all amounts required to have been paid under any such policy have been paid. If any portion of the Mortgaged Property is in an area identified by any federal Governmental Authority as having special flood hazards, and flood insurance is available, a flood insurance policy meeting the current guidelines of the Federal Emergency Management Agency is in effect with a generally acceptable insurance carrier, in an amount representing coverage not less than the least of (1) the outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Loan (2) the full insurable value of the Mortgaged Property, and (3) the maximum amount of insurance available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, as amended by the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1974. All such insurance policies (collectively, the “hazard insurance policy”) contain a standard mortgagee clause naming Seller, its successors and assigns (including, without

L - 5


 

      limitation, subsequent owners of the Mortgage Loan), as mortgagee, and may not be reduced, terminated or canceled without 30 days’ prior written notice to the mortgagee. No such notice has been received by Seller. All premiums on such insurance policy have been paid. The related Mortgage obligates the Mortgagor to maintain all such insurance and, at such Mortgagor’s failure to do so, authorizes the mortgagee to maintain such insurance at the Mortgagor’s cost and expense and to seek reimbursement therefor from such Mortgagor. Where required by state law or regulation, the Mortgagor has been given an opportunity to choose the carrier of the required hazard insurance, provided the policy is not a “master” or “blanket” hazard insurance policy covering a condominium, or any hazard insurance policy covering the common facilities of a planned unit development. The hazard insurance policy is the valid and binding obligation of the insurer and is in full force and effect. Seller has not engaged in, and has no knowledge of the Mortgagor’s having engaged in, any act or omission which would impair the coverage of any such policy, the benefits of the endorsement provided for herein, or the validity and binding effect of either including, without limitation, no unlawful fee, commission, kickback or other unlawful compensation or value of any kind has been or will be received, retained or realized by any attorney, firm or other Person, and no such unlawful items have been received, retained or realized by Seller.
  (x)   Title Insurance . A valid and enforceable title insurance policy has been issued or a commitment to issue such title insurance policy has been obtained for the Mortgage Loan in an amount not less than the original principal amount of such Mortgage Loan, which title insurance policy insures that the Mortgage relating thereto is a valid first lien or second lien, as applicable, on the property therein described and that the mortgaged property is free and clear of all encumbrances and liens having priority over the first lien of the Mortgage (unless the Mortgage Loan is a Closed-End Second Lien Mortgage Loan or HELOC Mortgage Loan) and otherwise in compliance with the requirements of the applicable Approved Investor. The title insurance company that issued the applicable Closing Protection Letter has also issued or has committed to issue the title insurance policy. Seller, its successors and assigns, are the sole insureds of such title insurance policy, and such title insurance policy is valid and remains in full force and effect and will be in force and effect upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. No claims have been made under such title insurance policy, and no prior holder, servicer or subservicer of the related Mortgage, including Seller, has done, by act or omission, anything which would impair the coverage of such title insurance policy, including without limitation, no unlawful fee, commission, kickback or other unlawful compensation or value of any kind has been or will be received, retained or realized by any attorney, firm or other Person, and no such unlawful items have been received, retained or realized by Seller.
 
  (y)   Assignment . The Assignment (i) has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action by Seller, duly executed and delivered by Seller and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller enforceable in accordance with its terms, and (ii) complies with all applicable laws including all applicable recording, filing and registration laws and regulations and is adequate and legally sufficient for the purpose intended to be accomplished thereby, including, without limitation, the assignment of all of the rights, powers and benefits of Seller as mortgagee.
 
  (z)   No Fraud . No error, omission, misrepresentation, negligence, fraud or similar occurrence has taken place with respect to the Mortgage Loan on the part of any Person, including, without limitation, the Mortgagor, any appraiser, any builder or developer or any other party involved in the origination of the Mortgage Loan or in the application of any insurance in relation to such Mortgage Loan.

L - 6


 

  (aa)   Compliance with Guidelines . The Mortgage Loan was originated in compliance with, and remains in compliance with Seller’s underwriting guidelines. Each Agency Eligible Mortgage Loan was originated in Strict Compliance with and remains in compliance with the Agency Guides.
 
  (bb)   Transfer of Mortgage Loans . Except with respect to Mortgage Loans intended for purchase by Ginnie Mae and for Mortgage Loans registered with MERS, the Assignment is in recordable form and is acceptable for recording under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Mortgaged Property is located.
 
  (cc)   Due-On-Sale . The Mortgage contains an enforceable provision for the acceleration of the payment of the unpaid principal balance of the Mortgage Loan in the event that the Mortgaged Property is sold or transferred without the prior written consent of the mortgagee thereunder.
 
  (dd)   No Buydown Provisions; No Graduated Payments or Contingent Interests . Except with respect to Agency Eligible Mortgage Loans, the Mortgage Loan does not contain provisions pursuant to which monthly payments are paid or partially paid with funds deposited in any separate account established by Seller, the Mortgagor, or anyone on behalf of the Mortgagor, nor does it contain any other similar provisions which may constitute a “buydown” provision. The Mortgage Loan is not a graduated payment mortgage loan and the Mortgage Loan does not have a shared appreciation or other contingent interest feature.
 
  (ee)   Consolidation of Future Advances . Any future advances made to the Mortgagor prior to the Purchase Date have been consolidated with the outstanding principal amount secured by the Mortgage, and the secured principal amount, as consolidated, bears a single interest rate and single repayment term. The lien of the Mortgage securing the consolidated principal amount is expressly insured as having first lien priority by a title insurance policy, an endorsement to the policy insuring the mortgagee’s consolidated interest or by other title evidence acceptable to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The consolidated principal amount does not exceed the original principal amount of the Mortgage Loan.
 
  (ff)   No Condemnation Proceeding . There have not been any condemnation proceedings with respect to the Mortgaged Property and Seller has no knowledge of any such proceedings.
 
  (gg)   Servicemembers Civil Relief Act . The Mortgagor has not notified Seller, and Seller has no knowledge, of any relief requested or allowed to the Mortgagor under the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act of 2003.
 
  (hh)   Appraisal . A full appraisal of the related Mortgaged Property was conducted and executed prior to the funding of the Mortgage Loan by a qualified appraiser, duly appointed by Seller, who had no interest, direct or indirect in the Mortgaged Property or in any loan made on the security thereof, and whose compensation is not affected by the approval or disapproval of the Mortgage Loan, and the appraisal and appraiser both satisfy the relevant Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines, each as amended and as in effect on the date the Mortgage Loan was originated.
 
  (ii)   Disclosure Materials . The Mortgagor has executed a statement to the effect that the Mortgagor has received all disclosure materials required by applicable law with respect to the making of adjustable rate mortgage loans, and Seller maintains such statement in the Mortgage File.

L - 7


 

  (jj)   Construction or Rehabilitation of Mortgaged Property . No Mortgage Loan was made in connection with the construction or rehabilitation of a Mortgaged Property or facilitating the trade-in or exchange of a Mortgaged Property.
 
  (kk)   Capitalization of Interest . The Mortgage Note does not by its terms provide for the capitalization or forbearance of interest.
 
  (ll)   No Equity Participation . No document relating to the Mortgage Loan provides for any contingent or additional interest in the form of participation in the cash flow of the Mortgaged Property or a sharing in the appreciation of the value of the Mortgaged Property. The indebtedness evidenced by the Mortgage Note is not convertible to an ownership interest in the Mortgaged Property or the Mortgagor and Seller has not financed nor does it own directly or indirectly, any equity of any form in the Mortgaged Property or the Mortgagor.
 
  (mm)   Proceeds of Mortgage Loan . The proceeds of the Mortgage Loan have not been and shall not be used to satisfy, in whole or in part, any debt owed or owing by the Mortgagor to Seller or any Affiliate or correspondent of Seller, except in connection with a refinanced Mortgage Loan.
 
  (nn)   Mortgage Submitted for Recordation . The Mortgage either has been or will promptly be submitted for recordation in the appropriate governmental recording office of the jurisdiction where the Mortgaged Property is located.
 
  (oo)   Other Encumbrances . To the best of Seller’s knowledge, any property subject to any security interest given in connection with such Mortgage Loan is not subject to any other encumbrances other than a stated first mortgage, if applicable, and encumbrances which may be allowed under Buyer’s Correspondent Guidelines or the Agency Guides, as applicable.
 
  (pp)   Located in U.S. No collateral (including, without limitation, the related real property and the dwellings thereon and otherwise) relating to a Mortgage Loan is located in any jurisdiction other than in one of the fifty (50) states of the United States of America or the District of Columbia.
 
  (qq)   HOEPA . No Mortgage Loan is (a) subject to the provisions of 12 U.S.C. Section 226.32 of Regulation Z implementing the Homeownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994 as amended (“HOEPA”), (b) a “high cost” mortgage loan, “covered” mortgage loan, “high risk home” mortgage loan, or “predatory” mortgage loan or any other comparable term, no matter how defined under any federal, state or local law, (c) subject to any comparable federal, state or local statutes or regulations, or any other statute or regulation providing for heightened regulatory scrutiny or assignee liability to holders of such mortgage loans, or (d) a High Cost Loan or Covered Loan, as applicable (as such terms are defined in the current Standard & Poor’s LEVELS ® Glossary Revised, Appendix E).
 
  (rr)   No Predatory Lending . No predatory, abusive or deceptive lending practices, including but not limited to, the extension of credit to a mortgagor without regard for the mortgagor’s ability to repay the Mortgage Loan and the extension of credit to a mortgagor which has no tangible net benefit to the mortgagor, were employed in connection with the origination of the Mortgage Loan.
 
  (ss)   Negative Amortization . None of the Mortgage Notes relating to any of the Mortgage Loans provides for negative amortization.

L - 8


 

  (tt)   Mortgaged Property Undamaged . The Mortgaged Property is in good repair and undamaged by waste, fire, earthquake or earth movement, windstorm, flood, tornado or other casualty so as to affect adversely the value of the Mortgaged Property as security for the Mortgage Loan or the use for which the premises were intended and each Mortgaged Property is in good repair.
 
  (uu)   No Exception . No document deficiency exists with respect to the Mortgage Loan which would materially adversely affect the Mortgage Loan or Buyer’s ownership and/or security interest granted by Seller in the Mortgage Loan as determined by Buyer in its sole discretion.
 
  (vv)   Acceptable Investment . No specific circumstances or conditions exist with respect to the Mortgage, the Mortgaged Property, Mortgagor or Mortgagor’s credit standing that should reasonably be expected to (i) cause private institutional investors which invest in Mortgage Loans similar to the Mortgage Loan to regard the Mortgage Loan as an unacceptable investment, (ii) cause the Mortgage Loan to be more likely to become past due in comparison to similar Mortgage Loans, or (iii) adversely affect the value or marketability of the Mortgage Loan in comparison to similar Mortgage Loans.
 
  (ww)   MERS Mortgage Loans . With respect to each Mortgage Loan registered with MERS, a mortgage identification number has been assigned by MERS and such mortgage identification number is accurately provided on the Asset Data Record. The related Assignment to MERS has been duly and properly recorded. With respect to each Mortgage Loan registered with MERS, no Mortgagor has received any notice of liens or legal actions with respect to such Mortgage Loan and no such notices have been electronically posted by MERS.
 
  (xx)   Prepayment Fees . The Mortgage Loan does not contains a provision permitting imposition of a premium upon a prepayment prior to maturity.
 
  (yy)   Points and Fees . All points and fees related to the Mortgage Loan were disclosed in writing to the Mortgagor in accordance with applicable state and federal law and regulation. Except in the case of a Mortgage Loan in an original principal amount of less than $60,000 which would have resulted in an unprofitable origination, no Mortgagor was charged “points and fees” (whether or not financed) in an amount greater than (a) $1,000 or (b) 5% of the principal amount of such Mortgage Loan whichever is greater, such 5% limitation is calculated in accordance with Fannie Mae’s anti-predatory lending requirements as set forth in the Fannie Mae Selling Guide. For purposes of this representation, “points and fees” (x) include origination, underwriting, broker and finder’s fees and charges that the lender imposed as a condition of making the Mortgage Loan, whether they are paid to Seller or a third party; and (y) exclude bona fide discount points, fees paid for actual services rendered in connection with the origination of the mortgage (such as attorneys’ fees, notaries fees and fees paid for property appraisals, credit reports, surveys, title examinations and extracts, flood and tax certifications, and home inspections); the cost of mortgage insurance or credit-risk price adjustments; the costs of title, hazard, and flood insurance policies; state and local transfer taxes or fees; escrow deposits for the future payment of taxes and insurance premiums; and other miscellaneous fees and charges that, in total, do not exceed 0.25 percent of the Mortgage Loan.
 
  (zz)   Mandatory Arbitration . No Mortgage Loan that was originated on or after October 31, 2004, is subject to mandatory arbitration except when the terms of the arbitration also contain a waiver provision that provides that in the event of a sale or transfer of the Mortgage Loan or interest in the Mortgage Loan to Fannie Mae, the terms of the arbitration are null and void and cannot be reinstated. Seller hereby covenants that Seller or subservicer of the Mortgage Loan, as applicable,

L - 9


 

      will notify the Mortgagor in writing within 60 days of the sale or transfer of the Mortgage Loan to Fannie Mae that the terms of the arbitration are null and void.
 
  (aaa)   Mortgage Loan Products . No Mortgagor was encouraged or required to select a Mortgage Loan product offered by the originator of the Mortgage Loan which is a higher cost product designed for less creditworthy Mortgagors, unless at the time of the origination of such Mortgage Loan, such Mortgagor did not qualify taking into account credit history and debt to income ratios for a lower cost credit product then offered by the originator of the Mortgage Loan or any affiliate of the originator of such Mortgage Loan. If, at the time of Mortgage Loan application, the Mortgagor may have qualified for a lower cost credit product than offered by any mortgage lending affiliate of the originator of the Mortgage Loan, such originator referred the Mortgagor’s application to such affiliate for underwriting consideration.
 
  (bbb)   Environmental Matters . The Mortgaged Property is free from any and all toxic or hazardous substances and there exists no violation of any local, state or federal environmental law, rule or regulation. To the best of Sellers’ knowledge, no Mortgaged Property was, as of the related Purchase Date, located within a one-mile radius of any site listed in the National Priorities List as defined under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, or on any similar state list of hazardous waste sites which are known to contain any hazardous substance or hazardous waste.
 
  (ccc)   Government Mortgage Loans . With respect each Government Mortgage Loan, (i) the FHA Mortgage Insurance Contract is in full force and effect and there exists no impairment to full recovery without indemnity to HUD under FHA Mortgage Insurance, or the VA Loan Guaranty Agreement is in full force and effect to the maximum extent stated therein, as applicable, (ii) all necessary steps have been taken to keep such guaranty or insurance valid, binding and enforceable and each of such is the binding, valid and enforceable obligation of the FHA and the VA, respectively, to the full extent thereof, without surcharge, set-off or defense, (iii) such Government Mortgage Loan is insured, or eligible to be insured, pursuant to the National Housing Act or is guaranteed, or eligible to be guaranteed, under the provisions of Chapter 37 of Title 38 of the United States Code, as applicable, (iv) with respect to each FHA insurance certificate or VA guaranty certificate, Seller has complied with applicable provisions of the insurance for guaranty contract and federal statutes and regulations, all premiums or other charges due in connection with such insurance or guarantee have been paid, there has been no act or omission which would or may invalidate any such insurance or guaranty, and the insurance or guaranty is, or when issued, will be, in full force and effect with respect to such Loan, (v) Seller has no knowledge of any defenses, counterclaims, or rights of setoff affecting such Government Mortgage Loan or affecting the validity or enforceability of any private mortgage insurance or FHA Mortgage Insurance or VA loan guaranty with respect to such Government Mortgage Loan, and (vi) Seller has no knowledge of any circumstance which would cause such Government Mortgage Loan to be ineligible for FHA Mortgage Insurance or a VA loan guaranty, as applicable, or cause FHA or VA to deny or reject the related Mortgagor’s application for FHA Mortgage Insurance or a VA loan guaranty, respectively. Each Government Mortgage Loan was originated in accordance with the criteria of an Agency for purchase of such Government Mortgage Loans.
 
  (ddd)   Pooled Mortgage Loans . Each Purchased Mortgage Loan that will be pooled to support a Mortgage-Backed Security is being serviced by a subservicer having all Approvals necessary to make such Purchased Mortgage Loan eligible to back the related Mortgage-Backed Security.

L - 10


 

  (eee)   Purchased Securities . Each Purchased Security, (i) is backed by Agency Eligible Mortgage Loans that satisfy the “Good Delivery Guidelines” promulgated by SIFMA, (iii) is subject to a valid and binding Purchase Commitment that is enforceable in accordance with its terms, (iv) with respect to which, the applicable Agency Documents list Buyer as sole subscriber, (v) has been validly issued, and is fully paid and non assessable, and has been issued in compliance with all applicable laws, including, without limitation, the applicable Agency Guidelines, (vi) is in book-entry form and held through the facilities of the applicable Depository, and (vii) is unencumbered (other than liens created in favor of Buyer pursuant to this Agreement and liens created by or through Buyer). There are (i) no outstanding rights, options, warrants or agreements (other than as created by Buyer) for a purchase, sale or issuance, in connection with any Purchased Security, (ii) no agreements on the part of the Seller to issue, sell or distribute the Purchased Securities, and (iii) no obligations on the part of the Seller (contingent or otherwise) to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any securities or any interest therein or to pay any dividend or make any distribution in respect of the Purchased Securities.

L - 11


 

EXHIBIT M
EXISTING DEBT OF SELLER PURSUANT TO SECTION 10.1
10/19/10
$000
         
Warehouse Repurchase
       
Bank of America
  $ 75,000  
 
       
CITIBANK
  $ 100,000  
 
       
Royal Bank of Scotland
  $ 300,000  
 
       
FNMA ASAP Plus
  $ 75,000  
Total Repurchase Agreements
  $ 550,000  
 
       
Servicer Advance
       
 
       
RBS
  $ 350,000  
 
       
Fannie Mae
  $ 275,000  
Total Repurchase Agreements
  $ 625,000  
 
       
High Yield Debt Offering
  $ 250,000  

M - 1


 

EXHIBIT N
FORM OF TRADE ASSIGNMENT
__________ (“ Approved Investor ”)
(Address)
Attention :
Fax No.:
Dear Sirs:
     Attached hereto is a correct and complete copy of your confirmation of commitment (the “ Commitment ”), trade-dated _________ __, ____, to purchase
[$______of __% ___ year,
(Check Box)
  (a)   Ginnie Mae;
 
  (b)   Fannie Mae; or
 
  (c)   Freddie Mac
mortgage-backed pass-through securities (“ Securities ”) at a purchase price of $___________ from _________ on [insert Settlement Date].
     Our intention is to assign $_____ of this Commitment’s full amount, which assignment shall be effective and shall be fully enforceable by the assignee on the Settlement Date. This is to confirm that (i) the form of this assignment conforms to the SIFMA guidelines, (ii) the Commitment is in full force and effect, (iii) the Commitment has been assigned to Bank of America, N.A. (“ BANA ”) as security for the obligations of Nationstar Mortgage LLC (“ Nationstar ”), the “Seller” under that certain Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of October 21, 2010, between Nationstar and BANA, whose acceptance of such assignment is indicated below, [and] (iv) upon delivery of this trade assignment to you by BANA you will accept Nationstar’s direction set forth herein to pay BANA for such Securities, [(v) you will accept delivery of such Securities directly from BANA, (vi) BANA is obligated to make delivery of such Securities to you in accordance with the attached Commitment and (vii) you have released Nationstar from its obligation to deliver the Securities to you under the Commitment.] Payment will be made “delivery versus payment (DVP)” to BANA in immediately available funds.

N - 1


 

     If you have any questions, please call _______________ at (___) __-____ immediately or contact him by fax at (___) __-____.
             
    Very truly yours,    
 
           
    [_____________]    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
  Title:  
 
   
 
  Date:        
Agreed to :
         
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.    
 
       
By:
       
Title:
 
 
   
Date:
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
     Notice of delivery and confirmation of receipt are the obligations of BANA. Prompt notification of incorrect information or rejection of the trade assignment should be made to [______].

N - 2


 

EXHIBIT O
FORM OF REQUEST FOR TEMPORARY INCREASE
Bank of America, N.A.
One Bryant Park, 11th floor
New York, New York 10036
NY1-100-11-01
Attention: Eileen Albus
         
 
  Re:   The Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of October 21, 2010 (the “Repurchase Agreement”), between Bank of America, N.A. (“Buyer”) and Nationstar Mortgage, LLC (“Seller”)
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          In accordance with Section 2.10 of the Repurchase Agreement, Buyer hereby consents to a Temporary Increase of the Aggregate Transaction Limit as further set forth below:
          Temporary Aggregate Transaction Limit: $                                           .
          Effective date and time: [dd/mm/yyyy at ___:___ _.m.]
          Termination date and time: [dd/mm/yyyy at ___:___ _.m.]
          On and after the effective date and time indicated above and until the termination date and time indicated above, the Aggregate Transaction Limit shall equal the Temporary Aggregate Transaction Limit indicated above for all purposes of the Repurchase Agreement and all calculations and provisions relating to the Aggregate Transaction Limit shall refer to the Temporary Aggregate Transaction Limit, including without limitation, Type Sublimits. Unless otherwise terminated pursuant to the Repurchase Agreement, this Temporary Increase shall terminate on the termination date and time indicated above. Upon the termination of this Temporary Increase, Seller shall repurchase Purchased Assets such that the Aggregate Outstanding Purchase Price does not exceed the Aggregate Transaction Limit. Seller shall repurchase Purchased Assets in order to reduce the Aggregate Outstanding Purchase Price to the Aggregate Transaction Limit (as reduced by the termination of such Temporary Increase) in accordance with Section 4.2(j) of the Repurchase Agreement.
          All terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Repurchase Agreement.
         
  NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

O - 1


 

         
Agreed and Consented by:    
 
       
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., Buyer    
 
       
By:
       
 
 
 
Name:
   
 
  Title:    
Date: ________________

O - 2


 

SCHEDULE 1
Filing Jurisdictions
Delaware
Relevant States and Other Jurisdictions
All fifty states and Washington, D.C.
10419232\V-10
Schedule 1- 1

 

Exhibit 10.32
(BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH LOGO)
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
October 21, 2010
Nationstar Mortgage LLC
350 Highland Drive
Lewisville, Texas 75067
Attn: Mr. Greg Oniu
Email: Greg.Oniu@nationstarmail.com
Re: Amended and Restated Transactions Terms Letter for Master Repurchase Agreement
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This Amended and Restated Transactions Terms Letter (this “ Transactions Terms Letter ”) is made and entered into, as of the date set forth above, by and between Bank of America, N.A. (“ Buyer ”) and Nationstar Mortgage LLC (“ Seller ”). Buyer and Seller entered into that certain Transactions Terms Letter, dated as of February 24, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Original Transactions Terms Letter ”). Buyer and Seller desire to amend the Original Transactions Terms Letter in its entirety by amending and restating it subject to the terms and conditions of this Transactions Terms Letter.
This Transactions Terms Letter supplements the Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof by and between Buyer and Seller (the “ Agreement ”). In the event there exists any inconsistency between the Agreement and this Transactions Terms Letter, the latter shall be controlling notwithstanding anything contained in the Agreement to the contrary. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Agreement.
     
Effective Date:
  October 23, 2010
 
   
Expiration Date:
  Expiring on October 21, 2011.
 
   
Aggregate Transaction Limit:
  $75,000,000, consisting of the sum of the Committed Amount and the Uncommitted Amount; which amount may be increased from time to time at Buyer’s sole discretion as provided in the definition of Uncommitted Amount.
 
   
Committed Amount:
  $50,000,000. 
 
   
Uncommitted Amount:
  $25,000,000 or such greater amount agreed to by Buyer in its sole discretion from time to time.
 
   
Financial Covenants:
  Seller shall satisfy and maintain the following financial covenants at all times during the term of the Agreement (unless expressly stated otherwise below):

 


 

Nationstar Mortgage LLC
October 21, 2010
Page 2
  (a)   Minimum Tangible Net Worth : $150,000,000.
 
  (b)   Minimum Liquidity: Liquidity of at least $20,000,000 as of the end of each calendar month.
 
  (c)   Maximum ratio of Total Liabilities and Warehouse Credit to Tangible Net Worth: 9:1.
 
  (d)   Operating Income: Seller shall show positive pre-tax Operating Income, on a rolling six-month basis.
 
  (e)   Definitions:
 
      “Liquidity” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the sum of (i) Seller’s cash, (ii) Seller’s Cash Equivalents and (iii) the aggregate amount of unused committed capacity available to Seller (taking into account applicable haircuts) under mortgage loan warehouse and servicer advance facilities (other than the repurchase facility provided under the Agreement) for which Seller has unencumbered eligible collateral to pledge thereunder.
 
      “Operating Income” shall mean, for any period, the operating income of Seller for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, that the following shall be excluded from this calculation: (i) gains or losses incurred by Seller under that certain interest rate swap in effect as of the Closing Date in connection with the NSTR 2009-ADV1 servicing advance securitization; provided, that losses in excess of an aggregate amount of $20,000,000 shall be included in this calculation; (ii) for any month relevant to this calculation through December 2010, expenses of up to a maximum of $1,500,000 (not to exceed a maximum aggregate amount equal to $9,000,000), which directly relate to the creation of increased servicing capacity for the purpose of accommodating Fannie Mae servicing transfers in the fourth quarter of 2010; and (iii) charges of up to a maximum aggregate amount of $15,000,000 which directly relate to Seller’s stock-based management equity plan.
 
      “Tangible Net Worth” shall mean, as of any date of determination, (i) the net worth of Seller and its consolidated Subsidiaries, on a combined basis, determined in accordance with GAAP, minus (ii) all intangibles determined in accordance with GAAP (including, without limitation, goodwill, capitalized financing costs and capitalized administration costs but excluding originated and purchased mortgage servicing rights or retained residual securities) and any and all advances to, investments in and receivables held from Affiliates; provided, however, that the non-cash effect (gain or loss) of any mark-to-market adjustments made directly to stockholders’ equity

 


 

Nationstar Mortgage LLC
October 21, 2010
Page 3
      for fluctuation of the value of financial instruments as mandated under the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 (or any successor statement) shall be excluded from the calculation of Tangible Net Worth.
 
      “Total Liabilities” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the total liabilities of Seller on any given date of determination, to be determined in accordance with GAAP consistent with those applied in the preparation of Seller’s financial statements, plus (b) to the extent not already included under GAAP, the total aggregate outstanding amount owed by Seller under any repurchase, refinance or other similar credit arrangements, plus (c) to the extent not already included under GAAP, any “off balance sheet” repurchase, refinance or other similar credit arrangements, less (d) the amount of any nonspecific consolidated balance sheet reserves maintained in accordance with GAAP and less the amount of any non-recourse debt, including any securitization debt.
 
      “Warehouse Credit” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal balance of Seller’s Debt under warehouse lines, repurchase facilities or other off balance sheet financings then outstanding as of such date of determination.
     
Other Covenants:
  Seller shall maintain the following other covenants:
  (a)   Commitment Basis . Seller shall lock all loans on a best effort commitment basis or a loan level mandatory commitment basis prior to entering into a Transaction for such mortgage loan. In the event that Seller shall have entered into a Purchase Commitment on or prior to the Purchase Date in respect of Eligible Mortgage Loans, Seller shall deliver a true and complete copy of such Purchase Commitment to Buyer on the related Purchase Date for such Eligible Mortgage Loans. For any Transaction in which the underlying Purchased Mortgage Loans are not subject to a Purchase Commitment on the related Purchase Date, Seller shall promptly deliver to Buyer a true and complete copy of any Purchase Commitment executed after such Purchase Date.
 
  (b)   Additional Mortgage Financing Facilities . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 10.1 of the Agreement, Seller shall not, without prior written notification to Buyer,
 
  (c)   enter into any mortgage financing facility (including, without limitation, any warehouse, repurchase, purchase or off-balance sheet facility).
 
  (d)   Cross-collateralization . Seller’s payment and performance of its obligations under the Agreement shall be cross-

 


 

Nationstar Mortgage LLC
October 21, 2010
Page 4
      collateralized with any and all deposits of money or property or any other indebtedness at any time held or owing to Buyer or any of its Affiliates to or for the credit of the account of Seller and its Affiliates under any agreement(s) between Seller and/or its Affiliates, on the one hand, and Buyer and/or its Affiliates, on the other hand, irrespective of whether or not Buyer and/or its Affiliates shall have made any demand thereunder and whether or not said obligations shall have matured.
 
  (e)   Payment of Dividends . If a Potential Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is occurring or will occur as a result of such payments, Seller shall not pay any dividends or distributions with respect to any capital stock or other equity interests in Seller, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of Seller.
     
Facility Fee:
  An amount equal to the product of (i) [***] and (ii) the Committed Amount. The Facility Fee shall be deemed due, earned and payable in full on the Effective Date, in accordance with Section 5.1 of the Agreement. Upon early termination of the Agreement by Seller, no portion of the Facility Fee shall be refunded. The fee is payable based on Committed Amount only and will be prorated in the event of increases in the Committed Amount.
 
   
Unused Facility Fees:
  At the end of each calendar month and on the Expiration Date, Buyer shall determine the average Facility utilization during the preceding Calculation Period by Seller by dividing (a) the sum of the Aggregate Outstanding Purchase Price on each day during such Calculation Period, by (b) the number of days in such Calculation Period (the result of such calculation, the “Used Amount”). If the Used Amount for any such Calculation Period is less than 50% of the Committed Amount, Seller shall pay Buyer an Unused Facility Fee for such Calculation Period equal to the product of (i) [***] (ii) the positive difference between (x) the Committed Amount and (y) the Used Amount, and (iii) the actual days (including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the Calculation Period divided by 360. The Unused Facility Fee shall be payable in accordance with Section 5.1 of the Agreement.
 
   
Transaction Request Deadline:
  4:00 p.m. (New York City time).
 
   
Deadline for Daily Receipt Of Purchase Advices by Buyer:
  4:00 p.m. (New York City time).
 
*** Note: Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the information contained within the [***] marking. Such portions have been omitted from this filing and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

Nationstar Mortgage LLC
October 21, 2010
Page 5
     
Minimum Over/Under Account Balance:
  $-0- 
 
   
Eligible Mortgage Loans:
  A Mortgage Loan shall be an Eligible Mortgage Loan only if (i) it is a first lien, fixed or adjustable rate Mortgage Loan on a single family residential property that is either (x) an Agency Eligible Mortgage Loan that is also (1) a Conventional Conforming Mortgage Loan or (2) a Jumbo Mortgage Loan, (y) a Government Mortgage Loan, or (z) a Jumbo Mortgage Loan that is not an Agency Eligible Mortgage Loan, (ii) it was originated in compliance with, and remains in compliance with, or was otherwise acquired in compliance with the Agency Guidelines (unless it is a Jumbo Mortgage Loan that is not an Agency Eligible Mortgage Loan) and the Buyer’s Correspondent Guidelines, as applicable, and (iii) it meets each of the following criteria:
  (a)   each of the applicable representations and warranties in Section 8.1(r) and 8.1(v) and Exhibit L of the Agreement are true and correct;
 
  (b)   the Purchase Date for such Mortgage Loan is not more than thirty (30) days past the origination date for such Mortgage Loan;
 
  (c)   such Mortgage Loan is not thirty (30) or more days contractually delinquent (as determined by using the MBA method of delinquency) nor has it been thirty (30) or more days contractually delinquent since the origination date for such Mortgage Loan;
 
  (d)   such Mortgage Loan is not subject to a Transaction for longer than the Maximum Dwell Time;
 
  (e)   if such Mortgage Loan is a Wet Mortgage Loan, the Purchase Price of such Mortgage Loan when added to the Aggregate Outstanding Purchase Price of all Purchased Mortgage Loans that are Wet Mortgage Loans, shall not exceed 30% of the Aggregate Transaction Limit;
 
  (f)   if such Mortgage Loan is a Noncompliant Asset (per clause (a) of the definition thereof), the Purchase Price of such Mortgage Loan when added to the Aggregate Outstanding Purchase Price of all other Purchased Mortgage Loans that are Noncompliant Assets (per clause (a) of the definition thereof), shall not exceed 10% of the Aggregate Transaction Limit;
 
  (g)   no rescission notice and/or notice of right to cancel shall have been improperly delivered to the Mortgagor, and the related rescission period related shall have expired;

 


 

Nationstar Mortgage LLC
October 21, 2010
Page 6
  (h)   such Mortgage Loan was originated with full documentation;
 
  (i)   such Mortgage Loan must have an unpaid principal balance of at least $50,000;
 
  (j)   such Mortgage Loan is not secured by Mortgaged Property located in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico;
 
  (k)   such Mortgage Loan shall neither be a HELOC Mortgage Loan nor a reverse mortgage loan;
 
  (l)   such Mortgage Loan’s FICO Score is not less than 620 (except as otherwise permitted in clause (m) below);
 
  (m)   if such Mortgage Loan is a Government Loan with a FICO Score between 550 and 619 at the time of origination, the Purchase Price of such Mortgage Loan when added to the Aggregate Outstanding Purchase Price of all other Purchased Mortgage Loans that are Government Loans with a FICO Score between 550 and 619 at the time of origination shall not exceed 4% of the Aggregate Transaction Limit;
 
  (n)   such Mortgage Loan is not a cash-out refinance loan in respect of Mortgaged Property located in the state of Texas;
 
  (o)   such Mortgage Loan has not been previously rejected for purchase by any investor;
 
  (p)   such Mortgage Loan has not been repurchased by Seller from any Person to whom such Mortgage Loan was previously sold (including transfers in connection with securitizations);
 
  (q)   the Mortgagor in respect of such Mortgage Loan is not a partnership, corporation or other non-natural person (other than an inter-vivos trust which conforms to the Agency Guides);
 
  (r)   if such Mortgage Loan is a Jumbo Mortgage Loan, the original principal balance of such Mortgage Loan was not greater than $1,500,000;
 
  (s)   if such Mortgage Loan is a Jumbo Mortgage Loan that is not an Agency Eligible Mortgage Loan, the Purchase Price of such Mortgage Loan when added to the Aggregate Outstanding Purchase Price of all other Purchased Mortgage Loans that are Jumbo Mortgage Loans that are not Agency Eligible Mortgage Loans, shall not exceed 30% of the Aggregate Transaction Limit; and

 


 

Nationstar Mortgage LLC
October 21, 2010
Page 7
  (t)   if such Mortgage Loan is a Jumbo Mortgage Loan, (i) such Mortgage Loan must be subject to a valid and binding Purchase Commitment with an Approved Investor, and (ii) the related Purchase Commitment must be validly and effectively assigned to Buyer.
     
Eligible Certified Mortgage Loan:
  A Certified Mortgage Loan shall be an Eligible Certified Mortgage Loan only if it meets each of the following criteria:
  (a)   such Mortgage Loan is an Eligible Mortgage Loan;
 
  (b)   Custodian has delivered to Buyer a Certified Mortgage Loan Trust Receipt with respect to such Mortgage Loan;
 
  (c)   if such Mortgage Loan is a Pooled Mortgage Loan, within two (2) Business Days of the related Pooling Date, Seller shall have delivered to Buyer a duly executed Trade Assignment together with a true and complete copy of the Purchase Commitment with respect to the related Mortgage-Backed Security; and
 
  (d)   the Takeout Price set forth in the related Purchase Commitment for the related Mortgage-Backed Security or the Portfolio Mortgage Loans, as applicable, is for an amount that is not less than the outstanding Repurchase Price for the Pool or such Portfolio Mortgage Loans, resepectively.
     
Eligible Security:
  A Mortgage-Backed Security shall be an Eligible Security only if it meets each of the following criteria:
  (a)   each of the applicable representations and warranties set forth on Exhibit L of the Agreement are true and correct;
 
  (b)   it is issued on the Settlement Date in Strict Compliance with the applicable Agency Guidelines;
 
  (c)   a CUSIP has been issued and provided to Buyer in compliance with Section 7.2(c) of the Agreement;
 
  (d)   it is backed solely by Eligible Certified Mortgage Loans that (x) are (i) Agency Eligible Mortgage Loans that are also Conventional Conforming Mortgage Loans or (ii) Government Mortgage Loans, and (y) were subject to Transactions immediately prior to the issuance of such Mortgage-Backed Security;
 
  (e)   it is delivered in a manner sufficient to cause Buyer to have a perfected, first priority security interest in, and to be the

 


 

Nationstar Mortgage LLC
October 21, 2010
Page 8
      “entitlement holder” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(7) of the Uniform Commercial Code of, such Mortgage-Backed Security; and
 
  (f)   the related Trade Assignment is enforceable and in effect.
     
Type Purchase Price Percentage:
  With respect to each Eligible Asset, the percentages set forth on Schedule 1 under the heading “Type Purchase Price Percentage”.
 
   
Type Sublimit:
  With respect to each Eligible Asset, the percentages set forth on Schedule 1 under the heading “Type Sublmit”.
 
   
Type Margin:
  With respect to each Eligible Asset, the percentages set forth on Schedule 1 under the heading “Type Margin”.
 
   
Reporting Requirements:
  Financial Reports & Officer’s Certificate : Seller shall deliver to Buyer, as soon as possible but in no event more than forty-five (45) days after the end of each calendar month, financial statements of Seller, including statements of income and changes in shareholders’ equity (or its equivalent) for such month and the related balance sheet as at the end of such period, all in reasonable detail acceptable to Buyer and certified by the chief financial officer of Seller, subject, however, to year-end audit adjustments. Together with such financial statements, Seller shall deliver an officer’s certificate substantially in a form to be provided by Buyer, which shall include funding and production volume reports for the previous month and evidence of compliance with all financial covenants.
 
   
 
  Annual Reports : Seller shall deliver to Buyer, as soon as possible but in no event more than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of Seller, audited financial statements of Seller, including statements of income and changes in shareholders’ equity for such fiscal year and the related balance sheet as at the end of such fiscal year, all in reasonable detail acceptable to Buyer and certified by the chief financial officer of Seller stating, at a minimum, that the financial statements fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of Seller as of the end of, and for, such year.
 
   
 
  Government Insuring Reports : Seller shall provide Buyer, as soon as possible but in no event more than thirty (30) days after the end of each quarter, or as requested by Buyer, the following government insuring reports (including 15 month history):
  (a)   Loans Originated — Current Defaults and Claims Reported — United States (from FHA Connection):
  §   Output option: all loans
 
  §   Performance period: current period

 


 

Nationstar Mortgage LLC
October 21, 2010
Page 9
  §   All insured single family loans with a beginning amortization within the last two years
  (b)   HUD Pipeline/Uninsured Query:
  §   Date range: use default
 
  §   Sort by: originating ID in ascending order
  (c)   Late Endorsement Query:
  §   Loan status: Active, claimed
 
  §   Date range: last two year period
      Sort by: # days closing to Endr pkg Rcvd in descending order
     
 
  Hedging Report : Seller shall deliver to Buyer each Monday a loan and rate lock position report and hedge report containing product level pricing and interest rate sensitivity analysis (shocks) or as requested by Buyer (data elements to be agreed upon).
 
   
 
  Monthly Collateral Tape : Seller shall deliver within five (5) days after the end of each month, a collateral tape including the data fields (to be determined) representing the Eligible Mortgage Loans subject to Transactions under the Agreement as of the end of such month, acceptable to the Buyer in its sole discretion.
 
   
 
  If requested by Buyer, Seller shall promptly provide to Buyer (i) in a form reasonably acceptable to Buyer, a detailed aging report of all outstanding mortgage loans that are subject to warehouse/ purchase/ repurchase facilities entered into by Seller, and detail of all uninsured government loans, and (ii) any additional information as reasonably requested.
 
   
Key Personnel:
  Individuals that directly report to Executive Management.
 
   
Buyer’s Guidelines, Policies and Procedures:
  The terms and conditions of this Transactions Terms Letter and the Agreement shall be subject to Buyer’s guidelines, policies and procedures, as may be changed from time to time. Buyer may communicate changes to its guidelines, policies and procedures to Seller via Buyer’s website, email or in writing.
     
Governing Law:
  This Transactions Terms Letter and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the New York General Obligations Law).
[signature page follows]

 


 

Please acknowledge your agreement to the terms and conditions of this Transactions Terms Letter by signing in the appropriate space below and returning a copy of the same to the undersigned. Facsimile signatures shall be deemed valid and binding to the same extent as the original. Buyer shall have no obligation to honor the terms and conditions of this Transactions Terms Letter if Seller fails to fully execute and return this document to Buyer within thirty (30) days after the date of issuance.
                 
Sincerely,       Agreed to and Accepted by:
 
               
Bank of America, N.A.       Nationstar Mortgage LLC
 
               
By:
  /s/ Craig Weakley       By:   /s/ Gregory Oniu
 
 
 
         
 
Name:
  Craig Weakley       Name: Gregory Oniu
Title:
  Managing Director       Title: Senior Vice President
Amended and Restated Transactions Terms Letter — BANA/Nationstar

 


 

SCHEDULE 1
ELIGIBLE ASSETS
                 
    Type       Type Purchase Price   Maximum
    Sublimit*   Type Margin   Percentage   Dwell Time**
Type A:
               
Agency Eligible Mortgage Loans that are also Conventional Conforming Mortgage Loans (1 st mortgages only), including Jumbo Mortgage Loans that are Agency Eligible Mortgage Loans
  [***]   [***]   [***]   45 calendar days
 
               
Type B:
               
Government Mortgage Loans
(1 st mortgages only)
  [***]   [***]   [***]   45 calendar days
 
               
Type C:
               
Jumbo Mortgage Loans that are not Agency Eligible Mortgage Loans (1st mortgages only)
  [***]   [***]   [***]   45 calendar days
 
               
Type D:
               
Government Mortgage Loans (1 st Mortgages only) for which the related Mortgagor’s FICO score at the time of origination was between 550 and 619
  [***]   [***]   [***]   45 calendar days
 
               
Noncompliant Assets (per clause (a) of the definition thereof) that are Type A, Type B or Type C Mortgage Loans
  [***]   [***]   [***]   15 calendar days from the date on which the Mortgage Loan became a Noncompliant Asset
    [***]   [***]  
 
               
Wet Mortgage Loans — Type A, Type B, Type C and Type D Mortgage Loans (all Transactions are funded to the closing table with closing agents approved by Buyer)
  [***]   [***]   [***]   7 Business Days from origination
      [***]  
    [***]   [***]  
 
               
Eligible Certified Mortgage Loans that are Portfolio Mortgage Loans — Type A and Type B Mortgage Loans
  [***]   [***]   [***]   60 calendar days from the date on which the Mortgage Loan first became subject to a Transaction whether or not it was an Eligible Certified Mortgage Loan at the time
 
               
Eligible Certified Mortgage Loans that are Pooled Mortgage Loans — Type A, Type B and Type D Mortgage Loans
  [***]   [***]   [***]   60 calendar days from the date on which the Mortgage Loan first became subject to a Transaction whether or not it was an Eligible Certified Mortgage Loan at the time
 
               
Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae Mortgage-Backed Securities
  [***]   [***]   [***]   10 calendar days from the date of issuance of security to Buyer
 
*   Unless otherwise specified, all Type Sublimits are calculated as a percentage of the Aggregate Transaction Limit (as the same may be increased or decreased pursuant to the terms of the Agreement).
 
**   All Maximum Dwell Times are calculated without regard to whether the time that such Purchased Asset is subject to the Facility is consecutive.
 
***   Note: Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the information contained within the [***] marking. Such portions have been omitted from this filing and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Exhibit 10.33
AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE
to the
Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement
Dated as of October 21, 2010
between
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
and
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC
     This AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of this 24th day of November, 2010, by and between Bank of America, N.A. (“ Buyer ”) and Nationstar Mortgage LLC (“ Seller ”) to the Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of October 21, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”), by and between Buyer and Seller.
     WHEREAS, Seller has requested and Buyer agrees to amend the Agreement as more specifically set forth herein; and
     WHEREAS, as of the date of this Amendment, Seller represents to Buyer that it is in compliance with all of the representations and warranties and all of the affirmative and negative covenants set forth in the Agreement and is not in default under the Agreement;
     NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and for the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
     SECTION 1. Amendments . Effective as of November 24, 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”) the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
     (a)  Section 2.2 of the Agreement is hereby modified by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following (with modified text underlined for review purposes):
  Section 2.2   Transaction Limits . The Aggregate Transaction Limit and each Type Sublimit shall be as set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter. Upon forty-five (45) days prior written notice to Seller, Buyer shall have the right to terminate any Transactions with respect to the Uncommitted Amount and require the repurchase of any such Purchased Assets, or reduce, whether permanently or temporarily, and without refund of any fee or other amount previously paid by Seller, the Aggregate Transaction Limit and/or each Type Sublimit by an amount up to the Uncommitted Amount. Upon seven (7) days prior written notice to Seller, Buyer shall have the right to terminate any Transactions with respect to Mortgage Loans that are Texas Cash-Out Refinance Mortgage Loans and require the repurchase of the related Purchased Assets, or reduce, whether permanently or temporarily, and without refund of any fee or other amount previously paid by Seller, the related Type Sublimit in connection therewith. In the event of any reduction pursuant to this Section 2.2 , Buyer shall give Seller prior notice thereof, which notice shall designate (a) the effective date of any such reduction, (b) the amount of the reduction and (c) the Transaction and/or Type Sublimit limit(s) to which such reduction amount shall apply. Buyer shall not be liable to Seller for any costs, losses or damages arising from or relating to a reduction by Buyer in the Aggregate Transaction Limit or any Type Sublimit.

 


 

     (b)  Exhibit A of the Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following new definition in its appropriate alphabetical order:
Texas Cash-Out Refinance Mortgage Loan : A Mortgage Loan originated in the state of Texas pursuant to Article XVI, Section 50(a)(6) of the Texas Constitution.
     SECTION 2. Fees and Expenses . Seller agrees to pay to Buyer all fees and out of pocket expenses incurred by Buyer in connection with this Amendment, including all reasonable fees and out of pocket costs and expenses of the legal counsel Buyer incurred in connection with this Amendment, in accordance with Section 12.2 of the Agreement.
     SECTION 3. Defined Terms . Any terms capitalized but not otherwise defined herein should have the respective meanings set forth in the Agreement.
     SECTION 4. Limited Effect . Except as amended hereby, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. Reference to this Amendment need not be made in the Agreement or any other instrument or document executed in connection therewith, or in any certificate, letter or communication issued or made pursuant to, or with respect to, the Agreement, any reference in any of such items to the Agreement being sufficient to refer to the Agreement as amended hereby.
     SECTION 5. Representations . In order to induce Buyer to execute and deliver this Amendment, Seller hereby represents to Buyer that as of the date hereof, (i) Seller is in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of the Principal Agreements and remains bound by the terms thereof, and (ii) no Potential Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Principal Agreements.
     SECTION 6. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to any conflicts of law provisions (except for Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law) and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, except to the extent preempted by federal law.
     SECTION 7. Counterparts . For the purpose of facilitating the execution of this Amendment, and for other purposes, this Amendment may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts. Each counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument. The parties intend that faxed signatures and electronically imaged signatures such as .pdf files shall constitute original signatures and are binding on all parties. The original documents shall be promptly delivered, if requested.
[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

- 2 -


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Buyer and Seller have caused this Amendment to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
                     
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. ,       NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC ,    
as Buyer       as Seller    
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Craig Weakley
 
      By:   /s/ Gregory Oniu
 
   
Name: Craig Weakley       Name: Gregory Oniu    
Title: Managing Director       Title: Senior Vice President    
Amendment One to Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement

Exhibit 10.34
AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO
to the
Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement
Dated as of October 21, 2010
between
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
and
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC
     This AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of this 20th day of October, 2011, by and between Bank of America, N.A. (“Buyer”) and Nationstar Mortgage LLC (“ Seller ”) to the Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of October 21, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”), by and between Buyer and Seller.
     WHEREAS, Seller has requested and Buyer agrees to amend the Agreement as more specifically set forth herein; and
     WHEREAS, as of the date of this Amendment, Seller represents to Buyer that it is in compliance with all of the representations and warranties and all of the affirmative and negative covenants set forth in the Agreement and is not in default under the Agreement;
     NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and for the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
     SECTION 1.      Amendments . Effective as of October 20, 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”) the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
     (a)  Exhibit A of the Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following new definition in its appropriate alphabetical order:
Manufactured Home : A prefabricated or manufactured home a lien on which secures a Mortgage Loan and which is considered and treated as “real estate” under applicable law.
     (b)  Exhibit L of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase “, a manufactured home” in clause “(o)” thereof:
     SECTION 2.      Fees and Expenses . Seller agrees to pay to Buyer all fees and out of pocket expenses incurred by Buyer in connection with this Amendment, including all reasonable fees and out of pocket costs and expenses of the legal counsel Buyer incurred in connection with this Amendment, in accordance with Section 12.2 of the Agreement.
     SECTION 3.      Defined Terms . Any terms capitalized but not otherwise defined herein should have the respective meanings set forth in the Agreement.

 


 

     SECTION 4.      Limited Effect . Except as amended hereby, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. Reference to this Amendment need not be made in the Agreement or any other instrument or document executed in connection therewith, or in any certificate, letter or communication issued or made pursuant to, or with respect to, the Agreement, any reference in any of such items to the Agreement being sufficient to refer to the Agreement as amended hereby.
     SECTION 5.      Representations . In order to induce Buyer to execute and deliver this Amendment, Seller hereby represents to Buyer that as of the date hereof, (i) Seller is in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of the Principal Agreements and remains bound by the terms thereof, and (ii) no Potential Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Principal Agreements.
     SECTION 6.      Governing Law This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to any conflicts of law provisions (except for Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law) and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, except to the extent preempted by federal law.
     SECTION 7.      Counterparts . For the purpose of facilitating the execution of this Amendment, and for other purposes, this Amendment may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts. Each counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument. The parties intend that faxed signatures and electronically imaged signatures such as .pdf files shall constitute original signatures and are binding on all parties. The original documents shall be promptly delivered, if requested.
[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

2


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Buyer and Seller have caused this Amendment to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
     
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Buyer
  NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC,
as Seller
 
   
By: /s/ Craig Weakley
  By: /s/ Gregory Oniu
 
   
Name: Craig Weakley
Title: Managing Director
  Name: Gregory Oniu
Title: Senior Vice President

 

Exhibit 10.35
AMENDMENT NUMBER THREE
to the
Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement
Dated as of October 21, 2010
between
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
and
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC
     This AMENDMENT NUMBER THREE (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of this 17th day of January, 2012, by and between Bank of America, N.A. (“ Buyer ”) and Nationstar Mortgage LLC (“ Seller ”) to the Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of October 21, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”), by and between Buyer and Seller.
     WHEREAS, Seller has requested and Buyer agrees to amend the Agreement as more specifically set forth herein; and
     WHEREAS, as of the date of this Amendment, Seller represents to Buyer that it is in compliance with all of the representations and warranties and all of the affirmative and negative covenants set forth in the Agreement and is not in default under the Agreement;
     NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and for the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
     SECTION 1. Amendments . Effective as of January 17, 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”) the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
     (a) The Agreement is hereby modified by deleting Section 7.1(a)(xiv) thereof in its entirety and replacing it with the following (with modified text underlined for review purposes)
(xiv) a copy of Seller’s underwriting guidelines for Mortgage Loans, as amended from time to time, which shall be acceptable to Buyer in its sole reasonable discretion ; and
     (b) The Agreement is hereby modified by deleting Section 7.2(l) thereof in its entirety and replacing it with the following (with modified text underlined for review purposes)
     (l) Buyer shall have received a copy of any amendments or updates to Seller’s underwriting guidelines certified by Seller to be a true and complete copy (to the extent not already delivered to Buyer) that clearly identifies the changes to Seller’s underwriting guidelines, and Buyer shall have approved such amendments or updates. For the sake of clarity, if Buyer has not approved such amendments or updates, Buyer shall have no obligation to enter into any Transaction in respect of any Mortgage Loans that were originated in accordance with such amended or updated underwriting guidelines ;
     (c) Clause (o) of Exhibit L of the Agreement is hereby amended by (i) inserting the word “Seller’s” immediately prior to the reference to the words “underwriting guidelines” contained therein and (ii) inserting the word “reasonable” immediately following the reference to the word “sole” contained therein.
     (d) Clause (w) of Exhibit L of the Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the words

 


 

“acceptable to Buyer in its sole reasonable discretion” immediately following the reference to the words “Seller’s underwriting guidelines” contained therein.
     (e) Clause (aa) of Exhibit L of the Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the words “acceptable to Buyer in its sole reasonable discretion” immediately following the reference to the words “Seller’s underwriting guidelines” contained therein.
     SECTION 2. Fees and Expenses . Seller agrees to pay to Buyer all fees and out of pocket expenses incurred by Buyer in connection with this Amendment, including all reasonable fees and out of pocket costs and expenses of the legal counsel Buyer incurred in connection with this Amendment, in accordance with Section 12.2 of the Agreement.
     SECTION 3. Defined Terms . Any terms capitalized but not otherwise defined herein should have the respective meanings set forth in the Agreement.
     SECTION 4. Limited Effect . Except as amended hereby, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. Reference to this Amendment need not be made in the Agreement or any other instrument or document executed in connection therewith, or in any certificate, letter or communication issued or made pursuant to, or with respect to, the Agreement, any reference in any of such items to the Agreement being sufficient to refer to the Agreement as amended hereby.
     SECTION 5. Representations . In order to induce Buyer to execute and deliver this Amendment, Seller hereby represents to Buyer that as of the date hereof, (i) Seller is in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of the Principal Agreements and remains bound by the terms thereof, and (ii) no Potential Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Principal Agreements.
     SECTION 6. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to any conflicts of law provisions (except for Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law) and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, except to the extent preempted by federal law.
     SECTION 7. Counterparts . For the purpose of facilitating the execution of this Amendment, and for other purposes, this Amendment may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts. Each counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument. The parties intend that faxed signatures and electronically imaged signatures such as .pdf files shall constitute original signatures and are binding on all parties. The original documents shall be promptly delivered, if requested.
[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

- 2 -


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Buyer and Seller have caused this Amendment to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
                     
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. ,       NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC ,    
as Buyer       as Seller    
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Craig Weakley
 
      By:   /s/ Gregory Oniu
 
   
Name: Craig Weakley       Name: Gregory Oniu    
Title: Managing Director       Title: Senior Vice President    
Amendment Three to Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement

Exhibit 10.36
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
AMENDMENT NUMBER THREE
to the
Amended and Restated Transactions Terms Letter
Dated as of October 21, 2010
between
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
and
NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC
     This AMENDMENT NUMBER THREE (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of this 17th day of January, 2012, by and between Bank of America, N.A. (“ Buyer ”) and Nationstar Mortgage LLC (“ Seller ”) to the Amended and Restated Transactions Terms Letter, dated as of October 21, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Terms Letter ”), by and between Buyer and Seller. Reference is hereby made to that certain Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of October 21, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”), by and between Buyer and Seller.
     WHEREAS, Seller has requested and Buyer agrees to amend the Terms Letter as more specifically set forth herein; and
     WHEREAS, as of the date of this Amendment, Seller represents to Buyer that it is in compliance with all of the representations and warranties and all of the affirmative and negative covenants set forth in the Agreement and the Terms Letter and is not in default under the Agreement or the Terms Letter;
     NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and for the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
     SECTION 1. Amendments . Effective as of January 17, 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”) the Terms Letter is hereby amended as follows:
     (a) The Terms Letter is hereby modified by deleting the definition of “Expiration Date” in its entirety and replacing it with the following (with modified text underlined for review purposes):
     
      Expiration Date:
  Expiring on January 15, 2013 .
     (b) The Terms Letter is hereby modified by deleting the definition of “Aggregate Transaction Limit” in its entirety and replacing it with the following (with modified text underlined for review purposes):
     
      Aggregate Transaction Limit:
  $ 300,000,000 , consisting of the sum of the Committed Amount and the Uncommitted Amount; which amount may be increased from time to time at Buyer’s sole discretion as provided in the definition of Uncommitted Amount.
     (c) The Terms Letter is hereby modified by deleting the definition of “Committed Amount” in its entirety and replacing it with the following (with modified text underlined for review purposes):
     
      Committed Amount:
  $ 175,000,000 .

 


 

     (d) The Terms Letter is hereby modified by deleting the definition of “Uncommitted Amount” in its entirety and replacing it with the following (with modified text underlined for review purposes):
     
      Uncommitted Amount:
  $ 125,000,000 or such greater amount agreed to by Buyer in its sole discretion from time to time.
     (e) The Terms Letter is hereby modified by deleting subclause (a) of the definition of “Financial Covenants” in its entirety and replacing it with the following (with modified text underlined for review purposes):
     
     (a) Minimum Tangible Net Worth :
  The sum of (i) $175,000,000 plus (ii) (A) the product of (x) two (2) and (y) the aggregate amount of proceeds received by Seller in connection with an issuance of equity interests in Seller from and after January 17, 2012 divided by (B) three (3) .
     (f) The Terms Letter is hereby modified by deleting the definition of “Facility Fee” in its entirety and replacing it with the following (with modified text underlined for review purposes):
     
      Facility Fee:
  [***] which is equal to the product of (i) [***] and (ii) the Committed Amount. The Facility Fee shall be deemed due, earned and payable in full on January 17, 2012 , in accordance with Section 5.1 of the Agreement. Upon early termination of the Agreement by Seller, no portion of the Facility Fee shall be refunded. The fee is payable based on Committed Amount only and shall be prorated in the event of increases in the Committed Amount.
     (g) The Terms Letter is hereby modified by deleting the definition of “Eligible Mortgage Loans” in its entirety and replacing it with the following (with modified text underlined for review purposes):
     
      Eligible Mortgage Loans:
  A Mortgage Loan shall be an Eligible Mortgage Loan only if (i) it is a first lien, fixed or adjustable rate Mortgage Loan on a single family residential property that is either (x) an Agency Eligible Mortgage Loan that is also (1) a Conventional Conforming Mortgage Loan or (2) a Jumbo Mortgage Loan, (y) a Government Mortgage Loan, or (z) a Jumbo Mortgage Loan that is not an Agency Eligible Mortgage Loan, (ii) it was originated in compliance with and remains in compliance with, or was otherwise acquired in compliance with the Agency Guides (unless it is a Jumbo Mortgage Loan that is not an Agency Eligible Mortgage Loan), Buyer’s Correspondent Guidelines (if applicable) and Seller’s underwriting guidelines approved by Buyer in its sole reasonable discretion and (iii) it meets each of the following criteria:
 
***   Note: Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the information contained within the [***] marking. Such portions have been omitted from this filing and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

  (a)   each of the applicable representations and warranties in Section 8.1(r) and 8.1(v) and Exhibit L of the Agreement are true and correct;
 
  (b)   the Purchase Date for such Mortgage Loan is not more than thirty (30) days past the origination date for such Mortgage Loan;
 
  (c)   such Mortgage Loan is not thirty (30) or more days contractually delinquent (as determined by using the MBA method of delinquency) nor has it been thirty (30) or more days contractually delinquent since the origination date for such Mortgage Loan;
 
  (d)   such Mortgage Loan is not subject to a Transaction for longer than the Maximum Dwell Time;
 
  (e)   if such Mortgage Loan is a Wet Mortgage Loan, the Purchase Price of such Mortgage Loan when added to the Aggregate Outstanding Purchase Price of all Purchased Mortgage Loans that are Wet Mortgage Loans, shall not exceed 30% of the Aggregate Transaction Limit;
 
  (f)   if such Mortgage Loan is a Noncompliant Asset (per clause (a) of the definition thereof), the Purchase Price of such Mortgage Loan when added to the Aggregate Outstanding Purchase Price of all other Purchased Mortgage Loans that are Noncompliant Assets (per clause (a) of the definition thereof), shall not exceed 10% of the Aggregate Transaction Limit;
 
  (g)   no rescission notice and/or notice of right to cancel shall have been improperly delivered to the Mortgagor, and the related rescission period related shall have expired;
 
  (h)   such Mortgage Loan was originated with full documentation;
 
  (i)   such Mortgage Loan must have an unpaid principal balance of at least $50,000;
 
  (j)   such Mortgage Loan is not secured by Mortgaged Property located in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico;
 
  (k)   such Mortgage Loan shall neither be a HELOC Mortgage Loan nor a reverse mortgage loan;
 
  (l)   such Mortgage Loan’s FICO Score is not less than 620 (except as otherwise permitted in clause (m) below);

 


 

  (m)   if such Mortgage Loan is a Government Mortgage Loan either (i) with a FICO Score between 550 and 619 at the time of origination or (ii) secured by a Manufactured Home originated in compliance with Title II under Section 203(b) of the Federal Housing Act, then the Purchase Price of such Mortgage Loan, when added to the Aggregate Outstanding Purchase Price of (x) all Purchased Mortgage Loans that are Government Mortgage Loans with FICO Scores between 550 and 619 and (y) all Purchased Mortgage Loans that are secured by a Manufactured Homes originated in compliance with Title II under Section 203(b) of the Federal Housing Act, shall not exceed 5 % of the Aggregate Transaction Limit;
 
  (n)   [reserved];
 
  (o)   such Mortgage Loan has not been previously rejected for purchase by any investor;
 
  (p)   such Mortgage Loan has not been repurchased by Seller from any Person to whom such Mortgage Loan was previously sold (including transfers in connection with securitizations);
 
  (q)   the Mortgagor in respect of such Mortgage Loan is not a partnership, corporation or other non-natural person (other than an inter-vivos trust which conforms to the Agency Guides);
 
  (r)   if such Mortgage Loan is a Jumbo Mortgage Loan, the original principal balance of such Mortgage Loan was not greater than $1,500,000;
 
  (s)   if such Mortgage Loan is a Jumbo Mortgage Loan that is not an Agency Eligible Mortgage Loan, the Purchase Price of such Mortgage Loan when added to the Aggregate Outstanding Purchase Price of all other Purchased Mortgage Loans that are Jumbo Mortgage Loans that are not Agency Eligible Mortgage Loans, shall not exceed 30% of the Aggregate Transaction Limit;
 
  (t)   if such Mortgage Loan is a Jumbo Mortgage Loan, (i) such Mortgage Loan must be subject to a valid and binding Purchase Commitment with an Approved Investor, and (ii) the related Purchase Commitment must be validly and effectively assigned to Buyer;
 
  (u)   if such Mortgage Loan is a Texas Cash-Out Refinance Mortgage Loan, Buyer has not elected, in its sole discretion, to exclude such Mortgage Loan from the related Transaction; and

 


 

  (v)   if such Mortgage Loan is a Texas Cash-Out Refinance Mortgage Loan, the Purchase Price of such Mortgage Loan when added to the Aggregate Outstanding Purchase Price of all other Purchased Mortgage Loans that are Texas Cash-Out Refinance Mortgage Loans, shall not exceed 5% of the Aggregate Transaction Limit.
     (h)  Schedule 1 of the Terms Letter is hereby modified by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the form of Annex A attached hereto (with modified text underlined for review purposes).
     SECTION 2. Condition Precedent — Facility Fee . As a condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Seller shall pay to Buyer the Facility Fee in an amount equal to [***] in immediately available funds.
     SECTION 3. Fees and Expenses . Seller agrees to pay to Buyer all fees and out of pocket expenses incurred by Buyer in connection with this Amendment, including all reasonable fees and out of pocket costs and expenses of the legal counsel Buyer incurred in connection with this Amendment, in accordance with Section 12.2 of the Agreement.
     SECTION 4. Defined Terms . Any terms capitalized but not otherwise defined herein should have the respective meanings set forth in the Agreement and the Terms Letter, as applicable.
     SECTION 5. Limited Effect . Except as amended hereby, the Terms Letter shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. Reference to this Amendment need not be made in the Terms Letter or any other instrument or document executed in connection therewith, or in any certificate, letter or communication issued or made pursuant to, or with respect to, the Terms Letter, any reference in any of such items to the Terms Letter being sufficient to refer to the Terms Letter as amended hereby.
     SECTION 6. Representations . In order to induce Buyer to execute and deliver this Amendment, Seller hereby represents to Buyer that as of the date hereof, (i) Seller is in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of the Principal Agreements and remains bound by the terms thereof, and (ii) no Potential Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Principal Agreements.
     SECTION 7. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to any conflicts of law provisions (except for Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law) and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, except to the extent preempted by federal law.
     SECTION 8. Counterparts . For the purpose of facilitating the execution of this Amendment, and for other purposes, this Amendment may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts. Each counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument. The parties intend that faxed signatures and electronically imaged signatures such as .pdf files shall constitute original signatures and are binding on all parties. The original documents shall be promptly delivered, if requested.
[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]
 
***   Note: Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the information contained within the [***] marking. Such portions have been omitted from this filing and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Buyer and Seller have caused this Amendment to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
             
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. ,
as Buyer
      NATIONSTAR MORTGAGE LLC ,
as Seller
   
 
           
By: /s/ Craig Weakley
 
Name: Craig Weakley
      By: /s/ Gregory Oniu
 
Name: Gregory Oniu
   
Title: Managing Director
      Title: Senior Vice President    
Amendment Three to Amended and Restated Transactions Terms Letter

 


 

ANNEX A
SCHEDULE 1
ELIGIBLE ASSETS
                 
    Type       Type Purchase Price   Maximum
    Sublimit*   Type Margin   Percentage   Dwell Time**
Type A:
               
Agency Eligible Mortgage Loans that are also Conventional Conforming Mortgage Loans (1 st lien mortgages only), including Jumbo Mortgage Loans that are Agency Eligible Mortgage Loans
  [***]   [***]   [***]   45 calendar days
 
Type B:
               
Government Mortgage Loans
(1 st lien mortgages only)
  [***]   [***]   [***]   45 calendar days
 
Type C:
               
Jumbo Mortgage Loans that are not Agency Eligible Mortgage Loans (1st lien mortgages only)
  [***]   [***]   [***]   45 calendar days
 
Type D:
               
Government Mortgage Loans (1st lien mortgages only) that are: (i) secured by manufactured homes and originated in compliance with Title II under FHA 203(b); or (ii) have FICO scores between 550 and 619
  [***]   [***]   [***]   45 calendar days
 
Noncompliant Assets (per clause (a) of the definition thereof) that are Type A, Type B, Type C or Type D Mortgage Loans that have been subject to one or more Transactions hereunder for a period greater than 45 days but not greater than 60 days .
  [***]
[***]
[***]
  [***]
[***]
[***]
  [***]
[***]
[***]
  15 calendar days
from the date on
which the Mortgage
Loan became a
Noncompliant Asset
 
Wet Mortgage Loans — Type A, Type B, Type C and Type D Mortgage Loans (all Transactions are funded to the closing table with closing agents approved by Buyer) (excluding loans originated under a correspondent program)
  [***]
[***]
[***]
  [***]
[***]
[***]
  [***]
[***]
[***]
  7 Business Days
from origination
 
Texas Cash-Out Refinance Mortgage Loans — Type A and Type B Mortgage Loans
  [***]   [***]   [***]   45 calendar days
 
Eligible Certified Mortgage Loans that are Portfolio Mortgage Loans — Type A and Type B Mortgage Loans
  [***]   [***]   [***]   60 calendar days from the date on which the Mortgage Loan first became subject to a Transaction whether or not it was an Eligible Certified Mortgage Loan at the time
 
Eligible Certified Mortgage Loans that are Pooled Mortgage Loans — Type A, Type B and Type D Mortgage Loans
  [***]   [***]   [***]   60 calendar days from the date on which the Mortgage Loan first became subject to a Transaction whether or not it was an Eligible Certified Mortgage Loan at the time
 
***   Note: Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the information contained within the [***] marking. Such portions have been omitted from this filing and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

                 
    Type       Type Purchase Price   Maximum
    Sublimit*   Type Margin   Percentage   Dwell Time**
Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie
Mae Mortgage-Backed Securities
  [***]   [***]   [***]   10 calendar days from the date of issuance of security to Buyer
 
*   Unless otherwise specified, all Type Sublimits are calculated as a percentage of the Aggregate Transaction Limit (as the same may be increased or decreased pursuant to the terms of the Agreement).
 
**   All Maximum Dwell Times are calculated without regard to whether the time that such Purchased Asset is subject to the Facility is consecutive.
 
***   Note: Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the information contained within the [***] marking. Such portions have been omitted from this filing and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Exhibit 10.37
(FANNIEMAE LOGO)
Mortgage Selling and Servicing Contract
This contract establishes your contractual relationship with Fannie Mae and states the terms and conditions of selling and servicing mortgages on our behalf. Your application package must include two signed originals of this form: one for us to keep and the other for us to complete and return to you upon approving your application.
Instructions
Once you have read this contract to ensure your understanding of its terms, you are ready to complete the “signature page” (page 22), as follows:
    Complete all fields above the line “Federal National Mortgage Association.”
 
    For “Lender,” enter your company name exactly as you entered it on the Application for Fannie Mae Approval to avoid confusion. (i.e., If you abbreviate it on the application form, use the same abbreviation on this form.)
 
    Have this form signed by an individual who is listed as a principal of your company on the Authorization for Verification of Credit and Business References (Form 1001).

 


 

             
            Page
Mortgage
Selling and
Servicing
Contract
  I   General Information   1
           
  II   Eligibility Requirements for Lenders   2
           
  III   Sale of Mortgages and Participation Interests   3
           
  IV   Sale of Mortgages and Participation Interests—Lender's Warranties   3
           
  V   Servicing Mortgages   7
           
  VI   Assignment, Consideration and Continuance   9
           
  VII   Assigning Mortgage Servicing   10
           
  VIII   Breaches of Contract   10
           
  IX   Termination of Contract   12
           
  X   Continuance of Responsibilities or Liabilities   15
           
  XI   Participation Interests—Special Provisions   15
           
  XII   Notice   17
           
  XIII   Prior Agreements   18
           
  XIV   Severability and Enforcement   18
           
  XV   Captions   18
           
  XVI   Scope of Contract   18
           
  XVII   Signatures and Date   19

Page 1 of 19


 

     
Mortgage
Selling and
Servicing
Contract
  This contract for selling and servicing mortgages (the “Contract”) is between the Mortgage Lender (the “Lender”) that signs this document and the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”, “we”, “our”, “us”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States.
 
   
I General Information
 
   
 
  This section contains important basic information about the Contract, which we are permitted to enter into under authority of Title III of the National Housing Act (12 U.S.C. 1716, et. seq.), which is also known as the Federal National Mortgage Association Charter Act.
 
   
A.
Purpose of
Contract
  The purpose of this Contract is:

     to establish the Lender as an approved seller of mortgages and participation interests to us;
 
   
 
 
     to provide the terms and conditions of the sales;
 
   
 
 
     to establish the Lender as an approved servicer of mortgages we have purchased or in which we have purchased a participation interest; and
 
   
 
 
     to provide the terms and conditions of servicing.
 
   
B.
Consideration
  In consideration of the purpose of this Contract and of all the provisions and mutual promises contained in it, the Lender and Fannie Mae agree to all that this Contract contains.
 
   
C.
Our Guides
  We issue Fannie Mae’s Guides to Lenders (our “Guides”) and furnish them to the Lender. These Guides are:
 
   
 
 
     Selling;
 
   
 
 
     Servicing; and
 
   
 
 
     Multifamily.
 
   
 
  Whenever there is a reference to the Guides in this Contract, it means the Guides as they exist now and as they may be amended or supplemented in writing. We may amend or supplement them, at our sole discretion, by furnishing amendments or supplementary matter to the Lender.
 
   
 
  The term “Guides” also includes anything that, in whole or in part, supersedes or is substituted for the Guides.
 
   
D.
Important
Definitions
  Anywhere the words that appear below are used in this Contract, the following definitions apply:

1. “ Mortgage ” —A loan, evidenced by a note, bond or other instrument of indebtedness. The loan is secured by a mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt or other instrument of security that applies to property. “Mortgage” includes such instruments of indebtedness and security, together with
 
   
 
 
     the evidence of title;
 
   
 
 
     the chattel mortgage or security agreement and financing statement; and
 
   
 
 
     all other documents, instruments and papers pertaining to the loan.
 
   
 
  2. “FHA/VA Mortgage” — A mortgage insured or guaranteed in whole or in part by the Federal Housing Administration or Veterans Administration.
 
   
 
  3. “Conventional Mortgage” — A mortgage other than an FHA/VA mortgage, which Fannie Mae is authorized to purchase under the Federal National Mortgage Association Charter Act.

Page 2 of 19


 

     
 
  4. “Property” or “Mortgaged Property” —The property that is now subject to a mortgage, or was subject to such mortgage, where the mortgage has been foreclosed or possession or title to the property has been taken by Fannie Mae or on our behalf.
 
   
 
  5. “Participation Interest” or “Participation Interest in Mortgages” — An undivided interest in mortgages, specified in the applicable participation certificate that is evidence of such interest. A “participation interest” or “participation interest in mortgages” consists of a specified percentage of the principal (and a like percentage of all rights and benefits of the mortgagee or equivalent party under such mortgage) together with a specified yield on it.
 
   
II Eligibility Requirements For Lenders
 
   
 
  For us to purchase mortgages or participation interests from a Lender, the Lender must meet the eligibility requirements specified in this section.
 
   
A.
General
  These are the general requirements the Lender must meet to be eligible to sell us mortgages or participation interests or service mortgages for us:
Requirements
 
1. Meet Fannie Mae Standards. The Lender must have as two of its principal business purposes:
 
   
 
 
     making mortgages of the type that we will purchase entirely or purchase participation interest in under this Contract; and
 
   
 
 
     servicing such mortgages.
 
   
 
  In addition, the Lender, in our judgment, must have at all times the capacity to originate and sell to us mortgages and participation interests that meet our purchase standards and the standards generally imposed by private institutional mortgage investors, and must at all times have the capacity to service such mortgages for us under those standards.
 
   
 
  2 . Have Qualified Staff and Adequate Facilities. The Lender must, at all times, have employees who are well trained and qualified to perform the functions required of the Lender under this Contract.
 
   
 
  In addition, the Lender must maintain facilities that are adequate to perform its functions under this Contract.
 
   
 
  3. Maintain Fidelity Bonds and Errors and Omissions Coverage. The Lender must maintain, at its own expense, a fidelity bond and errors and omissions insurance, as required by our Guides.
 
   
 
  4. Report Basic Changes. The Lender must notify us promptly in writing of any changes that occur in its principal purpose, activities, staffing or facilities.
 
   
B.
Ownership And
Status Of Lender
  When we approve a Lender, one of the major considerations is the information the Lender has provided about the eligibility, qualifications and financial status of the Lender and its owners.
 
  Consequently, the Lender must give us immediate notice of a change in its status or ownership, including any:
 
   
 
 
     sale or transfer of a majority interest in it;
 
   
 
 
     merger;
 
   
 
 
     consolidation; or
 
   
 
 
     change in legal structure.

Page 3 of 19


 

     
C.
Finances
  In order to remain an approved Lender under this Contract, the Lender must meet our current net worth requirements. These requirements are contained in our Guides.
 
   
 
  The required net worth must be maintained in the form of assets acceptable to us.
 
   
 
  The Lender must give us a copy of its annual financial statements and any other related information that we may require.
 
   
D.
Access To
Lender’s Records
  The Lender agrees to permit our employees or designated representatives to examine or audit records or accounts relating to mortgages or participation interests sold or serviced under this Contract. All records relative to the Lender’s continued eligibility to sell or service mortgages under this Contract may also be examined or audited. Any examination or audit made on our behalf will be conducted during regular business hours unless the Lender agrees otherwise.
 
   
III Sale of Mortgages and Participation Interests
 
   
 
  This section contains the basic rules governing our purchase of mortgages and participation interests.
 
   
A.
  Purchases of mortgages and participation interests will be governed by:
What Governs
Purchases
 
     our written commitment to purchase;
 
   
 
 
     our Guides, including all amendments in effect on the day we make our written commitment; and
 
   
 
 
     this Contract.
 
   
B.
What We
Purchase
  The mortgages or participation interests that we purchase must meet the requirements found in our Guides on the day we make our written commitment.
 
   
C. Lender’s
Obligation
To Purchase
Fannie Mae Stock
  If our Guides require, the Lender will promptly purchase our common stock each time it delivers a mortgage or participation interest to us. The amount of stock to be purchased and the procedures for buying it are also found in our Guides.
 
   
D. Fannie Mae Has
No Obligation To
Purchase
  The fact that we have signed this Contract does not mean that we must make a commitment to purchase any mortgage or participation interest from the Lender.
 
   
IV Sale Of Mortgages And Participation Interests — Lender’s Warranties
 
   
 
  The Lender makes certain warranties to us.
 
   
 
  These warranties:
 
   
 
 
     apply to each mortgage sold to us in its entirety;
 
   
 
 
     apply to each mortgage in which a participation interest is sold to us;
 
   
 
 
     are made as of the date transfer is made to us;
 
   
 
 
     continue after the purchase of the mortgage or participation interest;
 
   
 
 
     continue after payment by us of the purchase price to the Lender; and
 
   
 
 
     are for our benefit as well as the benefit of our successors and assigns.
 
   
 
  Warranties may be waived, but only by us in writing.
 
   
A.
Specific
Warranties
  Following are the specific warranties made by the Lender.

1. Mortgage Meets Requirements. The mortgage conforms to all the applicable requirements in our Guides and this Contract.

Page 4 of 19


 

     
 
  2. Lender Authorized To Do Business. The Lender and any other party that held the mortgage were, at all times during which the holder held the mortgage, authorized to transact business in the jurisdiction where the property is located.
 
   
 
  However, if the Lender or any other party that held the mortgage was not authorized to do business in the jurisdiction where the property is located, then the warranty is made that none of the following activities of the Lender or other parties constituted doing business in that jurisdiction:
 
   
 
 
     lending the mortgage funds;
 
   
 
 
     acquiring the mortgage;
 
   
 
 
     holding the mortgage; or
 
   
 
 
     transferring the mortgage in whole or to the extent of a participation interest.
 
   
 
  3. Lender Has Full Right To Sell And Assign. The Lender is the sole owner and holder of the mortgage and has full right and authority to sell and assign it, or a participation interest in it, to us. In addition, the Lender’s right to sell or assign is not subject to any other party’s interest or to an agreement with any other party.
 
   
 
  4. Lender’s Lien On Property. The mortgage, whether represented by the Lender as the first lien or as the second lien, is a valid and subsisting lien on the property described in it.
 
   
 
  If the mortgage is represented by the Lender as the first lien, the property is free and clear of all encumbrances and liens having priority over it except for liens for real estate taxes, and liens for special assessments, that are not yet due and payable.
 
   
 
  If the mortgage is represented by the Lender as the second lien, the property is free and clear of all encumbrances and liens having priority over it except for one properly recorded first mortgage lien, real estate taxes and liens of special assessments not yet due and payable.
 
   
 
  Any security agreement, chattel mortgage or equivalent document that is related to the mortgage and that is held by the Lender or delivered to us, is a valid and subsisting lien on the property described in such document, of the same priority as the mortgage.
 
   
 
  The Lender has full right and authority to sell or assign each lien to us or to an extent that is proportionate to our participation interest.
 
   
 
  5. Documents Are Valid And Enforceable. The mortgage and any security agreements, chattel mortgages, or equivalent documents relating to it have been properly signed, are valid, and their terms may be enforced by us, our successors and assigns, subject only to bankruptcy laws, Soldiers’ and Sailors’ Relief Acts, laws relating to administering decedents’ estate, and general principles of equity.
 
   
 
  6. Property Not Subject To Liens. The Property is free and clear of all mechanics’ liens, materialmen’s liens or similar types of liens. There are no rights outstanding that could result in any of such liens being imposed on the property.
 
   
 
  This warranty is not made if the Lender furnishes us with title insurance that gives us substantially the same protection as this warranty.
 
   
 
  7. Title Insurance. There is a mortgage title insurance policy, or other title evidence acceptable to us, on the property. The title insurance policy is on a current ALTA form (or other generally acceptable form) issued by a generally acceptable insurance company.
 
   
 
  The title insurance insures (or the other title evidence protects) us or the Lender and its successors and assigns, as holding a lien of the priority warranted in “4. Lender’s Lien On Property.”
 
   
 
  8. Modification Or Subordination Of Mortgage. The Lender has not done any of the

Page 5 of 19


 

     
 
   
 
  following:
 
   
 
 
     materially modified the mortgage;
 
   
 
 
     satisfied or cancelled the mortgage in whole or in part;
 
   
 
 
     subordinated the mortgage in whole or in part, unless it is represented to us as a second mortgage;
 
   
 
 
     released the property in whole or in part from the mortgage lien; or
 
   
 
 
     signed any release, cancellation, modification or satisfaction of the mortgage.
 
   
 
  This warranty is not made if any of the things just mentioned have been done but have been expressly brought to our attention in a letter before we make payment to the Lender. The letter must be acknowledged by us in writing.
 
   
 
  9. Mortgage In Good Standing. There are no defaults under the mortgage, and all of the following that have become due and payable have been paid or an escrow of funds sufficient to pay them has been established:
 
   
 
 
     taxes;
 
   
 
 
     government assessments;
 
   
 
 
     insurance premiums;
 
   
 
 
     water, sewer and municipal charges;
 
   
 
 
     leasehold payments; or
 
   
 
 
     ground rents.
 
   
 
  10. Advances. The Lender has not made or knowingly received from others, any direct or indirect advance of funds in connection with the loan transaction on behalf of the borrower except as provided in our Guides. This warranty does not cover payment of interest from the earlier of:
 
   
 
 
     the date of the mortgage note; or
 
   
 
 
     the date on which the mortgage proceeds were disbursed to
 
   
 
 
     the date one month before the first installment of principal and interest on the mortgage is due.
 
   
 
  11. Property Conforms To Zoning Laws. The Lender has no knowledge that any improvement to the property is in violation of any applicable zoning law or regulation.
 
   
 
  12. Property Intact. The property is not damaged by fire, wind or other cause of loss. There are no proceedings pending for the partial or total condemnation of the property.
 
   
 
  13. Improvements. Any improvements that are included in the appraised value of the property are totally within the property’s boundaries and building restriction lines. No improvements on adjoining property encroach on the mortgaged property unless FHA or VA regulations or our Guides permit such an encroachment.
 
   
 
  14. Mortgage Not Usurious. The mortgage is not usurious and either meets or is exempt from any usury laws or regulations.
 
   
 
  15. Compliance With Consumer Protection Laws. The Lender has complied with any applicable federal or state laws, regulations or other requirements on consumer credit, equal credit opportunity and truth-in-lending.
 
   
 
  16. Property Is Insured. A casualty insurance policy on the property is in effect. It is written by a generally acceptable insurance company and provides fire and extended

Page 6 of 19


 

     
 
  coverages for an amount at least equal to the amount required by our Guides.
 
   
 
  A flood insurance policy is in effect on the property if any part of it is in an area listed in the Federal Register by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as an area with special flood hazards, and if insurance is available. The flood insurance is written by a generally acceptable insurance company, meets current guidelines of the Federal Insurance Administration, and is for an amount at least equal to the amount required by our Guides.
 
   
 
  The Lender will make sure the required insurance is maintained as long as it services the mortgage. Any policy mentioned in this warranty contains a standard mortgage clause that names us or the Lender and its successors and assigns as mortgagee.
 
   
 
  17. Mortgage Is Acceptable Investment. The Lender knows of nothing involving the mortgage, the property, the mortgagor or the mortgagor’s credit standing that can reasonably be expected to:
 
   
 
 
     cause private institutional investors to regard the mortgage as an unacceptable investment;
 
   
 
 
     cause the mortgage to become delinquent; or
 
   
 
 
     adversely affect the mortgage’s value or marketability.
 
   
 
  18. Mortgage Insurance Or Guaranty In Force. If the Lender represents that the mortgage is insured or guaranteed under the National Housing Act as amended, or under the Servicemen’s Readjustment Act of 1944 as amended, or by a contract with a mortgage insurance company, the insurance or guaranty is in full force. In addition, the Lender has complied with all applicable provisions and related regulations of the Act, or the insurance contract, that covers the mortgage.
 
   
 
  19. Adjustable Mortgages. If the mortgage provides that the interest rate or the principal balance of the mortgage may be adjusted, all of the terms of the mortgage may be enforced by us, our successors and assigns.
 
   
 
  These adjustments will not affect the priority of the lien warranted in “4. Lender’s Lien On Property.”
 
   
 
  20. Participation Information Is Correct. All the information and statements in any participation certificate that the Lender delivers to us are complete, correct and true.
 
   
B.
Consequences Of
Untrue Warranties
— Repurchase
  We may require the Lender to repurchase a mortgage or participation interest sold to us if any warranty made by the Lender about the mortgage or participation interest is untrue (whether the warranty is in this Contract or was made at our specific request).
 
  We may require repurchase whether or not the Lender had actual knowledge of the untruth. We may also enforce any other available remedy.
 
   
 
  The Lender must pay us the repurchase price within 30 days of our demand. The repurchase price, as provided in our Guides, will not be adjusted because the Lender paid us fees or charges or subscribed to our capital stock.
 
   
C.
Consequences Of
Untrue Warranties
— Termination
Of Contract
  While untrue warranties about a particular mortgage or participation interest may be the basis for requiring repurchase of the particular mortgage or participation interest, there can be additional consequences. They may also give rise to responsibilities of the Lender under “D. Indemnification For Breach Of Warranty; Holding Us Harmless.” In addition, untrue warranties can, under certain circumstances, be treated as a breach of contract that could result in the withdrawal of our approval of a Lender and the termination of this Contract (details are contained in Sections VIII and IX).

Page 7 of 19


 

     
D.
Indemnification
For Breach Of
Warranty;
Holding Us Harmless
  If there is a breach of warranty under this Contract, the Lender, at our request, will indemnify us and hold us harmless against any related losses, damages, judgments or legal expenses.
 
   
V Servicing Mortgages
 
   


A.
Servicing Duties
Of The Lender
  This section contains the basic rules governing the servicing of mortgages that we purchase, or in which we purchase a participation interest.
   
  The servicing duties of the Lender are:
   
  1. Scope Of Duties. The Lender will diligently perform all duties that are necessary or incident to the servicing of:
 
   
 
 
     all mortgages it is servicing for us on the date this Contract takes effect; and
 
   
 
 
     all other mortgages that the Lender is required to service by the terms of this Contract or any other existing or future agreement between us and the Lender.
 
   
 
  2. Mortgages To Be Serviced. Any mortgage we have purchased from the Lender, or in which we have purchased a participation interest from the Lender, will be serviced by the Lender for us according to the terms of this Contract, unless:
 
   
 
 
     the mortgage is not within any category of those that are required by our Guide to be serviced; or
 
   
 
 
     we give the Lender written notification or consent that mortgage to be purchased by us will not be serviced by the Lender.
 
   
 
  3. Service According To Guides. Any mortgage serviced under this Contract, which we own or in which we have purchased a participation interest, must be serviced by the Lender according to the provisions in our Guides that are in effect on the date of this Contract or as amended in the future. This is true regardless of when:
 
   
 
 
     the mortgage was originated;
 
   
 
 
     the mortgage or a participation interest in it was transferred to us; or
 
   
 
 
     the Lender began servicing the mortgage.
 
   
 
  The Lender will also follow other reasonable instructions we give it and must strictly follow accepted industry standards when servicing a mortgage for us.
 
   
 
  4. Service At Lender’s Own Expense. The cost of servicing will be the Lender’s unless our Guides expressly provide otherwise.
 
   
 
  5. Special Responsibilities In Foreclosures. Among the other duties that may be assigned to the Lender through our special instructions or under the terms of our Guides is the responsibility to manage and appropriately dispose of property when a mortgage it is servicing for us has been foreclosed, or possession or title has been taken by us or on our behalf.
 
   
 
  The Lender must manage and dispose of the property according to the terms of the mortgage and our Guides.
 
   
 
  6. Service Until Need Ends. The Lender must service each mortgage continuously from the date its servicing duties begin until:
 
   
 
 
     the mortgage’s principal and interest have been paid in full;
 
   
 
 
     the mortgage has been liquidated and the mortgaged property properly disposed of (if the Lender is required to do these things); or

Page 8 of 19


 

     
 
 
     the Lender’s servicing duties are terminated according to Section IX of this Contract.
 
   
B.
Compensation
  The Lender’s compensation for servicing mortgages, including the management and disposal of properties, under this Contract is specified in our Guides.
 
   
 
  We may change the Lender’s compensation by modifying our Guides at any time. However, such a change will not affect mortgages that we have purchased or committed to purchase before the date of the change.
 
   
C.
Ownership
Of Records
  All mortgage records reasonably required to document or properly service any mortgage we own in its entirety are our property at all times. This is true whether or not the Lender developed or originated them.
 
  The following are considered mortgage records:
 
   
 
 
     all mortgage documents;
 
   
 
 
     tax receipts;
 
   
 
 
     insurance policies;
 
   
 
 
     insurance premium receipts;
 
   
 
 
     ledger sheets;
 
   
 
 
     payment records;
 
   
 
 
     insurance claim files and correspondence;
 
   
 
 
     foreclosure files and correspondence;
 
   
 
 
     current and historical data files; and
 
   
 
 
     all other papers and records.
 
   
 
  1. Lender As Custodian. The mortgage records belong to us. The Lender can have possession of the mortgage records only with our approval, and the Lender is acting as our custodian. This is true whether the Lender receives the mortgage records from an outside source or prepares them itself.
 
   
 
  2. Delivery. When we ask for any mortgage records in writing, the Lender will deliver them to us or someone we choose. The Lender must also send us a list that identifies each mortgage, and must give us other information we request to identify the mortgages delivered.
 
   
 
  We will not be required to sign or deliver any trust receipts before the Lender delivers the mortgage records we have requested.
 
   
 
  If we ask the Lender in writing for reproductions of any mortgage records the Lender microfilmed or condensed, the Lender will reproduce them promptly at no cost to us or the party to whom we want them delivered.
 
   
 
  3. Joint Ownership. If we own a participation interest in a mortgage, the other owners and we own the mortgage records jointly. For these mortgages, the Lender possesses the mortgage records as a custodian for the joint owners.
 
   
 
  If we ask for copies of the mortgage records and servicing information about any such mortgages, the Lender will furnish them. Or, if we need any mortgage records for legal evidence or other purposes, the Lender will release them to us for a reasonable time.
 
   
D.
Agreement To
Indemnify And
Hold Harmless
  The Lender will indemnify us and hold us harmless against all losses, damages, judgments or legal expenses that result from its failure in any way to perform its services and duties in connection with servicing mortgages or managing or disposing of property according to this Contract or our Guides.

Page 9 of 19


 

     
 
  If any private entity or governmental agency sues us, makes a claim against us or starts a proceeding against us based on the Lender’s acts or omissions in servicing mortgages or managing or disposing of property, the Lender’s obligation to indemnify and hold us harmless must be met regardless of whether the suit, claim or proceeding has merit or not.
 
   
 
  The Lender’s obligation does not apply, however, if during a suit, claim or proceeding, we give the Lender express written instructions and as a result of the Lender following them we suffer losses, damages, judgments or legal expenses.
 
   
E.
Ownership Of
Our Stock
  If our Guides require, the Lender will continuously own our common stock in connection with all mortgages it services under this Contract. The amount of stock to be owned will be established by our Guides as they were in existence on the date the Lender started servicing the applicable mortgages.
 
   
VI Assignment, Consideration And Continuance
 
   
 
  This section describes our requirements covering assignment of, consideration for and continuance of this Contract.
 
   
A.
Assignment
  Because the relationships created by this Contract are personal, the Lender may not, without our prior written approval, assign:
 
   
 
 
     this Contract under any circumstances, either voluntarily or involuntarily, by operation of law, or otherwise; or
 
   
 
 
     its responsibility for servicing individual mortgages we own or in which we have a participation interest. (See Section VII of this Contract for required procedures governing assignments of servicing).
 
   
B.
Limited Value
Of Contract
To Lender
  The Lender acknowledges that it has paid us no monetary consideration for making it an approved mortgage seller or servicer, except an application fee to reimburse us for the expenses of reviewing its application.
 
   
    The Lender also agrees that, except for the purchase of mortgages, the servicing of mortgages, or any fee for the termination of this Contract, this Contract has no value to the Lender.
 
   
C.
Requirements
For Continuance
  The Lender’s right to continue selling and servicing mortgages under this Contract depends on, among other things, its continuing to meet the eligibility requirements in Section II of this Contract.
 
   
VII Assigning Mortgage Servicing
 
   
 
  The Lender may not assign its responsibility for servicing all or any part of the mortgages that it is servicing for us without first obtaining our written consent.
 
   
 
  Any Lender to which servicing is assigned must:
 
   
 
 
     be acceptable to us; and
 
   
 
 
     sign a Mortgage Selling and Servicing Contract with us.
 
   
 
  We may require that the Lender and transferee lender sign documents and take other reasonable steps to perfect the assignment.
 
   
VIII Breaches Of Contract
 
   
 
  The Lender’s taking certain actions, or failing to take certain actions, can be treated by us as a breach of contract. A breach of contract can lead to a termination of the Contract. Termination is provided for in detail in Section IX.
 
   
A.
Specific
Breaches Of
Contract
  Breaches of this Contract include the following:
   
  1. Harm, Damage, Loss Or Untrue Warranties. It is a breach if any act or omission of the Lender in connection with the origination and sale to us of any mortgage or participation interest causes us harm, damage or loss. It is also a breach if the Lender sells us any mortgage or participation interest knowing that any of the mortgage warranties are untrue (these warranties are listed in Section IV A).

Page 10 of 19


 

     
 
  2. Failure To Comply With This Contract Or Our Guides. It is a breach if the Lender does not comply with this Contract or our Guides through any act or omission, including, without limitation, the following:
 
   
 
 
     failure to establish and maintain accounts for our funds or mortgagors’ funds as required by our Guides;
 
   
 
 
     use of our or mortgagors’ funds in any manner other than that permitted by our Guides, including the Lender’s failure to deposit all mortgage funds if, when, and to the extent required by our Guides;
 
   
 
 
     failure to remit all funds, due to us within the time periods required by our Guides;
 
   
 
 
     failure to make or ensure, according to the provisions of each mortgage or of applicable laws or regulations, proper and timely payment of all:
 
   
 
 
—     taxes;
 
   
 
 
—     assessments;
 
   
 
 
—     leasehold payments;
 
   
 
 
—     ground rents;
 
   
 
 
—     insurance premiums (including premiums of casualty, liability and mortgage insurance and other forms of required insurance);
 
   
 
 
—     required interest on escrow funds; and
 
   
 
 
—     other required payments with respect to any mortgage (including mortgaged property) serviced;
 
   
 
 
unless the Lender is relieved of these responsibilities by the express provisions of our Guides, or by our written instructions that relate to a particular mortgage or property;
 
   
 
 
     failure to renew or ensure renewal of any required insurance policy on any mortgage (including mortgaged property) serviced under this Contract;
 
   
 
 
     failure to maintain adequate and accurate accounting records and mortgage servicing records for the mortgages, or to maintain proper identification of the applicable loan files and mortgage records that prove our outstanding participation interests;
 
   
 
 
     failure to submit adequate and accurate accounting and mortgage servicing reports within the time required by our Guides; or
 
   
 
 
     failure to take prompt and diligent action under applicable law or regulation to collect past due sums on mortgages, or to take any other diligent action described in our Guides that we reasonably require for mortgages in default.
 
   
 
  3. Failure To Properly Foreclose Or Liquidate. Where a mortgage is in default and the Lender is required or has decided to foreclose or liquidate it, it is a breach if the Lender fails to take prompt and diligent action consistent with applicable law or regulations to foreclose on or otherwise appropriately liquidate such mortgage and to perform all incident actions. It is a breach whether or not the failure results from the acts or omissions of an attorney, trustee or other person or entity the Lender chooses to effect foreclosure or liquidation.
 
   
 
  4. Failure To Properly Manage, Dispose Of, Or Effect Proper Conveyance Of Title. It is a breach if any mortgage serviced under this Contract has been foreclosed or the possession or title to the property has been taken by us or on our behalf, or on behalf of

Page 11 of 19


 

     
 
  other owners of a participation interest in the mortgage, and the Lender:
 
   
 
 
     fails to properly manage, dispose of or effect proper conveyance of title to the mortgaged property; or
 
   
 
 
     fails to do the above in accordance with this Contract, our Guides, and any pertinent laws, regulations, or mortgage insurance policies or contracts.
 
   
 
  5. Lender’s Financial Ability Impaired. It is a breach if there is a change in the Lender’s financial status that, in our opinion, materially and adversely affects the Lender’s ability to satisfactorily service mortgages.
 
   
 
  Changes of this type include:
 
   
 
 
     the Lender’s insolvency;
 
   
 
 
     adjudication of the Lender as a bankrupt;
 
   
 
 
     appointment of a receiver for the Lender; or
 
   
 
 
     the Lender’s execution of a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors.
 
   
 
  If any such change does take place:
 
   
 
 
     no interest in this Contract will be considered an asset or liability of the Lender or of its successors or assigns; and
 
   
 
 
     no interest in this Contract will pass by operation of law without our consent.
 
   
 
  6. Failure To Obtain Our Prior Written Consent. It is a breach if the Lender fails to obtain our prior written consent for:
 
   
 
 
     a sale of the majority interest in the Lender; or
 
   
 
 
     a change in its corporate status or structure.
 
   
 
  7. Failure To Comply With This Contract Or Our Guides. It is a breach if the Lender fails at any time to meet our standards for eligible mortgage sellers or servicers so that, in our opinion, the Lender’s ability to comply with this Contract or our Guides is adversely affected
 
   
 
  8. Court Findings Against Lender Or Principal Officers. It is a breach if:
 
   
 
 
     a court of competent jurisdiction finds that the Lender or any of its principal officers has committed an act of civil fraud; or
 
   
 
 
     the Lender or any of its principal officers is convicted of any criminal act related to the Lender’s lending or mortgage selling or servicing activities or that, in our opinion, adversely affects the Lender’s reputation or our reputation or interests.
 
   
B.
Actions
To Correct
A Breach
  If there is a breach of contract by the Lender, we will have the right to take any reasonable action to have any breach corrected by the Lender before we exercise any right we have to terminate this Contract in whole or in part; however, we are not required to try to have a breach corrected before termination.
 
  Any forebearance by us in exercising our right to terminate this Contract in whole or in part will not be a waiver of any present or future right we have under this Contract to so terminate it.
 
   
IX Termination of Contract
 
   
 
  The reason why this Contract may be terminated and the ways in which this may be done are outlined in this section. When the Contract is terminated, the entire relationship between the Lender and us ends (with certain exceptions that are explained in this section).

Page 12 of 19


 

     
A.
Termination
By Either Party
Of Mortgage
Selling
Arrangements
  The provisions of this Contract covering the sale of mortgages or participation interests under this Contract may be terminated by the Lender or by us, with or without cause, by giving notice to the other party. Notice of termination may be given at any time but must conform to Section XII of this Contract.

Termination is effective immediately upon notice of termination, unless the notice specifies later termination.
 
   
 
  Termination will not affect any outstanding commitments we have made to purchase mortgages or participation interests from the Lender. However, if the Lender has breached this Contract, we may declare any or all outstanding commitments void.
 
   
B.
Termination
By Lender Of
Mortgage
Servicing
Arrangements For
Wholly-Owned
Mortgages
  The Lender may terminate the provisions of this Contract covering the servicing of mortgages we entirely own by giving us notice at any time. Notice must conform to Section XII of this Contract.

Termination is effective the last day of the third calendar month after the calendar month in which notice is given.

If the Lender terminates this Contract in whole or in part, we will not pay the Lender a termination fee.
 
   
C.
Termination
By Us Of
Servicing
Arrangements For
Wholly-Owned
Mortgages
  We may terminate the provisions of this Contract covering the servicing under this Contract of any or all mortgages that we entirely own. This may be done by following the procedures outlined below.

1. Termination Without Cause. We may terminate servicing for any reason, by giving the Lender notice of the termination. If we do so, the provisions of this Contract covering the servicing of the affected mortgages will automatically terminate on the thirtieth day following the day our notice is given. Whenever we do this (and the termination is not because of any breach by the Lender as described in Section IX C2) we will pay the Lender, for each mortgage on which servicing is terminated, a lump-sum termination fee as provided in a . below. However, whenever we terminate solely in order to transfer the servicing to another Lender, and there has been no sale of our interest in the affected mortgages, the provisions of b. below will apply.
 
   
 
  a. Termination Fee . The termination fee will be an amount equal to twice the Lender’s annualized servicing compensation, at the rate of compensation that is in effect for the mortgage as of the date of the termination, applied against the unpaid principal balance of the mortgage as of such date.
 
   
 
  For purposes of determining the termination fee:
 
   
 
 
     The Lender’s servicing compensation consists of the servicing fee at the Applicable Servicing Rate plus any previously agreed upon excess yield that the Lender is permitted to retail on the applicable mortgage.
 
   
 
 
     “Applicable Servicing Rate” means the rate of the servicing fee for the servicing of the mortgage, expressed as an annualized fractional percentage.
 
   
 
  [Refer to appropriate sections of our Guides for more detailed information regarding the computation of termination fees.]
 
   
 
  b. Termination To Effect Transfer . Whenever we terminate servicing solely in order to transfer servicing of the mortgages to another Lender, and there has been no sale of our interest in the mortgages, we will give the Lender notice of the required transfer. Within the 90-day period immediately following the date our notice is given, the Lender may arrange for the sale of the servicing to another Fannie Mae-approved Lender in good standing that, in our judgment will properly service the mortgages to be transferred. Within the 90-day period, the Lender will give notice of any proposed sale to us, together with all related information. The sale of servicing is conditioned upon our approval, which will not be unreasonably withheld. Any resulting transfer of servicing will be

Page 13 of 19


 

     
 
  completed not later than 60 days after our approval of the transfer; and
 
   
 
 
     the Lender will be entitled to the proceeds of the sale of servicing and will bear all costs and expenses related to the sale and transfer of servicing;
 
   
 
 
     the Lender will not pay us a transfer fee;
 
   
 
 
     we will not pay the Lender a termination fee;
 
   
 
 
     we may require the purchaser of the servicing to assume any or all warranties that were made to us in connection with the sale to us of the affected mortgages; and
 
   
 
 
     the purchaser of the servicing will succeed to the Lender’s obligations, rights and servicing compensation, under the provisions of this Contract covering the servicing of the affected mortgages. For all of the affected mortgages that we purchased under a net-yield contract, the servicing compensation will include the specified minimum servicing fee, plus the Lender’s share of that portion of the yield which exceeds the stated net yield, as provided under the commitment contract.
 
   
 
  [Refer to appropriate sections of our Guides for more detailed information regarding the computation of the Lender’s servicing compensation.]
 
   
 
  If at the end of the 90-day period following our notice, the Lender has not arranged to sell and transfer the servicing of the affected mortgages to another Lender acceptable to us and given us the required notice, the provisions of this Contract covering the servicing of the mortgages will automatically terminate on the fifteenth day following the end of the 90-day period, and we will transfer the servicing to a Lender of our choice. In such a case, we will pay the Lender, for each mortgage on which servicing is terminated, a termination fee computed as provided under a. above. We will deduct from the termination fee paid to the Lender a transfer fee that is the greater of $500.00 or 1/100 of 1% of the aggregate unpaid principal balance of all of the affected mortgages on which servicing is transferred.
 
   
 
  c. General Criteria For Termination Fees . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Contract, we may change the amount of termination fee that we pay, or other provisions of this Section IX Cl, from time to time, by changing the appropriate provisions of our Guides. However, such a change will not affect mortgages that we have purchased or that we have committed to purchase before the date of the change.
 
   
 
  Our written tender of the termination fee to the Lender, or its successors or assigns, is complete compensation for each mortgage serviced by the Lender on which servicing is terminated. Any sums we owe the Lender for servicing prior to the termination date are not included in the termination fee. When we pay a termination fee, the Lender will not be entitled to the proceeds for any sale of the servicing involved.
 
   
 
  2. Termination With Cause. We may terminate if the Lender breaches any agreement in this Contract, including, without limitation, any of those breaches listed in Section VIII A. This may be done by giving the Lender notice of termination. Notwithstanding anything in this Contract to the contrary, if we terminate for breach, we may make it effective immediately, and we will not pay the Lender a termination fee or proceeds from any sale of the servicing involved. Furthermore, we will not pay a servicing termination fee if a mortgage is repurchased by the Lender because a warranty is untrue.
 
   
D.
Termination
By Us Of
Servicing
Arrangements
For Mortgages
In Which We
Have A
Participation
Interest
  If the Lender breaches any agreement in this Contract, including, without limitation, any breach listed in Section VIII A, we may terminate the provisions of this Contract covering the servicing of any or all mortgages in which we own a participation interest. This may be done by giving notice of termination. Such termination may be effective immediately, and we will not pay the Lender a termination fee.

1. Transfer Of Lender’s Powers. Upon termination, we will automatically succeed to all the Lender’s rights in and responsibilities for servicing of the affected mortgages. We will also have the option to exercise all the Lender’s powers relating to these mortgages, and to designate any person or firm to exercise those powers. However, exercise of the Lender’s powers must be consistent with the Lender’s and our respective participation interests.

Page 14 of 19


 

     
 
  The mortgage instruments for these mortgages and all related mortgage records will be delivered to us or a party we designate. The Lender will also deliver necessary assignments, transfers and documents of authority.
 
   
 
  2. Transfer Of Servicing. If we terminate the Lender’s servicing of any such mortgages, we are authorized to transfer the servicing of the mortgages to new servicers and pay the new servicers a fee. The fee will apply to the total outstanding principal balance on each mortgage, including our participation interest in each mortgage as well as the participation interest of the Lender and of any other owner.
 
   
 
  3. Liability For Fees. The Lender and all additional owners of a participation interest will be liable for their respective shares of the servicing fee we pay. They will also be liable for their respective shares of advances that, in our sole discretion, are required. Advances may be required for insurance, taxes, maintenance, improvements or other necessary outlays.
 
   
 
  If the Lender or other owners fail to promptly provide their share of funds for advances, or for any other necessary expenses, during any period, we may supply the funds. The fact that we do this does not release the Lender or other owners from their liability. We may deduct any amount we advance the next time we owe money to the Lender or other owners.
 
   
E.
Rights Of
Termination
Not Impaired
  The exercise of a right of termination under any provision of this Contract will not impair any further right of termination under another provision.
 
   
X Continuance Of Responsibilities Or Liabilities
 
   
 
  Responsibilities or liabilities of the Lender that exist before the termination of this Contract will continue to exist after termination unless we expressly release the Lender from any of them in writing. This is true whether the Contract was terminated by the Lender or by us.
 
   
XI Participation Interests-Special Provisions
 
   
 
  This section contains special provisions that govern participation interests.
 
   
A.
After The
Sale Of A
Participation
Interest
  Listed below are the consequences of the sale of a participation interest.

1. Transfer Of Undivided Interest. When the Lender sells and conveys to us a participation interest in one or more mortgages, this is a transfer of an undivided interest in each mortgage.
 
  The sale and conveyance of the participation interest will have the same force and effect as:
 
   
 
 
     a separate assignment of each mortgage executed and delivered to us by the Lender; and
 
   
 
 
     a promissory note separately endorsed or transferred to us.
 
   
 
  2. Assurance Of Our Legal Rights. If federal or state laws or regulations now, or later, provide that the purchase of a participation interest is an extension of credit, the Lender will take whatever additional steps we may require to assure our legal rights as a purchaser of participation interests.
 
   
 
  Such steps may include:

Page 15 of 19


 

     
 
 
     placing legends on promissory notes;
 
   
 
 
     endorsing promissory notes in blank and delivering them to us; and
 
   
 
 
     executing mortgage assignments in a form acceptable to us and delivering them to us.
 
   
 
  3. No Partnership Or Joint Venture. Neither the simultaneous ownership of interests in one or more mortgages nor any provision of this Contract will mean that a partnership or joint venture exists between the Lender and us.
 
   
B.
Payments To Us
  The Lender will make the following payments to us, according to our Guides, for mortgages in which both the Lender and we own an interest:
 
   
 
  1. Ratable Sharing Of Principal. The Lender will ratably share with us all mortgage principal payments.
 
   
 
  2. Participation Share Of Interest. The Lender will pay us our participation share of interest payments up to:
 
   
 
 
     an amount sufficient for us to earn our yield on each mortgage; plus
 
   
 
 
     any amounts due us pursuant to this section.
 
   
C.
Enforcement Of
Due-On-Sale
And Call Options
  As required by our Guides, the Lender will enforce the due-on-sale provisions and call options in the mortgages it services for us.
 
   
D.
Repurchase
Option
  The Lender will have the option to repurchase our interest in a mortgage if:

     the Lender is required by our Guides to enforce a due-on-sale clause of a mortgage in which the Lender and we own an interest; or
 
   
 
 
     we elect to exercise a call option provision of such a mortgage.
 
   
 
  If the Lender wishes to repurchase our interest in such a mortgage, it may do so by:
 
   
 
 
     giving us notice of its intention to repurchase; and
 
   
 
 
     paying us an amount calculated according to the provisions of our Guides.
 
   
E.
Note Rate Increase,
Foreclosure
Expenses And
Prepayment Charges
  The note rate of a mortgage is stated in the participation certificate or attached loan schedule.

1. Note Rate Increase. If, for any reason, there is an increase of the note rate of a mortgage in which we hold a participation interest, the Lender will pay us, according to our Guides, a percentage of the increase equal to the percentage represented by our participation interest in the mortgage. This amount will be in addition to our yield on the mortgage.
 
   
 
  2. Foreclosure Expenses. The Lender will ratably share with us any reasonable foreclosure and related expenses in connection with a mortgage in which we own a participation interest.
 
   
 
  3. Prepayment Charges. The Lender will ratably share with us any prepayment charges collected for mortgages in which we own a participation interest.
 
   
F.
Advances
  The Lender will not make any optional or voluntary advances to the borrower under an open-end mortgage in which we own a participation interest.
 
   
G.
Assignment
Or Sale Of
Participation
Interests
  Participation interests may be assigned either by the Lender or us, as follows:

1. By Us. Without the Lender’s consent we may assign:

     our participation interest in any mortgage; and

Page 16 of 19


 

     
 
 
     all rights in the mortgage we own under this Contract or under any other instruments.
 
   
 
  2. By Lender To Transferee. The Lender may sell or transfer all or part of any participation interest that it owns in any mortgage under this Contract unless expressly prohibited from doing so by our Guides.
 
   
 
  This sale or transfer of participation interests is subject to the conditions below, as well as to our Guides as they are in effect on the date of our commitment to purchase.
 
   
 
  For every sale or transfer, the Lender must obtain and furnish us with properly executed instrument by which the transferee:
 
   
 
 
     agrees to be bound by the terms of this Contract; and
 
   
 
 
     acknowledges our rights and interests under this Contract with respect to the mortgage.
 
   
 
  Our rights and interests that must be acknowledged include, without limitation, the right to assess a servicing fee against the owner of each participation interest if we:
 
   
 
 
     assume the servicing of the mortgage; or
 
   
 
 
     transfer the servicing to a new servicer under Section IX D of this Contract.
 
   
 
  The sale or transfer of a participation interest does not relieve the Lender of any responsibility or liability under this Contract. For example, the Lender continues to be liable for any fees and other amounts charged under Section IX D3 of this Contract against the participation interest that is transferred. We may collect these amounts from the Lender or from the transferee.
 
   
 
  3. By Lender To Bank. The Lender may be a member of, or be required to maintain reserves with a Federal Home Loan Bank or Federal Reserve Bank. If so, and the Lender transfers its participation interests in any mortgage under this Contract to such a bank to secure one or more advances, then the bank will not be deemed to have assumed the mortgage warranties found in Section IV A.
 
   
 
  Also, such a transfer to the bank will not relieve the Lender of any responsibility or liability under this Contract.
 
   
XII Notice
 
   
 
  Whenever notice is required under this Contract, it must be given as described in this section.
 
   
A.
Notice Of
Termination
  Any notice of termination given under this Contract must be:

     in writing;
 
   
 
 
     delivered in person or sent by registered or certified mail, with a return receipt requested; and
 
   
 
 
     addressed to the party to which notice is being given.
 
   
 
  Delivery and notice is given when we or the Lender mail or register the notice with any post office.
 
   
B.
Our Guides
And Other
Documents
  Our Guides, including any amendments or supplements, and any other notices, demands or requests under this Contract or applicable law will be:

     in writing;
 
   
 
 
     delivered in person or mailed from any post office, substation, or letter box;
 
   
 
 
     enclosed in a postage prepaid envelope; and

Page 17 of 19


 

     
 
 
     addressed to the Lender to which the matter is directed.
 
   
C.
  For purposes of notice, the following rules apply:
Address
   
 
  1. Our address is the address of our regional office given in this Contract.
 
   
 
  2. The Lender’s address is that of its principal place of business given in this Contract.
 
   
 
  Any change of address must be given in writing
 
   
XIII Prior Agreements
 
   
 
  This Contract supersedes any prior agreements between the Lender and us that govern selling or servicing of mortgages and participation interests to which this Contract relates.
 
   
 
  However, this section will not release the Lender from any responsibility or liability under any prior agreements and understandings.
 
   
XIV Severability And Enforcement
 
   
 
  If any provision of this Contract conflicts with applicable law, the other provisions of this Contract that can be carried out without the conflicting provision will not be affected.
 
   
 
  All rights and remedies under this Contract are distinct and cumulative not only as to each other but as to any rights or remedies afforded by law or equity. They may be exercised together, separately or successively. These rights and remedies are for our benefit and that of our successors and assigns.
 
   
XV Captions
 
   
 
  This Contract’s captions and headings are for convenience only and are not part of the Contract.
 
   
XVI Scope of Contract
 
   
 
  The following provisions apply, whether or not they are contrary to other provisions in this Contract.
 
   
A.
Restriction
Of Lender
  We reserve the right to restrict the Lender’s sale or servicing of mortgages or of participation interests to the type that the Lender and its employees have the experience and ability to originate, sell or service.
 
   
B.
Types Of
Mortgages
Covered
  This Contract covers only the sale of mortgages and participation interests and the servicing of mortgages, within the following categories:

1-4 Unit Home Mortgages Under the First Mortgage Program

Page 18 of 19


 

         
XVII Signatures And Date
 
       
    By executing this Contract, the Lender and we agree to all of this Contract’s terms and provisions. Both the Lender and we have signed and dated this Contract below.
 
       
    This Contract takes effect on the date we sign it.
 
       
 
  Lender:   Centex Home Equity Corp.
 
       
 
       
 
      2728 N. Harwood St.
 
       
 
      (Address)
 
       
 
      Dallas, Texas 75201
 
       
 
       
 
 
       
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Stephen C. Janawsky
 
       
 
      (Authorized Signature)
 
       
 
      Stephen C. Janawsky                                                                          Executive Vice President
 
       
 
      (Type Name and Title)
 
       
 
  Date:   7/23/97
 
       
 
       
    Federal National Mortgage Association
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
      (Address)
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Robert W. Sanborn
 
       
 
      (Authorized Signature)
 
       
 
      Robert W. Sanborn
 
       
 
      (Type Name and Title)
 
       
 
  Date:   7/31/97
 
       

Page 19 of 19

Exhibit 10.38
Addendum to Mortgage Selling and Servicing Contract
This addendum modifies the Mortgage Selling and Servicing Contract (the “Contract”) dated August 6, 1997 between the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), “we”, “our”, “us”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States and Centex Home Equity Company LLC (24147-000-8) (The “Lender”).
The purpose of the Contract is to establish the Lender as an approved seller and Servicer of mortgages and participation interests, and to provide the terms and conditions of the sale and servicing of mortgages. Section XVI B of the Contract identifies the categories of mortgages and participation interests that the Contract covers. The purpose of this Addendum is to change the name of the Lender to:
Change lender name to Nationstar Mortgage LLC
All other terms of the Contract, including any previous modification made to it, remain in effect.
By executing this Addendum, the Lender and we agree to the modification. The modification takes effect on the date we sign this Addendum.
         
Lender:
  NationStar Mortgage, LLC    
 
       
 
       
 
  2828 North Harwood, Suite 11    
 
       
 
  (Address)    
 
  Dallas, TX 75201    
 
       
 
       
By:
  /s/ Shawn Stone    
 
       
 
  (Authorized Signature)    
 
  Shawn Stone, EVP, Secondary Marketing
 
   
 
       
Date:
  9/8/06    
 
       
 
       
 
       
Federal National Mortgage Association    
 
       
 
  1 South Wacker Drive    
 
       
 
  (Address)    
 
  Suite 1300    
 
       
 
       
 
  Chicago, IL 60606-4667    
 
       
 
       
By:
  /s/ Bruce Honaker    
 
       
 
  (Authorized Signature)    
 
  Bruce Honaker, Assistant Vice President    
 
       
 
  (Type Name and Title)    
Date:
  9/12/06    
 
       

Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated March 28, 2011, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Nationstar Mortgage LLC included in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-174246) dated January 20, 2012 and the related Prospectus of Nationstar Mortgage Holdings Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.
/s/Ernst & Young LLP
Dallas, Texas
January 20, 2012